Virginia Commonwealth University Undergraduate Bulletin Virginia Commonwealth University

Virginia Commonwealth University VCU Scholars Compass

VCU Bulletins VCU University Archives

2003 Virginia Commonwealth University Undergraduate Bulletin Virginia Commonwealth University

Follow this and additional works at: http://scholarscompass.vcu.edu/vcubulletins

Downloaded from http://scholarscompass.vcu.edu/vcubulletins/12

This Bulletin is brought to you for free and open access by the VCU University Archives at VCU Scholars Compass. It has been accepted for inclusion in VCU Bulletins by an authorized administrator of VCU Scholars Compass. For more information, please contact [email protected]. Virginia Commonwealth University

VCU Undergraduate Bulletin

Volume LXXV June 2003

2003 – 04 Academic and MCV Campuses

Virginia Commonwealth University is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools to award baccalaureate, master’s, doctoral and first professional degrees. Virginia Commonwealth University Undergraduate Bulletin 2003-04 Table of Contents

Letter from the President Virginia Commonwealth University General Information Division of University Outreach 827 W. Franklin St. • P.O. Box 842041 Virginia Commonwealth University ...... 1 Richmond, VA 23284-2041 Admission to the University ...... 9 (804) 827-0466 • Fax (804) 828-8172 Expenses and Financial Aid ...... 21 www.vcu.edu/bulletins • [email protected] Academic Regulations and General Degree Requirements ...... 29 Academic Programs The bulletin for the academic year a student enters or re-enters a degree VCU Life Sciences ...... 41 program identifies the curriculum College of Humanities and Sciences ...... 45 degree requirements for that student. School of Allied Health Professions ...... 151 Students in continuous enrollment School of the Arts ...... 165 may fulfill the curriculum degree School of Business ...... 213 requirements of the bulletin for the year they entered VCU or in the School of Dentistry ...... 235 alternative, choose to be subject to School of Education ...... 241 the curriculum degree requirements School of Engineering ...... 267 articulated in a subsequent bulletin. School of Graduate Studies ...... 291 In either case, students must fulfill all School of Medicine ...... 293 curriculum degree requirements listed in the bulletin they choose. School of Nursing ...... 295 The contents of this bulletin repre- School of Pharmacy ...... 305 sent the most current information School of Social Work ...... 307 available at the time of publication. However, during the period of time Special Programs and Services covered by this bulletin, it is reason- Office of Community Programs ...... 313 able to expect changes to be made Office of International Education ...... 317 with respect to this information with- Division of Student Affairs and Enrollment Services ...... 319 out prior notice. Thus, the provisions of this bulletin are not to be regarded Interdisciplinary Programs ...... 331 as an irrevocable contract between University Honors Program ...... 333 the university (or any of its divisions) University Resources and Services ...... 335 and the student. All rules and regulations set forth Appendices in this bulletin will apply until further Board of Visitors, University Administration and Academic Deans ...... 344 notice. The university reserves the Credit for Advanced Placement ...... 347 right to make changes including, but Credit for International Baccalaureate ...... 348 not limited to, changes in courses of study, fees, rules, regulations, pro- Determination of Student Classification for In-state Tuition Purposes . . . . 349 grams, faculty and staff, and classifica- Program Accreditation ...... 353 tion of students, whenever university Rights of Students Under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act . 354 authorities, in their sole discretion, Transfer Module ...... 355 deem it appropriate, expedient or wise Undergraduate Admission Requirements ...... 357 to do so. University Centers and Institutes ...... 363 VCU Academic Calendars ...... 366 VCU Campus Maps ...... 368 www.vcu.edu Index of Faculty ...... 371

Bulletin Index ...... 379 Virginia Commonwealth University

Letter from the President

It is my pleasure to welcome you to Virginia Commonwealth University.

With more than $180 million in annual research funding, VCU is ranked by the Carnegie Foundation as one of the nation’s top research universities and is one of only three such universities in Virginia. More than 26,000 undergraduate, graduate, professional and doctoral students pursue 164 degree and certificate programs at the university’s two thriving campuses, located in the heart of Richmond. Forty of the university’s programs are unique in Virginia. Twenty graduate programs have been ranked by U.S. News & World Report as among the best of their kind in the nation, with two ranked number one in their discipline.

As part of a long-range strategic plan, VCU has been enhancing the university’s stature as one of the nation’s leading research universities. Strategic projects have included establishing a new School of Engineering, which has been an important factor in attracting the microelectronics industry to the state, and VCU Life Sciences, a comprehensive undergraduate and graduate program involving the academic and medical faculty.

VCU Life Sciences has spurred a major national public-education initiative through the public television series, “Secrets of the Sequence.” In collaboration with Harvard University, the University of California- San Francisco, the University of Michigan, the University of Wisconsin-Madison and the Medical Research Council/Laboratory of Molecular Biology in Cambridge, England, VCU is advising the program’s producers on the latest life sciences discoveries and their ethical implications.

The university also is developing the Virginia Biotechnology Research Park in collaboration with business, civic and government leaders. When it is fully developed, the research park will cover 34 acres in downtown Richmond and employ an estimated 3,000 professional and technical personnel.

The VCU Health System is one of the most comprehensive in the nation. Its physician-faculty, facilities and medical-care programs receive annual recognition from local, regional and national guides and reports on the best health care.

VCU is an extraordinary institution, and we are proud that you are part of the excitement here. Best wishes with your program of study.

Sincerely,

Eugene P. Trani President Virginia Commonwealth University

Virginia Commonwealth University

the business, professional, civic and health- The university community care communities of Virginia, serve four- President’s Office year terms. Members may be appointed for 910 W. Franklin St. • P.O. Box 842512 With more than $180 million in annual an additional four-year term at the gover- Richmond, VA 23284-2512 research funding, Virginia Commonwealth nor’s discretion. (804) 828-1200 • Fax (804) 828-7532 University is ranked by the Carnegie VCU is organized into the divisions of http://www.vcu.edu/president Foundation as a Doctoral/Research Academic Affairs (which includes the University-Extensive, one of the nation’s Provost’s Office and Graduate Studies), top research universities, and is one of only Dr. Eugene P. Trani Advancement, Community and President three such universities in Virginia. VCU’s Governmental Relations, Finance and teaching, research, public service and Administration, Health Sciences, Research patient care mission supports full-time and and University Outreach. The university Table of contents part-time students and faculty of diverse offers 164 baccalaureate, master’s, profes- backgrounds. The university also con- sional, doctoral and post-graduate certifi- The university community ...... 1 tributes to the local, state, national and cate degree programs through the College Alumni of the university ...... 2 Mission of the university ...... 2 international communities through its of Humanities and Sciences and the Virginia Commonwealth University scholarly activities, its diverse educational schools of Allied Health Professions, the programs, and its public service and patient Health System ...... 3 Arts, Business, Dentistry, Education, Academic organization ...... 3 care initiatives. Engineering, Mass Communications (which Located in Richmond, the capital of Undergraduate degree programs ...... 4 is part of Humanities and Sciences), Certificate programs ...... 5 Virginia, VCU is composed of two cam- Medicine, Nursing, Pharmacy and Social puses. The 75-acre Academic Campus Minors ...... 5 Work. Forty of the university’s programs are Introduction to the university ...... 6 is situated in Richmond’s historic Fan unique in Virginia. In addition, 20 graduate Undergraduate General Education Program . . .6 District. The 51-acre VCU Medical Center, and professional programs have been which includes the VCU Health System, is ranked by U.S. News & World Report as located two miles east in the financial, among the best of their kind in the nation. together spend approximately $322 million commercial and governmental district of VCU also offers the Bachelor of a year in the local economy. The VCU downtown Richmond. Of the university’s Interdisciplinary Studies through the Health System provides more than $100 151 buildings, 32 were built before 1900. College of Humanities and Sciences and million worth of indigent health-care serv- Fifty-four buildings are national historic the Master of Interdisciplinary Studies ices annually. Almost two-thirds of VCU’s landmarks or lie within a historic district. through the School of Graduate Studies. alumni live and work in Virginia. VCU was established in 1968 by an act Several additional programs provide off- VCU’s economic impact includes a mas- of the Virginia General Assembly, which campus students with the opportunity to ter-site plan that calls for capital expansion merged the Medical College of Virginia earn degrees through telecommunications into under-used sections near the campuses. with Richmond Professional Institute to and instructional technology. The plan has established architectural form the new university. More than 26,000 students attend VCU; guidelines for future construction, which MCV was founded in 1838 as the each year the university awards approxi- were developed in collaboration with the medical department of Hampden-Sydney mately 4,000 degrees. Thirty percent of surrounding community. Current projects College. It became an independent institu- VCU’s students represent minority groups, under construction represent more than tion in 1854. In 1860, when Virginia 59 percent are women, and 34 percent are $156 million, and the value of authorized appropriated $30,000 for MCV’s first hospi- part-time students. The student body repre- projects is nearly $209 million. Since 1990, tal, it became a state-supported institution. sents 48 states and 89 different countries. VCU has invested $563 million in facili- RPI was established in 1917 as the VCU students also come from Washington, ties, of which $339 million has funded ini- Richmond School of Social Work and D.C., Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands. tiatives in the life sciences, engineering, Public Health. In 1925, it became the With an annual budget of approximately biotechnology and patient care. Richmond Division of the The College of $1.4 billion, VCU and its affiliate organiza- As part of a long-range strategic plan, William and Mary. Its name was changed tions constitute a significant economic VCU has enhanced its stature as one of to RPI in 1939; in 1962, it separated from enterprise in the Richmond area. More the nation’s leading research universities as William & Mary, becoming an independent than 15,400 faculty, staff and hourly well as continued its contribution to com- state institution. employees, including 1,643 full-time faculty munity and individual development, partic- VCU is governed by a 16-member Board and 6,839 classified staff, make the univer- ularly through collaborative initiatives and of Visitors appointed by the governor of sity and the health system the city’s single partnerships. Virginia. Board members, who come from largest employer. Employees and students

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 1 Virginia Commonwealth University

One of the university’s strategic collabo- services are their two alumni magazines, research, creative expression and public rations is the School of Engineering, which Shafer Court Connections for graduates of service. Essential to the life of the university has been an important factor in attracting the Academic Campus and Scarab for MCV is the faculty actively engaged in scholar- the microelectronics industry to Virginia Campus alumni. Their joint Web site hosts ship and creative exploration activities that along with the Wright Center, also based at several thousand visitors monthly, bringing increase knowledge and understanding of VCU. The university is developing the together alumni and building bonds with the world and inspire and enrich teaching. Virginia Biotechnology Research Park in VCU. A bi-monthly electronic newsletter The university is dedicated to educating collaboration with business, civic and gov- keeps alumni up to date on the latest uni- full-time and part-time students of all ages ernment leaders. When it is fully devel- versity news and recognition. and backgrounds in an atmosphere of free oped, the Research Park will cover 34 acres The MCV Alumni House and Paul A. inquiry and scholarship so they may realize in downtown Richmond and employ an Gross Conference Center provide event their full potential as informed, productive estimated 3,000 professional and technical space daily for faculty, students and univer- citizens with a lifelong commitment to personnel. sity leaders as well as receive guests and learning and service. VCU also has launched VCU Life host alumni gatherings. The VCU Alumni The university serves the local, state, Sciences, a comprehensive undergraduate House at 924 W. Franklin St. offers elegant national and international communities and graduate program involving the univer- entertainment and meeting space for uni- through its scholarly activities, its diverse sity’s academic and medical faculty. versity and alumni needs while the VCU educational programs, and its public service The VCU Health System supports a Alumni Association Board Room in the activities. As an institution of higher learn- Level-I trauma cemter; the Massey Cancer Student Commons remains a key meeting ing in a metropolitan center that also is the Center, a National Cancer Institute-desig- location for all campus groups. state capital, the university enjoys unique nated center; the Ambulatory Care Center; Reunions, student recruitment and men- resources that enrich its programs. The uni- and a number of partnerships within the toring; externships, professional workshops versity also contributes its intellectual and greater health-care community. It is one of and networking events; and recognition creative expertise in the development of the most comprehensive teaching health programs, parents’ weekends and com- innovative approaches to meet the chang- centers in the country. It also has been mencement breakfasts are some of the pro- ing needs of our society. ranked locally, regionally and nationally for grams alumni plan and participate in to The goals of VCU in carrying out its providing the highest quality and most support their university. Both associations mission are: cost-efficient health care. have extensively funded scholarships for • to provide undergraduate education students on both campuses. The VCU that includes a broad and rigorous Alumni Association raised $1 million to foundation in the arts, sciences, and Alumni of the university initiate a scholarship challenge campaign humanities, and explores the ideas and that created 114 freshman-merit scholar- values of humankind, VCU has 115,000 alumni, almost a third ships, besides building an honors endowed- • to offer nationally and internationally of whom are graduates of the MCV scholarship fund. The MCV Alumni recognized professional and graduate Campus. More than 40,000 reside in the Association supports several scholarship programs leading to doctoral, master’s, Richmond metro area and 65,000 live in funds and contributed $500,000 beginning and other terminal and advanced Virginia, contributing to its prosperity and an MCV Campus Initiative fund that will degrees in the professions, sciences, quality of life. raise $3 million in faculty support. humanities and arts, Among its alumni, VCU can count a Among other services provided by the • to foster a scholarly climate that Nobel Prize winner, an Oscar winner and associations to their alumni are specialized inspires creativity, a free and open several Emmy winners, CEOs of national college abroad travel; group major medical, exchange of ideas, critical thinking, corporations, a university president, several life, auto and home insurances; low-cost intellectual curiosity, freedom of legislators, a best-selling author, a White affinity credit cards; nationwide internet expression and intellectual integrity, House interior designer and numerous oth- service for less than $10/month; and dis- • to expand the boundaries of knowledge ers. Just as important, VCU graduates com- counts on hotels, rental cars and numerous and understanding through research, prise the majority of pharmacists and den- campus recreational and library services. scholarship, and creative expression in tists in Virginia, a major portion of the For further information about the VCU the sciences, arts, humanities and prostate’s nurses, physicians and health-care Alumni Association call (804) 828-2586; fessional disciplines, managers, many of its teachers, artists and for the MCV Alumni Association call • to value and promote racial and cul- performers and its law enforcement person- (804) 828-3900, and for both associations, tural diversity in its student body, fac- nel. VCU alumni are striving and excelling e-mail [email protected] or browse their ulty, administration, and staff to in every field of endeavor, using the knowl- Web site: http://www.vcu-mcvalumni.org. enhance and enrich the university, edge and experience they gained at VCU • to develop and sustain a faculty of the and building pride in their university. highest quality by providing an envi- Alumni support their university through Mission of the university ronment conducive to their achieving the VCU Alumni Association, MCV and maintaining national and interna- Alumni Association and numerous con- VCU is a public, metropolitan, research tional stature and by continuing to stituent groups such as the African- university, supported by Virginia to serve attract both recognized scholars and American Alumni Council, the Association the people of the state and the nation. The other outstanding individuals with a of Real Estate Alumni and the Honors university provides a fertile and stimulating high potential for scholarly achieve- Alumni. Among the associations’ many environment for learning, teaching, ment and excellence in teaching,

2 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

• to provide an optimal environment for The MCV Campus is committed to edu- educating and training health care pro- cational programs directed toward meeting Academic organization fessionals, for conducting research to the state’s health needs. Programs are dedi- improve health care and delivery, and cated to maintaining and updating the VCU is organized into a college, for meeting the needs of patients and competency of health professionals as well schools and departments offering under- the community in a comprehensive as preparing graduates to enter the health graduate, professional and graduate pro- health care setting, professions. Educational programs are sup- grams. The dean’s office of each school • to use the urban environment as a lab- ported by several academic disciplines, the provides the general coordination of the oratory for studying and developing teaching hospital, carefully selected off- academic departments and programs new approaches to problems pertaining campus health facilities, and an institu- within the school. Listed are the schools to the public and private sectors, tional commitment to effective teaching. with their respective departments and • to support (through its commitment to The MCV Campus also is committed to programs. public exhibitions, performances, and a comprehensive program of patient care: other cultural activities) the imagina- to demonstrate excellence in practice as a College of Humanities and Sciences School of Mass Communications tive power of the liberal, visual and model for students, to provide a base of advertising, public relations, performing arts to express the problems study designed to improve patient care, to journalism and aspirations of humanity and to meet the needs of patients in its hospital’s Program in African-American Studies enrich the lives of individuals, service area, and to offer highly specialized Department of Biology • to develop innovative programs for con- services in clinical areas of demonstrated Department of Chemistry tinuing education that establish perma- expertise. Criminal Justice nent intellectual connections between The MCV Campus’s research programs Department of English the university and its constituents, are designed to develop new knowledge in Program in Environmental Studies enhance professional competence, and areas ranging from the molecular level Foreign Languages promote dialogue on public issues, through clinical procedures to health-care French German • to offer diverse opportunities for indi- delivery and outcomes. Their goal is to Spanish viduals to benefit from higher education serve as a model for students in the spirit of Program in Forensic Science through a variety of avenues including inquiry and the application of the scientific Department of History flexible scheduling for part-time under- process to patient care, and to focus inter- International Studies graduate and graduate students, open disciplinary effort on problems amenable to Department of Mathematics and Applied Mathematics admission for nondegree-seeking stu- the scientific approach. Department of Military Science dents with appropriate preparation, Department of Philosophy advanced degree programs for working Judaic Studies professionals, selected programs in Virginia Commonwealth University Department of Physics diverse locales, admission of graduates Political Science and Public Administration Health System Department of Psychology with appropriate associate degrees in Interdisciplinary Degree Program in Science arts or sciences, and support programs In April 1996, Gov. George Allen biology for specially admitted students, signed a bill that officially transferred the chemistry • to promote interdisciplinary studies operations, employees and obligations of environmental studies within the university to bring new per- the Medical College of Virginia Hospitals general science spectives to bear on complex problems, to the Medical College of Virginia mathematics and mobilize creative energies and Hospitals Authority. This transfer physics expertise in meeting the needs of soci- occurred on June 30, 1997. Department of Sociology ety and individuals through its unique The authority assumes the obligations of Department of Statistical Sciences and Operations role as Virginia’s major urban university. Research MCVH as well as the mission of operating Urban Studies the MCV Hospitals as teaching hospitals Geography MCV Campus mission for the benefit of the schools of the Health Preparation for Professional Studies in the Health Sciences Sciences Division of VCU, and of provid- clinical laboratory sciences The MCV Campus is an integral part of ing high-quality patient care and a site for clinical radiation sciences VCU. The five academic schools and teach- medical and biomedical research in close dental hygiene ing hospital of the MCV Campus serve the affiliation with the Health Sciences dentistry needs of the citizens of Virginia for: Division of VCU. medicine • transmission of knowledge related to In winter 2000, the Virginia General nursing health services, Assembly and Gov. James Gilmore author- occupational therapy • continuity in the supply of health care optometry ized the establishment of the Virginia pharmacy professionals, Commonwealth University Health System • accessibility to comprehensive and physical therapy Authority. This legislation modified the veterinary medicine quality health care services, existing MCV Hospitals Authority by inte- Preparation for Professional Studies in Law • development and dissemination of new grating the clinical missions of MCV Program in Women’s Studies knowledge for the advancement of the Hospitals and Physicians and the School of health sciences. Medicine.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 3 Virginia Commonwealth University

School of Allied Health Professions Department of Management School of Medicine Department of Clinical Laboratory Sciences business administration and management Department of Anatomy and Neurobiology Department of Gerontology human resource management/industrial relations Department of Anesthesiology Department of Health Administration Department of Marketing and Business Law Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biophysics Department of Nurse Anesthesia Department of Biostatistics Department of Occupational Therapy School of Dentistry Department of Dermatology Program in Patient Counseling Division of Dental Hygiene Department of Emergency Medicine Department of Physical Therapy Department of Endodontics Department of Family Practice Department of Radiation Sciences Department of General Practice Department of Human Genetics Department of Rehabilitation Counseling Department of Oral Pathology Department of Internal Medicine Department of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery Department of Legal Medicine School of the Arts Department of Orthodontics Department of Microbiology and Immunology Art Foundation Program Department of Pediatric Dentistry Department of Neurology Department of Art Education Department of Periodontics Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology Department of Art History Department of Prosthodontics Department of Ophthalmology art historical Philips Institute of Oral and Craniofacial Molecular Biology Department of Orthopedic Surgery architectural history Department of Otolaryngology Department of Communication Arts and Design School of Education Department of Pathology Communication Arts Program Division of Educational Studies Department of Pediatrics illustration educational foundations Department of Pharmacology and Toxicology kinetic imagery Division of Health, Physical Education and Recreation Department of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation scientific and preparatory medical illustration Health, Physical Education and Exercise Science Department of Physiology three-dimensional modeling applied health science Department of Preventive Medicine and Community Health Communication Design Program athletic training Department of Psychiatry art direction clinical exercise science Department of Radiation Oncology graphic design community health educaiton Department of Radiology interactive multimedia design teacher education Department of Surgery typographic design Recreation, Parks and Sport Management three-dimensional design recreation and park management School of Nursing Department of Crafts sport management Department of Adult Health Nursing ceramics therapeutic recreation Department of Maternal-Child Nursing fiber/fabric design Division of Teacher Education Department of Nursing Systems, Community and glassworking in cooperation with the College of Humanities and Psychiatric Mental Health jewelry/metalsmithing Sciences Extended Teacher Preparation Programs wood/furniture design Early Childhood/Elementary Education P-6 School of Pharmacy Department of Dance and Choreography Middle Education 4-8 Department of Medicinal Chemistry Department of Fashion Design and Merchandising Secondary Education 6-12 Department of Pharmacy fashion design biology Department of Pharmaceutics fashion merchandising chemistry Department of Interior Design English School of Social Work Department of Music French Baccalaureate Social Work Program performance German Master of Social Work Program composition history/social science Ph.D. in Social Policy and Social Work Program music education interdisciplinary science Department of Painting and Printmaking mathematics Center for Environmental Studies painting physics Interdisciplinary Studies printmaking Spanish Department of Photography and Film Special Education K-12 Center for Public Policy filmmaking emotional disturbance Public Policy and Administration still photography mental retardation Department of Sculpture Department of Theatre School of Engineering Undergraduate degree programs performance Biomedical Engineering Program design/technical Chemical Engineering Program Bachelor of arts degrees theatre education Computer Engineering Program African-American studies Computer Science Program art history School of Business Electrical Engineering Program English Advanced Program Mechanical Engineering Program fashion merchandising Business Foundation Program foreign languages/French Department of Accounting School of Graduate Studies foreign languages/German Department of Economics Interdisciplinary Studies foreign languages/Spanish Department of Finance, Insurance and Real Estate Biotechnology (under development) history finance Environmental Studies home fashions merchandising insurance/risk management Interdisciplinary Off-campus Arts international studies real estate and urban land development Individualized Programs of Study (including cooperative music Department of Information Systems ventures with other colleges and universities) philosophy ethics and public policy

4 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University political science mathematical sciences/mathematics For additional information, see the accelerated B.A./M.P.A. program mathematical sciences/operations research academic program’s section of this bulletin religious studies mathematical sciences/statistics and the Graduate and Professional nursing Programs Bulletin. Bachelor of fine arts degrees physical education art education physics communication arts and design psychology crafts urban psychology Minors dance and choreography real estate and urban land development fashion recreation, parks and sport management For additional information, see the interior design science section on minors in the Academic painting and printmaking environmental studies Regulations and General Degree photography and film general science Requirements chapter of this bulletin. sculpture biology theatre chemistry African-American studies theatre education mathematical sciences American studies sociology and anthropology anthropology Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies degree urban studies and geography area studies individualized African women’s studies Bachelor of Social Work degree Asian Latin American Bachelor of Music degrees For additional information, see the aca- Middle Eastern performance demic program’s section of this bulletin. Russian and Eastern European composition Western European music education art history Certificate programs biology Bachelor of science degrees business, general accounting Catholic studies athletic training Post-baccalaureate certificate programs accounting chemistry biology computer science business administration and management aging studies applied social research crafts business administration criminal justice entrepreneurship and small business management computer science criminal justice dance/choreography international management economics operations management environmental studies human resource management engineering chemistry chemical clinical laboratory sciences information systems international management studies electrical clinical radiation sciences mechanical nuclear medicine technology marketing mathematical sciences English radiation therapy environmental studies radiography patient counseling planning information systems fashion merchandising computer science foundations of special education criminal justice pre-medical basic health sciences anatomy French dental hygiene geography economics biochemistry and molecular biophysics human genetics German engineering global studies biomedical microbiology and immunology pharmacology and toxicology the arts in global perspective chemical international institutions and globalization computer physiology public management international relations electrical social relations in international perspective mechanical real estate and urban land development statistics history finance human resource management finance teaching urban revitalization international management studies financial planning Judaic studies insurance/risk management Post-master’s certificate programs marketing financial technology mathematical sciences forensic science acute care nurse practitioner adult nurse practitioner media studies health, physical education and exercise science music human resource management/industrial relations nursing administration nursing in faith communities Native American studies interdisciplinary degree program in science painting and printmaking information systems pediatric nurse practitioner principalship philosophy application development philosophy of law information engineering professional counseling psychiatric/mental health clinical nurse specialist physics network management political science marketing and business law reading specialist women’s health nurse practitioner psychology mass communications public affairs and administration mathematical sciences/applied mathematics recreation, parks and sport management

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 5 Virginia Commonwealth University religious studies Courses in academic affairs (VCU1) so that they may realize their full potential sculpture as informed, productive citizens with a life- social welfare VCU1 101 Introduction to the University long commitment to learning and service. sociology Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. A course to The best mechanism for fostering a com- Spanish orient new students to the rich traditions and purposes mitment to lifelong learning among stu- statistics of a university education. Students will assess their dents is to promote self-examination and to substance abuse services expectations and evaluate their academic strengths urban studies and career goals. Through lectures, guest speakers and motivate them to seek the life of the mind women’s studies individual projects, students will discover the VCU by immersing them in exciting learning in writing (see English) resources and services designed to help them solve a variety of venues among dedicated schol- problems and to achieve a personally rewarding and ars in the arts, the humanities, the sciences For additional information, see the aca- successful academic program. and their myriad applications. demic program’s section of this bulletin. VCU1 102 Turning Point: Discover a New 3. A third commitment of the university Direction is to foster lifelong learning. Students Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. This 10-week can expect guidance in developing the Introduction to the university course is designed for freshman and sophomore stu- habit of self-examination and help in dents who find themselves on academic warning at the becoming self-actuated lifelong learners. Lelia E. Brinegar end of the fall semester. Through a small classroom 4. Issues-oriented or thematic courses Director, First Year Student Services environment, students identify their academic difficul- offer an integrated approach to certain ties, analyze study skills and develop a plan to improve their academic lives. Students will learn about VCU's fundamental human problems while VCU1 101 Introduction to the resources that are designed to help them succeed aca- requiring students to grapple with University is a one-credit course that all demically. Finally, through participating in class discus- important issues of our day. To ensure entering undergraduate students are encour- sions, keeping a reflective journal and producing indi- that students have access to issues-ori- aged to take. This 10-week course is taught vidual projects, students will develop a plan for improv- ented courses, the university makes the by faculty and student affairs administrators ing their academic performance at VCU. following commitment: students can in small-class settings. Students assess their expect to be able to achieve part of expectations and evaluate their academic Undergraduate General Education their general education through inter- strengths and career goals. Through lec- disciplinary courses addressing major tures, guest speakers and individual projects, Program issues of our day. The courses will inte- students discover the VCU resources and grate, rather than isolate, various disci- services designed to help them solve prob- VCU’s Undergraduate General plinary approaches to learning and lems and achieve a personally rewarding Education Program represents those learn- understanding. and successful academic program. Having ing objectives deemed important for all VCU has identified seven curricular ele- completed this course, students will better undergraduate students regardless of their ments for general education: understand their fit as new members of the major area of study. The goal of the pro- VCU community. gram is to ensure that students acquire the 1. Communicating VCU1 102 Turning Point: Discover a intellectual skills and breadth of knowledge Students should demonstrate effective oral and written New Direction, a one-credit course taught that will not only contribute to the success communication skills. Beyond the general basic knowl- in the spring semester, lasting 10 weeks, is of their undergraduate studies but will pre- edge of composition and rhetoric, the student should designed for freshman students who find pare them for the challenges and opportu- learn the standards of communication within the stu- themselves on academic warning and/or nities of the 21st century. The university dent’s own discipline. probation. A small classroom environment has identified a series of broad educational 2. Ethics will help students identify their academic commitments as well as seven specific curricular elements that constitute the Students should demonstrate an understanding of the difficulties, analyze study skills and develop main concepts and theories of ethics and the role they Undergraduate General Education a plan to improve their academic lives. play in our public and private lives at both the profes- Students will learn about VCU’s resources Program. sional and personal levels. Students should be able to designed to help them succeed academi- The following statements are commit- examine their fundamental moral beliefs, to form cally. Finally, through participating in class ments of the university: rational arguments and judgments relative to ethics, discussions, keeping a reflective journal and 1. Students can expect to learn the ele- and to enable them to act on their values to make ethi- producing individual projects, students will ments of clear thinking and to be nur- cal choices. develop a plan for improving their aca- tured in their development as careful, demic performance at VCU. critical and creative thinkers. 3. Quantity and form Students should be able to quantify or represent infor- These courses are coordinated by the 2. Students can expect to learn how to access, retrieve, evaluate and synthe- mation symbolically. Students should be able to use director of First Year Student Services, such codified information with respect to questions of size information in various formats Virginia Commonwealth University, P.O. size, proportion or order, and to analyze it or manipulate 842505, Richmond, VA 23284-2505, (bibliographic, graphic, numeric, it in a manner consistent with the standards of the stu- (804) 828-3700. For further information spatial, textual, etc.) through up-to- dent’s own discipline. on First Year Student Services, see the date means relative to their studies Division of Student Affairs and Enrollment at every level. 4. Science and technology Services chapter of this bulletin. The VCU Mission states that the univer- Students should demonstrate some understanding of sity is dedicated to educating students in an and experience with the processes and concepts of atmosphere of free inquiry and scholarship, modern experimental science and the impact of science and technology on society.

6 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

5. Interdependence Students should be able to demonstrate an awareness of the cultural, economic, informational and social interdependencies that exist among nations and cultures today.

6. Visual and performing arts Students should demonstrate an enhanced understanding of and experience in the various visual and performing arts which represent and express the complexities of the human condition.

7. Humanities and social sciences Students should demonstrate an appreciation of the varieties and complexities of human cultures and values as expressed through literary, religious, historical and philosophical works. They also should demonstrate an understanding of individual and collective behavior as structured through political, economic, social and cultural institutions.

Beginning with the class entering in fall 1997, students are subject to these general education requirements.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 7 Virginia Commonwealth University

8 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

Admission to the University

criteria and policies are recommended by General policy governing the Undergraduate and Graduate Undergraduate Admissions admissions and enrollment Admissions offices as well as the deans of 821 W. Franklin St. • P.O. Box 842526 the schools and college of the university on Richmond, VA 23284-2526 As a comprehensive, metropolitan, public the advice of their faculties. Entrance (800) 841-3638, (804) 828-1222 institution, Virginia Commonwealth requirements for schools and the college Fax (804) 828-1899 University seeks to provide excellent higher within the university may differ. Various http://www.vcu.edu/ugrad • [email protected] education for those who will profit from an departments may have unique admission MCV Campus intellectually challenging experience. The requirements, such as examinations, audi- Undergraduate Admissions university encourages applications from peo- tions, portfolios, interviews, licensure or 1101 E. Marshall St. • P.O. Box 980632 ple who are sincere in their desire to study language proficiency, in order to evaluate a Richmond, VA 23298-0632 in an environment where excellence in student’s potential for success in selected (804) 827-0152 • Fax (804) 828-2573 teaching, research, scholarly activities and programs and courses. The university http://www.vcu.edu/admissions/mcv/mcvindex.htm community services is stressed. In addition, selects applicants who present the strongest VCU Welcome Center VCU encourages applications from return- qualifications in scholastic achievement West Broad Street Parking Deck ing adult students whose education may and potential, standardized examinations, 1111 W. Broad St. have been interrupted. and through the review of other evidence Richmond, VA 23284-2526 Recognizing the value of a diverse stu- of potential. Each applicant is reviewed on (804) 827-2000 dent body, the university invites applica- an individual basis. http://www.vcu.edu/ugrad/welcome tions from all qualified persons without regard to age, race, color, national origin, Office of Records and Registration gender, religion, sexual orientation, vet- Graduate and professional 827 W. Franklin St. • P.O. Box 842520 eran’s status, political affiliation or disabil- programs admissions Richmond, VA 23284-2520 ity. Although the university has a primary (804) 828-1341 • (804) 828-1349 responsibility to educate Virginia residents, Fax (804) 828-2573 For information about requirements and http://www.vcu.edu/enroll/rar • [email protected] the value and contribution of a diverse stu- procedures for admission to graduate study dent body is recognized and the enrollment at VCU, see the Graduate and Professional of students from other states and countries Programs Bulletin or contact the School of Table of contents is encouraged. Entrance requirements are in Graduate Studies at 1001 Grove Ave., P.O. full compliance with all applicable federal Box 843051, Richmond, VA 23284-3051, General policy governing admissions and enrollment ...... 9 and state statutes, rules and regulations. (804) 828-6916. Graduate and professional programs All people admitted to and enrolled in For information about admission to admissions ...... 9 the university are classified as either degree- MCV Campus professional programs, refer seeking or special (nondegree seeking) stu- Categories of student enrollment ...... 9 to sections on the schools of Dentistry, Admission guidelines ...... 10 dents. Degree-seeking students are presumed Medicine and Pharmacy. Admission procedures ...... 13 to be working toward a degree in approved The Graduate and Professional Programs Admission to the University Honors Program . .14 educational programs, while special students Bulletin is available for purchase at the VCU Undergraduate application deadlines ...... 15 are permitted to enroll in classes on a bookstores or may be accessed in its entirety Admission notification ...... 16 semester basis. Recognizing a commitment via the Web at http://www.vcu.edu/bulletins. Responding to the offer of admission ...... 16 to educate students who desire to take Post-admission advising ...... 16 courses primarily for self improvement or to Orientation ...... 17 continue lifelong education, the university Categories of student enrollment Evaluation of transfer credit – four-year also encourages the enrollment of special and two-year institution applicants ...... 17 (nondegree seeking) students. The univer- VCU provides a variety of ways in which Other sources of academic credit ...... 18 sity enrolls as many qualified degree-seeking a student may pursue a course of study. Senior Citizens Higher Education Program . . .19 and nondegree-seeking students as resources Enrichment and acceleration opportunities . . .19 permit. When resources are limited, spaces go to those who present credentials showing Degree-seeking student the greatest potential for academic success This student has fulfilled the admission student may engage in studies as either a in degree programs. requirements of the university and a particu- full-time student (12 credits or more per The Board of Visitors establishes general lar school and is enrolled in a bachelor’s semester) or as a part-time student and may admission policies on the recommendation (four-year) degree program or a health sci- enroll for day and/or evening classes. of the university administration. Admission ences preparatory program. A degree-seeking

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 9 Admission to the University

Furthermore, a degree-seeking student maximum of 11 credits per semester Phone: (804) 828-8420. Fax: (804) 225-3479. may pursue a program of study in one of the (part time). E-mail: [email protected]. following ways: 2. As a degree holder. This student has 1. As a declared departmental major in previously earned a baccalaureate a school or college. The student who degree at VCU or another accredited Admission guidelines declares a specific major when entering institution and plans to pursue addi- VCU begins a course of study leading tional undergraduate course work. The The credentials of undergraduate appli- to a degree in the declared major. (The student may take a maximum of 19 cants for admission to degree status are student may change the major at a credits per semester. reviewed on an individual basis. Because later date.) 3. As a transient student. This student is the number of applicants who meet the 2. As an undeclared student. Students presently seeking a baccalaureate requirements for admission may exceed the who have not selected a specific major, degree at another institution of higher number that can be admitted, the univer- may select the “undeclared” category education, is in good standing at that sity selects those candidates who present within the College of Humanities and institution and plans to pursue a course the strongest qualifications in scholastic Sciences. Students are advised along of study at VCU for no more than two achievement and potential as reflected on general academic lines so they may semesters with the intent of transfer- transcripts and test scores. Freshman appli- enroll in courses which will assist them ring the work back to the home insti- cants interested in the university’s College in more clearly defining their academic tution to complete the degree. The Transition Program should read the infor- objectives. student may take a maximum of 19 mation on the Academic Success Center in The advising program is flexible credits per semester and must present a this section of this bulletin. Applicants enough to suit the interest of any stu- letter from the home institution interested in enrolling as special students dent, yet it is basic to a number of approving the student’s status as a should read the “Special Student fields of study in different schools. transient student at VCU. (Refer to Guidelines” that also appear in this chapter. During the first year of study, students the “Special Student Guidelines” in A summary of undergraduate admission are encouraged to investigate various this chapter of this bulletin). requirements by major concentration can fields until they find a major that suits Credits earned as a special student are be found in the appendices. their interests, needs and goals. recorded on the student’s permanent aca- Students must define these goals and demic record. There is no limit placed on Freshman undergraduate admission declare a major area of study no later the number of credits that can be earned in than the semester in which they com- this classification. Special students who guidelines plete 60 credits, generally after two wish eventually to earn a baccalaureate An applicant for degree status must be a years of study. degree at VCU are encouraged to seek graduate of an accredited secondary school admission to a degree program before accu- (or its equivalent) or hold a GED certificate mulating 22 semester credits. with adequate scores, defined as a composite Nondegree-seeking special student score of at least 550 on the GED battery. A A student who meets the requirements high school student should submit an appli- for undergraduate eligibility may enroll for Special Student Advising cation for admission after completion of the credit as a special student in day and/or Special nondegree holders or degree junior year, unless applying for the Early evening classes at VCU without seeking holders who wish to take undergraduate Admission or Advanced Scholar programs, admission to a degree program. classes are advised through the College of in which case the application should be sub- Undergraduate special students are Humanities and Sciences’ Interdisciplinary mitted after the sophomore year. advised about course selections and aided Studies department. Special nondegree- All freshman applicants under the age of in educational and vocational planning by seeking students must meet eligibility 22 are required to submit scores from the the Office of Interdisciplinary Studies and requirements (see Special Student SAT I or ACT. Special Nondegree-seeking Student Guidelines on following page) and are lim- For admission to the College of Advising. Such students are ineligible for ited to a maximum of 11 credits per semes- Humanities and Sciences (including the financial aid. ter and are not eligible for financial aid. School of Mass Communications), schools Permission to enroll as a special student Special degree holders may take more than of Business, Education, Engineering or does not ensure later admission as a degree- 11 credits, but also are not eligible for Social Work, at least 20 high school units seeking student. Continuance in this status financial aid. Academic advisers assist spe- are required, with the following minimum is dependent on academic performance, cial students by providing educational plan- distribution of subjects: four units in and special students are subject to the con- ning and information about university English; three units in mathematics, one of tinuation regulations stated in the resources and regulations. Special degree which must be Algebra I and one of which Academic Regulations and General Degree holders (those students who already hold a must be geometry or Algebra II; two units Requirements chapter of this bulletin. baccalaureate degree) who wish to register in science, one of which must be a labora- The undergraduate special student may for graduate courses need to contact the tory science; and three units of history or pursue course work in one of the following specific academic department for advising. social sciences or government. Students are categories: The special student advising office is encouraged to present at least two units in 1. As a nondegree holder. This student located at 310 N. Shafer St., P.O. Box a modern or ancient language. Many pro- has not previously earned a baccalaure- 843079, Richmond, VA 23284-3079. grams at the university require at least one ate degree. The student may take a

10 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Admission to the University year of collegiate study in a modern or Special student guidelines Special students who hold bachelor’s ancient language for graduation. degrees are classified as DHG (degree- The first time a student registers as a spe- In addition, preference is given to candi- holder graduate) if they enroll in one or cial student, he or she must meet the fol- dates who submit the Advanced Studies more graduate courses. DHG students are lowing conditions of eligibility as appropri- Diploma or its equivalent. This diploma charged by the level of the course unless ate to his/her status: requires four units in English; four in social they enroll for nine or more credits, at 1. be a high school graduate or GED sciences, including world history, U.S. his- which point they are charged at the full- holder for one year before the intended tory and U.S. government; four units in time graduate rate. Special students who semester of entry, or mathematics (Algebra I, geometry, and hold undergraduate degrees are classified as 2. be an applicant who meets established Algebra II); four units in science drawn DHU (degree-holder undergraduate) if they admission requirements, or from earth science, biology, chemistry, enroll in all undergraduate courses. DHU 3. be a transfer student who is eligible to physics or other advanced science courses; students who enroll in 12 or more credits return to the former institution or has and either three years of one foreign lan- are charged at the full-time undergraduate been out of school for at least one year guage or two years of two foreign languages; rate. If they make changes to their course for a first suspension or five years for two units in health and physical education; enrollment by the end of the add/drop the second suspension incurred at any and one unit of fine arts or practical arts. week, their classification and charges institution, or Applicants seeking admission to pro- change in accordance with these guidelines. 4. be a former VCU student who is eligi- grams in the College of Humanities and Degree-holding special students enrolling ble to return. If the student has been Sciences (including the preprofessional in graduate courses should refer to the suspended from VCU for academic health-related programs), the schools of Graduate and Professional Programs reasons, eligibility for future enroll- Business, Education (especially those inter- Bulletin. ment must be re-established in accor- ested in the five-year bachelor’s/master’s Special students who plan to earn a dance with procedures outlined in the program), Engineering and Social Work are degree eventually must apply for degree “Re-admission Guidelines” section and encouraged to take additional laboratory admission and, depending on their creden- the suspension policies outlined in the science courses in high school. In addition tials, may be required to complete 15 cred- Academic Regulations and General to the basic requirements in mathematics, its with an earned GPA of 2.0, which Degree Requirements chapter of this applicants to programs in engineering, sci- includes a minimum of two courses (total- bulletin, or ence, computer science and mathematics ing six credits) required by their degree 5. be a bachelor’s degree holder taking are encouraged to take additional advanced curriculum. undergraduate courses, or courses in mathematics. Students studying on foreign visas, 6. be an eligible transient student. A Freshman applicants planning to pursue a because of U.S. immigration and naturaliza- transient student must present, before major in the health sciences (radiation sci- tion regulations, are expected to enroll as or at the time of registration, a letter ences, dental hygiene, clinical laboratory full-time students and usually are not per- from the home institution, which sciences, nursing, occupational therapy and mitted to enroll as special students. states that the student is in good pharmacy) are advised to apply to the pre- The Office of Undergraduate Admissions’ standing, has permission to study at professional programs of their choice in the staff is available to answer general ques- VCU for transfer back to the home College of Humanities and Sciences. tions, to distribute publications and appli- institution, and which outlines the The University Honors Program offers cation forms, and to provide specific infor- courses to be studied at VCU, or qualified students interested in health sci- mation pertaining to the admission process. 7. be a non-U.S. citizen who has been ence the opportunity for early acceptance Application forms and other admissions cleared through the Office of into many of the MCV Campus programs. information may be obtained by writing or International Education. Freshman applicants who are not admit- telephoning the Office of Undergraduate Students are responsible for knowing ted with degree status may be eligible to Admissions, Virginia Commonwealth the terms of eligibility and for stating that enroll at VCU as special students provided University, P.O. Box 842526, Richmond, they are eligible for special student status. one year has elapsed since their high school VA 23284-2526. Telephone toll free The first time a student registers as a spe- graduation date or intended high school (800) 841-3638 or locally (804) 828-1222, cial student, proof of eligibility is required. graduation date. fax (804) 828-1899, e-mail [email protected], Students may sign an eligibility card stating or visit the office at 821 W. Franklin St. or their eligibility, which is then verified by online at http://www.vcu.edu/ugrad. Early decision plan guidelines the Office of Records and Registration. A Highly qualified fall semester freshman student also may establish eligibility by pro- applicants who have selected VCU as their viding verification of high school gradua- Evening studies first choice and who meet the Nov. 1 early tion, GED certification or verification that VCU day and evening programs are aca- decision application deadline may be he or she is eligible to return to the previ- demically integrated, and credit earned in admitted to VCU by Dec. 1. Early decision ous institution of study. the evening program is identical to credit applications are not processed for the spring If the student’s eligibility cannot be veri- earned during the day. A student may regis- semester. The School of Nursing is the only fied or if the student is found ineligible, the ter for courses in the evening as a degree- health sciences program offering an early grade on the course taken is changed to no seeking or a special (nondegree-seeking) decision plan. Detailed information is avail- credit (NC). An administrative hold is student. able in the School of Nursing chapter of placed on future registrations until eligibil- this bulletin. ity is established.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 11 Admission to the University

Admission guidelines for consult the appropriate section of this bul- resulting from program to program programs requiring specialized letin for admission requirements. transfer agreements. supplementary information Transfer applicants who are not admitted • Students will not be required to repeat with degree status may be eligible to enroll courses that have been satisfactorily School of the Arts freshman as special (nondegree-seeking) students as completed at a Virginia community admission guidelines determined by the Office of Undergraduate college except in cases where special The School of the Arts does not have Admissions. restrictions apply to all students. specific high school unit requirements but Transfer applicants ineligible to return • Applicants to degree programs that are does require applicants to have graduated to a former institution because of an competitive are not guaranteed admis- from high school or hold a GED. In place academic suspension may not enroll at sion but will be evaluated on the same of the units, degree applicants must com- VCU for a period of one year for the first basis as native students. plete the School of the Arts Admissions suspension and five years for the second For students with the A.A., A.S. or Packet, which is designed to measure the suspension. A.A.&S. degrees from a VCCS institution applicant’s ability and aptitude for the arts. Transfer applicants who have been or Richard Bland College, VCU degree The packet must be filed in addition to the suspended from another institution for requirements in effect at the date of the University Undergraduate Application for nonacademic or disciplinary reasons are student’s admission to the VCCS or Admission, forming an important part of referred to the Office of the Vice Provost Richard Bland College associate’s degree the basis on which admission evaluation is for Student Affairs for preadmission program will be used in certifying the stu- made. With the exception of fashion mer- clearance. dent for graduation if the student has not chandising and some concentrations in art Additional information for transfer students interrupted his/her associate’s degree more history, applicants to the visual arts is available in the VCU Transfer Guide or on than two consecutive semesters (excluding (including technical/design theatre) are the Web at http://www.vcu.edu/ugrad summer sessions). required to complete the drawing and /admissions101/transfers/transfer_guide.html. Requirements of native students which design exercises specified in the packet. would apply to associate’s degree-holders are: Additional artwork should not be submit- State policy on transfer agreement 1. Freshman English: All B.A. and B.S. programs in the College of Humanities ted unless requested. Applicants to the between Virginia Community departments of Dance and Choreography, and Sciences, schools of Business, Music or Theatre must complete the writ- Colleges and Richard Bland College Social Work, Nursing, Allied Health ten information in the packet and are VCU welcomes applications from Professions and the Program in Dental required to participate in an audition Virginia Community College and Richard Hygiene require completion of ENG arranged by the appropriate department. Bland students who have earned the associ- 111-112 (ENGL 101-102 at RBC) Applicants to the Department of Music ate in arts, associate in science or associate with at least “C” grades in both courses also must show evidence of proficiency in in arts and science degrees or approved or repeat the course(s) at VCU. one or more areas of music performance A.A.&S. or A.S. programs in general stud- 2. All B.A. and B.S. programs in the and must take the musicianship placement ies. Students holding these degrees will College of Humanities and Sciences examination. have junior standing and will be consid- require competency through the ele- ered to have met all lower-division general mentary level of a foreign language; English, history and political science Transfer admission guidelines education requirements for Academic Campus programs with the exception of majors through the intermediate level. Transfer applicants are considered for certain lower-level and upper-level program 3. Computer literacy: all bachelor of arts admission provided they present evidence requirements that also apply to native stu- and bachelor of science students in the of good standing at the last institution dents. Students should closely follow the College of Humanities and Sciences attended. Although a minimum cumulative detailed course suggestions offered in the and the School of Social Work must GPA of 2.0 on a four-point scale in all non- VCU Transfer Guide for Virginia complete and pass the Computer remedial credits attempted at all accredited Community Colleges and Richard Bland Proficiency Assessment prior to gradu- colleges attended is required for admission, College. By selecting certain courses to ful- ation. Equivalent VCCS courses which preference is given to transfer applicants fill requirements within the A.A., A.S. or fulfill this assessment requirement are presenting a GPA of at least 2.25. Transfer A.A.&S. degree programs, additional lower CSC 110 or 155 or IST 100. The candidates who have earned fewer than 30 division courses needed after transfer to equivalent RBC course is CSCI 202. semester credits/45 quarter credits and who VCU can be held to a minimum. A maxi- 4. Mathematics/statistics: All bachelor’s are 21 years of age or younger must submit mum of 63 semester credits can be accepted degree programs in the College of the SAT or ACT results and also must from the A.A., A.S. or A.A.&S. degrees. Humanities and Sciences have mathe- meet specific guidelines listed in the Additionally: matics/statistics requirements that Freshman Admission Guidelines section. • Students must make proper application must be met. See specific program for Some programs have additional require- for admission to VCU. required courses and their equivalents. ments for admission as a transfer student. • Only credits applied toward the receipt 5. Urban environment: All bachelor of For example, transfer applicants to the of the associate’s degree will be arts and bachelor of science programs schools of the Arts, Business, Engineering accepted, not to exceed 63 credits. in the College of Humanities and and Mass Communications on the • Credits needed to meet major prereq- Sciences require the completion of a Academic Campus, and to the health sci- uisites will be based on the Course three-credit course dealing with ence programs on the MCV Campus should Equivalency Guide or agreements aspects of modern day life. Typically,

12 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Admission to the University

with few exceptions, the course is specific conditions for the Bachelor of Students who wish to return to VCU completed in the last 60 credits of the Interdisciplinary Studies program and after enrolling at another institution are undergraduate program at VCU. the special program in nursing for considered transfer applicants and are 6. The School of Social Work requires a community college R.N. degree-hold- reviewed for admission based on the trans- 2.5 GPA for admission to upper-level ers who wish to complete the bachelor fer admission guidelines related to good courses. The schools of Business and of science in nursing. standing and cumulative GPA. Students Mass Communications require a 2.25 9. Students wishing to transfer to the who attend another institution during peri- GPA (except for the Department of School of Engineering must have a 3.0 ods of suspension from VCU are considered Information Systems which requires a GPA with no grades below a “C.” Also, re-admitted students for admission pur- 2.75 GPA) for admission to upper- “B” grades or better must be attained in poses. If re-admitted, they assume their level course work. mathematics, science or engineering VCU GPA and academic status; any course For students pursuing a career in courses to be considered for transfer. work taken at another institution during early, middle, special or secondary edu- Transfer students from the Virginia the suspension will be evaluated according cation through the Extended Teacher Community Colleges System will fol- to regular procedures. Preparation Program of the College of low existing articulation agreements. Re-admission applicants who wish to Humanities and Sciences and the 10. The approved A.A.&S. or A.S. pro- change their majors may be required to School of Education, a 2.5 GPA and grams in general studies are: Dabney meet additional requirements for some pro- successful completion of the PRAXIS I Lancaster, Lord Fairfax, Mountain grams. Applicants to the School of the Arts examination are required for entry into Empire, Patrick Henry, Piedmont must submit the School of the Arts Teacher Preparation, a stage in the Virginia, Southside, Virginia Western, Admissions Packet. program after the student has com- Wytheville and Germanna Students may apply for re-admission to pleted 60 credits. For students applying Community College. VCU for the semester following completion to majors in the School of the Arts, a 11. Writing intensive courses: The College of the first suspension period (two semesters, portfolio evaluation for visual arts of Humanities and Sciences and one of which may be summer). Under cer- applicants and an audition for perform- selected other departments at VCU tain circumstances, students may be consid- ance applicants are required. require “writing intensive” courses. ered for re-admission from the second and 7. The professional baccalaureate pro- Generally, this requirement is fulfilled final suspension after a period of five years. grams in Social Work, Nursing, Allied by completing upper-level VCU Students on second suspension who wish to Health Professions, the Dental courses that have no equivalency to return before the required completion of the Hygiene program in the School of VCCS or RBC courses. five-year suspension period must appeal their Dentistry and the doctoral programs in Detailed information about the Transfer re-admission to the Academic Regulations the Physical Therapy and Pharmacy Module and Virginia Community College/ Appeals Committee. Students should con- have specific program-related lower- VCU and Richard Bland College/VCU tact the dean’s office of the school or college level requirements that must be com- transfer equivalent courses is available from which they were suspended to initiate pleted to make proper application and on the Web at http://www.vcu.edu/ugrad this process. For more information on sus- to achieve success in the program, if /admissions101/transfers/transfer_guide.html. pension policies, refer to the Academic admitted. They are not “general educa- Regulations and General Degree tion” requirements in the traditional Re-admission guidelines Requirements chapter of this bulletin. sense of the word. These courses are Applicants who have been suspended offered at almost all VCCS institutions Re-admission is subject to individual from the university for nonacademic or dis- and are widely publicized. Generally, degree program requirements. Contact the ciplinary reasons are referred to the Office only courses with “C” grades or better program department or consult the appro- of the Vice Provost for Student Affairs for will be accepted in transfer. priate program portion of this bulletin for pre-admission clearance. The health, physical education and specific information. Students who withdraw from all courses recreation programs have specific International student admissions lower-level requirements related to after the first week of the semester are con- state-approved program status, profes- sidered to have been enrolled for that semes- VCU encourages qualified international sional certification and entry into the ter. A student who does not attend VCU for students, both immigrant and nonimmi- practicum sequence. Specified science three or more successive fall and spring grant, to seek admission to the university. courses are prerequisite for entry into semesters excluding summer sessions, must See the Office of International Education upper-level kinesiology and exercise submit an application for re-admission to the chapter of this bulletin for guidelines. science courses. While some flexibility Office of Undergraduate Admissions. is available in the transfer of some Students who have attended another insti- other courses into the lower-level part tution and wish to return after the allow- Admission procedures of the programs, the first two years of able absence period or who have been sus- the health, physical education and pended since their last enrollment at VCU It is the responsibility of the applicant to recreation programs are not traditional also must apply for re-admission. This ensure that all required admission documents general education as mentioned in the application must be done before the applica- are forwarded to the Office of Undergraduate previous paragraphs. tion submission date for the semester in Admissions before the deadline. (Refer to the 8. Transfer work from some occupation- which the student plans to return. “Undergraduate Application Deadlines” sec- technical programs is reviewed under tion in this chapter.)

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 13 Admission to the University

Applications and supporting credentials transcripts. GED holders must submit Foreign applicants submit the for undergraduate programs offered on both their partial high school transcripts (if Financial Support Statement with the campuses must be submitted to the Office high school was attended). application for admission in addition of Undergraduate Admissions, Virginia Transfer candidates must request to any other supplemental application Commonwealth University, P.O. Box the registrar of each college attended packets, which may be required. 842526, Richmond, VA 23284-2526; tele- to send two official transcripts of their 6. Interviews and auditions. Applicants phone (804) 828-1222 or 1-800-841-3638. course work. Transfer candidates who to the following programs will be con- All applications and supporting docu- have earned fewer than 30 semester tacted by the program for an interview ments become the property of the univer- credits/45 quarter credits also must or audition: clinical laboratory sci- sity and are not returned to the applicant. submit their secondary school records. ences, dance/choreography, music, After all required documents have been Applicants to the School of Nursing nontraditional studies, radiation sci- received, candidates are notified in writing undergraduate program on the MCV ences and theatre. Although inter- of the decision by the appropriate admis- Campus must submit official tran- views are not required for other pro- sions office. scripts from all colleges, universities grams, applicants are welcome to meet The following must be submitted to and hospital schools/programs with an admissions counselor to discuss the Office of Undergraduate Admissions attended. School of Nursing and their applications. In some cases, how- when applying for an undergraduate degree School of Pharmacy applicants also ever, the Office of Undergraduate program: must submit official high school Admissions may require an interview 1. Official Application Form. Candidates transcripts. of any applicant. seeking admission or re-admission to The Office of Undergraduate 7. Immunization requirements. Virginia the university in an undergraduate Admissions will obtain, for re-admis- law requires all full-time students to degree program must file an official sion candidates, the student’s VCU submit an official certification of Application for Undergraduate transcript. Applicants who have immunization to University Student Admission, signed by the applicant, attended other colleges since leaving Health Services prior to registration. before the specified deadline. Students VCU must request the registrar of each Detailed information on immunization planning to complete a second bac- college to send official transcripts to requirements can be found in the calaureate degree also must submit this the Office of Undergraduate Division of Student Affairs chapter of application. Care should be taken to Admissions. this bulletin. read the admissions guidelines in this 4. Test scores. Freshman applicants Note that some MCV Campus pro- bulletin, to follow the directions (high school graduates and GED hold- grams may require additional immuniza- accompanying the application and to ers) 21 years of age or younger must tions because of high patient contact. complete all information requested. submit SAT I or ACT scores and, if Incomplete or incorrect applications applicable, an official copy of their will result in a processing delay. GED scores. Admission to the University 2. Application fees. Application fees are Transfer applicants 21 years of age Honors Program nonrefundable and should be submitted or younger and with fewer than 30 by check or money order with the appli- semester/45 quarter credits of college cation for admission. Do not submit work must submit SAT I or ACT Eligibility requirements cash. The application fee is $30. scores. The University Honors Program is open Currently enrolled VCU Academic All School of Nursing applicants to qualified entering freshmen, continuing Campus program students applying to must submit SAT, ACT or GRE scores students who demonstrate excellence after undergraduate MCV Campus programs regardless of age. enrolling at VCU and transfer students are not required to remit the application Foreign applicants whose native who have shown similar ability at other fee. Applications received without the language is other than English must institutions. application fee or an approved waiver submit scores for the Test of English as 1. High school graduates with combined request may be returned to the sender. a Foreign Language in addition to any SAT scores of at least 1270 (recen- 3. Official transcript(s). Freshman appli- other test scores required. In general, tered) who rank in the upper 15 cants are required to submit their offi- VCU requires a minimum score of 550 percent of their graduating class or cial high school transcript(s) showing on the paper TOEFL or 213 on the who are the recipients of a VCU course work completed to date. The computer TOEFL, but some programs Presidential Scholarship are eligible secondary school record should con- may require a higher TOEFL score. for admission to the University Honors tain courses and grades earned, rank in Some MCV Campus programs also Program automatically upon applica- class and overall GPA. A final tran- may require TWE (Test of Written tion to the program. Continuing VCU script also is required showing date of English) or TSE (Test of Spoken students or transfer students who have graduation, overall GPA and rank in English) scores. achieved a 3.50 cumulative GPA in 30 graduating class if available. Freshman 5. Supplemental application packets. Art college semester hours also are eligible applicants still in high school submit- applicants must submit the School of for admission automatically upon ting a paper application are encour- the Arts Admissions Packet to the application to the program. aged to have their guidance coun- School of the Arts, Virginia 2. Academically talented students who do selors submit the Application for Commonwealth University, P.O. Box not quite meet the criteria for auto- Undergraduate Admission with their 842519, Richmond, VA 23284-2519. matic admission are encouraged to

14 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Admission to the University

apply. Students are admitted to the Graduate Studies Guaranteed Program include gerontology, clinical labo- University Honors Program on an indi- Admission Programs ratory sciences, nurse anesthesia, physical vidual basis by a subcommittee of the Honors students interested in academic or therapy, rehabilitation counseling, health Honors Council. The primary condi- research careers in anatomy, biochemistry administration and biomedical engineering. tion for acceptance is evidence of suffi- and molecular biophysics, biostatistics, cient personal commitment and aca- human genetics, microbiology and immunol- Guaranteed Admission Program demic ability to do honors level work. ogy, pharmacology and toxicology, physiol- application procedures To continue in the University Honors ogy and public health are invited to apply Program, a student must maintain a cumu- for guaranteed admission to the School of To be accepted into a Guaranteed lative GPA of 3.50 or higher. Should a stu- Medicine. Programs in this school lead to Admission Program, a student must be dent’s cumulative GPA fall below 3.50, the master of science and doctor of philosophy accepted by the university, by the student may be placed on Honors degrees. University Honors Program, and by the Probation for a semester. Withdrawal from Honors students, if they meet the criteria Admissions Committee of the program the the Honors Program is not noted on the established by the School of Business, may student wishes to enter. A separate applica- student’s permanent record. be guaranteed admission to programs for tion for guaranteed admission is required. Undergraduates from all schools and the any of the master’s degree programs offered The Admissions Committee may require an college who meet the eligibility requirements by the School of Business. The master’s interview. The application deadline for the are invited to apply. For application materials degrees are valid terminal degrees for Guaranteed Admissions Program into the visit online at http://www.vcu.edu/honors. careers in management and administration School of Medicine (M.D. degree) is Dec. or may be used to satisfy a substantial por- 15 of the year before matriculation at Guaranteed Admission Programs tion of the requirements for the doctoral VCU. The deadline for all other health program offered at VCU. High school sen- care programs is Feb. 15. This series of programs guarantees some iors who have pursued advanced course For additional information about the honors students admission to the profes- work and who meet the requirements for Guaranteed Admission Programs of the sional-level health sciences program of their full admission to the University Honors VCU Honors Program, write or call Dr. choice or to many of the graduate programs Program may apply for guaranteed admis- Anne L. Chandler, Associate Director, of the university (see the Graduate and sion to the combined B.S./M.B.A. program University Honors Program, Virginia Professional Programs Bulletin for specific which permits them to complete both Commonwealth University, P.O. Box program information). Honors students who degrees in four years. 843010, Richmond, VA 23284-3010, receive guaranteed admission generally may Students accepted into the University (804) 828-1803, [email protected]. enter the program of their choice without Honors Program who are planning careers test scores required, except for statistical as elementary, secondary or special educa- purposes, and without payment of the appli- tion teachers may receive guaranteed Undergraduate application cation fee, provided they fulfill for gradua- admission to the graduate phase of the uni- deadlines tion with Univesity Honors requirements versity’s extended teacher preparation pro- and satisfy the curricular prerequisites of the gram. In this program, students earn a program they plan to enter. To maintain Freshman application deadlines bachelor’s degree in the College of guaranteed admission status, honors stu- Humanities and Sciences, a master’s degree Regular decision plan dents must maintain the 3.50 GPA, progress in the School of Education, and satisfy the All applicants to programs on the satisfactorily in honors courses and special certification requirements of Virginia and Academic Campus must submit their courses designated by the professional or more than 30 other states. The Honors applications for the fall semester by Feb. 1 graduate program they plan to enter. Program in Teacher Preparation strives to and for the spring semester by Dec. 1. develop teachers with outstanding scholar- Applications for admission received after Professional Health Sciences ship and sound professional competency. these dates will be considered on a space- Guaranteed Admission Programs Other graduate programs in the School of available basis. Applicants seeking admis- Entering honors freshmen with a com- Education, such as exercise science and sion to the Guaranteed Admissions pro- bined SAT score of at least 1270 (from one counselor education also offer the gram to VCU’s School of Medicine must test date), with neither score below 530, Guaranteed Admission option. submit the Guaranteed Admissions may apply for guaranteed admission to the The College of Humanities and Sciences Application to the VCU Honors Program MCV Campus professional programs in seeks to attract graduate students of the by Dec. 15. medicine, clinical laboratory sciences, den- highest caliber and to prepare them, tistry, dental hygiene, nursing, occupational through research and instruction, to meet Early decision plan therapy, pharmacy, physical therapy or radi- local and national needs for highly-trained Secondary school students with outstand- ation sciences. Continuing honors students men and women. Students accepted to the ing records applying to undergraduate may apply for a guaranteed seat in the med- University Honors Program may apply for programs may want to consider VCU’s early ical or physical therapy program during guaranteed admission to master’s degree decision plan. Under this single-choice, their sophomore year (note: the option in programs in criminal justice, history, math- binding plan, applicants agree to attend the medicine applies only to freshmen entering ematical sciences, physics, psychology, pub- university if offered admission; and they VCU in the fall of 2000 and thereafter; lic administration or urban studies. Other must withdraw all applications from other contact the University Honors Program for programs offering early acceptance into the specific details). graduate school through the Honors

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 15 Admission to the University institutions if accepted to VCU. The dead- of classes of the semester for which the stu- line for early decision application is Nov. 1. dent was accepted, an administrative hold Post-admission advising Acceptances are mailed on Dec. 1. If the will be placed on future registrations until university does not offer admission on the credentials are received establishing the Students are encouraged to seek advising, Dec. 1, the applicant will be automatically student’s eligibility. depending on intended major, from the reconsidered under the regular admissions The university reserves the right to appropriate office listed: process. rescind offers of admission if the final documents indicate that the applicant no School of Allied Health Professions Department of Clinical Laboratory Sciences longer satisfies the entrance requirements Transfer application deadlines Randolph Minor Annex – Basement upon which acceptance was granted. 301 College St. While application deadlines for most (804) 828-9469 programs are June 1 for the fall semester Department of Radiation Sciences and Dec. 1 for the spring semester, the fol- Responding to the offer West Hospital lowing application deadlines are established of admission 1200 E. Broad St., 6th Floor West Wing for the programs indicated: (804) 828-9104 Upon responding to the offer of admis- Fall semester sion, all immunization records should be School of the Arts Art Foundation dental hygiene Feb 15 sent to University Student Health Services. nursing (traditional) Jan 15 Office of the Director nursing (R.N.) Mar 15 Fall freshman applicants accepted under 609 Bowe St., 5th Floor radiation sciences Feb 1 VCU’s early decision plan must accept the (804) 828-1129 clinical laboratory sciences May 15 offer of admission by Jan. 1. Fall freshman Other Advising applicants accepted to the university by Contact major department Applications for admission to the pro- April 1 must notify the Office of grams listed above (except for the program Undergraduate Admissions of their intent School of Business in dental hygiene) received after these to enroll or not to enroll by May 1. Fall Office of the Associate Dean for Undergraduate Studies deadline dates will be considered on a freshman applicants, if accepted after Business Building, 1015 Floyd Ave., Room 3119 (804) 828-3710 space-available basis. April 1, must notify the university within four weeks. School of Dentistry Fall transfer applicants accepted to pro- Lyons Building, P.O. Box 980566 Admission notification grams on the Academic Campus must 520 N. 12th St., Suite 309 notify the Office of Undergraduate (804) 828-9196 Freshman applicants accepted to the uni- Admissions of their intent to enroll by July Division of Dental Hygiene versity for the fall semester are notified by 1 or four weeks after receiving their letter Wood Memorial Building, P.O. Box 980566 letter of the conditions of their acceptance of admission. Fall applicants to the health 521 N. 11th St., Suite 318 by April 1 if they meet the Feb. 1 recom- sciences programs must respond within the (804) 828-9096 mended deadline. Freshman applicants who time frame listed on their acceptance let- apply under the regular admission process ters as determined by the individual depart- School of Education may receive early notification of their Office of the Assistant Dean ment. All students accepted for the spring Oliver Hall, 1015 W. Main St., Room 2090 acceptance if they present exceptional semester must respond to the offer of (804) 828-3382 or see Humanities and Sciences admission credentials. Transfer applicants admission by Jan. 1. Health and Physical Education for the fall semester to programs on the A $100 nonrefundable deposit is required 817 W. Franklin St., Room 221 Academic Campus who apply before the of all applicants who accept VCU’s offer of (804) 828-1948 June 1 deadline are notified by July 1. All admission. The $100 deposit is credited to applicants for the spring semester are the student’s account with the university School of Engineering notified on a rolling basis. and is not deferrable to a future semester. 601 W. Main St. Information on advisement and registra- Students experiencing economic hardships (804) 828-3925 tion procedures, the immunization form may request a waiver of the $100 deposit and housing information is included with College of Humanities and Sciences through a letter from a school official (including humanities, sciences, social sciences, mass the acceptance letter. Virginia requires that (counselor, adviser, financial aid counselor, communications, pre-health sciences) all full-time students enrolling for the first principal) submitted to the Office of Office of the Associate Dean time in any state institution of higher edu- Undergraduate Admissions. The decision Hibbs Building, 900 Park Ave., Room 205 cation furnish an immunization record from to grant a waiver is based on information (804) 828-1673 a qualified licensed physician. New VCU submitted to the university on the student’s Humanities and Sciences/Undeclared students must submit their immunization Free Application for Federal Student Aid. Hibbs Building, 900 Park Ave., Room 207 form to University Student Health Students who defer their acceptance to a (804) 828-2333 Services. later semester forfeit their initial tuition Humanities and Sciences/Bachelor of When an applicant is tentatively deposit and must submit a second $100 Interdisciplinary Studies accepted to the university, a final transcript 310 N. Shafer St. deposit for the semester in which they (804) 828-8420 is required to complete the individual’s choose to enroll. admission file. If the official transcript is not received by the end of the fourth week

16 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Admission to the University

Honors Program the appropriate school or department after Credits earned in community college West Grace Street Student Housing the accepted applicant’s final transcript has occupational or technical programs will be 701 W. Grace St. been received by the Office of judged on their own merits to determine (804) 828-1803 Undergraduate Admissions. their applicability toward VCU degree Acceptable course credits from other requirements. In addition, many accredited School of Nursing Nursing Education Building institutions will be recorded on the stu- institutions offer correspondence courses, 1220 E. Broad St., P.O. Box 980567 dent’s permanent record at VCU, together which may be considered for transfer credit. (804) 828-5171 with the grades earned, if the credits are After an accepted student’s final grades applicable toward a degree program. have been received by the Office of School of Social Work Accepted transfer credits are counted as Undergraduate Admissions, a transfer credit Office of the Director for the B.S.W. Program hours earned toward the degree but are not evaluation form is prepared by the student’s 1001 W. Franklin St., Room 103 used in the computation of the student’s intended VCU college or school listing the (804) 828-0703 VCU GPA. Grades for transfer credits are transferable courses and is sent to the stu- evaluated in the computation determining dent. Students accepted to programs on the Undergraduate applicants not admitted graduation honors. Credits earned at other MCV Campus will receive the transfer to degree status but offered special status institutions carrying a grade of “D” are not credit evaluation form with the letter of may request information or assistance in accepted for transfer (see exception relating acceptance. formulating alternative educational plans to Articulation Agreement with state two- Accepted transfer credit contributes to from the Office of Interdisciplinary year institutions). In addition, transfer hours earned and toward fulfillment of Studies and Special Nondegree-seeking work from two-year institutions may not degree requirements at VCU. Although the Student Advising, 310 N. Shafer St., be used to fulfill the VCU degree require- grades of accepted transfer courses are P.O. Box 843079, Richmond, VA ment of 45 semester-hour upper-level recorded on the student’s VCU transcript, 23284-3079, (804) 828-8420. credits even though they may be substi- hours attempted and quality points earned tuted for the content of a VCU 300-level are not recorded. Accepted transfer credits course. are not included in the transfer student’s Orientation Courses taken on the “pass/fail” or overall GPA at VCU. However, calcula- “pass/no pass” systems or courses taken for tion of the GPA requirement for admit- The university provides orientation dur- grades of “satisfactory” or “unsatisfactory” tance into the School of Business ing the summer, fall and spring to all new that receive earned credits and a “satisfac- advanced program considers grades earned undergraduate students. Orientation pro- tory” grade (or comparable passing grade) at all institutions attended. The GPA for grams are designed to increase the students’ from the transfer institution receive equiva- fulfillment of VCU degree requirements is awareness of the university’s programs, serv- lent semester credit. Transfer credits graded computed only from courses taken at VCU. ices and facilities and to provide opportuni- as “pass/fail” will not be included in the The grades and quality points of transfer ties for faculty advising and registration for computation for determination of academic courses are evaluated in the computation their first semester of classes. honors at VCU. determining graduation honors. Accepted After acceptance to the university, stu- Degree candidates must complete the last quarter-hour credits recorded on the VCU dents are sent detailed information regard- 25 percent of the credit semester hours transcript are converted to semester-hour ing the orientation program. Included in required for their bachelor’s degree program credits. the summer orientation program is a pro- at this institution. Credits transferred from community gram for the parents of freshman students colleges may not be used to fulfill the that is especially helpful to their under- VCU degree requirement of 45 semester- standing of the university and its future Articulation agreement between hour upper-level credits even though they relationship to their sons and daughters. VCU and Virginia Community may be substituted for the content of a For additional information about orienta- Colleges (Academic Campus only) VCU 300-level course. tion, contact the First Year Student A student who changes his/her major after Services, Virginia Commonwealth Students from VCCS institutions, beginning classes at VCU must have University, P.O. Box 842505, Richmond, Richard Bland College or other two-year another evaluation of credits completed by VA 23284-2505, (804) 828-3700; institutions who have not completed the the school offering the new major. In this http://www.students.vcu.edu/compass. For college parallel A.A., A.S. or A.A.&S. case, the department chairperson of the new information regarding orientation to MCV degree will have the exact designation of major is not obligated to accept all the Campus programs, contact the individual their status determined after an evaluation courses accepted for transfer credit in the department. of acceptable credits. This evaluation is determined by the equivalencies shown in initial evaluation. This re-evaluation does the VCU Transfer Guide for Virginia not change the completion of general educa- Evaluation of transfer credit – Community Colleges and Richard Bland tion requirements per the State Policy on College that may be accepted, including Transfer if the student has completed the four-year and two-year institution not more than 50 percent in the major field associate degree. Conversely, a second evalu- applicants of study. However, the applicant should ation following a change of major may result realize that more than two additional years in transfer of a greater number of credits. An evaluation of transferable credits for may be necessary to complete the degree Attainment of the college/school or applicants to both the Academic Campus requirements in certain curricula. department minimum GPA and any other and the MCV Campus programs is made by standard requirements is required of all

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 17 Admission to the University students, including, in the case of the ated by the Dean’s Office. Credits awarded combination of courses, which the stu- School of the Arts, a portfolio evaluation are counted as credits earned toward the dent has already completed or enrolled for visual arts applicants and an audition degree, but are not used in the computation in for credit. For example, a student for performing arts applicants. Applicants of the student’s VCU grade-point average. who has completed courses in U.S. and to degree programs that are competitive are Courses in music and theater will be eval- European history, sociology, anthropol- not guaranteed admission but will be evalu- uated by the School of the Arts before award ogy and psychology, or similar courses, ated on the same basis as currently enrolled of credit, if any. For more information, con- is not eligible to take the social sci- VCU students. tact the College of Humanities and Sciences ences and history general examination. Dean’s Office at (804) 828-1673. The dean’s office of the school in which the student is a major makes the Other sources of academic credit College Level Examination Program decision about the appropriateness of taking a particular examination. Credit For Advanced Placement CLEP is designed to allow people who 4. If a student has earned CLEP subject have gained knowledge outside the class- examination credit, the student may (AP) Tests of the College Entrance room to take examinations and receive col- not take a VCU course for credit that Examination Board lege credit for what they have learned. would duplicate the CLEP credits AP tests passed with scores of 3, 4 or 5 already earned. will result in the award of three to eight Procedures for VCU students 5. The CLEP general examination in semester credits per AP test. The chart 1. Obtain CLEP approval forms, informa- English composition is not acceptable below provides information about the VCU tion about CLEP general and/or for VCU credit. Students may take the equivalent credit for the various AP tests. subject examinations, VCU course CLEP Freshman College Composition To ensure consistency, the College of equivalency information, optional subject examination for credit equiva- Humanities and Science Dean’s Office is essay requirements and CLEP exami- lent to English 101. There is no CLEP the official credit notification point for AP nation applications from the CLEP exam equivalent for English 200. In credit for all university programs. Final Office, Virginia Commonwealth order to receive credit for the CLEP determination of credit will be made after University, 310 N. Shafer St., P.O. Box general examination in mathematics, test results have been received ands evalu- 843079, Richmond, VA 23284-3079; the student must take the Mathematics ated by the Dean’s Office. Credits awarded (804) 828-8420. Placement Test and test at the STAT are counted as credits earned toward the 2. Discuss the examination(s) to be taken 208, 210 or MATH 200 level. To make degree, but are not used in the computation with an adviser. Obtain permission sig- arrangements to take this placement of the student’s VCU grade-point average. natures from the adviser and dean of test, contact the Department of Courses in music and theater will the school in which you are a major on Mathematics at (804) 828-1301, ext. be evaluated by the School of the Arts each of the three approval forms. If the 107. Results should be reported to the before award of credit, if any. For more optional essay is required for a subject dean of the school in which the stu- information, contact the College of examination, it should be indicated on dent is a major. Humanities and Sciences Dean’s Office the CLEP approval forms and on the 6. A maximum of 54 semester credits can at (804) 828-1673. CLEP application. be earned through CLEP examinations. 3. Return the completed CLEP approval Credit for International forms, the completed CLEP applica- Undergraduate credit by examination tion and the proper fee to the CLEP Baccalaureate (IB) Diplomas Office. After receipt of these materials Recognizing that VCU enrolls students and Courses and fees, the examination time will be of varying backgrounds and experiences, IB Higher Level (HL) tests passed with scheduled. the university provides its students the scores of 3-7 and Standard Level (SL) tests 4. The examination score and the result opportunity to accelerate their education passed with scores of 4-7 will, depending on of the optional essay are sent to the through credit by examination. The follow- the test, be considered for advanced stand- dean’s office in which the student is a ing outline describes conditions under ing and credit for the corresponding courses major for final action. The dean then which credit by examination may be given at Virginia Commonwealth University. The sends formal notification to the stu- and the procedure for doing so. chart below provides information about the dent, the Office of Records and 1. With the approval of the dean, each VCU equivalent credit for IB scores. Registration and the student’s adviser. department or program shall: Successful completion of the IB Diploma a. determine which, if any, courses will entitle the student to automatic admis- Regulations for VCU students shall be available for credit by examination. The student should sion to the University Honors Program. 1. CLEP credit is officially awarded only check with the department offer- Three elective credits will be awarded for to students who are fully accepted into ing course work in the area in the “Theory of Knowledge” course. a VCU degree program. which he or she wishes to take To ensure consistency, the College of 2. Students may not take a subject or credit by examination for a list of Humanities and Science Dean’s Office is general examination during the semes- the courses so designated, the official credit notification point for IB ter in which they plan to graduate. b. determine the types of examina- credit for all university programs. Final 3. A student may not attempt a subject tions, standards of evaluation determination of credit will be made after or general examination if it duplicates test results have been received ands evalu- in part, or full, any VCU course or

18 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Admission to the University

and evaluators for the courses so Military service and ROTC courses enroll in courses under the conditions designated and outlined in the act as amended in 1982 The university may grant credit for for- c. determine the qualifications for and 1986.” mal military service school courses offered students to be eligible to take the The tuition-free policy shall apply except by the various branches of the U.S. Armed examinations. that the senior citizen shall be subject to Services. The guidelines for granting such 2. The examinations, if available, may be fees established for the purpose of paying credit include: taken by any enrolled student during for course materials, such as laboratory fees, 1. the positive recommendation of the the fall and spring semesters and dur- individualized music instructions, etc. Commission on Accreditation of ing the summer session. Senior citizens not enrolled for academic Service Experiences of the American 3. The student wishing to take credit by credit may not register for more than three Council on Education as stated in the examination must meet the following courses in any one semester but may regis- most recent edition of A Guide to the requirements: ter each semester. The Senior Citizens Act Evaluation of Educational Experiences a. not have received a grade listed in benefits shall be available to persons 60 in the Armed Services, and this bulletin, including “AU” or years of age or older with the following 2. the applicability of such credit toward “W” for the course for which legally mandated provisions: the student’s degree program as inter- credit by examination is sought. 1. The senior citizen shall be subject preted by the department or school in Also, the student should not have to admission requirements of the which the student seeks a degree. been granted transfer credit for a institution. Credits accepted are counted as credits similar course taken elsewhere, 2. The institution shall determine earned toward the degree, but are not b. be a currently enrolled student as whether or not it has the ability to used in the computation of the stu- certified by the examining depart- offer the course or courses. dent’s GPA. The student should con- ment and 3. If the senior citizen has a federal tax- sult with the dean of the school or col- c. meet departmental and school able income of not more than $10,000 lege for further details about the proce- eligibility requirements as evi- for Virginia income tax purposes dur- dures for awarding credit for military denced by the written approval ing the preceding year, the individual service school courses. of the chair of the examining may take a course for academic credit Army ROTC is open to any VCU stu- department. at no charge. If the person’s taxable dent. Advanced standing may be granted to 4. After consultation with the major income exceeded $10,000, the individ- veterans, junior ROTC graduates, or mem- adviser and within the first four weeks ual may only audit the course at no bers of the Reserves/National Guard after of a semester or the first week of a charge. A senior citizen, regardless of the department chair’s review of academic summer session, the student must com- income level, may take a noncredit records and verification of ROTC academic plete the Credit by Examination course at no charge. alignment. The number of credits accepted Approval Form with the department 4. The senior citizen shall be admitted to toward graduation requirements is deter- chair. The form, available from the a course after all tuition-paying stu- mined by each school. See Military Science department, should be left with the dents have been accommodated. in the College of Humanities and Sciences chair when it is completed. Senior citizens wishing to avail them- chapter of this bulletin. 5. Within two weeks, the student is noti- selves of the opportunity to study at fied by the dean’s office of the time VCU should call (804) 828-1222 or and place of examination. Credits earned through the (804) 828-1349. 6. After notification, but before taking International Student Exchange the exam, the student must pay the Program university cashier the fee established Enrichment and acceleration by VCU for each credit being sought. Credits earned by a VCU student opportunities As verification of payment, the stu- through ISEP appear on the student’s transcript, but are not included in the computa- dent presents the receipt to the depart- Special honors programs and courses are tion of the student’s cumulative GPA. See ment chair before the examination is offered at the university. Refer to the the Office of International Education chap- taken. appropriate school sections of this bulletin ter of this bulletin. This policy became 7. After the examination is taken, the for further information. Interdisciplinary effective July 1990. results and the examination are sent to honors courses designed for superior fresh- the dean’s office, which notifies the men in any program also are available. student of the results. If the student passes the examination, the course Senior Citizens Higher Education Early Admission Program title, credits earned and the grade Program The Early Admission Program permits “CR” are recorded on the student’s exceptional students the opportunity to permanent academic record. Credits so The Senior Citizens Higher Education enroll in undergraduate programs at the earned are applied toward the gradua- Act of 1974 provides that “any legal resi- university as freshmen after the completion tion requirement for total credits. dent of the state who before the beginning of the junior year of high school. The pro- However, these credits are not of any semester ... in which he or she gram is available to students who demon- included in the computation of the claims benefits of the act, and who has had strate readiness for college by their high student’s GPA. legal domicile in the state for one year may, school record, SAT results and in an inter- without paying tuition, register for and view with an admissions counselor.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 19 Admission to the University

Applicants for the Early Admission schools may be permitted to carry college- 2. Each candidate must have achieved a Program must present a minimum GPA of level courses at the university while con- total of 1180 points on the SAT I or 3.2 and minimum combined SAT scores of currently completing the high school 118 on the PSAT. 1180 or demonstrate exceptional talent in diploma. Students may select courses of 3. Each candidate must be a high school their intended area of study. Additionally, interest and upon successful completion of junior or senior. early admission applicants must be within the courses may receive college credit. 4. The desired courses to be studied must two of the required units for graduation and However, courses selected should not be be available and appropriate. have the written approval of the high available in the high school curriculum. 5. All parties should emphasize that school principal (or designee) to seek Candidates must be nominated and tuition is charged for courses taken as admission to college as full-time undergrad- approved by the secondary school principal. an Advanced Scholar. uate students. Candidates interested in this A maximum of 100 candidates are accepted Notification forms and other program should contact the Office of each semester and candidates may enroll in information may be obtained from the Undergraduate Admissions for further no more than two courses per semester. Office of Undergraduate Admissions, information. As a guide to secondary schools, the fol- Virginia Commonwealth University, P.O. lowing criteria for selection are considered. Box 842526, Richmond, VA 23284-2526 Advanced Scholars Program 1. Each candidate must be nominated (804) 828-1222. and approved by the secondary school Qualified high school students from principal. Richmond and surrounding area high

20 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

Expenses and Financial Aid

For more information regarding policies Office of Financial Aid and procedures, refer to the Web site at Office of Financial Aid http://www.vcu.edu/enroll/sa. 901 W. Franklin St., Shafer Court Entrance Martha L. Green P.O. Box 843026 Acting Director Richmond, VA 23284-3026 Fees and expenses (804) 828-6669 • Fax (804) 828-6187 The Office of Financial Aid provides a http://www.vcu.edu/enroll/finaid variety of services to help students afford Students must pay all applicable tuition [email protected] higher education. In addition to offering and fees when due, as described in this sec- Student Accounting Department grants, work-study employment and loans, tion. Students who fail to pay these charges 827 W. Franklin St. • P.O. Box 843036 the office also offers budgeting workshops, on time may be assessed a late payment fee. Richmond, VA 23284-3036 debt management counseling, and alterna- The university reserves the right to revise (804) 828-2228 tive financing options. The Office of or alter all tuition and fees, regulations per- http://www.vcu.edu/enroll/sa Financial Aid administers and distributes taining to student fees and collection pro- [email protected] funds from federal, state, institutional and cedures at any time. In addition to expenses private fund sources. One-on-one appoint- billed by the university, students should ments are available to students, their par- make allowances for books, clothing, sup- Table of contents ents, faculty and staff. Most financial aid plies, travel and other out-of-pocket costs funds are applied directly to the student’s Office of Financial Aid ...... 21 when figuring their total yearly expenses at Student Accounting Department ...... 21 tuition and fee bill. Refunds are generated the university. Fees and expenses ...... 21 when financial aid exceeds university Student Financial Responsibility ...... 21 charges. Tuition and fee schedule ...... 21 The Office of Financial Aid offers four Student Financial Responsibility Tuition determination and student counseling and information centers; one on classification ...... 21 the Academic Campus at 901 W. Franklin Students who enroll: Tuition and fee charges ...... 22 St., and three on the Medical College of • Are responsible for full payment of Special fee charges ...... 22 Virginia Campus: School of Dentistry in tuition and fees generated from their Room fees ...... 22 the Lyons Building, School of Medicine in registration. Student billing ...... 23 Sanger Hall, and schools of Allied Health • Are responsible for full payment of all Drop vs. withdraw ...... 23 Professions, Nursing and Pharmacy also room, board and other applicable mis- University Refund Policy ...... 23 located in Sanger Hall. cellaneous charges. Defense crisis tuition relief, refund For more detailed information visit the • Are responsible for keeping a current and reinstatement guidelines ...... 24 Office of Financial Aid Web site at permanent mailing address on file with Outstanding charges ...... 25 http://www.vcu.edu/enroll/finaid. the Office of Records and Registration. Dishonored checks ...... 25 The Office of Financial Aid also can be Failure to receive an invoice because Loan repayment ...... 25 contacted by e-mail at [email protected]. of an incorrect address does not relieve Accident insurance ...... 25 responsibility for timely payments. Financial aid ...... 25 • Are responsible for establishing an offi- Loans, grants and work-study ...... 27 Veteran and reservist educational benefits . . . . .28 Student Accounting Department cial VCU e-mail address and reading Virginia War Orphans Education Program ...... 28 their e-mail on a regular basis, since e- Roberta Fife mail will be used by faculty and uni- Director versity offices to deliver important communications. The Student Accounting Department, Tuition determination and student under the Division of Student Affairs and classification Enrollment Services is located at 827 W. Tuition and fee schedule Franklin St. The Student Accounting Tuition is determined by the number of credit hours a student is taking, the stu- Department is responsible for the assess- Tuition and fees are categorized and dent’s residency classification, course of ment, billing and collection of tuition, described on the Student Accounting Web study and classification level. For in-state room, board and other university fees. The site at http://www.vcu.edu/enroll/sa/tuition. tuition benefits, the student must comply department also bills third party payers for All charges are subject to change by deci- with Section 23-7.4 of the Code of Virginia. VCU charges and issues refunds to eligible sion of the Board of Visitors. students. See the Appendices of this bulletin.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 21 Expenses and Financial Aid

All applicants to VCU who wish to tuition rate. The overload fee will not apply University Student Health Services on an be considered for in-state tuition rates to students in first professional programs. elective basis by paying the student health as Virginia residents must submit the Part-time undergraduate students, those fee. The University Student Health Application for Virginia In-state Tuition enrolled in less than 12 credits, are charged Services offers unlimited office visits for Rates. The residency determination of tuition on a per-credit basis. Students classi- acute and chronic ailments, after-hours the applicant is conveyed at the time of fied as Virginia residents pay lower tuition emergency room referrals and laboratory admission. than out-of-state students. tests, among other services. New students initially classified as non- In addition to tuition, students must pay Virginians for tuition purposes may request the mandatory fees described in this section. Technology fee a review of the initial residency determina- Special students who hold bachelor’s tion by contacting the residency officer in degrees are classified as DHG (degree- The technology fee is charged to all the Office of Records and Registration. This holder graduate) if they enroll in one or undergraduate, graduate and professional office may request that the applicant com- more graduate courses. DHG students are students in all programs. Full-time students plete a Student Supplemental Application charged by the level of the course unless pay a flat rate. Part-time students pay a per- for Virginia In-state Tuition Rates and sub- they enroll in nine or more credits, at credit-hour rate. The fee is used to fund mit documents for additional clarification. which point they are charged at the full- improved access and assistance with infor- Continuing students desiring a change of time graduate rate. Special students who mation technology. residency status must submit a completed hold undergraduate degrees are classified as Student Supplemental Application for In- DHU (degree-holder undergraduate) if they Off-campus fees state Tuition Rates with supporting docu- enroll in all undergraduate courses. DHU mentation. Requests and applications for a students who enroll in 12 or more credits The university fee, the student activity second review should be submitted to the are charged at the full-time undergraduate fee, the student government association fee residency officer no later than 30 days prior rate. If they make changes to their course (except School of Social Work) and the to the beginning of any semester. enrollment by the end of the add/drop student health fee are not charged to stu- Students approved for a change to in- week, their classification and charges dents taking off-campus classes. state status for tuition purposes are notified change in accordance with these guidelines. by mail with copies of their approval letters Special fee charges sent to the Office of Financial Aid and the University fee Student Accounting Department. Students Because of specialized programs, various denied this status also are notified by mail. This fee is used by the university to sup- schools and departments may charge each The denial letter informs the student of port student facilities, campus develop- student additional fees to cover special mate- procedures for appeal of this decision. ment, intercollegiate athletics and other programs. Full-time students pay a flat-rate rials, equipment breakage and other costs. university fee each semester. Part-time stu- For specific information about special fees, Tuition and fee charges dents pay this fee on a per-credit basis. refer to the Student Accounting Department Web site or to the specific school or department section in this bulletin. Students accepted into an undergraduate Student activity fee degree program who accept the offer of admission must pay a $100 nonrefundable This fee is used to support social, cul- tuition deposit (amount of deposit may tural and other student activities on the Room fees vary according to program). This deposit is Academic Campus. These activities With a letter of acceptance, the student credited toward the tuition charge for the include concerts, plays, student organiza- also receives a room reservation applica- first semester. If the student accepts the tions and publications. tion, which is in the Handbook for offer, pays the fee, then decides not to Full-time students on the Academic Accepted Students. If residence hall space enroll for the intended semester, the Campus pay a flat-rate student activity fee, is required, the student fills out the applica- deposit is forfeited. while part-time students on the same cam- tion and returns it with a $250 room rental Students are classified as full time or pus pay this fee on a per-credit basis. prepayment. The student is notified of his part time based on the total number of Students on the MCV Campus are not or her contract for placement in a residence credit hours in which they are enrolled in charged this fee. hall or of being placed on a waiting list for each semester. For tuition charges, there is residence hall space. The $250 room rent no distinction between day and evening Student Government Association fee prepayment is credited toward the total students. A student must be enrolled in at amount due for room rent. This prepay- least 12 credits each semester to achieve This fee is used to support social, cultural ment is refundable only if the contract is full-time undergraduate status. An under- and other student activities on the MCV canceled in writing before June 30 for the graduate year includes two semesters. Campus. Academic Campus students are fall semester or before Jan. 3 for new stu- Full-time undergraduate students are not charged this fee. dents entering in the spring semester. After charged a flat tuition fee per semester. An these dates, housing contract prepayments undergraduate student enrolled for more Student health fee are not refundable. Please address corre- than 17 credit hours during any semester All full-time students on both campuses spondence about housing contracts to will be charged a course overload fee on a must pay the student health fee. Part- University Housing Office, P.O. Box per credit hour basis above the full-time time students may participate in the

22 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Expenses and Financial Aid

842517, 711 W. Main St., Room 159, • 5 Meal Plan + 75 Dining Dollars Richmond, VA 23284-2517. • 25 Block Plan + 75 Dining Dollars Drop vs. withdraw • 5 Block Plan + 150 Dining Dollars Drop — charges are removed to indicate Room rent Dining Dollars is a declining dollar that the student never attended the class. Room rent is payable at the time tuition account allowing students to make tax-free The student is not eligible to receive finan- and other fees are due. Contracts for resi- purchases at any VCU Dining Services cial aid, and any financial aid already cred- dence hall space are for the entire academic retail or residential restaurant. The tax ited to the student’s account based on the year, except in cases involving contracts advantage provides a 9.5 percent savings on original course registration will be removed initiated during the spring semester or sum- each dining purchase. from the student’s account and may create mer session or for students who will gradu- A Residential Restaurant is an all-inclu- a balance due to the university. ate at the end of the fall semester. Students sive meal location accepting meal and Withdraw — results in the academic are not released from their contracts block plan meals in addition to Dining grade of “W.” Charges are assessed and between semesters. Only one semester’s Dollars, cash, RamBucks and credit cards. adjusted according to the University room rent is due prior to each semester. These include Larrick on the MCV Refund Policy. Students may owe a balance Students may refer to the Student Campus; and Hibbs, Breeze-Thru, and Park to the university. Accounting Department Web site for exact Café on the Academic Campus. room and board charges. In addition, stu- A Retail Restaurant is an a la carte loca- dents are responsible for the cost of dam- tion accepting Dining Dollars, in addition University Refund Policy ages to student rooms, furnishings and com- to cash, RamBucks and credit cards The official university tuition and fees mon living areas. (Commons Café, CC Express, Park Place, refund policy applicable only for the fall JAVA 901 (on the Academic Campus); and and spring semesters (excluding short Alpine Bagel, Hunton’s Café Express and University dining plans courses) is outlined in the table on the fol- Skull & Beans on the MCV Campus). lowing page. Refunds are calculated on a Please address all dining services Students who have enough financial aid per-credit-hour basis, disregarding the full- concerns and questions to University to cover their charges will not be sent bills. time cap amounts (see “student refund” in Dining Services, 1111 W. Broad St., Students with current charges of $100 or chart below). Students who are enrolled Room 128, P.O. Box 980247, Richmond, greater are eligible to participate in the uni- full time and withdraw from courses may VA 23298-0247; telephone (804) 828- versity’s Installment Payment Plan, offered not receive a refund. 1148, e-mail [email protected] or visit during the fall and spring semesters. The the Dining Services Web site at Installment Payment Plan distributes the http://www.bsv.vcu.edu/vcufood. Withdrawal/ Student Retained by cost of tuition, fees, room and board, and drop period refund university For fall 2003, Dining Services will be communications fee for the semester into offering seven Residential Plans for stu- four equal installments. The fee per semes- Drop prior to the 100% 0% dents and resident assistants living in ter is $25, paid with the first installment. first day of classes tuition and fees University housing and an additional five An application and information about how Nonresidential Plans for total off-campus Drop/withdraw 100% 0% to sign up for the payment plan will be first week of class tuition and fees flexibility to graduate and pharmacy stu- included with the bill. dents and students and resident assistants Withdraw second 80% 20% reading in University apartments or off week of class tuition and tuition and campus. These meal plans fall into two university fee university fee Student billing 100% of all categories: Block Plans offering a group of other fees meals to be used at any residential restau- The Student Accounting Department rant at any time throughout the semester issues bills to students showing charges for Withdraw third 60% 40% week of class tuition and tuition and and Meal Plans offering a guaranteed the following fees: tuition, student activi- university fee university fee weekly number of meals to be used at any ties fee, student government association 100% of all residential restaurant throughout the fee, technology fee, university fee, private other fees semester. music lessons, school major fees, special Withdraw fourth 40% 60% course fees, course materials fees, dental week of class tuition and tuition and Residential plans kits, disability insurance, room rent, board university fee university fee fees, communication fees, student health 100% of all • Unlimited Meal Plan + 25 Dining Dollars other fees • 19 Meal Plan + 100 Dining Dollars fee and study abroad fees. • 19 Meal Plan Tuition and fees for preregistered stu- Withdraw after fourth 0% 100% • 15 Meal Plan + 175 Dining Dollars dents, along with charges for room and week of class all fees • 300 Block Plan + 100 Dining Dollars board where applicable, are due approxi- This table pertains to both complete withdrawals and • 300 Block Plan mately one week before the beginning of reduced course loads for fall and spring semesters only. • 250 Block Plan + 175 Dining Dollars each semester. All other students will be billed after the registration period and Students in off-campus classes are subject Nonresidential plans should pay upon receipt of the invoice. to the same refund policy as all other uni- • 10 Meal Plan + 200 Dining Dollars versity students if the class is scheduled on • 160 Block Plan + 200 Dining Dollars the regular semester schedule. If the

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 23 Expenses and Financial Aid off-campus class is shorter or longer than Cancellations or changes to Dining Plans semester. Students will have 12 the academic semester, the refund dates will be accepted up to 4 p.m., Friday of the months from the date that they leave are adjusted accordingly at the request of second week of classes. the university to complete the course the Off-campus Programs Office. Refer to the Room and Board Contract Terms work and earn a course grade. The refund policy and deadlines of the and Conditions for additional information. This option might best meet the English Language Program are different Requests for refunds that are not gener- needs of students who have essentially from the university’s refund policy for ated from the over payment of financial aid completed all course work in a class for academic classes. Details of the policy may should be made in writing to VCU Student the semester, but have yet to turn in a be obtained from the English Language Accounting Department, P.O. Box 843036, final project, an exam or other materi- Program Office in the Office of Richmond, VA 23284-3036. Refund als. It should be agreed upon between International Education. request forms are available at the Student the instructor and the student that the A full refund for holiday intersession will Services Centers, 827 W. Franklin St., remaining course work can reasonably be granted if the course is dropped on the Room 104 or 1101 E. Marshall St., Room be completed during the upcoming 12- day of the first class meeting. Partial 1-055 and on the Web at http://www.vcu.edu month period. refunds are not granted. /enroll/forms. In accordance with credit 3. Accept administrative withdrawal A full refund for summer tuition and card regulations, the university will refund (WM – withdrawal military) from all applicable fees will be granted if the course the credit card account with any credit bal- courses as of the effective date of the is dropped no later than the day following ance that may result on a student’s account orders to active duty. If this option is the first day of a given class. (This deadline as the outcome of a credit card payment. elected, a full refund of all tuition, fees also is applicable if the class does not meet The remaining credit balance, if any, will and prorated room/board charges will on two consecutive days.) Students reduc- be refunded to the student. be made. If a student received finan- ing their academic course load to fewer Students are responsible for paying any cial aid, the amount recovered to the than full time (12 credits for undergradu- increase in charges that may occur after the financial aid accounts will follow Title ates and nine credits for graduates) before generation of any refund. IV guidelines. the end of the last day to drop a course will This option might best meet the be entitled to a refund of tuition and appli- needs of students who are called to cable fees reflecting the reduced course Defense crisis tuition relief, refund national service in the middle of a load. Partial refunds are not granted for the and reinstatement guidelines semester and have not completed 90 summer semester. This same refund policy percent of their class requirements. also applies to short courses offered during These guidelines apply to any operation, This option also might best meet the the fall and spring semesters. including a defense crisis, in which the needs of students who are leaving the Students who are financial aid recipients president of the United States declares a university during the first week of class and withdraw from all courses prior to com- sudden mobilization that includes members and received a financial aid refund pleting 60 percent of the semester are sub- of the Virginia National Guard or the check or direct deposit as a result of ject to the Federal Return of Title IV Funds active or reserve forces of the U.S. Armed their financial aid. Policy. For more details see Federal Forces who are students enrolled at VCU. Financial Aid Refund Policy. Students are offered the following enroll- Leaving the university Refunds will be computed based on the ment secession options: actual withdrawal date certified by the 1. Drop all courses before the end of the To initiate this process, the student must Office of Records and Registration. Refunds add/drop period and receive a full provide the university registrar with a copy will not be made to students who do not refund of all funds paid the university. of his/her active duty orders in addition to attend classes and have not completed the Students will be asked to sign the drop a printed copy of his/her course registration required withdrawal procedure. Refund pro- request form with the registrar indicat- for that semester and indicate Option 1, 2 cessing may take approximately two weeks. ing that they are not receiving a finan- or 3 for each course. The university regis- Exceptions to this refund policy are made cial aid refund. trar will take the appropriate enrollment only in rare instances. Written application This option might best meet the action, post the appropriate grades and send for an exception must be filed in the needs of students who are called to a copy of the orders and a copy of the stu- Student Accounting Department to the active duty service during the first dent course request statement to the direc- university’s Refund Waiver Appeals week of school and did not receive a tor of financial aid and the director of stu- Committee within five years. financial aid refund check or direct dent accounting. Students will not be entitled to a refund deposit. of room fees: 2. Receive a grade of Incomplete (IM – Returning to the university • if they are suspended from the resi- incomplete military) in one or all If the student returns within one year of dence halls for disciplinary reasons. courses. Students residing in university completing their national emergency serv- • if they voluntarily withdraw from the housing will be released from their ice requirement, the student may return to university residence halls but remain housing and meal contracts, and will the university in the same program of stud- registered for any course(s) at the receive a prorated refund of these ies without re-applying for admission. The university unless clearance is granted charges. Students who chose to take a student should begin the re-enrollment through the Housing/Residence grade of IM will not have tuition and process by writing to the director of admis- Education Office. fees reduced for these courses because sions regarding their intent to re-enroll. credits will still be earned for the

24 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Expenses and Financial Aid

School of Medicine Outstanding charges Accident insurance Sanger Hall, Room 1-008 1101 E. Marshall St., P.O. Box 980565 A student who fails to remit payments VCU is not responsible for accidents Richmond, VA 23298-0565 when due may be assessed a late payment occurring to students in connection with (804) 828-4006, Fax (804) 828-5555 fee and is denied registration for future class, laboratory, shop, fieldwork, athletics, classes until he or she has paid all amounts student activities, travel or other activities. EServices – online records access owed to the university. Students with bal- However, the university offers its students ances owed the university are not issued approved insurance, providing substantial Students are encouraged to use eServices, degrees, transcripts, grades or grade reports, benefits at group rates. The insurance a password-protected service for viewing until all charges are paid in full. extends for a 12-month period beginning VCU student records online, to check the Student accounts with balances owed the Aug. 20, or from the beginning of the sec- status of their financial aid application and university are referred to the Collection ond semester to the next Aug. 20, and award package. Students also may register Unit. Pursuant to Section 2.2-4805 et. seq., includes coverage for accidents, hospital, for classes, print bills and more. The of the Code of Virginia, and in accordance medical, surgical and other benefits for ill- eServices Web site is located at with rules and regulations promulgated by nesses. Married students may wish to enroll https://iserver.adm.vcu.edu/students/. the state comptroller and attorney general their spouses and children. The university of the commonwealth of Virginia, VCU recommends, but does not require, that all E-mail – official method of will charge interest, costs and fees on all students enroll in the approved student communication accounts past due. group insurance. For further information, Students are reminded that they are ulti- contact University Student Health Services. Students are required to obtain an offi- mately responsible for any unpaid balance cial VCU student e-mail account within on their account as a result of the Office of one week of the beginning of their first Financial Aid or their sponsor canceling or Financial aid semester of enrollment. Students are reducing the award. Also see Federal responsible for reading University related Financial Aid Refund Policy. VCU uses all available funds to help communications sent to their official VCU Any communication disputing an students gain access to a college education. student e-mail account in a timely fashion . amount owed, including an instrument Eligibility for financial aid varies depending The Office of Financial Aid uses e-mail to tendered as full satisfaction of a debt, on a student’s academic and financial cir- provide financial aid information, to must be submitted to the Director of cumstances. In most cases, each student request documentation to support financial Student Accounting, Student Accounting will qualify for some form of financial assis- aid application data, and to provide finan- Department, P.O. Box 843036, Richmond, tance. Current information on financial aid cial aid application status and award infor- VA 23284. programs, policies, procedures and links to mation. Information on how to set up an VCU participates in the Virginia Set-off free scholarship search services are avail- account is available online (go to the Debt Collection Act of 1981. Under the able on the VCU Web site at “Academic” section of “Getting a provisions of this act, a Virginia individual http://www.vcu.edu/enroll/finaid. Computer Account” at http://www.vcu.edu income tax refund is subject to the univer- To receive printed information, submit a /it/computer_accounts.html). sity’s claim for unpaid balances of tuition written request to one of the four financial and fees. aid counseling centers listed below. Identification requirements

Academic Campus Students must provide picture identifica- Dishonored checks Ginter House, Shafer Street Entrance tion, preferably a VCUCard, for in-person 901 W. Franklin St., P.O. Box 843026 access to financial aid records. For the stu- A charge of $20 will be levied for all dis- Richmond, VA 23284-3026 dent’s protection, information provided honored checks. A student who pays a past (804) 828-6669, Fax (804) 827-0060 over the telephone and e-mail may be lim- E-mail: [email protected] due balance with a dishonored check may ited if the financial aid staff member is not confident of the student’s identity. be subject to having his or her current Schools of Allied Health Professions, and/or future registration cancelled. Nursing and Pharmacy Sanger Hall, Room 1-055 Eligibility for financial aid 1101 E. Marshall St., P.O. Box 980244 Most students are eligible for some type Loan repayment Richmond, VA 23298-0244 (804) 828-9800, Fax (804) 828-2703 of financial aid regardless of family finan- Before graduation or withdrawal from the cial circumstances. Basically, to receive aid university, students may be required to School of Dentistry from any of the federal or state student aid attend a loan counseling exit session. Please Lyons Building, Room 309 programs, students must: refer to the Academic Regulations and 520 N. 12th St., P.O. Box 980566 • submit a Free Application for Federal Richmond, VA 23298-0566 General Degree Requirements chapter of Student Aid (FAFSA) or Renewal (804) 828-9953, Fax (804) 828-5288 this bulletin. FAFSA designating VCU (school code 003735) to receive FAFSA results • demonstrate financial need, except for some loan programs.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 25 Expenses and Financial Aid

• have a high school diploma or a ing of the application, the VCU Office of VCU Summer Studies Schedule of Classes General Education Development Financial Aid will send the student a (available in March 2004) for more details. (GED) Certificate. request for additional information. • be enrolled or accepted for enrollment to Responding promptly to such requests will Study abroad an eligible degree or certificate program. ensure timely processing of the application. • be enrolled at least half time, six or Once the review of FAFSA data has been Financial assistance is available to eligi- more undergraduate credit hours completed, the Office of Financial Aid will ble students enrolled in approved study (exceptions possible for Pell Grants) or send the student a Financial Aid abroad programs. All study abroad programs five or more graduate credit hours. Notification. must be coordinated through the Office of • be a U.S. citizen or eligible noncitizen. Priority filing dates. Certain financial International Education at (804) 828-8471. • have a valid Social Security number aid programs, like federal grants, federal Students should work with a financial aid (unless from the Republic of the work-study, and state grants, have limited counselor to coordinate aid for their study Marshall Islands, the Federated States funding – this means that there are more abroad program. Information about finan- of Micronesia, or the Republic of students eligible for the programs than cial aid and study abroad is available online at Palau). there are funds available to award to them. http://www.vcu.edu/oie/eao/w_intro.html. • meet Reasonable Academic Progress Therefore, students should file the FAFSA (RAP) standards as defined by the as early as possible and reply to requests for Quality assurance VCU Office of Financial Aid (the additional information promptly to ensure To ensure that information provided on full VCU RAP policy is available consideration for this type of funding. The the Free Application for Federal Student on the Web at http://www.vcu.edu VCU Office of Financial Aid recommends Aid (FAFSA) is accurate, a student’s appli- /enroll/finaid). electronically filing the FAFSA by March cation may be selected for review at any • certify that federal and state financial 1*. Students should complete the FAFSA time during an enrollment period, and the aid will be used for educational pur- using data from their completed tax returns. student will be requested to provide docu- poses only. If necessary, they may use estimated tax mentation that supports the information. • not be in default on a federal student return data in order to meet the VCU pri- By signing the FAFSA, a student (and the loan and not owe money on a federal ority filing date but should be prepared to student’s parent or spouse, if applicable) student grant. submit a copy of their completed tax agrees to furnish such documentation. If • comply with the Selective Service reg- returns and W2 forms to VCU as soon as the documentation is not provided when istration, if required. possible. Students will receive their actual requested, financial aid awards will be can- • not be convicted under federal or state award letter after their FAFSA application celed and any funds already disbursed may law of sale or possession of illegal drugs. data has been verified. need to be repaid. Detailed information can be found in the * Students who do not have access to the Web may federal Student Guide, available in print apply using the paper FAFSA, available through University bill form from the VCU Office of Financial Aid VCU, high schools, colleges and most public or electronically (http://www.ed.gov libraries. Those students completing a paper appli- The Student Accounting Department /prog_info/SFA/StudentGuide) and on the cation should mail it to the federal processor by sends bills for tuition, fees, and other univer- February 1. VCU Office of Financial Aid Web site sity charges to students whose financial aid Applying after the priority filing date. (http://www.vcu.edu/enroll/finaid). will not cover their university charges. When Students can and should apply for financial financial aid awards (grants, scholarships and aid even if they missed the priority filing loans) are not enough to pay university Applying for financial aid date because they may still qualify for the charges, the remaining balance must be paid FAFSA process. The financial aid appli- Federal Pell Grant and Federal Direct from personal funds, credit card, or the VCU cation process for the 2003-04 academic Loans; their parents may qualify for Federal Installment Payment Plan. Federal Work- year begins Jan. 1, 2003. All students are Direct PLUS Loans. If students have not Study awards will not be deducted from uni- encouraged to complete and submit the applied for financial aid in a timely manner, versity charges because those funds are paid Free Application for Federal Student Aid they may want to participate in the VCU directly to the student, based on hours (FAFSA) as soon as possible after Jan. 1, Installment Payment Plan, which budgets worked. Any outstanding balance owed will designating VCU (school code 003735) to each semester’s bill over four payments. hold a student from registration for courses. receive the results. In order to reduce prob- Information about this plan can be found on the Student Accounting Department’s lems, errors and omissions on the FAFSA, Financial aid appeals students are encouraged to apply electroni- Web site (http://www.vcu.edu/enroll/sa cally using FAFSA on the Web (available /payment/ipp.html). Financial aid eligibility decisions are online at http://www.fafsa.ed.gov/). Once made using federal, state and institutional the FAFSA is filed, the federal processor Summer studies regulations and policies. Students may will send the student a Student Aid appeal their award offers if special circum- Limited financial aid may be available Report (SAR) or electronic SAR stances warrant a review. Reasons for an during the summer 2004 semester. Students Acknowledgment, and also will electroni- appeal might include one of the following applying for the summer semester must file cally send the information to the VCU documented unusual circumstances: the 2003-04 FAFSA by March 1, 2004. Office of Financial Aid, if VCU was listed • loss or reduction of employment earnings Students interested in financial aid for the as a school to receive the data. If additional • disability or death of parent or spouse summer 2004 semester should obtain a information is needed to complete process-

26 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Expenses and Financial Aid

• separation or divorce that they are ineligible to receive further pursing a degree or certification at least at • loss or reduction of untaxed income financial aid. Students whose eligibility for the half-time enrollment level. There is a • losses due to a natural disaster financial aid has been suspended may sub- loan program where the parent is the bor- • unusually high educational program mit an appeal if mitigating circumstances rower and begins repaying the loan while costs prevented the student from maintaining the student is still enrolled. All educational • unusual medical expenses RAP. However, there is no guarantee that loans carry competitive interest rates and • dependent and child care expenses the appeal will be approved. Please refer to terms. Some include interest benefits, the Office of Financial Aid Web site meaning the federal government pays the Any financial aid staff member can (http://www.vcu.edu/enroll/finaid) for more interest on the loan while the student is advise a student about the procedures on details on RAP requirements and the RAP enrolled. Student loan repayment generally how to file an appeal. appeal process. begins after the student is no longer enrolled half time. Multiple repayment Reasonable Academic Progress Federal Financial Aid Refund Policy plans provide the borrower with flexible repayment options. Selected loan programs The Office of Financial Aid will review Students who receive federal Title IV include: all students who have applied for financial grant or loan assistance and withdraw from • Federal Direct Loan aid to be sure that they are making VCU before completing 60 percent of the (subsidized and unsubsidized) Reasonable Academic Progress toward their semester (as measured in calendar days) • Federal Perkins Loan degree/certificate. The RAP review will be must have their eligibility recalculated • Health Professions Student Loan conducted at least once annually (typically based on the federal Return of Title IV • Loan for Disadvantaged Students at the end of the spring semester, or when- Funds formula. This federal formula speci- • Nursing Student Loan ever the student submits their completed fies that a student’s financial aid eligibility • Primary Care Loan • Federal Direct PLUS Loan FAFSA). RAP is a combination of qualita- must be recalculated based on the aid the tive and quantitative components and is student has “earned” (based on the number measured by: of days that the student was enrolled or Grants 1. Grade point average. Undergraduate attending VCU prior to withdrawal). Any Grants are awarded without any expecta- students must maintain at least a 2.0 unearned aid (for the period of enrollment tion of repayment. The total dollar amount GPA and graduate students a 3.0 GPA that the student did not complete from the of available aid in the form of grants is less as specified by their department. date of withdrawal to the end of the semes- than that of total dollar amount of loans. Undergraduate freshman students are ter) must be returned to the appropriate Most grants are reserved for students with given a grace period where they must Title IV programs from which the student the greatest financial need. Scholarships earn at least a 1.00 GPA by the end of was awarded. based on merit are considered a member of their first academic year as measured For VCU students who withdraw prior to this grant category. Selected grant programs after spring grades have been posted. completing 60 percent of the semester, they include: 2. Completion rate. The completion rate will have to return or repay all or a portion is measured by the number of credit of the aid funds that had been disbursed to Undergraduate programs hours earned divided by the number of their VCU account. As a result, students • Federal Pell Grant • Commonwealth Award credit hours attempted. All students who withdraw prior to completing 60 per- • Virginia Guaranteed Assistance who need financial aid funding must cent of the semester may be responsible for • Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant successfully complete at least 67 per- all or a portion of their tuition/fee bill that • College Scholarship Assistance cent of all credit hours attempted was previously paid by financial aid sources. • VCU Scholarships (attempted hours include incompletes, Examples are available online (go to • Honors Scholarships withdrawals, repetitions, progress www.vcu.edu/enrool/finaid/links and click • Departmental Scholarships grades, continuance grades and non- on “Financial aid implications if you with- credit remedial courses). draw from VCU”). Health profession programs 3. Overall progress toward degree/cer- • Scholarships for Disadvantaged Students tificate. Overall progress is measured • Exceptional Financial Need Scholarship • Financial Assistance for Health Profession Students by the number of credit hours Loans, grants and work-study • State Dental Practice Scholarships attempted divided by the number of • Virginia Medical Scholarships credit hours necessary to complete the There are three basic types of financial • General Assembly Nursing Scholarships degree or certificate program. Students aid: loans, grants and work-study. Each type • Departmental Scholarships who need financial aid funding may has different features and advantages. attempt no more than 150 percent of Work-study the hours required to complete their Loans Work-study is a form of financial aid degree or certificate program. In terms of total dollars available, long- that pays wages for work performed through Students will be alerted with warning let- term loan programs provide the most dol- employment. Work-study positions ters, whenever possible, to provide them lars. A loan is money borrowed, which are located on-campus and in approved with notice that their financial aid may be must be repaid at a later time. In most locations off-campus. Job listings are in danger of being suspended. When stu- cases, the student is the borrower and posted to the Career Center’s Web site dents fail to meet RAP requirements, they repays the loan once he or she is no longer (http://www.students.vcu.edu/careers). will receive suspension letters indicating

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 27 Expenses and Financial Aid

2. The veteran must request certification and must be permanently or totally Veteran and reservist educational after registering for courses each semes- disabled due to war or other armed benefits ter and each summer session from the conflict, or Veterans Affairs Office. 3. one of the applicant’s parents died as a Available veteran and reservist educa- 3. The veteran is eligible to use benefits result of war or other armed conflict, or tional assistance programs include: for only those courses taken toward a 4. one of the applicant’s parents is listed • Montgomery GI Bill - Active Duty degree or certificate program. as a prisoner of war or missing in (Chapter 30) 4. The veteran is not eligible to use bene- action, or • Vocational Rehabilitation (Voc Rehab, fits for courses taken on an audit basis. 5. the applicant’s parent, on which eligi- Chapter 31) If repeating a course or taking a course bility is based, has been a resident of • Veterans Education Assistance with no credits, the Veterans Affairs Virginia at the time of entry into Program (VEAP, Chapter 32) Office must be notified. active military duty, or • Survivors’ and Dependents 5. The veteran is responsible for ensuring 6. the applicant’s parent, on which eligi- Educational Assistance Program that transcripts are evaluated for trans- bility is based, has been a resident of (DEA, Chapter 35) fer credits to be accepted by VCU. Virginia for at least 10 consecutive • Montgomery GI Bill - Selected Students must submit this information years immediately before date of appli- Reserves (Chapter 1606) to the Veterans Affairs Office for cation, or • Tutorial Assistance Program transmittal to the Veteran’s 7. the surviving parent has been a resi- • VA Work-Study Program Administration Regional Office. dent of Virginia for at least 10 years • Virginia War Orphans Education 6. The veteran must notify the Veterans prior to marrying the deceased parent, Program (WOE) Affairs Office if planning drop or with- or must have been a resident of • Diplomatic Security and Antiterrorism draw from classes, or stops attending Virginia for at least 10 consecutive Assistance VCU. years immediately prior to the date on which the application was submitted Detailed information about eligibility for by or on behalf of such child for admis- these programs is available on the Web Virginia War Orphans Education sion to any educational or training (http://www.vcu.edu/enroll/finaid). To Program institution in Virginia. obtain printed material, contact: Those eligible for the Virginia War The Virginia War Orphans Education Orphans Education Program are entitled to Veterans Affairs Office Program provides educational assistance for a tuition-free education at state-supported Office of Financial Aid children of certain veterans or service per- educational or training institutions on an 901 W. Franklin St., Room 113 sonnel. Applications are available at the annual basis. (Summer school also may be Richmond, VA 23284-3026 included in the annual certification of stu- (804) 828-6166; Fax (804) 827-0060 VCU Veterans Affairs Office. Students dents.) Eligible students can use this benefit E-mail: [email protected] or [email protected] should begin the application process at least four months before beginning studies to pursue any vocational, technical, under- Eligible veterans must comply with the at VCU. graduate or graduate program of instruction. following requirements to receive educa- Eligibility for this assistance is contingent Generally, programs listed in the academic tional benefits as students: upon the following: catalogues of state-supported institutions 1. The veteran must apply or be accepted 1. the applicant must be no less than 16 are acceptable provided they have a clearly into a degree- or certificate-seeking and no more than 25 years old, defined educational objective, i.e., certifi- program. 2. one of the applicant’s parents must cate, diploma or degree. have served in the U.S. Armed Forces

28 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University Academic Regulations and General Degree Requirements

ments. Therefore, it is important for each Advising program student to be in attendance on a regular Office of Academic Affairs basis. A student who misses a class session 901 W. Franklin St. • P.O. Box 842527 Students are responsible for knowing is responsible for completing all material Richmond, VA 23284-2527 and fulfilling all general and specific covered or assignments made during the (804) 828-1345 • Fax (804) 828-1887 degree requirements as described in this absence. http://www.vcu.edu/provost section. Instructors must clearly inform the stu- The College Success Program Individual student advising is an integral dent in writing of the attendance require- 109 N. Harrison St. • P.O. Box 842500 part of the VCU student’s academic pro- ments for each course and the correspon- Richmond, VA 23284-2500 gram. Each degree-seeking student is ding consequences of poor attendance. (804) 828-1650 • Fax (804) 828-3397 assigned a faculty adviser who is available Though the attendance requirements may http://www.students.vcu.edu/success/index.html for academic and career advising. Special vary widely from one course to another, stu- Office of Records and Registration nondegree-seeking students should contact dents must abide by these requirements. 827 W. Franklin St. • P.O. Box 842520 the College of Humanities and Sciences’ Students cannot enroll in two courses that Richmond, VA 23284-2520 Special Student Advising Office at 310 N. meet concurrently without written approval Shafer St. Students also are encouraged to (804) 828-1349 • Fax (804) 828-8121 from the chair of each department http://www.vcu.edu/enroll/rar seek advising, depending on intended involved. major, from the appropriate office listed in Students having attendance problems the Admission to the University chapter of should contact the instructor to explain the Table of contents this bulletin. reasons for nonattendance and to discuss Additional assistance for all students is the feasibility of continuing in the course. Advising program ...... 29 Address ...... 29 available from the Counseling Center and If the student has fallen so far behind that Attendance regulations ...... 29 the University Career Center. the successful completion of the course is Student conduct in the classroom ...... 30 impossible, the student should withdraw Change of major ...... 30 Address from the course before the end of the first Classification of students ...... 30 10 weeks of classes. Continuous enrollment ...... 31 If the student continues to miss class and Every VCU student is responsible General course information ...... 31 does not officially withdraw from the for keeping a current mailing address Registration policies ...... 32 course, the instructor may withdraw the on file with the Office of Records and Change in registration ...... 33 student for nonattendance with a mark of Registration. Grading and marking system ...... 34 “W” before the end of the first 10 weeks of Mail returned to this office by the U.S. Continuance in academic programs ...... 36 classes, or may assign an academic grade. Graduating with honors ...... 37 Post Office because of an incorrect Withdrawals are not permitted after the Degree requirements for all address may result in a registration hold end of the first 10 weeks of classes. For undergraduate students ...... 37 on a student’s record until the correct classes that do not conform to the semester Commencement participation policy ...... 38 address is provided. Students must submit calendar, the final withdrawal date occurs Degree options ...... 38 in writing any change of address to the when one-half of the course has been com- Appeal to waive an academic Office of Records and Registration, 827 pleted. Withdrawal dates for summer ses- regulation, Academic Regulations W. Franklin St., P.O. Box 842520, sion classes are published in the summer Appeals Committee ...... 39 Richmond, VA 23284-2520 or the Schedule of Classes. Student Services Center in Founders Hall or Sanger Hall. cated. Faculty members are expected to All official mailings are sent to the Religious observances make reasonable accommodations to stu- permanent address on file in the Office of It is the policy of VCU to accord students who are absent because of religious Records and Registration. dents, on an individual basis, the opportu- observance through such strategies as pro- nity to observe their traditional religious viding alternative assignments or examina- holidays. Students desiring to observe a tions or granting permission for audio or Attendance regulations religious holiday of special importance must video recordings and the like. provide advance written notification to The instructional program at VCU is each instructor by the end of the second based upon a series of class meetings week of classes. Instructors are encouraged involving lectures, discussions, field experi- to avoid scheduling on these dates one- ences, special readings and reporting assign- time only activities that cannot be repli-

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 29 Academic Regulations and General Degree Requirements

ments and prerequisites of the program they AFO Art Foundation Student conduct in the classroom wish to enter in this bulletin. In certain ARH Art History programs — including those in the schools BAM Business Administration and Management The instructional program at VCU is of the Arts, Business, Education, Mass BFO Business Foundation BIO Biology based upon the premise that students Communications and in interdisciplinary enrolled in a class are entitled to receive BME Biomedical Engineering studies — a candidate must fulfill addi- BSW Social Work instruction free from interference by other tional requirements before being accepted students. Accordingly, in classrooms, CCN Critical Care Nursing as a degree-seeking student. CDE Communication Arts and Design laboratories, studies and other learning Students currently enrolled in an MCV CHE Chemistry areas, students are expected to conduct Campus program who wish to change to a CLS Clinical Laboratory Sciences themselves in an orderly and cooperative curriculum on the Academic Campus must CPE Computer Engineering manner so that the faculty member can file a Change of Major Form. Such students CRA Crafts proceed with customary instruction. Faculty are subject to the continuance policy of the CRE Chemical Engineering members (including graduate teaching Academic Campus after the major has been CRJ Criminal Justice CRS Clinical Radiation Sciences assistants) may set reasonable standards for changed. Students currently enrolled in an classroom behavior in order to serve these CSC Computer Science MCV Campus program who wish to change DAN Dance/Choreography objectives. If a student believes that the to another MCV Campus curriculum must behavior of another student is disruptive, DEH Dental Hygiene go through the admission process outlined ECO Economics the instructor should be informed. in the Admission to the University chapter ELE Electrical Engineering If a faculty member believes that a stu- of this bulletin. ENG English dent’s behavior is disrupting the class and Credits previously earned at VCU or at ENS Environmental Studies interfering with normal instruction, the fac- another university may or may not be FDE Fashion ulty member may direct the student to applicable to the new major. FIN Finance leave the class for the remainder of the FLF Foreign Language/French class period. In such circumstances, the fac- FLG Foreign Language/German ulty member is the sole judge that the stu- Classification of students FLS Foreign Language/Spanish dent’s behavior is sufficiently disruptive to FNT Financial Technology warrant a temporary dismissal from the FOS Forensic Science HIS History classroom. Disruptive behavior on the part Academic programs HPX Health, Physical Education and Exercise Science of the student may result in the filing of Full-time and part-time degree-seeking HRI Human Resource Management/ formal charges under the University’s Rules students, but not nondegree-seeking Industrial Relations and Procedures document. students, are classified by credits earned HXA Health, Physical Education and Exercise as follows: Science/Athletic Training IDE Interior Design Change of major Freshmen 1 to 23 credits IMS International Management Studies Sophomores 24 to 53 credits INS Interdisciplinary Studies Students who wish to change their Juniors 54 to 84 credits INT International Studies majors must file a Change of Major Form. Seniors 85 credits and more ISY Information System These forms are available at the Student MAC Mass Communications Services Center in Founders Hall. The MCE Mechanical Engineering Health Science Programs MCL Mass Communications – Lower Division change of major becomes official after the MKT Marketing OnTrack@VCU Office has received the Classification is determined by curriculum requirements for individual programs. MSA Mathematical Sciences/Applied Mathematics form signed by the dean or chairperson of MSM Mathematical Sciences/Mathematics the appropriate school or department. A MSO Mathematical Sciences/Operations Research change of major should not occur for cur- Post-baccalaureate undergraduate MSS Mathematical Sciences/Statistics rent semesters after the “add-drop” period. certificate codes MUA Music – Performance Majors may be changed for the current MUB Music semester only through the first week of Abbrev. Description MUC Music – Composition ACC Accounting MUE Music – Education classes. Changes processed after the first CSC Computer Science week are effective for the following fall or MUF Music Foundation ENS Environmental Studies NRN Nursing – R.N. to B.S. Completion spring semester. Changes processed during HRM Human Resource Management NUR Nursing the summer sessions are effective for the ISY Information Systems PAP Painting and Printmaking following fall semester. Students who MKT Marketing PCL Pre-clinical Laboratory Sciences request or change a double major (see RUD Real Estate and Urban Land Development PDH Pre-dental Hygiene Degree Options, this chapter), a concentra- STA Statistics PER Pre-engineering tion within a major or a minor after the PHF Photography and Film add/drop period and do not enroll or drop Undergraduate major codes PHI Philosophy all courses will need to re-request those PHY Physics Abbrev. Major changes. PNR Pre-nursing AAS African-American Studies Before initiating a change of major, stu- POC Pre-occupational Therapy ACC Accounting POS Political Science dents should carefully review the require- AEN Art Education PPH Pre-pharmacy

30 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Academic Regulations and General Degree Requirements

PRA Pre-radiation Sciences MUS Music IXX and 2XX – Undergraduate, lower PSY Psychology NAS Native American Studies level REU Real Estate and Urban Land Development PAA Public Affairs and Administration RSM Recreation, Parks and Sport Management PAP Painting and Printmaking Courses with these numbers are offered RST Religious Studies PHF Photography and Film primarily for undergraduate students and SCI Science PHI Philosophy may not be used for graduate credit, SCU Sculpture PHL Philosophy of Law although graduate students may be required SLW Social Work PHY Physics to register for courses at this level to gain a SOA Sociology and Anthropology POS Political Science necessary foundation for other course work. TED Theatre Education PSY Psychology THE Theatre RSM Recreation, Parks and Sport Management UEG Undeclared – Engineering RST Religious Studies 3XX and 4XX – Undergraduate, UHS Undeclared – Humanities and Sciences SCU Sculpture upper level USG Urban Studies and Geography SOC Sociology Courses with these numbers are offered SOW Social Welfare for advanced undergraduates and usually Undergraduate minor codes SPA Spanish constitute the major portion of specific pro- STA Statistics gram work leading to the baccalaureate Abbrev. Major URS Urban Studies degree. On occasion, graduate students will AAS African-American Studies WRT Writing be advised by their graduate advisers to AFS Area/African Studies WST Women’s Studies ALA Area/Latin American Studies enroll in a 4XX course. AME Area/Middle Eastern Studies AMS American Studies Continuous enrollment 5XX – Introductory graduate courses ANS Area/Asian Studies Graduate students enroll for credit in ANT Anthropology Students who withdraw from all courses these courses through the normal graduate ARE Area/Russian and Eastern European Studies after the first week of the semester are con- advising system. Departments may limit the ARH Art History sidered to have been enrolled for the number of 500-level courses applicable to a AWE Area/Western European Studies semester. A student who does not attend BIO Biology graduate degree program. Advanced under- CHE Chemistry VCU for three or more successive semes- graduates may enroll in these courses for CRA Crafts ters, excluding summer sessions, must sub- credit with consent of the offering depart- CRE Chemical Engineering mit an application for re-admission to the ment. Credit is applicable toward only one CRJ Criminal Justice Office of Undergraduate Admissions. degree. CSC Computer Science Students who have attended another insti- First year, first professional (medicine, CTH Catholic Studies tution and wish to return after the allow- pharmacy and dentistry). Courses are nor- DAN Dance/Choreography able absence period or who have been sus- mally open to students who enroll in the EBU E-business pended since their last enrollment at M.D., Pharm.D. and D.D.S. programs. ECE Electrical Engineering/Computer Engineering VCU also must apply for re-admission. Certain professional courses of this group ECM Electrical Engineering/Communications This application must be done before the ECN Electrical Engineering/Control may be designated by the department and ECO Economics application submission date for the semes- approved by the Graduate Council for grad- EMF Electrical Engineering/ ter in which the student plans to return. uate credit. Microelectronic Fabrication For health science programs, breaks in ENG English enrollment must be approved by the 6XX, 7XX and 8XX – Graduate ENS Environmental Studies department. courses ESP Electrical Engineering/Signal Processing FAM Fashion Merchandising Graduate students enroll for credit in FRE French General course information these courses through the normal graduate FSE Foundations of Special Education advising system. GAP Global Studies/The Arts in Global Perspective 6XX Second year, first professional GBU General Business Course numbering system (medicine, dentistry and pharmacy). GEO Geography All schools and programs within VCU Courses are normally open only to students GER German use the following course numbering system. enrolled in the M.D., D.D.S., and GIG Global Studies/International Institutions All course numbers consist of three digits Pharm.D. programs. Certain courses of this and Globalization group may be designated by the department GIR Global Studies/International Relations (XXX). The first digit relates to the course GSI Global Studies/Social Relations in level as follows: and approved by the Graduate Council for International Perspective graduate credit. HIS History 0XX – Noncredit courses 7XX Third and fourth year, first profes- HRM Human Resource Management Courses with these numbers are offered sional (medicine, dentistry and pharmacy). JUS Judaic Studies for students to make up deficiencies in pre- Courses are normally open only to students MAS Mathematical Sciences vious training or to improve certain basic enrolled in the M.D., D.D.S., and Pharm.D. MCE Mechanical Engineering programs. Certain courses of this group may MKT Marketing skills prior to full-time enrollment in undergraduate credit courses. be designated by the department and MST Media Studies approved by the Graduate Council for graduate credit.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 31 Academic Regulations and General Degree Requirements

Course interpretation ECSE Early Childhood Special Education NEUS Neurosciences EDUS Educational Studies NRSA Nurse Anesthesia A single number listing for a course, such EGRB Biomedical Engineering NRSZ Nurse Anesthesia Laboratory as HIST 101, indicates it is a one-semester EGRC Chemical Engineering NURS Nursing course and may be offered each semester or EGRE Electrical Engineering OCCT Occupational Therapy only one semester each year. EGRM Mechanical Engineering OCMB Oral and Craniofacial Molecular Biology Courses listed with a double number, EMOD Emotional Disturbance OPER Operations Research such as HIST 201, 202 and designated as ENDO Endodontics ORPT Oral Pathology semester courses, consist of two one-semester ENED English/English Education ORSG Oral Surgery courses either of which may be taken with- ENGL English ORTH Orthodontics ENGR Engineering PADM Public Administration out the other. ENGZ Engineering Laboratory PAPR Painting and Printmaking Courses listed with a double number, ENLP English Language Program PATC Patient Counseling such as CHEM 101-102 and designated as a ENVS Environmental Studies PATH Pathology continuous course, consist of two one- ENVZ Environmental Studies Laboratory PCEU Pharmaceutics semester courses, the first of which can be EUCU European Cultures PEDD Pediatric Dentistry taken without the second, but the second FASH Fashion Design and Merchandising PERI Periodontics of which cannot be taken without the suc- FELL Fellowship PHAR Pharmacy cessful completion of the first. FIRE Finance, Insurance and Real Estate PHIL Philosophy Course abbreviations ending in a “Z” FLET Foreign Literature in English Translation PHIS Physiology FMBA Fast Track MBA PHIZ Physiology Laboratory denote laboratory. FREN French PHTO Photography and Film The university reserves the right to FRLG Foreign Languages PHTX Pharmacology and Toxicology withdraw any course or program. FRSC Forensic Science PHTY Physical Therapy FRSZ Forensic Science Laboratory PHYS Physics GENP General Practice PHYZ Physics Laboratory Course abbreviations GEOG Geography PMCH Preventive Medicine and Community Health Abbrev. Description GEOZ Geography Laboratory POLI Political Science ACCT Accounting GRAD Graduate Studies PORT Portuguese ADLT Adult Education GRMN German PPAD Public Policy and Administration ADMS Administration and Supervision GRTY Gerontology PROS Prosthodontics AFAM African-American Studies HADE Health Administration/Executive PSYC Psychology ALHP Allied Health Professions HADM Health Administration RDSS Reading and Study Skills AMST American Studies HCMG Health Care Management READ Reading ANAT Anatomy HEMS Health and Movement Sciences RELS Religious Studies ANTH Anthropology HGEN Human Genetics RHAB Rehabilitation Counseling APPM Applied Music HIST History RPSL Recreation, Parks and Sport Leadership ARTE Art Education HONR University Honors Program RPSM Recreation, Parks and Sport Management ARTF Art Foundation HPEX Health, Physical Education and RPSZ Recreation, Parks and Sport Management ARTH Art History Exercise Science Laboratory ARTS Arts HPEZ Health, Physical Education and RUSS Russian BIOC Biochemistry and Molecular Biophysics Exercise Science Laboratory SCPT Sculpture BNFO Bioinformatics HUMS Humanities and Sciences SELD Special Education – Learning Disabilities BIOL Biology HUSI Humanities and Sciences Interdisciplinary SLWK Social Work BIOS Biostatistics IDDS Interdisciplinary Developmental SOCS Social Sciences BIOZ Biology Laboratory Disability Studies SOCY Sociology CARD Communication Arts and Design IDES Interior Design SPAN Spanish CHEM Chemistry INDH Industrial Hygiene SPCH Speech CHEZ Chemistry Laboratory INFO Information Systems STAT Statistical Sciences CHIN Chinese INSC Interdisciplinary Science STUA Study Abroad Programs CLED Counselor Education INTL International Studies SWKD Social Work-Doctorate CLLS Clinical Laboratory Sciences ITAL Italian TEDU Teacher Education CLRS Clinical Radiation Sciences LASK Language Skills THEA Theatre CLRZ Clinical Radiation Sciences Laboratory LATN Latin THEZ Theatre Laboratory CMLI Comparative Literature LFSC Life Sciences UNVS University Studies CMSC Computer Science LING Linguistics URSP Urban Studies and Planning COOP Cooperative Education MASC Mass Communications VCU1 Academic Affairs CRAF Crafts MATH Mathematics and Applied Mathematics WMNS Women’s Studies CRJS Criminal Justice MEDC Medicinal Chemistry CRJZ Criminal Justice Laboratory MEDI Medicine DANC Dance and Choreography MGMT Management Registration policies DANZ Dance and Choreography Laboratory MHIS Music History, Literature and Theory DENH Dental Hygiene MICR Microbiology and Immunology DENS Dental Special Topics MILS Military Science Student load DESI Design MNRT Mental Retardation Student load is the total number of cred- DOMX Domestic Exchange Program MRBL Marketing and Business Law its for which a student is enrolled in any MUED Music Education EBUS E-business one semester. The semester credit is the ECON Economics MUSC Music Composition

32 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Academic Regulations and General Degree Requirements quantitative unit by which courses are institutions to ensure credits earned con- final withdrawal date for classes whose measured. A semester credit is defined as currently at another institution are meeting dates do not conform with the one hour per week of lecture/recitation/ accepted for transfer at VCU. Before regis- semester calendar is the day when one-half computer-assisted instruction or not less tration at the other institution, the student of the course has been completed. Forms to than two hours per week of laboratory needs approval by his or her adviser, depart- withdraw from courses are available at the work, field work, internship or studio work ment chair and academic dean. A Request Student Services Center in Founders Hall throughout the semester. MATH 001, to Take Courses at Another Institution and Sanger Hall, or on the Web. ENGL 001 and ENGL 002 are each equiva- form may be obtained from the Student A mark of “W” for withdrawn will appear lent to three semester hours, but none car- Services Center in Founders Hall or Sanger on the student’s permanent academic ries academic credit. Hall, or on the Web. record for all courses. Charges are assessed and adjusted according to the University Full-time and part-time students Refund Policy. See “Refunds” in the Change in registration Expenses and Financial Aid chapter of this A student enrolled in 12 credits or more bulletin. during any fall or spring semester is classi- Once a student has registered for classes, When extraordinary circumstances fied as full time. A student enrolled in 11 changes in registration must be made require that a student requests retroactive credits or less during any semester is classi- according to the procedures listed below. withdrawal after the final withdrawal date, fied as part time. Both full-time and part- Whenever a student makes any change in the student must petition the Academic time students may seek degrees at VCU. registration, the student should keep a copy Regulations Appeals Committee for consid- However, some curricula may require full- of the new schedule as verification of the eration of a waiver of this academic regula- time status. For more information, see the change. Changes in registration may affect tion. For further information, see the “Categories of Student Enrollment” section financial aid. Students are advised to con- “Waiver of Academic Regulations, in the Admission to the University chapter sult with a financial aid counselor before Academic Regulations Appeals of this bulletin. making any changes to their enrollment Committee.” status. See the Expenses and Financial Aid Academic Campus students who with- Overload chapter of this bulletin for detailed infor- draw from all courses during a semester may mation on financial aid. attend the following semester without sub- A degree-seeking undergraduate student mitting an application for re-admission. may take no more than 19 credits per Cancellation of registration MCV Campus students should consult semester without special permission. This their program adviser prior to any with- maximum load excludes holiday intersession To cancel registration a student must drawals for academic or health-related courses. More than 19 credits per semester notify, in writing, the Office of Records and reasons. constitutes an overload. Health science cur- Registration before the end of the “Add- A student who does not attend VCU for ricula requiring more than 19 credits per Drop” period, or drop all classes using the three or more successive fall and spring semester are exempt from this rule. Web Registration System. Refunds are semesters, excluding summer sessions, must The student’s adviser and academic dean issued in accordance with procedures submit an application for readmission to may permit a student to attempt up to 21 described under the refunds section in the the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. credits per semester, but no student may Expenses and Financial Aid chapter of this This application must be filed before the attempt more than 21 credits in any one bulletin. For re-admission guidelines, con- suggested deadline date for submitting read- semester. An Overload Approval Form may sult Admission to the University chapter of mission applications for the fall or spring be obtained from the Student Services this bulletin. semester in which the student wishes to Center in Founders Hall or Sanger Hall. return to VCU. For health science pro- Undergraduate special nondegree-seeking Withdrawal from the university grams, breaks in enrollment must be students may take no more than 11 credits approved by the department. Students enrolled in health science proper semester. Overloads for special nonde- Also see “Cancellation of Registration” grams should refer to school guidelines. gree-seeking students must be approved by section. the Academic Regulations Appeals Withdrawal may affect continuance in Committee. health science curricula. For information about credits earned Students who withdraw from all classes During the add/drop period concurrently at another institution, see the during a semester must notify, in writing, the Exact dates for add/drop periods before “Concurrent Registration” section. Office of Records and Registration before and during the first week of classes are the end of the first 10 weeks of classes. listed in the Schedule of Classes booklet Academic Campus students may withdraw Audit registration each semester and on the university calen- from all classes using the Web Registration dar. Changes in registration during the For information on registration for System by the end of the first 10 weeks of add/drop periods can be made on the Web. audit, see the section under the headline classes. Failure to notify the Office of Courses dropped during add/drop periods do “Mark of Audit.” Records and Registration of intention to not show on a student’s permanent record. withdraw from all classes or to withdraw Changes from audit to credit or credit to Concurrent registration from all classes using the Web Registration audit must be made at the Student Services System can result in the assignment of fail- Center in Founders Hall or Sanger Hall. Students enrolled in degree programs ing grades in all or some of the courses. The need prior approval to take courses at other

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 33 Academic Regulations and General Degree Requirements

After the add/drop period C 2.0 instructor. Audit students are charged the D 1.0 regular rate of tuition and fees. An audit Students cannot add a course after the F 0.0 course is counted as part of the student’s add/drop period, except under unusual cir- AU Audit _ semester load. cumstances and with the permission of the CO Continued _ dean of the school offering the course. The CR Credit _ calendar in the front of this bulletin lists H Honors _ Mark of continued (CO) the date when add/drop ends. HP High Pass _ The mark of “CO” may be assigned as an Drops are not permitted after the add/drop I Incomplete _ interim mark for those courses which run period has ended. However, students may IM Incomplete Military _ over several grade reporting periods. The withdraw from classes in accordance with pre- M Marginal _ “CO” mark indicates the course is not NC Administrative grade with no credit _ scribed procedures. To officially withdraw expected to be completed in a single semes- NR/NG Administrative grade assigned when _ ter and that the student must reregister for from a class, a student must obtain and file no grade is submitted by the instructor the appropriate form with the Office of P Pass _ the course in the following semester. Upon Records and Registration, or via the Student PR Progress _ departmental notification “CO” marks for Records Access link at http://www.vcu.edu W Withdrawn _ courses not reregistered for in the following /vcu/current.html. WM Withdraw Military _ semester are converted to “F” grades. Upon If a student stops attending a class and fails RD Repeated course; “D” grade _ completion of the course, a final grade is to withdraw, a failing grade is usually given for excluded from cumulative GPA assigned for that semester and the previous that course. Withdrawals become a part of the RF Repeated course; “F” grade _ “CO” mark(s) remain. This mark may be student’s academic record with a mark of “W.” excluded from cumulative GPA assigned only in courses approved for such In classes that do not conform to the normal grading. Grades designated by a blank, (_), in the semester calendar, the final withdrawal date is grade-point column are not considered in when one-half of the course is completed. Mark of credit (CR) the computation of grade points earned or For further information see the Courses assigned the “Credit” grade will GPA. “Withdrawal from the University” section not be computed into the GPA. The above scale is known as a four-point of this chapter. Students who withdraw grading system since 4.0 is the highest from a course may be entitled to a refund. grade-point assigned. The number of grade- Mark of honors (H) See “Refunds” in the Expenses and points earned is computed by multiplying Courses assigned the “Honors” grade will Financial Aid chapter of this bulletin. the grade-point value for the letter grade not be computed into the GPA. times the number of semester credits for the Grading and marking system course. For example, a student who receives Mark of high pass (HP) an “A” (four grade-points) in a three-credit Courses assigned the “High Pass” grade course earns 12 grade-points. will not be computed into the GPA. Evaluation and final grade reports The pound notation (#), when following Students are encouraged to discuss their a letter grade, means that letter grade is not Mark of incomplete (I) progress in courses with their instructors, computed in the GPA. The percent nota- When circumstances beyond a student’s especially before the withdrawal deadline. tion (%), when following a letter grade, is control prevent the student from meeting University policy requires faculty to pro- assigned by the Honor Council and is com- course requirements at the end of the vide students with feedback about their puted in the GPA. When a grade of “F” is semester, the student may request the academic performance before the semester followed by an asterisk (*), the mark of “I” instructor to assign the mark of “I” for that or class withdrawal date. Although such was changed to “F” for failure to complete semester. If in agreement with this request, feedback does not always take the form of a the course work in the allotted time frame. the instructor fills out an Incomplete Grade letter grade, grades do provide a clear indi- Assignment Form bearing the student’s sig- cation of class progress. Mark of audit (AU) nature. This form is then submitted with Grades are available via the Web Class size permitting, a student may regis- the grade sheet for that course by the faculty through links on the VCU home page. ter for a course on an audit basis. A student member. A grade cannot be changed to “I” may register for audit only during add/drop after the deadline for grade submissions. Grades and grade points and late registration periods as a new regis- The time limit for submission of all tration. Auditing a course means a student course work necessary for removal of an “I” VCU course work is measured both in enrolls in a course but does not receive aca- given during the fall semester is 30 calendar terms of quantity (semester hours of credit) demic credit upon completion of the days after the beginning of the following and quality (grades). Grades are assigned course. A student who registers on an audit spring semester. For “I” grades given during according to a letter system. Each letter is basis is subject to attendance regulations of the spring semester or summer session, all assigned a grade-point value. These letter that class and may be administratively course work must be submitted within 30 grades and their respective meaning and withdrawn by an instructor for a violation days after the beginning of the following grade-point values follow: of class requirements for audit students, fall semester. For programs leading to the before or after the normal 10 week with- Grade Grade-point values M.D., D.D.S. or Pharm.D. degrees, contact letter Meaning per semester credit drawal deadline. A student who registers for the appropriate dean’s office for the maxi- A 4.0 audit may be subject to other course mum time limit allowed. B 3.0 requirements at the discretion of the

34 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Academic Regulations and General Degree Requirements

These deadlines may be extended if the the number of credits attempted at VCU. Grade exclusion policy student requests that extension in writing The grades of accepted transfer courses This policy is applicable to former stu- and is granted approval by the instructor are not included in the computation of the dents enrolled in programs on the and the dean of the school in which the VCU GPA. However, transfer grades are Academic Campus who: course was offered. included in the computation of Latin grad- 1. have not enrolled at VCU for five Upon expiration of the deadline, a “F” uation honors. years or more; will be given automatically for any incom- 2. are now entering an Academic plete that has not been changed to a grade. Repeated courses Campus program; and 3. earn at least a 2.0 GPA on the first 12 Mark of incomplete military (IM) Because some health science programs do not allow students to repeat courses, any semester hours completed upon return. See “Defense Crisis Tuition Relief Under this policy, eligible students may Refund and Re-instatement Guidelines” in student planning to do so must first consult with his or her adviser, program director or request that “D” and “F” grades previously the Expenses and Financial Aid chapter of earned at VCU be excluded from their this bulletin. department chair. The semester credits attempted and the total credits earned and GPA computation grade-points earned for all attempts are for the purpose of meeting scholastic con- Mark of marginal (M) included in computing the cumulative tinuance and graduation requirements. Courses assigned the “Marginal” grade GPA. No matter how often a course is All earned grades, including those will not be computed into the GPA. repeated, it may be counted only once as excluded “D” and “F” grades, remain on the credits presented toward graduation. student’s permanent academic record. Mark of pass (P) Courses attempted on the Academic Excluded grades must be approved by the The mark of “P” may be assigned only in Campus can be repeated. All credits student’s major department chair and by courses approved for such grading. This attempted and grade-points earned are the dean of the school. The grade exclusion grade denotes satisfactory completion of included in the computation of the cumula- policy may be used only once during a stu- course requirements. If course requirements tive GPA with one exception, which dent’s enrollment at VCU and cannot be are not met satisfactorily, a grade of “F” is applies only to students enrolled in pro- revoked by the student after approval is assigned. Courses assigned the grade of “P” grams on the Academic Campus. granted. A student who chooses to use this are not computed in the GPA. However, If a student repeats a course in which a policy must do so before the awarding of his courses assigned the grade of “F” are com- “D” or “F” was earned on the first attempt, or her undergraduate degree. puted in the GPA. the student can file the Repeated Course Request Form at any time during a Change of grade semester prior to the awarding of the Mark of progress (PR) A final grade may be corrected by the undergraduate degree. This form must A “PR” is assigned as an interim grade faculty member with proper submission of be filed before the last week of classes for certain continuing course requirements the Change of Grade Form to the chair of in any semester so the cumulative which run over the grade reporting periods. the department in which the course was GPA can be adjusted at the end of that The mark of “PR” may be assigned only in taught. The chair will forward the form to semester. courses approved for such grading. the school’s dean, who will send it to the The grade is not excluded until the Office of Records and Registration. For request is made. If, however, more than one Mark of withdrawn (W) grades awarded in the fall semester, the “D” or “F” grade is received in the same The mark of “W” indicates the student change of grade must be submitted by the course, only one of these grades will be has officially withdrawn from the course or department chair no later than 30 calendar removed from the computation of the has been withdrawn for nonattendance. days after the beginning of the following cumulative GPA. The last day to withdraw for the fall and spring semester. For grades awarded in the Grades for all attempted courses remain spring semesters is the end of the 10th spring semester or summer, the change must on the student’s permanent record. week of classes. Summer session students be submitted no later than 30 days after the Students may not repeat courses for which should check the summer Schedule of beginning of the following fall semester. they have previously received transfer Classes for withdrawal dates. However, a change of grade that affects the credit. A repeated course may be counted For further information see the student’s academic eligibility to enroll must only once toward credits necessary for grad- “Withdrawal from the University” section. be made during the first week of classes in uation. Before repeating a course, the stu- the semester or summer session in which dent should consult with the adviser or the student plans to continue attendance. Mark of withdrawal military (WM) department chair. See “Defense Crisis Tuition Relief Students who choose to repeat a Refund and Re-instatement Guidelines” in course must do so before the awarding Grade review procedure the Expenses and Financial Aid chapter of of their undergraduate degrees from any If a student feels a grade is inaccurate, he this bulletin. school or college at VCU or from any or she should discuss the grade with the other college or university. The student’s faculty member who assigned it. This dis- Grade-point average GPA at graduation will not be affected cussion allows the faculty member to by repeating a course at any time after explain how the final grade was deter- The GPA is computed by dividing the graduation. number of grade-points earned at VCU by mined. If an error is detected, the faculty member can submit a change of grade.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 35 Academic Regulations and General Degree Requirements

If no agreement is reached and the stu- script. Unofficial copies of transcripts for Failure to achieve a 2.0 semester GPA dent still feels the grade was unfairly currently enrolled students can be obtained while on probation results in academic assigned, the student can submit a written via the Web through links on the VCU suspension. appeal to the chair of the department in home page. which the course was taught. For grades A transcript is issued only after the stu- Academic suspension awarded in the fall semester, the change of dent has paid all university bills. A student is placed on academic suspen- grade appeal must be submitted to the Transcript requests signed by the student sion when the student’s cumulative GPA is department chair no later than 14 days may be submitted in person at the Student below 2.0 for two successive semesters and after the beginning of the following spring Services Center, Room 102 Founders Hall the following semester of attendance GPA semester. For grades awarded in the spring (Academic Campus), Room 1-055 Sanger falls below 2.0. semester or summer session, the appeal Hall (MCV Campus) or by mail to the Notification of suspension appears on the must be submitted no later than 14 days Office of Records and Registration, 827 W. student’s permanent academic record. The after the beginning of the following fall Franklin St., P.O. Box 842520, Richmond, student also receives a letter from the semester. VA 23284-2520 (Academic Campus), or Office of Records and Registration stating The burden of proof falls upon the stu- Office of Records and Registration, 1101 E. the conditions of the suspension. Academic dent and the written appeal should state Marshall St., P.O. Box 980277, Richmond, suspension indicates the student has a and support, with available evidence, the VA 23298-0277 (MCV Campus). record of continued unsatisfactory progress. reasons why the student believes the grade A student on academic suspension may should be changed. The chair of the depart- not enroll at the university for two con- ment will attempt to mediate an amicable Continuance in academic secutive semesters, including the summer solution within two weeks of receipt of the programs session. Course work taken at another written appeal. If the complaint is unre- institution while the student is under aca- solved, the chair will forward the student’s Academic Campus programs demic suspension from VCU is considered appeal, together with the chair’s recom- part of the criteria for re-admission, but the mendation, to the dean of the school in Definition of good standing course work is not used to increase the which the course was taught. A student who has been admitted to VCU cumulative GPA. If the student is The dean then forms a Grade Review VCU and is currently enrolled is in “good re-admitted, the course work will be evalu- Committee composed of a nonvoting fac- standing” until such time that the student ated according to regular procedures. ulty chair, two faculty members, and two is placed on academic warning, probation A student may apply for readmission to students. The committee reviews all written or suspension. VCU for the semester following completion materials and records and then arranges for of the suspension period. A student re- a hearing unless the appeal is judged Academic warning admitted after suspension enrolls under the patently without merit. At the hearing, the A student is placed on academic warning academic probation status and is subject to committee hears evidence and testimony when the student’s cumulative GPA falls the provisions of that status. If a student re- from all parties. The committee has the below 2.0 (grade “C”) at the conclusion of admitted after suspension fails to obtain a option of either raising the grade or leaving any semester of attendance — fall, spring or semester GPA of 2.0 in any semester before the grade unchanged. However, a change of summer. Notification of warning appears on achieving a cumulative GPA of at least 2.0, grade that affects the student’s eligibility to the student’s permanent academic record. A the student is placed on a second, five-year enroll must be made during the first week student remains on academic warning for suspension. The student may be considered of classes during the semester or summer one term of attendance, at the end of which for re-admission after a minimum five-year session in which the student wishes to con- time the student must obtain a cumulative separation from VCU. tinue attendance. GPA of at least 2.0. Failure to achieve this For re-admission guidelines, see the The Grade Review Procedure is printed GPA results in academic probation. Admission to the University chapter of this in full in the VCU Resource Guide and on bulletin. the Web at http://www.vcu.edu/safweb /rg/policies. Academic probation A student is placed on academic proba- MCV Campus programs tion when the student’s cumulative GPA Transcripts Warning, probation and suspension are falls below 2.0 for two successive semesters defined by the program of study. Consult A transcript is a copy of the student’s of attendance, including summer sessions. program adviser for further details. permanent academic record. All transcripts Notification of probation appears on the carry the University Seal. However, unoffi- student’s permanent academic record. cial transcripts given directly to students A degree-seeking student on academic Termination of enrollment are marked “issued to student” in red ink. probation may not enroll in more than 12 The university reserves the right to ter- Transcripts of student academic records credits per semester of attendance. Students minate the enrollment of any student for are issued by the Office of Records and on academic probation are expected to unlawful, disorderly or immoral conduct, or Registration only upon the written request improve their cumulative GPA by achiev- for persistent failure to fulfill the purposes of the student. The request should be made ing a semester GPA of 2.0 or better during for which he or she was matriculated. Any at least one week before the transcript is each semester of attendance. A student students whose relations are so severed for- needed. The first three transcripts are free; who achieves a cumulative GPA of at least feit all rights and claims with respect to the subsequent requests will cost $5 per tran- 2.0 is removed from academic probation. institution.

36 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Academic Regulations and General Degree Requirements

In addition to dismissal for failure to Graduation honors the student or former student will be sub- comply with standards of conduct described ject to a sanction that may include (a) Candidates for a baccalaureate degree in the Rules and Procedures of VCU and rejection of a thesis, dissertation or other who complete a minimum of 45 credits at the VCU Honor Code, a student may be work, (b) revocation of a certification or VCU may qualify for graduation honors. dismissed from the school in which he or other university recognition or (c) revoca- Cum Laude is awarded for a 3.30 to 3.59 she is enrolled for failure to meet academic tion of a degree. GPA, Magna Cum Laude is awarded for a requirements prescribed by his or her 3.60 to 3.89 GPA, and Summa Cum Laude school or failure to exhibit the attitudes is awarded for a 3.90 GPA or better, at the Awarding degrees posthumously and skills deemed necessary to function time of graduation. within the chosen professional practice. Recipients for posthumous degrees should Calculation of the GPA for honors deter- VCU recognizes its responsibilities to the meet the following conditions: mination is based on grades received for all health professions and to the consumer of • The student was in good academic courses taken for credit at VCU, as well as health services. Therefore, any action by a standing at the time of his/her death. for credits accepted for transfer at VCU. student considered to be unprofessional • There are no disciplinary actions pend- However, to qualify for graduation honors, conduct according to the code of ethics and ing against the student. a student’s GPA for courses taken for credit the laws and regulations governing the stu- • The death was not a result of illegal at VCU must be at least as high as the dent’s chosen profession shall constitute behavior on the part of the student. minimum required for the specific honor cause for disciplinary action. • The student earned at least 30 credits bestowed. Recognition of graduation hon- Unprofessional conduct includes, but is at VCU and was within the last 30 ors is made on the student’s diploma, per- not limited to: credits of graduating. manent record, and in the commencement 1. fraud or deceit in gaining admission to Graduate and professional programs will program (because of the early publication the university, i.e., false or obviously determine equivalent progress of students of the commencement program, the honor misleading representations on the toward their graduate or professional status from the last semester prior to gradu- admissions application, degrees. A notation that the degree was ation will be reflected in the commence- 2. an act that violates the established awarded posthumously will be made only ment program). legal standards regarding conduct of on the transcript, not on the diploma. A one person towards society, i.e., steal- notation that the degree was awarded ing, lying, cheating, and slander, and Degree requirements for all posthumously will be made in the com- 3. conviction of a felony involving moral mencement program. turpitude. undergraduate students The individual health science schools The degree requirements that must be GPA requirement recognize and support the statements set fulfilled by all degree-seeking students are forth by the licensing boards of the respec- A cumulative GPA of 2.0 (grade “C”) or listed below. For additional degree require- tive health professions as they relate to better is required in order to receive a bac- ments, students must consult the school examination, licensure, and the practice of calaureate degree. Only credits taken at and major departmental sections of this each profession. When applicable, these VCU are computed in the GPA. bulletin. standards may be used in determining a stu- Some programs may require a higher In order for a student to be awarded a dent’s eligibility for continuance in or read- cumulative GPA. Students should consult diploma, he or she must resolve any out- mission to the university. the section of this bulletin that deals with standing charges owed to the university. their major for any GPA requirements The university does not guarantee the above the university’s 2.0 minimum. Graduating with honors award of a degree or a certificate of satisfactory completion of any course of study or training program. Total credits Dean’s list At any time following the award of a The total number of semester credits The dean’s list is a recognition of supe- degree, certificate or other university recog- required for graduation depends on the stu- rior academic performance. A student is nition, the university reserves the right to dent’s major. Specific information on total automatically placed on the dean’s list for take appropriate action, including, but not credit requirements is detailed under degree each semester in which a semester GPA of limited to, the revocation of such degree, program descriptions in each school’s chap- at least 3.5 is attained, based on a mini- certificate or other university recognition, ter of this bulletin. mum of 12 semester credits excluding on the basis of academic misconduct discourses graded credit/noncredit with no covered subsequent to, but which occurred Major grade below “C.” A notation is placed on prior to, the award of the degree, certificate the student’s permanent academic record. or other university recognition. More A major is a student’s principal field of Students earning marks of “I” or “PR” are specifically, when an action that constitutes study. Majors are in specific disciplines or ineligible for the dean’s list for the semester a violation of the VCU Honor System are interdisciplinary groupings of courses in which these grades were earned. leads to a finding that invalidates a major that are designed to make a coherent piece of work required for a degree, certifi- whole. The department or program admin- cate or other university recognition so that istering the major specifies required and the validity of the degree, certificate or optional courses. VCU encourages stu- other university recognition is jeopardized, dents to select a major before they reach junior standing. Some majors require course

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 37 Academic Regulations and General Degree Requirements sequences that necessitate earlier selection graduation applications. Degree applica- School of School of Dentistry of the major in order to earn a baccalaure- tions must be submitted by the dates indi- Dentistry Lyons Building ate degree within four years of full-time cated in the calendar appearing in the front 520 N. 12th St. study. of this bulletin. A student needs to sched- Room 309 P.O. Box 980566 The major becomes official only after the ule a conference with the adviser well in Richmond, VA 23298-0566 OnTrack@VCU Office has received the advance of the deadline and should remem- (804) 828-9196 Change of Major/Minor Form signed by the ber that the application also requires dean or chair of the appropriate school. approval by the department chair and dean. Exit counseling optional The major will appear on the student’s permanent records at the time of graduation. Academic Progress Report Loan population Contact point The following minimum requirements Federal Direct VCU Financial Aid are needed for completion of a major: An Academic Progress Report is accessi- Loan 901 W. Franklin St. • At least 30 credits in the major area, ble through OnTrack@VCU via links on P.O. Box 843026 at least half of which are at the 300- or the VCU home page. This computerized Federal Richmond, VA 23284-3026 Stafford Loan (804) 828-6669 400-level. report tracks the completion of a student’s • A GPA of 2.0 in the major, unless the declared degree by course and requirement. It outlines in concise form the general edu- major specifies a higher GPA. Only Commencement participation credits taken at VCU are computed in cation, major, collateral requirements and the GPA. electives for a student’s degree program policy • Any special conditions stipulated by (and concentration), and the way in which the major. the student is completing those require- MCV Campus graduation candidates for ments. This report is not intended to degrees to be conferred at the close of the replace contact with academic advisers. It spring semester must be present to receive Upper-level courses will, however, provide accurate up-to-date their degrees. No individual may be exempt A minimum of 45 credits is required in information to assist students and advisers from this regulation unless excused by the 300-500-level courses for a bachelor’s in making wise academic choices. deans of his or her schools. degree; therefore, credits transferred from When a student has submitted a degree application for spring graduation but does two-year institutions cannot be used to Special notes for graduating fulfill this requirement. not meet degree requirements due to exten- financial aid recipients uating circumstances, the student’s dean may permit the student to participate in Last 25 percent rule If a student plans to continue enrollment at VCU after graduation and wants finan- commencement exercises. Permission may Degree candidates must complete the last cial aid, he or she must apply and be be granted only when six or fewer credit 25 percent of the credit semester hours accepted as a degree/certificate-seeking stu- hours are lacking for degree completion and required for their bachelor’s degree program dent and enroll at least half time to meet the student demonstrates his or her intent at this institution. financial aid enrollment requirements. to complete the needed credits by the end This requirement does not apply to stu- If a student received federal loan funds of the summer session. dents who participate in VCU-sponsored during enrollment at VCU, he or she may When such an exception is made, the programs abroad or who earn course credit be required to complete a loan exit coun- dean confirms the following conditions to at a cooperating university through VCU seling session as listed below. The student’s the student: domestic and international university diploma will not be released until he or she • Participation in the commencement exchanges. completes this required obligation. ceremonies does not mean the student has been awarded a degree. • The degree will be awarded in the Graduation application Exit counseling required semester or summer session in which VCU confers degrees in May, August and all degree requirements have been met. Loan population Contact point December. A commencement exercise is • The exemption is made only to held in May for May graduates only. A Perkins Loans HPSL VCU Accounts Receivable accommodate the student’s request and commencement exercise is held in NSL 327 W. Main St. does not obligate VCU to ultimately December for August graduates and LDS P.O. Box 843055 grant a degree unless all requirements December candidates. Each student who Primary Care Richmond, VA 23284-3055 and conditions have been met. expects to complete the degree require- University (804) 828-4538 ments by the end of a semester or summer Long Term session must file an application for the Degree options degree in accordance with dates published MCV Campus VCU Financial Aid 1101 E. Marshall St. on the university calendar. Second baccalaureate degree Application request forms are available all other loans Room 1-055 at the Student Services Center in Founders P.O. Box 980244 A student who already has earned a bac- Richmond, VA 23298-0244 calaureate degree and wishes to earn a sec- Hall for Academic Campus students and (804) 828-9800 via a Link on the Web. MCV Campus stu- ond baccalaureate degree at VCU needs to dents should contact their department for complete an Application for Undergraduate Admission. This form is available at the

38 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Academic Regulations and General Degree Requirements

Office of Undergraduate Admissions and may elect an approved minor. Minors Students may petition for a past semester should be submitted, after completion, to require a minimum of 18 credits, with a within five years, but cannot ask for waivers that office. normal maximum of 21 credits. At least after having graduated. Students accepted are referred to the half of the credits in a minor must be in To begin the appeal process, students dean’s office of the school offering their 300- or 400-level courses, unless a greater should contact the ARAC representative intended major. The dean’s office evaluates number is specified. Students must achieve in the dean’s office for their school or the the student’s academic record and prepares a 2.0 or higher GPA in designated course- college; special students should contact the a statement of advanced standing that lists work in order to earn the minor. Only cred- Office of Community Programs. The stu- transferable credits to the second degree its taken at VCU are computed in the dent then works with the representative to program. GPA. The department or program adminis- prepare the petition following guidelines A student seeking a second undergradu- tering the minor specifies required and established by each school and the college. ate degree from VCU must earn a mini- optional courses. The minor may be used to The first step is for the student to prepare a mum of 30 additional credits at VCU and fulfill career needs or to facilitate in-depth letter which details the extenuating cir- also must satisfy any supplementary require- investigation in a discipline of secondary cumstances supporting the student’s belief ments of the department or school granting interest to the student. that the university should waive its regula- the degree. A student who wishes to pursue a minor tions and grant the request. All circum- must complete a Change of Major/Minor stances cited in the student’s letter must be Double major Form. The minor becomes official only documented, and the student is responsible after the OnTrack@VCU Office has for gathering all the necessary documenta- A double major is the concurrent fulfill- received the Change of Major/Minor Form tion. Examples of documentation include ment of the requirements of two majors. To signed by the dean or chair of the appropri- medical records, police reports, death cer- earn a degree with two majors, the student ate school. A minor will appear on the stu- tificates and employer reports. Things must complete the courses required in each dent’s permanent record at the time of which may not be used as documentation major, any collateral/prerequisite courses graduation if the student has completed all include letters from parents, friends or rela- required for both majors, and the General requirements for the minor and has submit- tives. Any petition which does not have Education requirements of the primary ted a Graduation with Minor Application the required documentation will not be major. Form with the application for graduation. heard. The primary major is the major which All courses in the minor must be completed After the ARAC representative receives appears on the transcript as the degree before graduation with a bachelor’s degree. the student’s letter and all necessary docu- awarded and the second major will appear Forms are available at the Student Services mentation, he or she will prepare a petition as an accompanying note. One diploma is Center in Founders Hall or in Sanger Hall, cover sheet and, if appropriate, gather per- awarded and both majors will appear on the and are available via links on the VCU tinent information from faculty. When the student’s permanent academic record. home page. petition is complete, it will be presented to To initiate a double major, a student the committee at one of its semimonthly should obtain the Change of Major/Minor meetings. Requests are granted or denied by form instructions from the Student Services Appeal to waive an academic a majority vote by the committee. Center in Founders Hall or on the Web. regulation, Academic Regulations Decisions are effective immediately, and Appeals Committee students are notified by their representa- Dual degrees tive. All committee procedures are confi- The Academic Regulations Appeals dential and ensure the right of privacy of Dual degrees are the concurrent fulfill- the student. ment of the requirements of two majors and Committee considers appeals for exceptions to undergraduate program academic regula- Since a request to waive a regulation is two degrees. To earn dual degrees, the stu- itself an appeal, committee decisions are dent must fulfill all the requirements of the tions listed in this bulletin. The committee — composed of faculty and administrators final, and there is no further appeal within degree programs in both majors. The stu- the university. However, if new docu- dent must complete an additional 25 per- from each school and the college and representatives from the Office of Records mentable information is provided, petitions cent of hours above the minimum hour may be brought back before the committee. requirement of the major requiring the and Registration, Office of Community Programs and the Division of Student A rewritten student letter does not consti- most credits (refer to the section “Last 25 tute new documentation. The representa- Percent Rule”). Two diplomas are awarded Affairs — is a standing committee of the Office of Academic Administration. The tive will request that the petition be and both degrees will appear on the stu- reheard based upon the new information dent’s permanent academic record. provost and vice president for academic affairs appoints committee members. and the committee will vote on that Undergraduate students who wish to request. Minor petition the university for a waiver of the A minor is a set of courses either analo- regulations in this bulletin may do so gous to and named for an existing major or through the ARAC. Examples of typical discipline, or is an interdisciplinary group- petitions are requests for retroactive with- ing of courses not represented by a major. drawal, waiver of the continuance policy Although a minor is not required for com- following a suspension, or a waiver of the pletion of most degree programs, a student rule requiring that the last 25 percent of a program be earned in residence at VCU.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 39 Academic Regulations and General Degree Requirements

40 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

VCU Life Sciences

VCU entered a new era when it imple- a climate controlled greenhouse and mented, as one of its highest priorities, a one of the largest aquatics laboratories Thomas F. Huff new university-wide matrix academic in Virginia. Vice Provost for Life Sciences and organization called VCU Life Sciences, cre- By establishing and/or maintaining Professor of Microbiology and Immunology (1985) ated in response to the need to prepare stu- research centers, core facilities and consor- B.S. 1974 Clemson University dents for the anticipated growth in new life tia, VCU Life Sciences is expanding VCU’s Ph.D. 1980 University of Louisville sciences jobs in the coming decades. The large-scale life sciences research infrastruc- Gregory A. Buck skills identified for these jobs require highly ture. The research centers include the Director of the B.S. and B.S.-M.S. interdisciplinary or multidisciplinary Center for the Study of Biological Programs in Bioinformatics (proposed), approaches, often falling between the Complexity, the Inger and Walter Rice Director of the Center for the Study boundaries of traditional academic disci- Center for Environmental Life Sciences, of Biological Complexity and Professor plines. The way that the life sciences are and the Center for Environmental Studies. of Microbiology and Immunology (1984) understood and taught is likely to be funda- The core facilities include the B.S. 1975 University of Wisconsin mentally different, with increasing empha- Bioinformatics Computational Core Ph.D. 1981 University of Washington, Seattle sis on systems biosciences as an important Laboratories of the Center for the Study of Gregory C. Garman complement to more traditional, purely Biological Complexity, the MicroArraying Director of the B.S. and B.S.-M.S. Programs in reductive approaches. The objective of Suite and the Satellite Lab of the Nucleic Environmental Studies (proposed), Phase II of VCU’s strategic plan specifically Acid Research Facility (NARF), the Mass Director of the Center for Environmental Studies outlines the need to bring VCU’s major Spectrometry Center for the Study of and Associate Professor of Biology (1985) academic and administrative divisions Biocomplexity, and the Environmental B.A. 1978 Millersville University together to work on mutual initiatives that Technology Lab of the Center for M.S. 1980 Virginia Polytechnic Institute will accomplish VCU’s goal of national Environmental Studies. and State University leadership. VCU Life Sciences is a response The Nucleic Acids Research Facility, the Ph.D. 1984 University of Maine to that objective. Mass Spectrometry Center for the Study of Leonard A. Smock Biocomplexity, and the Bioinformatics Director of the Ph.D. Program in Integrative Life Computational Core Laboratories support Sciences (proposed) and Professor and Chair, Faculty research specific to the Center for the Department of Biology (1979) Study of Biological Complexity. Plans are B.S. 1969 University of Illinois VCU Life Sciences faculty are drawn from underway to create a VCU Proteomics M.S. 1970 University of Illinois departments across the university. A list of Center, with operations on both campuses Ph.D. 1979 University of North Carolina participating faculty and academic affiliations at VCU, which will be an important factor is available from the VCU Life Sciences Web in allowing VCU researchers to remain Herschell S. Emery site (http://www.vcu.edu/lifesci/). competitive in the post genomic era. Director of Undergraduate Curricula B.S. 1973 Rice University Ph.D. 1982 Yale University Facilities Centers M. Ed. 1999 Virginia Commonwealth University Jeffrey Elhai VCU Life Sciences comprises the VCU Life Sciences encompasses two Director of Bioinformatics resources and interests not only of the centers that are central to its mission: and Bioengineering Summer Institute, Academic Campus and the VCU Medical The Center for Environmental Studies, Center for the Study of Biological Complexity Center, but also the Virginia Biotechnology and the Center for the Study of Biological B.A. 1973 Pomona College Research Park, and the Inger and Walter Complexity. M.A. 1975 State University Rice Center for Environmental Life of New York,Stony Brook Sciences, a property of 342 acres overlook- Ph.D. 1981 State University ing the James River in Charles City of New York,Stony Brook County. A more complete description of Table of contents Jacqueline T. McDonnough the Inger and Walter Rice Center can be Director of the Governor’s seen in the Centers and Institutes section Faculty ...... 41 Facilities ...... 41 School for Medicine and Life Sciences of the Appendix. The $27 million Eugene B.A. 1989 Virginia Commonwealth University P. and Lois E. Trani Center for Life Centers ...... 42 Programs ...... 42 Ph.D. 2002 University of Virginia Sciences houses the administrative offices, Courses in bioinformatics (BNFO) ...... 42 the two research centers described below, Courses in life sciences (LFSC) ...... 43 state-of-the-art laboratories and classrooms,

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 41 VCU Life Sciences

Center for Environmental Studies into three units: the theoretical study of C. Technology (0 credits): all students must pass the biological complexity, the empirical study Computer Proficiency Assessment. Specific pro- The Center for Environmental Studies is of biological complexity and the applied grams will specify earlier completion dates as jointly administered by VCU Life Sciences study of biological complexity. appropriate in order to prepare students for course- and by the College of Humanities and work requiring those skills. Sciences. A more complete description of the Center can be found under Centers and General education in VCU Life 5. Interdependence (nine to 11 credits) Institutes in the Appendix. The proposed Sciences for B.S. and B.S.-M.S. A. Civilization (three credits): one course selected new B.S. and B.S.-M.S. programs in Programs Environmental Studies will be administered from an approved list that would include topics in through the Center for Environmental All students seeking baccalaureate degrees history, American studies and global studies, along with other appropriate topics. Studies. now in the approval process within VCU Life Sciences programs are required to ful- B. Foreign language (six-eight credits): Completion of a foreign language through the 102-level, or by fill the following undergraduate general placement. Center for the Study of Biological education requirements totaling 53-58 Complexity credits. 6. Visual and performing arts (two to three The Center for the Study of Biological credits) Complexity is a new multidisciplinary focus 1. Communicating (14-16 credits) of research and scholarly activity within One course in the visual or performing arts, selected A. Composition and rhetoric (six credits): ENGL 101 from an approved list. VCU Life Sciences. A more complete and ENGL 200 or equivalent, with a minimum of “C” description of the Center can be found grade in each course. 7. Human behavior (six to seven credits) under Centers and Institutes in the B. Writing intensive course work (five to seven Appendix. The Center for the Study of credits): two writing intensive (WI) courses selected Two courses selected from an approved list in differ- Biological Complexity will administer the from a list (to be developed by the Life Sciences ent disciplines and focusing on human behavior. proposed new B.S. and B.S.-M.S. programs Curriculum Committee), with at least one course in in Bioinformatics. the major. C. Oral communication (three credits): consistent Programs in the Approval Process with Life Sciences’ focus on programs to train entry- A bachelor of science degree program Programs level professionals, instruction in professional scien- in bioinformatics has been developed by tific presentation skills will be emphasized in Life the Center for the Study of Biological VCU Life Sciences is in the process of Sciences and included where most appropriate in core and elective courses in every program. Complexity in VCU Life Sciences and is establishing new degree programs that moving through the approval process. The directly address the need to prepare stu- 2. Ethics (three credits) anticipated start date of the new program is dents for the exploding growth in careers in fall 2004. the life sciences. The solution will require A. One course selected from an approved list, or A bachelor of science degree in environ- highly interdisciplinary and multidiscipli- B. Bioethics: a course in bioethics, to be developed in mental studies has been developed by the nary approaches, often falling between the collaboration with faculty in the Department of Center for Environmental Studies in VCU boundaries of traditional academic disci- Philosophy and/or another department. This topic Life Sciences and the College of plines. It will require increasing emphasis also is introduced in LFSC 101 and is to be infused Humanities and Sciences and is moving as appropriate in the courses composing all Life on systems biosciences as an important through the approval process. The antici- Sciences programs. complement to more traditional, purely pated start date of the new program is fall, reductive approaches. VCU Life Sciences 3. Quantity and form (nine credits) 2003. will offer degree programs that include Refer to the Academics page of the VCU bachelor’s degrees, combined bachelor’s- A. Statistics (three credits): STAT 210 (Basic Practice Web site at http://www.vcu.edu/vcu master’s degrees, master’s degrees and doc- of Statistics). /academics.html for updates on the pro- toral degrees. B. Mathematics (three credits): proficiency may be posed undergraduate degree programs. VCU Life Sciences and the College of demonstrated through the Placement Test or Humanities and Sciences are developing a acquired through completion of MATH 151 core curriculum in Life Sciences to allow (Precalculus Mathematics) Courses in bioinformatics (BNFO) undergraduate students in life sciences- C. One additional math or statistics course from related majors to have maximal flexibility the following options: 1. A statistics course numbered above 210, or in choosing life sciences major and careers. BNFO 292 Independent Study 2. A mathematics course numbered 200 or above. Semester course; variable hours. 1-2 credits. May All new bachelor’s degree programs in be repeated for a maximum total of six credits. VCU Life Sciences will conform to the 4. Science and technology (10 credits) Prerequisites: BNFO 301 and an overall GPA of 3.0; per- Core Curriculum in Life Sciences. mission of instructor and adviser. Determination of the VCU Life Sciences currently offers two A. Life science (3 credits): LFSC 101 (Introduction to amount of credit and permission of the instructor and undergraduate courses: LFSC 101, Life Sciences). adviser must be obtained prior to registration for this Introduction to Life Sciences, and LFSC B. Physical science (7 credits): CHEM 101-102 course. A course designed to provide an opportunity for (General Chemistry I-II) and CHEZ 101L/ FRSZ 101L independent readings of the bioinformatics literature 401, Faith and Life Sciences. Offered to under supervision of a staff member. freshmen, the gateway and hallmark under- (General Chemistry Laboratory I). Some programs graduate life sciences course, Life Sciences may require both semesters of General Chemistry Laboratory. 101, is organized throughout the semester

42 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 VCU Life Sciences

BNFO 301 Introduction to Bioinformatics BNFO 491 Special Topics in Bioinformatics of substantial quality is required at the completion of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; variable hours. 1-4 credits. the research. Prerequisites: BIOL 218 and MATH 200. Corequisite: Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and adviser. An CHEM 301. Provides students with a panoramic view of introductory, detailed study of a selected topic in bioin- the tools and possibilities of bioinformatics, the analy- formatics unavailable as an existing course. Students Courses in life sciences (LFSC) sis of large bodies of biological information. The course will find specific topics and prerequisites for each spe- will stress problem solving and integrative projects, cial topics course listed in the Schedule of Classes. If and will make extensive use of exercises in class that multiple topics are offered, students may elect to take LFSC 101 Introduction to Life Sciences draw on bioinformatic resources on the Web and on more than one. Adviser’s approval is required for count- Semester course; 2 lecture and 1 recitation hour. 3 local servers. ing each special topics course toward meeting specific credits. Introduction to theoretical, empirical and requirements of the B.S. program. applied concepts of biological complexity linking vari- BNFO 420 Applications in Bioinformatics ous life sciences disciplines. Provides an overview of Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 BNFO 492 Independent Study the scope of activities within life sciences. Allows stu- credits. Course coordinator will identify and assign to Semester course; variable hours. A minimum of three dents to refine particular areas of interest within the student teams different parts of a variety of current hours of supervised activity per week per credit is field and identify undergraduate research opportuni- research problems, with input from other VCU faculty required. 1-4 credits. May be repeated for a maximum ties. Provides a foundation for further study in any life and industry researchers affiliated with the total of six credits. Prerequisites: BIOL 218, CHEM 301, science major. Bioinformatics Program. Course includes explicit CMSC 256, STAT 314, BNFO 301, and permission of instruction in the conduct of research as well as a instructor and adviser. A proposal acceptable to the LFSC 401/RELS 401 Faith and Life Sciences review of applicable strategies, methods and technolo- supervising faculty member and adviser is required. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. gies. Oral presentation in large and small groups is Determination of the amount of credit and permission Prerequisites: Sophomore standing and ENGL 200. emphasized, with systematic feedback and practice of the instructor and adviser must be obtained prior to Open to students of any school or program. Explores opportunities provided. Students also will study repre- registration of this course. Projects should include data the complex relationships between faith traditions and sentative bioinformatics research going on at VCU and collection and analysis, learning bioinformatics-related the life sciences. Topics include epistemology, impact area industrial labs through researcher and graduate research techniques, and mastering experimental proof life sciences on ideas of fate and responsibility, lim- student presentations, and through tours of research cedures, all under the direct supervision of a faculty its of science and technology, and scientific and reli- laboratory. This course satisfies the Life Sciences member. A final report must be submitted at the com- gious perspectives on human origins, consciousness, General Education “oral communication” requirement. pletion of the project. Graded as pass/fail. aggression, forgiveness, health, illness and death.

BNFO 440 Computational Methods in BNFO 497 Research and Thesis LFSC 510 Integrative Life Sciences I: Biological Bioinformatics Semester course; variable hours. A minimum of three Complexity Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 hours of supervised activity per week per credit is Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: CMSC 255 and 256; BNFO 301, required. 1-4 credits. May be repeated for a maximum credits. Prerequisites: BIOL 310 and 317, CHEM 302, or permission of instructor. An introduction to mathe- total of six credits. Prerequisites: BIOL 218, CHEM 301, PHYS 202, MATH 200 or equivalents or permission of matical and computational methods in bioinformatics CMSC 256, STAT 314, BNFO 301, junior or senior sta- the instructor. Opened to qualified seniors and gradu- analysis. Topics include but are not limited to operating tus, and permission of instructor and adviser. A pro- ate students only. An introduction to the basis of com- systems, interfaces, languages, SQL, search algo- posal acceptable to the supervising faculty member plexity theory and the principles of emergent properties rithms, string manipulation, gene sequencing, simula- and adviser is required. Determination of the amount of within the context of integrative life sciences. The tion and modeling, and pattern recognition. Students credit and permission of the instructor and adviser dynamic interactions among biological, physical and will be exposed to Maple, Matlab, SPSS, E-cell, must be obtained prior to registration of this course. social components of systems are emphasized, ranging BioPerl, Epigram and C as part of the requirements of Projects should include data collection and analysis, from the molecular to ecosystem level. Modeling and this course. learning bioinformatics-related research techniques, simulation methods for investigating biological com- and mastering experimental procedures, all under the plexity are illustrated. direct supervision of a faculty member. A written thesis

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 43 VCU Life Sciences

44 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

College of Humanities and Sciences

build careers, become responsible citizens Mission of the college and continue lifelong learning. 900 Park Ave. • P.O. Box 842507 Scholarship, creative work and profes- Richmond, VA 23284-2507 The faculty and staff of the College of sional accomplishment are essential to (804) 828-1673 • Fax (804) 828-6048 Humanities and Sciences are dedicated to teaching and learning. The college is http://www.has.vcu.edu excellence in teaching, research and public responsible for advancing understanding service. The mission of Virginia and increasing knowledge for its own sake, Commonwealth University provides the for the educational benefit of our students, Stephen D. Gottfredson framework for this pursuit of excellence. and for the good of the larger community. Dean (1997) Teaching and learning are central to the In both teaching and research, the B.A. 1971 University of Oregon college, and the college is central to the College of Humanities and Sciences seri- M.A. 1977 Johns Hopkins University educational and intellectual life at VCU. ously upholds the responsibilities of being Ph.D. 1977 Johns Hopkins University The college meets the educational needs of part of a public, metropolitan university. Albert T. Sneden a diverse student body, provides general Through service and public teaching, the Senior Associate Dean and education for all undergraduate students of college meets the challenges and opportuni- the university, preparatory programs for the ties afforded by VCU’s urban environment Professor of Chemistry (1977) health sciences, engineering and law, and and by its location in the capital of the B.S. 1968 Carnegie Mellon University educates future teachers in the liberal arts commonwealth. Ph.D. 1975 Brandeis University and sciences. The college offers compre- The college achieves national and inter- John H. Borgard hensive undergraduate, graduate and national recognition through the success of professional programs of study that link a Associate Dean and our students, the advancement of the disci- Associate Professor (1971) foundation of understanding and knowl- plines and professions represented by its edge with skills on which students can A.B. 1960 Marquette University M.Ed. 1964 Marquette University Ph.D. 1974 Loyola University, Chicago Laura J. Moriarty Minor and certificate in environmental Table of contents Assistant Dean and Associate Professor studies ...... 114 Mission of the college ...... 45 of Criminal Justice (1993) Undergraduate degree programs ...... 46 Forensic Science Program ...... 115 Geography ...... 117 B.C.J. 1984 Louisiana State University Preparation for professional studies ...... 46 M.S. 1985 Louisiana State University Teacher preparation ...... 46 Department of History ...... 117 Ph.D. 1988 Sam Houston State University Graduate studies ...... 47 Courses in humanities and sciences (HUMS) . .122 Courses in humanities and sciences Student advising ...... 47 Jon Steingass interdisciplinary (HUSI) ...... 122 College Success Program ...... 47 Director of Undergraduate Educational goals ...... 47 Courses in life sciences (LFSC) ...... 122 Department of Mathematicsand Applied Academic Advising (2000) Graduation requirements ...... 48 B.S. 1984 University of Toledo General education requirements ...... 48 Mathematics ...... 122 M.A. 1986 Bowling Green State University Major requirements ...... 49 Military Science and Leadership ...... 126 Ph.D. 1997 University of Toledo Elective requirements ...... 49 Department of Philosophy ...... 126 Department of Physics ...... 128 Approved lists ...... 49 Sherry B. Mikuta Department of Psychology ...... 131 Humanities and Sciences Undeclared Program .55 Director of Academic Undergraduate credit by examination ...... 56 Interdisciplinary Degree Program in Science . .136 Science ...... 138 Program Development (1982) University Honors Program ...... 56 B.S. 1969 Virginia Polytechnic Course descriptions and numbering ...... 56 Social Sciences ...... 138 and State University School of Government and Public Affairs . . . .56 Department of Sociology ...... 138 M.B.A. 1982 Virginia Commonwealth University School of Mass Communications ...... 67 Department of Statistical Sciences and Operations Research ...... 142 School of World Studies ...... 71 Xochela V. James African-American Studies Program ...... 91 Course in university studies (UNVS) ...... 145 Women’s Studies Program ...... 146 Director and Assistant Professor (1978) Minor in American Studies Program ...... 94 The College Success Program Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies (B.I.S.) .94 Preparation for professional studies in B.S. 1968 Virginia State University Department of Biology ...... 97 the health sciences ...... 146 M.S. 1975 Virginia Commonwealth University Department of Chemistry ...... 102 Preparation for professional studies Ph.D. 1990 Virginia Commonwealth University Department of English ...... 107 in law (ADPL) ...... 149

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 45 College of Humanities and Sciences programs, and through the individual and dent to study a discipline of secondary public affairs and administration collaborative research of its faculty. interest. religious studies Students interested in pursuing a minor sociology should discuss their intentions with their Spanish statistics* Undergraduate degree programs advisers or the chair of the major depart- substance abuse services ment. When the student decides on a urban studies The College of Humanities and Sciences minor, a Change of Major/Declaration of women’s studies offers baccalaureate degrees in 21 areas: Minor form must be completed in the writing (see English) Office of Records and Registration. When African-American Studies – B.A. the student files for graduation, the student Biology – B.S. must complete the Minor Application Preparation for professional Chemistry – B.S. along with the Graduation Application. Criminal Justice – B.S. studies Courses for the minor should be chosen Economics – B.S. English – B.A. from courses approved by departments In addition to providing studies in liberal Foreign Languages – B.A. offering minors in their areas. Generally, arts at the undergraduate and graduate lev- French students can not minor in the same area as els, the college offers undergraduate German their major. preparatory programs and advising for the Spanish A minor designation on the transcript following areas: Forensic Science – B.S. requires a minimum of 18 credit hours and a History – B.A. minimum 2.0 GPA must be achieved in the pre-clinical laboratory sciences Interdisciplinary Studies – B.I.S. minor. Prerequisites for courses are stated pre-dental hygiene individualized under course descriptions in this bulletin. pre-dentistry women’s studies Detailed descriptions of each minor pre-law International Studies – B.A. pre-medicine Mass Communications – B.S. appear under the various departmental pre-nursing advertising headings in this section of the bulletin. pre-occupational therapy electronic media Areas in which certificates are awarded pre-optometry news-editorial are designated with an asterisk. pre-pharmacy public relations Minors are offered in the following areas: pre-physical therapy Mathematical Sciences – B.S. pre-radiation sciences applied mathematics African-American studies pre-veterinary medicine mathematics American studies operations research anthropology statistics area studies Specific curricular descriptions are listed Philosophy – B.A. African elsewhere in this section. ethics and public policy Asian Physics – B.S. Latin American Political Science – B.A. Middle Eastern Teacher preparation Psychology – B.S. Russian Eastern European Religious Studies – B.A. Western European Students in the college can apply to the Science – B.S. biology Extended Teacher Preparation Program biology chemistry sponsored jointly with the School of chemistry criminal justice Education. This program awards both a environmental studies economics bachelor’s degree from the College of general science English Humanities and Sciences and a master’s mathematical sciences environmental studies* physics French degree from the School of Education. Sociology and Anthropology – B.S. geography Students who successfully complete this Urban Studies and Geography – B.S. German program will be certified to teach in early urban studies global studies childhood, middle, secondary or special geography the arts in global perspective education. generalized international institutions and globalization Additional information on this five-year international relations program is available at the School of Information concerning curricula is given social relations in international perspective Education’s Office of Academic Services in in the respective departmental and school history Room 2087, Oliver Hall, or by calling sections. international management studies* (804) 828-1927. A more thorough descrip- Judaic studies mathematical sciences tion of this program is found under the Minor areas of concentration media studies “School of Education” section of this bul- and certificates Native American studies letin and in the Extended Teacher In addition to a major, a student may philosophy Preparation Handbook available from the elect a minor area of concentration in any philosophy of law Division of Teacher Education or the program or department offering such a pro- physics College of Humanities and Sciences Dean’s gram. The minor can be used to fulfill political science Office. career needs or serve as a means for the stu- psychology

46 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

Information about VCU students’ per- adviser, and/or dean, along with frequent University. These students will participate in formances on the state-mandated licensure reference to this bulletin and Humanities a developmental program during their fresh- tests (PRAXIS I: Reading, Writing and and Sciences Graduation Worksheets man year. This yearlong experience allows Mathematics and PRAXIS II: Specialty ensure that students meet these students to ease into the rigorous demand of Area Tests) is available on the School of responsibilities. university life by improving basic academic Education Web site: http://www.soe.vcu.edu Students also are responsible for familiar- skills and personal confidence. /ted/degree.html. izing themselves with academic regulations The College Success Program is com- of the Academic Campus concerning prised of components designed to improve change of major, continuance, etc., as academic performance and enhance persist- Graduate studies explained in the Academic Regulations and ence. These components include: Learning General Degree Requirements chapter of Communities; Intrusive Academic Master’s degree programs are offered in this bulletin. Advising; Orientation Courses; Peer biology, chemistry, creative writing, crimi- Mentoring; Tutoring; and special assistance nal justice (including forensic science), in selected academic courses. English, history, mass communications, College Success Program Students are invited to visit the College mathematical sciences, physics and applied Success Program at 109 N. Harrison St.; physics, psychology, public administration, telephone (804) 828-1650; or e-mail sociology and urban and regional planning. Xochela V. James [email protected]. Doctoral programs are available in chem- Director (1979) istry (including chemical physics) and psy- B.S. 1968 Virginia State University chology. Doctoral programs also are avail- M.S. 1975 Virginia Commonwealth University Tutoring able in urban services through the School Ph.D. 1990 Virginia Commonwealth University The University Tutoring Program, spon- of Education and in public administration sored by the College Success Program is a through the Center for Public Policy. The Marilyn R. Day free service available to full-time VCU stu- Graduate and Professional Programs Assistant Director (1981) dents. The programs offers peer tutoring to Bulletin describes these graduate programs B.S. 1976 Virginia Commonwealth University students enrolled selected required courses. M.Ed. 1979 Virginia Commonwealth University in detail. Assessment to determine need in study Administration and Supervision Certificate 1979 skills development is also offered. The tuto- Virginia Commonwealth University rial program is located at 109 N. Harrison Student advising Wendy Gonzalez-Chapman St.; telephone (804) 828-1650. Counselor (1987) B.A. 1983 Ithaca College Jon Steingass M.S. 1985 Virginia Commonwealth University Educational goals Director of Academic Advising Gerontology Certificate 1997 Virginia Commonwealth University The ultimate goal of a liberal education Academic advising is integral to each is to help students develop the abilities to program of study in the College. Academic Sonya Lamb think and continue learning. These abilities advising is an ongoing process that assists Counselor (2002) will aid students as they take their places in students to develop, pursue and achieve B.S. 1992 James Madison University a world dominated by change. These abili- their educational and personal goals. The M.Ed. 1994 James Madison University ties also will aid students in their future advisor assists students to understand uni- endeavors as they encounter problems, versity procedures, interpret general educa- The mission of the College Success whether in their personal or professional tion and major requirements, address aca- Program (CSP) is to provide assistance to lives, or in their communities. Graduates of demic difficulties, explore majors, and con- students that will help them to attain their the College of Humanities and Sciences are nect majors to careers. Each student is academic potential and make a successful broadly educated, not simply trained, allow- assigned an academic advisor within their transition to college. The CSP will focus on ing them to function as understanding par- first semester. the development of student success tools ticipants in events rather than as spectators Undeclared majors and freshmen receive including both retention strategies and or even victims of those events. advising through the Office of Academic incorporation of instructional technology To achieve this goal, the faculty of Advising. After the freshman year or when and other intervention methods. The the College of Humanities and Sciences the undeclared student declares a major, College Success Program seeks to enhance has identified the following specific the department in which the student the success and promote the retention of all requirements. intends to major assigns a faculty adviser to students. • Students should write well, organize each student. The College Success Program provides their ideas, support them and commu- Students are responsible for making services as well as referrals to other support nicate them clearly and effectively. sure course selections satisfy graduation programs. The program provides advising, • Students should reason logically and requirements of the departmental major personal counseling, tutoring, career explo- be able to quantify experiences. programs, general requirements of the ration and a variety of workshops and semi- • Students should have knowledge of College of Humanities and Science and nars designed to meet specific student needs. the fundamental ideas and methods of general degree requirements of the Students may be referred to the program as a the natural sciences. Academic Campus. Consultation with the condition of their admission to the

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 47 College of Humanities and Sciences

• Students should be able to analyze eth- All bachelor of arts and bachelor of 3. Quantity and form 3-6 ical conflicts. science degree programs require students • Students should have an understand- to complete a minimum of 120 credits. Proficiency in mathematics through the level of algebra ing of literature and the other arts. No more than four of those credits can and one course in statistics as specified by the major • Students should have a knowledge of be physical education/activity courses. department. (Check major departmental section of this American heritage and those of other bulletin.) cultures, along with an introduction to General education requirements A. Mathematics. Proficiency may be demonstrated a foreign language. for bachelor of arts and bachelor through the Placement Test or acquired through • Students should have a basic knowl- completion of MATH 131 Introduction to edge of human behavior and social, of science degrees Contemporary Mathematics or MATH 151 political and cultural institutions. The purpose of general education courses Precalculus Mathematics. in the College of Humanities and Sciences is to provide a foundation for lifelong learn- B. Statistics. One three-credit course chosen from STAT 208 Statistical Thinking or STAT 210 Basic Graduation requirements ing among its students. This foundation Practice of Statistics. Check departmental major includes the acquisition of information, the section for required statistics course. Mathematical For students majoring in a four-year capacity and the propensity to engage in bachelor of art or bachelor of science sciences and computer science majors must take inquiry and critical thinking, the use of var- STAT 212 Concepts of Statistics. degree program (including students in the ious forms of communication, an awareness Students majoring in physics or the professional pre-dental, pre-medical, pre-optometry, pre- of the diversity of human experience, an sequence in the chemistry major will have the sta- veterinary and extended teacher prepara- understanding of the natural world and tistics requirement fulfilled through required 300- tion program classifications), there are four an appreciation of the responsibilities of level mathematics courses as specified by the major. areas of requirements that the student must people to themselves, to others and to the All students who have not started or com- complete for graduation: community. pleted the mathematics sequence in their curricu- 1. Undergraduate General Education lum must take the Mathematics Placement Test. Program requirements (see the credits C. Critical thinking 0 Virginia Commonwealth University 1. Communicating 8-12* chapter of this bulletin), Critical thinking activities are incorporated in general education courses. In addition, critical thinking 2. General education requirements of the A. Composition and rhetoric. ENGL 101-200 or activities will be embedded in specific parts of equivalent, with minimum of “C” grade in each College of Humanities and Sciences major curricula and courses. (see departmental major sections for course. All students who have not received credit collateral requirements), for first semester freshman composition and rhetoric 4. Science and technology 7-9 3. departmental major requirements and through AP, IB, dual enrollment or a college course must enroll in ENGL 101. ENGL 200 is taken in the 4. electives to complete the total of a A. Two natural science courses, one from the physi- second semester of sophomore year. minimum of 120 credits. cal sciences and one from the biological sciences. One of the two courses must include a laboratory B. Writing intensive requirement. Two writing (see “Approved list D”). Check departmental major intensive (WI) courses. Students must fulfill both of section of this bulletin for required courses to fulfill General education requirements the following: this requirement. In the following section, specific courses i) One writing intensive course within the student’s B. Computer literacy and information major. See “Approved list A” in the Schedule of that fulfill general education requirements retrieval 0 Classes each semester. are described. Approved lists from which Students should be able to understand basic com- and students must choose courses to complete puter concepts in order to accomplish a wide variety ii) One writing intensive course from several alter- particular requirements also are listed in of tasks, including gathering information, organizing natives or from the major. See “Approved list A” this section. and analyzing data, synthesizing information, and in the Schedule of Classes each semester. Specific courses recommended by a communicating ideas. department to fulfill one or more of the The process of writing takes place in all disciplines. All students must either: College of Humanities and Sciences gen- Specific sections of courses will be designated in a A. pass the Computer Proficiency Assessment prior eral education requirements are listed under variety of disciplines that will provide students with to graduation; or the degree requirement heading in each opportunities for substantial writing while at the same time completing a major course or elective. departmental section. Students should B. successfully complete a computer literacy course check these listings. (three credits). Major or minor courses may fulfill gen- * This figure assumes six credits in ENGL 101-200 and eral education requirements when those two six credits in writing intensive courses. 5. Civilization 8-9 courses appear among the following general 2. Ethics 3 education requirements or on the approved Courses dealing with the origin of the modern world, 20th-century United States and the contemporary inter- lists of courses. However, no one course can One course in ethics either within the major or from dependent world. be used to fulfill two general education another department (see “Approved list C”). requirements, with the exception of courses Students must take one course (three credits) from used to meet the “writing intensive” or each of the following areas (nine credits total) but no more than six credits in any one discipline: or take two “urban environment” requirements. four credit interdisciplinary courses (eight credits total) that combine elements of A, B and C below.

48 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

A. Historical and cultural origins (see “Approved of modern urban life may be completed within the Economics list G”) major, through general education courses, or as an elec- ECON 302 Macroeconomic Theory tive. With a few exceptions, the course will be taken at English B. American (U.S.) studies (see “Approved list H”) VCU during the last 60 credits (see “Approved list K”). ENGL 301 English Studies: Reading Literature ENGL/CRJS 302 Legal Writing C. Global studies (see “Approved list I”) ENGL 303 Writing in the Workplace Major requirements ENGL 304 Advanced Composition 6. Foreign Language 0-8 ENGL/MGMT 327 Business and Technical Report See departmental curriculum for exact Writing Completion of a foreign language through the 102 level number of credits (30 credit minimum). ENGL/RELS 361 Bible as Literature or equivalent course or by placement. English, history ENGL 490 Seminar in English (any topic) and political science majors require competency Environmental studies through the intermediate level (202 or 205) or 0-14 ENVS 490 Research Seminar in Environmental Studies credits. (Check with the Department of Foreign Elective requirements French Languages for availability of the intermediate level of FREN 300, 301 Advanced Grammar and Writing the language.) Elective courses to complete the total Forensic science Students may present American Sign Language required 120 credits. FRSZ 370L Criminalistics and Crime Analysis Laboratory courses in fulfillment of the foreign language requirement. German GRMN 301 Advanced Grammar and Writing 1. Freshmen who wish to continue in their high school Approved lists Geography language will be given a placement test to deter- GEOG/URSP 306 Urban Economic Geography mine the level at which they will begin language History study for credit. Approved lists – students entering GEOG 307/INTL 308 World Regions Students desiring to begin study of a language fall 1997 and thereafter HIST 300 Introduction to Historical Study different than the high school language need not HIST 369 American Constitution and Legal take the placement test and may begin with the ele- Development mentary (101) course for credit. Approved list A – Written HIST 490 Seminar in History (any topic) communications Humanities and sciences 2. Students transferring from other colleges and uni- (See course descriptions in this bulletin for any prerequisites.) HUMS 591 Arts in Contemporary Britain versities with advanced placement (credit) or Interdisciplinary science advanced standing through placement will receive Freshman English INSC 301 Investigatory Mathematics and Science credits as granted by the other institutions and ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I International studies should register for the next course in the sequence. ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II INTL 308/GEOG 307 World Regions Transfer students who have not begun foreign lan- (Taken in second semester of sophomore year.) INTL/ANTH 348 South American Ethnography guage study at the collegiate level and who wish to INTL/ANTH 349 Contemporary Cultures of Latin America continue study with their high school language are Writing intensive courses INTL/POLI 365 International Political Economy subject to the provisions of the previous paragraph. Anthropology INTL/RELS/WMNS 372 Global Women’s Spirituality ANTH 301 The Evolution of Man and Culture INTL/RELS/PHIL 412 Zen Buddhism 3. New freshmen and transfer students who qualify ANTH 315 Anthropological Field Methods and Research INTL/ANTH/RELS 425 Religion, Magic and Witchcraft through the elementary level (102) of a foreign lan- Design INTL/POLI 468 Seminar in Comparative Foreign Policy guage on the placement test (or the 202 level for ANTH/INTL 348 South American Ethnography INTL 490 Seminar in International Issues English, history or political science majors) receive ANTH/INTL 349 Contemporary Cultures of Latin Mass communications no semester credit but have satisfied the language America MASC 203 Newswriting requirement. ANTH/RELS/INTL 425 Religion, Magic and Witchcraft MASC 333 Public Relations Writing Biology MASC 363 Electronic Media Writing I 7. Visual and performing arts 2-4 BIOL 300 Biotechniques Laboratory (.5 WI credit) MASC 375 Legislative Reporting BIOL 309 Entomology (.5 WI credit) MASC 403 Advanced Reporting One course in the visual or performing arts (see BIOZ 310L Laboratory in Genetics (.5 WI credit) MASC 404 Specialized/Project Reporting “Approved list E”). BIOZ 311L Animal Physiology Laboratory (.5 WI credit) Mathematics BIOZ 312L Invertebrate Zoology Laboratory (.5 WI MATH 490 Mathematical Expositions 8. Literature and social sciences 9-10 credit) MATH 530 History of Mathematics BIOZ 317L Ecology Laboratory (.5 WI credit) MATH 531 Expositions in Modern Mathematics A. Literature 3 BIOL 320 Biology of the Seed Plant (.5 WI credit) Management/Business One literature course (see “Approved list F”) BIOZ 321L Plant Development Laboratory MGMT/ENGL 327 Business and Technical Report BIOL 392 Introduction to Research Writing B. Human behavior 6-7 BIOL 401 Applied and Environmental Microbiology Operations Research Two courses in different disciplines focusing on BIOL 445 Neurobiology and Behavior (.5 WI credit) STAT/OPER 490 Communications in Statistics and human behavior (see “Approved BIOL 518 Plant Ecology (.5 WI credit) Operations ResearchPhysics list J”); BIOL 522 Evolution and Speciation PHYS 450 Senior Physics Laboratory BIOL 541 Laboratory in Molecular Genetics (.5 WI credit) Philosophy 9. Urban environment 3 Chemistry PHIL 301 Mind and Reality CHEZ 303L Physical Chemistry Laboratory PHIL 302 Reason and Knowledge Students attending a public, urban university should CHEZ 409L Instrumental Analysis Laboratory PHIL 303 Philosophy of Language have some understanding and appreciation of the urban Criminal justice PHIL 320 Philosophy of Law environment, the challenges and opportunities that face CRJS/ENGL 302 Legal Writing PHIL 335 Social and Political Philosophy cities today, and the influences of cities on human activ- CRJS 480 Senior Seminar PHIL/INTL/RELS 412 Zen Buddhism ities. The three-credit requirement dealing with aspects PHIL 490 Seminar in Philosophy

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 49 College of Humanities and Sciences

Political science Approved list D – Natural sciences MHIS 105-106 Introduction to Writing Music POLI/WMNS 316 Women and the Law (See course descriptions in this bulletin for any prerequisites.) MHIS 243 Music Appreciation POLI 341 History of Political Thought Sculpture POLI/INTL 365 International Political Economy Biological sciences SCPT 209 Introduction to Sculpture POLI/INTL 468 Seminar in Comparative BIOL 101 Biological Concepts Theatre Foreign Policy BIOZ 101L Biological Concepts Laboratory THEA 107, 108 Introduction to Stage Performance Psychology BIOL 102 Science of Heredity PSYC 317 Experimental Methods BIOZ 102L Science of Heredity Laboratory B. Basic-level courses open to both art and non-art Relgious studies BIOL/ENVS 103 Environmental Science majors. RELS/ENGL 361 The Bible as Literature BIOZ/ENVZ 103L Environmental Science Laboratory RELS/WMNS 371 Islam and Women BIOL 151 Introduction to Biological Science I (for biology African-American studies RELS/WMNS/INTL 372 Global Women’s Spirituality and other majors) AFAM/DANC 121, 122 Tap Technique I RELS/PHIL/INTL 412 Zen Buddhism BIOZ 151L Introduction to Biological Science Laboratory I AFAM/DANC 126, 127 African-Caribbean Dance RELS/INTL/ANTH 425 Religion, Magic and Witchcraft (for biology and other science majors) AFAM/IMHIS 250 Introduction to African-American RELS 490 Seminar in Religious Studies BIOL 152 Introduction to Biological Science II (for biology Music Sociology and other science majors) AFAM/THEA 303 Black Theatre SOCY 402 Sociological Theory BIOZ 152L Introduction to Biological Science Laboratory II AFAM 350/MHIS 350/INTL 370 Studies in the Music SOCY 436 Work and Management in Modern Society (for biology and other science majors) of the African Continent and Diaspora Spanish Art education SPAN 300 Advanced Grammar and Writing Physical sciences ARTE 353 Art and Perceptual Communication Statistics and operations studies Chemistry Art foundation STAT/OPER 490 Communications in Statistics and CHEM 101 General Chemistry (for science majors) ARTF 101-102 Conceptualization and Presentation Operations Research CHEZ/FRSZ 101L General Chemistry Laboratory (special permission required) Urban studies (for science majors) Art history URSP/GEOG 306 Urban Economic Geography CHEM 110 Chemistry and Society ARTH 103, 104 Survey of Western Art Women’s studies CHEZ 110L Chemistry and Society Laboratory ARTH 145, 146 Survey of Oriental Art WMNS/POLI 316 Women and the Law CHEM 112 Chemistry in the News ARTH 207 Introduction to Non-Western Art WMNS/RELS 371 Islam and Women Forensic Science ARTH 270, 271 History of the Motion Picture WMNS/INTL/RELS 372 Global Women’s Spirituality FRSZ/CHEZ 101L General Chemistry Laboratory Crafts WMNS 401 Topical Senior Seminar (for science majors) CRAF 201-202 Metalsmithing Physics CRAF 211-212 Jewelry Approved list B – Mathematics and PHYS 101 Foundations of Physics CRAF 221 Woodworking Techniques statistics PHYZ 101L Foundations of Physics Laboratory CRAF 241 Ceramics: Handbuilding CRAF 242 Ceramics: Wheelthrowing (See course descriptions in this bulletin for any prerequisites.) PHYS 103 Elementary Astronomy PHYZ 103L Elementary Astronomy Laboratory CRAF 251, 252 Introduction to Glassworking PHYS 107 Wonders of Technology CRAF 261, 262 Beginning Textiles MATH 131 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics Dance and choreography MATH 151 Precalculus Mathematics PHYS 202 General Physics II (for science majors) PHYZ 202L General Physics II Laboratory DANC 105-106 Improvisation MATH 200 Calculus with Analytic Geometry DANC 107 Contemporary Dance Perspectives STAT 208 Statistical Thinking (for science majors) PHYS 208 University Physics II (for science majors) DANC 111-112 Ballet Technique I STAT 210 Basic Practice of Statistics DANC 114, 214, 314, 414 Summer Dance Workshops STAT 212 Concepts of Statistics PHYZ 208L University Physics II Laboratory (for science majors) DANC/AFAM 121, 122 Tap Technique I (for science majors only) DANC/AFAM 126, 127 African-Caribbean Dance I DANC 141, 142 Ballroom Dancing Approved list C – Ethical principles Approved list E – Visual and DANC 243 Dynamic Alignment (See course descriptions in this bulletin for any prerequisites.) performing arts DANC 291 Topics in Dance DANC 308 Dance History International studies A. Basic level courses designed specifically for DANC 313 Dance in World Cultures INTL 341/RELS 340 Global Ethics and the non-arts majors. Fashion design and merchandising World’s Religions FASH 240 Survey of the Fashion Industry Mass communicaitons Art education Interior design MASC 290 Ethical Problems in Mass Media ARTE 121-122 The Individual in the Creative Process IDES 103-104 Introductory Studio Course Philosophy ARTE 301-302 Art for Elementary Teachers IDES 231 Fundamentals of Interior Design PHIL 211 History of Ethics ARTE 408 Two-dimensional Art Experiences International studies PHIL 212 Ethics and Applications ARTE 409 Three-dimensional Art Experiences INTL 370/AFAM 350/MHIS 350 Studies in the Music of PHIL 213 Ethics and Health Care Art foundation the African Continent and Diaspora PHIL 214 Ethics and Business ARTF 121-122 Introduction to Drawing Music Political science Dance and choreography APPM 300-level Private Instruction: Principal and POLI 341 History of Political Thought DANC 171, 172 T’ai Chi Secondary Performing Mediums Religious studies DANC 183-184 Introduction to Modern Dance APPM 370 Large Ensembles (auditions required for all RELS 340/INTL 341 Global Ethics and the World’s Technique sections) Religions DANC 313 Dance in World Cultures APPM 390 Small Ensembles (auditions required for all Sociology Interior design sections) SOCY 445 Medical Sociology IDES 103-104 Introductory Studio Course MHIS 120 Introduction to Musical Styles Music MHIS/AFAM 250 Introduction to African-American APPM 193 Class Lessons in Voice (audition required) Music APPM 195 Class Lessons in Guitar (one credit)

50 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

MHIS 280 Survey of 20th Century American Popular Philosophy Geography Music PHIL 103 Ancient Greek and Medieval Western GEOG 102 Introduction to Human Geography MHIS 350/INTL 370/AFAM 350 Studies in the Music Philosophy International studies of the African Continent and Diaspora PHIL 104 Modern Western Philosophy INTL/ANTH 103 Cultural Anthropology Theatre Relgious studies INTL/ANTH 348 South American Ethnography (ANTH THEA 103 Stagecraft RELS/INTL 311 Religions of the World I 103 prerequisite) THEA 104 Costume Construction RELS/INTL 312 Religions of the World II INTL/ANTH 349 Contemporary Cultures of South THEA 211-212 Introduction to Drama America (ANTH 103 prerequisite) THEA 229 Introduction to Lighting Design Approved list H – American studies Mass communications THEA/AFAM 303 Black Theatre (United States) MASC 101 Mass Communications Psychology C. Advance level courses open to both arts PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology and non-arts majors. Some require special American studies Sociology permission/audition. AMST 394 Perspectives in American Studies SOCY 101 General Sociology Foreign language SOCY 340 Self and Society Dance and choreography FRLG/INTL 204 Language and Groups in the United Social science DANC 221, 222 Tap Technique II States SOCS 340 Human Sexuality DANC 319, 320 Video/Choreography Workshop History Women’s studies DANC 343 Body Imagery HIST 103 Survey of American History I WMNS 201 Introduction to Women’s Studies HIST 104 Survey of American History II International studies Approved list F – Literature FRLG/INTL 204 Language and Groups in the United Approved list K – Urban environment States (See course descriptions in this bulletin for any prerequisites.) English Political science ENGL 201 Western World Literature I POLI 103 U.S. Government Anthropology ENGL 202 Western World Literature II Religious studies ANTH/GEOG 311, 312 History of Human Settlement ENGL 203 British Literature I RELS 334 Religion in Contemporary America ANTH/ENGL/INTL 454 Cross-cultural Communication ENGL 204 British Literature II Criminal justice ENGL 205 American Literature I Approved list I – Global studies CRJS 181 Justice System Survey ENGL 206 American Literature II CRJS 305 Policing Theories and Practice ENGL 211 Contemporary World Literature CRJS 352 Crime and Delinquency Prevention ENGL 215 Readings in Literature Anthropology CRJS 468 Economic Offenses and Organized Crime ENGL 216 Readings in Narrative ANTH/INTL 455 Anthropology of Development and Economics ENGL/WMNS 236 Women in Literature Globalization (INTL 101 prerequisite) ECON/URSP 321 Urban Economics ENGL 241 Shakespeare’s Plays Geography English ENGL 291 Topics in Literature GEOG/INTL 307, 308 World Regions ENGL/INTL/ANTH 454 Cross-cultural Communication Women’s studies International studies Environmental science WMNS/ENGL 236 Women in Literature INTL 101 Human Societies and Globalization ENVS 491 Topics in Environmental Studies: Ecology INTL/POLI 105 International Relations of Urban Environments (only this topic) INTL/MASC 151 Communications Technology and French Approved list G – Historical and Global Society cultural origins FREN 301 Advanced Grammar and Writing INTL/GEOG 307, 308 World Regions Foreign language INTL/SOCY 330 Global Societies: Trends and Issues FRLG 345/URSP 350/INTL 345 Great Cities of the World African-American studies INTL/POLI 365 International Political Economy FRLG 490 Foreign Language Internship AFAM/HIST 105 Survey of African History I INTL/ANTH 455 Anthropology of Development and Geography AFAM/HIST 106 Survey of African History II Globalization (INTL 101 prerequisite) GEOG/URSP 302 Land Use Capability Anthropology Mass communications GEOG/URSP 306 Urban Economic Geography ANTH 105/INTL 104 Introductory Archaeology MASC/INTL 151 Communications Technology and GEOG/ANTH 311, 312 History of Human Settlement ANTH/GEOG 312 History of Human Settlement Global Society GEOG/INTL/URSP 340 World Cities Outside of North Foreign language Political science America FRLG/INTL 203 Language and Identity POLI/INTL 105 International Relations Humanities and sciences Geography POLI/INTL 365 International Political Economy HUMS 391 Science Education in the Urban Environment GEOG/ANTH 312 History of Human Settlement Sociology (only this topic) History SOCY/INTL 330 Global Societies: Trends and Issues International studies HIST 101 Survey of European History I SOCY 430 Politics, Power and Ideology INTL/URSP/GEOG 340 World Cities Outside of North HIST 102 Survey of European History II America HIST/AFAM 105 Survey of African History I Approved list J – Human behavior INTL 345/FRLG 345/URSP 350 Great Cities of the World HIST/AFAM 106 Survey of African History II INTL/ANTH/ENGL 454 Cross-cultural Communication HIST 107 Survey of Asian History I Anthropology Mass communications HIST 108 Survey of Asian History II ANTH/INTL 103 Cultural Anthropology MASC 303 General Assignment Reporting HIST 109 Survey of Latin American History I ANTH/INTL 348 South American Ethnography (ANTH MASC 403 Advanced Reporting HIST 110 Survey of Latin American History II 103 prerequisite) MASC 404 Specialized/Project Reporting International studies ANTH/INTL 349 Contemporary Cultures of South MASC 439 Public Relations Campaigns INTL 104/ANTH 105 Introductory Archaeology America (ANTH 103 prerequisite) MASC 464 Electronic Media Writing III INTL/FRLG 203 Language and Identity Economics Physics INTL/RELS 311 Religions of the World I ECON 101 Introduction to Political Economy PHYS 291 Topics: Physics Outreach - Richmond INTL/RELS 312 Religions of the World II ECON 203 Introduction to Economics Elementary Schools (only this topic)

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 51 College of Humanities and Sciences

Politcal science Approved list B – Literature in Approved list C – European history POLI 321 Urban Government and Politics English or foreign literature in Psychology English translation or upper-level Bachelor of science students may choose any of the PSYC 493 Fieldwork: Youth in Corrections courses shown on Lists 1 and 2 below. Also, in the (only this topic) 300-400 foreign literature in the sequences shown below, the first course is not a pre- PSYC 493 Fieldwork: Mentoring Urban Youth original language requisite for the second course. For example, a student (only this topic) (See course descriptions in this bulletin for any prerequisites.) may take HIST 316 prior to HIST 315. Social work Bachelor of arts students must choose a sequence SLWK 422 Social Welfare Legislation and Services Please note that this requirement calls for one of the of courses from List 1. Bachelor of arts students may Sociology two courses chosen to be in a literature prior to 1900. not use courses from List 2. Any two consecutively SOCY 302 Contemporary Social Problems Such courses will be shown with an asterisk. numbered courses from List 1 constitute a sequence. SOCY 327 Urban Sociology Students who have not previously taken a high school The two courses may be taken in any order. SOCY 493 Field Research: Youth in Corrections or college-level literature survey course may wish to (only this topic) fulfill this requirement with a sophomore-level survey History Spanish course such as ENGL 201 through 206. These courses List 1 SPAN 402 Language Issues in the Spanish-speaking will give students an extended survey of a number of HIST 101, 102 Survey of European History World works written over a relatively long period of time. HIST 303 Greek Civilization Urban studies Students who have already taken survey courses may HIST 304 Roman Civilization URSP 116 Introduction to the City wish to fulfill this requirement with an upper-level HIST 306 The Early Middle Ages URSP 245 Housing and Community Revitalization course in English or foreign literature in English transla- HIST 307/RELS 308 The High Middle Ages URSP 261 Design of the City tion (FLET) or the original language excluding courses HIST 308 Europe in Renaissance URSP/GEOG 302 Land Use Capability numbered 291, 391 or 491 and ENGL 351/TEDU 351. HIST/RELS 309 The Reformation URSP 304 Urban Social Systems These courses will give students a more intensive HIST 310 Europe in Absolutism and Enlightenment, URSP/GEOG 306 Urban Economic Geography experience with the literature of a particular age, genre 1648-1815 URSP 315 The Evolution of American Cities or writer. HIST 311 The Zenith of European Power, 1815-1914 URSP 316 Urban Life in Modern America Literature in English (ENGL) HIST 312 The Age of Total War: Europe, 1914-1945 URSP/ECON 321 Urban Economics English courses at the 200 level are recommended. HIST 313 Post-War Europe, 1945 to the Present URSP/GEOG/INTL 340 World Cities Outside However, any upper-level (300-400) literature courses RELS 308/HIST 307 The High Middle Ages of North America excluding courses numbered 291, 391 or 491 and ENGL RELS/HIST 309 The Reformation URSP 350/INTL 345/FRLG 345 Great Cities of the World 351/TEDU 351 offered by or cross listed with the Department of English (excluding writing and linguistics List 2 Approved lists – Students entering courses) may be used to fulfill the requirement. English HIST 315, 316 History of France courses covering literature prior to the 19th century are HIST 317, 318 History of Germany prior to fall 1997 ENGL 201*, 203*, 205*, 241*, 320*, 321*, 322*, 335*, HIST 319, 320 History of England 361*, 371*, 372*, 400*, 401*, 402*, 403*, 407*, 409*, HIST 321, 322 History of Russia Approved list A – Expository writing 410*, 411*, 414*, 415*, 416*, 423* and 424.* HIST 323 History of Spain and Portugal (See course descriptions in this bulletin for any prerequisites.) HIST 325, 326/RELS 318, 319 History of the Foreign literature in the original language Jewish People English French HIST/RELS 327 History of Christianity ENGL 302 Legal Writing FREN 330*, 331 Survey of Literature HIST 329, 330 European Social History ENGL 304 Advanced Composition FREN 430* The Middle Ages HIST 331 Nazi Germany ENGL/MGMT 327 Business and Technical Report FREN 431* The 16th Century HIST 336 Modern European Intellectual History Writing FREN 432* The 17th Century HIST 337 The Origins of Modernism, 1880-1930 French FREN 433* The 18th Century HIST 338 History of Socialism FREN 300, 301 Advanced Grammar and Writing FREN 434* The 19th Century RELS 318, 319/HIST 325, 326 History of the German FREN 435 The 20th Century Jewish People GRMN 300, 301 Advanced Grammar and Writing German RELS/HIST 327 History of Christianity Mass communications GRMN 330*, 331 Survey of Literature MASC 303 General Assignment Reporting GRMN 416* The Age of Goethe Approved list D – American history MASC 333 Public Relations Writing GRMN 417* Intellectual Life and Culture in 19th MASC 363 Electronic Media Writing I Century Germany Bachelor of science students may choose any of the MASC 392 Advertising Copywriting GRMN 420 The Turn of the Century courses shown on Lists 1 and 2 below. Also, in the Management/Business GRMN 421 The Postwar German Scene sequences shown below, the first course is not a pre- MGMT/ENGL 327 Business and Technical Report Spanish requisite for the second course. For example, a student Writing SPAN 330* Survey of Spanish Literature may take HIST 352 prior to HIST 351. Spanish SPAN 331* Survey of Latin American Literature Bachelor of arts students must choose a sequence SPAN 300, 301 Advanced Grammar and Writing SPAN 430 Literary Genres of courses from List 1. Any two consecutively numbered or SPAN 431* Literary Periods courses from List 1 constitute a sequence. The two Two courses from other disciplines. See the Schedule courses may be taken in any order. of Classes writing intensive course listing in the (If using 330, 331 or 431 as pre-19th century courses, “Students Entering Fall 1997 and After” section. check with instructor to see that major emphasis of History course is prior to the 19th century.) List 1 HIST 103, 104 Survey of American History * Course content prior to the 19th century. HIST 342 Colonial America, 1585-1763 HIST 343 Two American Revolutions, 1763-1800 HIST 344 Antebellum America: 1800-1860

52 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

HIST 345 Civil War and Reconstruction Approved list F – Non-Western Political science HIST 346 The Emergence of Modern America, culture and heritage POLI/INTL 351 Governments and Politics of the Middle 1877-1914 East HIST 347, 348 20th Century U.S. History (See course descriptions in this bulletin for any prerequisites.) POLI/INTL 353 Latin American Governments and Politics List 2 African-American studies POLI/INTL 355 Asian Governments and Politics AFAM/HIST 361, 362 Americans from Africa AFAM/HIST 105,106 Survey of African History POLI/AFAM/INTL 356 Government and Politics of Africa HIST 349, 350 American Military History AFAM/ANTH/INTL 200 Introduction to African Societies POLI/AFAM/INTL 357 Politics of Southern Africa HIST 351, 352 History of the South AFAM 204 Africa in Transition POLI/INTL 452 Seminar in the Politics of Developing HIST 355 History of Virginia AFAM/GEOG/INTL 333 Geography of Africa Areas HIST 357, 358 American Social History AFAM/POLI/INTL 356 African Government and Politics Religious studies HIST/AFAM 361, 362 Americans from Africa AFAM/POLI/INTL 357 Politics of Southern Africa RELS 311 Religions of the World HIST 363 History of the American Urban Experience AFAM/HIST 387 History of West Africa RELS 315, 316/HIST 301, 302 The Ancient Near East HIST 365, 366 American Intellectual History AFAM/HIST 388 Africa: Social, Cultural and Economic RELS 317 Islam HIST 369, 370 American Constitutional and Legal History RELS 320 Taoism Development AFAM/HIST 389 History of Southern Africa RELS/PHIL 408 Indian Tradition HIST 374 History of the American Frontier AFAM/HIST 392 The Caribbean to 1838 RELS/PHIL 410 Chinese Tradition in Philosophy HIST 375, 376 American Diplomatic History AFAM/HIST 393 Akhenaten to Cleopatra RELS/PHIL 412 Zen Buddhism Anthropology RELS/INTL/ANTH 425 Religion, Magic and Witchcraft ANTH/INTL 103 Cultural Anthropology Sociology Approved list E – European culture ANTH/AFAM/INTL 200 Introduction to African Societies and heritage SOCY/ANTH/WMNS 304 The Family ANTH 301 The Evolution of Man and Culture Spanish (See course descriptions in this bulletin for any prerequisites.) ANTH/SOCY/WMNS 304 The Family SPAN 321 Latin American Civilization I ANTH/INTL 305 Comparative Society Women’s Studies Art history ANTH/INTL 350 Peoples and Cultures of the World WMNS/ANTH/SOCY 304 The Family ARTH 103, 104 Survey of Western Art ANTH/RELS/INTL 425 Religion, Magic and Witchcraft European culture Geography EUCU 311 Classical Mythology GEOG 308 World Regions Approved list G – Participatory EUCU 345/INTL 345/URSP 350 Culture and Urbanism GEOG/AFAM 333 Geography of Africa and nonparticipatory arts in Great Cities of the World History French HIST/AFAM 105,106 Survey of African History Courses fulfilling this requirement are divided into par- FREN 320, 321 French Civilization and Culture I, II HIST 107, 108 Survey of Asian History ticipatory and nonparticipatory courses. Participatory Geography HIST 109, 110 Survey of Latin American History courses are those primarily devoted to perfection of an GEOG 307 World Regions HIST 301, 302/RELS 315, 316 The Ancient Near East artistic skill through studio work. Nonparticipatory GEOG 334 Regional Geography of Europe HIST 328 Modern Middle East courses are those primarily lecture and content ori- German HIST 378 History of Central America ented, with little or no studio work required, such as GRMN 320, 321 German Civilization I, II HIST 379 The History of Modern Japan history of an art, art criticism, aesthetics or music History HIST 381 The Qing Dynasty: 1644 - 1912 appreciation. HIST 315, 316 History of France HIST 382 China: The 20th Century HIST 317, 318 History of Germany HIST 384 Latin America and World Affairs Participatory courses HIST 319, 320 History of England HIST 385 History of Mexico African-American studies HIST 321, 322 History of Russia HIST 386 History of Brazil AFAM/DANC 121, 122 Tap Technique I HIST 323 History of Spain and Portugal HIST/AFAM 387 History of West Africa AFAM/DANC 126, 127 African-Caribbean Dance Italian HIST/AFAM 388 Africa: Social, Cultural and Economic AFAM/MHIS 250 Introduction to African-American ITAL 305 Italian Conversation and Civilization History Music International studies HIST/AFAM 389 History of South Africa AFAM 350/INTL 370/MHIS 350 Studies in the Music of INTL 345/EUCU 345/URSP 350 Culture and Urbanism in HIST/AFAM 392 The Caribbean to 1838 the African Continent and Diaspora Great Cities of the World HIST/AFAM 393 Akhenaten to Cleopatra Art education INTL/POLI 352 European Government and Politics International studies ARTE 121-122 The Individual in the Creative Process INTL/POLI 354 Politics of the Former Soviet Union INTL/ANTH 103 Cultural Anthropology ARTE 301 Art for Elementary Teachers Philosophy INTL/AFAM/ANTH 200 Introduction to African Societies ARTE 353 Art and Perceptual Communication PHIL 103 Ancient Greek and Medieval Western INTL/ANTH 305 Comparative Society ARTE 408 Two-Dimensional Arts Experiences Philosophy INTL/AFAM/GEOG 333 Geography of Africa ARTE 409 Three-Dimensional Art Experiences PHIL 104 Modern Western Philosophy INTL/ANTH 350 Peoples and Cultures Around the Art foundation Political science World ARTF 101-102 Conceptualization and Presentation POLI/INTL 352 European Governments and Politics INTL/POLI 351 Governments and Politics of the Middle ARTF 121-122 Introduction to Drawing POLI/INTL 354 Politics of the Former Soviet Union East Communication arts and design Religious studies INTL/POLI 353 Latin American Governments and CARD 191 Studio Topics in Communication Arts and Design RELS 304 Introduction to Judaism Politics Crafts RELS 407 Modern Jewish Thought INTL/POLI 355 Asian Governments and Politics CRAF 201-202 Metalsmithing Spanish INTL/AFAM/POLI 356 African Government and Politics CRAF 211-212 Jewelry SPAN 320 Civilization of Spain I INTL/AFAM/POLI 357 Politics of Southern Africa CRAF 221 Woodworking Techniques Urban Studies INTL/ANTH/RELS 425 Religion, Magic and Witchcraft CRAF 241 Ceramics: Handbuilding URSP 350/INTL 345/FRLG 345 Culture and Urbanism in Philosophy CRAF 242 Ceramics: Wheelthrowing Great Cities of the World PHIL/RELS 408 Indian Tradition CRAF 251, 252 Introduction to Glassworking PHIL/RELS 410 Chinese Tradition in Philosophy CRAF 261, 262 Beginning Textiles PHIL/RELS 412 Zen Buddhism Dance and choreography DANC 105-106 Improvisation

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 53 College of Humanities and Sciences

DANC 111-112 Ballet Technique I PHTO 245 Design Photography I THEA/AFAM 303 Black Theatre DANC 113 Ballet Technique I∆ PHTO 350 Intermediate Photography* THEA 307-308 History of the Theatre DANC 114 Summer Dance Workshop THEA 309, 310 History of Costumes DANC/AFAM 121, 122 Tap Technique I * Prerequisite required. THEA 403, 404 History of Dramatic Literature DANC/AFAM 126, 127 African-Caribbean Dance I Women’s studies DANC 141,142 Ballroom Dancing Sculpture WMNS/ARTH 457 Women, Art and Society DANC 171,172 T’ai Chi SCPT 209 Introduction to Sculpture DANC 183 Introduction to Modern Dance Technique Theatre ∆ Approved list H – Ethics DANC 211-212 Ballet Technique II THEA 103 Stagecraft (See course descriptions in this bulletin for any prerequisites.) DANC 221 Tap Technique II THEA 104 Costume Construction DANC 243 Dynamic Alignment THEA 107, 108 Introduction to Stage Performance Mass communications DANC 251 Jazz Technique II∆ THEA 221 Basic Scene Design ∆ MASC 290 Ethical Problems in Mass Media DANC 311-312 Ballet Technique III THEA 229 Introduction to Lighting Design Philosophy DANC 313 Dance in World Cultures* THEA 325 Stage Management PHIL 211 History of Ethics DANC 319, 320 Video/Choreography Workshop† THEA/ENGL 426 Advanced Playwriting PHIL 212 Ethics and Applications DANC 343 Body Imagery* PHIL 213 Ethics and Health Care Nonparticipatory courses PHIL 327 Ethical Theory * Recommended for upper-level students; dance expe- African-American studies Political science rience not required. AFAM/THEA 303 Black Theatre † POLI 341 History of Political Thought Recommended for upper-level students with some Art history Religious studies experience in dance, film, video or photography. ARTH 103, 104 Survey of Western Art RELS 340 Global Ethics and the World’s Religions ∆ Open to non-dance majors who pass placement ARTH 145, 146 Survey of Oriental Art audition. ARTH 207 Introduction to Non-Western Art ARTH 270, 271 History of the Motion Picture Approved list J – Human behavior English ARTH 300 Prehistoric and Ancient Art and Architecture and institutions ENGL 305 Creative Writing: Genres ARTH 301 Art and Architecture of Ancient North (See course descriptions in this bulletin for any prerequisites) ENGL/THEA 426 Advanced Playwriting America ENGL 435 Advanced Poetry Writing ARTH 305 Classical Art and Architecture African-American studies ENGL 437 Advanced Fiction Writing ARTH 315 Renaissance Art and Architecture AFAM 103 Introduction to African-American Studies Interior design ARTH 316 Northern Renaissance Art and Architecture AFAM/SOCY 104 Sociology of Racism IDES 103-104 Introductory Studio Course ARTH 317, 318 History of Architecture AFAM/SOCY/WMNS 305 African-American Family in International studies ARTH 320 Baroque and Rococo Art and Architecture Social Context INTL 370/MHIS 350/AFAM 350 Studies in the Music of ARTH 325 19th Century Art and Architecture AFAM/RELS 307 Black Religion the African Continent and Diaspora ARTH 330 20th Century Art and Architecture AFAM/POLI/WMNS 318 Politics of Race, Class and Gender Music ARTH 442 Architecture in Richmond AFAM/PSYC 322 Personality and Behavior of the APPM 191-192 Class Lessons in Piano ARTH 443 Folk Art of the United States African-American APPM 193 Class Lessons in Voice ARTH 444 Studies in the Art of the United States AFAM/POLI 343 Black Political Thought APPM 195 Class Lessons in Guitar ARTH 445 The Art of India Anthropology APPM 300-level Private Instruction: Principal and ARTH 447 The Art of Southeast Asia ANTH 103 Cultural Anthropology is a prerequisite for Secondary Performing Mediums ARTH 449 Studies in Asian Art many ANTH courses and is recommended as the APPM 370 Large Ensembles* ARTH 450 Art and Architecture of Mesoamerica basic course. With completion of any prerequisites, APPM 390 Small Ensembles† ARTH 451 Art and Architecture of Andean America the following are recommended: Music history, literature and theory ARTH 452 Studies in Pre-Columbian Art and ANTH 301 The Evolution of Man and Culture MHIS 105-106 Introduction to Writing Music Architecture ANTH/WMNS/SOCY 304 The Family MHIS 120 Introduction to Musical Styles ARTH 454 Studies in African and Oceanic Art ANTH/GEOG 311, 312 History of Human Settlement MHIS 243 Music Appreciation ARTH 455 Aesthetics and Modern Theories of Art ANTH/INTL 350 Peoples and Cultures of the World MHIS/AFAM 250 Introduction to African-American ARTH 456 Ideas and Criticism in Art Economics Music ARTH/WMNS 457 Women, Art and Society ECON 203 Introduction to Economics MHIS 280 Survey of 20th Century American Popular ARTH 459 Studies in Aesthetics, Theory, and Criticism ECON 210-211 Principles of Economics Music of Art With completion of prerequisites, the following are MHIS 350/AFAM 350/INTL 370 Studies in the Music of ARTH 470 History of Animated Feature Film recommended: the African Continent and Diaspora ARTH 471 Film Theory ECON 306 Public Finance – Federal Music composition ARTH 472 History of Photography ECON/URSP 321 Urban Economics MUSC 111 MIDI Programming and Synthesis ARTH 474 Studies in Film ECON 421 Government and Business MUSC 112 Synthesizer and Composition ARTH 489 Topics in Advanced Art History ECON 431 Labor Economics Communication arts and design Educational studies * Auditions required for Orchestra, University Band, CARD 252 20th Century Visual Communications I EDUS 300 Foundations of Education Symphonic Wind Ensemble, Commonwealth Singers. Dance and choreography EDUS 301 Human Development and Learning No audition required for Choral Arts Society. DANC 308 Dance History Geography † Audition required. Fashion design and merchandising GEOG 102 Introduction to Cultural Geography FASH 240 Survey of the Fashion Industry GEOG/ANTH 311, 312 History of Human Settlement Painting and printmaking Interior design GEOG 322 World Political Geography PAPR 155, 156 Drawing and Painting, Basic IDES 251, 252 History of Interior Environments I and II Political science Photography and film Music history, language and theory POLI 103 U.S. Government and 201 Introduction to PHTO 233 Elements of the Moving Image MHIS 380 Survey of Music the Industry Politics are recommended as basic courses. PHTO 243 Photography Theatre However, all political science courses may be used THEA 211-212 Introduction to Drama to fulfill this requirement excluding the following:

54 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

POLI 320, 331, 334, 432, 448, 494, 498 and 499. “Humanities and Sciences Undeclared” cat- MATH 131 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics POLI/AFAM/WMNS 318 Politics of Race, Class and egory are encouraged to select a major by (placement test required) Gender the end of two years of study. Students must MATH 151 Precalculus Mathematics (placement test POLI/AFAM 343 Black Political Thought declare a major within one of the univer- required) Psychology PHYS 103 Elementary Astronomy sity’s schools no later than the semester in 101 Introduction to Psychology is a prerequisite for all PHYS 107 Wonders of Technology (non-science) upper-level psychology courses and is recommended which they complete 60 credits. The advis- PHYS 207-208 and PHYZ 207L-208L University Physics as the basic course. With the completion of this pre- ing program is flexible enough to suit the and Laboratories (science majors) requisite, all psychology 300 and 400-level courses interests of any student with an undeclared POLI/INTL 105 International Relations may be used to fulfill this requirement excluding the major, yet the courses recommended are PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology following courses: PSYC 317, 318, 451, 492, and basic to a variety of majors. SOCY 101 General Sociology 498-499. The student with an undeclared major SPCH 121 Effective Speech PSYC/AFAM 322 Personality and Behavior of the is assigned an adviser in the Office of African American Academic Advising with whom the student B. Second level of most transferable Religious studies must meet at least once prior to advanced courses RELS 101 Introduction to Religious Studies AFAM 103 Introduction to African-American Studies registration each semester. Adviser and stu- RELS 301 Introduction to the Old Testament ANTH/INTL 103 Cultural Anthropology RELS 302 Introduction to the New Testament dent assess the general academic direction ARTH 103, 104 Survey of Western Art RELS/AFAM 307 Black Religion of the student’s interests and then plan a MASC/INTL 151 Communications Technology and RELS 311, 312 Religions of the World program of studies to assist the student in Global Society RELS 334 Religion in Contemporary America defining his or her academic objectives PHIL 103 Ancient Greek and Medieval Western RELS/SOCY 360 Sociology of Religion more clearly. Philosophy Sociology The following lists are of freshman- and PHIL 104 Modern Western Philosophy 101 General Sociology is a prerequisite for many sociol- sophomore-level courses from which unde- POLI 103 U.S. Government ogy courses and is recommended as the basic clared students can choose to explore vari- course. With the completion of any prerequisites, all ous fields. If school is probably School of the Arts sociology courses may be used to fulfill this require- (see the School of the Arts chapter of this bulletin for As students who have not declared their ment excluding the following courses: SOCY 320, additional information) 421, 492 and 493. majors begin to make decisions about a SOCY/AFAM 104 Sociology of Racism major, they should consult this bulletin for APPM 300-Level Private Instruction SOCY/ANTH/WMNS 304 The Family that major’s specific course requirements APPM 165, 166 Aural Skills I, II SOCY/AFAM/WMNS 305 African-American Family in that should be taken in the freshman and APPM 193 Class Lessons in Voice Social Context sophomore years. APPM 195 Class Lessons in Guitar SOCY/WMNS 333 Sociology of Sex and Gender APPM 197 Class Lessons in Organ SOCY/WMNS 334 Sociology of Women Suggested courses for the College APPM 370 Large Ensembles SOCY/RELS 360 Sociology of Religion APPM 390 Small Ensembles Social sciences of Humanities and Sciences for ARTF 121-122 Introduction to Drawing SOCS 303 Marriage and Family Relationships students with undeclared majors ARTH 103, 104 Survey of Western Art SOCS 330 The Psychology and Sociology of Death among various schools CRAF 201-202 Metalsmithing SOCS 340 Human Sexuality CRAF 211-212 Jewelry Urban studies A. Most transferable courses CRAF 241 Ceramics: Handbuilding URSP/ECON 321 Urban Economics CRAF 242 Ceramics: Wheelthrowing BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L Introduction to Women’s studies CRAF 261, 262 Beginning Textiles Biological Sciences and Laboratories I, II (science WMNS 201 Introduction to Women’s Studies ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I majors) WMNS/ANTH/SOCY 304 The Family ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II BIOL 101, BIOZ 101L Biological Concepts and WMNS/AFAM/SOCY 305 African-American Family in FASH 240 Survey of the Fashion Industry I Laboratory (non-science) Social Context IDES 103-104 Introductory Studio Course BIOL 102, BIOZ 102L Science of Heredity and WMNS/AFAM/POLI 318 Politics of Race, Class and IDES 231 Fundamentals of Interior Design Laboratory (non-science) Gender MHIS 105-106 Introduction to Writing Music BIOL 103/ENVS 103 and BIOZ/ENVZ 103L MHIS 117 Computers in Music Environmental Science and Laboratory (non-science) MHIS 201 Acoustics CHEM 101-102 General Chemistry I, II (science majors) PAPR 155, 156 Drawing and Painting, Basic Humanities and Sciences CHEZ/FRSZ 101L-102L General Chemistry Laboratory I, PAPR 255-256 Drawing and Painting, Basic II (science majors) Undeclared Program PAPR 355, 356 Drawing and Painting, Intermediate CHEM 110, CHEZ 110L Chemistry and Society and THEA 307-308 History of the Theatre Laboratory (non-science) Exploratory programs for students ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I If college is probably College of Humanities ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II with an undeclared major and Sciences ENGL 201 Western World Literature I Jon Steingass (see the College of Humanities and Sciences chapter of ENGL 202 Western World Literature II this bulletin for additional information) Director ENGL 203 British Literature I ENGL 204 British Literature II For those students seeking admission to ANTH/INTL 103 Cultural Anthropology ENGL 205 American Literature I VCU who have not declared their major at ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I ENGL 206 American Literature II ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II the time of their acceptance or enrollment, HIST 101, 102 Survey of European History Foreign Language (placement test required if continuing the university recommends that these stu- HIST 103, 104 Survey of American History in high school language) dents enroll in the College of Humanities MASC/INTL 151 Communications Technology and HIST 101, 102 Survey of European History and Sciences. Students admitted into the Global Society

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 55 College of Humanities and Sciences

HIST 103, 104 Survey of American History SPCH 121 Effective Speech and 400 courses are undergraduate upper- HIST 105, 106/AFAM 105, 106 Survey of African STAT 208 Statistical Thinking level courses designed for advanced under- History graduates. HIST 107, 108 Survey of Asian History If school is probably School of Social Work Courses at the 500 level are open to HIST 109, 110 Survey of Latin American History (see the School of Social Work chapter of this bulletin advanced undergraduate students with the INTL 101 Human Societies and Globalization for additional information) Natural science – One biological science course and consent of the department offering the course. one physical science course with a laboratory in ANTH/INTL 103 Cultural Anthropology Credit is applicable to only one degree. one of the two. PHYS 103 Elementary Astronomy, BIOL 101 Biological Concepts PHYS 107 Wonders of Technology, PHYS 101 BIOZ 101L Biological Concepts Laboratory Foundations of Physics, CHEM 110 Chemistry and ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I School of Government Society, BIOL 151 Introduction to Biological Sciences ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II and Public Affairs (if planning biology major), BIOL 101 Biological MATH 131 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics Concepts, BIOL 102 Science of Heredity, BIOL/ENVS or MATH 141 Algebra with Applications The School of Government and Public 103 Environmental Science, CHEM 101 General PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology Affairs is a creative, interdisciplinary group- Chemistry and laboratory (for science majors) STAT 208 Statistical Thinking or STAT 210 Basic MATH 131 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics Practice of Statistics ing of disciplines in the social sciences and or MATH 151 Precalculus Mathematics (placement SOCY 101 General Sociology professional arenas that will provide stu- test required) Social/behavioral science electives, six credit hours dents with the knowledge, skills and experi- PHIL 103 Ancient Greek and Medieval Western (political science, economics, history) ence necessary for success whether in Philosophy Electives, six credit hours careers in the public service or in advanced PHIL 104 Modern Western Philosophy professional or graduate study. POLI 103 U.S. Government To achieve this mission, the School of POLI 105 International Relations Undergraduate credit by Government and Public Affairs actively POLI 201 Introduction to Politics fosters and promotes a wide range of PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology examination endeavors, including the establishment o f RELS 101 Introduction to Religious Studies SOCY 101 General Sociology Recognizing that VCU enrolls students interdisciplinary undergraduate and gradu- of varying backgrounds and experiences, ate programs and develops closed ties with If school is probably School of Business the college provides students limited oppor- programs such as African-American studies, (see the School of Business chapter of this bulletin for tunities to accelerate their education Women’s Studies, the Center for Public additional information) through “credit by examination.” A full Policy, the Center for Environmental description of this program appears in the Studies, the Nonprofit Enterprise Institute ACCT 203-204 Introduction to Accounting Admission to the University chapter of this and other units throughout the university. ECON 210-211 Principles of Economics bulletin. ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I John J. Accordino ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II Associate Professor (1986) MGMT 121 The Business Environment B.A. 1976 University of Rochester MGMT 171 Mathematical Applications for Business University Honors Program Ph.D. 1987 Massachusetts Institute of Technology (placement test required and MATH 141 may be required as prerequisite) The VCU Honors Program, a challeng- MGMT 212 Differential Calculus and Optimization for ing and exciting program with high aca- Jay S. Albanese Business (placement test required) demic standards, was established to meet Professor (1996) SPCH 121 Effective Speech the needs of academically talented under- B.A. 1974 Niagara University Elective in history or political science graduate students. The University Honors M.A. 1976 Rutgers University Elective in a natural science Program offers students the opportunity to Ph.D. 1981 Rutgers University Elective in sociology, psychology or anthropology expand their creative and intellectual hori- Deborah M. Brock Elective in the arts zons. Students in this program benefit from Instructor (2001) small classes which promote greater inter- If school is probably School of Education B.A. 1976 George Washington University action between students and faculty and (see the School of Education chapter of this bulletin for M.A. 1978 George Washington University additional information) among the students themselves. Ph.D. 2000 Virginia Commonwealth University Undergraduates from the college and all BIOL 101 Biological Concepts other schools on VCU’s Academic Campus Russell A. Cargo BIOZ 101L Biological Concepts Laboratory are invited to apply to this program, if they Associate Professor (2000) CMSC 128 Computer Concepts and Applications meet eligibility requirements. For a detailed B.A. 1971 Texas Christian University ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I description of qualifications and require- M.A. 1977 Southern Methodist University ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II ments, see the Admission to the University M.S.B.A. 1982 Boston University English 200-level literature chapter of this bulletin. Ph.D. 1990 University of Colorado HIST 103 Survey of American History HPEX 230 History and Philosophy of Health and Physical Education Janet R. Hutchinson MATH 131 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics Course descriptions and numbering Associate Professor and Director, Graduate Public or MATH 141 Algebra with Applications Administration Programs (1993) PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology Courses designated 100 and 200 are B.S. 1978 University of Maryland SOCY 101 General Sociology undergraduate lower-level courses offered M.P.A. 1985 American University primarily to undergraduate students; 300 Ph.D. 1992 University of Pittsburgh

56 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

Edward L. Millner Hague, James L. (1970) Professor Wikstrom, Nelson (1971) Professor Professor (1998) B.A. 1963 Washington and Lee University B.A. 1963 Northeastern University B.A. 1974 Hampden Sydney College J.D. 1966 University of Michigan M.A. 1965 University of Connecticut Ph.D. 1982 University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill L.L.D. 1976 University of Virginia Ph.D. 1969 University of Connecticut Hambrick, Ralph S. (1978) Professor Wooldridge, Blue E. (1987) Associate Professor Aspaas, Helen Ruth (1998) Assistant Professor B.A. 1965 Dartmouth College B.S. Berea College B.A. 1972 Fort Lewis College Ph.D. 1971 Syracuse University M.G.A. 1968 University of Pennsylvania M.A. 1986 University of Nebraska, Lincoln Hirsch, Herbert (1981) Professor M.P.A. 1973 University of Southern California Ph.D. 1992 University of Colorado, Boulder B.A. 1963 Concord College D.P.A. 1993 University of Southern California Banks, Manley Elliott (1987) Associate Professor M.A. 1965 Villanova University Wu, Weiping (1995) Associate Professor B.A. 1975 Morehouse College Ph.D. 1968 University of Kentucky B.A. 1986 Tsinghua University M.A. 1985 University of Texas Holsworth, Robert (1978) Professor and Director, Center M.U.P. 1989 Tsinghua University Ph.D. 1987 University of Texas for Public Policy Ph.D. 1996 Rutgers University Byrd, Mason (2003) Instructor (joint appointment with B.A. 1972 Seton Hall University Forensic Science) Ph.D. 1978 University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill Emeriti faculty B.S. 1998 University of South Carolina Jackson, M. Njeri* (1990) Associate Professor of Belloni, Frank P., Associate Professor Emeritus M.P.A. 2002 Virginia Commonwealth University Political Science and Public Administration and B.A. University of California at Riverside J.D. 2002 University of Virginia Director, African-American Studies Program M.A. University of Iowa Condit, Deirdre M. (1994) Assistant Professor of B.A. 1976 Georgia State University Ph.D. University of California at Los Angeles Political Science and Public Administration and M.A. 1982 Atlanta University Brooks, Michael P. (1987) Professor Women’s Studies Ph.D. 1987 Atlanta University B.A. 1959 Colgate University B.A. 1982 Idaho State University Johnson, Gary T. (1985) Associate Professor M.C.P. 1961 Harvard University M.A. 1991 Rutgers University B.S. 1972 North Michigan University Ph.D. 1970 University of North Carolina Ph.D. 1995 Rutgers University M.U.P. 1974 Wayne State University Fairholm, Gilbert W., Associate Professor Emeritus Drake, W. Avon (1986) Associate Professor D.E.D. 1979 Texas A & M University B.S. Brigham Young University B.S. 1969 North Carolina A&T University Moeser, John V. (1971) Professor M.G.A. 1960 University of Pennsylvania M.P.S. 1973 Cornell University B.A. 1965 Texas Tech University D.P.A. 1970 State University of New York Ph.D. 1985 Cornell University M.A. 1967 University of Colorado Garcia, Margot W. (1989) Associate Professor Farmer, David J. (1980) Professor Ph.D. 1975 George Washington University B.S. 1961 University of New Mexico B.S. London School of Economics and Political Moriarty, Laura J. (1993) Professor and Assistant Dean, M.S. 1966 University of Wisconsin, Madison Science College of Humanities and Sciences Ph.D. 1980 University of Arizona D.P.A. 1980 Nova University B.C.J. 1984 Louisiana State University Geary, David P., Associate Professor Ph.D. 1984 University of London M.S. 1985 Louisiana State University B.A. 1969 LaVerne College M.A. 1986 University of Virginia Ph.D. 1988 Sam Houston State University M.P.A 1971 University of Southern California Ph.D. 1989 University of Virginia Newmann, William W. (1994) Assistant Professor Ph.D. 1979 Marquette University Funk, Carolyn L. (2000) Associate Professor and B.A. 1983 University of Pennsylvania Hawthorne, Marijean E., Associate Professor Emerita Director, The Commonwealth Poll, Center for M.A. 1985 Drew University of Geography Public Policy Ph.D. 1999 University of Pittsburgh B.A. California State University at San Jose A.B. 1984 Barnard College, Columbia University Pelfrey, William V. (1992) Professor M.A. California State University at San Jose M.A. 1988 University of California, Los Angeles B.A. 1969 Auburn University Ph.D. University of California at Berkeley Ph.D. 1993 University of California, Los Angeles M.S. 1975 University of Alabama Heiss, F. William, Professor Emeritus Futlz, Myrtle D. (2003) Assistant Professor Ph.D. 1978 Florida State University B.S. University of Denver B.S. 1970 James Madison University Phillips, James D. (2003) Instructor (joint appointment M.A.P.A. University of Colorado M.P.A. 1990 Virginia Commonwealth University with Political Science and Public Administration) Ph.D. University of Colorado Ph.D. 1997 Virginia Commonwealth University B.A. 1974 Hampden-Sydney College Henry, Laurin L., Professor Emeritus Gordon, Jill A. (1996) Assistant Professor J.D. 1979 University of Richmond B.A. DePauw University B.S. 1990 Bowling Green State University Ph.D. 1997 University of Colorado M.A. University of Chicago M.S. 1996 University of Cincinnati Saladino, Christopher (2002) Instructor Ph.D. University of Chicago Ph.D. 1996 University of Cincinnati B.A. 1999 Virginia Commonwealth University Hooker, James E., Associate Professor Emeritus Gottfredson, Stephen D. (1997) Professor and Dean, M.A. 2003 University of Virginia B.S. 1964 Washington State University College of Humanities and Sciences Shriar, Avrum J. (2000) Assistant Professor M.S. 1965 Washington State University B.A. 1971 University of Oregon B.A. 1984 Bishop’s University Hormachea, Carroll R., Associate Professor Emeritus M.A. 1977 Johns Hopkins University M.E.S. 1987 Dalhousie University B.A. Trinity University Ph.D. 1977 Johns Hopkins University Ph.D. 1999 University of Florida M.S. Trinity University Grant, Patricia (1999) Instructor Smith-Mason, Jacqueline (2003) Instructor (joint Rugg, Robert D. (1974) Professor B.S. 1994 Virginia Commonwealth University appointment with Political Science and Public B.A. 1965 Wesleyan University M.S. 1997 Virginia Commonwealth University Administration) M.A. 1967 University of Chicago Ph.D. 2002 Virginia Commonwealth University B.S. 1987 George Mason University Ph.D. 1974 University of Ottawa Gulak, Morton B. (1972) Associate Professor M.S. 1989 Virginia Commonwealth University Schulz, Peter, Associate Professor Emeritus B.A. 1961 Pennsylvania State University Ph.D. 1999 Virginia Commonwealth University B.S. Shippensburg State College M.U.R.P. 1972 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and Twigg, Judyth L. (1992) Assistant Professor M.S. Illinois State University State University B.S. 1984 Carnegie Mellon University Ph.D. University of Illinois Ph.D. 1980 University of Pennsylvania M.A. 1986 University of Pittsburgh Ph.D. 1994 Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 57 College of Humanities and Sciences

Warmenhoven, Henri J., Associate Professor Emeritus credits in core courses and 18 credits in the extent of crime; reviews law enforcement, judicial L.L.B. University of Leyden criminal justice electives. and correctional processes at all levels of government; L.L.M. University of Leyden discusses history and philosophy of public safety; eval- M.A. University of Melbourne, Australia Criminal justice core – 18 credits uates career opportunities. Ph.D. University of Melbourne, Australia Required courses for all criminal justice majors: CRJS 252 Introduction to the Juvenile Justice CRJS 181 Justice System Survey System Affiliate faculty CRJS 260 Criminal Law Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This survey Donald C. J. Gehring Lynn D. Nelson CRJS 355 Foundations of Criminal Justice course studies all segments of juvenile justice and spe- L. Douglas Wilder CRJS 380 Research Methods in Criminal Justice cial procedures designed for young persons; recognizes CRJS 475 Case Studies in Criminal Procedure the importance of proper handling of the juvenile by CRJS 480, 492 or 493 application component the police and the courts; reviews recent developments Criminal Justice in juvenile rehabilitation. Criminal justice approved electives – 18 credits The major objective of this degree pro- CRJS 253 Introduction to Corrections gram is to prepare students for effective Selected from other criminal justice courses with adviser’s approval. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of professional careers in criminal justice, pub- societal responses to the offender; traces the evolution lic service and other helping professions, of practices based on philosophies of retribution, pun- and/or prepare them to pursue studies in Minor in criminal justice ishment and rehabilitation; reviews contemporary cor- law. Career opportunities are available in A minor in criminal justice requires a rectional activities and their relationships to other federal, state, local and private justice- minimum of 18 credits. Students desiring a aspects of the criminal justice system; introduces the minor in criminal justice must complete, emerging area of correctional programming within the related endeavors. community. These careers include law enforcement, with a “C” average overall, each of the fol- juvenile justice, corrections and the courts. lowing courses: CRJS 254 Introduction to Policing This department also prepares students Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of wishing to enter law school and those wish- CRJS 181 Justice System Survey different facets of law enforcement including the activities of public police agencies and private security ing to pursue graduate studies in criminal CRJS 260 Criminal Law CRJS 355 Foundations of Criminal Justice organizations. Assesses changes in law enforcement justice or in several of the human services, CRJS 475 Case Studies in Criminal Procedure philosophy and practices, police relationships with the usually related to justice. This department Criminal justice elective* public and the political arena and anticipated future offers and encourages in-service justice Criminal justice elective* trends in policing. employees and others, to enhance their CRJS 255 Introduction to Legal Studies professional career development through * CRJS 492 and 493 are not available to those minor- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Overview higher education. ing in criminal justice. of the American legal system, processes, terminology; Students majoring in criminal justice analysis of historical and philosophical bases of law. receive a broad educational background, Master of science in criminal justice Examines the systems that adjudicate criminal and civil professionally oriented courses in their spe- The graduate degree program in criminal law; considers the role of law in the functioning of the justice system. cial area of interest, and various skill courses justice is designed to provide advanced edu- designed to enhance the student’s career cational preparation for practitioners and CRJS 260 Criminal Law opportunities. Through core courses and students pursuing careers in criminal justice Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Deals with electives in the major approved by the stu- or forensic science. Such preparation the definition and processing of substantive offenses dent’s adviser, students have the opportunity includes understanding appropriate theoret- along with the bases of criminal liability, defenses and to orient their course work to fit their edu- complicity. Covers the scope of individual rights under ical positions and concepts, and developing due process, emphasizing arrest, interrogations, search cational objectives and career plans. necessary professional skills. The master’s and seizure. It is essential that students seek and fol- degree requires 36 credit hours. See the low the advice of their adviser in the pro- Graduate and Professional Programs CRJS 300 Forensic Criminology gression of the core courses, the selection of Bulletin for a more detailed description of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The inter- section of law, predictions of dangerousness, mental criminal justice electives and in the identi- this program and the post-baccalaureate fication of complimentary courses in other disorder and crime. Behavioral prediction, classification certificate program. and the development of typologies of offenses and disciplines which can benefit the student offending will be considered. Issues in the use of clini- and assist in the accomplishment of career Courses in criminal justice (CRJS) cal and statistical prediction methods in criminal jus- goals. Whether the student is interested in CRJS 180 Introduction to Forensic Science tice will be presented. general criminal justice, policing, legal Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Forensic studies, juvenile justice or corrections, fac- CRJS 302/ENGL 302 Legal Writing Science is the application of scientific methods to Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ulty and advisers can assist in identifying crime, investigation and criminal identification. This Prerequisite: ENGL 200 and three credits in 200-level the appropriate curriculum. short course will present the nature and scope of the literature courses (or equivalent). Intensive practice in field of forensic science and the precise ways in which writing on subjects related to law or legal problems. Degree requirements – bachelor of law and science intersect. The scientific basis for Emphasis on organization, development, logical flow behavioral prediction and classification (profiling) will and clarity of style. May not be used to satisfy the lit- science in criminal justice be reviewed as will the natural science skills required erature requirement of the College of Humanities and The Bachelor of Science in Criminal for those entering the field, and career opportunities Sciences. Justice Program requires a minimum of 120 will be described. credits, including 36 credits in criminal jus- CRJS 305 Policing Theories and Practice CRJS 181 Justice System Survey Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An tice courses. Students will complete 18 Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. overview of the nature and application of law enforce- Comprehensive overview of criminal justice; assesses ment theory. Examines the theoretical underpinnings of

58 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences a variety of law enforcement practices, with emphasis utilized to detect, identify, analyze and compare enforcement, adjudicative and correctional systems on evolving trends. demonstrate evidence. will be considered.

CRJS 324 Courts and the Judicial Process CRJS 375/FRSC 375 Forensic Evidence, Law and CRJS 468 Economic and Organized Crime Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Examines Criminal Procedure Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Analysis of the systems that adjudicate criminal and civil law; Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The law of the types of offenses which occur in the business and includes constitutional authority, jurisdictions and trial criminal procedure and rules of evidence as applied to governmental work and the consequences of illegal processes, with particular emphasis on reform in court forensic science. Issues of scientific versus legal bur- practices. Primary attention will address the public sec- administration, disposition without trial and sentencing. dens of proof, legal terminology and trial procedure tor through the methods utilized to detect and investi- will be presented. gate criminal activities affecting governmental units. CRJS 350 Evaluation and Treatment of the Relationships to organized crime will be described for Offender CRJS 378 Juvenile Justice Law and Process each of the specific topics and techniques. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An analysis Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Examines of the issues and procedures involved in evaluating the juvenile court as an institution; its jurisdiction and CRJS 475 Case Studies in Criminal Procedure individual differences in offenders and among classes procedures. Considers intake, pretrial diversion and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Analyzes of offenders; current diagnostic and treatment methods hearings, as well as rights and liabilities of the delin- case studies reflecting the supervisory role of the are discussed; introduces the student to case analysis quent, dependent and neglected child. Contrasts juve- courts over the prosecutorial use of testimonial and and correctional counseling techniques. Includes analy- nile and adult law; projects future impact of the court. nontestimonial evidence; examines by actual cases the sis of evaluation and treatment resources external to judicial interpretive processes by which the public corrections. CRJS 380 Research Methods in Criminal Justice safety is balanced with individual rights. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. CRJS 351 Community-based Correctional Prerequisite: Statistics or permission of instructor. CRJS 480 Senior Seminar Programs Designed to familiarize the student with current and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A capstone Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A compre- applied research methods in criminal justice, including course designed to assist students to apply and to hensive review of various community-based rehabilita- the application of data and information processing think critically about current knowledge regarding tion and treatment efforts; includes analysis of proba- techniques and procedures; analyzes research in crimi- crime, crime trends, law, law enforcement, the adjudi- tion, parole, work release, halfway houses and other nal justice journals and government reports; and cation process, corrections and crime prevention. methods of re-integrating the offender into society. enhances the capability to evaluate contemporary Scenarios, research, projections and evaluation of dif- research. ferent viewpoints will be employed to develop the stu- CRJS 352 Crime and Delinquency Prevention dent’s ability to assess methods of argumentation, use Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Review CRJS 382/WMNS 382 Women in the Justice information and apply existing knowledge to new fact and analysis of the problems associated with preven- System situations. A writing intensive course restricted to sen- tion of crime and delinquency, viewed in a total sys- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Surveys iors in criminal justice. tems context. Programs and activities involving citizen, the special situation of women in the justice system as community and agency interrelationships will be devel- offenders, as victims and as professional practitioners. CRJS 491 Topics in Criminal Justice oped and examined. Students are responsible for Applicable laws and public policy are studied in detail. Semester course; 1-3 lecture hours. 1-3 credits. In- preparing and evaluating projects with crime preven- Issues are punctuated by field trips to juvenile/adult depth examination of selected administration of justice tive goals. programs and institutions. topics. See the Schedule of Classes for specific topics and prerequisites. CRJS 355 Foundations of Criminal Justice CRJS 394 Field Service in Criminal Justice Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An exami- 1 credit. Designed to provide the student with an CRJS 492 Directed Individual Study nation of the intellectual underpinnings of the criminal opportunity to participate as a volunteer worker in a Semester course; variable; 1, 2, 3 credits. Maximum justice system. This will include analysis of evolving criminal justice agency. Offers actual experience as an total of six credits. Available to all other criminal jus- values and ideas regarding social control, individual agency volunteer under the general supervision of a tice students who are seniors and have a 3.0 or above and collective responsibilities and rights, the role of faculty member. An application is required a semester GPA (with permission of department chair) as a substi- punishment, politics and the law, practitioners as pub- in advance. Graded as pass/fail. tute for a major elective course. Provides an independ- lic servants, and criminological and other foundations ent study opportunity for the adult student who is (or of the criminal justice system. CRJS 432 Criminal Justice: Organizations was) employed in a criminal justice, safety or risk Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Considers administration position and who does not require CRJS 358 Lawyer’s Role in the Justice System the behavioral dimensions of administrations in crimi- internship or volunteer experience. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Examines nal justice and public safety agencies. Examines the the multiple responsibilities of lawyers from an histori- concepts of leadership and decision making and the CRJS 493 Internship cal and contemporary perspective. The basic tech- effect of environmental dynamics in the management Semester course; 3 or 6 credits. Field internship allows niques of the lawyer’s craft will be studied with of the criminal justice system. the student to relate theory to practice through obser- emphasis placed on case advocacy, negotiation skills vation and experience; must be performed in an and legal reasoning, and problem solving. CRJS 434 Police Administration approved agency or organizational setting under the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Examines supervision of a faculty member. An application is CRJS 363 Correctional Law major management concepts and principles with spe- required a semester in advance. Graded as pass/fail. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Examines cial emphasis on consideration of law enforcement. the legal rights of both the offender and the correc- Policies and procedures formulated and followed by tional worker. Attention is given to case law and legal managers in law enforcement settings will be evalu- Economics decisions affecting policies and procedures in proba- ated from a structural as well as a functional perspec- Economics is the science of human tion, correctional settings and parole. Trends influenc- tive. Contemporary and anticipated future problems, choice, the study of how scarce resources ing correctional programming and management activi- challenges and trends facing police managers will be ties will be projected. addressed. are allocated among competing uses to satisfy human wants. Since many choices ana- CRJS 370/FRSC 370 Criminalistics and Crime CRJS 463 Comparative Criminal Justice Systems lyzed are made by or affect business deci- Analysis Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Study of sion-makers, economics is a unique blend of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A compre- national and international criminal justice systems with liberal arts and business. Therefore, the hensive evaluation of current developments in an emphasis on historical, cultural and operational research, instrumentation, and laboratory technology comparisons. Contemporary research relating to law Department of Economics offers a bachelor of science in economics conferred by the

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 59 College of Humanities and Sciences

College of Humanities and Science with a MGMT 212 Differential Calculus and The Department of Political Science and core of liberal arts courses, as well as a Optimization for Business. Recommended Public Administration offers a bachelor of bachelor of science in economics conferred statistics courses include one or more of the arts in political science. by the School of Business with a core of following courses: MGMT 302 Business Additionally, the department offers elec- business courses. For further information on Statistics, ECON 401 Introductory tive courses in political science for program this second program see the School of Econometrics, STAT 212 Concepts of majors and nonmajors, alike. Business section of this bulletin. Statistics or STAT 214 Applications of Economics teaches students how to ana- Statistics. Students should consult with their Degree requirements – bachelor of lyze data and information and how to think advisers to determine which of these courses arts in political science strategically about business decision mak- fit their particular interests and backgrounds. The bachelor of arts curriculum in politi- ing. Because of their broad analytical, In selecting approved electives to meet cal science requires a minimum of 120 quantitative and decision-making skills, the general requirements of the College of credits, with at least 33 of those credits in students who major in economics are Humanities and Sciences, students should political science. sought for a wide array of positions in man- select courses related to the economics Along with the general education agement and sales. For example, firms hire major — specifically, courses in accounting, requirements of the College of Humanities economics majors as bank examiners, con- mathematics and statistics, philosophy, his- and Sciences and Academic Campus sultants, financial advisers, managers and tory, political science, sociology, anthropol- requirements, the student majoring in polit- sales personnel. Economics is excellent ogy and finance. Students should focus their ical science must take POLI 103 U.S. preparation for almost any job with the electives on one or two of these subjects. Government, POLI/INTL 105 word “analyst” in its title — such as busi- Juniors, seniors and graduate students who International Relations and POLI 490 ness, credit, economic, financial, market have completed baccalaureate degrees are Senior Seminar. research or risk analyst. A degree in eco- eligible for enrollment in most upper-level Political science majors also are required nomics also is excellent preparation for (300-400) economics and business courses. to take one course in each of the following entrepreneurship or for graduate studies in areas. Topics courses cannot be used to business, law or medicine. Minor in economics satisfy these distribution requirements. This minor, offered through the College Degree requirements – bachelor of of Humanities and Sciences, requires at 1. Comparative politics (POLI 351, 352, 353, 354, 355, 356, science in economics least 18 credits in the minor field including 357, 358 and 468) The bachelor of science curriculum in ECON 210-211 Principles of Economics; 2. International relations (POLI 361, 362, 363, 364, 365, economics requires a minimum of 120 cred- one or more courses from ECON 301 366 and 452) its, with at least 33 of those credits in the Microeconomic Theory, ECON 302 3. Political theory and methodology (POLI 320, 341, 342, Macroeconomic Theory, or ECON 303 343, 344 and 448) major and three credits in STAT 210 Basic 4. U.S. politics (POLI 301, 302, 303, 306, 308, 310, 311, Managerial Economics. The remaining Practice of Statistics. 314, 315, 316, 318, 321, 322, 323, 329, 331, 409, 420 Students majoring in economics must courses to fill this requirement must be and 432) complete ECON 210-211 Principles of chosen from upper-level (300-400) eco- Economics; ECON 301 Microeconomic nomics courses. Political science majors are strongly Theory; ECON 302 Macroeconomic encouraged to take STAT 210 Basic Theory; ECON 307 Money and Banking; Cooperative Education Program Practice of Statistics to fulfill the STAT 210 Basic Practice of Statistics; and This program is available to qualifying Humanities and Sciences general education an additional 18 credits of electives in students pursuing undergraduate degrees in statistics requirement. In addition, political upper-level (300-400) economics courses. economics. A full description of the pro- science majors are strongly encouraged to In addition to these requirements, stu- gram appears in the Division of Student complete POLI/SOCY 205 Introduction to dents in this program also must take one Affairs chapter of this bulletin. Social Science Computing and course in computer science, or pass the POLI/SOCY 320 Research Methods in the computer literacy assessment. Students also Social Sciences. With prior approval of the must complete MATH 141 Algebra with Political Science and Public departmental curriculum committee, stu- Applications to fulfill the general education Administration dents can take three credits toward the mathematics requirement for the College of The political science and public administra- political science major from courses offered Humanities and Sciences. tion curriculum has two central objectives. by other departments. Students may count Economics majors are strongly encouraged It offers the student a broad liberal arts a maximum of six credits of internship and to take additional courses in statistics and education along with a comprehensive three credits of independent study toward mathematics, especially if they intend to understanding of the nature and the the major. pursue either careers as practicing econo- functioning of the political process and mists or graduate study in economics or busi- government. Collateral requirements ness. Recommended mathematics courses It also provides a sound foundation for In addition to the political science include one or more of the following graduate study in political science, public courses required for the bachelor of arts courses: MATH 151 Precalculus administration and nonprofit management, degree, students must complete the study of Mathematics, MATH 185 Computational or for careers which require a knowledge of a foreign language through the intermediate Linear Algebra, MATH 200 Calculus with governance and the political process, such level (202 or 205) by course or placement. Analytical Geometry, MGMT 171 as law. Mathematical Applications for Business,

60 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

Honors in political science Students enrolled in the accelerated pro- the graduate public administration program Political science majors can earn honors gram may take up to six credits of graduate director prior to registration. in political science. Students earn honors public administration courses in each of the status when they complete POLI 490 final two semesters of their undergraduate Minor in political science Senior Seminar with an “A” grade and course work. These courses are shared cred- A minor in political science consists of graduate with an overall 3.0 GPA and a 3.3 its with the graduate program, meaning 18 credits, including POLI 103 U.S. GPA in political science. that they will be applied toward the under- Government, POLI/INTL 105 graduate degree requirement and the gradu- International Relations, and at least three Accelerated Bachelor of Arts in ate degree requirement. A maximum of upper level (300-400) credits in each of the Political Science and Master’s in 12 graduate credits may be taken prior to four areas of political science (Comparative completion of the baccalaureate degree. Public Administration Program Politics, International Relations, Political The bachelor of arts degree will be awarded Theory and Methodology, and U.S. This program permits selected students to when the student has completed all Politics; see the above listing for courses earn the B.A. and M.P.A. in a minimum of requirements for the undergraduate degree, in each area). These upper level credits five years, by taking certain master’s level which may include the 12 graduate public must be selected in consultation with a courses during the senior year of their administration credits. political science advisor. POLI 492 undergraduate program. The program is The graduate courses that may be taken Independent Study, POLI/URSP 493 restricted to students with strong creden- in the public administration program once Urban Government Internship and POLI tials and a clear interest in a career in the a student is admitted to the accelerated 494 Political Science Internship cannot public or nonprofit sector. To be eligible, a program are as follows: be used to fullfill these twelve upper-level student must have completed 90 credits of • PADM 601 Principles of Public credits. course work and have an overall GPA of Administration (may be used to meet 3.0, with a GPA of 3.3 in political science the undergraduate major distribution courses. The accelerated program is limited Concentration in public affairs and requirement for U.S. politics and is a administration to students majoring in, and who have a required course in the graduate program) minimum of nine credit hours in political • PADM 602 Public Administration Since students majoring in political sci- science. To be considered for acceptance Theory (may be used to meet the ence or in urban studies cannot minor in into the program and before enrolling in undergraduate major distribution their respective major area, the 600-level master of public administration requirement for political theory and Concentration in Public Affairs and courses, a student must complete the gradu- methodology and is a required course Administration is designed to offer them ate school application, submit standardized in the graduate program) the opportunity for a broad-based public test scores, and supply the supporting infor- • PADM 623 Research Methods (may affairs education. Typical subject matter mation required for admission. Upon being be used to meet the undergraduate includes public policy issues and processes, accepted into the accelerated program, a major distribution requirement for relations between federal, state and local student must meet the same standards of political theory and methodology and governments, organization theory and pub- performance as a graduate student that is is a required course in the graduate lic budgeting. The concentration can be described in detail in the Satisfactory program) combined with an internship designed to Progress section of the Graduate and • PADM 650 Principles of Nonprofit provide practical experience and exposure Professional Programs Bulletin, must main- Management (required for the concen- to the process of administration. tain a 3.0 GPA, and must satisfactorily tration in nonprofit management and complete all of the requirements for the is an elective for the M.P.A. degree, Concentration requirements Political science and urban studies majors should take: degree, as stated in this bulletin. Guidance and may fulfill and elective require- POLI 331 Public Administration to students admitted to the accelerated pro- ment in the undergraduate major) gram is given by the public administration POLI 432 Bureaucratic Politics • PADM 607 Public Human Resource URSP 413 Policy Implementation program director. Students should contact Management (core requirement for the URSP 322 Urban Finance the M.P.A. graduate director for more infor- M.P.A.; elective for the undergraduate mation about admission procedures. major) Minor in public affairs and To graduate with a bachelor’s degree, a • PADM 609 Public Financial administration student must complete 120 hours of course Management (core requirement for the A minor in public affairs and administra- work. Of these credits, 33 must be in politi- M.P.A.; elective for the undergraduate tion is designed for students who wish to cal science. Of the 33 political science major) prepare for a variety of employment oppor- credits, nine are required (POLI 103 U.S. • PADM 624 Quantitative Methods for tunities in government and related fields. It Government, POLI/INTL 105 Public Administration (core require- provides an overview of public affairs at the International Relations, POLI 490 Senior ment for the public administration national, state and local levels. It’s emphasis Seminar). Students also must earn 12 cred- degree; elective for the undergraduate is on acquainting students with the political its in intradepartmental distribution courses major) or a PADM elective course context of public administration, issues of with three credit hours in each of the fol- (elective requirement for the M.P.A. particular importance in the private sector, lowing areas: comparative politics, interna- and elective for the undergraduate and the complexity of planning and deci- tional relations, political theory and major) sion making. By emphasizing both profes- methodology, and U.S. politics. The All accelerated program students must sional skill and analytical thinking, it offers remaining 12 credits are elective courses. have their course schedules approved by

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 61 College of Humanities and Sciences the possibility to develop valuable work- POLI 201 Introduction to Politics interpretation. Topics to be covered include an intro- place skills and analytic capabilities that Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course duction to the operation of the Supreme Court, deci- may qualify graduates for professional oppor- examines the basic concepts involved in the study of sions on federalism, the powers of Congress, the presi- politics. Topics include nature of the state, purpose of dent, the judiciary and civil rights and civil liberties. tunities with local, state or federal agencies, government, justice, power, etc. and an ultimate career in the public sector. POLI 315 U.S. Judicial Policy Making A public affairs and administration minor POLI 205/SOCY 205 Introduction to Social Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. also is solid preparation for graduate study in Science Computing Prerequisite: POLI 314. A study of theories and models law, public administration, urban planning, Five-week course; 4 lecture/laboratory hours. 1 credit. of judicial decision making in the Supreme Court, focusing on judicial structure and procedures, policy- public policy, and political science. Students Required of all sociology and anthropology majors concentrating in sociology. An introduction to the use of making analysis, political ideology and judicial in the minor may arrange an internship to SPSS for storage, retrieval and exploration of social activism. provide experience and practical exposure science data. to public affairs and administration. POLI 316/WMNS 316 Women and the Law POLI 301 U.S. Parties and Elections Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course Minor requirements Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An will introduce students to the history, politics and status of women under the American legal system. Topics The minor consists of 18 upper-level credits. All overview of U.S. political parties and elections. Topics will include the history, organization and methods of to be covered may include equal protection, sexual vio- students must take the following courses: U.S. political parties, presidential nominations and lence, the particular rights of women of color and les- elections; Congressional elections. bians, reproductive rights, women criminals and POLI 331 Public Administration women in the legal profession. POLI 432 Bureaucratic Politics POLI 302/AFAM 302 Politics of the Civil Rights URSP 413 Policy Implementation Movement POLI 318/AFAM 318/WMNS 318 Politics of Race, URSP 322 Urban Finance Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The main Class and Gender objectives of the course are to introduce and examine Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of In addition, two of the following electives are required: the personalities and activities of the modern Civil the racial, class and gender influences on the history POLI 310 Public Policy Rights Movement. The course provides the historical and development of political values, conflicts, POLI 321 Municipal Government and Administration background leading up to the peak years of the strug- processes, structures and public policy in the United POLI 322 State and Local Politics gle for racial equality in America. States. POLI 329 Intergovernmental Relations POLI 303 Public Opinion, Polling and the Media POLI 319/WMNS 319 Women and American POLI 425 Public Policy in the States Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Study of the Politics URSP 310 Introduction to Public Planning* interplay among the mass media, political campaigns Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course URSP 541 Urban Public Policy Processes* and public opinion. Topics include public opinion and its analyzes the participation of women in American poli- POLI 494 Internship or URSP 493 Internship measurement, how campaigns use public opinion polling tics. Attention is given to both women’s historical and (see adviser) and the impact of the media on public opinion. contemporary roles in politics, their participation as voters and citizens, and their behavior as candidates Note: Urban studies students take POLI 321 POLI 306 The Congress and office holders. Additional topics may include work- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of place, family and education issues and reproductive * Political science students take URSP 541 or the behavior of legislators and the structures and rights. URSP 310 processes of legislative decision making in the U.S. Congress. Analysis will include both the internal and POLI 320/SOCY 320 Research Methods in the external environment of congressional policy making, and Social Sciences Cooperative Education Program an assessment of the impact of congressional policy. Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 The Cooperative Education Program is credits. Prerequisite: SOCY/POLI 205 or equivalent. available to qualifying students pursuing POLI 308 U.S. Presidency Current methods of research in the social sciences. undergraduate degrees in political science. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A political and institutional study of the chief executive, focusing A full description of the program appears in POLI 321 Urban Government and Politics especially on the presidential personality and relations Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An exami- the Division of Student Affairs chapter of with Congress, the bureaucracy, the courts and the nation of urban political power and influence, gover- this bulletin. shaping of domestic and foreign policy. nance and public policy. Topics include: power and influence, governmental structures and the political POLI 310 Public Policy process, public policy and service delivery. Courses in political science (POLI) Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An analyti- POLI 103 U.S. Government cal survey of policy formulation and implementation in POLI 322 State and Local Government and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of the United States, together with an examination of the Politics American national government focusing on its underly- impact of policy upon individuals and groups in Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An exami- ing political ideas, constitutional basis, major institu- American society. nation of the politics and governance of states and tions, and their interaction in the determination of pub- localities. Attention is devoted to political culture, lic policy. POLI 311/ENVS 311 Politics of the Environment interest groups, political parties, the legislative, execu- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An explo- tive and judicial components of state government, POLI 105/INTL 105 International Relations ration of the current controversy about environmental Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An intro- along with the structure and political processes of local politics and the issues and crisis it centers on. Special governments. ductory analysis of interstate relations and world attention will be given to the constitutional, political affairs. Attention focuses on theories of international and geographical factors in the development of envi- POLI 323 Virginia Government and Politics politics, military capabilities and their application, ronmental policy and the organized effort to deal with Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An exami- international organizations, global economic trends, governmental actions and inaction and its impact on nation of Virginia state government and politics, with domestic sources of state behavior and other selected policy outcomes. appropriate attention given to political culture, interest issues as appropriate. groups, political parties, the media and the legislative, POLI 314 U.S. Constitutional Law executive and judicial branches of government. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of the development of the Constitution through judicial

62 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

POLI 329 Intergovernmental Relations ines the contemporary problems of fledgling democra- POLI 364/INTL 364 Vietnam Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An exami- cies as they cope with economic and debt crises and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An analysis nation of vertical and horizontal intergovernmental various opposition challenges. of the complete record of the conflict in Vietnam. The relations. Attention will be given to the major variants primary focus will be on the period of United States of federalism. The role of categorical and block grants POLI 354/INTL 354 Politics of the Former Soviet involvement. The course will examine closely how and in programmatic federalism will be assessed. Trends in Union why the United States became involved in Vietnam and intergovernmental relations will be advanced. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of what impact the Vietnam war has had on political insti- the origins, institutions and processes and disintegra- tutions and behavior. In particular, the course will POLI 331 Public Administration tion of the Soviet political system, and the ongoing examine what impact the period of U.S. involvement Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of reform efforts during the post-Soviet period. Special has had upon U.S. foreign policy. The course also will the concepts and practices of public administration in emphasis is placed on the politics of the transition to a consider additional topics including: public opinion and the United States. Particular attention will be given to democratic political system and a market economy. the war, the relationship between president and the administrative procedures and practices of the Other topics include nationality issues, social problems Congress in light of the war and contemporary U.S. pol- national government and of the government in Virginia. and foreign policy. itics as a backlash against the political movements of the 1960s. POLI 341, 342 History of Political Thought POLI 355/INTL 355 Asian Governments and Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3-3 credits. A sur- Politics POLI 365/INTL 365 International Political vey of political thought from the time of Plato to the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A compara- Economy present. First semester: leading political ideas of the tive analysis of the politics and governments of major 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of both theoretical ancient and medieval periods. Second semester: mod- Asian states, with a focus on Japan, China and India. and current policy issues in international political econ- ern and contemporary thought. omy. Theories to be covered include liberalism, mer- POLI 356/AFAM 356/INTL 356 Government and cantilism, Marxism, regionalism, world systems theory POLI 343/AFAM 343 Black Political Thought Politics of Africa and others. Policy issues include differing styles of cap- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An histori- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course italism in the industrialized world, the political econ- cal and sociological perspective on the political and will introduce the student to the basic outlines of gov- omy of development, the politics of international corpo- social ideas of black thinkers from David Walker to the ernment and politics in Africa. The course will consider rate alliances and others. present. such topics as colonialism, elitism and nationalism and modernization strategies. Using the comparative POLI 366/WMNS 366/INTL 368 Women and Global POLI 344 Contemporary Political Theory approach, the course will primarily focus on West, East Politics Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course and Central Africa. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of provides a survey of recent trends in political theory. It women and global politics, providing both a feminist examines updates of the major ideological traditions, POLI 357/AFAM 357/INTL 357 Politics of Southern re-examination of traditional international-relations arguments about the nature of modernity and recent Africa theories and a comparative analysis of the political, developments in environment, feminist and non- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An exami- legal and economic status of the world’s women. The Western thought. nation of racial and political developments in the impact of women on global political institutions such southern tip of Africa. While South Africa will be the as the United Nations will be addressed as well as POLI 345/AFAM 345 African-American Politics primary focus of analysis, other countries in the region Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. In this other feminist and grassroots means of taking political such as Zimbabwe, Angola and Mozambique will be action. course, students will discuss and analyze the dynamics studied. of the black experience in the American political sys- POLI 391 Topics in Political Science tem. The status of African Americans in the United POLI 358/INTL 358 Comparative Politics Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Maximum States and the struggle for racial equality will be Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. total of nine credits in all departmental topics courses examined, as will the manner in which American insti- Comparative study of politics and governments. may be applied to the major. An intensive survey of a tutions have responded to these phenomena. Students Introduces concepts and theories used in the study of specialized field of political interest. See the Schedule of will examine the race/class metric in African-American political systems. Topics include democratization and Classes for specific topics to be offered each semester. politics, particularly policies of Affirmative Action as a democratic governance, the role of the state, one-party black progress strategy. and military regimes, revolution and economic and POLI 420 Seminar in Urban Politics political development. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Attention POLI 351/INTL 351 Governments and Politics of will be devoted to concerns bearing on community the Middle East POLI 361/INTL 361 Issues in World Politics power and influence, the dynamics of the urban politi- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A compara- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An explo- cal process, the nature of urban public policy and met- tive analysis of political systems in the Middle East ration of several significant issues in world politics. ropolitan governmental structure. including the study of contemporary aspects of tradi- Topics may include peacekeeping and collective secu- tionalism, the political nature of transition, the instru- rity, international economic competitiveness, global POLI 432 Bureaucratic Politics ments of political modernization and evolution and rev- environmental politics as well as selected others. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. olution in the political process of Middle Eastern Topics will vary with current events and trends in the Prerequisite: POLI 331. An analysis of the nature of states. The course will explore the primary bases of international arena. bureaucracy and bureaucratic phenomena in American cleavage and conflict and the principal forces that governments; the role and involvement of the bureau- shape the policies and political dynamics of the region. POLI 362/INTL 362 International Organizations cracy in politics and the policy-making process. Primary and Institutions focus on theories and approaches to understanding the POLI 352/INTL 352 European Governments and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of central role of bureaucracy in modern society and its Politics the background development structure and operations use and abuse of power. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A compara- of organizations and institutions such as the United tive study of the political systems of selected western Nations, the European Community, the Organization of POLI 448 Scope and Method of Political Science and eastern European countries. American States. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: POLI 103 and 201, or permission of POLI 353/INTL 353 Latin American Governments POLI 363/INTL 363 U.S. Foreign Policy instructor. A comprehensive and systematic study of and Politics Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An analyti- the philosophy of political science, various theories Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of cal survey of processes and practices in the formula- seeking to explain political phenomena and some of politics characteristic of Latin American systems, tion of U.S. foreign policy, including an introduction to the techniques of political analysis. including democratic reformism, military authoritarian- the goals, problems of implementation and current ism and revolutionary socialism. The course also exam- challenges faced by policy makers.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 63 College of Humanities and Sciences

POLI 452/INTL 452 Seminar in the Politics of POLI 498 Political Science Honors concentrations: Urban Studies, Geography Developing Areas Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. or Generalized Course of Study. Within the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Analysis of Prerequisite: Admission to the Honors in Political Urban Studies concentration, students may Science Program or permission of the political science the processes of political and economic development. select one of two tracks: planning or urban Includes a study of various challenges facing develop- honors coordinator. This course will focus primarily on ing countries, such as economic inequalities, environ- various approaches to the study of politics and will affairs. mental degradation, mass political participation, mili- draw together the diverse strands of political science Faculty members represent the following tary coups, revolution and civil war. that are the most representative, coherent and lively in disciplines and professions: planning, geog- the field. Its purpose is to acquaint the students with raphy, political science, law, urban studies, POLI 468/INTL 468 Seminar on Comparative various conceptual frameworks for the study of politics economics, architecture and environmental Foreign Policy or to develop their understanding of the state of the studies. In addition, supporting urban stud- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. discipline. Prerequisite: POLI 201 or permission of instructor. A ies and geography courses are taught by fac- study of theories, models and hypotheses of foreign POLI 499 Political Science Honors Project ulty members from other departments with policy behavior in various types of political systems Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. the College of Humanities and Sciences. with emphasis on empirical research and analysis of Prerequisite: Successful completion of POLI 498 with a differences and similarities. “B” grade or above. This course will entail the planning and execution of a major research project demonstrat- Degree requirements – bachelor POLI 490 Senior Seminar ing a thorough understanding and use of research tech- of science in urban studies and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. niques in political analysis, knowledge of relevant liter- geography Prerequisites: 24 credits in political science courses or ature, sophisticated writing and research ability under permission of instructor. A capstone course examining the direction of the honors coordinator. The bachelor of science major in urban the major ideas and debates in each of the four sub- studies and geography requires 120 credits, fields of the discipline of political science: American including 36-37 credits depending on the government, political theory, comparative politics and Urban Studies concentration within the major. The pro- international relations. Students are required to pro- The bachelor of science major in Urban gram is designed so that students may enter duce a research project on a critical issue in one of the as late as their junior year. Note: students sub-fields. Studies and Geography provides opportunities to investigate urban, regional, national must complete STAT 210 Basic Practice of POLI 491 Topics in Political Science and global concerns while developing a Statistics prior to enrolling in URSP 242. It Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Maximum solid foundation in the basic content areas is imperative that students complete this total of nine credits in all departmental topics courses of the two disciplines. The required core requirement as early as possible in their may be applied to the major. An intensive survey of a program, and that URSP 242 be completed specialized field of political interest. See the Schedule of focuses on theory, analytical methodologies, Classes for specific topics to be offered each semester. technical skills and substantive themes of no later than the spring semester of their both disciplines. Students are provided with junior year since it is a prerequisite for POLI 492 Independent Study the necessary problem-solving skills that URSP 306. URSP 242 is a corequisite for Semester course; variable credit. Maximum of four will contribute to their success in a rapidly URSP 313. Students may substitute credits per semester; maximum total of six credits for INFO 162 and SOCY 205/POLI 205 for all independent study courses. Open generally to stu- changing world. These skills are developed dents of only junior or senior standing who have in the context of professional, social and URSP 242. acquired at least 12 credits in political science. ethical responsibilities. The faculty strives Qualified seniors are allowed to enroll in Determination of the amount of credit and permission to foster a spirit of learning, inquiry and most 500-level courses but should consult of the instructor and department chair must be curiosity among students culminating in their adviser before registering to secure obtained prior to registration of the course. An inde- the strengthening of their intellectual permission of the instructor. pendent study course that allows a political science achievements. Students with who earn a Students with a minimum GPA of 2.5 major or other student who meets the requirement to may apply for participation in the Urban do research, under the direction of an instructor quali- bachelor of science major in Urban Studies fied in that area, in a subject or field of major interest. and Geography have acquired those skills Government Internship Program which needed for graduate school or for fulfilling provides an opportunity to work within the POLI 493/URSP 493 Urban Government Internship employment opportunities. Richmond area and elsewhere on urban Semester course; 150 clock hours in a local legislative Nine courses (27 credits) are required for and regional problems. In general, students body or administrative agency. 3 credits. May be may not exceed 48 credits of urban studies repeated once for a maximum of six credits or 300 all majors. These courses address basic clock hours. Approval of selection committee required. knowledge across the disciplines of urban and geography courses. However, those stu- Under supervision of a faculty committee and a field studies and geography, including physical dents who choose to participate in the supervisor, the internship is designed to present oppor- geography, spatial dimensions of culture internship program may exceed this maxi- tunities for qualified students to acquire exposure to and human activity, urban design, eco- mum by three credit hours. aspects of public decision-making processes by partici- nomic geography, environmental manage- pation in (1) local legislative bodies of the Richmond ment, and public policy. Students gain skills Core Courses metropolitan area; (2) local and regional administrative (all students must successfully complete all of the agencies and commissions; and (3) private organiza- in computer applications and research following required core courses) tions that have demonstrated interest in local govern- methods. GEOG 102 Introduction to Human Geography ment and politics. Because students in the Urban Studies URSP 116 Introduction to the City and Geography program have varied inter- POLI 494 Political Science Internship GEOG 204 Physical Geography Semester course; 3 credits. May be repeated once for ests and varied career goals, the major pro- URSP 242 Computer Applications in Community Analysis a maximum of six credits. Designed to provide the stu- vides flexibility for individual students to URSP 261 Design of the City dent with an opportunity to relate theory to practice develop their own course of study. To com- URSP/GEOG 306 Urban Economic Geography through observation and actual experience in the leg- plete the remaining 11 to 12 credits in the URSP/GEOG 313 Urban Research and Field Methods islative, executive or judicial branches of government, major, students may select one of three URSP/GEOG 332 Environmental Management or in interest groups or political party organizations. URSP 541 Urban Public Policy-making Processes

64 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

Students must then select one of the fol- track can pursue careers in a variety centration and the Geography concentra- lowing concentrations for completing the of agencies and organizations involved tion listed above. remaining 11 to 12 credits in the major. All with different aspects and challenges of courses marked with an asterisk are urban life. Geography concentration required for that concentration/track. For geography, see School of World Electives must be selected with the assis- Generalized course of study Studies. tance of a faculty adviser. concentration This option is designed for those students Concentration in Public Affairs and Urban studies concentration who have a broad interest in both urban Administration The Urban Studies concentration pro- studies and geography. By self-identifying Since students majoring in political sci- vides students with an intellectual under- their scholarly interests and working closely ence or in urban studies cannot minor in standing of urban phenomena and with suf- with their adviser, students may tailor this their respective major area, the ficient methodological skills to undertake concentration to match not only intellec- Concentration in Public Affairs and entry-level responsibilities in public and tual interests but anticipated career goals. Administration is designed to offer them private organizations dealing with the issues Students may elect to complete the remain- the opportunity for a broad-based public of urbanization. Students explore the social, ing 12 credits of the Urban Studies and affairs education. Typical subject matter political, economic and historic aspects of Geography major by selecting courses from includes public policy issues and processes, urban life including international compar- both urban studies and geography. relations between federal, state and local isons of urban society and the policies that governments, organization theory and pub- governments have devised to address urban Urban studies concentration lic budgeting. The concentration can be problems. Planning track combined with an internship designed to Career opportunities exist in a wide vari- Students must complete 12 credits from provide practical experience and exposure ety of fields for graduates. Recent graduates the list including the required course to the process of administration. in Urban Studies have found useful and (marked with an asterisk). meaningful employment in a number of URSP 310 Introduction to Planning* Concentration requirements public agencies and organizations, including URSP 245 Housing and CommunityRevitalization Political science and urban studies majors should take: planning departments, housing authorities, URSP/GEOG 302 Land Use Capability POLI 331 Public Administration community development departments, URSP 322 Urban Finance POLI 432 Bureaucratic Politics URSP 350/FRLG 345/INTL 345 Great Cities of the World transportation firms, social welfare agencies URSP 413 Policy Implementation URSP 391 Special Topics in Urban Studies URSP 322 Urban Finance and a variety of private organizations. Most URSP 392 Independent Study in Urban Studies students who choose graduate school have URSP 397, 398 Independent Study Minor in public affairs and been accepted to leading institutions, URSP 413 Policy Implementation enrolling in programs in architecture, plan- URSP 493 Urban Government Internship administration ning, law, public administration, business URSP 517 Historic Preservation in Planning A minor in public affairs and administra- administration and other majors in the URSP/ENVS 521 Introduction to Geographic tion is designed for students who wish to social and behavioral sciences. Information Science prepare for a variety of employment oppor- Students in the Urban Studies concen- URSP 525 Site Planning and Graphics tunities in government and related fields. It tration may choose a track in planning or URSP 552 Urban Transportation Systems provides an overview of public affairs at the URSP 567 The American Suburb urban affairs. These tracks provide students national, state and local levels. It’s empha- with choices for more detailed study. The sis is on acquainting students with the Urban affairs track political context of public administration, Richmond metropolitan area is the primary Students complete 12 credits from this issues of particular importance in the pri- laboratory for this concentration, and the list including the required course (marked vate sector, and the complexity of planning students are constantly challenged by the with an asterisk). and decision making. By emphasizing both opportunities for research and community URSP 413 Policy Implementation* involvement. URSP 245 Housing and Community Revitalization professional skill and analytical thinking, it URSP 304 Urban Social System offers the possibility to develop valuable Planning track URSP 310 Introduction to Public Planning workplace skills and analytic capabilities The planning track is intended for stu- URSP 315 Evolution of American Cities that may qualify graduates for professional dents interested in pursuing careers in URSP 322 Urban Finance opportunities with local, state or federal URSP/GEOG/INTL 340 World Cities Outside urban planning. Courses in the track pro- agencies, and an ultimate career in the pub- of North America lic sector. A public affairs and administra- vide information about the planning profes- URSP 350/FRLG 345/INTL 345 Great Cities of the World sion, the issues that planners address, the tion minor also is solid preparation for URSP 391 Special Topics in Urban Studies graduate study in law, public administra- methods and techniques they employ, and URSP 392 Independent Study in Urban Studies tion, urban planning, public policy and their roles in dealing with urban problems. URSP 493 Urban Government Internship URSP 552 Urban Transportation Systems political science. Students in the minor Urban affairs track URSP 567 The American Suburb may arrange an internship to provide experience and practical exposure to public The urban affairs track is intended for Generalized course of study concentration affairs and administration. students interested in learning about cities Students complete 12 credits from the in the United States and the world, and course listings for the Urban Studies con- about urban public policy. Students in this

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 65 College of Humanities and Sciences

Minor requirements Courses in urban studies and strategies for developing and maintaining healthy The minor consists of 18 upper-level credits. All students urban economies will be discussed in detail. This must take the following courses: planning (URSP) course is a prerequisite for URSP 322 Urban Finance. POLI 331 Public Administration URSP 116 Introduction to the City POLI 432 Bureaucratic Politics Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. URSP 310 Introduction to Public Planning URSP 413 Policy Implementation Introduction to the various theories of urbanism and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Introduction to theory and practice of governmental URSP 322 Urban Finance attempt to offer solutions to the problems of urban life in modern civilization. The course will survey the major planning in the United States with emphasis on urban works of those who have studied cities or offered solu- and regional planning. Survey of the history of urban In addition, two of the following electives are required: tions and alternatives to existing urban structures. The planning, current planning practice at the local level POLI 310 Public Policy works of noted social reformers, political analysts, and the ethical responsibilities of planners. POLI 321 Municipal Government and Administration* economists, and architects as well as urban planners POLI 322 State and Local Politics will be examined through lectures, readings, films, URSP 313/GEOG 313 Urban Research and Field POLI 329 Intergovernmental Relations slides, discussions and field trips (when feasible). Methods POLI 334 Issues in Public Employment Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. POLI 425 Public Policy in the States URSP 242 Computer Applications in Community Prerequisite: STAT 210. Pre- or corequisite: URSP 242 URSP 310 Introduction to Public Planning Analysis or permission of instructor. Methods of data collection, URSP 541 Urban Public Policy Processes Semester course (5 weeks); 4 lecture/laboratory hours. organization and updating; the use of secondary infor- POLI 494 Internship or URSP 493 Internship (see adviser) 1 credit. Prerequisite: STAT 210. Practical introduction mation; applications of elementary statistical analysis to computer software and techniques used in urban and of graphic and cartographic analysis. * Urban studies students take POLI 321 analysis, emphasizing spreadsheet applications and use of SPSS for analyzing social science data. URSP 315 The Evolution of American Cities Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A general Note: Political science students take URSP 541 or URSP 245 Housing and Community Revitalization survey of how cities developed in the United States URSP 310 Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The pur- and the factors that contributed to the process of pose of this course is to examine housing issues as a urbanization. Emphasis is placed on the public attitudes Minor in urban studies major determinant of the make-up and the quality of and values that have dominated particular periods of For a minor in urban studies, the follow- community life in modern American society. Attention history and how these values affected the efforts to urbanize. The American city is examined as a vital ing nine credit hours are required: URSP is given to the public and private forces that influence various components of the housing issue, such as: force in the economic, social and political development 315, 316 and URSP 310. An additional demand for housing; housing availability to various of modern America, as the major location for conflict nine hours of urban studies electives are to economic and social groups; housing design and qual- between people of all persuasions, and as the home of be taken with the advice and consent of an ity (including new construction, rehabilitation, historic much of what is meant by American “civilization.” adviser in this department. preservation, and adaptive re-use), housing finance and the relationship of housing to planning in metropolitan URSP 316 Urban Life in Modern America areas. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Restricted Master in urban and regional to nonmajors. Examines how a modern city functions, planning URSP 261 Design of the City the public services rendered within the city and the A master in urban and regional planning Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. impact of public policy on the city. The city is treated Architecture, space and activities play a special role in as a system consisting of economic, social and political was established in 1973 to prepare profes- the overall design of the city. These elements are ana- activities that influence and are influenced by the phys- sional planners for employment in state and lyzed to understand their interrelationships and impor- ical/demographic environment. Each activity is studied local government and private firms. The tance to a city’s visual character. Architectural styles, separately with the cause-effect relationships among MURP is a two-year program that requires civic art, effects of space on the individual, and meth- the activities highlighted by an analysis of public serv- 48 semester hours of course work and intern- ods for designing cities will be discussed. The class is ice delivery and, more generally, urban public policy. for those who want to understand urban design ele- ship. Accredited by the Planning URSP 322 Urban Finance Accreditation Board, the curriculum pro- ments and for those who will be involved in city design. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. vides a grounding in the theory and methods Prerequisite: URSP 306. Treats the local government of planning that is balanced between class- URSP 302/GEOG 302 Land Use Capability from a practical management perspective as an organi- room and field experience. Students may Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An intro- zation in a political-economic environment. The nature choose a broad program in comprehensive duction to the principles, concepts and knowledge of city expenditures and sources of revenues are explored. Budgeting and taxing decision-making planning or elect one of four concentrations: involved in determining the capacity of land under various conditions to support a variety of uses. processes are explored in depth. Economic impacts of • urban revitalization and historic these decisions on citizens are analyzed and implica- preservation URSP 304 Urban Social Systems tions for practice drawn. • housing and neighborhood planning Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of • economic development the growth and development of neighborhoods, cities URSP 332/ENVS 332/GEOG 332 Environmental • physical planning and metropolitan systems. Analyzes origins of commu- Management nity interests and factors that affect the ability of com- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Provides a • environmental planning munities to further their interests. Particular attention framework for developing environmental management There also is the opportunity for a joint is given to how patterns of service delivery and the objectives and techniques. The focus of the course is degree program within the T. C. Williams placement of public facilities affect community interest on a study of natural hazards in Virginia and a variety Law School at the University of Richmond. and whether federal or municipal departments are able of approaches to reducing losses from these hazards. See the Graduate and Professional to set adequate community service standards. URSP 340/GEOG 340/INTL 340 World Cities Programs Bulletin for a more detailed URSP 306/GEOG 306 Urban Economic Geography Outside of North America description of this program Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Examines Prerequisite: URSP 242. Explores the nature of work as the role of cities in the development of a variety of it is organized in urban businesses, the interdepend- geographical regions outside of North America. ence of industries and the reasons why different cities Consists of a broad overview of the historical evolution develop different types of economies. Policies and

66 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences of cities, their internal structure and relation to the URSP 517 Historic Preservation in Planning Paula I. Otto world system and urban problems. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The course Associate Professor and Assistant Director (1997) surveys the process of historic preservation that B.S. 1983 West Virginia University URSP 350/FRLG 345/INTL 345 Great Cities of the includes the evaluation of sites, identification of archi- M.A. 1997 American University World tectural styles, the adaptive use of sites and structures, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be and the various sources available for implementing repeated under different topics for a total of six credits. preservation proposals in government or the private Nicole Footen Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or permission of sector. Preservation is considered as a tool in the plan- Coordinator of Student Services (2001) instructor. An interdisciplinary course with a focus on ning process; and its application to neighborhoods, B.A. 1997 West Virginia University the origin, expansion and significance of one or more downtowns, and other city districts is considered. M.S.W. 2000 West Virginia University cities, the specifics of its/their culture and the role of language. Particular emphasis will be placed on relat- URSP 521/GEOG 521/ENVS 521 Introduction to Chumley, Timothy H. (1994) Assistant Professor, ing the physical, social and economic aspects of the Geographic Information Science VCU Adcenter city’s growth and development to the cultural expres- Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 B.F.A. 1983 Southern Methodist University sion of urbanism. credits. An introduction to creating and using geographically referenced databases for urban and envi- Cook-Tench, Diane M. (1991) Associate Professor URSP 391 Special Topics in Urban Studies ronmental analysis and planning. Includes geographic B.F.A. 1976 Minneapolis College of Art and Design Semester course; 1, 2 or 3 credits. Because of the and remote sensing data structures, global positioning Cotzias, Constantin G. (1996) Associate Professor changing subject matter to be treated in this course, systems, spatial analysis, geographic data standards, B.A. 1975 Gettysburg College permission of the instructor is required. Students will public domain software and data resources, and princi- M.B.A. 1977 New York University have an opportunity to examine in detail some ques- ples of cartography design. Lab exercises in the use of Donohue, Thomas R. (1989) Professor tions of significance. See the Schedule of Classes for geographic information systems software tools. B.A. 1967 Bowling Green State University the specific topic to be offered each semester. URSP 525 Site Planning and Graphics M.A. 1968 Bowling Green State University URSP 392 Independent Study Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Addresses Ph.D. 1972 University of Massachusetts, Amherst Semester course; 1-3 lecture hours. 1-3 credits. Junior the environmental impacts and capacity of environmen- Faison, Brenda Smith (2000) Associate Professor or senior standing is required. Under supervision of a tal systems in relation to the site requirements of vari- B.A. 1980 North Carolina Central University faculty adviser, who must approve the student taking ous urban and rural situations. Introduces the use of M.P.D. 1984 North Carolina State University the course, a student studies a topic of interest. graphics as an aid in presenting and analyzing planning Ph.D. 1995 The Ohio State University and design ideas, maps and plans. URSP 397, 398 Independent Study Govoni, Jean (2000) Associate Professor B.F.A. 1973 Syracuse University Semester courses; 2 or 3 lecture hours. 2 or 3 credits. URSP 541 Urban Public Policy-making Processes Junior or senior standing is required. Under supervision Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Discusses Kennamer, J. David (1982) Associate Professor of a faculty adviser, whose consent is required to regis- the politics of urban life. Examines the physical, demo- B.A. 1972 University of Kentucky ter, study a topic of concern to the student. Examines graphic and economic environments in which conflict M.A. 1978 University of Kentucky the role of cities in development of a variety of geo- resolution occurs, as well as the actors on the local, Ph.D. 1982 University of Wisconsin – Madison graphical regions outside of North America. state and federal levels that participate in the political Martin Jr., Ernest F. (2003) Associate Professor process. B.A. 1967 Morningside College URSP 413 Policy Implementation M.A. 1969 University of Missouri, Columbia Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An exami- URSP 552 Urban Transportation Systems Ph.D. 1971 University of Missouri, Columbia nation of the administrative setting of government and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An exami- its policy impacts on public programs, policy design nation of urban requirements for mobility, transporta- Nicholson, June Orr (1984) Associate Professor and redesign, and evaluation and monitoring. tion systems, problems of traffic, mass transit and new B.A. 1968 University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill concepts for moving people and goods. M.A. 1979 American University URSP 440 Senior Seminar: The Good City Ryan, Tracy Tuten (2002) Assistant Professor Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. URSP 567 The American Suburb B.S. 1988 East Carolina University Prerequisite: Senior standing. Readings, discussion and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Provides stu- M.B.A. 1990 East Carolina University individual research into “the good city” as it is dents with an understanding of the suburban movement Ph.D. 1996 Virginia Commonwealth University expressed theoretically and practically. Perspectives in America, the elements of suburban growth and an Sims, Will (2001) Assistant Professor from the arts and humanities, as well as the social sci- awareness of current and emerging approaches to subur- ences, are brought to bear on the normative question, ban planning and design. Includes neotraditional design, B.A. 1986 University of Richmond “What is the good city?” A research project is a transit oriented development, new urbanism and master M.A. 1988 Virginia Commonwealth University requirement. planned communities. A working knowledge of the U.S. Smith III, Ted J. (1987) Associate Professor Census is needed for some assignments. B.A. 1971 Michigan State University URSP 493 Urban Government Internship M.A. 1972 Michigan State University Semester course; 150 clock hours in a local legislative body or administrative agency. 3 credits. May be Ph.D. 1978 Michigan State University South, Jeffrey C. (1997) Associate Professor repeated once for a maximum total of six credits or 300 School of Mass Communications clock hours. Approval of selection committee required. B.A. 1974 University of Texas – Austin Under supervision of a faculty committee and a field Thomas, Clarence W. (1991) Associate Professor supervisor, the internship is designed to present oppor- Judy VanSlyke Turk B.A. 1976 Hampton Institute tunities for qualified students to acquire exposure to Professor and Director, School of Mass M.S. 1977 Syracuse University aspects of public decision-making processes by partici- Communications (2002) Ph.D. 1990 University of Florida pation in (1) local legislative bodies of the Richmond B.S.J. 1970 Medill School at Northwestern Wenger, Debora Halpern (2002) Associate Professor metropolitan area; (2) local and regional administrative University B.S. 1984 Moorhead State University agencies, commissions and boards; and (3) private M.A. 1977 Northern Illinois University M.A. 1995 Univeristy of North Carolina – Charlotte organizations that have demonstrated interest in local Ph.D. 1985 Maxwell School at Syracuse government and politics. Wirt, Wilma H. (1987) Associate Professor University B.A. 1958 Oklahoma State University M.A. 1977 University of Texas

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 67 College of Humanities and Sciences

Emeriti faculty mental permission. Students in the school’s Journalism sequence Arnold, Edmund C., Professor Emeritus lower division need departmental permis- MASC 303 General Assignment Reporting A.B. Michigan State University sion to enroll in MASC 300. MASC 363 Electronic Media Writing I L.H.D. Hartwick College Admittance to the MASC upper division MASC 365 Radio Production Crutchfield, George Thomas (1970) Professor Emeritus is contingent on meeting the following MASC 366 Television Production B.S. Florida Southern College requirements: a GPA of at least 2.25 in all MASC 408 Communications Law M.S. Florida State University MASC 493 Fieldwork/Internship (one-three credits) courses, completion of a minimum of 40 MASC 495 Journalism Seminar hours of course work, including MASC 101 The School of Mass Communications and MASC 203 with at least a grade of “C” prepares students for careers in the mass Print concentration and completion of the following courses: MASC 300 Media Graphics media and related fields and encourages ENGL 101-200, MATH 131 or equivalent, MASC 305 Copy Editing high standards of ethical and journalistic POLI 103, pass Computer Literacy MASC electives (three-six credits) performance. The required courses in the Assessment, College of Humanities and And choose six credits from the following: school provide a broad educational base Sciences global studies and science require- MASC 403 Advanced Reporting and instruct the students in the techniques ments, and ECON 203. MASC 404 Specialized Project Reporting of mass communications. Certification of these requirements must MASC 475 Capital News Service The School of Mass Communications accompany a formal petition for admission offers a Bachelor of Science degree in mass Broadcast concentration to the upper division of this program. At MASC 361 History and Development of Broadcasting communications with specialization in one that time the student must select an area of of three sequences. MASC elective (three credits) specialization in mass communications. Choose four credits from the following: The Journalism Sequence provides stu- To enroll in a mass communications MASC 414 Advanced Radio Production dents with the skills and practice necessary course, majors must have earned at least a MASC 415 Advanced Television Production for careers in the news media. Students “C” in all courses prerequisite for that MASC 463 Electronic Media Writing II choose one of two concentrations — broad- course. MASC 464 Electronic Media Writing III cast or print. Transfer students with junior standing Choose four to nine credits from the following: The Advertising Sequence prepares stu- admitted to VCU are placed on one-semes- MASC 461 The Documentary MASC 462 Non-linear Editing dents for careers at advertising agencies, ter probation to establish the required GPA marketing departments of corporations or MASC 465 Newscasting before admission to the upper division. MASC 466 VCU InSight Production service organizations, and media buying Students admitted to the upper division companies. Students choose one of two must choose one of the following concen- Collateral requirements concentrations — business or creative. trations: The Public Relations Sequence is In addition to mass communications designed to prepare students for employ- Advertising sequence courses, other required General Education ment in industry, government, nonprofit MASC 300 Media Graphics courses and the collateral courses for the associations and public relations agencies. MASC 380 Introduction to Advertising sequences listed below, students must take MASC 392 Advertising Copywriting the following: MASC 481 Advertising Campaigns Degree requirements – bachelor of HIST 103, 104 Survey of American History science in mass communications Business concentration Any course from List G (Historical and Cultural Origins) The Bachelor of Science curriculum in MASC 398 Advertising Account Planning and Media One additional literature course except ENGL 351 Mass Communications requires a minimum Strategy Children’s Literature or ENGL 433 Literature for MASC 399 Advertising Account Management Adolescents of 120 credits with 34-40 credits (depend- MASC 408 Communications Law One three-credit course from the following: ing on the sequence) in the major field. No MASC 459 Advertising Business Portfolio POLI 303 Political Attitudes and Behavior more than 40 credits in the major field can MASC 493 Fieldwork/Internship POLI 310 Public Policy be counted toward the 120 credits needed MASC Elective (three credits) POLI 311/ENVS 311 Politics of the Environment to graduate. In addition, students must earn POLI 314 U.S. Constitutional Law a total of 45 credits in classes at the 300- Creative concentration POLI 315 U.S. Judicial Policy Making level and above, including upper-level mass MASC 394 Advertising Art Direction POLI 321 Urban Government and Politics communications course work. A cumula- MASC 450-451 Advertising Portfolio Development POLI 322 State and Local Government and Politics tive and major GPA of 2.25 is required to MASC Electives (six credits) POLI 331 Public Administration graduate from the mass communications POLI 341 History of Political Thought Public relations sequence POLI 365/INTL 365 International Political Economy program. The school is divided into a lower MASC 300 Media Graphics POLI 409 Continuity and Change in American Politics division (freshman and sophomore) and an MASC 323 Public Relations POLI 420 Seminar in Urban Politics upper division (junior and senior). MASC 333 Public Relations Writing POLI 425 Public Policy in the States Four courses in the major — MASC 101 MASC 335 Public Relations Production URSP 304 Urban Social Systems Mass Communications, MASC 203 MASC 408 Communications Law URSP 310 Introduction to Public Planning Writing for Mass Media, MASC 290 MASC 425 Public Relations Research URSP 315 The Evolution of American Cities Ethical Problems in Mass Media, and MASC 439 Public Relations Campaigns URSP 316 Urban Life in Modern America MASC 300 Media Graphics — may be MASC 493 Fieldwork/Internship (1-3 credits) URSP 340/GEOG 340/INTL 340 World Cities Outside taken in the lower division. To enroll in MASC elective* (3 credits) of North America MASC 203, students must receive depart- * Recommended elective – MASC 380 Introduction to URSP 350/FRLG 345/INTL 345 Great Cities of the Advertising World

68 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

Additional collateral requirements for the tracks and public relations. The history and evolution of mass MASC 305 Copy Editing include the following: media are examined. Emphasis is given to mass media Semester course; 2 lecture and 4 laboratory hours. 4 law and ethics, including the origins and evolution of a credits. Prerequisites: MASC 101, MASC 203 and Advertising free press and the legal framework of contemporary MASC 300. For mass communications majors only. ANTH 103, PSYC 101 or SOCY 101 mass media practice. Instruction and practice in basic newspaper editing MRBL 308 Introduction to Marketing with a focus on practical experience in editing local MASC 151/INTL 151 Communications Technology and news service copy for publication. Includes empha- Public relations and Global Society sis on headline writing, development of news judg- One additional history course Semester course; 1.5 lecture and 1.5 computer-assisted ment, accuracy and fairness while exposing students to ACCT 202 Accounting for Non-Business Majors online discussion hours. 3 credits. A comprehensive legal problems confronting a copy editor. Some atten- MRBL 308 Introduction to Marketing overview of how communications technologies have tion will be paid to layout and design of newspapers. shaped and are shaped by society. Considers how digi- MGMT 319 Organizational Behavior tal and earlier technologies have led to increasing inte- MASC 323 Public Relations SPCH 321 Speech for Business and the Professions gration of world cultures and economies. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: MASC 101 and MASC 203. For mass Journalism MASC 181 Principles of Advertising communications majors only. Study of public relations One additional history course Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Not open principles and practices, including analysis of tools, to mass communications majors. A survey of all forms media, ethical responsibilities and emerging technolo- Minor in Media Studies of advertising; principles of layout copy; production gies. Special attention to the theory and research liter- methods; campaign preparation; media selection. ature on rational and ethical persuasion. The Minor in Media Studies consists of 18 credits in mass communications (nine MASC 203 Writing for Mass Media MASC 333 Public Relations Writing required credits and nine elective credits). Semester course; 1 lecture and 4 laboratory hours. 3 Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. credits. Prerequisites: MASC 101, ENGL 101, comple- All courses counted toward the minor must Prerequisites: MASC 101, MASC 203 and MASC 323. tion of SmartForce assessments for “Microsoft Office For mass communications majors only. An intensive be completed with a “C” grade or better. Beginning Word” and “Basic IT Concepts,” cumulative writing course focusing on researching and writing Permission is required to enroll in MASC GPA of 2.25, and sophomore standing. Students must materials in support of the public relations function. 203 and all upper-level MASC courses. All obtain permission to register from the School of Mass Practice in preparing materials for controlled and students in the Minor in Media Studies Communications office. Study and practice in fact gath- uncontrolled media, both print and broadcast, including program are required to register with the ering and development of the basic skills needed for news releases, interview protocols, special events School of Mass Communications prior to writing for the media. Focus on newswriting stressing background materials, media kits, employee newslet- grammar skills and knowledge of current affairs. beginning course work. Media studies ters, community relations materials and formal public Writing on deadline using word-processing software speaking scripts. Explores routine, special event and course work will be distributed as follows: and hardware. crisis situations, and the link between written and audiovisual documents. Required courses – 9 credits (three courses) MASC 290 Ethical Problems in Mass Media MASC 101 Introduction to Mass Communications Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. MASC 335 Public Relations Production MASC/INTL 151 Communications Technology and Global Prerequisite: MASC 101 or permission of school. Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hour. 3 cred- Society Examination and analysis of contemporary issues and its. Prerequisites: MASC 333 and SPCH 321. For mass Select either MASC 290 Ethical Problems in Mass Media problems in conventional and new media. The philo- communications majors only. Instruction and practice in or MASC 408 Communications Law sophical foundation and principles of ethical decision public relations writing styles including speeches, public making are explored. Critical and unresolved issues are service announcements and Web writing. Practice in pro- Elective courses – 9 credits (choose three courses from discussed within the legal and ethical framework of duction of broadcast and computer-based materials for the following list) modern mass media practice. Students are required to public relations, oral presentations, and special events design and justify resolutions to the issues and present MASC 203 Writing for Mass Media planning and implementation. defenses for the resolution proposals. MASC 300 Media Graphics MASC 341 Feature and Article Writing MASC 323 Public Relations MASC 101 and MASC 203 are prerequisites for Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. MASC 361 History and Development of Broadcasting the following courses. Prerequisites: MASC 303 or 363, or permission of MASC 380 Introduction to Advertising instructor. For mass communications majors only. MASC 491 Topics in Communications MASC 300 Media Graphics Practice in preparing articles and features for newspa- MASC 492 Independent Study Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 pers and magazines. Emphasis is on creative journalis- credits. Prerequisites: MASC 101 and MASC 203. For tic writing and development of writing skills. Cooperative Education Program mass communications majors only. A course on the The Cooperative Education Program is functions of visual and graphic communication in the MASC 361 History and Development of print and electronic media. Course focuses on creative available to qualifying students pursuing an Broadcasting typographic and layout design, editing, pictures and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. undergraduate degree in mass communica- nonverbal elements of communications and perception, Prerequisites: MASC 101 and MASC 203. For mass tions. A full description of the program and integrates computer software packages such as communications majors only. An examination of the appears in the Division of Student Affairs PageMaker, Quark and others. regulatory, technical, economic and creative founda- chapter of this bulletin. tions of the broadcast media. Historical, contemporary MASC 303 General Assignment Reporting and ethical issues in broadcasting also are addressed. Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 3 Courses in mass communications credits. Prerequisites: MASC 101 and MASC 203. For MASC 363 Electronic Media Writing I mass communications majors only. Detailed study in Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. (MASC) gathering and reporting facts, with emphasis on clarity Prerequisites: MASC 101 and MASC 203. Corequisites: and maturity of writing. The intent is to build skills in MASC 363 to be take concurrently with MASC 365 and MASC 101 Mass Communications interviewing, to provide practice in writing general MASC 366. For mass communications majors only. Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 news and features and to prepare for entry-level Students will concentrate on developing writing and credits. A broad survey of mass media, with emphasis reporting assignments. reporting skills for radio and television. Weekly writing on new media, global media and the business of media assignments. Students will write the following for as traditional lines blur among journalism, advertising radio: a wrap, a person on the street, a two-part series.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 69 College of Humanities and Sciences

Students will write the following for television: an MASC 398 Advertising Account Planning and advanced audio, digital video effects, character genera- anchor voice over, a voice over sound on tape and a Media Strategy tion, master control and multi-camera live direction package with reporter stand-up. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. techniques. Students also will learn video and related Prerequisite: MASC 380 or MASC 323. For mass com- electronic media computer software applications. MASC 365 Radio Production munications majors only. An examination of the meth- Semester course; 3 laboratory hours. 1 credit. ods advertisers use to learn about consumers and what MASC 425 Public Relations Research Prerequisites: MASC 101 and MASC 203. For mass motivates purchase decisions. The techniques account Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. communications majors only. Students will learn the planners and market researchers employ, including Prerequisites: MASC 101 and MASC 203. For mass purpose, function and execution of basic techniques of quantitative and qualitative research, demographics, communications majors only. An introduction to the radio and audio field and studio production operations. psychographics, and social and anthropological studies. role of research in public relations, with primary Emphasis will be placed on the production of broad- Consumer research as applied to the development of emphasis on content analysis, focus group, survey and cast-quality audition tapes. Fieldwork production, media strategies. Practical problems in planning and communication audit methods and the evaluation of remote production and live production. Radio produc- buying media as they relate to integrated marketing quantitative research data. tion, organization structure, individual roles and the campaigns. one-person newsroom also will be covered. MASC 439 Public Relations Campaigns MASC 399 Advertising Account Management Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: MASC 366 Television Production Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. MASC 101, 203, 323, 333, 335 and 425. For mass com- Semester course; 3 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Prerequisite: MASC 380. For mass communications munications majors only. Application of public relations Prerequisites: MASC 101 and MASC 203. For mass majors only. This course is designed to prepare stu- theory and methods in the preparation of a plan for a communications majors only. Students will learn the dents for careers in the business of advertising, partic- public relations campaign. Special attention to the plan- purpose, function and execution of basic techniques of ularly for those interested in careers as account execu- ning process including issues analysis, and application of television and video field and studio production opera- tives. The class will focus on account management and public relations and research methods. tions. Emphasis will be placed on the production of the theories behind those management practices. broadcast-quality audition tapes. Fieldwork production, Topics covered include relationship and services man- MASC 450-451 Advertising Portfolio Development remote production, live production. Television produc- agement, communication skills (writing creative briefs, Continuous course; 3 lecture hours. 3-3 credits. tion, organizational structure, individual roles and the client communications, listening skills, presentation Prerequisites: MASC 300, 380, 392 and 394. For mass one-person television crew also will be covered. skills), negotiation tactics, team management, leader- communications majors only. An advanced, intensive ship and organizational skills. study of copywriting and art direction for advertising, MASC 380 Introduction to Advertising emphasizing strategic and creative development of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. MASC 403 Advanced Reporting advertising campaigns. Students will conceptualize Prerequisites: MASC 101 and MASC 203. For mass Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 3 advertising campaigns, execute digitally produced, communications majors only. An overview of the adver- credits. Prerequisites: MASC 303 and 305. For mass comprehensive advertisements and campaign materi- tising industry. A practitioner-oriented approach to the communications majors only. Intensive study of the als, and assemble a final portfolio. Culminates in a for- creation, preparation and evaluation of advertising. The techniques of reporting meetings and news of public mal portfolio review with professionals from the adver- course views the subject from the perspective of inte- affairs. Attention will be paid to covering governmental tising industry. grated marketing communication. agencies at all levels. Advanced instruction of newspaper editing included. Quality of writing will be a para- MASC 459 Advertising Business Portfolio MASC 391 Newspaper Advertising mount and continual consideration. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: MASC 380, MRBL 308, MASC 398 and Prerequisites: MASC 101 and MASC 203. For mass com- MASC 404 Specialized Project Reporting MASC 399. For mass communications majors only. An munications majors only. A course in the preparation, Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 3 advanced intensive study in the business of advertis- placing and proofing of advertising in daily and weekly credits. Prerequisite: MASC 403. For mass communica- ing. Students will prepare comprehensive materials newspapers. Its aim is to improve the appearance, effec- tions majors only. An advanced course to provide news used in advertising campaigns including advertising tiveness and originality of newspaper advertising. Some beat experience for students reporting on complex strategies, market and consumer research, and creative attention is given to the organization and management issues facing the public in the urban community. briefs based on those findings. Emphasis will be on the of the advertising function in newspapers. Emphasis also on editing, team reporting, in-depth development of planning, media and account manage- research and interviewing techniques, and use of pub- ment skills to create a portfolio for students in the MASC 392 Advertising Copywriting lic records. business concentration. Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: MASC 380. For mass communica- MASC 408 Communications Law MASC 461 The Documentary tions majors only. Study of the different types of adver- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 tising copy used by both local and national advertisers. Prerequisites: MASC 101 and MASC 203. For mass credits. Prerequisites: MASC 363, 365 and 366, or per- Practice in writing consumer, trade and industrial copy. communications majors only. Study of legal limitations mission of instructor. MASC 464 may be taken concur- affecting publishing, advertising, broadcasting and tele- rently with the instructor’s permission. Corequisite: MASC 393 Creativity for Television casting and legal philosophy and ethics relating to the MASC 462. For mass communications majors only. An Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 media of communications. examination of documentary concepts through analysis credits. Prerequisite: MASC 380. For mass communica- of radio, television and film documentaries. The course tions majors only. Learn the process of developing pro- MASC 414 Advanced Radio Production will center on the development, writing and production fessional-level television advertising with a concentra- Semester course; 3 laboratory hours. 1 credit. of a documentary in the medium (audio or video) of the tion in creative thinking and solutions. Students create Prerequisite: MASC 365. For mass communications student’s choice. TV commercials with attention to scripts, storyboards, majors only. Documentary soundtrack production, multi- talent, visual composition, editing, music, sound effects track production, music production for radio and televi- MASC 462 Non-linear Editing and direction. sion. Digital audio workstations. Audio and related 5 week course; 1.5 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 1 electronic media computer software applications. credit. Prerequisite: MASC 366 or permission of MASC 394 Advertising Art Direction instructor. For mass communications majors only. Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 MASC 415 Advanced Television Production Instruction and practice in basic non-linear videography credits. Prerequisites: MASC 300 and 380. For mass Semester course; 3 laboratory hours. 1 credit. and editing, using non-linear computer-based software. communications majors only. Study and practice in lay- Prerequisite: MASC 366. Corequisite: MASC 464 or Students will learn all basic elements of non-linear out and design of advertising for all media. Ideas will permission of instructor. For mass communications editing: logging and capturing, creating files and creat- be followed from concept to production. majors only. Students learn advanced field shooting ing short sequences on timelines. Students will create and editing techniques as well as the inner workings of a short 90-second digital video story as a final project. the television studio including studio camera operation,

70 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

MASC 463 Electronic Media Writing II MASC 485 Web Site Design instructor and the employer. Internships are available in Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 newspapers, magazines, public relations, advertising, Prerequisites: MASC 101, 203, 363, 365. For mass com- credits. Prerequisite: MASC 300 or permission of radio and television. munications majors only. Radio practicum. Students instructor. For mass communications majors only. will submit radio programming for broadcast on Students will receive an introduction to the processes, MASC 495 Journalism Seminar Richmond radio stations and on a statewide satellite principles and tools of Web site design, development Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Must be news network. Writing intensive. Using the city of and production. The course will focus on the develop- taken once in conjunction with one of the following Richmond as their classroom, students will report, ment of strong interactive interfaces, animation, courses: MASC 403, MASC 404, MASC 461, MASC write and produce radio and audio news and program- graphic images, text, and functional site design and 465 or MASC 475. For mass communications majors ming. Studio and remote equipment will be utilized to organization. In this hands-on, computer-based course, only. This intensive seminar is for senior broadcast and create professional caliber projects. students will design and develop a comprehensive site print journalism students. Includes examination of and launch it to the Internet. Increasing the students’ issues such as multi-media story planning and story- MASC 464 Electronic Media Writing III knowledge of design principles and technical skills telling, visual presentation and design, newsroom lead- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. with Web development tools will be emphasized. ership and culture, trends in media consolidation, copy- Prerequisites: MASC 363, 365, 366. Corequisite: MASC right and other legal issues that cross media platforms. 415. For mass communications majors only. Television MASC 486 Creative Advertising Workshops Students will produce a multiple-media news story or practicum. Students will produce television program- Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 package that will be published through one or more ming for submission to broadcast on Richmond televi- credits. Prerequisites: MASC 101, 203, 394 or permis- venues available in the School of Mass sion stations. Writing intensive. Using the city of sion of instructor. For mass communications majors Communications. Richmond as their classroom, students will report, only. A concentrated study of principles of advertising write and produce television and video news and pro- message development. Creative strategies will be MASC 499 Problems and Issues in Mass gramming. Studio and remote equipment will be uti- developed to accomplish advertising objectives. Communications lized to create professional caliber projects. Students develop and defend campaign themes and Semester course; variable; 1, 2 or 3 credits per semes- message ideas including print layouts and television ter. Maximum total of three credits. Prerequisites: MASC 465 Newscasting storyboards. Emphasis on creating messages for multi- MASC 101 and MASC 203. Open only to students who Semester course; 1 lecture and 4 laboratory hours. 3 media exposure. have successfully completed at least 12 credits in mass credits. May be repeated once for a total of six credits. communications. Determination of amount of credit Prerequisites: MASC 363. Corequisite: MASC 466. For MASC 487 Seminar in Advertising in Society and permission of instructor and school director must mass communications majors only. Concentrates on Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. be obtained prior to registration for course. For mass developing on-air skills in radio and television studio Prerequisites: MASC 101 and MASC 203. For mass communications majors only. A concentrated examina- and field situations. Emphasizes journalistic principles communications majors only. An examination of the tion of specific areas of mass communications. Each in delivery of news, public affairs, editorial and inter- role of advertising in modern life in America in light of mini-course will be five weeks in length. Topics views. Grammar, diction and broadcast writing are historical and recent development in advertising and announced in advance. stressed. distribution.

MASC 466 VCU InSight Production MASC 489 Sales Promotion Semester course; 1 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 2 Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. School of World Studies credits. Students may repeat the course for up to six Prerequisites: MASC 101 and MASC 203. For mass credits. For mass communications majors only, or by communications majors only. Describes and analyzes The School of World Studies is a cre- permission of instructor. Instruction and practice in all sales promotion between the manufacturer and three ative, interdisciplinary grouping of disci- aspects of television show production for technical, other levels: the distribution system, the consumer and plines in the humanities and the social sci- producer and talent roles. This course supports the pro- the sales force. Effective use of special media, mer- ences that will provide its students with the duction of the School of Mass Communications’ PBS chandising activities and sales aids also are discussed. knowledge, skills, and experience necessary television show, “VCU InSight.” MASC 491 Topics in Communications for success in an increasingly interdepend- MASC 475 Capital News Service Semester course; variable; 1, 2 or 3 credits per semes- ent, globalized 21st century. Semester course; 9 laboratory hours. 3 credits. ter. Maximum total three credits. Prerequisites: MASC To achieve its mission, the School of Prerequisites: MASC 300 and 303. To register, a stu- 101 and MASC 203. Permission of instructor. For mass World Studies actively fosters and promotes dent must complete an application and submit writing communications majors only. An intensive study of a a wide range of endeavors, including the samples for approval by the Capital News Service specialized field of mass communications. director. For mass communications majors only. establishment of interdisciplinary under- Concentrated semester-long course providing govern- MASC 492 Independent Study graduate and graduate programs with an ment reporting and/or editing/graphics experience for Semester course; variable credit. Maximum of three international focus across the campuses, advanced students for publication in statewide commu- credits per semester; maximum total of six credits for and develops close ties with such programs nity newspapers. Coverage includes Virginia General all independent study courses. Prerequisites: MASC as African-American Studies, Women’s 101 and MASC 203. Open generally to students of only Assembly when in session plus legislative committee Studies, English, History and other units meetings and governmental agencies in Richmond as junior and senior standing who have acquired at least well as the U.S. Congressional and presidential elec- 12 credits of mass communications. To register, a stu- throughout the University. tions. Some topical issue-oriented political and medical dent must write a proposal and have it approved by the enterprise reporting included. Strong emphasis on fast- student’s adviser, supervising instructor and school Paul F. Dvorak paced deadlines. director or assistant director. For mass communications Professor (1974) majors only. The course is designed for students who B.A. 1968 La Salle College MASC 481 Advertising Campaigns wish to study subject matter not offered elsewhere in M.A. 1970 University of Maryland Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 the mass communications’ curriculum. Ph.D. 1973 University of Maryland credits. Prerequisites: MASC 392 and 394, or permission of instructor. For mass communications majors MASC 493 Fieldwork/Internship only. Intensive study in the planning and preparation of Semester course; variable; 1, 2 or 3 credits per semes- Clifford W. Edwards advertising campaigns. Students develop complete ter. Maximum total three credits toward graduation. Professor (1975) advertising programs including research, basic adver- Prerequisites: MASC 101 and MASC 203. Permission of B.A. 1954 Drew University tising plans, media and creative strategies, sales pro- faculty member and of internship coordinator. For mass M.Div. 1958 Garrett Theological Seminary motion and merchandising plans. communications majors only. Selected students will Ph.D. 1964 Northwestern University receive on-the-job training under the supervision of an

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 71 College of Humanities and Sciences

R. McKenna Brown Peischl, Margaret T. (1981) Associate Professor Pratt, Glenn R., Associate Professor Emeritus of Associate Professor (1995) B.A. 1955 Pennsylvania State University Religious Studies B.A. 1977 Florida A & M University M.A. 1974 University of Southern California A.B. Union College M.A. 1985 Tulane University Ph.D. 1981 University of Southern California B.D. Princeton Theological Seminary Ph.D. 1991 Tulane University Perdue, Daniel (1999) Instructor, Religious Studies Th.M. Princeton Theological Seminary B.A. 1973 University of Virginia S.T.D. Temple University Cummins, Patricia W. (2000) Professor M.A. 1976 University of Virginia B.A. 1970 Smith College Ph.D. 1983 University of Virginia *joint appointment M.A. 1971 University of Rochester Sims, Robert L. (1976) Professor Ph.D. 1974 University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill B.A. 1966 University of Michigan Darmagnac, Sandy (1994) Instructor and Director, M.A. 1968 University of Wisconsin Anthropology Foreign Languages Laboratories Ph.D. 1973 University of Wisconsin The bachelor of science curriculum in M.A. 1993 Universite de Pau Sites, Linda Q. (1988) Instructor sociology and anthropology seeks to ensure Godwin-Jones, Robert A. (1979) Professor B.A. 1986 Mary Baldwin College that each student develops a solid founda- B.A. 1971 Franklin and Marshall College M.A. 1988 University of Virginia tion in the basic principles, theories and M.A. 1973 University of Illinois, Spiro, Jack D. (1984) Affiliate Professor of Religious Urbana-Champaign techniques of analysis in one of the two dis- Ph.D. 1977 University of Illinois, Studies and Director, Judaic Studies ciplines. Since students majoring in sociol- Urbana-Champaign B.A. 1954 Tulane University ogy or anthropology vary in their interests Kirkpatrick, Peter S. (1992) Associate Professor M.A. 1958 Hebrew Union College and career goals, the curriculum allows for a B.A. 1986 University of Richmond Ed.D. 1979 University of Virginia great deal of flexibility developing individ- M.A. 1988 University of Virginia Swenson, Kristin (2001) Instructor, Religious Studies ual courses of study. Students who are inter- Ph.D. 1992 University of Virginia B.A. 1988 St. Olaf College ested in pursuing graduate studies in sociol- M.T.S. 1993 Boston University School of Theology Kovarsky, Gina (2001) Instructor of Foreign Languages ogy or anthropology will usually take more and International Studies* Ph.D. 2001 Boston University Graduate School of than the minimum number of upper-level B.A. 1977 Yale University Arts and Sciences M.A. 1983 Columbia University Wadud, Amina (1992) Assistant Professor courses. The department provides opportu- M.P.H. 1984 Columbia University of Religious Studies nities for involvement in faculty research Ph.D. 1998 Columbia University through its course offerings, which include Maréchal, Chantal Anne-Marie (1991) Associate Professor B.S. 1975 University of Pennsylvania M.A. 1982 University of Michigan independent study, internships and honors Licence es Lettres 1969 Matrise es Lettres, research. Sorbonne, Paris Ph.D. 1988 University of Michigan M.A. 1977 State University of New York Weaver-Williams, Lynda (2002) Instructor, Ph.D. 1983 University of Michigan Religious Studies Degree requirements – bachelor Martinez-Gongora, Mar (2001) Assistant Professor B.A. 1972 Stephen F. Austin State University of science in sociology and B.A. 1986 Universidad Compultense de Madrid M.Div. 1977 Southern Baptist Theological Seminary anthropology Ph.D. 1982 Southern Baptist Theological Seminary M.A. 1993 University of Virginia The bachelor of science curriculum in Ph.D. 1997 University of Virginia Wood, Mark D. (1997) Associate Professor of Religious Studies and African-American Studies sociology and anthropology requires a mini- Masullo, Antonio (1978) Assistant Professor mum of 120 credits, with at least 30 of J.D. 1954 University of Naples B.A. 1982 California State University, Chico M.A. 1984 California State University, Chico those credits in sociology and anthropology, Muñoz, Eugenia (1990) Associate Professor 21 of which must be in upper-level (300- B.A. 1966 Universidad de Valle M.Phil. 1989 Syracuse University 400) courses. ANTH/INTL 103 Cultural M.A. 1981 Syracuse University Ph.D. 1994 Syracuse University Anthropology and SOCY 101 General Ph.D. 1990 University of Virginia White, Ann S. (1997) Assistant Professor Murphy-Judy, Kathryn A. (1994) Associate Professor B.A. 1983 Williamette University Sociology are required of all majors. B.A. 1972 Colorado State University M.A. 1986 University of Pittsburgh Students can choose to concentrate in M.A. 1975 Colorado State University Ph.D. 1988 University of Pittsburgh either sociology or anthropology. Ph.D. 1986 University of Minnesota In fulfilling the mathematical sciences Mustafa, Nancy C. (1986) Instructor Emeriti faculty general education requirements of the A.A. 1959 George Washington University Beck, William J., Professor Emeritus College of Humanities and Sciences, stu- A.B. 1961 George Washington University B.S. Rutgers University dents seeking a bachelor of science in soci- M.A. 1964 George Washington University M.A. Middlebury Language School ology or anthropology should complete Navarro, Consuelo (1997) Assistant Professor Ph.D. Institut Catholique, Paris, France STAT 210 Basic Practice of Statistics. The B.A. 1983 Central University of Ecuador Hall Jr., Thomas O., Professor Emeritus of Religious department recommends that students M.A. 1989 University of Tennessee Studies complete BIOL 102 Science of Heredity A.B. Hampden-Sydney College Ph.D. 1997 University of Minnesota or BIOL 103 Environmental Science to B.D. Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary Overvold, Angelina E. (1991) Assistant Professor complete the biological science part of B.A. 1971 St. Olaf College Th.M. Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary Th.D. Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary the General Education natural sciences M.A. 1975 University of Michigan requirement. Ph.D. 1996 Brown University Lindsey Jr., James E. (1970) Assistant Professor Emeritus of Religious Studies Panbehchi, Michael (2000) Instructor Anthropology concentration B.A. 1994 Virginia Commonwealth University B.S. University of Richmond M.A. 1996 New Mexico State University B.D. Union Theological Seminary Students who choose to concentrate in Th.M. Union Theological Seminary anthropology must take at least 15 of the Th.D. Union Theological Seminary

72 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

21 credits in required upper-level anthro- Honors in sociology and Application must be made and project pology courses; the rest may be in sociology anthropology approval received in the semester preceding courses. In addition, students must take one Majors in the Department of Sociology the one in which the research project will course from three of the following four con- may earn a bachelor of science degree with be conducted. The committee will review tent areas: honors in sociology or honors in anthropol- the application materials, meet with the ogy. The Sociology/ Anthropology Honors candidate to discuss the project proposal, Physical/biological anthropology Program is available to outstanding senior and render an admission decision. Once ANTH 301 The Evolution of Man and Culture majors and involves the preparation of a admitted, program participants will enroll senior thesis during one of the last two in an honors research course. The course Linguistics may be included in the required hours for ANTH/ENGL/LING 449 Introduction to Linguistics semesters of the baccalaureate degree program. In order to participate in the pro- the major. Archaeology gram, students must meet program entrance Submit applications to the Sociology/ ANTH 252 The Archaeology of Richmond requirements, identify a project mentor, Anthropology Honors Program Committee, ANTH 302 Archaeology Method and Theory and receive approval for a project proposal. Department of Sociology, Virginia ANTH 375 Field Archaeology Honors will be awarded following accept- Commonwealth University, Richmond, ANTH 394 Historical Archaeology ance of the thesis by the Honors Program VA 23284-2040. For further information, Committee. contact Dr. John Mahoney, director Social and cultural anthropology of undergraduate studies. ANTH/INTL 305 Comparative Society Honors program description ANTH 315 Anthropological Field Methods and Research Award of honors Design The Sociology/Anthropology Honors ANTH/INTL 348 South American Ethnography Program is designed to provide outstanding The completed senior thesis will be sub- ANTH/INTL 349 Contemporary Cultures of Latin America majors with the opportunity to pursue an mitted to the Honors Program Committee ANTH/INTL 350 Peoples and Cultures of the World independent research project under the following its acceptance by the faculty ANTH/INTL 415 Economic Anthropology direction of a faculty mentor. The research mentor and confirmation that the candi- ANTH/AFAM 416 The Origin and Evolution of the Idea is conducted during one of the final two date has maintained the requisite grade- of Race semesters of the undergraduate degree pro- point averages. Upon submission of the ANTH/RELS/INTL 425 Religion, Magic and Witchcraft gram. The project may involve any recog- thesis, the student will make an oral pres- ANTH 454 Anthropological Theory nized sociological/anthropological topic, entation to the committee summarizing the theory, and method that promises to research procedures and findings. The com- Minor in anthropology enhance the honor student’s disciplinary mittee will then evaluate the thesis for the Students majoring in sociology and perspective, skills, and creativity. The proj- award of honors. For acceptance, the thesis anthropology cannot minor in sociology or ect may involve an extension of work initi- must be evaluated as deserving of a grade of anthropolgy. ated in a course, an entirely new project or “A” in the Honors Research Course. A anthropology minor shall consist of 18 a collaborative project with the faculty Acceptance of the thesis will earn an credits, including ANTH/INTL 103 mentor. If the project is an extension of Honors Program Certificate from the Cultural Anthropology. At least 12 credits work initiated in a course or developed col- department and notation of the student’s must be taken from upper-level (300-400) laboratively with the mentor, the independ- standing as an honors graduate on the final anthropology courses. The remaining three ent, separate, substantial development of grade transcript. Honors students also will credits may be from any sociology or the topic in the thesis should be evident. receive preferential consideration as appli- anthropology course. The thesis should reflect work of high qual- cants to the Sociology Master’s Degree ity for a senior-level course. Program. Extended Teacher Preparation Program Honors eligibility criteria and Undergraduate topics courses Sociology and anthropology majors inter- application procedure Topics courses in both sociology and ested in teaching careers in early, middle, Students majoring in the Department of anthropology (SOCY 391 and ANTH 391) secondary, or special education can enroll Sociology, with a concentration in either are an integral part of the program and pro- in the Extended Teacher Preparation sociology or anthropology, are eligible to vide a rare opportunity for the advanced Program that results in the simultaneous participate in the departmental honors pro- student. Generally these courses are awarding of a bachelor’s degree in sociology gram if they have maintained a 3.0 overall restricted to a small number of students and anthropology and a master’s degree in GPA and a 3.3 GPA in the major. who share specialized interests in a topic teaching. For more information about this Candidates should apply to the which is either too advanced or too limited extended program administered jointly by Sociology/Anthropology Honors Program in its general appeal to justify its inclusion the School of Education and the College of Committee. Application materials consist as a standard offering. At least one such Humanities and Sciences, contact the of transcripts documenting the required seminar is offered each semester and the School of Education’s Office of Academic GPAs, a description of the proposed proj- topics course can be repeated up to a maxi- Services. ect, which should not exceed three typed mum of 18 credits as long as there is no pages, and the name of the faculty member duplication of the topics. who has agreed to act as project mentor.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 73 College of Humanities and Sciences

Independent study ANTH 252 The Archaeology of Richmond rary cultures of Latin America. It addresses sociocultu- These courses (SOCY 492 and ANTH Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The appli- ral developments from an anthropological perspective cation of archaeological methods to Richmond’s prehis- and introduces some concepts from developmental 492) are designed for juniors and seniors toric, historic and modern material culture. The city and anthropology and applied anthropology. capable of doing independent work on surrounding counties are treated as an archaeological selected topics under the directions of spe- site and region. The artifacts left by past and present ANTH 350/INTL 350 Peoples and Cultures of the cific faculty. For example, if a course is not inhabitants provide a foundation for analyzing ways of World regularly offered in a specific area of inter- life in the area. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be taken for a maximum of six credits in two different est to a particular student, and if there are ANTH 301 The Evolution of Man and Culture world areas. Prerequisite: ANTH 103. A survey of the not enough students in the topics course, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. culture and traditions within a specific geographic area the student may, with the permission of the Prerequisite: ANTH 103. The application of evolutionary such as Latin America, Oceania or Southeast Asia. See instructor, enroll in independent study. theory to the physical and cultural development of the Schedule of Classes for areas being offered in a Students may earn a maximum of 12 Homo sapiens. particular semester. credits in departmental independent study ANTH 302 Archaeology Method and Theory ANTH 375 Field Archaeology courses, but may not enroll for more than Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture, 8 field and laboratory six credits per semester. Only majors in Prerequisite: ANTH 103. The basic theoretical and hours. 6 credits. Introduction to archaeological field sociology and anthropology or related fields methodological tools of archaeology, including methods and basic laboratory techniques. Archaeological data can enroll in these courses. All students of dating, artifact studies, site interpretation and collection (excavation or survey) forms the core of the entering these courses must have completed regional analysis. Students will learn to apply technical course. and logical skills by solving simulations of real-world a minimum of 12 credits in sociology or archaeological problems. ANTH 386/ENGL 386 Introduction to Folklore anthropology and achieved an overall soci- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ology/anthropology GPA of 2.7 or more. ANTH 304/SOCY 304/WMNS 304 The Family Prerequisite: Three credits in 200-level literature Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. courses (or equivalent). A survey of the basic forms of Prerequisite: SOCY 101 or ANTH 103. The family in its folklore including proverbs, riddles, ballads, folktales, Cooperative Education Program social and cultural context. Analysis of child rearing, legends, myths and games. The survey also will include The Cooperative Education Program is marriage, kinship, family crises and family change in approaches to collecting material and examining its lit- available to qualifying students pursuing various societies around the world. erary, social and historical significance. undergraduate degrees in sociology and ANTH 305/INTL 305 Comparative Society anthropology. A full description of this pro- ANTH 391 Topics in Anthropology Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Maximum gram appears in the Division of Student ANTH 103. An introduction to social anthropology. The six credits per semester; maximum total of 18 credits in Affairs chapter of this bulletin. study of how social institutions such as marriage, family, departmental topics courses that may be applied to the law, economics and government are organized and oper- major. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Seminar Other graduate work ate in different kinds of societies. on current specialized areas of anthropological interest. See the Schedule of Classes for specific topic to be For information about graduate work ANTH 310/FRSC 310 Forensic Anthropology offered each semester. and doctoral work in social policy, social Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A compre- work and urban services, see the Graduate hensive overview of forensic anthropology, including its ANTH 394/HIST 394 Historical Archaeology and Professional Programs Bulletin. These development and the theory and methodology on which Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. advanced degree programs are of particular it is based. Prerequisites: ANTH 103 or ANTH 105 and one history course. A review of the methods and findings of histor- interest to sociology and anthropology ANTH 312/GEOG 312 History of Human Settlement ical archaeology from the 15th century to the present. students. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A cultural Special emphasis on the use of written documents and and historical geography of human migration and set- archaeological artifacts to interpret society and culture tlement over the earth. Topics may include agricultural in the modern world. Courses in anthropology (ANTH) and urban systems, exploration, colonization and impe- ANTH 103/INTL 103 Cultural Anthropology rialism, and changing relationships with the environ- ANTH 415/INTL 415 Economic Anthropology Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A general ment, during and since the middle ages. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Provides an survey of anthropology with emphasis on learning overview of the anthropological approach to the “eco- about and from non-Western cultures. ANTH 315 Anthropological Field Methods nomic” in social life. Analyzes the role played by sys- and Research Design tems of reciprocity and exchange in ethnographic con- ANTH 105/INTL 104 Introductory Archaeology Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. texts. Concepts employed by anthropologists in the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of Prerequisite: ANTH 103. Overview of quantitative and study of traditional subsistence economies are used to findings of world archaeology, from the campsites of qualitative anthropological field techniques as well as examine modern industrialized societies. early human ancestors through the rise and spread of the ethical dimension of anthropological fieldwork. civilizations. Basics of research design, effective methodology and ANTH 416/AFAM 416 The Origin and Evolution writing grant proposals. of the Idea of Race ANTH 200/AFAM 200/INTL 200 Introduction Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. to African Societies ANTH 348/INTL 348 South American Ethnography Prerequisite: ANTH 103 or AFAM 103 or permission of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. instructor. This course is an exploration of the origins introduces the student to the African continent, its peo- Prerequisite: ANTH 103. General ethnographic survey and social history of the “idea” of race from the Middle ples and cultures. It covers such general characteristics of both highland and lowland indigenous cultures of Ages to the end of the 20th century. Using both histori- as the physical and geographical features, climate, South America and pertinent cultural changes due to cal and anthropological scholarship, the course pres- topography, traditional economies, languages, reli- European contact. ents an analytical framework for race as a sociocultural gions, social systems and other cultural features that phenomenon. are traditional to its people. ANTH 349/INTL 349 Contemporary Cultures of Latin America ANTH 420/AFAM 420/INTL 420 Women of Africa Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: ANTH 103. This course surveys contempo- Prerequisite: ANTH 103 or AFAM 103 or permission of

74 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences instructor. This course looks at the traditional roles of viding insights into the peasantry as a class, women in Language majors are strongly encouraged women in African Societies and examines how women peasant societies, changes in peasant societies and to take two more years in a second foreign have coped in different environments. It focuses on the the peasantry as a player in the policies of the modern language. The department offers minors in institutionalized aspects of similarities and differences state. in women’s lives in pastoral and horticultural societies French, German and Spanish, and courses and those with mixed economies, and will contrast ANTH 457/WMNS 457 Women, Art and Society in Arabic, Chinese, Italian, Latin and these with women’s roles in large state societies of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A re-exam- Russian. The Department of Foreign Africa and in the modern urbanized context. ination of a variety of issues concerning women, art Languages also offers courses in the Latin and society: the position assigned women within the American studies minor and the Russian ANTH 425/RELS 425/INTL 425 Religion, Magic history of art as it relates to historical place and the area studies minor. and Witchcraft aesthetic values of the canon, the gendering of style, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. patronage, audience and gaze. Through a survey of Prerequisite: ANTH 103. A survey of the nature and images of and by women, as well as through an analy- Study abroad opportunities variety of beliefs outside of the major streams of reli- sis of art historical and critical texts, this course Majors and minors in the Department of gious thought. Among topics considered are myth, addresses the question: “How are the processes of Foreign Languages are encouraged to par- totemism, taboo and sorcery. Emphasis on understand- sexual differentiation played out across the representa- ing supernatural beliefs and practices in relation to cul- tions of art and art history?” ticipate in a study-abroad program. ture and society. Programs for students interested in living ANTH 490 Senior Project and studying abroad during the summer ANTH 440/AFAM 440 Contemporary Art Semester course; 1 credit. Restricted to major. offer students opportunities for short-term and Architecture of Africa Students must register for this course with the permis- immersion in the language, culture, and sion of an instructor. Students are required to produce Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of civilization of the countries they visit. the impact on African art and architecture of colonial- a project report that must be approved by and submit- ism, urbanization and modernization. Special emphasis ted to the instructor of the course. Currently, study-abroad programs through is placed on the search for a new identity by contem- VCU are available to Austria, Canada, porary African artists. ANTH 492 Independent Study France, Germany, Guatemala, Italy, Semester course; variable credit. Maximum of six cred- Mexico, Russia and Spain. VCU is a mem- its per semester; maximum total of 12 credits for all ANTH 449/LING 449/ENGL 449 Introduction ber of the International Student Exchange to Linguistics independent study courses. Open generally only to stu- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An intro- dents of junior or senior standing who have acquired at Program, which offers a junior year abroad duction to methods of language analysis, emphasizing least 12 credits in the departmental discipline. at one of 40 universities worldwide. the study of sounds and sound patterns, and units of Determination of the amount of credit and permission meaning and their arrangements. May not be used to of the instructor and department chair must be pro- Minimum major and minor satisfy the College of Humanities and Sciences require- cured prior to registration of the course. Cannot be ment in literature. used in place of existing courses. requirements for transfer students Transfer students planning to major in a ANTH 450/ENGL 454/INTL 454 Cross-cultural Foreign Languages foreign language must complete a minimum Communication Along with a broad-based liberal educa- of two 400-level courses within the depart- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of tion in the humanities, the bachelor of arts ment. Credit and distribution requirements the dynamics of cross-cultural communication that applies linguistic tools to understanding cultural issues in foreign languages prepares students for must be satisfied by all students. and solving communication problems. careers requiring a knowledge of a foreign For the minor, course work must include language and the various sociocultural at least two courses at the 300 level or ANTH 454 Anthropological Theory environments of its speakers; for graduate above in the chosen language area. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. study in diverse fields; and for teaching Prerequisite: ANTH 103 or SOCY 101. Major theoretical French, German or Spanish. approaches in understanding cultural similarities and Degree requirements – bachelor differences. The department offers the bachelor of of arts in foreign languages with a arts in foreign languages, with tracks in track in French, German or Spanish ANTH 455/INTL 455 Anthropology of Development French, Spanish and German. and Globalization The Department of Foreign Languages also The degree program requires a minimum Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. offers courses in foreign literature in English of 120 credits, with at least 30 of those Prerequisite: INTL 101. May be taken for a maximum of credits in upper-level courses in French or nine credit hours in three different world areas. translation and the cultures of other countries. These courses do not satisfy general education German, and 31 credits in Spanish. Along Consists of a global study of the developing Third with the general requirements for the B.A. World with particular emphasis on rural populations, language requirements or foreign language subsistence farmers, indigenous groups and small major requirements. degree, foreign language students in entrepreneurs. Focuses on development and globaliza- All VCU students wishing to continue Spanish must take the 295 gateway course tion while providing insights into the peasantry as a their high school language must take the (exemptions from the 295 course are made class, women in peasant societies, changes in peasant Foreign Language Placement Test. While on a case by case basis) and these courses societies and the peasantry as a player in the policies from the corresponding track: of the modern state. credit is not granted by the test, appropriate levels of placement may fulfill certain grad- 300 and 301 Advanced Grammar and Writing ANTH 455/INTL 455 Anthropology of Development uation requirements. Students, once placed and Globalization (Previously listed as Survey of Literature) into a level, may not take courses on a 305 Conversation (or 311 in German) Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. lower level for credit. Transfer students will Prerequisite: INTL 101. May be taken for a maximum of 320 and 321 Civilization (Previously listed as Literature 9 credit hours in 3 different world areas. Consists of a receive the credits granted by the institu- of Spanish America in Spanish) global study of the developing Third World with partic- tion from which they transfer. Consult spe- 330 and 331 Survey of Literature ular emphasis on rural populations, subsistence farm- cific language requirements for the bachelor 495 Spanish Portfolio Seminar (1 credit; Spanish only) ers, indigenous groups and small entrepreneurs. of arts or bachelor of science degrees. Focuses on development and globalization while pro-

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 75 College of Humanities and Sciences

To complete the major, students select FRLG 201 Foreign Languages: ______job requirements. Students studying languages in nine hours of course work at the 400 level. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. which the 300-level courses are not available will be Transfer students who intend to major Prerequisite: FRLG 102 or equivalent. Continuation of handled on a case by case basis in the screening the essentials of grammar with emphasis on achieving process. All students will be screened before accept- in a foreign language must take a minimum proficiency in aural comprehension, speaking, reading ance. Students wishing to undertake a non-urban proj- of two 400-level courses at VCU in the and writing skills. Course may be repeated with differ- ect will register for an independent study. chosen language area. Both credit and dis- ent languages. tribution requirements for the major must Courses in foreign literature in be satisfied. FRLG 202 Foreign Languages: ______Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. English translation (FLET) Foreign language minors must take at Prerequisite: FRLG 201 or equivalent. Designed to FLET 321 Early German Literature least two 300- or 400-level courses at VCU increase the student’s proficiency through the study of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Changing in the chosen language area. selected cultural and literary texts. Course may be perspectives in German literature from its pagan begin- repeated with different languages. nings, through the Medieval Golden Age, Baroque extremism, the Enlightenment and Storm and Stress up Minor in French, German or Spanish FRLG 203/INTL 203 Language and Identity to Classicism and Goethe’s Faust. Treatment of The A minor in French, German or Spanish Semester course; 3-4 lecture hours. 3-4 credits. Taught Nibelungenlied, the courtly epic, Simplicissimus, and requires at least 18 credits in the chosen in English. This course introduces students to both the selections by Lessing, Schiller and Goethe. (This course language, none of which may be earned at cohesive and divisive dynamics that language exerts in will not satisfy foreign language requirements. No the world today. Students explore the links connecting the 100 level. Only six credits may be knowledge of German is required. All work is done in different peoples who share a common language as English.) earned by completing 201, 202 or 205. At well as their language conflicts in a multilingual world. least 12 credits must be taken at the 300 Students examine the interaction of language with FLET 322 Modern German Literature level or above. Note: Language Placement identity in culture, art and nationalism through fiction Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Growing Test results cannot substitute for comple- and nonfiction texts, films and multimedia pertaining to psychological awareness and alienation of the individ- tion of course work. a specific language area, such as: The Francaphone ual in German literature of the 19th and 20th centuries. World, post-Franco Spain, post-Cold War Germany, the Representative works chosen from among writers of Mayan World or the Swahili World. See the Schedule the past century and such modern writers as Thomas Extended Teacher Preparation of Classes for areas being offered in a particular Mann, Kafka, Hesse, Brecht, Kafka, Hesse, Brecht, Boll Program semester. and Grass. (This course will not satisfy foreign lan- Foreign language majors interested in guage requirements. No knowledge of German is FRLG 204/INTL 204 Language and Groups in the required. All work is done in English.) teaching early, middle, secondary, or special United States education can enroll in an Extended Semester course; 3-4 lecture hours. 3-4 credits. Taught FLET 391/INTL 391 Topics in Foreign Literature in Teacher Preparation Program that results in in English. This course introduces students to the soci- English Translation the simultaneous awarding of a bachelor’s ocultural experience and formation of identity of non- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be degree in one of the foreign languages men- English-speaking peoples in the United States. repeated with different topics for a maximum of 12 Students explore the dynamic between English and a credits. An in-depth study of selected topics in foreign tioned above and a master’s in teaching. specific heritage language and its interaction with literature. (This course will not satisfy foreign language For additional information about this artistic, cultural and social issues through fiction and requirements. No knowledge of a foreign language is program administered jointly by the nonfiction texts, films and multimedia pertaining to required. All work is done in English.) College of Humanities and Sciences and specific language group, such as: Latinos, Italian- the School of Education, contact the Americans, German-Americans or Native Americans. FLET 492 Independent Study Semester course; 1, 2 or 3 credits. Maximum of three School of Education’s Office of Academic See the Schedule of Classes for areas being offered in a particular semester. credits per semester, maximum total of all FLET inde- Services. pendent study courses is six credits. Open generally to FRLG 345/INTL 345/URSP 350 Culture and students of only junior or senior standing who have Courses in European cultures (EUCU) Urbanism in Great Cities of the World acquired at least 12 hours in any literature course. EUCU 307 Aspects of German Culture Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Course Determination of course content and permission of the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A broad may be repeated under different topics for a total of six instructor and department chair must be obtained prior interdisciplinary approach to an understanding of credits. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or permis- to registration of the course. A course designed to give German culture, language and literature. Lectures in sion of instructor. An interdisciplinary course with a students an opportunity to become involved in inde- English by guest speakers and/or use of films as focus on the origin, expansion and significance of one pendent study in a literary or linguistic area or subject required. This course will not satisfy foreign language or more cities, the specifics of its/their culture and the in which they have an interest and for which they have requirements. No knowledge of German is required. All role of language. Particular emphasis will be placed on the necessary background. work is done in English. relating the physical, social and economic aspects of the city’s growth and development to the cultural EUCU 311 Classical Mythology expression of urbanism. Courses in Chinese (CHIN) Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The basic CHIN 101-102 Elementary Chinese myths of the Greek and Roman heritage. Their impact FRLG 490 Foreign Languages Urban Internship Continuous course; 5 lecture/recitation hours. 4-4 cred- in culture then and now; from the origins of Greek myth Semester course; 50 to 150 clock hours in local, its. Elementary grammar, reading and oral drill. to the superstitions of the late Roman and early national or international urban internship placement Christian world. where the use of a foreign language is required. 1-3 CHIN 201-202 Intermediate Chinese credits. Prerequisites: Prior completion of nine credits Continuous course; 3 lecture hours. 3-3 credits. Rapid in a foreign language at the 300 level, with a course in review of the essentials of grammar, conversation and Courses in foreign languages (FRLG) advanced grammar and composition, one in conversa- readings from Chinese literature. FRLG 101-102 Foreign Languages: ______tion and one in civilization. Under the supervision of Continuous course; 5 lecture/recitation hours. 4-4 cred- both a faculty member and a field supervisor, students its. Elementary grammar, reading and oral skills. Course will apply their linguistic skills in an approved work sit- Courses in French (FREN) may be repeated with different languages. uation and each internship will be specifically designed FREN 101-102 Elementary French in accordance with the student’s linguistic level and the Continuous course; 5 lecture/recitation hours. 4-4 credits. Elementary grammar, reading and oral drill.

76 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

FREN 110 Intensive French I FREN 320 French Civilization and Culture I FREN 425 French Media Semester course; 10 lecture and lab hours. 8 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This intensive course combines FREN 101 and 102 into Prerequisites: French courses through the intermediate Prerequisite: FREN 305 or permission of instructor. a single semester. level or the equivalent. Conducted in French. A survey Conducted in French. Analysis of the French media: of French civilization and culture from its origins to the written press, radio and television. Advanced compre- FREN 201 Intermediate French French Revolution. Introduction to and analysis of the hension skills required and stressed through regular Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. most important aspects of Gallo-Roman society and of exercises pertaining to different journalistic discourses Continuation of the essentials of grammar with empha- the Merovingian, Carolingian and Capetian dynasties and styles. Proficiency in journalistic writing is devel- sis on achieving proficiency in aural comprehension, which influenced the institutions of the Ancien Regime oped in class through the creation of an electronic speaking, reading and writing skills. and still serve as cultural archetypes and icons in con- French newspaper on the Internet. temporary French culture. In order to complete French through the interme- FREN 430 The Middle Ages diate level, a student may select FREN 202 or 205. FREN 321 French Civilization and Culture II Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: FREN 300 or 301 or permission of instruc- FREN 202 Intermediate French Readings Prerequisites: French courses through the intermediate tor. Conducted in French. A contextualization and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. level or the equivalent. Conducted in French. A survey detailed study of a selection of texts representative of Prerequisite: FREN 201 or the equivalent. Designed to of French civilization and culture from the Napoleonic literary schools, genres and major works of the period: increase the student’s proficiency through the study of era to the present. This course retraces important cul- Chansons de geste, Litterature Courteous, Fabliaux and selected cultural and literary texts. In order to complete tural and social traditions found during the first Empire, Poesie lyrique. French through the intermediate level, a student may the Restoration, the Second Republic, the Second select FREN 202 or 205. Empire, the Commune, the Third and Fourth Republics FREN 431 The 16th Century which influenced and continue to shape contemporary Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. FREN 205 Intermediate Conversation French civilization and culture of the Fifth Republic. Prerequisite: FREN 300 or 301 or permission of instruc- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: tor. Conducted in French. A contextualization and FREN 201 or the equivalent. Designed to increase the stu- FREN 330, 331 Survey of Literature detailed study of a selection of works representative of dent’s proficiency in the spoken language through audio- Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. literary schools, genres and major works of the period: oral exercises, dialogues and free conversation. In order to Prerequisites: French courses through the intermediate Rabelais, the Pleiade, Minting and the Baroque poets. complete French through the intermediate level, a student level or the equivalent. Conducted in French. First may select FREN 202 or 205. semester: through the 18th century. Second semester: FREN 432 The 17th Century 19th and 20th centuries. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. FREN 210 Intensive French II Prerequisite: FREN 300 or 301 or permission of instruc- Semester course; 6 lecture and lab hours per week. 6 FREN 410 Explication de Textes tor. Conducted in French. A Contextualization and credits. Prerequisites: Successful completion of FREN Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. detailed study of a selection of texts representative of 101 and 102, or FREN 110. This intensive course com- Prerequisites: Two French courses at the 300 level or literary schools, genres and major works of the period: bines FREN 201 and 202/205 into a single semester. permission of instructor. Conducted in French. This Baroque and Classical readings including prose, poetry course provides an introduction to terms encountered and drama of the authors of the reign of Louis XIV; Non-foreign language majors who wish to take in text analysis: prosody, versification, rhetorical lan- Pascal, La Rochefoucauld, La Bruyure, Corneille, Racine one or two upper-level classes only need to com- guage, narratology and genres. It presents traditional and Moliere. plete FREN 202, 205 or equivalent. and current schools of literary criticism and applies them to an interdisciplinary selection of texts. FREN 433 The 18th Century FREN 295 Gateway to the French Major/Minor Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. FREN 420 French Regional Culture Prerequisite: FREN 300 or 301 or permission of instruc- Prerequisite: FREN 201 or permission of instructor. This Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. tor. Conducted in French. A contextualization and course is composed of three different areas: 1) writing Prerequisite: FREN 320 or 321 or permission of instruc- detailed study of a selection of texts representative of and analytical skills: enhancement of grammatical and tor. Conducted in French. Focuses on the culture and literary schools, genres and major works of the period: writing skills and development of analytical techniques civilization specific to each of France’s 22 regions. the “philosophies” including Montesquieu, Voltaire, using a variety of texts; 2) improving students’ oral Regional history, culture, architecture as well as Diderot and Rousseau and readings from Marivaux, communication; 3) listening skills: extensive use of sociopolitical, linguistic identities, artisanal trades and Provost and Vauvenargues. recorded material and Language Learning Center folklore are presented for each region. resources to improve and enhance listening skills in a FREN 434 The 19th Century variety of authentic contexts. Non-foreign language FREN 421 French Contemporary Culture Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. majors who wish to take one or two upper-level Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: FREN 300 or 301 or permission of instruc- classes only need to complete FREN 202, 205 or Prerequisite: FREN 320 or 321 or permission of instructor. Conducted in French. A contextualization and equivalent. tor. Conducted in French. Focuses on the contemporary detailed study of a selection of texts representative of culture found in French society today. The individuals literary schools, genres and major works of the period: FREN 300, 301 Advanced Grammar and Writing and events shaping current French social, political, Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism and Symbolism. Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. artistic and cultural life are examined. Each theme is Prerequisites: French courses through the intermediate illustrated by current audiovisual materials. FREN 435 The 20th Century level or the equivalent. Conducted in French. A system- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. atic review of French grammar with emphasis on the FREN 422 French Cinema Prerequisite: FREN 300 or 301 or permission of instruc- elements of style and vocabulary building; translation Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. tor. Conducted in French. A contextualization and and composition. Prerequisite: FREN 320 or 321 or permission of instruc- detailed study of a selection of texts representative of tor. Conducted in French. Tracing French cinema from literary schools, genres and major works of the period: FREN 305 Advanced Conversation les Frores Lumiore and Georges Melius through the Surrealism, Existentialism, Nouveau Roman and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. New Wave to new contemporary directors, this course Theater of the Absurd. Prerequisites: French courses through the intermediate focuses on the thematic selections and stylistic tech- level or the equivalent. Conducted in French. niques particular to French cinematographic culture. FREN 440 Commercial French Development of advanced oral skills while conversing The class is offered concurrently with the Annual VCU Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. about topics on current French culture and society. French Film Festival, thereby permitting students to Prerequisite: At least one French course at the 300 Proficiency in listening comprehension is stressed directly communicate with French actors and directors level. This course introduces students to the cultural, through regular activities based on a variety of differ- participating in the festival. economic and linguistic dimensions of the Francophone ent situations of communication. commercial sector. It builds the student’s reading,

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 77 College of Humanities and Sciences writing, listening and speaking proficiencies through Non-foreign language majors who wish to take literature of the first half of the 19th century. Second active engagement with business-related materials and one or two upper-level classes only need to com- semester: contemporary German literature. activities. plete GRMN 202, 205 or equivalent. GRMN 416 The Age of Goethe FREN 450/INTL 450 Francophone Literatures and GRMN 295 Gateway to German Major/Minor Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Cultures Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: GRMN 300, 301 or 320, 321. Conducted Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be Prerequisite: GRMN 201 or permission of instructor. in German. A course centering on the major move- repeated once with permission of instructor. This course focuses on three different areas: 1) writing ments during Goethe’s lifetime: enlightenment, storm Prerequisites: FREN 300 or 301 and at least one addi- and analytical skills: enhancement of grammatical and and stress, classicism and romanticism. Representative tional French course at the 300 level or permission of writing skills and development of analytical techniques literary works and their social, philosophical and politi- instructor. Introduces students to the literatures and using a variety of literary and expository texts; 2) pho- cal backgrounds will be studied. cultures of the Francophone world. Provides an netics: use and practice of native pronunciation; 3) lis- overview of the Francophone world and an in-depth tening skills: extensive use of recorded materials and GRMN 417 Intellectual Life and Culture in 19th- study of literary works written in French from Africa, Language Learning Center resources for the improve- century Germany the Caribbean, North America, Asia and Europe. Also ment of listening proficiency in a variety of authentic Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. explores the impact of colonial history on Francophone contexts. Non-foreign language majors who wish to Prerequisites: GRMN 300, 301 or 320, 321. Conducted literatures and cultures. Conducted in French. take one or two upper-level classes only need to com- in German. The rich diversity of German intellectual plete GRMN 202, 205 or equivalent. and literary life in the 19th century is studied in works FREN 491 Topics in French representing romanticism, Biedermeier, Junges Semester course; Variable credit, 1-3 credits. May be GRMN 300, 301 Advanced Grammar and Writing Deutschland, realism and naturalism. repeated with different topics for a maximum of nine Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. credits. Prerequisite: Completion of six credits of Prerequisites: German courses through the intermedi- GRMN 420 The Turn of the Century French at the 300 level or equivalent. An in-depth study ate level or the equivalent. A systematic review of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. of selected topics in French. See the Schedule of German grammar with emphasis on the elements of Prerequisites: GRMN 300, 301 or 320, 321. Conducted Classes for specific topic to be offered each semester. style and vocabulary building. in German. A course dealing with the major intellectual, philosophical, artistic and cultural trends from the FREN 492 Independent Study GRMN 305 German Conversation turn of the century through the Weimar period as Semester course; variable credit. Maximum of three Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. reflected in the writings of authors such as Kafka, credits per semester; maximum total of six credits for Prerequisites: German courses through the intermedi- Mann and Hesse. Includes impressionism, expression- all independent study courses in French. Open generate level or the equivalent. Conducted in German. ism and neue Sachlichkeit. ally to students of only junior or senior standing who Practice in the spoken language with emphasis on dis- have six credits of upper-level French courses and/or cussions relating to topics of current interest. GRMN 421 The Postwar German Scene have a demonstrated competency in the language. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Determination of course content and permission of the GRMN 311 German through the Media Prerequisites: GRMN 300, 301 or 320, 321. Conducted instructor must be obtained prior to registration of the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. in German. A course dealing with the political, social course. A course designed to give students an opportu- Prerequisites: German courses through the intermedi- and intellectual developments of the German-speaking nity to become involved in independent study in a liter- ate level or the equivalent. A course designed to countries from the end of World War II to the present ary or linguistic area or subject in which they have an develop language proficiency by using material avail- as reflected in the literary works of their major authors. interest. able through the various media: newspapers, magazines, films, slides and radio broadcasts. GRMN 491 Topics in German Variable credit, 1-3 credits. May be repeated with dif- Courses in German (GRMN) GRMN 314 Commercial German ferent topics for a maximum of nine credits. GRMN 101-102 Elementary German Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Completion of six credits of German at the Continuous courses; 5 lecture/ recitation hours. 4-4 Prerequisites: German courses through the intermedi- 300 level or equivalent. An in-depth study of selected credits. Elementary grammar, reading and oral drill. ate level or the equivalent. Designed to develop the topics in German. See the Schedule of Classes for spe- student’s ability to use German as a means of oral and cific topic to be offered each semester. GRMN 201 Intermediate German written communication in the business world. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Emphasis on the acquisition of technical tools neces- GRMN 492 Independent Study Continuation of the essentials of grammar with empha- sary for business exchanges in specialized fields. Semester course; variable credit. Maximum of three sis on achieving proficiency in aural comprehension, credits per semester; maximum total of six credits for speaking, reading and writing skills. GRMN 320 German Civilization I all independent study courses in German. Prerequisites: Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. GRMN 300, 301 or 320, 321. Open generally to stu- GRMN 202 Intermediate German Readings Prerequisites: German courses through the intermedi- dents of only junior or senior standing who have six Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ate level or the equivalent. Conducted in German. A credits of upper-level German courses and/or have a Prerequisite: GRMN 201 or the equivalent. Designed to survey of German and Austrian culture from their ori- demonstrated competency in the language. increase the student’s proficiency in German through gins to the founding of the German Empire in 1871. Determination of course content and permission of the the study of selected cultural and literary texts. In order instructor must be obtained prior to registration of the to complete German through the intermediate level, a GRMN 321 German Civilization II course. A course designed to give students an opportu- student may elect GRMN 202, 205 or equivalent. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. nity to become involved in independent study in a liter- Prerequisites: German courses through the intermediary or linguistic area or subject in which they have an GRMN 205 Intermediate Conversation ate level or the equivalent. GRMN 320 recommended. interest. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Conducted in German. A treatment of German and Prerequisite: GRMN 201 or the equivalent. Designed to Austrian culture from the founding of the German increase the student’s proficiency in the spoken lan- Empire in 1871 to the present. Particular emphasis on Courses in Italian (ITAL) guage through audio-oral exercises, dialogues and free life in modern-day Austria and the Federal Republic of ITAL 101-102 Elementary Italian conversation. In order to complete German through the Germany. Continuous course; 5 lecture/recitation hours. 4-4 cred- intermediate level, a student may elect GRMN 202, its. Elementary grammar, reading and oral drill. 205 or equivalent. GRMN 330, 331 Survey of Literature Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. ITAL 201 Intermediate Italian Prerequisites: German courses through the intermedi- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ate level or the equivalent. Conducted in German. First Continuation of the essentials of grammar with semester: beginnings of German literature through the

78 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences emphasis on achieving proficiency in aural comprehen- Courses in Russian (RUSS) conversation. In order to complete Spanish through the sion, speaking, reading and writing skills. RUSS 101-102 Elementary Russian intermediate level, a student may select SPAN 202 or 205 or equivalent. ITAL 202 Intermediate Italian Readings Continuous course; 5 lecture/recitation hours. 4-4 cred- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. its. Elementary grammar, reading and oral drill. Non-foreign language majors who wish to take Prerequisite: ITAL 201 or the equivalent. Designed to RUSS 201 Intermediate Russian one or two upper-level classes only need to com- increase the student’s proficiency in Italian through the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. plete SPAN 202, 205 or equivalent. study of selected cultural and literary texts. Continuation of the essentials of grammar with empha- SPAN 295 Gateway to Spanish Major/Minor sis on achieving proficiency in aural comprehension, ITAL 205 Intermediate Conversation Semester course; 1-3 credits. Prerequisites: Spanish speaking, reading and writing skills. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. courses through the intermediate level or the equiva- Prerequisite: ITAL 201 or the equivalent. Designed to In order to complete Russian through the inter- lent. This course is composed of three discrete mod- increase the student’s proficiency in the spoken lan- mediate level, a student must select RUSS 202 ules of 1 credit each: (1 credit) Portfolio Preparation: guage through audio-oral exercises, dialogues and free or 205. orientation to career development in Spanish, review- conversation. ing criteria of good writing, program goals and self RUSS 202 Intermediate Russian Readings assessment essay to begin identifying areas of interest ITAL 305 Italian Conversation and Civilization Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. and strengths; (1 credit) Language Proficiency: practice Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: RUSS 201 or the equivalent. Designed to and review of specifics and general areas of language Prerequisites: Italian courses through the intermediate increase the student’s proficiency through the study of proficiency; (1 credit) Computer Skills: emphasis on text level or the equivalent. Conducted in Italian. Practice in selected cultural and literary texts. In order to complete processing in Spanish and tutorials for grammar and the spoken language with emphasis on discussion Russian through the intermediate level, a student may pronunciation practice. Non-foreign language majors dealing with Italian civilization and culture. select RUSS 202 or 205. who wish to take one or two upper-level classes only need to complete SPAN 202, 205 or equivalent. ITAL 330, 331 Survey of Literature RUSS 205 Intermediate Russian Conversation Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. SPAN 300, 301 Advanced Grammar and Writing Prerequisite: Italian through the intermediate level or Prerequisite: RUSS 201 or the equivalent. Designed to Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. equivalent. Conducted in Italian. First semester covers increase the student’s proficiency in the spoken lan- Prerequisites: Spanish courses through the intermedi- the 11th century through the 16th century. Second guage through audio-oral exercises, dialogues and free ate level or the equivalent. A systematic review of semester covers from the 17th century through the 21st conversation. In order to complete Russian through the Spanish grammar with emphasis on the elements of style century. intermediate level, a student may select RUSS 202 and vocabulary building, translation and composition. or 205. ITAL 391 Topics in Italian SPAN 305 Spanish Conversation Semester course; variable credit, 1-3 credits. May be RUSS 301, 302 Survey of Literature Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. repeated with different topics for a maximum of six Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Spanish courses through the intermedi- credits. An in-depth study of selected topics in Italian. Prerequisites: RUSS 201-202 or the equivalent. ate level or the equivalent. Conducted in Spanish. See the Schedule of Classes for specific topic to be Conducted in Russian. First semester: 19th century; Practice in the spoken language with emphasis on dis- offered each semester. Pushkin, Gogol, Turgenev. Second semester: late 19th cussions relating to topics of current interest. and 20th centuries; Dostoyevski, Chekov and some modern Russian writers. SPAN 320 Civilization of Spain I Courses in Latin (LATN) Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. LATN 101-102 Elementary Latin RUSS 491 Topics in Russian Prerequisites: Spanish courses through the intermedi- Continuous course; 4 lecture hours. 4-4 credits. First Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be ate level or the equivalent. Conducted in Spanish. A semester: a study of the Latin language with emphasis repeated with different topics for a maximum of six treatment of salient manifestations of Spanish culture on the Latin elements found in English. Latin vocabu- credits. An in-depth study of selected topics in Russian. and civilization from its origins to the present. lary. Second semester: introduction to Latin authors See the Schedule of Classes for specific topics to be and related aspects of Roman civilization. offered each semester. SPAN 321 Latin American Civilization I Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. LATN 201-202 Readings in Latin Literature Prerequisites: Spanish courses through the intermedi- Continuous course; 3 lecture hours. 3-3 credits. Brief Courses in Spanish (SPAN) ate level or the equivalent. Conducted in Spanish. A grammar review with a parallel study of political and SPAN 101-102 Elementary Spanish treatment of salient manifestations of Latin American literary trends and developments as found in several of Continuous course; 5 lecture/recitation hours. 4-4 cred- culture and Civilization from pre-Columbian times to the major Latin writers. First semester: prose, with its. Elementary grammar, reading and oral drills. the present. emphasis on Cicero, Pliny the Younger and Sallust. Second semester: poetry, with selected readings from SPAN 201 Intermediate Spanish SPAN 330 Survey of Spanish Literature Catullus, Tibullus, Ovid and Vergil. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Continuation of the essentials of grammar, with Prerequisites: Spanish courses through the intermedi- Courses in Portuguese (PORT) emphasis on achieving proficiency in aural comprehen- ate level or the equivalent. Conducted in Spanish. A survey of Spanish literature up to the present. PORT 101, 102 Elementary Portuguese sion, speaking, reading and writing skills. Continuous courses; 5 lecture/recitation hours. 4, 4 SPAN 331/INTL 331 Survey of Latin American credits. Elementary grammar, reading and oral skills. SPAN 202 Intermediate Spanish Readings Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Literature Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. PORT 201 Intermediate Portuguese Prerequisite: SPAN 201 or the equivalent. Designed to Prerequisites: Spanish courses through the intermediate Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. increase the student’s proficiency through the study of level or the equivalent. Conducted in Spanish. An intro- Continuation of the essentials of grammar, with selected cultural and literary texts. In order to complete duction to major authors and trends up to the present. emphasis on achieving proficiency in aural comprehen- Spanish through the intermediate level, a student may sion, speaking, reading and writing skills. select SPAN 202 or 205. SPAN 400 Spanish Translation Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. PORT 202 Intermediate Portuguese Readings SPAN 205 Intermediate Spanish Conversation Prerequisites: Completion of nine credits of Spanish at Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. the 300 level or the equivalent (including those specifi- Prerequisite: PORT 201 or the equivalent. Designed to Prerequisite: SPAN 201 or the equivalent. Designed to cally required for certain courses). Conducted in increase the student’s proficiency through the study of increase the student’s proficiency in the spoken lan- Spanish. Integrates the basic theoretical and practical selected cultural and literary texts. guage through audio-oral exercises, dialogues and free

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 79 College of Humanities and Sciences aspects of translation, focused from a perspective of SPAN 430 Literary Genres and the significance of those arrangements. applied linguistics. The course includes a workshop Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. It focuses on regions and on the interac- component and students will practice both written and Prerequisites: Completion of nine credits of Spanish at tions between humans and the environ- oral translation of diverse texts. the 300 level or the equivalent (including those specifically required for certain courses). Conducted in ment. Rather than adhering rigorously to Nine credits of 300-level courses in Spanish Spanish. An in-depth look at the development and particular disciplinary laws, geographers (including those specifically required for certain expression of varieties of literature in Spanish. combine a variety of methods and courses) are prerequisites to all the following approaches. The Geography concentration courses. SPAN 431 Literary Periods is for students interested in the nature and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. SPAN 401/LING 401 Comparative Structures Prerequisites: Completion of nine credits of Spanish at distribution of the biophysical and cultural Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. the 300 level or the equivalent (including those specifi- elements of the landscape, and in the inter- Prerequisites: Completion of nine credits of Spanish at cally required for certain courses). Conducted in relationships among them. the 300 level or the equivalent (including those specifi- Spanish. An in-depth synchronic look at movements The Geography concentration provides a cally required for certain courses). Conducted in and their context in literature in Spanish. strong foundation for career opportunities Spanish. A comparison of English and Spanish, with with public agencies or the private sector, SPAN 485 Spanish Study Abroad emphasis on pronunciation and problems encountered both domestic and international, engaged in in the teaching of Spanish. Semester course; variable credit. Prerequisites: Completion of nine credits of Spanish at the 300 level or environmental management, location analy- SPAN 402 Language Issues in the Spanish- the equivalent (including those specifically required for sis, regional development and planning. speaking World certain courses). Open to Spanish majors, minors and stu- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. dents in other disciplines. This course offers all students Degree requirements – bachelor Prerequisites: Completion of nine credits of Spanish at the opportunity to improve their oral and written profi- the 300 level or the equivalent (including those specifi- ciency in Spanish, to enhance their awareness of cultural of science in urban studies and cally required for certain courses). Conducted in diversity and to become independent learners of Spanish geography Spanish. Through a variety of topics this course language and the cultures of its speakers. The bachelor of science major in urban explores the links between language and human behavior as exemplified by language phenomena in the SPAN 491 Topics in Spanish studies and geography requires 120 credits, Spanish-speaking world. Topics will be drawn mainly Semester course; Variable credits, 1-3 credits. May be including 36-37 credits depending on the from sociolinguistics, language and culture, and educa- repeated with different topics for a maximum of nine concentration within the major. The pro- tion and applied linguistics. credits. Prerequisite: Completion of six credits of gram is designed so that students may enter Spanish at the 300 level or the equivalent. An in-depth as late as their junior year. Note: students study of selected topics in Spanish. See the Schedule of SPAN 403 History of the Spanish Language must complete STAT 210 Basic Practice of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Classes for specific topic to be offered each semester. Prerequisites: Completion of nine credits of Spanish at Statistics prior to enrolling in URSP 242. It the 300 level or the equivalent (including those specifi- SPAN 492 Independent Study is imperative that students complete this cally required for certain courses). Conducted in Semester course; variable credit. Maximum of three requirement as early as possible in their Spanish. A study of the evolution of Spanish from Latin credits per semester; maximum total of six credits for program, and that URSP 242 be completed through the Middle Ages to the Modern era. Historical all independent study courses in Spanish. no later than the spring semester of their Prerequisites: Completion of nine credits of Spanish at phonology, etymology, morphology, orthography, junior year since it is a prerequisite for semantics and syntax of standard Castilian. the 300 level or the equivalent (including those specifically required for certain courses). Open generally only URSP 306. URSP 242 is a corequisite for SPAN 414 Commercial Spanish to students of junior or senior standing who have six URSP 313. Students may substitute INFO Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. credits of upper-level Spanish courses and/or have 162 and SOCY 205/POLI 205 for URSP Prerequisites: Completion of nine credits of Spanish at demonstrated a competency in the language. 242. the 300 level or the equivalent (including those specifi- Determination of course content and permission of Qualified seniors are allowed to enroll in cally required for certain courses). Conducted in instructor and department chair must be obtained prior Spanish. This course will develop the student’s ability to registration for the course. A course designed to most 500-level courses but should consult to use the Spanish language as a means of oral and give students an opportunity to become involved in their adviser before registering to secure written communication in the business world. independent study in a literary or linguistic area or sub- permission of the instructor. ject in which they have an interest. Students with a minimum GPA of 2.5 SPAN 420 Civilization of Spain II may apply for participation in the Urban Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Completion of nine credits of Spanish at SPAN 495 Spanish Portfolio Seminar Government Internship Program which the 300 level, including SPAN 320 or 321, or the equiv- Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Prerequisites: provides an opportunity to work within the alent (including those specifically required for certain Completion of 15 credits at the 300 and 400 levels or Richmond area and elsewhere on urban courses). This course explores the cultural diversity and the equivalent. Completion of nine credits of Spanish and regional problems. In general, students differences of Spain. Topics focus on a particular inter- at the 300 level or the equivalent (including those may not exceed 48 credits of urban studies disciplinary theme, such as the formation of cities, eth- specifically required for certain courses). This course and geography courses. However, those stu- nicity and on a particular area of Spain. focuses on self-assessment, compiling a portfolio, career preparation and on the life long application of dents who choose to participate in the SPAN 421/INTL 421 Civilization of Latin America II skills and knowledge acquired in the program. internship program may exceed this maxi- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. mum by three credit hours. Prerequisites: Completion of nine credits of Spanish at Geography the 300 level, including SPAN 320 or 321, or the equiv- Geography is a broad discipline that inte- Core courses alent (including those specifically required for certain (all students must successfully complete all of the courses). This course explores the cultural diversity of grates both natural and social sciences. In fact, one of its strengths is its diversity of following required core courses) Latin America and the social and political forces behind GEOG 102 Introduction to Human Geography cultural change. Topics will focus on a specific interdis- approach. Geographers are concerned with URSP 116 Introduction to the City ciplinary theme, such as urban life, the politics of iden- the location of activities in the world, the GEOG 204 Physical Geography tity and on a specific area of Latin America. reasons for particular spatial distributions, URSP 242 Computer Applications in Community Analysis

80 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

URSP 261 Design of the City GEOG 203, GEOZ 203L Physical Geography I and GEOG 307, 308/INTL 308, 309 World Regions URSP/GEOG 306 Urban Economic Geography Laboratory Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. An URSP/GEOG 313 Urban Research and Field Methods GEOG 204, GEOZ 204L Physical Geography II and examination of the various regions of the earth, includ- URSP/GEOG 332 Environmental Management Laboratory ing land forms, climate, resources, peoples, agriculture URSP 541 Urban Public Policy-making Processes GEOG/INTL 308 or GEOG 308/INTL 309 World Regions and urban conditions. First semester: Anglo-America, GEOG/ANTH 312 History of Human Settlement Latin America, Western Europe, Eastern Europe, the Students must then select one of the fol- former USSR. Second semester: Middle East and North Africa, Africa (south of the Sahara), Indian lowing concentrations for completing the In addition, numerous upper-division Subcontinent, China, Japan, Southeast Asia, Oceania. remaining 11 to 12 credits in the major. All electives are available. courses marked with an asterisk are GEOG 312/ANTH 312 History of Human Settlement required for that concentration/track. Courses in geography (GEOG) Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A cultural Electives must be selected with the assis- and historical geography of human migration and set- GEOG 102 Introduction to Human Geography tlement over the earth. Topics may include agricultural tance of a faculty adviser. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An intro- and urban systems, exploration, colonization and impe- duction to human geography from a global perspective, rialism, and changing relationships with the environ- Geography concentration emphasizing settlement patterns, human-environment ment, during and since the middle ages. Students complete 11 credits from the interactions, cultural variations, political transitions and population change in the global economy. GEOG 313/URSP 313 Urban Research and Field list including the required courses (marked Methods with an asterisk). GEOG 105/ENVS 105 Physical Geology Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A descrip- Prerequisite: STAT 210. Pre- or corequisite: URSP 242 GEOG 203 Physical Geography* tive approach to physical geology dealing with the his- or permission of instructor. Methods of data collection, GEOZ 203L Physical Geography Laboratory* tory and structure of the earth, catastrophic events and organization, and updating; the use of secondary infor- GEOZ 204L Physical Geography Laboratory* geology as it relates to the contemporary environment. mation; applications of elementary statistical analysis GEOG 307/INTL 308 World Regions An optional laboratory may be taken with this course. and of graphic and cartographic analysis. See GEOZ/ENVZ 105L. GEOG 308/INTL 309 World Regions GEOG 332/ENVS 332/URSP 332 Environmental URSP/GEOG 302 Land Use Capability GEOZ 105L/ENVZ 105L Physical Geology Management GEOG/ANTH 312 History of Human Settlement Laboratory Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Provides a GEOG 333 Geography of Africa Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Pre- or framework for developing environmental management GEOG/INTL 334 Regional Geography of _____ corequisite: GEOG/ENVS 105. An optional laboratory objectives and techniques. The focus of the course is GEOG/ENVS 335 Environmental Geology course consisting of experiments and activities related on a study of natural hazards in Virginia and a variety GEOZ/ENVZ 335L Environmental Geology Laboratory to GEOG/ENVS 105. of approaches to reducing losses from these hazards. URSP/GEOG/INTL 340 World Cities Outside of North America GEOG 203, 204 Physical Geography GEOG 333/AFAM 333/INTL 333 Geography GEOG 391 Special Topics in Geography Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. of Africa GEOG/ENVS 401 Meteorology and Climatology Analysis of the interrelated systems of the earth. GEOG Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of GEOZ/ENVZ 401L Meteorology and Climatology Laboratory 203: the earth in space, atmosphere, climate, natural the land forms, climate, peoples, livelihoods, settle- GEOG/ENVS 411 Oceanography vegetation, soils. GEOG 204: earth materials, tectonics, ment patterns, and cultural groupings of sub-Saharan weathering, erosion, landforms. GEOG 204 can be GEOG 492 Independent Study Africa. taken without GEOG 203, and vice versa. URSP/ENVS 521 Introduction to Geographic Information GEOG 334/INTL 334 Regional Geography Science GEOZ 203L, 204L Physical Geography Laboratory of ______URSP 552 Urban Transportation Semester courses; 2 laboratory hours. 1, 1 credit. Pre- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of or corequisite: GEOG 203 for GEOZ 203L; GEOG 204 for the land forms, climate, resources, peoples, agricultural Generalized course of study GEOZ 204L. Problem solving and map reading exercises and urban conditions in a specific region such as North concentration related to earth-sun relationships, atmosphere, America, Europe, Latin America, the Middle East and weather and climate, vegetation, soils (in GEOZ 203L) India, the USSR and Eastern Europe. See the Schedule This option is designed for those students and earth materials, tectonics, weathering, erosion, of Classes for specific region to be studied each who have a broad interest in both urban landforms (in GEOZ 240L). GEOZ 204L can be taken semester. studies and geography. By self-identifying without GEOZ 203L, and vice versa. GEOG 335/ENVS 335 Environmental Geology their scholarly interests and working closely GEOG 302/URSP 302 Land Use Capability with their adviser, students may tailor this Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An intro- Corequisite: ENVZ/GEOZ 335L. The relationship concentration to match not only intellec- duction to the principles, concepts and knowledge between humankind and the physical environment, tual interests but anticipated career goals. involved in determining the capacity of land under vari- Earth materials and processes, geological hazards, Students may elect to complete the remain- ous conditions to support a variety of uses. water, mineral and energy resources, land use and environmental health and law. ing 12 credits of the Urban Studies and GEOG 306/URSP 306 Urban Economic Geography Geography major by selecting courses from Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. GEOZ 335L/ENVZ 335L Environmental Geology both urban studies and geography. Prerequisite: URSP 242. Explores the nature of work as Laboratory it is organized in urban businesses, the interdepend- Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Minor in geography ence of industries and the reasons why different cities Corequisite: GEOG/ENVS 335. Required for environ- develop different types of economies. Policies and mental science majors enrolled in ENVS/GEOG 335; A geography minor requires 18 credits. strategies for developing and maintaining healthy At least six credits must be chosen from optional for other majors. Attendance on one Saturday urban economies. Policies and strategies for develop- morning field trip required. Laboratory exercises coordi- upper-level courses. ing and maintaining healthy urban economies will be nated with GEOG/ENVS 335 lectures. All students must take the following discussed in detail. This course is a prerequisite for courses: URSP 322 Urban Finance.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 81 College of Humanities and Sciences

GEOG 340/INTL 340/URSP 340 World Cities International Studies of 120 credits. At least 31 credits must be in Outside of North America the major with a minimum 2.25 GPA. A Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An exami- International Studies Advisory Committee Charles M. Byles, School of Business minimum of 21 credits toward the major nation of urban habitats in a variety of geographical must be taken in upper-level (300 or 400) regions, with emphasis on their differences and their Patricia W. Cummins, Foreign Languages common experiences. Robert A. Godwin-Jones, Foreign Languages courses from the listings below. International Harold E. Greer Jr., History studies majors also must complete the GEOG 391 Topics in Geography M. Njeri Jackson, African-American Studies course requirements for a minor in one of Semester course; 1, 2, or 3 credits. This course may be J. David Kennamer, School of Mass Communications the following fields: anthropology, econom- repeated with different topics for a maximum of nine Pamela Kiecker, School of Business ics, business (general business minor), for- credits. Prerequisite: Because of changing subject matter to be treated in this course, permission of instructor Peter S. Kirkpatrick, Foreign Languages eign languages (with a track in French, is required. Students will have an opportunity to exam- Martha W. Moon, School of Nursing German or Spanish), history, political sci- ine in detail a geographical issue of significance. See Lynn D. Nelson, Sociology and Anthropology ence, sociology or urban studies. Double the Schedule of Classes for specific topics to be William W. Newmann, Political Science and Public majors are strongly encouraged. offered each semester. Policy Mary Katherine O’Connor, School of Social Work GEOG 401/ENVS 401 Meteorology and Climatology Collateral requirements John A. Rossi, School of Education Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Along with the General Education Prerequisite: GEOG 203 or a physical science sequence Javier Tapia, School of the Arts Christina B. Turner, Sociology and Anthropology requirements of the College of Humanities or permission of instructor. A basic, semiquantitative and Sciences for the bachelor of arts course in the elements of weather and climate, their Judyth L. Twigg, Political Science and Public Policy driving forces and their spatial and temporal distribu- Mark D. Wood, Philosophy and Religious Studies degree, students majoring in international tion and variability. Atmospheric motions and circula- Weiping Wu, Urban Studies and Planning studies must complete the following: tion, weather forecasting, human impact on weather • foreign language studies through the and climate. The International Studies Program (ISP) advanced level (300, 305, 320 or 321) by course or placement, unless this GEOZ 401L/ENVZ 401L Meteorology is designed to increase student awareness of level of instruction is not available in a and Climatology Laboratory and sensitivity to the traditions, values, Semester course; 3 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Pre- or aspirations and concerns of people in other chosen language. In such cases, faculty corequisite: GEOG/ENVS 401. A series of laboratory parts of the world. To complete the major advisors will assist the student to iden- and field experiments designed to quantify the ele- or the minor, students may focus on a wide tify appropriate language study options ments of weather and climate and to interpret their range of issues — cultural, social, economic at other U.S. institutions or abroad; local temporal and spatial variations. and political — that confront the world • an experiential learning requirement GEOG 411/ENVS 411 Oceanography community or on a specific geographic area. through an approved internship, serv- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Both options seek to introduce students to ice-learning course or study abroad Prerequisite: GEOG 203 or PHYS 101 or a natural sci- insights offered by a variety of cross-cultural program. ence sequence or permission of instructor. A basic disciplines and courses. course in the physical, chemical and geological proper- Although these programs are coordinated Core requirements (10 – 11 credits) ties of oceans and ocean basins. Origin and character of ocean basins, properties of oceanic waters, oceanic through the College of Humanities and All international studies majors are circulation, land-sea interactions, marine environments Sciences, they are open to all VCU under- required to complete the following and ecology. graduate students, and they allow students courses: to earn a major or a minor in one of the INTL 101 Human Societies and Globalization OR INTL/POLI GEOG 492 Independent Study program areas while simultaneously com- 105 International Relations (3 - 4 credits) Semester course; 1-3 credits per semester. Maximum INTL/POLI 365 International Political Economy OR total of six credits. Prerequisites: Junior or senior pleting their requirements for the baccalau- INTL/ANTH 455 Anthropology of Development and standing required. Permission of the instructor and of reate degree. Globalization OR INTL 490 Seminar in International the geography program director must be obtained prior The ISP director coordinates the various Issues (3 credits) to registering for this course. Under the supervision of components of the program, provides gen- Either INTL 493 International Studies Internship OR INTL a geography faculty member, a student studies a topic eral advice to students, makes referrals for of mutual interest. 398 Directed Study Abroad (or other approved study advising students depending on the chosen abroad experience) OR an approved Service Learning GEOG 521/URSP 521/ENVS 521 Introduction concentration, works closely with faculty in course (3 credits) to Geographic Information Science appropriate departments who are responsi- INTL 499 Senior Seminar (1 credit) Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. ble for a particular concentration and pro- 3 credits. An introduction to creating and using vides the final approval to certify that the Concentration requirements – Global geographically referenced databases for urban and major or a minor has been completed. Studies or Area Studies (21 credits) environmental analysis and planning. Includes geo- All relevant information about the inter- graphic and remote sensing data structures, global Students pursuing a bachelor of arts degree national studies major and minors, including positioning systems, spatial analysis, geographic with an international studies major must approved lists of courses for the various con- data standards, public domain software and data complete the requirements of either one of resources, and principles of cartography design. centrations, is available from the ISP Web the program’s four Global Studies concentra- Lab exercises in the use of geographic information site at http://www.has.vcu.edu/int. systems software tools. tions or one of the program’s six Area Studies concentrations. Students are required to com- Degree requirements – bachelor plete any prerequisites noted for any courses of arts in international studies by individual departments. The bachelor of arts degree with a major in international studies requires a minimum

82 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

Global Studies concentrations Latin American Studies • INTL 493 International Studies The Arts in Global Perspective The following three courses (nine credits) are required: Internship or INTL 398 Directed The following three courses (nine credits) are required: 1. HIST 109 or 110 Survey of Latin American History Study Abroad (or other approved 1. ARTH 207 Introduction to Non-Western Art 2. INTL/ANTH 349 Contemporary Cultures of Latin America study abroad experience) or INTL 490 3. SPAN 321 Latin American Civilization I or INTL/POLI 353 2. INTL/ENGL 211 Contemporary World Literature Seminar in International Issues Latin American Governments and Politics 3. INTL/MHIS 220 Introduction to World Music 2. Concentration requirements (15 credits) Students are required to complete four courses (12 credits) Students are required to complete four courses (12 credits) from Concentration List G as approved by the students’ Students select one of the following from Concentration List A as approved by the students’ concentrations: advisers. (See http://www.has.vcu.edu/int for list.) advisers. (See http://www.has.vcu.edu/int for list.) a. The Arts in Global Perspective International Institutions and Globalization Middle Eastern Studies • Complete two of the following The following three courses (nine credits) are required: Students are required to complete seven courses (21 credits) three courses (six credits): 1. INTL/POLI 361 Issues in World Politics from Concentration List H as approved by the students’ ARTH 207 Introduction to Non- 2. INTL/POLI 362 International Organizations and advisers. (See http://www.has.vcu.edu/int for list.) Western Art Institutions INTL/ENGL 211 Contemporary Russian and Eastern European Studies 3. INTL/AFAM/ECON 315 Economic Development World Literature Students are required to complete four courses (12 credits) The following three courses (nine credits) are required: 1. HIST 321 History of Russia or HIST 322 History of Russia INTL/MHIS 220 Introduction to from Concentration List B as approved by the students’ World Music advisers. (See http://www.has.vcu.edu/int for list.) 2. INTL/SOCY 328 Russian Society in Transition 3. INTL/POLI 354 Politics of the Former Soviet Union • Students are required to complete three additional courses (nine International Relations Students are required to complete four courses (12 credits) The following courses (3-9 credits) are required: from Concentration List I as approved by the students’ credits) from Concentration List 1. INTL/POLI 105 International Relations (if not used as a advisers. (See http://www.has.vcu.edu/int for list.) A as approved by the students’ core requirement) advisers. 2. INTL/POLI 361 Issues in World Politics Western European Studies b. International Institutions and 3. INTL/POLI 365 International Political Economy (if not The following three courses (nine credits) are required: Globalization 1. HIST 101 Survey of European History used as a core requirement) • Complete two of the following 2. INTL/POLI 352 European Governments and Politics Students are required to complete two to four courses (six three courses (six credits): to 12 credits) from Concentration List C as approved by 3. HIST 336 Modern European Intellectual History Students are required to complete four courses (12 credits) INTL/POLI 361 Issues in World the students’ advisers. (See http://www.has.vcu.edu/int Politics for list.) from Concentration List J as approved by the students’ advisers. (See http://www.has.vcu.edu/int for list.) INTL/POLI 362 International Social Relations in International Perspective Organizations and Institutions The following three courses (nine credits) are required: Minors in International Studies INTL/AFAM/ECON 315 1. INTL/ANTH 103 Cultural Anthropology Students may select one of the following Economic Development 2. INTL/FRLG 203 Language and Identity options: • Students are required to complete 3. INTL/SOCY 330 Global Societies 1. Global Studies Minor. Students three additional courses (nine Students are required to complete four courses (12 credits) may focus on the Arts in Global credits) from Concentration List from Concentration List D as approved by the students’ B as approved by the students’ advisers. (See http://www.has.vcu.edu/int for list.) Perspective, International Institutions and Globalization, International advisers. c. International Relations Area Studies concentrations Relations, or Social Relations in International Perspective. • Complete two of the following Area studies students must complete for- 2. Area Studies Minor. Students may courses when not used as core eign language study of the region through focus on African Studies, Asian courses (three to six credits): the advanced level (300, 305, 320 or 321) Studies, Latin American Studies, INTL/POLI 105 International and an approved language and cultural Middle Eastern Studies, Russian and Relations immersion experience in that region. East European Studies, or Western INTL/POLI 361 Issues in World European Studies. Politics African Studies 3. Native American Studies Minor. INTL/POLI 365 International The following three courses (nine credits) are required: Political Economy 1. HIST/AFAM 105 or 106 Survey of African History Students examine colonization, focusing on a range of cultural, artistic, social and • Students are required to complete 2. INTL/ANTH/AFAM 200 Introduction to African Societies three additional courses (nine 3. INTL/POLI/AFAM 356 African Government and Politics historical issues that confront the credits) from Concentration List of Africa indigenous peoples of the Americas. Students are required to complete four courses (12 credits) C as approved by the students’ from Concentration List E as approved by the students’ Global Studies Minor (21 credits) advisers. advisers. (See http://www.has.vcu.edu/int for list.) d. Social Relations in International 1. Core courses (6 credits): Perspective • INTL 101 Human Societies and Asian Studies • Complete two of the following The following three courses (nine credits) are required: Globalization or INTL/POLI 105 three courses (six credits): 1. HIST 108 Survey of Asian History International Relations or INTL/POLI INTL/ANTH 103 Cultural 2. ARTH 146 Survey of Oriental Art 365 International Political Economy Anthropology 3. INTL/RELS 311 Religions of the World or INTL/ANTH 455 Anthropology of INTL/FRLG 203 Language and Students are required to complete four courses (12 credits) Development and Globalization Identity from Concentration List F as approved by the students’ advisers. (See http://www.has.vcu.edu/int for list.) INTL/SOCY330 Global Societies

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 83 College of Humanities and Sciences

• Students are required to complete as approved by the students’ Native American Studies Minor three additional courses (nine advisers. (21 credits) credits) from Concentration List c. Latin American Studies 1. Collateral Requirements. The Native D as approved by the students’ • Complete two of the following American Studies Minor requires stu- advisers. three courses (six credits): dent participation in an approved HIST 109 or HIST 110 Survey of study abroad program such as the Area Studies Minor (21 credits) Latin American History VCU summer programs in Guatemala, 1. Collateral requirements. Students in INTL/ANTH 349 Contemporary Mexico and Peru. Appropriate aca- the Area Studies Minors must com- Cultures of Latin America demic credit earned through study plete foreign language study of the INTL/POLI 353 Latin American abroad will apply toward completion of region through the intermediate level Governments and Politics the minor. Students are required to (202 or 205). If this level of instruc- • Students are required to complete complete Spanish through the inter- tion is not available in a chosen lan- three additional courses (nine mediate level (201 and 202), three guage, faculty advisers will assist the credits) from Concentration List credits of which may be applied toward student to identify appropriate lan- G as approved by the students’ the Native American Studies Minor. guage study options at other U.S. insti- advisers. Native speakers of a language cannot tutions or abroad. Three credits of d. Middle Eastern Studies use intermediate credit in that lan- intermediate language credit may be • Complete two of the following guage as part of the credits for the applied toward the Area Studies three courses (six credits): Native American Studies Minor. Minor. Native speakers of a language INTL/POLI 351 Governments 2. Required courses (six credits) cannot use intermediate credit in that and Politics of the Middle East • Complete two of the following language as part of the credits for the HIST 328 Modern Middle East three courses: Area Studies Minor. ARTH 401 Art and Architecture ANTH 348 South American 2. Core courses (three credits) of the Ancient Near East Ethnography INTL 493 International Studies • Students are required to complete ARTH 335 Pre-Columbian Art Internship or INTL 398 Directed three additional courses (nine and Architecture Study Abroad (or other approved credits) from Concentration List HIST 109 Survey of Latin study abroad experience) or INTL 490 H as approved by the students’ American History I Seminar in International Issues advisers. • Students are required to complete 3. Concentration requirements (15 e. Russian and Eastern European three additional courses (nine credits) Students select one of the fol- Studies credits) from Concentration List lowing concentrations: • Complete two of the following K as approved by the students’ a. African Studies three courses (six credits): advisers. • Complete two of the following HIST 321 or HIST 322 History of three courses (six credits): Russia Study abroad HIST/AFAM 105 or INTL/SOCY 328 Russian Society in Transition All students who meet eligibility require- HIST/AFAM 106 Survey of ments for federal financial aid are permitted African History INTL/POLI 354 Politics of the Former Soviet Union to use this assistance in approved study INTL/ANTH/AFAM 200 abroad programs. All reasonable costs asso- Introduction to African Societies • Students are required to complete three additional courses (nine ciated with study abroad programs may be INTL/POLI/AFAM 356 African incorporated into the determination of Government and Politics of credits) from Concentration List I as approved by the students’ financial aid eligibility. For more informa- Africa tion about study abroad programs for VCU • Students are required to complete advisers. f. Western European Studies students, contact the study abroad and stu- three additional courses (nine dent exchange coordinator in the Office of credits) from Concentration List • Complete two of the following three courses (six credits): International Education, 916 W. Franklin E as approved by the students’ St., (804) 828-8471. advisers. HIST 101 Survey of European History b. Asian Studies Certificate in International • Complete two of the following INTL/POLI 352 European three courses (six credits): Governments and Politics Management Studies HIST 108 Survey of Asian HIST 336 Modern European The Certificate Program in International History Intellectual History Management Studies is an interdisciplinary ARTH 146 Survey of Oriental • Students are required to complete program offered by the Department of Art three additional courses (nine Management (School of Business) and the POLI/INTL 355 Asian credits) from Concentration List J International Studies Program (College of Governments and Politics as approved by the students’ Humanities and Sciences). The certificate • Students are required to complete advisers. program combines international manage- three additional courses (nine ment, foreign languages and European stud- credits) from Concentration List F ies into a unique program intended to equip students for careers in international busi-

84 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences ness. Students concentrating in liberal arts Experiential learning 3 INTL 105/POLI 105 International Relations or business programs as well as other majors The following courses are ways to apply program content Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An intro- are encouraged to apply. to international management settings. Choose any one. ductory analysis of interstate relations and world affairs. Attention focuses on theories of international Certification through this program MGMT/INTL 491 Topics: The European Union (Study politics, military capabilities and their application, requires 33 to 36 hours of approved credits Abroad) international organizations, global economic trends, from the list of courses given below. INTL 493 International Studies Internship domestic sources of state behavior and other selected Students may enroll in this program and Approved Service Learning Course (SPAN 402 Language issues as appropriate. take courses while enrolled in another Issues, FREN 300 Advanced Grammar and Writing, INTL 151/MASC 151 Communications Technology undergraduate program at the university, RELS 340/INTL 341 Global Ethics and the World’s and Global Society but must choose the same country track Religions or other approved courses). Semester course; 1.5 lecture and 1.5 computer-assisted for European Studies and Foreign Language online discussion hours. 3 credits. A comprehensive courses. For more information, contact Dr. Language/cultural immersion experience 0-3 overview of how communications technologies have Charles M. Byles of the Department of Students must complete an approved Language/Cultural shaped and are shaped by, society. Considers how digi- Management at (804) 828-7125 or Immersion Experience by which they demonstrate the suc- tal and earlier technologies have led to increasing inte- cessful application of foreign language, cross-cultural and [email protected]; or Dr. R. McKenna Brown gration of world cultures and economies. management skills. This demonstration can be achieved of the International Studies Program at through an approved Study Abroad Program, such as INTL 200/AFAM 200/ANTH 200 Introduction to (804) 827-1671 or [email protected], MGMT/INTL 491 The European Union, an overseas intern- African Societies or visit the program’s Web site at ship, a service learning course or previous life experience. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course http://www.cim.bus.vcu.edu. introduces the student to the African continent, its peo- Core course in international management 3 ples and cultures. It covers such general characteristics Students must complete the following integrative course, as the physical and geographical features, climate, Course requirements topography, traditional economies, languages, reli- which should be taken toward the end of the program. credits gions, social systems and other cultural features that European studies 9 are traditional to its people. MGMT/INTL 491 Topics: Doing Business in Europe Select three courses from the following list. At least one course must be specific to one of the following country INTL 203/FRLG 203 Language and Identity tracks: France, Germany or Spain. Courses in international studies Semester course; 3-4 lecture hours. 3-4 credits. Taught (INTL) in English. This course introduces students to both the EUCU 307 Aspects of German Culture cohesive and divisive dynamics that language exerts in INTL 101 Human Societies and Globalization the world today. Students explore the links connecting FREN 420 French Regional Culture Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3-4 credits. Four different peoples who share a common language as FREN 421 French Contemporary Culture credits with supplementary online lectures and semes- well as their language conflicts in a multilingual world. GEOG/INTL 334 Regional Geography of Europe ter project. An interdisciplinary inquiry into sociocultu- Students examine the interaction of language with GRMN 421 The Postwar German Scene ral, literary, artistic, economic and political patterns identity in culture, art and nationalism through fiction SPAN 420 Civilization of Spain II both globally and in societies with varied historical and nonfiction texts, films and multimedia pertaining to HIST 102 Survey of European History experiences and divergent contemporary features. The a specific language area, such as: The Francaphone HIST 313 Post-war Europe, 1945 to the Present focus of the course is comparative and thematic. It will World, post-Franco Spain, post-Cold War Germany, the HIST 316 History of France examine institutional arrangements within societies Mayan World or the Swahili World. See the Schedule HIST 318 History of Germany and how these arrangements have developed, linkages of Classes for areas being offered in a particular HIST 323 History of Spain and Portugal between societies and their constituent organization in semester. HIST 330 European Social History a world that is increasingly characterized by globalizing POLI/INTL 352 European Governments and Politics trends, and the implications of rapid social change for INTL 204/FRLG 204 Language and Groups in the personal and collective identities and the structure of United States public and private relations. Foreign languages 9 Semester course; 3-4 lecture hours. 3-4 credits. Taught Select one of the following language tracks: in English. This course introduces students to the soci- INTL 102/ECON 101 Introduction to Political ocultural experience and formation of identity of non- Economy English-speaking peoples in the United States. French Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Seminar on Students explore the dynamic between English and a FREN 300 Advanced Grammar and Writing the development of critical thought and economic specific heritage language and its interaction with FREN 321 French Civilization & Culture II analysis of policy issues. Focus is on how policy artistic, cultural and social issues through fiction and FREN 440 Commercial French choices affect society and the individual, the economic nonfiction texts, films and multimedia pertaining to methodology that guides policy choices, and the insti- specific language group, such as: Latinos, Italian- German tutional and political environments within which policy Americans, German-Americans or Native Americans. GRMN 300 Advanced Grammar & Writing is derived. Issues cover a broad range of topics includ- See the Schedule of Classes for areas being offered in GRMN 314 Commercial German ing environmental issues, tax policy, inflation expecta- a particular semester. GRMN 321 German Civilization II tions, unemployment, foreign trade and the effectiveness of fiscal and monetary policies. INTL 211/ENGL 211 Contemporary World Spanish Literature INTL 103/ANTH 103 Cultural Anthropology SPAN 300 Advanced Grammar & Writing Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A general Prerequisite: ENGL 101. A study of selected literature SPAN 320 Civilization of Spain I survey of anthropology with emphasis on learning SPAN 414 Commercial Spanish published in the last 25 years and chosen from a num- about and from non-Western cultures. ber of different nations and cultures.

International management 9 INTL 104/ANTH 105 Introductory Archaeology INTL 220/MHIS 220 Introduction to World Music MGMT 319 Organizational Behavior Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Prerequisite: MGMT 418/INTL 418 International Management findings of world archaeology, from the campsites of MHIS 120. Study of various non-European musical cul- MGMT 329/INTL 327 Intercultural Communication early human ancestors through the rise and spread of tures and musical practices in terms of larger cultural civilizations. and sociological issues beyond western traditions.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 85 College of Humanities and Sciences

INTL 305/ANTH 305 Comparative Society topics discussed include the concept of culture, barriers INTL 341/RELS 340 Global Ethics and the World’s Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: to intercultural communication, verbal communication Religions ANTH 103. An introduction to social anthropology. The process and nonverbal communication aspects. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A critical study of how social institutions such as marriage, family, Appropriate for business and non-business majors. survey of ethical concepts and issues in the thought law, economics and government are organized and oper- and practice of major religious traditions. Comparison ate in different kinds of societies. INTL 328/SOCY 328 Russian Society in Transition of ethical perspectives on selected themes and atten- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. tion to cooperative efforts toward a global ethic. INTL 307/AFAM 307/RELS 307 Black Religion Prerequisite: SOCY 101 or permission of the instructor. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An analysis An analysis of Russian culture and social institutions INTL 345/FRLG 345/URSP 350 Great Cities of the of the role of religion in the lives of blacks with an as they are today and in historical perspective. World emphasis on African religions and philosophies, the Throughout the course interrelationships among poli- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. black church in America, and the roles of the various tics, the economy and social life are examined, with Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or permission of faiths, sects and cults. particular emphasis on the ideological implications of instructor. This course may be repeated under different Russian/Soviet architecture, art and mass media; on topics for a total of six credits. An interdisciplinary INTL 308, 309/GEOG 307, 308 World Regions environmental issues and health; on social problems course with a focus on the origin, expansion and signif- Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. An and the legal systems; and on gender, the work world icance of one or more cities, the specifics of its/their examination of the various regions of the earth, includ- and family interaction. culture and the role of language. Particular emphasis ing land forms, climate, resources, peoples, agriculture will be placed on relating the physical, social and eco- and urban conditions. First semester: Anglo-America, INTL 329/ECON 329 International Economics nomic aspects of the city’s growth and development to Latin America, Western Europe, Eastern Europe, the 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Offered: II. Prerequisites: the cultural expression of urbanism. former USSR. Second semester: Middle East and North ECON 210-211 and junior standing. An analysis of eco- Africa, Africa (south of the Sahara), Indian nomic and political influences on exports and imports, INTL 348/ANTH 348 South American Ethnography Subcontinent, China, Japan, Southeast Asia, Oceania. balance of payments, foreign investment, exchange Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. rates and international monetary systems. Prerequisite: ANTH 103. General ethnographic survey INTL 311, 312/RELS 311, 312 Religions of both highland and lowland indigenous cultures of of the World INTL 330/SOCY 330 Global Societies: Trends South America and pertinent cultural changes due to Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. An and Issues European contact. investigation of the historical, cultural and theological Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. foundations and development of major world religions. Prerequisite: INTL/POLI 105 or POLI 201 or SOCY 101. INTL 349/ANTH 349 Contemporary Cultures First semester: Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, An analysis of factors that are promoting the globaliza- of Latin America Taoism and Shinto. Second semester: Zoroastrianism, tion of social, economic and political relations, and an Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Judaism, Christianity and Islam. inquiry into implications of these developments for Prerequisite: ANTH 103. This course surveys contempo- individuals, localities, nations and the world commu- rary cultures of Latin America. It addresses sociocultu- INTL 314/BIOL 315/ENVS 314 Man nity. The course will highlight the impact of culture and ral developments from an anthropological perspective and Environment ethnicity, historical and emerging patterns of interna- and introduces some concepts from development 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Not applicable to the biology tional business activity and their societal significance, anthropology and applied anthropology. major. A comparative study of the ecology and natural divergent strategies for economic and social develop- history of human populations, including the environment in the world’s regions, and the effects of popula- INTL 350/ANTH 350 Peoples and Cultures of the ments as determining factors in the evolution of human tion growth and environmental problems on public life World institutions and technology, resources management within and among nations. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be and population crises; cultural traditions as mecha- taken for a maximum of six credits in two different nisms of population control; basic theory of population INTL 331/SPAN 331 Survey of Latin American world areas. Prerequisite: ANTH 103. A survey of the biology. Literature culture and traditions within a specific geographic area Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. such as Latin America, Oceania or Southeast Asia. See INTL 315/AFAM 315/ECON 315 Economic Prerequisite: Spanish through the intermediate level or the Schedule of Classes for areas being offered in a Development the equivalent. Conducted in Spanish. An introduction particular semester. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. to major authors and trends up to the present. Prerequisites: ECON 210 or ECON 203, and junior INTL 351/POLI 351 Governments and Politics standing. Introduction to the process of economic NTL 333/AFAM 333/GEOG 333 Geography of Africa of the Middle East development. Surveys development theory and experi- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A compara- ences of underdeveloped countries of Africa, Asia, the land forms, climate, peoples, livelihoods, settle- tive analysis of political systems in the Middle East Latin America and the Caribbean and of developed ment patterns, and cultural groupings of sub-Saharan including the study of contemporary aspects in the countries. Explores obstacles to development and poli- Africa. Middle Eastern states. The courses will explore the pri- cies and tools for stimulating economic development. mary bases of cleavage and conflict and the political INTL 334/GEOG 334 Regional Geography forces that shape the policies and political dynamics of INTL 317/RELS 317 Islam of ______the region. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of the emergence of Islam in Arabia in the seventh cen- the land forms, climate, resources, peoples, agricultural INTL 352/POLI 352 European Governments tury and its subsequent developments, including a look and urban conditions in a specific region such as North and Politics at the Qur’an (the holy book), the Prophetic traditions, America, Europe, Latin America, the Middle East and Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A compar- the concept of God, as well as mysticism (sufism) and India, the USSR and Eastern Europe. See the Schedule ative study of the political systems of selected western law (shari’ah) and an overview of ritual practices, fun- of Classes for specific region to be studied each and eastern European countries. damental beliefs, theological principles and current semester. issues in Islam and international relationship. INTL 353/POLI 353 Latin American Governments INTL 340/GEOG 340/URSP 340 World Cities and Politics INTL 327/MGMT 329 Introduction to Intercultural Outside of North America Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of Communication Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An exami- politics characteristic of Latin American systems, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. nation of urban habitats in a variety of geographical including democratic reformism, military authoritarian- Prerequisite: Junior standing. An introduction to the regions with emphasis on their differences and their ism and revolutionary socialism. The course also exam- basic concepts, principles and skills for improving ver- common experiences. ines the contemporary problems of fledgling democra- bal and nonverbal communication with persons from cies as they cope with economic and debt crises and different cultures. Using a cultural general approach, various opposition challenges.

86 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

INTL 354/POLI 354 Politics of the Former INTL 364/POLI 364 Vietnam INTL 378/MRBL 378 International Marketing Soviet Union Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An analysis Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of of the complete record of the conflict in Vietnam. The Prerequisites: MRBL 308 or permission of chair, and the origins, institutions, processes and disintegration of primary focus will be on the period of U.S. involvement. junior standing. This course is designed to orient stu- the Soviet political system, and of the ongoing reform The course will examine closely how and why the dents toward global marketing and to develop an efforts during the post-Soviet period. Special emphasis United States became involved in Vietnam and what understanding of the differences among foreign mar- is placed on the politics of the transition to democratic impact the Vietnam War has had on political institu- keting environments. Subject areas emphasized are the political system and a market economy. Other topics tions and behavior. In particular, the course will exam- differences and similarities between domestic and include nationality issues, social problems and foreign ine what impact the period of U.S. involvement has international marketing and changes in the interna- policy. had upon U.S. foreign policy. The course also will con- tional marketing environment. This course also intro- sider additional topics including: public opinion and the duces students to international marketing policies. INTL 355/POLI 355 Asian Government and Politics war, the relationship between the president and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A compara- Congress in light of the war and contemporary U.S. pol- INTL 390/FASH 390 Historic and Ethnic Textiles tive analysis of the politics and governments of major itics as a backlash against the political movements of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Asian states, with a focus on Japan, China and India. the 1960s. Prerequisite: FASH 290 or IDES 446 or permission of instructor. An examination of the history of textile INTL 356/POLI 356/AFAM 356 African Government INTL 365/POLI 365 International Political design and production around the world. and Politics of Africa Economy Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of INTL 391/FLET 391 Topics in Foreign Literature will introduce the student to the basic outlines of gov- both theoretical and current policy issues in interna- in English Translation ernment and politics in Africa. The course will consider tional political economy. Theories to be covered include Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be such topics as colonialism, elitism and nationalism and liberalism, mercantilism, Marxism, regionalism, world repeated with different topics for a maximum of 12 modernization strategies. Using the comparative systems theory and others. Policy issues include differ- credits. An in-depth study of selected topics in foreign approach, the course will primarily focus on West, East ing styles of capitalism in the industrialized world, the literature. (This course will not satisfy foreign language and Central Africa. political economy of development, the politics of inter- requirements. No knowledge of a foreign language is national corporate alliances and others. required. All work is done in English.) INTL 357/POLI 357/AFAM 357 Politics of Southern Africa INTL 366/AFAM 363/ENGL 363 African Literature INTL 398 Directed Study Abroad Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An exami- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; variable; 0-8 credits per semester. nation of racial and political developments in the Prerequisite: Three credits in 200-level literature May be repeated for a maximum of eight credits with southern tip of Africa. While South Africa will be the courses (or equivalent). A survey of the literature of approval of student’s major department. Permission of primary focus of analysis, other countries in the region Africa with particular emphases on fiction and on West academic adviser required. A course involving travel such as Zimbabwe, Angola and Mozambique will be Africa. Some attention also will be given to orature. and/or residence in a foreign country as features of the studied. student’s work on a pre-arranged project. Intended pri- INTL 367/AFAM 365/ENGL 365 Caribbean marily for students participating in student exchange INTL 358/POLI 358 Comparative Politics Literature programs. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Comparative study of politics and governments. Prerequisite: Three credits in 200-level literature INTL 410/PHIL 410/RELS 410 The Chinese Introduces concepts and theories used in the study of courses (or equivalent). A survey of West Indian writ- Tradition in Philosophy political systems. Topics include democratization and ings. Attention will be given to African, European and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of democratic governance, the role of the state, one-party Amerindian influences, as well as to the emergence of the development of Confucianism, of alternative ways and military regimes, revolution and economic and a West Indian literary tradition. of thought prior to the fall of the Han Dynasty and of political development. neo-Confucianism. The systems of thought are exam- INTL 368/WMNS 366/POLI 366 Women and ined in the light of their social, political and religious INTL 360/RELS 350 World Classics of Spirituality Global Politics impact on China, Korea and Japan. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A critical Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of reading of selected works from among the spiritual women and global politics, providing both a feminist INTL 412/PHIL 412/RELS 412 Zen Buddhism classics of Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Hinduism, re-examination of traditional international-relations Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of Taoism and other religious traditions. theories and a comparative analysis of the political, Zen Buddhism, including backgrounds in Indian philoso- legal and economic status of the world’s women. The phy and practice, development in China and Korea, and INTL 361/POLI 361 Issues in World Politics impact of women on global political institutions such present day Zen theory and practice in Japan and in Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An explo- as the United Nations will be addressed as well as Western countries. ration of several significant issues in world politics. other feminist and grassroots means of taking political Topics may include peacekeeping and collectiveness, action. INTL 413/FIRE 413 Comparative Financial Systems global environmental politics as well as selected oth- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ers. Topics will vary with current events and trends in INTL 370/AFAM 350/MHIS 350 Studies in the Prerequisites: FIRE 311 and junior standing. An analysis the international arena. Music of the African Continent and Diaspora of the structure and functioning of financial systems in Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be different parts of the world. Emphasis is on the evolu- INTL 362/POLI 362 International Organizations repeated for a maximum of six credits. Prerequisite: tion of such systems in relation to the U.S. financial and Institutions MHIS 243, MHIS/AFAM 250 or permission of instruc- system. Different regions of the world may be studied Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of tor. An in-depth examination of selected topics and in different semesters. the background development structure and operations issues in African-derived musical and cultural tradi- INTL 415/ANTH 415 Economic Anthropology of organizations and institutions such as the United tions. See the Schedule of Classes for specific offer- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Provides an Nations, the European Community, the Organization of ings. American States. overview of the anthropological approach to the “eco- IINTL 372/WMNS 372/RELS 372 Global Women’s nomic” in social life. Analyzes the role played by sys- INTL 363/POLI 363 U.S. Foreign Policy Spirituality tems of reciprocity and exchange in ethnographic con- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A analyti- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Explores texts. Concepts employed by anthropologists in the cal survey of processes and practices in the formula- the spiritual writings of women in various cultures and study of traditional subsistence economies are used to tion of U.S. foreign policy, including an introduction to religious traditions. examine modern industrialized societies. the goals, problems of implementation and current challenges faced by policy makers.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 87 College of Humanities and Sciences

INTL 416/FIRE 416 International Financial ment, compensation and maintenance of expatriates, INTL 478/MRBL 478 Global Internet Marketing Management impatriates, repatriates, host country nationals and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: third-country nationals are studied. Regulatory and cul- Prerequisites: MRBL 308 and MRBL 378 or permission FIRE 311 and junior standing. Financial management of tural dimensions of countries are examined. of the instructor. Course examines global Internet mar- business in an international environment. Emphasis on keting as a necessary ingredient to successful global tools and techniques to prepare financial managers of INTL 450/FREN 450 Francophone Literatures and marketing strategy in the 21st century. Students multinational firms to effectively respond to the chal- Cultures engage in analyzing international markets — market lenges of the international environment. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be evaluation, competitive analysis, market comparison repeated once with permission of instructor. and selection — using Web-based information and INTL 418/MGMT 418 International Management Prerequisites: FREN 300 or 301 and at least one addi- tools. Discussion includes comparison of e-business 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Offered: II. Prerequisite: tional French course at the 300 level or permission of versus traditional business perspectives on marketing Junior standing. Management attitudes and concepts instructor. Introduces students to the literatures and strategies and tactics. of other nations, cultures or geographic regions com- cultures of the Francophone world. Provides an pared with the United States. overview of the Francophone world and an in-depth INTL 490 Seminar in International Issues study of literary works written in French from Africa, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be INTL 419/MGMT 419 Doing Business in Europe the Caribbean, North America, Asia and Europe. Also taken only once. Prerequisites: INTL 101 or INTL 105, and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. explores the impact of colonial history on Francophone junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor. An Prerequisite: Junior standing and permission of instruc- literatures and cultures. Conducted in French. individualized research project focusing on international tor. Designed primarily as a core integrative course for issues and undertaken in a seminar setting. students enrolled in the Certificate in International INTL 452/POLI 452 Seminar in the Politics of Management Studies, but other students are welcome. Developing Areas INTL 491 Topics in International Studies The course has three goals: a) integration of Foreign Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Analysis of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be Languages, European Studies and International the processes of political and economic development. repeated with different topics for a maximum of six Management; b) infusion of other business areas rele- Includes a study of various challenges facing develop- credits. An in-depth study of a particular topic in inter- vant to doing business in Europe (such as international ing countries, such as economic inequalities, environ- national studies. See the Schedule of Classes for spe- marketing, finance law and economics); and c) the mental degradation, mass political participation, mili- cific topics to be offered each semester. development of cultural sensitivity and social responsi- tary coups, revolution and civil war. bility. The course will be organized as a series of semi- INTL 492 Independent Study nars with faculty and other speakers from the above INTL 454/ENGL 454/ANTH 450 Cross-cultural Semester course; variable credit, 1-3 credits with a disciplines. Communication maximum total in all independent study courses is four Semester course. 3 lecture hours; 3 credits. A study of credits. Generally open to students of junior and senior INTL 420/AFAM 420/ANTH 420 Women of Africa the dynamics of cross-cultural communication which standing who have acquired at least 12 credits in inter- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. applies linguistic tools to understanding cultural issues national studies courses. Determination of amount of Prerequisite: ANTH 103 or AFAM 103 or permission of and solving communication problems. credit and permission of instructor and director must be instructor. This course looks at the traditional roles of obtained before registration of the course. women in African societies and examines how women INTL 455/ANTH 455 Anthropology of Development have coped in different environments. It focuses on the and Globalization INTL 493 International Studies Internship institutionalized aspects of similarities and differences Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 150 clock hours in a local, national or in women’s lives in pastoral and horticultural societies Prerequisite: INTL 101. May be taken for a maximum of international internship placement, 3 credits; or 300 and those with mixed economies, and will contrast 9 credit hours in 3 different world areas. Consists of a clock hours. 6 credits. Maximum of six credits per stu- these with women’s roles in large state societies of global study of the developing Third World with partic- dent. Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing. Approval Africa and in the modern urbanized context. ular emphasis on rural populations, subsistence farm- of selection committee or program director required. ers, indigenous groups and small entrepreneurs. The internship is designed to present opportunities for INTL 421/SPAN 421 Civilization of Latin America II Focuses on development and globalization while pro- qualified students to acquire exposure to internation- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. viding insights into the peasantry as a class, women in ally-oriented public and private organizations and agen- Prerequisite: Completion of nine credits of Spanish at peasant societies, changes in peasant societies and cies. The course includes a rigorous evaluation of the the 300 level, including SPAN 320 or 321, or the equiv- the peasantry as a player in the policies of the modern internship experience, based on learning objectives alent (including those specifically required for certain state. stipulated in a contract between the student, faculty courses). This course explores the cultural diversity of adviser and a field supervisor. Latin America and the social and political forces behind INTL 455/ANTH 455 Anthropology of Development cultural change. Topics will focus on a specific interdis- and Globalization INTL 499 Senior Seminar ciplinary theme, such as urban life, the politics of iden- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Prerequisite: tity and on a specific area of Latin America. Prerequisite: INTL 101. May be taken for a maximum of completion of 15 credits at the 300 and 400 level or the nine credit hours in three different world areas. equivalent. Focuses on self-assessment, compilation of INTL 425/ANTH 425/RELS 425 Religion, Magic and Consists of a global study of the developing Third a portfolio and curriculum vitae, career and graduate Witchcraft World with particular emphasis on rural populations, school preparation and on the lifelong application of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. subsistence farmers, indigenous groups and small skills and knowledge acquired in the program. Students Prerequisite: ANTH 103. A survey of the nature and entrepreneurs. Focuses on development and globaliza- will critically assess their experience in the interna- variety of beliefs outside of the major streams of reli- tion while providing insights into the peasantry as a tional and area studies program. gious thought. Among topics considered are myth, class, women in peasant societies, changes in peasant INTL 514/NURS 514 International Perspectives on totemism, taboo and sorcery. Emphasis on understand- societies and the peasantry as a player in the policies ing supernatural beliefs and practices in relation to cul- of the modern state. Community Health in Developing Countries ture and society. Semester course; 1 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 INTL 468/POLI 468 Seminar on Comparative credits. This course may be taken for a maximum of six INTL 446/MGMT 446 International Human Foreign Policy credits in two different world areas. Open to under- Resource Management Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. graduate (junior or senior level) and graduate students. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: POLI 201 or permission of instructor. A Explores the impact of national and international policy Prerequisite: MGMT 331. Covers the application of study of theories, models and hypotheses of foreign decisions on the health and well-being of individuals human resource management activities in an interna- policy behavior in various types of political systems and communities (country varies semester to semes- tional environment. Similarities and differences in with emphasis on empirical research and analysis of ter). Examines the relationship of cultural beliefs and domestic methods are highlighted to aid understand- differences and similarities. values on health-seeking behaviors. Allows students to ing. Contemporary practices in the selection, develop- become immersed in a culture different than their own.

88 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

Evaluates the impact of international conflict and eco- Psychology and Religious Experience, RELS 350 World RELS 305 Hebrew Prophets nomic development on the health status of the commu- Classics of Spirituality, RELS/SOCY 360 Sociology of RELS 335 The American Jewish Experience nity. See Schedule of Classes for location. Religion, RELS/PHIL 430 Philosophy of Religion RELS 407 Modern Jewish Thought HIST 324 The Holocaust INTL 591 Topics in International Studies 5) three credits from: HIST 325, 326/RELS 318, 319 History of the Jewish People Semester course; 1-3 lecture hours. Variable, 1-3 cred- RELS 490 Seminar in Religious Studies, RELS 491 Other courses which may be developed with approval of its. May be repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. Topics in Religious Studies, RELS 492 Independent the director Open to undergraduate (junior or senior level) and grad- Study uate students. A detailed study of selected topics in one or more geographic areas or comparative studies Cooperative Education Program of global phenomena. See the Schedule of Classes for 6) Up to six credits in Hebrew, Greek, Arabic, Japanese or The Cooperative Education Program is specific topic to be offered during a given semester. Chinese language courses may be accepted within the required 30 credits of the program if approved by the available to qualifying students pursuing curriculum committee of the religious studies division; undergraduate degrees in philosophy. A full Religious Studies the curriculum committee may approve occasional sub- description of this program appears in the Division of Student Affairs chapter of this Religious studies offers a program leading stitutions within religious studies major requirements should the needs and background of the student war- bulletin. to the bachelor of arts degree. rant such substitutions Religious studies focuses on religion as a Courses in religious studies (RELS) major aspect of human culture. Students Students must fulfill the general educa- enrolled in religious studies are encouraged RELS 101 Introduction to Religious Studies tion requirements of the College of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course to think critically and systematically about Humanities and Sciences and undergradu- religion and its role in culture, and to write examines the phenomenon of religion and religious expe- ate requirements for the bachelor of arts rience. Through a phenomenological approach definitions clearly and cogently about it. Many stu- degree. and descriptions of the major features of the religious dents choose to major in religious studies experience and of religious establishments, including because it provides a broad and flexible Minor in Catholic studies concepts of the sacred, the numinous, religious language, degree in the humanities, which might texts, symbols, rituals and myths are reviewed. In addi- serve as preparation for any other vocation. A minor in Catholic Studies consists of 18 tion, the social, political and spiritual dimensions of reli- Some students major in religious studies to credits including the following: gion in human culture will be investigated. prepare for graduate programs in universi- RELS 280 Introduction to Catholic Studies RELS 201 Biblical Hebrew ties, seminaries and professional schools, RELS 380 Contemporary Catholic Thought Continuous course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Fall becoming clergy, chaplains and teachers of Two Religious Studies topic courses (RELS 491) designated semester. Vocabulary, elementary grammar, introduc- religion. Others are preparing for special- “Catholic Studies” tion to lexica and reading of biblical texts. ized ministries in radio, television, church- RELS 202 Biblical Hebrew related publications, and denominational At least two further courses from among Continuous course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Spring boards and agencies. An increasing demand the following: semester. Prerequisite: RELS 201. Vocabulary, elemen- exists for public school teachers certified to tary grammar, introduction to lexica and reading of bib- teach religious studies. RELS 302 Introduction to the New Testament lical texts. HIST 307/RELS 308 The High Middle Ages RELS 250 Death: Myth and Reality Degree requirements – bachelor of HIST/RELS 309 The Reformation RELS 334 Religion in Contemporary America Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of intellectual and emotional responses to death and arts in religious studies SOCY 360/RELS 360 Sociology of Religion dying with emphasis upon their role in the develop- The bachelor of arts curriculum in reli- PHIL 430/RELS 430 Philosophy of Religion ment of religious thought and practice. Special atten- gious studies requires a minimum of 120 RELS 492 an approved “Catholic Studies” Independent tion will be paid to the death theme in literature, credits, with at least 30 of those credits in Study funeral practices and beliefs concerning the afterlife in religious studies or in courses listed below as selected world religions. acceptable for religious studies credit. Minor in religious studies Majors are required to take: The minor in religious studies consists of RELS 280 Introduction to Catholic Studies Semester course; 3 lecture hours; 3 credits. This course 18 credits in religious studies, with at least provides an introduction to Catholicism’s major doc- 1) RELS 101 Introduction to Religious Studies nine of those credits in upper-level courses. trines, figures, historical events, philosophy and ethics from its beginnings in the first centuries of the 2) six credits from: Minor in Judaic studies Common Era through contemporary debates over such RELS 301 Introduction to the Old Testament, RELS 302 issues as abortion, sexuality and war. Students will Introduction to the New Testament, RELS/INTL 312 Jack D. Spiro learn about scripture, doctrine, theology, the sacra- Religions of the World, RELS 317 Islam, RELS 318, Affiliate Professor of Religious Studies and ments, art and architectures, saints, social justice and 319/HIST 325, 326 History of the Jewish People; RELS Director, Judaic Studies (1984) gender, and the history and role of the Church. 334 Religion in Contemporary America B.A. 1954 Tulane University M.A. 1958 Hebrew Union College RELS 291 Topics in Religious Studies 3) six credits from: Ed.D. 1979 University of Virginia Semester course; variable credit. 1-3 credits. RELS 311 Religions of the World, RELS 320 Taoism, Prerequisite: As specified by the Schedule of Classes. May be repeated with different topics for a maximum RELS 408/PHIL Indian Tradition, RELS/PHIL 410 The A minor in Judaic studies consists of 18 of six credits. Focused study of selected ideas, institu- Chinese Tradition in Philosophy, RELS/PHIL 412 Zen credits chosen from the following: tions, movements, time periods and/or thinkers. See Buddhism Schedule of Classes for specific topic to be offered RELS 301 Introduction to the Old Testament each semester. 4) six credits from: RELS 304 Introduction to Judaism RELS/PHIL 326 Existentialism, RELS/PSYC 333

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 89 College of Humanities and Sciences

RELS 301 Introduction to the Old Testament RELS 315, 316/HIST 301, 302 The Ancient Near RELS 333/PSYC 333 Psychology and Religious Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of East Experience the Old Testament from its beginning through the post- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. A study Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Religious Exile period. Emphasis given to the literary and histori- of the ancient Near Eastern civilizations of belief and experience as viewed by major psychological development of the text. Mesopotamia, Egypt, Anatolia and Syria-Palestine, cal theorists. How psychological methodology has been from the preliterary period to that of the Archaemenid used to study religious experience. Topics include per- RELS 302 Introduction to the New Testament Empire of the Persians. First semester: preliterary sonality factors and development, conversion experi- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of period to the end of Kassite rule in Babylonia (c.-1160 ences, religious experiences and mental health and the New Testament with particular emphasis given to B.C.). Second semester: the rise and fall of the great human values. the historical development of the Canon. Neo-Assyrian, Neo-Babylonian, Hebrew and Persian Empires (c.-311 B.C.). RELS 334 Religion in Contemporary America RELS 303 Intertestamental Literature and Thought Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. RELS 317/INTL 317 Islam studies the history, literature, belief patterns and Prerequisite: RELS 301 or 302. The period between the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of unique traits of religion in the United States. The evo- Old and New Testaments as seen through the literature the emergence of Islam in Arabia in the seventh cen- lution of religion and religious sentiment in a modern of the era, with emphasis on the writings of the tury and its subsequent developments, including a look pluralistic, democratic society, including the varieties of Apocrypha, Pseudepigrapha and Josephus. at the Qur’an (the holy book), the Prophetic traditions, religious experiences in contemporary America will be the concept of God, and mysticism (sufism) and law reviewed. RELS 304 Introduction to Judaism (shari’ah) and an overview of ritual practices, funda- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A general mental beliefs, theological principles and current RELS 335 The American Jewish Experience survey of the dynamics and characteristic patterns of issues in Islam and international relationship. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The reli- Jewish civilization encompassing history, practices and gious, social and cultural structure of American Jewry beliefs. RELS 318, 319/HIST 325, 326 History of the Jewish from the colonial era to the present. Central themes People examined are the social and religious characteristics of RELS 305 Hebrew Prophets Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. A study the American Jewish community, the tension between Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. of the Jewish people from the destruction of the traditional Jewish values and the demands of the Prerequisite: RELS 301. A survey of the literature and Second Temple in A.D. 70 to the present. First semes- American environment, imported versus indigenous history of Israel as seen through the work of the writ- ter: Judea in Roman times, the Diaspora in Islam and ideologies, regional and denominational variations. ing prophets. Emphasis will be placed on the second in Europe, social and cultural trends and the impact of part of the Hebrew Canon and the Book of Daniel. the Emancipation. Second semester: the rise of the RELS 340/INTL 341 Global Ethics and the World’s Religions RELS 307/AFAM 307/INTL 307 Black Religion American Jewish community, the impact of modernism Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A critical Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An analysis and growth of Reform, the beginnings and growth of survey of ethical concepts and issues in the thought of the role of religion in the lives of blacks with an Zionism, restoration in Palestine, the Holocaust, the and practice of major religious traditions. Comparison emphasis on African religions and philosophies, the creation of Israel and the relations of Israel and World of ethical perspectives on selected themes and atten- black church in America, and the roles of the various Jewry. tion to cooperative efforts toward a global ethic. faiths, sects and cults. RELS 320 Taoism RELS 342 Buddhist Reasoning and Debate RELS 308/HIST 307 The High Middle Ages Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of Semester course; 4 lecture hours; 4 credits. A basic Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A detailed one of the most fundamental and influential philoso- introduction to perception, logic and epistemology in historical analysis of the Gregorian Revolution, the phies of life in Chinese culture, focusing on the theory Buddhist thought. The course is designed to convey Crusades, the 12th-century Renaissance, the Thomistic and practice of the basic principles of Taoism as formu- basic reasoning skills including formation of argu- World and the death of medieval civilization. lated by the legendary Lao Tzu and further developed by Chuang Tzu. ments, checking arguments for validity, and developing RELS 309/HIST 309 The Reformation techniques and strategies for rational discourse. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A careful RELS 322 Tibetan Buddhism RELS 350/INTL 360 World Classics of Spirituality and intensive inquiry into the spiritual and material Semester course; 3 lecture hours; 3 credits. A basic Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A critical forces and people involved in the reformation of introduction to the history, development and mythology reading of selected works from among the spiritual Christendom in 16th-century Europe. of the Buddhism of Tibet focusing on the Indian heritage and shared basis of all Buddhist practices, a clear classics of Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Hinduism, RELS 311, 312/INTL 311, 312 Religions of the identification of the three vehicles found in Buddhism, Taoism and other religious traditions. World and a careful consideration of the path of the Bodhisattva, the hero of Great Vehicle Buddhism. RELS 360/SOCY 360 Sociology of Religion Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. An Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A system- investigation of the historical, cultural and theological RELS 326/PHIL 326 Existentialism atic review and assessment of major sociological theo- foundations and development of major world religions. ries of and empirical research on religious behavior and First semester: Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Three credits in philosophy (exclusive of groups. Topics include the structure of religious organi- Taoism and Shinto. Second semester: Zoroastrianism, zations; social correlates and functions of religion; Judaism, Christianity and Islam. logic) or permission of instructor. An examination of the nature of truth, freedom, responsibility, individuality denominationalism; religion and social class, social RELS 313 Life and Literature of Paul and interpersonal relations as found in some principal change and population. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. writings of Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Jaspers, Sartre, Heidegger, Camus, Buber and Marcel. RELS 361/ENGL 361 The Bible as Literature Prerequisite: RELS 302. A survey of the life and litera- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Literary ture of Paul as given in Acts and the Epistles, involving RELS 327/HIST 327 History of Christianity aspects of the Bible will be considered. Also, attention special consideration of Paul’s contribution to the will be given to the history of the English Bible. expansion of Christianity. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An historical and theological examination of Christianity from its origin to the present. Emphasis will be upon an under- RELS 362 Shakespeare and Religion RELS 314 Jesus in the New Testament Tradition Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An exami- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of standing of leading events, ideas, movements and persons in their historical settings. nation of the religious ideas in selected plays by the Christ of faith and the Jesus of history as pre- William Shakespeare and their relevance to contempo- sented in New Testament literature and as interpreted rary religious thought and experience. Topics include in the works of selected scholars from the Church the nature of God, the meaning of life, the problem of fathers to the present.

90 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences evil, moral authority and the question of immortality as neo-Confucianism. The systems of thought are exam- found in Shakespeare’s plays. ined in the light of their social, political and religious African-American Studies impact on China, Korea and Japan. RELS 368 Asian Religions and Asian Medicine Program Semester course; 3 lecture hours; 3 credits. An intro- RELS 412/PHIL 412/INTL 412 Zen Buddhism ductory survey of three medical systems indigenous to Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of M. Njeri Jackson Asia, including study of how these medical systems are Zen Buddhism, including backgrounds in Indian philoso- Director and Associate Professor of linked in theory and practice to religions and spirtual phy and practice, development in China and Korea, and Political Science and Public Administration systems. These three are Indian Ayurveda in light of present day Zen theory and practice in Japan and in and African-American Studies* (1990) Hinduism, Chinese herbal medicine and acupuncture in Western countries. B.A. 1976 Georgia State University light of Daoism, and Tibetan medicine in light of M.A. 1982 Atlanta University Tibetan Buddhism. RELS 425/ANTH 425/INTL 425 Religion, Magic and Witchcraft Ph.D. 1987 Atlanta University RELS 371/WMNS 371 Islam and Women Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: ANTH 103. A survey of the nature and Brooks, Christopher A. (1990) Associate Professor of Prerequisites: RELS 317, 312 or knowledge of Islam. variety of beliefs outside of the major streams of reli- Music and African-American Studies* Critical study of the roles and rights of women in Islam. gious thought. Among topics considered are myth, B.A. 1978 University of Maryland totemism, taboo and sorcery. Emphasis on understand- M.A. 1980 University of Michigan RELS 372/WMNS 372/INTL 372 Global Women’s ing supernatural beliefs and practices in relation to cul- M.M. 1984 University of Texas Spirituality ture and society. Ph.D. 1989 University of Texas Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Explores the spiritual writings of women in various cultures and RELS 430/PHIL 430 Philosophy of Religion Creighton-Zollar, Ann A. (1981) Associate Professor religious traditions. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. of Sociology* Prerequisites: Three credits in philosophy (exclusive of B.A. University of Illinois, Chicago Circle RELS 380 Contemporary Catholic Thought PHIL 211 and PHIL 212) or permission of instructor. An M.A. University of Illinois, Chicago Circle Semester course; 3 lecture hours; 3 credits. A study of introduction to the major problems and questions of Ph.D. 1980 University of Illinois, Chicago Circle the contemporary Catholic Christian response to the religion and reason. Special reference will be made to Jones, Norrece T. (1983) Associate Professor of questions, “Who is God?” and “Where/how do we the nature of God, the nature of man, the problem of History and African-American Studies* experience the Sacred?” Methods of Catholic theology evil, the source of good, immortality and the basis of B.A. 1974 Hampton Institute will be explicated and applied to the teachings of the authority. Second Vatican Council and current responses to those Ph.D. 1981 Northwestern University teachings in such areas as sacramental worship and RELS 440/PHIL 440 Mysticism Landrum-Lee, Rose (2002) Instructor of African liturgy, and moral/ethical teachings of the Church. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. American Studies and Women’s Studies* Prerequisite: One course in philosophy or religious B.A. 1983 University of Minnesota – Minneapolis RELS 401/LFSC 401 Faith and Life Sciences studies. A critical analysis of the varieties of mysticism M.S. 2000 University of Wisconsin – Milwaukee Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. in world religions. Arguments for and against mysti- Smedley, Audrey Y. (1995) Professor of Sociology and Prerequisites: Sophomore standing and ENGL 200. cism will be emphasized. Mysticism will be related to Anthropology and African-American Studies* Open to students of any school or program. Explores art, psychology, science, philosophy, theology and B.A. 1954 University of Michigan the complex relationships between faith traditions and magic. the life sciences. Topics include epistemology, impact M.A. 1957 University of Michigan of life sciences on ideas of fate and responsibility, lim- RELS 490 Seminar in Religious Studies Ph.D. 1967 Victoria University of Manchester its of science and technology, and scientific and reli- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be Wood, Mark D. (1997) Associate Professor of gious perspectives on human origins, consciousness, repeated for a maximum of six credits. Prerequisites: Religious Studies and African-American Studies* aggression, forgiveness, health, illness and death. 12 credits in religious studies courses. Research meth- B.A. 1982 California State University, Chico ods and bibliography in the field of religious studies; M.A. 1984 California State University, Chico RELS 407 Modern Jewish Thought application of techniques and resources on research M.Phil. 1989 Syracuse University, New York Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of topics with the classroom guidance and critique. the writings of the leading Jewish thinkers of the 19th Ph.D. 1994 Syracuse University, New York and 20th centuries. Special reference will be made to RELS 491 Topics in Religious Studies the issues arising from the encounter of Judaism with Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be * joint appointments the modern world: the nature of revelation and the repeated with different topics for maximum of six cred- authority of the Torah, the nature of God, the impact of its. Prerequisite: Written permission of instructor. An Emeriti faculty the Holocaust, the meaning of redemption and the sig- in-depth study of selected ideas or concepts, religious Toppin, Edgar A. (1994) Distinguished Visiting nificance of the state of Israel. thinkers or significant movements in the field of reli- Professor of African-American History* gion. See the Schedule of Classes for specific topic to A.B. 1949 Howard University RELS 408/PHIL 408 Indian Tradition be offered each semester. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. M.A. 1950 Howard University Prerequisites: At least six credits from philosophy or RELS 492 Independent Study Ph.D. 1955 Northwestern University religious studies courses. A systematic analysis of the Semester course; variable credit. Maximum of four major theories of Indian religious and philosophical credits per semester; maximum total of six credits for The bachelor of arts major in African- thought: Vedas, Upanishads, Gita, Charvaka, Jainism, all independent study courses. Open generally to stu- American Studies gives students the oppor- Buddhism, the six systems of Hinduism and contempo- dents of only junior or senior standing who have tunity to pursue a liberal education consis- rary developments. acquired at least 12 credits in the departmental disci- tent with their intellectual interests and pline. Determination of the amount of credit and per- RELS 410/PHIL 410/INTL 410 The Chinese mission of instructor and department chair must be career goals. This program prepares students Tradition in Philosophy procured prior to registration of the course. An inde- for graduate studies in African-American Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of pendent study course to allow interested students in studies and other fields. African-American the development of Confucianism, of alternative ways religious studies to do research in an area of major studies majors interested in teaching careers of thought prior to the fall of the Han Dynasty and of interest under the direction of a professor qualified in in early education or special education can that field. enroll in the Extended Teacher Preparation Program that results in the simultaneous

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 91 College of Humanities and Sciences awarding of a bachelor’s degree in African- Americans, and Africa and African- topography, traditional economies, languages, reli- American studies and a master’s degree in American arts. Courses in African- gions, social systems and other cultural features that teaching. African-American studies majors American studies are designed to help stu- are traditional to its people. interested in teaching careers at the middle dents gain a knowledge and appreciation of AFAM 204 Africa in Transition school level also can enroll in the Extended the history and culture of Africans and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Teacher Preparation Program provided they African Americans and their contributions Prerequisite: AFAM 200 or permission of instructor. The have fulfilled the requirements of a minor to world civilizations. impact of modern social change upon the traditional in any of the sciences, mathematics, aspects of African life. Various aspects of social change as it applies to Africa today will be explored. English, history, or political science. Courses in African-American Eligibility to teach at the secondary level AFAM 206/SOCY 206/WMNS 206 African requires African-American studies majors studies (AFAM) American Family Relationships to complete a second liberal arts major in Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Focuses on the subject they plan to teach. AFAM 103 Introduction to African-American the African American family from the 1940s to the Studies present. Examines the values and the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Using an interpersonal/role relationships that are involved in Degree requirements – bachelor of interdisciplinary approach, this course will familiarize forming and maintaining African American families in students with important events, developments, person- the contemporary United States. Topics include dating arts in African-America studies alities and other phenomena that help facilitate the and sexual relationships, marital relationships, parent- Students majoring in African-American study and understanding of African Americans from child relationships and relationships with members of studies must meet the general education their African past to their present existence. the extended family. requirements of the College of Humanities AFAM 104/SOCY 104 Sociology of Racism AFAM 208 African-American Social Thought and Sciences. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The course Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The bachelor of arts with a major in will explore the direct and indirect ways in which racial Prerequisite: AFAM 103. This course exposes students African-American studies requires the com- attitudes are acquired, their effect on individuals and to the rich chronicle of the experiences and views of pletion of 120 credits with at least 36 cred- society, and the institutional and ideological manifesta- Africans in the United States that has been preserved its in African-American studies courses. tions of racism as a “faith system,” as exploitation and in the writings of scholars, activists and creative as a form of human conflict. The central focus of inter- artists. The course introduces students to this body of The 36 credits in African-American studies est will be on black-white relationships. thought selecting a number of social critics and cre- must include AFAM 103, AFAM 208, ative writers whose texts address persistent themes AFAM 308, AFAM 408 and AFAM 416. AFAM 105, 106/HIST 105, 106 Survey of African that have shaped African-American life. At least 21 of the 36 credits in African- History American studies must be in upper division Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. A sur- AFAM 250/MHIS 250 Introduction to African- vey of African civilization from prehistory to the pres- courses. Students are required to take at American Music ent, emphasizing the events, ideas and institutions that Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An intro- least one approved course pertinent to each have shaped, influenced and defined Africa’s place in ductory survey of black involvement with the develop- of the following geographical regions: (1) the world. First semester: To 1800. Second semester: ment of music in America from 1607 to the present. Africa, (2) North America and (3) Latin 1800 to the present. African-American musical styles will be studied from America or the Caribbean. Students also many aspects including their African roots and contem- AFAM 121, 122/DANC 121, 122 Tap Technique I porary popular expression. are required to establish a concentration by Semester courses; 1 lecture and 2 studio hours. 2, 2 taking a minimum of four courses in a sin- credits. Beginning study and training in the principles AFAM 302/POLI 302 Politics of the Civil Rights gle cooperating department. A cooperating of tap technique with emphasis upon style, body align- Movement department or program is defined as one ment, spatial patterning, flexibility, strength and kines- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The main that regularly offers at least one course per thetic awareness to move the body in the style objectives of the course are to introduce and examine year, which includes: Anthropology, Dance, required for tap dancing. the personalities and activities of the modern Civil English, Geography, History, Music, Rights Movement. The course provides the historical AFAM 126, 127/DANC 126, 127 African-Caribbean background leading up to the peak years of the strug- Philosophy, Religious Studies, Political Dance I gle for racial equality in America. It has special focus Science and Public Administration, Semester courses; 1 lecture and 2 studio hours. 2, 2 on the events of the 1960s and, particularly their impli- Psychology, Sociology, Theatre, and credits. Dance based on the movements and rhythms of cation for the current state of U.S. Civil Rights. Women’s Studies (Bachelor of Africa and the Caribbean. AFAM 303/THEA 303 Black Theatre Interdisciplinary Studies with a major con- AFAM 151, 152/DANC 151, 152 Jazz Dance centration in Women’s Studies.) When Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of Technique I the major developments in the evolution of black the- courses not cross-listed with African Semester courses; 1 lecture and 2 studio hours. 2, 2 atre through readings and studio performances in American Studies are used to meet the credits. Prerequisite: DANC 102 or permission of black-related and black-theatre dramaturgy. concentration requirement, they must be instructor. Study and training in the principles and con- selected in consultation with the African cepts of jazz technique. Emphasis on body alignment, AFAM 305/SOCY 305/WMNS 305 African flexibility, balance, rhythmic awareness and mastery of American Studies adviser. American Family in Social Context isolated movements of body parts. The course includes Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. the exploration of the relationship between jazz music Prerequisite: SOCY 101 or SOCY/AFAM/WMNS 206. A Minor in African-American Studies and jazz dance. socio-historical examination of the development of the family system of Americans from Africa. Focuses on The minor in African-American Studies AFAM 200/ANTH 200/INTL 200 Introduction to large-scale (macro level) processes such as changes in requires a minimum of 18 credits. Students African Societies the major mode of economic production and in political must complete AFAM 103 Introduction to Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course systems and the corresponding changes in black family introduces the student to the African continent, its peo- structure and functioning. Presents the theoretical African-American Studies, and at least one ples and cultures. It covers such general characteristics course dealing with Africa, African material on African American families and social as the physical and geographical features, climate, change that prepares students for further study of the

92 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences family as a social insititution and for the study of fam- forms produced by Americans of African origin from the AFAM 365/ENGL 365/INTL 367 Caribbean ily policy. This course is designed to meet the needs of 17th-century to the present with an emphasis on con- Literature upper division social science majors. temporary trends in black art. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: ENGL 101-200. A survey of West Indian AFAM 307/RELS 307/INTL 307 Black Religion AFAM 343/POLI 343 Black Political Thought writings. Attention will be given to African, European Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An analysis Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An histori- and Amerindian influences, as well as to the emer- of the role of religion in the lives of blacks with an cal and sociological perspective on the political and gence of a West Indian literary tradition. emphasis on African religions and philosophies, the social ideas of black thinkers from David Walker to the black church in America, and the roles of the various present. AFAM 387/HIST 387 History of West Africa faiths, sects and cults. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of AFAM 345/POLI 345 African-American Politics the transformation of West African societies from early AFAM 308 Modes of Inquiry in African-American Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. In this times to the present, with emphasis on the rise of Studies course, students will discuss and analyze the dynamics states and empires, the introduction, spread and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. of the black experience in the American political sys- impact of Islam, the Atlantic slave trade and its effects, Prerequisite: AFAM 208. This course introduces stu- tem. The status of African Americans in the United colonialism, African resistance and nationalism, and dents to the interdisciplinary processes whereby those States and the struggle for racial equality will be developments since independence. working in the field develop their arguments and inter- examined, as will the manner in which American insti- pretations concerning the black experience. Students tutions have responded to these phenomena. Students AFAM 388/HIST 388 Africa: Social, Cultural and will develop increased skills in library research and an will examine the race/class metric in African-American Economic History awareness of the importance of such methodologies as politics, particularly policies of Affirmative Action as a Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of archaeology, oral history, case studies, participant black progress strategy. economic, social and cultural developments in Africa observations, experiments and surveys. Student will be from the beginning of the nineteenth century to the introduced to the need for critical analysis, the role of AFAM 350/MHIS 350/INTL 370 Studies in the present. Emphasis is placed on agricultural and indus- biases and frames of references and the reason why Music of the African Continent and Diaspora trial development, trade, Africa’s involvement in the scholars working in the field often reach different con- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be world economy, changes in labor systems, racial domi- clusions with reference to issues of fact, interpretation repeated for a maximum of six credits. An in-depth nance, African initiatives and resistance, religion and and significance. examination of selected topics and issues in African- social evolution and Africa in world affairs. derived musical and cultural traditions. AFAM 314/ENGL 314 African-American Literature AFAM 389/HIST 389 History of Southern Africa Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An exami- AFAM 356/POLI 356/INTL 356 African Government Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of nation of the culture and literature of African and Politics the history and culture of the peoples of southern Americans from their roots in Africa and the African Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Introduces Africa. Deals with the areas that presently are the Diaspora to the present day. Authors may include students to the basic outlines of government and poli- Republic of South Africa, Lesotho, Swaziland, Wheatley, Jacobs, Wilson, Brown, Dubois, Hurston, tics in Africa. The course will consider such topics as Botswana, Namibia and Zimbabwe. Emphasizes the Wright, Gaines and Morrison. colonialism, elitism and nationalism and modernization interaction among the various communities and ethno- strategies. Using the comparative approach, the course linguistic groups in southern Africa. AFAM 315/ECON 315/INTL 315 Economic will primarily focus on West, East and Central Africa. Development AFAM 390/HIST 390/WMNS 390 Africa and the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. AFAM 357/POLI 357/INTL 357 Politics of Southern Americas: Slavery, Gender and Race Prerequisites: ECON 210-211. An introduction to the Africa Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An exami- process of economic development including a survey of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An examination of various aspects of slavery in Africa primarily, development theory and a study of the experience of nation of racial and political developments in the and selected parts of the African Diaspora including both underdeveloped and developed countries. southern tip of Africa. While South Africa will be the the United States, Canada and the Caribbean, with Economic policies and tools of economic planning for primary focus of analysis, other countries in the region emphasis on African conditions of servility, the Atlantic stimulating development will be presented. such as Zimbabwe, Angola and Mozambique will be slave trade and chattel slavery. The role gender and studied. race played in slavery will be given particular attention. AFAM 318/POLI 318/WMNS 318 Politics of Race, Class and Gender AFAM 358/ANTH 358 African Art and Architecture AFAM 392/HIST 392 The Caribbean to 1838 Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An explo- the racial, class and gender influences on the history African art and architecture from prehistoric times to ration of changes in the structure of Caribbean society and development of political values, conflicts, the present. Special emphasis is placed on form, con- from the late 15th century to 1838, with emphasis on processes, structures and public policy in the United tent, function and meaning, as well as the impact of the development of plantation slavery, social stratifica- States. African art on modern and African-American art. tion, race, slave resistance, the Haitian Revolution, African cultural patterns and abolition. AFAM 322/PSYC 322 Personality and Behavior of AFAM 361, 362/HIST 361, 362 Americans from the African American Africa AFAM 393/HIST 393 Akhenaten to Cleopatra Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. A study Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of Prerequisite: PSYC 101. A study of personality factors, of the history and culture of blacks in the United Egyptian history from the period of the Empire (New such as motivation, ego functioning, and the socializa- States, designed to analyze some of the most impor- Kingdom, c. 1570 B.C.) through the Ptolemaic Age of tion processes with special emphasis on living condi- tant aspects of black life and the attitudes of the domi- Cleopatra (c. 30 B.C.). Particular areas of concentration tions of African Americans. nant society within which blacks lived. The second will include the Amarna Period of Akhenaten and vari- semester emphasizes the changing status, expecta- ous aspects of Egyptian daily life. AFAM 333/GEOG 333/INTL 333 Geography of tions and ideologies of black Americans in the 20th Africa century. First semester: to 1877. Second semester: AFAM 401/SOCY 401 African-Americans and the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of since 1877. U.S. Health Care System the land forms, climate, peoples, livelihoods, settle- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ment patterns, and cultural groupings of sub-Saharan AFAM 363/ENGL 363/INTL 366 African Literature Prerequisites: AFAM 103, AFAM 305 or permission of Africa. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. the instructor. Explores issues surrounding the disparity Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature in health status and health outcomes between African AFAM 342/ANTH 342 African-American Art courses (or equivalent). A survey of the literature of Americans and other groups in the United States. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Africa with particular emphases on fiction and on West Students are required to participate in an experiential Prerequisite: Advanced standing. A study of the art Africa. Some attention also will be given to orature. exercise designed to enhance learning.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 93 College of Humanities and Sciences

AFAM 408 Seminar in African-American Studies Ronald X. Peterson Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Minor in American Studies Program Coordinator Prerequisites: AFAM 308, AFAM 416. Generally B.A. 1974 Virginia Union University open only to students of senior standing who have Richard A. Fine M.Ed. 1979 Virginia State University completed 24 credits of African-American studies. Professor and Coordinator, American Involves the planning and execution of a major Studies (1979) research project demonstrating the interdisciplinary Deborah J. Hobson A.B. 1973 Brown University processes through which those working in the field Academic Adviser of African-American studies use diverse sources to M.A. 1975 University of Pennsylvania B.A. 1989 State University of New York, Oswego develop their arguments and interpretations. Ph.D. 1979 University of Pennsylvania M.Ed. 1997 George Mason University

AFAM 413/ARTH 350 African and Oceanic Art Offered jointly by the departments of The Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of English and History, the minor in provides opportunities for students to com- the architecture, painting, sculpture and civilizations of American studies consists of at least 18 the major art-producing tribes of West Africa and bine disciplines in unique ways. Students Oceania from the 13th century to the present. upper-level credits to be distributed as fol- can apply for a nontraditional, individual- lows: six credits in American studies ized and interdisciplinary course of study by AFAM 416/ANTH 416 The Origin and Evolution of (AMST) courses; three credits in humani- designing their own curriculum. Or stu- the Idea of Race ties electives; three credits in social science dents can apply for a prescribed interdisci- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. electives; and six credits in either humani- Prerequisite: ANTH 103 or AFAM 103 or permission plinary specialization in women’s studies. of instructor. Explores the origins and social history ties, social science or other approved elec- The individualized program is for stu- of the “idea” of race from the Middle Ages to the tives, or in independent study. All courses dents who have clearly articulated goals end of the 20th century. Using both historical and selected to fulfill distribution areas must that cannot be met by existing university anthropological scholarship, the course presents deal with American materials and topics. A programs. Through faculty advising, this an analytical framework for race as a sociocultural list of recommended courses and electives is program helps students define their educa- phenomenon. available from the coordinator. tional goals and design their interdiscipli- AFAM 420/ANTH 420/INTL 420 Women of Africa nary curricula by drawing on a variety of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Courses in American studies (AMST) course offerings. Each student must define a Prerequisite: ANTH 103 or AFAM 103 or permission specific focus area that combines two or of instructor. Looks at the traditional roles of women AMST 195 Richmond more areas of study. in African Societies and examines how women have The women’s studies program is for stu- coped in different environments. Focuses on the 15 contact hours. 1 credit. A series of mini-courses institutionalized aspects of similarities and differences dealing with aspects of Richmond’s literary and histori- dents who want to pursue an interdiscipli- in women’s lives in pastoral and horticultural societies cal importance from the city’s beginning to the present. nary liberal arts education with a special- and those with mixed economies, and contrasts AMST 391 Topics in American Studies ized focus on the study of women. Women’s these with women’s roles in large state societies Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be studies provides a useful background for of Africa and in the modern urbanized context. repeated once for credit. Selected issues or problems many careers and professions where a AFAM 440/ANTH 440 Contemporary Art and in American civilization with materials drawn from greater knowledge of women is an asset. Architecture of Africa such areas as history, the social sciences, philosophy, To earn a B.I.S. degree, students must Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of literature, the arts and mass communications. complete at least 120 credits (45 of these the impact on African art and architecture of colonial- AMST 394 Perspectives in American Studies credits must be upper level) with at least a ism, urbanization and modernization. Special emphasis Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. 2.0 cumulative GPA. is placed on the search for a new identity by contem- Prerequisites: Six credits in American related courses. porary African artists. An introduction to the methods, significant works, and Individualized program requirements AFAM 491 Topics in African-American Studies major trends in American studies. May be taken for Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be American literature credit by English majors. May not credits repeated with different topics for a maximum of nine be used to satisfy the College of Humanities and General education 35-43 credits; three credits may be applied to the African- Sciences requirements in literature. American studies minor. An in-depth study of special- 1. Communicating 12-15 ized areas of African-American studies. Six hours composition and rhetoric (e.g., ENGL 101, 200 Bachelor of Interdisciplinary by course (for individualized program only) or placement AFAM 492 Independent Study Studies (B.I.S.) credit with a minimum grade of “C” in each course or Semester course; variable credit. Maximum four demonstrated competence). Two Writing Intensive credits per semester. Maximum total of four credits courses, one of which preferably is in the focus area. in all independent study courses. Generally open only Sherry B. Mikuta Three hours in speech or communications (e.g., SPCH to students of junior and senior standing who have Director 121 or 321; SLWK 230; PSYC 323, 340, 341; RPSM 195) acquired at least 12 credits in African-American B.S. 1969 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State or transfer credit, which includes a course emphasizing studies courses. Determination of the amount of University oral communication. credit and permission of the instructor and coordinator M.B.A. 1982 Virginia Commonwealth University must be procured prior to registration for the course. 2. Ethics 3 Dorothy E. Fillmore Completion of an ethics course (e.g., PHIL 211, 212, Assistant Director, B.I.S. 213, MASC 290, RELS 340, SOCY 445 or POLI 341) or B.A. 1977 St. Andrews Presbyterian College transfer credit, which includes a course emphasizing M.A. 1984 Virginia Commonwealth University ethics.

94 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

3. Quantity and form 6 Women’s studies program Humanities – at least three credits from approved Must include college algebra or its equivalent (e.g., humanities courses cross-listed with Women’s Studies MATH 131) plus an additional course from mathemat- Diana H. Scully chosen from the following: ics, logic, computer science or statistics. Professor of Sociology and Anthropology and Women’s Studies and Program Director (1976) WMNS/ENGL 236 Women in Literature 4. Science and technology 3-4 B.A. 1970 University of Illinois-Chicago WMNS/HIST 339, 340 History of Women in Europe Completion of a course in science that includes a labo- M.A. 1972 University of Illinois-Chicago WMNS/HIST 341 American Women’s History ratory experience. Ph.D. 1977 University of Illinois-Chicago WMNS/RELS 371 Islam and Women WMNS/RELS 372 Global Women’s Spirituality 5. Visual and performing arts 2-3 Condit, Deirdre M., Assistant Professor of WMNS/ENGL 384 Women Writers Completion of a course that includes a participatory Political Science and Public Administration (may be repeated once with a different topic) component or explores the historical, cultural, aesthetic and Women’s Studies (1994) WMNS/HIST 390 Africa and the Americas: Slavery, and creative development of the arts. B.A. 1982 Idaho State University Gender and Race M.A. 1991 Rutgers University WMNS 491/ENGL 409 Medieval Studies 6. Humanities and social sciences and Ph.D. 1995 Rutgers University (when the topic is women) interdependence 9-12 Landrum-Lee, Rose (2001) WMNS 491/ENGL 410 Renaissance Studies Completion of three courses to be distributed as fol- B.A. 1983 University of Minnesota - Minneapolis (when the topic is women) lows: three hours in humanities (e.g., literature, reli- M.A. 2000 University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee WMNS 491/FREN 450 Francophone Writers gious studies, history, philosophy); three hours in (when the topic is women) Winston, Janet M., Assistant Professor of English American, European or non-Western culture); three WMNS 491/ENGL 411 18th-century British Studies and Women’s Studies (1999) hours in social sciences (e.g., psychology, sociology, (when the topic is women) B.A. 1984 University of California, Los Angeles social sciences, economics, political science, African- WMNS/ENGL 452 Language and Gender American studies, anthropology, geography, women’s Ph.D. 1998 University of Iowa WMNS/ARTH 457 Women, Art and Society studies, social work). One of the three courses must WMNS 491/ENGL 491 Topics in Literature have an international or global emphasis. The women’s studies track requires a (when the topic is women) total of 120 credits with a minimum of 30 Focus area credits in women’s studies courses and at Social Science – at least three credits from approved The individually designed interdisciplinary focus area least 15 of these credits in upper-level social science courses cross-listed with Women’s Studies requires a minimum of 36 semester hours, 24 of which courses. Students must take three required chosen from the following: must be upper-level credit. core courses and at least one different course from each of the three lists below. In WMNS/SOCY/AFAM 206 African American Family Electives addition, students must complete the gen- Relationships Maximum of 52 credits WMNS/SOCY/ANTH 304 The Family eral education requirements for the bache- WMNS/SOCY/AFAM 305 African American Family Other requirements lor of arts in the College of Humanities and in Social Context For degree completion, at least 25 percent of semester- Sciences. Refer to the General Education WMNS/POLI 316 Women and Law hour credits must be earned through instruction at VCU. section of the College of Humanities and WMNS/POLI/AFAM 318 Politics of Race, Class The last 30 hours of credit must be taken at VCU or 15 Sciences. and Gender credits may be taken at VCU and 15 from other approved The following list demonstrates how the WMNS/POLI 319 Women and American Politics institutions in the area when there is no equivalent VCU women’s studies credits should be distributed. WMNS/SOCY 333 Sociology of Sex and Gender course. At least 24 hours must be taken after acceptance WMNS/SOCY 334 Sociology of Women into the program, 12 of which must be in the focus area. Core program courses WMNS/PSYC 335 Psychology of Women Twenty-one of the junior- or senior-level credits must be WMNS 201 Introduction to Women’s Studies WMNS/POLI 366 Women and Global Politics from VCU. No more than 60 semester credits may be from WMNS 301 Feminist Social Theory or WMNS/ENGL 352 WMNS 380 Lesbian and Bisexual Women a two-year college. B.I.S. students may count no more Feminist Literary Theory WMNS/CRJS 382 Women in the Justice System than 30 credits of business courses, including transfer WMNS 401 Topical Senior Seminar courses, and no more than four transfer credits of physical Electives education activity courses. Diversity – at least three credits from approved diversity Remainder of credits are electives but must be Women’s B.I.S. majors are required to participate in departmental courses cross-listed with Women’s Studies chosen from Studies courses or cross-listed courses. Electives may assessment activities (i.e., graduation portfolio, focus the following: include WMNS 291, 391 or 491 Special Topics, and groups, exit survey). Assessment information is used to WMNS 492 Independent Study. assist faculty in evaluating program effectiveness. WMNS/SOCY/AFAM 206 African American Family To enter the nontraditional program, students must Relationships Minor in Women’s Studies complete a supplemental application and the following: WMNS/SOCY/AFAM 305 African American Family in 1. attend one orientation session (call to schedule an Women’s studies is the interdisciplinary, Social Context cross-cultural examination of women’s per- appointment) WMNS/POLI/AFAM 318 Politics of Race, Class and Gender spectives and experiences. 2. have a goal that cannot be met by another degree WMNS/POLI 366 Women and Global Politics program at VCU WMNS/RELS 371 Islam and Women The minor in women’s studies shall con- 3. have a minimum of 30 semester hours of college WMNS/RELS 372 Global Women’s Spirituality sist of 18 credits. Students are required to credit WMNS 380 Lesbian and Bisexual Women take the following: (1) WMNS 201 4. have a minimum GPA of 2.0 WMNS/ENGL 384 Women Writers (when the topic is Introduction to Women’s Studies, (2) a Students have a variety of credit options, including African-American or African women writers; may be feminist theory course and (3) a course CLEP examinations, credit for formal military training and repeated once with a different topic) addressing racial/cultural diversity. The credits for certain professional certifications when they do WMNS/HIST 390 Africa and the Americas: Slavery, remainder of courses are electives. not duplicate college course work. Gender and Race Refer to the Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies within this chapter for information

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 95 College of Humanities and Sciences about the B.I.S. degree concentration for ticular rights of women of color and lesbians, reproduc- WMNS 352/ENGL 352 Feminist Literary Theory women’s studies. tive rights of women of color and lesbians, reproduc- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. tive rights, women criminals and women in the legal Prerequisite: Three credits in 200-level literature profession. courses or equivalent. The study of contemporary femi- Courses in women’s studies (WMNS) nist thought and feminist approaches to analyzing liter- WMNS 201 Introduction to Women’s Studies WMNS 318/AFAM 318/POLI 318 Politics of Race, ature and culture. This course examines the history and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An inter- Class and Gender development of feminist theory as a methodology in disciplinary and cross-cultural introduction to the per- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of the humanities, explores several of the major theoreti- spectives and core concerns of women’s studies. the racial, class and gender influences on the history cal trends of the last 30 years and examines applica- and development of political values, conflicts, tions of feminist theory to specific works of literature. WMNS 206/AFAM 206/SOCY 206 African processes, structures and public policy in the United American Family Relationships States. WMNS 366/POLI 366/INTL 368 Women and Global Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Focuses on Politics the African American family from the 1940s to the WMNS 319/POLI 319 Women and American Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of present. Examines the values and the Politics women and global politics, providing both a feminist interpersonal/role relationships that are involved in Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course re-examination of traditional international-relations forming and maintaining African American families in analyzes the participation of women in American poli- theories and a comparative analysis of the political, the contemporary United States. Topics include dating tics. Attention is given to both women’s historical and legal and economic status of the world’s women. The and sexual relationships, marital relationships, parent- contemporary roles in politics, their participation as impact of women on global political institutions such child relationships and relationships with members of voters and citizens, and their behavior as candidates as the United Nations will be addressed as well as the extended family. and office holders. Additional topics may include work- other feminist and grassroots means of taking political place, family and education issues and reproductive action. WMNS 236/ENGL 236 Women in Literature rights. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An intro- WMNS 371/RELS 371 Islam and Women duction to literature by and/or about women. WMNS 333/SOCY 333 Sociology of Sex Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. and Gender Prerequisite: RELS 317, 312 or knowledge of Islam. WMNS 291 Topics in Women’s Studies Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Critical study of the roles and rights of women in Islam. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be Prerequisite: SOCY 101 or permission of instructor. A repeated with a different topic for a total of six credits. cross-cultural and evolutionary exploration of the inter- WMNS 372/RELS 372/INTL 372 Global Women’s An in-depth examination of specialized areas of interdependence between male and female roles in the fol- Spirituality est in women’s studies. See the Schedule of Classes lowing social institutions: family, law, economics, poli- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Explores for specific topics to be offered each semester. tics, religion, education and health. the spiritual writings of women in various cultures and religious traditions. WMNS 301 Feminist Social Theory WMNS 334/SOCY 334 Sociology of Women Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. WMNS 380 Lesbian and Bisexual Women examines the major theoretical traditions and thinkers Prerequisite: SOCY 101 or consent of instructor. This Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course of feminist theory from the works of early liberal femi- course will examine the position and status of women examines the lives of contemporary lesbian and bisex- nists like Wollstonecraft to the present thought of post- across societies and the social forces that maintain ual women from psychological, sociological, develop- modern and lesbian feminists like Wittig. It examines existing patterns and arrangements. The integration of mental, political and cultural perspectives. The inter- arguments about human nature, the origins and effects family and work in women’s lives will be emphasized. section of race, class, ethnicity, religion, age, disability of patriarchy, the conflict between equality and gender and locale with lesbian/bisexual identity will be difference and feminist critiques of traditional theories WMNS 335/PSYC 335 Psychology of Women explored. of knowledge. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Overview of issues in psychology relevant to women. Topics WMNS 382/CRJS 382 Women in the Justice WMNS 304/ANTH 304/SOCY 304 The Family include: research methods of women’s issues; sex-role System Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. socialization; women and hormones; psychological Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Surveys Prerequisite: SOCY 101 or ANTH 103. The family in its androgyny; personality theory and counseling strate- the special situation of women in the justice system as social and cultural context. Analysis of child rearing, gies for women; women and language; women and offenders, as victims and as professional practitioners. marriage, kinship, family crises and family change in violence; and rape and abuse. Applicable laws and public policy are studied in detail. various societies around the world. Issues are punctuated by field trips to juvenile/adult WMNS 339, 340/HIST 339, 340 History of Women programs and institutions. WMNS 305/AFAM 305/SOCY 305 African in Europe American Family in Social Context Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. A his- WMNS 384/ENGL 384 Women Writers Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. tory of European women from the Greeks to the con- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of Prerequisite: SOCY 101 or SOCY/AFAM/WMNS 206. A temporary world. A major focus of both courses will be selected literature written by women and about socio-historical examination of the development of the primary sources by and about women. First semester: women writers. May be repeated once when a differ- family system of Americans from Africa. Focuses on antiquity to the Enlightenment. Second semester: ent group of writers is studied. large-scale (macro level) processes such as changes in French Revolution to the present. the major mode of economic production and in political WMNS 390/AFAM 390/HIST 390 Africa and the systems and the corresponding changes in black family WMNS 341/HIST 341 American Women’s History Americas: Slavery, Gender and Race structure and functioning. Presents the theoretical Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Through Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An exami- material on African American families and social reading, lecture and discussion, this course analyzes nation of various aspects of slavery in Africa primarily, change that prepares students for further study of the historical changes in the social, cultural, political and and selected parts of the African Diaspora including family as a social insititution and for the study of fam- economic position of women in America over the past the United States, Canada and the Caribbean, with ily policy. This course is designed to meet the needs of three centuries. It includes such topics as the differ- emphasis on African conditions of servility, the Atlantic upper division social science majors. ences and similarities of women’s experiences across slave trade and chattel slavery. The role gender and lines of class, race and ethnicity, the struggle for suf- race played in slavery will be given particular attention. WMNS 316/POLI 316 Women and the Law frage and social reform, shifting gender roles and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Introduces changing employment opportunities. WMNS 391 Topics in Women’s Studies students to the history, politics and status of women Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be under the American legal system. Topics to be covered repeated with different topics for a maximum of 12 may include equal protection, sexual violence, the par- credits. An in-depth examination of specialized areas of

96 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences interest in women’s studies. See the Schedule of Bullock, Sharon K. (2001) Instructor Stewart, Jennifer K. (1981) Associate Professor Classes for specific topics to be offered each semester. B.S. 1991 North Carolina State University B.S. 1968 Emory University Ph.D. 1999 University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill M.S. 1969 Emory University WMNS 401 Topical Senior Seminar Chinnici, Joseph P. (1970) Associate Professor of Ph.D. 1975 Emory University Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: 21 credits in women’s studies or permis- Biology and Human Genetics* Tombes, Robert M., Assistant Professor of Biology sion of the instructor. Students are required to produce A.B. 1965 La Salle College and Microbiology and Immunology* a senior research project on a topic related to the Ph.D. 1970 University of Virginia B.A. 1981 University of Virginia theme of the seminar. Conway, Carolyn M. (1976) Assistant Professor Ph.D. 1986 University of Washington, Seattle B.S. Longwood College Turbeville, James M. (2001) Assistant Professor WMNS 414/PSYC 414 Psychology of Women’s M.A. The College of William and Mary B.S. 1980 Clemson University Health Ph.D. 1972 University of Miami Ph.D. 1986 Clemson University Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Overviews Crawford, Edward R. (2002) Instructor Turner, Gail C. (1984) Teaching Assistant Professor the psychological research on women’s health. Topics include health behavior change, personality and indi- B.S. 1989 University of North Carolina – Wilmington B.S. 1971 East Tennessee State University vidual differences, cognitive factors, disease-specific M.S. 1995 Virginia Commonwealth University M.S. 1973 East Tennessee State University behaviors and interventions. Ph.D. 2002 Old Dominion University Webb, Stanley R. (1976) Associate Professor Dawson, Tracey C. (2003) Assistant Professor of Biology and Pathology* WMNS 452/ENGL 452/LING 452 Language B.S. 1995 North Carolina State University B.S. 1967 Ouachita University and Gender Ph.D. 1999 University of North Carolina – Chapel M.S. 1970 University of Arkansas Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of Hill Ph.D. 1974 Purdue University relationships between the ways women and men use Eggleston, William B. (1993) Associate Professor Wu, Fang-Sheng (1988) Associate Professor language, relationships between language and power and ways women and men use language reflects and B.S. 1982 Duke University B.S. 1968 National Taiwan Normal University reinforces cultural attitudes toward gender. May not be Ph.D. 1990 University of Wisconsin, Madison M.S. 1973 National Taiwan Normal University used to satisfy the College of Humanities and Sciences Elhai, Jeffrey (2001) Research Assistant Professor Ph.D. 1977 Michigan State University requirement in literature. B.A. 1973 Pamona College M.A. 1975 State University of New York – Stony Emeriti faculty Brook Johnson, Miles F., Professor Emeritus Department of Biology Ph.D. 1981 State University of New York – Stony B.S. Wisconsin State University at River Falls Brook M.S. University of Wisconsin Leonard A. Smock Fine, Michael L. (1979) Professor Ph.D. University of Minnesota Professor and Department Chair (1979) B.S. 1967 University of Maryland May, Margaret L., Associate Professor Emerita B.S. 1969 University of Illinois M.A. 1970 The College of William and Mary B.S. American University M.S. 1970 University of Illinois Ph.D. 1976 University of Rhode Island M.S. George Washington University Ph.D. 1979 University of North Carolina Fisher Jr., Robert W. (1975) Associate Professor Richards Jr., Walter L., Associate Professor Emeritus B.S. California State University B.S. Virginia Military Institute Donald R. Young M.A. University of California, Santa Cruz M.A. University of Virginia Professor and Associate Department Chair (1984) Ph.D. 1974 Syracuse University Seidenberg, Arthur J.*, Associate Professor and B.S. 1975 Clarion State University Garman, Gregory C. (1985) Associate Professor Assistant Dean for Undergraduate Academic Affairs M.S. 1979 University of Wyoming B.A. 1978 Millersville University and Coordinator of Pre-health Sciences Advising Ph.D. 1982 University of Wyoming M.S. 1980 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State B.S. 1961 Brooklyn College University Ph.D. 1969 University of Illinois John F. Pagels Ph.D. 1984 University of Maine Professor and Director of Graduate Studies (1969) Kester, Karen M. (1997) Associate Professor * Affiliate appointment B.S. 1965 Central Michigan University B.S. 1980 Louisiana State University M.S. 1968 Tulane University M.S. 1983 Louisiana State University The curriculum in biology prepares stu- Ph.D. 1970 Tulane University Ph.D. 1991 University of Maryland dents for graduate study in biology, for Lawrence, Kendra L. (2001) Instructor employment in laboratory or field programs Anderson, John E. (1999) Research Assistant Professor B.A. 1995 University of Tennessee in private industry or government agencies, of Biology and Environmental Studies* Ph.D. 2000 University of Kentucky and for teaching in secondary schools. This B.A. 1984 Mary Washington College Pendland, Jacqueline (2002) Instructor curriculum also prepares students for admis- M.S. 1992 George Mason University B.S. 1968 University of Richmond sion into schools of medicine, dentistry and Ph.D. 1996 George Mason University M.S. 1972 University of Florida veterinary medicine, and into allied health Bateman, Irma B. (1999) Teaching Assistant Professor Ph.D. 1976 University of Florida programs. B.S. 1962 Lynchburg College Peters, Gerald A. (1987) Professor The Department of Biology offers the M.S. 1966 Medical College of Virginia B.S. 1966 Eastern Michigan University bachelor of science in biology. Blem, Charles R. (1969) Professor M.S. 1969 University of Michigan B.S. 1965 Ohio University Ph.D. 1970 University of Michigan M.S. 1968 University of Illinois Plunkett, Gregory M. (1996) Associate Professor Extended Teacher Preparation Ph.D. 1969 University of Illinois B.S. 1987 The College of William and Mary Program Blem, Leann B. (1982) Teaching Assistant Professor M.A. 1990 The College of William and Mary B.S. 1965 Ohio University Ph.D. 1994 Washington State University Biology majors interested in teaching M.S. 1968 University of Illinois Ryan, John J. (1997) Associate Professor of Biology careers in elementary, secondary or special Brown, Bonnie L. (1992) Associate Professor and Microbiology and Immunology* education can enroll in the Extended B.S. 1981 University of Alabama, Birmingham B.A. 1988 University of Richmond Teacher Preparation Program which simul- Ph.D. 1989 Old Dominion University Ph.D. 1992 Virginia Commonwealth University taneously awards a bachelor’s degree in

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 97 College of Humanities and Sciences biology and a master’s degree in teaching. A “C” grade or better is required in Junior year For more information about this program BIOL 151, 152, BIOZ 151L, 152L and Two courses from the BIOCORE and jointly administered by the College of BIOL 218 before enrollment in advanced one additional biology course, PHYS 207, Humanities and Sciences and the School BIOL courses. 208 University Physics or PHYS 201-202 of Education, contact the School of General Physics. Education’s Office of Academic Services. A grade of “C” is required in each prerequisite course: CHEM 100 (if required Senior year through placement test), CHEM 101, Pre-professional study for the CHEM 102, CHEM 301, and CHEM 302 Remaining biology major courses. health sciences The bachelor of science in biology is a Organismal biology. One course from the animal group Transfer or change-of-major four-year course of study preparing students and one from the plant group. At least one of the two students for medical, dental or veterinary school. courses selected must include a laboratory. For those courses in which the laboratory is a separate section Students who change their major to biol- from the lecture, the laboratory may be taken concur- ogy after having completed BIOL 109, 110 Master of science in biology rently with or subsequently to the lecture. and BIOZ 109L, 110L or transfer to VCU For information about this program, see with a general biology course equivalent to Animal group these courses are allowed to count these the Graduate and Professional Programs BIOL 301 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy Bulletin. BIOL 302 Animal Embryology courses toward the biology major in lieu of BIOL 309 Entomology BIOL 151, 152, BIOZ 151L, 152L. BIOL BIOL 312 Invertebrate Zoology 101, 102 and 103 and their laboratories Nonmajor electives BIOL 313 Vertebrate Natural History may not be used toward the biology major, The department offers a range of courses BIOL 416 Ornithology but may be used as general electives toward that do not fulfill requirements of the major BIOL 417 Mammalogy the bachelor’s degree. or minor and are not specific requirements BIOL 435 Herpetology No more than eight credits of the 100- for pre-health science students. These BIOL 445 Neurobiology and Behavior level (or introductory level) courses can be BIOL 503 Fish Biology courses are designed to develop the general applied to the major. science literacy of non-biology majors. Plant group BIOL 320 Biology of the Seed Plant Minor in biology Degree requirements – bachelor of BIOL 321 Plant Development BIOL 512 Plant Diversity and Evolution The minor in biology consists of a mini- science in biology mum of 19 credits in biology, including the The bachelor’s curriculum in biology At least six laboratory courses must be taken following: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, requires a minimum of 120 credits, with at from all biology courses; one of these may be 152L Introduction to Biological Science least 40 of those credits in biology. Up to BIOL 492 Independent Study or BIOL 495 Research and Laboratory I, II; BIOL 218 Cell four credits of biochemistry may be applied and Thesis. Registration in BIOL 492 or 495 must Biology; BIOL 310 Genetics; and BIOL 317 be for a minimum of two-credit hours in order to toward the major. Ecology. Three biology laboratory experi- count as one of the six required laboratory ences are required including BIOZ 151 Majors must take STAT 210 Basic courses. Practice of Statistics, and one additional and 152, but not including BIOL 492 Independent Study or BIOL 495 Research course from the following options: Freshman year 1. A statistics (STAT) course numbered and Thesis. Substitutions for BIOL 151-152 BIOL 151, 152 Introduction to above 210. and laboratories may be made on a case-by- Biological Science and BIOZ 151L, 152L 2. A mathematics (MATH) course num- case basis. A grade of “C” or better must be Introduction to Biological Science bered 200 or above. earned in each class. Laboratory I and II, LFSC 101 Introduction Before enrollment into any of these Students also are required to complete to Life Sciences, CHEM 101-102 General mathematical sciences options, all students CHEM 101-102, CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L Chemistry and CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L must take the Mathematical Placement General Chemistry and General Chemistry General Chemistry Laboratory I and II, and Test. Depending on the test results, students Laboratory I and II. mathematical sciences courses selected may be placed in MATH 151 Precalculus from the options described previously. Mathematics before being admitted into Honors in biology one of the courses listed above. Biology majors may graduate with honors Below is a list of required courses and the Sophomore year in biology. To qualify, students must have indicated recommended sequence. BIOL 218 Cell Biology, BIOL 317 Ecology, one additional biology course overall and biology GPAs of at least 3.50 and must complete the following courses in BIOCORE. The following courses must be taken by preferably with lab, CHEM 301-302 majors: Organic Chemistry and CHEZ 301L-302L this sequence: BIOL 392 Introduction to BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L Introduction to Organic Chemistry Laboratory I and II, and Research, at least four credits of BIOL 495 Biological Science and Laboratory I and II mathematical sciences courses if not Research and Thesis, and BIOL 490 BIOL 218 Cell Biology already completed. Research Seminar. Grades of “A” or “B” BIOL 310 Genetics must be earned in each of the listed courses. BIOL 317 Ecology Students who qualify will have the notation “Honors in Biology” placed on their tran-

98 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences script. Students must meet all Department BIOL 103/ENVS 103 Environmental Science A “C” grade or better in each prerequisite of Biology requirements for graduation. Semester course; 3 lecture and 1 online recitation course (BIOL 101, BIOZ 101L, BIOL 102, BIOZ 102L, Students should consult with their academic hours. 4 credits. Students are required to participate in BIOL 151, BIOZ 151L, BIOL 152 and BIOZ 152L) the classroom lecture and in the online recitation via advisers to create a program suitable to their is required for enrollment in BIOL 205, 206, 209 high-speed connection. Basic scientific principles of and 217. particular needs and interests. environmental processes. Draws together aspects of biology, chemistry, geology, physics and sociology. BIOL 205 Basic Human Anatomy Among the topics covered are ecology, natural Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. Cooperative Education Program resources, air and water resources, energy and recy- Prerequisites: A “C” grade or better in BIOL 101 and Qualifying students pursuing undergradu- cling, population biology and sustainable global soci- BIOZ 101L or equivalent. Corequisite: BIOZ 205L. ate degrees in biology are eligible for the eties. Not applicable for credit toward the B.S. in biol- Human body structure with emphasis on the skeleto Cooperative Education Program. A full ogy. Not applicable as a prerequisite for any biology muscular aspects, utilizing human specimens and mod- course at the 200 level or above. els as demonstrations. Not applicable for credit toward description of this program appears in the the B.S. in biology. Division of Student Affairs chapter of this BIOZ 103L/ENVZ 103L Environmental Science bulletin. Laboratory BIOZ 205L Basic Human Anatomy Laboratory Semester course; 2 hours. 1 credit. Pre- or corequisite: Semester course; 4 laboratory hours. 2 credits. Pre- or BIOL/ENVS 103. Laboratory exercises correlated with corequisite: BIOL 205. Laboratory stressing human body Courses in biology (BIOL) BIOL/ENVS 103. Not applicable for credit toward the structure with emphasis on the skeleto-muscular B.S. in biology. Not applicable as a prerequisite for any aspects, utilizing the cat for dissection and human The following courses do not apply toward the biology degree. Not applicable as a prerequisite for any specimens and models as demonstrations. Not applica- major in biology: BIOL 101, BIOZ 101L, BIOL 102, biology course at the 200 level or above. ble for credit toward the B.S. in biology. BIOZ 102L, BIOL/ENVS 103, BIOZ/ENVZ 103L, BIOL BIOL 151 Introduction to Biological Science I BIOL 206/PHIS 206 Human Physiology 201, BIOZ 201L, BIOL 205, BIOZ 205L, BIOL/PHIS Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Principles Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. 206, BIOZ/PHIZ 206L, BIOL 209, BIOZ 209L, BIOL of plant biology including cell biology, physiology and Prerequisites: A “C” grade or better in BIOL 101 and 217, BIOL 315 and BIOL 332. evolution of plant diversity on Earth. Designed for biol- BIOZ 101L or equivalent. Functioning of the human ogy majors. BIOL 151 may be taken after BIOL 152. body with emphasis on experimental procedures. Not BIOL 101 Biological Concepts applicable for credit toward the B.S. in biology. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A topical BIOZ 151L Introduction to Biological Science approach to basic biological principles. Topics include Laboratory I BIOZ 206L/PHIZ 206L Human Physiology molecular aspects of cells, bioenergetics, photosynthe- Semester course; 3 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Pre- or Laboratory sis, cellular respiration, cellular and organismal repro- corequisite: BIOL 151. Laboratory investigation of plant Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Pre- or duction, genetics and evolution, and ecology. Not appli- genetics, physiology and evolution, with an emphasis corequisite: BIOL/PHIS 206. Functioning of the human cable for credit toward the B.S. in biology. Both BIOL on formation and testing of hypotheses. Laboratory body with emphasis on experimental procedures. Not 101 and BIOL 109 or 110 may not be offered for degree exercises will elaborate themes discussed in BIOL 151. applicable for credit toward the B.S. in biology. credit. BIOL 152 Introduction to Biological Science II BIOL 209 Medical Microbiology BIOZ 101L Biological Concepts Laboratory Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Principles Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Pre- or of animal biology including genetics, physiology and Prerequisites: A “C” grade or better in BIOL 101 and corequisite: BIOL 101. Laboratory exercise correlated evolution of animal diversity on Earth. Designed for BIOZ 101L or equivalent. General principles of microbi- with BIOL 101. Not applicable for credit toward the biology majors. BIOL 152 may be taken before BIOL ology and immunology to provide a thorough under- B.S. in biology. 151. standing of the host-microbe relationship in disease. Not applicable for credit toward the B.S. in biology. BIOZ 436L Laboratory in Herpetology BIOZ 152L Introduction to Biological Science Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Laboratory II BIOZ 209L Medical Microbiology Laboratory Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L, or Semester course; 3 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Pre- or Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Pre- or equivalent. Pre- or corequisite: BIOL 435. Identification, corequisite: BIOL 152. Laboratory investigation of ani- corequisite: BIOL 209. Techniques to culture, isolate, behavior, structure and ecology of amphibians and rep- mal genetics, physiology and evolution, with an and identify microbes with related topics such as water tiles. Two Saturday field trips are required. emphasis on formation and testing of hypotheses. coliform tests, and antibiotics and disinfectant sensitiv- BIOL 102 Science of Heredity Laboratory exercises will elaborate themes discussed ity testing. Not applicable for credit toward the B.S. in Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Basic sci- in BIOL 152. biology. entific principles of genetics and its impact on individu- BIOL 201 Human Biology BIOL 217 Principles of Nutrition als and society. Draws together principles of biology, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. chemistry, mathematics, ethics and sociology. Topics Prerequisite: BIOL 101 or 103. Fundamentals of human Prerequisites: A “C” grade or better in BIOL 101 and include principles of inheritance, DNA structure and biology, including the structure, function and disorders BIOZ 101L or equivalent. An introduction to basic princi- function, biotechnology and its impact on society, the of human body systems, principles of human genetics ples of nutrition and their application in promoting nature of various genetic disorders, genetic screening and inheritance, human evolution, and the interaction growth and maintaining health throughout the life cycle. and counseling, population genetics and the bioethics of humans with the environment. Not applicable for Not applicable for credit toward the B.S. in biology. of genetic manipulation. Not applicable for credit credit toward the B.S. in biology. toward the B.S. in biology. Not applicable as a prereq- A “C” grade or better in each prerequisite course uisite for any biology course at the 200 level or above. BIOZ 201L Human Biology Laboratory (BIOL 151, BIOZ 151L, BIOL 152, BIOZ 152L or Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Pre- or equivalent) is required for enrollment in all BIOZ 102L Science of Heredity Laboratory corequisite: BIOL 201. Laboratory exercises correlated advanced biology courses (BIOL 218 or higher). Semester course; 2 hours. 1 credit. Pre- or corequisite: with BIOL 201 Human Biology. Exercises emphasize the BIOL 102 (113). Laboratory exercises correlated with structure, function and disorders of human body sys- BIOL 218 Cell Biology BIOL 102. Not applicable for credit toward the B.S. in tems, principles of human genetics and inheritance, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. biology. Not applicable as a prerequisite for any biol- and human evolution and ecology. Not applicable for Prerequisites: A “C” grade or better in BIOL 151, 152 ogy course at the 200 level or above. credit toward the B.S. in biology. and BIOZ 151L, 152L or equivalent; eight credits in chemistry. An introductory study of the molecular

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 99 College of Humanities and Sciences biology of the cell including protein chemistry, genetic equivalent. Pre- or corequisite: BIOL 307. Laboratory equivalent. The natural history of vertebrates with mechanisms and cellular metabolism. and field studies of the biota of aquatic habitats and emphasis on the species native to Virginia. their relationship with the environment. A “C” grade or better in BIOL 218 is required BIOZ 313L Vertebrate Natural History Laboratory for enrollment in all courses for which it is a BIOL 308 Vertebrate Histology Semester course; 3 laboratory hours. 1 credit. prerequisite. Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 4 Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L, or credits. Prerequisite: A “C” grade or better in BIOL 218. equivalent. Pre- or corequisite: BIOL 313. Laboratory BIOL 291 Topics in Biology Microanatomy of vertebrate cells, tissues and organs exercises focusing on the natural history of vertebrates, Semester course; variable credit. A study of a selected and the relationship of structure to function. Laboratory with emphasis on the species native to Virginia. topic in biology. See the Schedule of Classes for spe- work involves an in-depth study of vertebrate cific topic(s) and prerequisites. microanatomy at the light microscope level as well as BIOL 314/FRSC 314 Introduction to Molecular an introduction to techniques used for the preparation Biology BIOL 292 Independent Study of materials for histological study. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; variable credit. Maximum of two Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152, CHEM 102 or equivalent. credits per semester; maximum total credit for all inde- BIOL 309 Entomology The fundamentals, principles, techniques and applica- pendent study courses (BIOL 292 and/or 492) six cred- Semester course; 2 lecture and 6 laboratory hours. 4 tions of cell biology and genetics. Emphasis is on its. Prerequisites: Eight credits in biology and an overall credits. Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, nucleic acids and proteins. Not applicable for credit GPA of 3.0. Determination of the amount of credit and 152L, or equivalent. Field and laboratory work empha- toward the B.S. degree in biology. permission of the instructor and department chair must sized to illustrate insect diversification, diagnostic fea- be obtained prior to registration for the course. tures, habitats and development patterns. A project is BIOL 315/ENVS 314/INTL 314 Man and Designed to allow students to accomplish independent required and some independent work will be necessary. Environment readings of biological literature under the supervision 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 of a staff member. BIOL 310 Genetics and BIOZ 151L, 152L, or equivalent. A comparative Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. study of the ecology and natural history of human pop- BIOL 300 Biotechniques Laboratory Prerequisite: A “C” grade or better in BIOL 218. The ulations, including the environments as determining Semester course; 1 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 2 basic principles of molecular and applied genetics of factors in the evolution of human institutions and tech- credits. Prerequisite: BIOL 218 or equivalent. Basic plants, animals and microorganisms. nology, resources management and population crises; methods used in cellular and molecular biology focus- cultural traditions as mechanisms of population control; ing on laboratory methods and instrumentation, experi- BIOZ 310L Laboratory in Genetics basic theory of population biology. Not applicable for mental design and data collection, analysis and presen- Semester course; 4 laboratory hours. 2 credits. credit toward the B.S. in biology. tation. Exercises may include: DNA and RNA amplifica- Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L, or tion, isolation and analysis; molecular genotyping and equivalent. Prerequisite or corequisite: BIOL 310. BIOL 317 Ecology DNA sequence analysis; DNA cloning; chromatography; Exercises and experiments are designed to demon- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. electrophoresis; immunoassays; spectroscopy; cell and strate the laws of heredity using a variety of prokary- Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L, or tissue culture. otic and eukaryotic organisms. Topics may include equivalent. An introduction to the basic principles of probability and statistics, cell division, particulate ecology, including interactions among organisms and BIOL 301 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy inheritance including X-linked examples, genetic map- influences of the physical environment. Semester course; 3 lecture and 6 laboratory hours. 5 ping, chromatography, isolation and analysis of DNA, credits. Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, population genetics. BIOZ 317L Ecology Laboratory 152L, or equivalent. The evolution of vertebrate forms Semester course; 4 laboratory hours. 2 credits. as demonstrated by anatomical studies of selected ver- BIOL 311 Animal Physiology Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L, or tebrate types. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. equivalent. Pre- or corequisite: BIOL 317. A field-ori- Prerequisite: A “C” grade or better in BIOL 218. ented course that provides experience in ecological BIOL 302 Animal Embryology Physiological principles of animal cells, tissues and research, including experimental design, instrumenta- Semester course; 3 lecture and 4 laboratory hours. 5 organs from the viewpoint of chemical and physical tion, data collection and data analysis. credits. Prerequisite: A “C” grade or better in BIOL 218. phenomena. Basic reproductive and developmental processes during BIOL 320 Biology of the Seed Plant animal embryonic development. Includes program- BIOZ 311L Animal Physiology Laboratory Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 4 ming/packaging in the egg, cell-cell interactions and Semester course; 3 laboratory hours. 1 credit. credits. Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, basic organogenesis. Cellular mechanisms and the role Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L, or 152L, or equivalent. The physiology, structure and of differential gene activity in developmental processes equivalent. Pre- or corequisite: BIOL 311. Experimental adaptation of seed plants. and experimental work using living invertebrate and methods in physiology. vertebrate embryos. BIOL 321 Plant Development BIOL 312 Invertebrate Zoology Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. BIOL 303 Bacteriology Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: A “C” grade or better in BIOL 218. A sur- Semester course; 3 lecture and 4 laboratory hours. 5 Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L, or vey of the developmental changes that take place dur- credits. Prerequisites: A “C” grade or better in each equivalent. A survey of the invertebrate animals with ing the life cycle of lower and higher plants. Emphasis prerequisite course of BIOL 218; eight credits in chem- emphasis on environmental interactions. A weekend is placed on the control factors that are involved in registry. The morphology and physiology of bacteria as trip to a marine environment is required. ulating the ordered changes which take place during applied to their cultivation, identification and signifi- development. cance to other organisms. BIOZ 312L Invertebrate Zoology Laboratory Semester course; 3 laboratory hours. 1 credit. BIOZ 321L Plant Development Laboratory BIOL 307 Aquatic Ecology Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L, or Semester course; 4 laboratory hours. 2 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. equivalent. Pre- or corequisite: BIOL 312. A laboratory Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L, or Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L, or survey of the invertebrate animals, with emphasis on equivalent. Pre- or corequisite: BIOL 321. An experi- equivalent, BIOL 317, CHEM 102 and CHEZ/FRSZ 102L. environment interactions. A weekend trip to a marine mental approach applied to a phylogenetic survey of The physical, chemical and especially the biological environment is required. developmental model systems. Observational and aspects of freshwater ecosystems. experimental protocols will be used to collect data and BIOL 313 Vertebrate Natural History gather information. Problem solving skills will be uti- BIOZ 307L Aquatic Ecology Laboratory Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. lized to analyze and present experimental results. Semester course; 3 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L, or Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L, or

100 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

BIOL 332/ENVS 330 Environmental Pollution BIOL 431 Introduction to Marine Biology a selected topic in biology. See Schedule of Classes for Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. specific topic(s) and prerequisites. Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L, or Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L, or equivalent, and eight credits in biology. The pollution in equivalent; BIOL 317 and CHEM 102 and CHEZ/FRSZ BIOZ 491L Topics in Biology Laboratory the environment with emphasis on the procedures for 102L. An introduction to physical, chemical and geolog- Semester course; variable credit. Prerequisites: BIOL detection and abatement. Not applicable for credit ical oceanography and a more detailed treatment of 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L, or equivalent. toward the B.S. in biology. the organisms and ecological processes involved in the Laboratory investigations in a selected topic of biology. pelagic and benthic environments of the world’s oceans See Schedule of Classes for specific topic(s) and pre- BIOL 391 Topics in Biology and estuaries. requisites. Semester course; variable credit. Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L, or equivalent. A study of BIOL 435 Herpetology BIOL 492 Independent Study a selected topic in biology. See the Schedule of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; variable credit. Maximum of four Classes for specific topic(s) and prerequisites. Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L, or credits per semester; maximum total of six credits for equivalent; BIOL 317 or equivalent. The evolution, ecol- all independent study courses (BIOL 292, 492 and/or BIOL 392 Introduction to Research ogy, structure, taxonomy and behavior of reptiles and 495). Prerequisite: One of the following courses: BIOL Semester course; 2 lecture/demonstration hours. 1 amphibians. 300 Experimental Methods, BIOZ 310L Laboratory in credit. Prerequisites: ENGL 200, STAT 208 or 210, BIOL Genetics or BIOZ 317L Ecology Laboratory, or permis- 151, 152, BIOZ 151L, 152L Introduction to Biological BIOL 438/FRSC 438 Forensic Molecular Biology sion of the chair of the Department of Biology. A pro- Science I and II and Laboratories, BIOL 218 Cell Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. posal acceptable to the supervising faculty member Biology; BIOL 310 Genetics; BIOL 317 Ecology and one Prerequisites: BIOL 310 Genetics or equivalent; CHEM and departmental chair is required. Projects should of the following laboratory experiences: BIOL 300 302 Organic Chemistry II and CHEZ 302L Organic include data collection and analysis, learning field Experimental Methods, BIOZ 310L Genetics Laboratory Chemistry II Laboratory. Provides an understanding of and/or laboratory techniques, and/or mastering experi- or BIOZ 317L Ecology Laboratory as well as junior/sen- various DNA testing methodologies and their applica- mental procedures, all under the direct supervision of a ior status. An introduction to the scientific process, bility to forensic science. Students will learn the skills faculty member. A minimum of three hours of super- including the mechanics of problem definition, informa- necessary to evaluate the applicability of each method vised activity per week per credit hour is required. A tion gathering and experimental design. as it applies to particular case situations. Not applica- final report must be submitted at the completion of the Experimentation is discussed in context with methods ble for credit toward the B.S. degree in biology. project. A minimum of two credits is required for the of data collection and analysis; some basic research course to count as a laboratory experience. Graded as techniques are demonstrated. Aims are to prepare the BIOZ 438L/FRSZ 438L Forensic Molecular Biology pass/fail. student for future research experiences, and to have Laboratory the student write detailed research proposals. Semester course; 3 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Pre- or BIOL 495 Research and Thesis corequisite: BIOL/FRSC 438. Provides comprehensive Semester course; variable credit. Maximum of four BIOL 401 Applied and Environmental coverage of the various types of DNA testing currently credits per semester; maximum total of six credits for Microbiology used in forensic science laboratories. Students will all undergraduate research in biology (BIOL 292, 492, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. have hands-on experience with the analytical equip- 495). Prerequisites: BIOL 392, permission of the super- Prerequisite: A “C” grade or better in BIOL 218. The ment employed in forensic science laboratories. vising faculty member and a research proposal accept- biology and chemical activities of microorganisms (bac- Students also will explore and practice expert witness able to the departmental chair. Activities include field teria, algae, virus and fungi) of industrial, pharmaceuti- testimony in a mock trial setting with crime lab ana- and/or laboratory research under the direct supervision cal and agricultural importance. lysts as the judge and jury. Not applicable for credit of a faculty mentor. A minimum of three hours of toward the B.S. degree in biology. supervised activity per week per credit hour is required. BIOL 415 Aquatic Macrophytes Research projects must include experimental design Semester course; 1 lecture and 5 laboratory hours. 3 BIOL 445 Neurobiology and Behavior and analysis of data. A written thesis of substantial credits. Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 4 quality is required upon completion of the research. A 152L, or equivalent; BIOL 410 or 411. Field and labora- credits. Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, minimum of two credits is required for the course to tory study of vascular plants or aquatic habitats; includ- 152L, or equivalent; BIOL 317 or equivalent. The study count as a laboratory experience. A minimum of four ing collection and identification, and consideration of of animal behavior stressing ecological, evolutionary credits is required for Honors in Biology. the ecology, morphology and economic value of aquatic and neurobiological approaches. macrophytes. BIOL 496 Biology Preceptorship BIOL 455 Immunology Semester course; maximum 4 credits. Prerequisites: BIOL 416 Ornithology Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L, or equivalent. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L, or Open to juniors and seniors who have completed 14 Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L, or equivalent; BIOL 310. A comprehensive introduction to credits of biology (including the relevant core course) equivalent, and eight credits of biology or permission the immune system of higher animals, emphasizing the and have an overall GPA of 3.0 or better. Permission of of instructor. Basic biology of birds, with emphasis on molecular and cellular basis for antibody-medicated instructor and departmental chair required prior to reg- their role in the environment. immunity. istration. Preceptors will conduct review sessions for students enrolled in one of the following biology core BIOZ 416L Ornithology Laboratory BIOL 490 Research Seminar courses: BIOL 218, BIOL 317 or BIOL 310. Preceptorship Semester course; 3 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Semester course; 1 credit. Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 cannot be repeated for the same course for biology Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L, or and BIOZ 151L, 152L, or equivalent. Pre- or corequi- credit. Preceptors will attend all class lectures, prepare equivalent. Pre- or corequisite: BIOL 416. Techniques of sites: BIOL 492 or 495, and senior status. Opportunity course study/review material and lead three hours of identifying, counting and analyzing behavior of birds in for students to develop skills necessary for effective review sessions each week under the guidance of the the field. oral presentation of their research work. Activities faculty adviser. A preproposal and final report are include a variety of seminar discussions and activities required. Graded as pass/fail. BIOL 417 Mammalogy such as preparation of visual materials and statistical Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 4 analysis of data. Students will make several oral pre- Courses at the 500 level listed in this bulletin are credits. Prerequisites: BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, sentations directly related to their specific BIOL 492 or open to qualified seniors and graduate students 152L, or equivalent; 12 credits of biology and permis- 495 projects. only. sion of instructor. Study of the characteristics, adaptive radiation and distribution of mammals, with emphasis BIOL 491 Topics in Biology BIOL 502/MICR 502 Microbial Biotechnology on North American forms. Semester course; variable credit. Prerequisites: BIOL Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Offered: I. 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L, or equivalent. A study of Prerequisites: MICR 504 or equivalent, BIOC 503-504

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 101 College of Humanities and Sciences or equivalent. Open to qualified seniors and graduate structure and functioning of aquatic communities in in aquatic environments, including the basic principles students only. Discussion of the application of basic mountain to coastal streams. and effects of water pollution on aquatic organisms principles to the solution of commercial problems. The and ecosystems, ecotoxicology, waterborne pathogens, course will cover the historical principles in biotransfor- BIOL 516/HGEN 516 Population Genetics invasive species, water pollution monitoring and envi- mations as related to primary and secondary metabo- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Offered: II. ronmental laws. lism, as well as recombinant DNA technology and mon- Genetic and ecological factors affecting normal and oclonal antibodies and products resulting from the abnormal variation within and between populations of BIOL 540 Fundamentals of Molecular Genetics application of recombinant DNA technology. organisms. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: BIOL 310 or consent of instructor. The BIOL 503 Fish Biology BIOL 518 Plant Ecology basic principles and methodologies of molecular biol- Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 4 Semester course; 3 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. One ogy and genetics are applied to genome organization, credits. Prerequisite: BIOL 317 or equivalent. Open to three-day field trip is required. 4 credits. Prerequisite: replication, expression, regulation, mutation and reor- qualified seniors and graduate students only. BIOL 317. Open to qualified seniors and graduate stu- ganization. Emphasis will be placed on a broad intro- Classification, behavior, physiology and ecology of dents only. A lecture, field and laboratory course conduction to and integration of important topics in fishes. Laboratories will emphasize field collection of cerned with the development, succession and dynam- prokaryotic and eukaryotic systems. fish and identification of specimens. ics of plant communities and their interrelations with climate, soil, biotic and historic factors. BIOL 565 Advances in Cell Signaling BIOL 504 Comparative Animal Physiology Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture and 4 laboratory hours. 4 BIOL 520 Population Ecology Prerequisite: BIOL 218 or equivalent. Topical course credits. Prerequisites: BIOL 218 and CHEM 301-302 and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. focusing on advances in cellular communication by CHEZ 301L, 302L. Open to qualified seniors and gradu- Prerequisites: BIOL 310 and BIOL 317 or permission of cytokines, hormones and neurotransmitters. Each ate students only. Comparative physiology of animals instructor. Open to qualified seniors and graduate stu- semester, the course focuses on a different topic. Past with a molecular emphasis. dents only. Theoretical and empirical analysis of topics have included cancer biology, allergy and processes that occur within natural populations, includ- asthma, and autoimmunity. BIOL 507 Aquatic Microbiology ing population genetics, population growth and fluctua- Semester course; 2 lecture and 4 laboratory hours. 4 tion, demography, evolution of life history strategies BIOL 580 Eukaryotic Biotechnology credits. Prerequisites: BIOL 303 and 307 or equivalents. and interspecific interactions. Quantitative models will Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Open to qualified seniors and graduate students only. be used extensively to explore ecological concepts. Prerequisites: BIOL 310 and BIOZ 310L, or graduate This course will involve a practical approach to the standing in biology or related fields. Open to qualified methods used to culture, identify and enumerate spe- BIOL 521 Community Ecology seniors and graduate students only. Discussion of prin- cific microorganisms that affect the cycling of elements Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ciples, concepts, techniques, applications and current in aquatic systems and those that affect or indicate Prerequisites: BIOL 317 or equivalent. Open to qualified advances in cellular and molecular biology aspects of water quality. seniors and graduate students only. Theoretical and biotechnology for animal and plant cells. The course empirical analysis of the structure and function of natu- will cover molecular construction of foreign genes; BIOL 508 Barrier Island Ecology ral communities, ecosystems and landscapes. DNA cloning; technologies for DNA, RNA and protein Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. analyses; nonvector and vector-mediated genetic trans- Prerequisite: BIOL 317 or equivalent, or permission of BIOL 522 Evolution and Speciation formation; gene regulation in transgenic cells; cell and instructor. A study of the physical factors affecting the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. tissue culture; cell fusion; and agricultural, medical and formation of barrier islands, adaptations of plants and Prerequisite: BIOL 310 or equivalent. Open to qualified other industrial applications. animals for colonization and persistence in these harsh seniors and graduate students only. Evolutionary princi- environments, and how coastal ecological processes ples, with emphasis on genetic and environmental fac- BIOL 585 Virology conform to general ecological theory. Examples and tors leading to changes in large and small populations Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. problems pertaining to Virginia and the southeastern of plants and animals, and the mechanisms responsible Prerequisites: 16 credits in biology; a “C” grade or bet- United States are emphasized. for speciation. ter in BIOL 218 or equivalent; eight credits in chemistry. Open to qualified seniors and graduate students only. A BIOL 510 Conservation Biology BIOL 524 Endocrinology comprehensive introduction to virology encompassing Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. viruses of vertebrates, invertebrates, plants and bacte- Prerequisites: BIOL 310 and BIOL 317 (or equivalents) Prerequisites: BIOL 218 and CHEM 301-302 and CHEZ ria. Topics include physical and chemical characteriza- or permission of instructor. Open to qualified seniors 301L, 302L or equivalent. Open to qualified seniors and tion, classification, detection, replication, genetics, dis- and graduate students only. Explores the accelerated graduate students only. Hormonal control systems at eases, immunology, epidemiology and interactions of loss of species due to increasing human population the organ, tissue and cellular level. Although the major neuromotor disorders of infants and children. Critically pressure and the biological, social and legal processes emphasis will be on vertebrate endocrine systems, surveys current theory and practice in neuromotor ther- involved in conserving biodiversity. some discussion of invertebrate and plant control sys- apeutics for children and adults. tems will be covered. BIOL 512 Plant Diversity and Evolution BIOL 591 Special Topics in Biology Semester course; 3 lecture and 4 laboratory hours. 4 BIOL 530/HGEN 501 Human Genetics Semester course; 1-4 credits. An in-depth study of a credits. Prerequisites: BIOL 218 and 310 or equivalents, Semester course; 3 credits. Offered: I. Prerequisites: selected topic in biology See the Schedule of Classes or permission of instructor. Taxonomy, diversity and BIOL 310 and CHEM 301-302 and CHEZ 301L, 302L or for specific topic(s) and prerequisites. If several topics evolutionary history of vascular plants (including ferns, equivalents. Open to qualified seniors and graduate are offered, students may elect to take more than one. gymnosperms and flowering plants). Lecture emphasis students only. Emphasizes a broad approach, at an on evolutionary relationships; laboratory emphasis on advanced level, to human genetics. Explores topics plant recognition and identification, especially of the including cytogenetics, pedigree analysis, gene map- Department of Chemistry Virginia flora, including some field trips to areas of ping, aneuploid syndromes, inborn error of metabolism, local botanical interest. neonatal screening, cancer, genetic engineering, behavior and intelligence, prenatal diagnosis and genetic Fred M. Hawkridge BIOL 514 Stream Ecology counseling. Professor and Department Chair (1976) Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 4 B.S. 1966 University of Georgia credits. Prerequisite: BIOL 317. Open to qualified sen- BIOL 532 Water Pollution Biology Ph.D. 1971 University of Kentucky iors and graduate students only. A study of the ecology Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. of streams and rivers. Laboratory emphasis is on the Prerequisites: BIOL 317 or equivalent and one year of general chemistry. A study of various forms of pollution

102 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

Sally S. Hunnicutt Ottenbrite, Raphael M. (1967) Professor of courses, this degree can be certified as Associate Professor and Assistant B.S. 1958 Assumption University meeting the requirements of the American Department Chair (1998) M.S. 1960 Assumption University Chemical Society. A.B. 1983 Duke University Ph.D. 1967 University of Windsor The Biochemistry concentration focuses M.S. 1986 University of Utah Shillady, Donald D. (1970) Professor on the biological aspects of chemistry, Ph.D. 1990 University of Cincinnati B.S. 1962 Drexel University including molecular genetics and molecular M.S. 1965 Princeton University biotechnology. This degree is another Suzanne M. Ruder Ph.D. 1970 University of Virginia option for students planning to study medi- Associate Professor and Graduate Coordinator Winters, Lawrence J., Professor Emeritus cine or dentistry. A.B. 1953 Washington University, St. Louis (1988) The Chemical Modeling concentration B.A. 1982 College of St. Benedict Ph.D. 1959 University of Kansas emphasizes areas of overlap between chem- Ph.D. 1986 Washington State University istry and the mathematical sciences and com- The curriculum in chemistry prepares puter science. Students in this concentration Crawley, Charlene D. (1995) Assistant Professor students for graduate study in chemistry will focus on learning the chemistry and B.S. 1978 Virginia Commonwealth University and related fields and for admission to computer technology for modeling the struc- M.S. 1981 Virginia Commonwealth University schools of medicine, dentistry and veteri- ture, properties and reactivity of molecules. Ph.D. 1986 University of Delaware nary medicine. It also prepares students to El-Shall, M. Samy (1989) Professor teach in secondary schools, or to work in B.S. 1976 Cairo University chemical and industrial laboratories and in Pre-professional study for the M.S. 1980 Cairo University related fields of business and industry. The health sciences Ph.D. 1985 Georgetown University department also offers required and elective Farrell, Nicholas P. (1993) Professor With proper selection of electives, the courses in chemistry to students in other B.S. 1969 University College, Dublin B.S. degree in chemistry satisfies admission programs of study. Ph.D. 1973 University of Sussex requirements to most schools of medicine, The Department of Chemistry offers five Fenn, John B. (1994) Research Professor dentistry and veterinary medicine. B.A. 1937 Berea College areas of concentration for completing the Ph.D. 1940 Yale University bachelor of science program in chemistry Kuciavskas, Darius (2000) Assistant Professor — the Chemical Science concentration, Extended Teacher Preparation B.S. 1993 Vilnius University, Lithuania the Professional Chemist concentration, Program the Professional Chemist with Honors con- Ph.D. 1999 Arizona State University Chemistry majors in any concentration Qu, Yun (1993) Research Assistant Professor centration, the Biochemistry concentration and the Chemical Modeling concentration. interested in teaching careers in elemen- M.S. 1982 Nanjing University tary, secondary or special education may Ph.D. 1986 Nanjing University The Chemical Science concentration is enroll in an extended program that leads to Rutan, Sarah C. (1984) Professor tailored for the pre-professional study of the the simultaneous awarding of the bachelor’s B.S. 1980 Bates College health sciences and other interdisciplinary M.S. 1983 Washington State University areas where an emphasis on chemistry is degree in chemistry and a master’s degree in Ph.D. 1984 Washington State University sought. This concentration for the bache- teaching. For detailed information, refer to Sneden, Albert T. (1977) Professor and Senior lor’s degree in chemistry permits students to the School of Education chapter in this Associate Dean, College of Humanities and select more courses from other disciplines. bulletin. Sciences With fewer requirements in mathematics, B.S. 1968 Carnegie Mellon University physics and chemistry, this concentration is Master of science and doctoral Ph.D. 1975 Brandeis University one option for students planning to study programs in chemistry Terner, James (1981) Professor medicine or dentistry. B.A. 1973 Brandeis University The Professional Chemist concentration For more information about these Ph.D. 1979 University of California, Los Angeles requires a greater number of chemistry programs, refer to the Graduate and Topich, Joseph (1976) Associate Professor and General courses, and is designed for students whose Professional Programs Bulletin. Chemistry Coordinator B.A. Columbia University future studies or career plans involve chem- Ph.D. 1974 Case Western Reserve University istry as a central theme. With the proper Cooperative Education Program Vallarino, Lidia M. (1980) Professor combination of courses, this degree can be The Cooperative Education Program is Ph.D. 1954 University of Milano, Italy certified as meeting the requirements of the available to qualifying students pursuing Watton, Stephen P. (1997) Assistant Professor American Chemical Society. undergraduate degrees in chemistry. A full Professional Chemist with Honors B.S. 1985 King’s College, London The description of this program appears in the Ph.D. 1991 Northwestern University concentration is an intensive, research- Division of Student Affairs chapter of this Zhou, Qibing (2002) Assistant Professor based option for students interested in bulletin. B.S. 1992 Tongji University developing a research focus. This option M.S. 1995 Indiana State University requires a 3.0 GPA in chemistry to be Ph.D. 1999 University of Arkansas maintained after completing eight credits of Degree requirements – bachelor of chemistry courses. As part of the require- science in chemistry Emeriti faculty ment for completing this concentration, an The required courses and their recom- Bass, R. Gerald, Professor Emeritus honors thesis is written, and the work is mended sequences are given for each of the B.S. 1954 Virginia Tech presented as a seminar in the Department main degree concentrations (Chemical Ph.D. 1961 University of Virginia of Chemistry. With the proper combination Science, Professional Chemist, Professional

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 103 College of Humanities and Sciences

Chemist with Honors, Biochemistry and Professional Chemist (49 credits in chemistry and 21 statistics general education requirements by taking Chemical Modeling). credits of collateral requirements) the required chemistry classes. A grade of “C” or higher is required in each prerequisite course: CHEM 100 (if Freshman year Professional Chemist with Honors (49 credits and 21 required through placement test), CHEM CHEM 101 and CHEZ/FRSZ 101L General Chemistry I* and credits of collateral requirements) Laboratory 101, CHEM 102, CHEM 301 and CHEM 102 and CHEZ/FRSZ 102L General Chemistry II and Freshman year CHEM 302. Laboratory CHEM 101 and CHEZ/FRSZ 101L General Chemistry I* and MATH 200 Calculus with Analytical Geometry** Laboratory Chemical Science (37 credits in chemistry and 16 MATH 201 Analytical Geometry CHEM 102 and CHEZ/FRSZ 102L General Chemistry II and to 18 credits of collateral requirements) Laboratory Sophomore year MATH 200 Calculus with Analytical Geometry** Freshman year CHEM 309 and CHEZ 309L Quantitative Analysis and MATH 201 Analytical Geometry CHEM 101* and CHEZ/FRSZ 101L General Chemistry I and Laboratory Laboratory CHEM 301 and CHEZ 301L Organic Chemistry I and Sophomore year CHEM 102 and CHEZ/FRSZ 102L General Chemistry II and Laboratory CHEM 309 and CHEZ 309L Quantitative Analysis and Laboratory CHEM 302 and CHEZ 302L Organic Chemistry II and Laboratory MATH 200** Calculus with Analytical Geometry Laboratory CHEM 301 and CHEZ 301L Organic Chemistry I and MATH 201 Analytical Geometry PHYS 207 University Physics I Laboratory PHYS 208 University Physics II CHEM 302 and CHEZ 302L Organic Chemistry II and Sophomore year MATH 307 Multivariate Calculus*** Laboratory CHEM 309 and CHEZ 309L Quantitative Analysis and PHYS 207 University Physics I Laboratory Junior year PHYS 208 University Physics II CHEM 301 and CHEZ 301L Organic Chemistry I and CHEM 303 and CHEZ 303L Physical Chemistry I and MATH 307 Multivariate Calculus*** Laboratory Laboratory CHEM 302 and CHEZ 302L Organic Chemistry II and CHEM 304 and CHEZ 304L Physical Chemistry II and Junior year Laboratory Laboratory CHEM 303 and CHEZ 303L Physical Chemistry I and PHYS 207 or 201 University Physics I or General Physics I CHEM 320 Inorganic Chemistry I Laboratory PHYS 208 or 202 University Physics II or General Physics II CHEM 398 Professional Practices and Perspectives CHEM 304 and CHEZ 304L Physical Chemistry II and Laboratory Junior year Junior/senior year CHEM 320 Inorganic Chemistry I CHEM 303 and CHEZ 303L Physical Chemistry I and Approved chemistry electives; 13 credit minimum CHEM 398 Professional Practices and Perspectives Laboratory including at least two credits of laboratory selected CHEM 492 Independent Study (at least two credits) CHEM 304 Physical Chemistry II from the following courses or any CHEM 500-level class Approved elective (three credit minimum selected from the CHEM 320 Inorganic Chemistry I for which the prerequisites have been met: following list): CHEM 398 Professional Practices and Perspectives CHEM 401 Synthetic and Qualitative Organic CHEM 406 and CHEZ 406L Inorganic Chemistry II and Chemistry Junior/senior year Laboratory*** CHEM/BIOC 403 Biochemistry I Approved chemistry electives (three credits minimum) CHEM 409 and CHEZ 409L Instrumental Analysis and CHEM/BIOC 404 Biochemistry II selected from the following courses or any CHEM 500 level Laboratory*** CHEM/MEDC 310 Medicinal Chemistry and Drug class for which prerequisites have been met: CHEM 401 Synthetic and Qualitative Organic Chemistry Design CHEM/BIOC 403 Biochemistry I CHEM/EGRC 306 Industrial Applications of Inorganic CHEZ 304L Physical Chemistry II Laboratory CHEM/BIOC 404 Biochemistry II Chemistry CHEM 401 Synthetic and Qualitative Organic Chemistry CHEM 492 Independent Study CHEM/BIOC 403 or 404 Biochemistry I or II CHEM 493 Chemistry Internship Senior year CHEM 406 and CHEZ 406L Inorganic Chemistry II and CHEM 510 Atomic and Molecular Structure CHEM 492 Independent Study (minimum of four credits) Laboratory CHEM/MEDC 310 Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Design CHEM 498 Honors Thesis (minimum of one credit) CHEM 409 and CHEZ 409L Instrumental Analysis and CHEM/EGRC 306 Industrial Applications of Inorganic Approved elective (three credit minimum) selected from Laboratory Chemistry the following list: CHEM 492 Independent Study CHEM 401 Synthetic and Qualitative Organic Chemistry CHEM 493 Chemistry Internship * All students must take the Chemistry Placement Test CHEM/BIOC 403 Biochemistry I CHEM 510 Atomic and Molecular Structure to determine their readiness for CHEM 101. CHEM CHEM/BIOC 404 Biochemistry II CHEM/MEDC 310 Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Design 100 is offered for students who need further prepa- CHEM/MEDC 310 Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Design CHEM/EGRC 306 Industrial Applications of Inorganic ration, and does not count toward the 49 credits CHEM/EGRC 306 Industrial Applications of Inorganic Chemistry needed for the chemistry degree. Chemistry ** In preparation for MATH 200, all students must take CHEM 406 and CHEZ 406L Inorganic Chemistry II and * All students must take the Chemistry Placement Test to the Mathematics Placement Test. Depending on the Laboratory*** determine their readiness for CHEM 101. CHEM 100 is results, a student may be placed in the MATH 151 CHEM 409 and CHEZ 409L Instrumental Analysis and offered for students who need further preparation, and Precalculus Mathematics prior to enrolling in MATH Laboratory*** does not count toward the 37 credits needed for the 200. CHEM 493 Chemistry Internship Chemistry degree. *** Both of these courses are required to satisfy the CHEM 510 Atomic and Molecular Structure ** In preparation for MATH 200, all students must take the requirements for the American Chemical Society Mathematics Placement Test. Depending on the results, certification of the Professional Chemist concentra- * All students must take the Chemistry Placement Test a student may be placed in the MATH 151 Precalculus tion. MATH 307 also is required for the American to determine their readiness for CHEM 101. CHEM Mathematics prior to enrolling in MATH 200. STAT 210 Chemical Society certification. Chemistry majors in 100 is offered for students who need further prepa- or 212 is required to meet the general education the Professional Chemist concentration meet their ration, and does not count toward the 49 credits requirement in statistics. needed for the chemistry degree.

104 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

** In preparation for MATH 200, all students must take Mathematics prior to enrolling in MATH 200. STAT 210 course requirements and complete a mini- the Mathematics Placement Test. Depending on the or 212 is required to meet the general education mum of nine credits of VCU chemistry results, a student may be placed in the MATH 151 requirement in statistics. courses at the 300, 400 or 500 level of which Precalculus Mathematics prior to enrolling in no more than three credits may be CHEM MATH 200. Chemical Modeling (44 credits in chemistry and 492 or CHEM 493. This restriction applies *** Both of these courses are required to satisfy the related major courses and 27 credits of collateral requirements for the American Chemical Society requirements) to all chemistry degree concentrations. certification of the Professional Chemist concentration. MATH 307 also is required for the American Freshman year Minor in chemistry Chemical Society certification. Chemistry majors in CHEM 101 and CHEZ/FRSZ 101L General Chemistry I* and the Professional Chemist concentration meet their Laboratory The minor in chemistry requires the fol- statistics general education requirements by taking CHEM 102 and CHEZ/FRSZ 102L General Chemistry II and lowing courses: CHEM 101-102 and the required chemistry classes. Laboratory CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L General MATH 200 Calculus with Analytical Geometry** Chemistry and Laboratories; CHEM 301- Biochemistry (43 credits in chemistry and related MATH 201 Calculus with Analytical Geometry 302 and CHEZ 301L, 302L Organic courses and 27-29 credits of collateral requirements) One course in programming language selected from: Chemistry and Laboratories; and either CMSC 245 Introduction to Programming Using C++ CHEM 309 and CHEZ 309L Qualitative Freshman year CMSC 255 Introduction to Programming Analysis and Laboratory or CHEM 303 CHEM 101 and CHEZ/FRSZ 101L General Chemistry I* and Laboratory Sophomore year Physical Chemistry. All 300-level chemistry CHEM 102 and CHEZ/FRSZ 102L General Chemistry II and CHEM 301 and CHEZ 301L Organic Chemistry I and courses must be taken at VCU. Consult Laboratory Laboratory course descriptions for prerequisites in MATH 200 Calculus with Analytical Geometry** CHEM 302 and CHEZ 302L Organic Chemistry II and mathematics and physics. MATH 201 Calculus with Analytical Geometry Laboratory BIOL 151 and BIOZ 151L Introduction to Biological CHEM 309 and CHEZ 309L Quantitative Analysis and Sciences I and Laboratory Laboratory Courses in chemistry (CHEM) BIOL 152 and BIOZ 152L Introduction to Biological PHYS 207 University Physics I Sciences II and Laboratory PHYS 208 University Physics II A grade of “C” or higher is required in each pre- MATH 310 or 302 Linear Algebra or Numerical Calculus requisite course: CHEM 100 (if required through Sophomore year MATH 307 Multivariate Calculus placement test), CHEM 101, CHEM 102, CHEM 301 CHEM 309 and CHEZ 309L Quantitative Analysis and and CHEM 302. Laboratory Junior year In chemistry laboratories each student is CHEM 301 and CHEZ 301L Organic Chemistry I and CHEM 303 and CHEZ 303L Physical Chemistry I and charged for breakage incurred. Approved safety Laboratory Laboratory glasses are required. Failure to check out of lab- CHEM 302 and CHEZ 302L Organic Chemistry II and CHEM 304 and CHEZ 304L Physical Chemistry II and oratory, upon withdrawal or for other reasons, Laboratory Laboratory will incur a charge, billed from the Student PHYS 207 or 201 University Physics I or General Physics I CHEM 320 Inorganic Chemistry I Accounting Department. PHYS 208 or 202 University Physics II or General Physics II CHEM/MEDC 310 Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Design BIOL 218 or 314 Cell Biology or Introduction to Molecular CHEM 398 Professional Practices and Perspectives CHEM 100 Introductory Chemistry Biology Approved elective (three credit minimum) selected from: Semester course; 3 lecture and 1 problem session hour. STAT 321 Introduction to Statistical Computing 3 credits. Prerequisite: Students must be eligible to Junior year (note: prerequisite is STAT 212 and MATH 211.) take MATH 131 or higher. A course in the elementary CHEM 303 and CHEZ 303L Physical Chemistry I and MATH 301 Differential Equations principles of chemistry for individuals who do not meet Laboratory MATH 327 Mathematical Modeling the criteria for enrollment in CHEM 101; required for all CHEM 304 Physical Chemistry II CHEM 492 Independent Study (computational chemistry students without a high school chemistry background CHEM 320 Inorganic Chemistry I project) who need to take CHEM 101-102. These credits may CHEM 398 Professional Practices and Perspectives not be used to satisfy any chemistry course require- Senior year ments in the College of Humanities and Sciences. Junior/senior year CHEM 510 Atomic and Molecular Structure CHEM 101-102 General Chemistry CHEM/BIOC 403 Biochemistry I MEDC 541 Introduction to Molecular Modeling Continuous course; 3 lecture and 1 recitation hour. 3-3 CHEM/BIOC 404 Biochemistry II credits. Prerequisite: CHEM 100 with a grade of “C” or Approved elective (three credit minimum) selected from: * All students must take the Chemistry Placement Test to higher, or a satisfactory score on the Chemistry BIOL 310 Genetics (note: prerequisite is BIOL 218) determine their readiness for CHEM 101. CHEM 100 is Placement Test. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 151. CHEM/MEDC 310 Medicinal Chemistry and Drug offered for students who need further preparation, and Prerequisite for CHEM 102: CHEM 101 with a grade of Design does not count toward the 42 credits needed for the “C” or higher. Fundamental principles and theories of CHEM 406 Inorganic Chemistry II Chemistry degree. chemistry, including qualitative analysis. CHEM 409 and CHEZ 409L Instrumental Analysis and ** In preparation for MATH 200, all students must take the Laboratory Mathematics Placement Test. Depending on the results, CHEZ 101L/FRSZ 101L General Chemistry CHEM 492 Independent Study a student may be placed in the MATH 151 Precalculus Laboratory I Mathematics prior to enrolling in MATH 200. STAT 210 Semester course; 1 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 1 * All students must take the Chemistry Placement Test to or 212 is required to meet the general education credit. Pre- or corequisite: CHEM 101. Experimental determine their readiness for CHEM 101. CHEM 100 is requirement in statistics. work correlated with CHEM 101 with selected forensic offered for students who need further preparation, and science applications. Each student is charged for break- does not count toward the 40 credits needed for the age incurred. Approved safety glasses are required. Chemistry degree. Transfer students Failure to check out of laboratory, upon withdrawal or ** In preparation for MATH 200, all students must take the for other reasons, will incur a charge billed from the Mathematics Placement Test. Depending on the results, Transfer students intending to major in Student Accounting Department. a student may be placed in the MATH 151 Precalculus chemistry must satisfy all chemistry major

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 105 College of Humanities and Sciences

CHEZ 102L/FRSZ 102L General Chemistry withdrawal or for other reasons, will incur a charge niques and treatment of multiple equilibria in aqueous Laboratory II billed from the Student Accounting Department. solutions. Semester course; 1 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Prerequisite: CHEZ/FRSZ 101L. Pre- or corequi- CHEM 303 Physical Chemistry CHEZ 309L Quantitative Analysis Laboratory site: CHEM 102. Experimental work includes qualitative Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 laboratory and 1 lecture hours. 1 analysis with selected forensic science applications. Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102, CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L, credit. Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102 and CHEZ/FRSZ Each student is charged for breakage incurred. PHYS 201-202 or PHYS 207, PHYS 208 and MATH 200- 101L, 102L. Pre- or corequisite: CHEM 309. Laboratory Approved safety glasses are required. Failure to check 201. Ideal and nonideal gases, thermodynamics, free associated with quantitative analysis. Includes practice out of laboratory, upon withdrawal or for other reasons, energy and chemical equilibrium. in volumetric and instrumental laboratory techniques as will incur a charge billed from the Student Accounting applied to measurement sciences. Department. CHEZ 303L Physical Chemistry Laboratory I Semester course; 4 laboratory hours. 2 credits. CHEM 310/MEDC 310 Medicinal Chemistry and CHEM 110 Chemistry and Society Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102, CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L. Drug Design Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The basic Pre- or corequisites: CHEM 303, 309 and CHEZ 309L. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. principles of chemistry are presented through the use This course covers experiments in calorimetry, molecu- Prerequisite: One year of organic chemistry. This course of decision-making activities related to real-world soci- lar and thermodynamic properties of gases and liquids, is designed to expose undergraduate chemistry, biology etal issues. Not applicable for credit toward the B.S. surfaces, electrochemistry, equilibria, polymers, phase and pre-medicine majors to the history, theory and degree in chemistry. diagrams, and biophysical chemistry. Extensive report practice of medicinal chemistry. The course will writing, laboratory notebook writing and statistical emphasize a combination of fundamentals and applica- CHEZ 110L Chemistry and Society Laboratory analysis of data are emphasized. A final project may be tions of drug design. In particular, the molecular Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Pre- or required. aspects of drug action will be discussed. Special corequisite: CHEM 110. Experimental work correlated emphasis will also be placed on the methods used by with CHEM 110. Not applicable for credit toward the CHEM 304 Physical Chemistry medicinal chemists to design new drugs. B.S. degree in chemistry. Each student is charged for Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. breakage incurred. Approved safety glasses are Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102, CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L CHEM 320 Inorganic Chemistry I required. Failure to check out of laboratory, upon with- and CHEM 303. Kinetics, solution thermodynamics, het- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. drawal or for other reasons, will incur a charge billed erogeneous equilibria, electrochemistry and introduc- Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102, CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L, from the Student Accounting Department. tory biophysical chemistry. CHEM 301-302, and CHEZ 301L, 302L. Pre- or corequisites: CHEM 309 and CHEZ 309L. A systematic, unified CHEM 112 Chemistry in the News CHEZ 304L Physical Chemistry Laboratory II study of the structures, properties, reactions and practi- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The basic Semester course; 4 laboratory hours. 2 credits. cal applications of inorganic compounds. principles of chemistry are used to interpret newspaper Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102, CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L, and magazine articles of current interest relating to CHEM 303, CHEM 309 and CHEZ 309L. Pre- or corequi- CHEM 322/EGRC 322 Organic Chemistry II for chemistry in manufacturing, the global environment site: CHEM 304. This course covers experiments in Chemical Engineers and medicine. Not applicable for credit toward the B.S. absorption and emission spectroscopy, infrared and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Required degree in chemistry. Raman spectroscopy, NMR spectroscopy, kinetics, pho- course. Prerequisite: CHEM 301 or equivalent. tochemistry, biophysical chemistry and modeling. Introduction to industrial organic chemistry with CHEM 122/ENGR 122 Materials Chemistry II Report writing, laboratory notebook writing and statis- emphasis on chemical feedstocks and petrochemicals, Semester course; 2 lecture and 1 recitation hours. 3 tical analysis of data are emphasized. A final project monomers and polymers, biotechnology and fermenta- credits. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 201. Defects in may be required. tion, and fine chemicals and pharmaceuticals. Ideas solids and their role in dictating mechanical and electri- from chemical process design and economics are intro- cal properties; glasses; phase diagrams; time-tempera- CHEM 305 Physical Chemistry for the Life duced through selected case studies. ture-transformation diagrams; classes of materials Sciences (metals, ceramics, polymers and semiconductors); tech- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. CHEM 391 Topics in Chemistry nology of materials systems. Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102, CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L, Semester course; variable credit. Maximum of four CHEM 301-302, CHEM 309 and MATH 200. Concepts credits per semester; maximum total of six credits for CHEM 301-302 Organic Chemistry and principles of physical chemistry as related to the all chemistry topics courses may be applied to the Continuous course; 3 lecture hours. 3-3 credits. life sciences, forensic science and the B.S in science major. Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102 and CHEZ/FRSZ Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102 and CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, programs. Major topics include thermodynamics of pro- 101L, 102L. A study of a selected topic in chemistry. 102L; and for CHEM 302, a “C” grade or higher in teins and nucleic acids, enzyme kinetics and spectro- See Schedule of Classes for specific topics to be CHEM 301. A comprehensive survey of aliphatic and scopic techniques useful in biophysical research such offered and prerequisites. aromatic compounds with emphasis on their structure, as circular dichroism, nuclear magnetic resonance and properties, reactions, reaction mechanisms and stereo- magnetic resonance imaging. CHEM 398 Professional Practices and chemistry. Perspectives Seminar CHEM 306/EGRC 306 Industrial Applications of Seminar course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Prerequisites: CHEZ 302L Organic Chemistry Laboratory II Inorganic Chemistry Completion of 18 credits in chemistry. Seminar course Continuous course; 4 laboratory hours. 2 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. for students considering careers in chemistry-related Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102, CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L Prerequisites: CHEM 302 and CHEZ 302L. Chemical fields covering topics such as scientific professionalism and 301L. Pre- or corequisite: CHEM 302. Experimental engineering students: EGRC 201, EGRC 205 or permis- and ethics, and using chemical literature. work correlated with CHEM 302. Each student is sion of the instructor. A study and analysis of the most charged for breakage incurred. Approved safety glasses important industrial applications of inorganic chemistry, CHEM 401 Methods of Organic Synthesis are required. Failure to check out of laboratory, upon with emphasis on structure/properties correlation, Semester course; 2 lecture and 6 laboratory hours. 4 withdrawal or for other reasons, will incur a charge materials and energy balance, availability and logistics credits. Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102, CHEZ/FRSZ billed from the Student Accounting Department. of starting materials, economic impact and environ- 101L, 102L, CHEM 301-302 and CHEZ/FRSZ 301L, 302L. mental effects. Theory and laboratory practice of multistep organic CHEZ 301L Organic Chemistry Laboratory I syntheses. Spectroscopic analysis of organic com- Semester course; 4 laboratory hours. 2 credits. CHEM 309 Quantitative Analysis pounds with emphasis on 1H and 13C NMR and mass Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102 and CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. spectroscopy. 102L. Pre- or corequisite: CHEM 301. Experimental Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102, CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L work correlated with CHEM 301. Each student is and MATH 151, or equivalent. Theory and practice of CHEM 403/BIOC 403 Biochemistry charged for breakage incurred. Approved safety glasses gravimetric, volumetric and instrumental analysis tech- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. are required. Failure to check out of laboratory, upon Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102, CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L

106 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences and CHEM 301-302, or equivalents with permission of search and laboratory experimentation. Written Thomas DeHaven instructor. A presentation of structural biochemistry, progress and final reports will be required. Professor and Director of Creative Writing (1990) enzymology, biophysical techniques, bioenergetics and B.A. 1971 Rutgers University an introduction to intermediary metabolism. CHEM 493 Chemistry Internship Semester course; variable credit. Maximum of three M.F.A. 1973 Bowling Green State University CHEM 404/BIOC 404 Advanced Topics in credits; one credit will be given for each 150 hours Biochemistry (approximately one month) of part-time or full-time Bassard, Katherine C. (1999) Associate Professor Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. chemical work experience. Prerequisites: CHEM 101- B.A. 1981 Wake Forest University Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102, CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L 102 and CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L. Open to students who M.A. 1986 Virginia Commonwealth University and CHEM 301-302, and CHEM/BIOC 403, or equiva- have completed 24 credits in chemistry. Permission of Ph.D. 1992 Rutgers University lents with permission of instructor. Presentations of adviser and department chair must be obtained prior to Berry, Boyd M. (1974) Associate Professor cellular, molecular and structural aspects of biochem- registration for the course. Acquisition of chemistry B.A. 1961 Harvard College laboratory experience through involvement in a profes- istry. Selected topics of biomedical research. M.A. 1962 University of Michigan sional chemistry setting. Written progress and final CHEM 406 Inorganic ChemistryII reports will be required. Ph.D. 1966 University of Michigan Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Brinegar, John (1999) Instructor Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102, CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L, CHEM 498 Honors Thesis B.A. 1992 University of Oregon CHEM 301-302, CHEZ 301L, 302L, CHEM 303-304, Semester course; 1 credit. Prerequisites: Completion of M.A. 1994 University of North Carolina CHEZ 303L, 304L, CHEM 309, CHEZ 309L and CHEM 29 credits in chemistry, including CHEM 398 and at Browder, Laura (1994) Assistant Professor 320. An advanced study of inorganic chemistry, includ- least six credits of CHEM 492. Students submit to the B.A. 1982 Brown University ing inorganic spectroscopy, organometallic compounds Department of Chemistry a thesis based on their inde- M.A. 1985 Boston University and catalysis, and bioinorganic systems. pendent study research. Students also present their Ph.D. 1993 Brandeis University results to the department as a research seminar. CHEZ 406L Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory Caudle, Angier B. (2000) Instructor Semester course; 1 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 2 CHEM 510 Atomic and Molecular Structure B.A. Mary Baldwin College credits. Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102 and CHEZ/FRSZ Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. M.F.A. Virginia Commonwealth University 101L, 102L. Pre- or corequisite: CHEM 406. Prerequisites: MATH 301 and PHYS 208. Survey of the Comba, Gretchen C. (2001) Instructor Examination of inorganic nonmetal, transition metal pertinent aspects of quantum mechanics. Line spectra, B.A. Florida State University and organometallic compounds using modern inorganic atomic structure and molecular bonding. M.F.A. University of North Carolina – Greensboro methods of synthesis and characterization. Each stu- M.A. Virginia Commonwealth University dent is charged for breakage incurred. Approved safety Coppedge, Walter R. (1968) Professor glasses are required. Failure to check out of laboratory, Department of English upon withdrawal or for other reasons, will incur a B.A. 1952 University of Mississippi charge billed from the Student Accounting Department. B.Litt. 1958 Oxford University Marcel Cornis-Pope M.A. 1963 Memphis State University Professor and Department Chair (1988) CHEM 409 Instrumental Analysis M.A. 1967 Indiana University B.A. University of Cluj, Romania Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Ph.D. 1968 Indiana University M.A. 1968 University of Cluj, Romania Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102, CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L, Donovan, Gregory E. (1983) Associate Professor Ph.D. 1979 University of Timisoara, Romania CHEM 301-302, CHEM 303-304 and 309 with laborato- B.A. University of Missouri at Columbia ries. Theory and practice of modern spectrophotomet- M.A. 1979 University of Utah ric, electroanalytical and chromatographic and nuclear Nicholas A. Sharp Ph.D. 1983 State University of New York, magnetic resonance methods. Assistant Professor and Associate Department Binghamton Chair (1971) CHEZ 409L Instrumental Analysis Laboratory Fagan, Alexina R. (2001) Instructor B.A. 1966 University of Kansas Semester course; 4 laboratory hours. 2 credit. B.A. Mary Washington College M.A. 1968 Ohio State University Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102, CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L, M.A. University of Richmond Ph.D. 1971 Ohio State University CHEM 301-302, 303-304 and 309 with related laborato- Fine, Richard A. (1979) Professor ries. Pre- or corequisite: CHEM 409. Practice of electro- A.B. 1973 Brown University chemical, spectroscopic and chromatographic methods Patricia H. Perry M.A. 1975 University of Pennsylvania of analysis. Associate Professor and Director of Composition Ph.D. 1979 University of Pennsylvania and Rhetoric (1993) CHEM 491 Topics in Chemistry Frankel, Nicholas (1997) Assistant Professor B.A. 1979 North Carolina Central University Semester course; variable credit. Maximum of four B.A. 1984 Oxford M.L.S. 1982 North Carolina Central University credits per semester; maximum total of six credits for M.A. 1988 University of Southern California Ph.D. 1997 State University of New York, Stony all chemistry topics courses may be applied to the Ph.D. 1994 University of Virginia Brook major. Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102 and CHEZ/FRSZ Harkness, Marguerite (1975) Associate Professor 101L, 102L. A study of a selected topic in chemistry. B.S. University of Illinois See the Schedule of Classes for specific topics to be Catherine E. Ingrassia M.A. 1971 State University of New York, offered and prerequisites. Associate Professor and Director of the M.A. Binghamton Program (1992) CHEM 492 Independent Study Ph.D. 1974 State University of New York, B.A. 1984 Grinnell College Semester course; variable credit. Maximum of four Binghamton M.A. 1987 University of Texas, Austin credits per semester; maximum total of eight credits Hodges, Elizabeth S. (1989) Associate Professor Ph.D. 1992 University of Texas, Austin for all independent study courses. Prerequisites: CHEM B.A. 1975 Syracuse University 101-102 and CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L. Open generally to M.A. 1981 Pennsylvania State University students of junior or senior standing who have com- Lawrence F. Laban Ph.D. 1988 University of Pennsylvania pleted CHEM 302, CHEZ 302L and CHEM 309, and have Assistant Professor and Director of Keller, Michael A. (1989) Instructor a minimum GPA of 2.5 in chemistry courses. A determi- Undergraduate Studies (1971) B.A. 1985 James Madison University nation of the amount of credit and the written permis- B.A. 1967 City College of New York sion of both the instructor and the department must be M.F.A. 1989 Virginia Commonwealth University Ph.D. 1973 Indiana University procured prior to registration for the course. Investigation of chemical problems through literature

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 107 College of Humanities and Sciences

Kinney, James J. (1977) Professor Cooper, Elizabeth J. Associate Professor language and literature for English majors B.A. 1964 St. Bonaventure University B.A. 1962 University of Arkansas, Fayetteville and for students in other programs. Ph.D. 1972 University of Tennessee M.A. 1963 University of Arkansas, Fayetteville Kuhn, Elisabeth D. (1989) Associate Professor Ph.D. 1976 University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill M.A. 1981 University of Frankfurt, Germany Dance, Daryl C., Professor Emerita Degree requirements – bachelor of M.J. 1988 University of California, Berkeley A.B. Virginia State College arts in English Ph.D. 1989 University of California, Berkeley M.A. Virginia State College The bachelor of arts in English requires a Latané, David (1984) Associate Professor Ph.D. University of Virginia minimum of 120 credits, with at least 36 of B.A. 1974 Roanoke College Duke, Elizabeth A., Associate Professor Emerita those credits in the major, three of which M.A. 1976 University of Vermont B.A. Longwood College must be 200-level (ENGL 201-299 or the Ph.D. 1983 Duke University M.A. University of Virginia Lucas, Jane E. (2003) Instructor Ph.D. University of Iowa equivalent) and also fulfill the general edu- B.A. University of North Carolina Duke, J. Maurice, Professor Emeritus cation literature requirement. A minimum M.A. Hollins College B.A. The College of William and Mary of 33 credits must therefore be taken in Ph.D. Florida State University M.A. University of Iowa upper-level (300, 400, 500) English courses. Mangum, Anthony B. (1971) Professor Ph.D. University of Iowa Six of those credits may be taken in upper- B.A. 1965 University of North Carolina Griffin, Claudius W. Professor level foreign literature in the original lan- M.A. University of South Carolina B.S. 1958 University of Richmond guage or foreign literature in English trans- Ph.D. 1974 University of South Carolina M.A. 1960 University of Richmond lation (FLET). ENGL 101, 200 (or equiva- Morse, Charlotte C. (1976) Professor Ph.D. 1972 Indiana University lent) do not count toward the major. A.B. 1964 Brown University Longest, George C. (1963), Associate Professor ENGL 301 and ENGL 490 are writing M.A. 1968 Stanford University B.A. 1960 University of Richmond intensive courses designed respectively as Ph.D. 1970 Stanford University M.A. 1961 University of Richmond entry and capstone courses for the major. Oggel, L. Terry (1988) Professor Ph.D. 1969 University of Georgia English majors should distribute their 36 B.A. 1961 Monmouth College Marshall, Paule, Professor Emerita credits of English course work as follows: M.A. 1963 Kent State University B.A. Brooklyn College Ph.D. 1969 University of Wisconsin Pendleton, James D., Professor Emeritus 1. One 200-level literature class (3 credits) Prichard, Faye O. (2001) Instructor B.S. Davidson College This is a prerequisite to all upper-level English classes. B.A. Virginia Commonwealth University M.A. University of North Carolina This class also may be used to fulfill the general educa- M.A. Virginia Commonwealth University Reynolds, Elizabeth R., Professor Emerita tion literature requirement. Priebe, Richard K. (1973) Professor B.A. Winthrop College B.A. 1964 Franklin and Marshall College M.A. Columbia University 2. ENGL 301 English Studies: Reading Literature M.S. 1968 University of Michigan Ph.D. University of South Carolina (3 credits) Ph.D. 1973 University of Texas, Austin Woodlief, Annette M. Associate Professor This course will introduce students to at least two dif- Sange, Gary R. (1973) Associate Professor B.A. 1961 Wake Forest University ferent literary genres (drama, poetry, prose). It should B.A. 1961 San Francisco State College M.A. 1963 Wake Forest University be taken at the beginning of the student’s major, prefer- M.A. 1963 San Francisco State College Ph.D. 1972 University of North Carolina ably before completing more than six hours of other M.F.A. 1973 University of Iowa upper-level English courses. Students must achieve a Shimomura, Sachi (2000) Assistant Professor The purpose of the Department of grade of “C” in order to complete this requirement. A.B. 1991 Stanford University English is to teach students to see their 3. Linguistics, writing and criticism (6 credits) M.A. 1996 Cornell University worlds with clarity and respond to them Courses in this category will help students develop Ph.D. 1999 Cornell University with sensitivity, through reading and writ- their skills in linguistic analysis, written expression, Smith, Patricia A. (2003) Instructor ing. Students are invited to read and and literary and cultural analysis. Students must select B.A. Wesleyan University explore a diversity of texts created in differ- courses from two of these three areas. M.A. Middlebury College ent times and voices and then to respond M.F.A. Virginia Commonwealth University to these texts variously and critically, situ- Linguistics Strong, Patricia R. (2000) Instructor ating them within their contexts and dis- ENGL/LING/ANTH 449 Introduction to Linguistics B.A. 1987 Virginia Commonwealth University cerning their important aesthetic features, ENGL/LING 450 Modern Grammar M.A. 1999 Virginia Commonwealth University rhetorical elements and social functions. ENGL/LING 451 History of the English Language Tester, William (1997) Associate Professor ENGL/LING/WMNS 452 Language and Gender B.A. 1984 Columbia University Students in this department also are ENGL/LING 453 Introduction to Modern Rhetoric M.F.A. 1995 Syracuse University encouraged to express themselves in exposi- ENGL/LING 454/ANTH 450 Cross-cultural Winston, Janet M. (1999) Assistant Professor tory or imaginative works that engage Communication B.A. 1984 University of California, Los Angeles thought and feeling, evince purpose clearly, Ph.D. 1998 University of Iowa marshal appropriate evidence, and observe Writing Wojahn, David C. (2003) Professor principles of rhetorical decorum. ENGL/CRJS 302 Legal Writing B.A. University of Minnesota The Department of English offers the ENGL 303 Writing in the Workplace M.F.A. University of Arizona bachelor of arts in English, which provides ENGL 304 Advanced Writing a broad liberal arts base for advanced study ENGL 305 Creative Writing: Genres Emeriti faculty and for careers in academic and profes- ENGL/TEDU 307 Teaching Writing Skills Armour, Robert A., Professor Emeritus ENGL/MGMT 327 Business and Technical Report sional areas. Writing B.A. Randolph-Macon College The department also offers required and ENGL/THEA 426 Playwriting M.A. Vanderbilt University elective courses in English composition, ENGL 435 Advanced Poetry Writing Ph.D. University of Georgia

108 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

ENGL 437 Advanced Fiction Writing 5. Optional Concentrations/Electives (9 credits) advanced writing or criticism; and the liter- ENGL 439 Literary Nonfiction Writing Elective courses are designed to allow students to ature of diversity. Three credits may be focus a part of their English study on areas of particular taken in foreign literature in English trans- Criticism interest to them. They may not be used to satisfy any of lation and three credits in ENGL 492 ENGL 350 Approaches to Literature the requirements for English majors described in sec- Independent Study. ENGL/WMNS 352 Feminist Literary Theory tions 1-4 above. However, students are encouraged, in ENGL 391 Topics in Literature (by specific topic) consultation with their advisers, to cluster their elective ENGL 429 Form and Theory of Poetry courses in one of the following optional concentrations. Minor in writing ENGL 430 Form and Theory of Fiction ENGL 491 Topics in Literature (by specific topic) Literary studies (including courses grouped by The minor in writing consists of 18 cred- historical period, genre, region, national and minority its in the writing courses listed in this para- 4. Literature (15 credits) traditions, thematics, literary movement, literary graph. ENGL 304 Advanced Composition Courses in this category will enable students to study influence, etc.) is required and should be taken as early as literature within its historical and cultural contexts. To possible. The other 15 credits must be from ensure that students select a range of courses, they Writing (including both expository and creative writing) creative writing (ENGL 305, 426, 435, 437, must include six credits in literature prior to 1700, six 439); and/or from professional writing and credits in literature between 1700-1900, and three cred- Criticism and theory (including approaches to litera- rhetoric (ENGL/CRJS 302, ENGL 303, its in the literature of diversity. No single course may be ture, form and theory courses, etc.) ENGL/MGMT 327, ENGL/LING 453, used to satisfy two of these requirements. Cultural studies (including courses that focus on race, ENGL 493, and MASC 203, 305 and 341). Literature prior to 1700 class, gender, ethnicity, film, popular culture, etc.) ENGL 335 Literature of the English Renaissance Extended Teacher Preparation ENGL/RELS 361 The Bible as Literature Linguistics (including courses that focus on history of ENGL 400 Shakespeare: The Early Works the language, cross-cultural communications, etc.) Program ENGL 401 Shakespeare: The Later Works English majors interested in careers in ENGL 402 Chaucer Students are advised to consult the full listing and early, middle, secondary or special educa- ENGL 403 Milton description of English courses before planning their tion can enroll in the Extended Teacher ENGL 407 Medieval Epic and Romance elective courses. Preparation Program which results in the *ENGL 409 Medieval Studies simultaneous awarding of a bachelor’s *ENGL 410 Renaissance Studies 6. ENGL 490 Senior Seminar ENGL 423 English Drama, 900-1642 This course will ensure that majors will have under- degree in English and a master’s degree in ENGL 391 Topics in Literature (by specific topic) taken at least one piece of sustained, researched writ- teaching. For more information about this ENGL 491 Topics in Literature (by specific topic) ing. Senior seminars are intended for students nearing program administered jointly by the the completion of their studies, and should be regarded College of Humanities and Sciences and Literature between 1700-1900 as the capstone course of the major. Because of the the School of Education contact the ENGL 320 18th-century British Literature nature of this course, senior seminars usually will not School of Education’s Office of Academic ENGL 321 British Literature of the Romantic Era be offered during the summer. Students should plan Services. ENGL 322 Victorian Poetry their program with this factor in mind. When appropri- ENGL 371 American Literature: Colonial and Federal ate, this seminar may be used to fulfill another require- ENGL 372 American Literature: American Romanticism ment of the major. For specific topics, see the Schedule Master of arts in English and master ENGL 373 American Literature: Realism and Naturalism of Classes. of fine arts in creative writing *ENGL 411 18th-century British Studies ENGL 413 American Novels and Narratives, 19th Century For information about the graduate pro- ENGL 415 British Novel: 18th Century Collateral requirements gram in English, see the Graduate and ENGL 416 British Novel: 19th Century In addition to the ENGL courses Professional Programs Bulletin. ENGL 424 Restoration and 18th-century Drama required for the bachelor of arts degree, stu- ENGL 391 Topics in Literature (by specific topic) dents must complete the study of a foreign Cooperative Education Program ENGL 491 Topics in Literature (by specific topic) language through the intermediate level AMST 391 Topics in American Studies (by specific topic) (202 or 205) by course or placement. The Cooperative Education Program is AMST 394 Perspectives in American Studies available to qualifying students pursuing (by specific topic) undergraduate degrees in English. A full Minor requirements – general description of this program appears in the Literature of diversity ENGL/AFAM 314 African-American Literature English majors may minor in writing, but Division of Student Affairs chapter of this ENGL/AFAM 363 African Literature not in English. bulletin. ENGL/AFAM 365 Caribbean Literature ENGL/WMNS 384 Women Writers Courses in English (ENGL) ENGL/ANTH 386 Introduction to Folklore Minor in English ENGL 391 Topics in Literature (by specific topic) The minor in English consists of 18 ENGL 001 Fundamentals of English Composition ENGL 491 Topics in Literature (by specific topic) credits in upper-level (300-400) English Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 0 credits. This course courses. ENGL 301 English Studies: is recommended for students who have not previously * At the discretion of the instructor and the Women’s Reading Literature is strongly recom- studied grammar and composition extensively, and will Studies program, ENGL 409, 410 and 411 are some- mended. Students must select their courses be required for those students whose English place- times cross-listed with Women’s Studies. In such ment scores indicate inadequate preparation in gram- cases, they may be used to fulfill either the diver- with at least three credits in each of the following areas: literature before 1700; litera- mar and composition. A course designed to prepare sity or the historical requirements in the major, students for ENGL 101 by teaching them to write clear but not both. ture between 1700 and 1900; linguistics,

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 109 College of Humanities and Sciences sentences and well-developed, well-organized ENGL 203 British Literature I in upper-level university classes and on-the-job situa- paragraphs. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. tions. Classes will be conducted as workshops, discus- Prerequisite: ENGL 101. An introduction to the litera- sions and lectures. Assignments may consist of essays, ENGL 002 English as a Second Language ture of the British Isles from the Middle Ages through revision exercises, summaries, critical reviews, letters Semester course; 2 laboratory and 2 lecture hours. 0 the 18th century, emphasizing connections among rep- and resumes. Does not satisfy the Humanities and credits. Primarily for students whose English as a sec- resentative works. Sciences minimum competency writing requirements or ond language skills are at the intermediate level. count toward requirements for the English major or Instruction in English pronunciation, grammar, vocabu- ENGL 204 British Literature II minor. lary and writing for students whose native language is Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. not English. Prerequisite: ENGL 101. An introduction to the litera- ENGL 301 English Studies: Reading Literature ture of the British Isles from the late 18th century to Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ENGL 100 Introductory Writing and Rhetoric the present, emphasizing connections among represen- Prerequisites: ENGL 101 and three credits in 200-level Workshop tative works. literature courses (or equivalent). Open primarily to Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Placement majors; others with permission of instructor. Study of in either ENGL 100 or 101 by Writing Assessment ENGL 205 American Literature I literature focused on skills helpful in the English major, Exam. This course introduces students to the critical Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. introducing students to the ways in which language is thinking, conventions and language requirements of Prerequisite: ENGL 101. An introduction to the litera- used in literary texts and to the practice of writing academic writing. Emphasis is coherence, fluency, ture of the United States from its origins through the responses to those texts. Texts will represent at least grammar and usage. These credits may not be used to 1860s, emphasizing connections among representative two genres (drama, poetry, prose). This course should satisfy general education requirements. works. be taken at the beginning of the student’s major, preferably before completing more than six hours of ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I ENGL 206 American Literature II other upper-level English courses. Majors are required Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Placement Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. to take ENGL 301; they must achieve at least a “C” in either ENGL 100 or 101 by Writing Assessment Prerequisite: ENGL 101. An introduction to the litera- grade to complete the requirement. Writing intensive. Exam. This course leads students through rhetorical ture of the United States from the 1860s to the pres- practices and various stages of academic writing, with ent, emphasizing connections among the representa- ENGL 302/CRJS 302 Legal Writing emphases on critical thinking, a variety of forms and tive works. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. genres, and the process of revision. It also introduces Prerequisite: ENGL 200 and three credits in 200-level students to argument and the use of print and elec- ENGL 211/INTL 211 Contemporary World literature courses (or equivalent). Intensive practice in tronic sources. May be graded with “CO.” Literature writing on subjects related to law or legal problems. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Emphasis on organization, development, logical flow ENGL 114 English Grammar and Usage Prerequisite: ENGL 101. A study of selected literature and clarity of style. May not be used to satisfy the lit- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 2 credits. published in the last 25 years and chosen from a num- erature requirement of the College of Humanities and Prerequisite: ENGL 101 or permission of the director of ber of different nations and cultures. Sciences. composition and rhetoric. An intensive study of the fundamentals of English grammar, usage, punctuation, ENGL 215 Readings in Literature ENGL 303 Writing in the Workplace mechanics and spelling through drills and written exer- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture/workshop hours. 3 credits. cises. This course is not equivalent to ENGL 101 or Prerequisite: ENGL 101. An introduction to literature Prerequisite: ENGL 200 and three credits in 200-level 200, and these credits may not be used to satisfy the through the study of two or more types, such as poetry, literature courses (or equivalent). Advance study and College of Humanities and Sciences degree require- fiction, drama or essay. practice of writing in fields such as technology, sci- ment in composition and rhetoric. ence, administration and government, including visual ENGL 216 Readings in Narrative rhetoric in both print and electronic forms. May not be Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II used to satisfy the literature requirement of the Prerequisite: ENGL 101. An introduction to literature Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. College of Humanities and Sciences. Prerequisites: ENGL 101 and sophomore standing (com- with the focus on the art and structure of the narrative pletion of 24 credits). Intensive study of the rhetorical in a variety of forms. ENGL 304 Advanced Writing principles and writing conventions of research-based Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ENGL 236/WMNS 236 Women in Literature argumentation. Emphasis on methods and criteria for Prerequisite: ENGL 200 and three credits in 200-level Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. finding, analyzing, evaluating and documenting infor- literature courses (or equivalent). An advanced study of Prerequisite: ENGL 101. An introduction to literature by mation from a variety of print and electronic sources. informative and persuasive prose techniques, with and/or about women. attention to the relationships among content, form and ENGL 101 is a prerequisite to all 200-level English style. May not be used to satisfy the literature require- courses; three credits in 200-level literature ENGL 241 Shakespeare’s Plays Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ment of the College of Humanities and Sciences. courses (or equivalent) are prerequisite to all Prerequisite: ENGL 101. An introduction to literature, 300- and 400-level English courses. ENGL 305 Creative Writing: Genres with the focus on Shakespeare’s plays, including their Semester course; 3 workshop hours. 3 credits. May be art and dramatic conventions. ENGL 201 Western World Literature I repeated once for credit. Prerequisite: ENGL 200 and Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ENGL 291 Topics in Literature three credits in 200-level literature courses (or equiva- Prerequisite: ENGL 101. An introduction to the litera- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Maximum lent). Sections: poetry, fiction, drama or multigenre. A ture of Western cultures from the ancient world six credits in all topics courses at the 200 level. workshop primarily for students who have not pro- through the Renaissance, emphasizing connections Prerequisite: ENGL 101. An introduction to literature duced a portfolio of finished creative work. Students among representative works. through the in-depth study of a selected topic or genre. will present a collection of their work at the end of each course. See the Schedule of Classes for specific ENGL 202 Western World Literature II See the Schedule of Classes for specific topics to be offered. genres to be offered each semester. May not be used Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. to satisfy the literature requirement of the College of Prerequisite: ENGL 101. An introduction to the litera- ENGL 300 Practical Writing Workshop Humanities and Sciences. ture of Western cultures from the end of the Semester course; 3 workshop hours. 1-3 credits, 5, 10, Renaissance to the present, emphasizing connections or 15 weeks. Prerequisites: ENGL 101, 200 and three ENGL 307/TEDU 307 Teaching Writing Skills among representative works. credits in 200-level literature courses (or equivalent). Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Practical Writing Workshop is a variable credit course Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature covering organization, writing and revision skills useful courses (or equivalent). Studies the theory and methods for teaching writing to students in middle and

110 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences secondary schools. Teaches strategies for prewriting, ENGL 323 Early 20th-century British Literature courses (or equivalent). Literary aspects of the Bible composing, peer revision, evaluation and topic con- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. will be considered. Also, attention will be given to the struction. Includes extensive journal and essay writing. Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature history of the English Bible. May not be used to satisfy the literature requirements courses (or equivalent). Representative British and Irish of the College of Humanities and Sciences. poetry, fiction and drama of the early 20th century, ENGL 363/AFAM 363/INTL 366 African Literature including such writers as Yeats, Joyce, Shaw, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ENGL 313 Southern Literature Lawrence, Conrad, Auden, Forster and Woolf. Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. courses (or equivalent). A survey of the literature of Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature ENGL 324 Later 20th-century British Literature Africa with particular emphases on fiction and on West courses (or equivalent). A study of the literature of the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Africa. Some attention also will be given to orature. South with attention to writers such as Byrd, Poe, Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature Chopin, Faulkner, Welty, Wolfe, O’Connor, Walker courses (or equivalent). Representative British and Irish ENGL 365/AFAM 365/INTL 367 Caribbean and Percy. fiction, drama and poetry of the later 20th century, Literature including such writers as Thomas, Golding, Lessing, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ENGL 314/AFAM 314 African-American Literature Beckett, Heaney, Larkin, Fowles, Churchill and Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Murdoch. courses (or equivalent). A survey of West Indian writ- Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature ings. Attention will be given to African, European and courses (or equivalent). An examination of the culture ENGL 327/MGMT 327 Business and Technical Amerindian influences, as well as to the emergence of and literature of African-Americans from their roots in Report Writing a West Indian literary tradition. Africa and the African Diaspora to the present day. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Authors may include Wheatley, Jacobs, Wilson, Brown, Prerequisite: ENGL 200 and three credits in 200-level ENGL 367 Eastern Thought in Western Literature Dubois, Hurston, Wright, Gaines and Morrison. literature courses (or equivalent). Development of criti- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. cal writing skills used in business, science, technology Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature ENGL 315 The Modern Novel and government, including instructions, descriptions, courses (or equivalent). An exploration of the influence Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. process explanations, reports, manuals and proposals. of Eastern thought on selected Western writers, with Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature The course will include such topics as communication emphasis on the period from the 19th century to the courses (or equivalent). An examination of the novel, theory, technical style, illustrations, formats for propos- present. chiefly British and European, in the 20th century. als, reports and manuals. May not be used to satisfy the literature requirement of the College of Humanities ENGL 371 American Literature: Colonial and ENGL 316 Modern Poetry and Sciences. Federal Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature ENGL 335 Literature of the English Renaissance Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature courses (or equivalent). A study of British and American Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. courses (or equivalent). A study of the most important poetry in the first half of the 20th century. Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature writings from the founding of the first colonies to the courses (or equivalent). An introduction to some of the establishment of the federal government with attention ENGL 317 Modern Drama most exciting works of a dynamic age, providing an to such authors as Bradford, Byrd, Bradstreet, Taylor, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. understanding not only of the achievements of Edwards and Franklin. Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature Shakespeare, Spenser and Milton, but also of the liter- courses (or equivalent). A study of the development of ary period from which they emerged. ENGL 372 American Literature: American Continental, English and American drama since Ibsen. Romanticism ENGL 350 Approaches to Literature Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ENGL 318 Contemporary Poetry Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature courses (or equivalent). A study of the writings of the Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature courses (or equivalent). The study and application of American romantics in the 19th century, with attention courses (or equivalent). A study of British and American various critical approaches such as historical, sociocul- to such authors as Poe, Emerson, Thoreau, Fuller, poetry from approximately 1950 to the present for the tural, psychological, archetypal and formalist, used in Hawthorne, Melville, Dickinson and Whitman. purpose of determining the aesthetic and thematic con- analyzing literary works. cerns of contemporary poets. ENGL 373 American Literature: Realism and ENGL 351/TEDU 351 Children’s Literature I Naturalism ENGL 320 18th-century British Literature Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature courses (or equivalent). Designed to give students an courses (or equivalent). A study of writings from the courses (or equivalent). A survey of representative appreciation of children’s literature; includes biography, end of the Civil War to World War I, with attention to poetry, drama and prose from the Restoration and 18th fable, myth, traditional and modern fanciful tales and such authors as Dickinson, Clemens, Howell, James, century, usually including Behn, Dryden, Pope, Swift, poetry, as well as a survey of the history of children’s Wharton, Crane, Norris, Dreiser, Chopin and Chesnutt. Johnson and Gay. literature. May not be used to satisfy the College of Humanities and Sciences requirement in literature. ENGL 374 American Literature: Early 20th Century ENGL 321 British Literature of the Romantic Era Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ENGL 352/WMNS 352 Feminist Literary Theory Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. courses (or equivalent). A study of the most important courses (or equivalent). Exploration of the literature and Prerequisite: Three credits in 200-level literature writings between World War I and World War II, with the cultural phenomenon of Romanticism in Britain dur- courses or equivalent. The study of contemporary femi- attention to such authors as Anderson, Frost, Eliot, ing the years 1783-1832, with reading from poets such nist thought and feminist approaches to analyzing liter- Stein, Glasgow, Fitzgerald, Wright, Cather, Hemingway, as Blake, Wordsworth, Byron and Shelley, and from a ature and culture. This course examines the history and O’Neill, Hurston, Toomer and Faulkner. variety of other writers. development of feminist theory as a methodology in the humanities, explores several of the major theoreti- ENGL 375 American Literature: Contemporary ENGL 322 Victorian Poetry Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. cal trends of the last 30 years and examines applications of feminist theory to specific works of literature. Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature courses (or equivalent). A study of American writings courses (or equivalent). A survey of the poetry of ENGL 361/RELS 361 The Bible as Literature since the end of World War II, with attention to such Victorian Britain, usually including Tennyson, the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. authors as Albee, Auster, Baldwin, Carver, Didion, Brownings, Arnold and the pre-Raphaelites. Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 111 College of Humanities and Sciences

Ellison, Ginsberg, Lowell, Morrison, Percy, Plath, Tales,” with some attention to the early works. For usually including Austen, Dickens, Thackeray, the Salinger and Walker. ENG majors, these courses (limit of six credits) may be Brontes, George, Eliot and Hardy. counted as part of a graduate or undergraduate degree, ENGL 381 Fiction into Film but not both. ENGL 423 English Drama, 900-1642 Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature ENGL 403 Milton Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature courses (or equivalent). A study of the translation of lit- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. courses (or equivalent). A study of the origin of the erature into film. Topical approaches vary from semes- Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature English drama and its development until the closing of ter to semester. Consideration is given to the literature courses (or equivalent). A study of shorter poems, the theaters in 1642, exclusive of Shakespeare. in its original form and to the methods of translating it selected prose, “Paradise Lost” and “Samson into film. Agonistes.” For ENG majors, these courses (limit of six ENGL 424 Restoration and 18th-century Drama credits) may be counted as part of a graduate or under- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ENGL 384/WMNS 384 Women Writers graduate degree, but not both. Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be courses (or equivalent). A study of English drama from repeated once when different groups of writers are ENGL 407 Medieval Epic and Romance 1660-1777, usually including the comedy of manners, studied. Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level litera- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. sentimental comedy, ballad opera, farce and heroic and ture courses (or equivalent). A study of selected litera- Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature bourgeois tragedy. ture written by women and about women writers. courses (or equivalent). A study of the vernacular epic and romance in England and on the continent prior to ENGL 426/THEA 426 Advanced Playwriting ENGL 385/ENVS 385 Nature Writing 1500. Semester course; 3 workshop hours. 3 credits. May be 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Three credits repeated once for credit. Prerequisite: ENGL 317 or per- in 200-level literature courses (or equivalent). A study ENGL 409 Medieval Studies mission of instructor. A practical introduction to the of the literary genre of nature writing in English. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be creation of original scripts for theatre. Works may be repeated with different topics for a maximum of six selected for reading and performance. May not be used ENGL 386/ANTH 386 Introduction to Folklore credits. Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level litera- to satisfy the College of Humanities and Sciences’ Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ture courses (or equivalent). Studies in the English lan- requirement in literature. Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature guage and literature of the Middle Ages in its cultural courses (or equivalent). A survey of the basic forms of context. ENGL 429 Form and Theory of Poetry folklore including proverbs, riddles, ballads, folktales, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. legends, myths and games. The survey also will include ENGL 410 Renaissance Studies: ______Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature approaches to collecting material and examining its lit- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be courses (or equivalent). A study of the poetics, includ- erary, social and historical significance. repeated with different topics for a maximum of six ing prosody, with attention to the nature and function- credits. Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level litera- ing of language in poetry (especially metaphor), the ENGL 390 Studies in Satire ture courses (or equivalent). Studies in the English lan- development of poetic genres and the process by Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. guage and literature of the 16th and 17th centuries. which poems are created and come to have meaning. Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature courses (or equivalent). Studies in the satiric mode, ENGL 411 18th-century British Studies ENGL 430 Form and Theory of Fiction with some attention to the definition and development Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: of the mode. repeated with different topics for a maximum of six Three credits in 200-level literature courses (or equiva- credits. Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level litera- lent). A study of narration in verbal and other media, with ENGL 391 Topics in Literature ture courses (or equivalent). Studies in the literature, attention to the nature, organization and functioning of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Maximum language and culture of the Restoration and 18th-cen- language in narrative, the development of narrative gen- 12 credits in all topic courses at the upper- level divi- tury England. res and the process by which narratives are created and sion. Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature come to have meaning. courses (or equivalent) and junior standing. An in-depth ENGL 413 American Novels and Narratives: 19th study of a literary genre, an aesthetic or cultural theme Century and Earlier ENGL 433/TEDU 433 Literature for Adolescents in literature, or of a major writer in English or American Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature literature. See the Schedule of Classes for specific Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature courses (or equivalent). Designed to acquaint the topic to be offered each semester. courses (or equivalent). A study of selected novels with prospective middle and secondary school English some attention to other forms of narrative that reflect teacher with the nature, scope and uses of adolescent ENGL 400 Shakespeare: The Early Works the experiences of diverse groups of Americans. literature. The student is acquainted with reading Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. materials for meeting the varied needs and interests of Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature ENGL 414 American Novels and Narratives: 20th adolescents. May not be used to satisfy the College of courses (or equivalent). Study of the plays and poems Century Humanities and Sciences requirement in literature. written before 1600, focusing primarily on the come- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. dies and histories. For ENG majors, these courses (limit Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature ENGL 435 Advanced Poetry Writing of six credits) may be counted as part of a graduate or courses (or equivalent). A study of selected novels with Semester course; 3 workshop hours. 3 credits. May be undergraduate degree, but not both. some attention to other forms of narrative that reflect repeated once for credit. Prerequisites: Three credits in the experiences of diverse groups of Americans. 200-level literature courses (or equivalent). Study of the ENGL 401 Shakespeare: The Later Works craft of writing, with instruction and guidance toward Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ENGL 415 British Novel: 18th Century constructive self-criticism. Workshop members will be Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. expected to produce a substantial volume of quality courses (or equivalent). Study of the plays written in Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature work and to become proficient in critical analysis in 1600 and after, focusing primarily on the mature courses (or equivalent). A study of the British novel in order to evaluate and articulate the strength of their tragedies and late romances. For ENG majors, these the 18th century, usually including Defoe, Richardson, own poetry. May not be used to satisfy the College of courses (limit of six credits) may be counted as part of Fielding, Burney, Sterne, Austen, Radcliffe and Humanities and Sciences requirement in literature. a graduate or undergraduate degree, but not both. Walpole. ENGL 437 Advanced Fiction Writing ENGL 402 Chaucer ENGL 416 British Novel: 19th Century Semester course; 3 workshop hours. 3 credits. May be Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. repeated once for credit. Prerequisites: Three credits in Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature 200-level literature courses (or equivalent). Study the courses (or equivalent). A study of “The Canterbury courses (or equivalent). A study of the British novel, craft of fiction writing, with instruction and guidance

112 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences toward constructive self-criticism. Workshop members range of modern rhetorical theories, emphasizing their function through a survey and contrastive analysis of will be expected to produce a substantial volume of relationships with linguistics, literary criticism and the language systems, with attention to the sociocultural, short stories or portion of a novel and to become profi- process of writing. May not be used to satisfy the psychological and historical aspects of languages. cient in the critical analysis of fiction in order to evalu- College of Humanities and Sciences requirement in (Completion of this course does not qualify a student to ate and articulate the strength of their own work. May literature. enroll in the 200 level of a language without passing a not be used to satisfy the College of Humanities and language placement test.) Sciences requirement in literature. ENGL 454/INTL 454/ANTH 450 Cross-cultural Communication LING 401/SPAN 401 Comparative Structures ENGL 439 Literary Nonfiction Writing Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 workshop hours. 3 credits; may be Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature Prerequisites: Completion of nine credits of Spanish at repeated once for credit. Prerequisite: ENGL 304 or courses (or equivalent). A study of the dynamics of the 300 level or the equivalent. Conducted in Spanish. ENGL 305, or permission of instructor. Advanced study cross-cultural communication that applies linguistic A comparison of English and Spanish, with emphasis of the craft of literary nonfiction writing, with instruc- tools to understanding cultural issues and solving com- on pronunciation and problems encountered in the tion and guidance toward constructive self-criticism. munication problems. teaching of Spanish. Workshop members will be expected to produce a substantial volume of writing or a portion of a book-length ENGL 490 Senior Seminar in English LING 449/ENGL 449/ANTH 449 Introduction to work of nonfiction, and to become proficient in the crit- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Open to Linguistics ical analysis of literary nonfiction in order to evaluate English majors only. A study of a specific topic, author, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An intro- and articulate the strength of their own work. movement or genre in a seminar format. Students will duction to methods of language analysis, emphasizing produce an extended, documented essay as a seminar the study of sounds and sound patterns, and units of ENGL 449/LING 449/ANTH 449 Introduction to paper. Writing intensive. See Schedule of Classes for meaning and their arrangements. May not be used to Linguistics specific topics offered each semester. satisfy the College of Humanities and Sciences require- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ment in English. For English majors, these courses Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature ENGL 491 Topics in Literature (limit of six credits) may be counted as part of graduate courses (or equivalent). An introduction to methods of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Maximum or undergraduate degree, but not both. language analysis, emphasizing the study of sounds 12 credits in all topics courses at the upper-division and sound patterns and units of meaning and their level. Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature LING 450/ENGL 450 Modern Grammar arrangements. May not be used to satisfy the College courses (or equivalent). An in-depth study of a selected Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Study of of Humanities and Sciences requirement in literature. literary topic or genre or one or more major writings in modern English grammar and usage with some atten- For English majors, these courses (limit of six credits) English or American literature. See the Schedule of tion to linguistic theory. Recommended for teachers at may be counted as part of a graduate or undergraduate Classes for specific topic to be offered each semester. all levels. May not be used to satisfy the College of degree, but not both. Humanities and Sciences requirement in literature. For ENGL 492 Independent Study English majors, these courses (limit of six credits) may ENGL 450/LING 450 Modern Grammar Semester course; variable credit. Maximum of three be counted as part of graduate or undergraduate Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. credits per semester. Student may take no more than degree, but not both. Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature nine hours total. Prerequisites: Three credits in 200- courses (or equivalent). Study of modern English gram- level literature courses (or equivalent). Generally open LING 451/ENGL 451 History of the English mar and usage with some attention to linguistic theory. only to upper-class students with at least 12 hours of Language Recommended for teachers at all levels. May not be English. To register, the student must write a proposal Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The histori- used to satisfy the College of Humanities and Sciences and have it approved by the supervising instructor, the cal development of the English language; etymology, requirement in literature. For English majors, these director of undergraduate studies and the departmental morphology, orthography and semantics. May not be courses (limit of six credits) may be counted as part of chair. It may not be used for a writing project. This used to satisfy the College of Humanities and Sciences a graduate or undergraduate degree, but not both. course is designed for students who wish to do exten- requirement in English. For English majors, these sive reading and writing in a subject not duplicated by courses (limit of six credits) may be counted as part of ENGL 451/LING 451 History of the English any English course in this bulletin. graduate or undergraduate degree, but not both. Language Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ENGL 493 English Internship LING 452/WMNS 452/ENGL 452 Language and Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature Semester course; 1-3 credits per semester, maximum Gender courses (or equivalent). The historical development of total of six credits. Prerequisites: Three credits in 200- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of the English language; etymology, morphology, orthogra- level literature courses (or equivalent). Open to stu- relationships between gender and language by focus- phy and semantics. May not be used to satisfy the dents with demonstrated writing ability; completion of ing on such issues as differences between the ways College of Humanities and Sciences requirement in ENGL 302, 304 or 327 is recommended. Permission and women and men use language, relationships between literature. determination of credit must be established prior to language and power and ways in which language registration. Students will apply research, writing reflects and reinforces cultural attitudes toward gen- ENGL 452/LING 452/WMNS 452 Language and and/or editing skills in an approved job in areas such der. May not be used to satisfy the College of Gender as business, government, law or financial services. Humanities and Sciences requirement in literature. For Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. English majors, these courses (limit of six credits) may Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature ENGL 552/TEDU 552/LING 552 Teaching English as be counted as part of graduate or undergraduate courses (or equivalent). A study of relationships a Second Language degree, but not both. between gender and language by focusing on such Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Provides issues as differences between the ways women and students who plan to teach English to people whose LING 453/ENGL 453 Introduction to Modern men use language, relationships between language native language is not English with a variety of instruc- Rhetoric and power and ways in which language reflects and tional/learning strategies. Presents and explores cur- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An reinforces cultural attitudes toward gender. May not be rent approaches and methodology, as these relate to introduction to the broad range of modern rhetorical used to satisfy the College of Humanities and Sciences linguistic features and pedagogy. theories, emphasizing their relationships and linguis- requirement in literature. tics, literary criticism and the process of writing. May not be used to satisfy the College of Humanities and ENGL 453/LING 453 Introduction to Modern Courses in linguistics (LING) Sciences requirement in English. Rhetoric LING 103/LASK 103 Introduction to Languages Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A course Prerequisites: Three credits in 200-level literature designed to help students understand how languages courses (or equivalent). An introduction to the broad

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 113 College of Humanities and Sciences

LING 552/ENGL 552/TEDU 552 Teaching English as structured to provide a multidisciplinary the 36 credits, 24 credits must be at the 300 a Second Language introduction to biophysical and social fac- level or above. A maximum of 11 of the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Provides tors that affect the quality of life, through environmental studies-related credits and students who plan to teach English to people whose the study of the scientific knowledge, policy all six of the statistics credits may be trans- native language is not English with techniques used in teaching foreign languages. Contrastive analysis of considerations and the ethical issues that ferred from course work completed before morphology, phonology and syntax are used to isolate constitute environmental issues. When or after receiving the bachelor’s degree. At areas of difficulty in learning English. combined with the appropriate major, an least 18 approved credits must be taken environmental studies minor can be useful at VCU. Courses in language skills (LASK) to students planning careers in any area Post-baccalaureate certificate students concerned with environmental processes must apply for admission using an under- LASK 103/LING 103 Introduction to Languages and problems. The minor also may prepare graduate admission form. Normally, a GPA Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A course students for study at the graduate level in of 2.7 or better is required for admission. designed to help students understand how languages such concentrations as ecology and envi- Please contact the Center for function through a survey and contrastive analysis of ronmental systems. Environmental Studies for the most current language systems, with attention to the sociocultural, The minor in environmental studies curriculum guidelines. psychological and historical aspects of languages. consists of 24 credits. Required courses are (Completion of this course does not qualify a student to Required courses for certificate credits take the 200 level of a language without passing a lan- listed. Electives to complete the minor may guage placement test.) be selected from ENVS-listed courses and URSP/ENVS 331 Environmental Systems or from courses in related departments. URSP/ENVS/GEOG 332 Environmental LASK 203 Classical Elements in the English Consult the environmental studies program Management 3 Language coordinator or adviser for course approvals. ENVS/POLI 311 Politics of the Environment 3 Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ECON 325 Environmental Economics 3 Development of English vocabulary through a study of At least one course must be taken from the ENVS 490 Research Seminar in Environmental Greek and Latin elements in English: derivatives, roots natural sciences and one course from the Studies 3 and loan words. Some emphasis on the special vocabu- social sciences. Of the 24 credits, 18 must STAT 210 Basic Practice of Statistics laries of the sciences. be outside the student’s major department. or MGMT 301 Business Statistics 3 Twelve credits must be at the 300 level or Three additional credits in statistics above higher. STAT 210 3 Minor and certificate (Students may not receive credit for both in environmental studies Required courses for minor credits STAT 210 and MGMT 301.) ______URSP/ENVS 331 Environmental Systems 3 18 J. Clifford Fox ENVS/POLI 311 Politics of the Environment 3 Additional recommended courses Interim Assistant Director, Center for ECON 325 Environmental Economics 3 BIOL 151, 152 Introduction to Biological Sciences and Environmental Studies ENVS 490 Research Seminar in Environmental BIOZ 151L, 152L Introduction to Biological Sciences B.A. 1973 University of Florida Studies 3 Laboratory J.D. 1979 University of Florida STAT 210 Basic Practice of Statistics or MGMT 301 Business Statistics 3 CHEM 101-102 General Chemistry and CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, Ph.D. 1999 Rutgers University ______102L General Chemistry Laboratory 15 Environmental crises and discussion of environmental issues are central features of Environmental concentration in modern industrial societies. Continuing Post-baccalaureate certificate in bachelor of science in science technological advancement and economic environmental studies An environmental science concentra- growth demand increased public under- The environmental studies certificate is tion is available in the bachelor of science standing of environmental constraints and for students who already hold a bachelor’s in science program. Contact the Center the effects of human activity on the envi- degree in another field and wish to pursue for Environmental Studies for more ronment. When environmental questions studies in the environmental field. The cer- information. are explored in depth, scientific knowledge, tificate can help prepare students for work policy considerations and ethical questions in such fields as industrial pollution control, Courses in environmental studies are necessarily joined. The curriculum in municipal water treatment, environmental environmental studies is structured to pro- planning and analysis, biological monitor- (ENVS) vide a multidisciplinary introduction to ing, and science writing and reporting. biophysical and social factors which affect The post-baccalaureate certificate in ENVS 103/BIOL 103 Environmental Science the quality of life on earth. Semester course; 3 lecture and 1 online recitation environmental studies requires 36 credits, hours. 4 credits. Students are required to participate in which includes four environmental courses the classroom lecture and in the online recitation via Minor in environmental studies and two statistics courses. Electives to com- high-speed connection. Basic scientific principles of plete the certificate may be selected from environmental processes. Draws together aspects of The minor in environmental studies pro- the ENVS-listed courses and from courses biology, chemistry, geology, physics and sociology. vides an overview of the field which offers in related departments. Consult the envi- Among the topics covered are ecology, natural an intrinsically interesting way for many resources, air and water resources, energy and recy- ronmental studies program coordinator or students to organize elective course work cling, population biology and sustainable global soci- adviser for course approvals. At least one while gaining knowledge important to life eties. Not applicable for credit toward the B.S. in course must be taken from the natural sci- in the contemporary world. This program is Biology. Not applicable as a prerequisite for any biol- ences, and one from the social sciences. Of ogy course at the 200 level or above.

114 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

ENVZ 103L/BIOZ 103L Environmental Science ENVS 335/GEOG 335 Environmental Geology ENVS 492 Independent Study Laboratory Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; variable credit. Maximum of three Semester course; 2 hours. 1 credit. Pre- or corequisite: Corequisite: ENVZ/GEOZ 335L. The relationship credits per semester; maximum total of six credits for ENVS/BIOL 103. Intended for anthropology, criminal between humankind and the physical environment, all topics courses. Open generally to juniors or seniors justice, English, foreign language, history, mass com- Earth materials and processes, geological hazards, who have declared environmental studies as a minor. munications, philosophy, religious studies, political sci- water, mineral and energy resources, land use and Determination of the amount of credit and permission ence, psychology, sociology, urban studies, majors and environmental health and law. of instructor must be procured prior to registration for programs in other schools requiring science courses. the course. Not intended for other College of Humanities and ENVZ 335L/GEOZ 335L Environmental Geology Sciences majors. Laboratory exercises correlated with Laboratory ENVS 493 Environmental Studies Internship ENVS/BIOL 103. Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Semester course; variable; 1-3 credits per semester. Corequisite: GEOG/ENVS 335. Required for environ- Maximum total of six credits. Open to students of sen- ENVS 105/GEOG 105 Physical Geology mental science majors enrolled in ENVS/GEOG 335; ior standing who have had some background in envi- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A descrip- optional for other majors. Attendance on one Saturday ronmental studies. Students receive credit for work on tive approach to physical geology dealing with the his- morning field trip required. Laboratory exercises coordi- environmental projects with approved agencies. tory and structure of the earth, catastrophic events and nated with GEOG/ENVS 335 lectures. Participation requires the approval of both a faculty geology as it relates to the contemporary environment. member and an agency. Graded as pass/fail. An optional laboratory may be taken with this course. ENVS 385/ENGL 385 Nature Writing See GEOZ/ENVZ 105L. 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Three credits in ENVS 521/URSP 521/GEOG 521 Introduction to 200-level literature courses (or equivalent). A study of Geographic Information Science ENVZ 105L/GEOZ 105L Physical Geology the literary genre of nature writing in English. Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 Laboratory credits. An introduction to creating and using geo- Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Pre- or ENVS 401/GEOG 401 Meteorology and graphically referenced databases for urban and envi- corequisite: GEOG/ENVS 105. An optional laboratory Climatology ronmental analysis and planning. Includes geographic course consisting of experiments and activities related Semester course; 3 lecture hours. Prerequisite: GEOG and remote sensing data structures, global positioning to GEOG/ENVS 105. 203 or a physical science sequence or permission of systems, spatial analysis, geographic data standards, instructor. A basic, semiquantitative course in the ele- public domain software and data resources, and princi- ENVS 311/POLI 311 Politics of the Environment ments of weather and climate, their driving forces and ples of cartography design. Lab exercises in the use of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An explo- their spatial and temporal distribution and variability. geographic information systems software tools. ration of the current controversy about environmental Atmospheric motions and circulation, weather forecast- politics and the issues and crises it centers on. Special ing, human impact on weather and climate. attention will be given to the constitutional, political Forensic Science Program and geographical factors in the development of envi- ENVZ 401L/GEOZ 401L Meteorology and ronmental policy and the organized effort to deal with Climatology Laboratory governmental actions and inaction and its impact on Semester course; 3 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Pre- or Sherry B. Mikuta policy outcomes. corequisite: GEOG/ENVS 401. A series of laboratory Director (2000) and field experiments designed to quantify the ele- B.S. 1969 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State ENVS 314/BIOL 315/INTL 314 Man and ments of weather and climate and to interpret their University Environment local temporal and spatial variations. M.B.A. 1982 Virginia Commonwealth University 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Not applicable to the biology ENVS 411/GEOG 411 Oceanography major. A comparative study of the ecology and natural Byrd, Mason L. (2003) Instructor (joint appointment Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. history of human populations, including the environ- with Criminal Justice) ments as determining factors in the evolution of human Prerequisite: GEOG 203 or PHYS 101 or a natural sci- B.S. 1998 University of South Carolina institutions and technology, resources management, ence sequence or permission of instructor. Designed for and population crises; cultural traditions as mecha- earth science teachers. A basic course in the physical, M.P.A. 2002 Virginia Commonwealth University nisms of population control; basic theory of population chemical and geological properties of oceans and J.D. 2002 University of Virginia biology. ocean basins. Origin and character of ocean basins, Dawson, Tracey C. (2003) Assistant Professor of properties of oceanic waters, oceanic circulation, land- Forensic Science and Biology ENVS 315/PHYS 315 Energy and the Environment sea interactions, marine environments and ecology. B.S. 1995 North Carolina State University Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Ph.D. 1999 University of North Carolina – Chapel ENVS 490 Research Seminar in Environmental Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing. Open to non- Hill physics majors; not applicable to the physics major. A Studies Ferrara, Paul B. (2000) Distinguished Professor of study of society’s demand for energy, how it is cur- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. rently being met, the environmental consequences Prerequisites: Senior standing and at least 12 hours of Forensic Science and Chemistry thereof and some discussion of alternatives. approved environmental studies course work. An inter- B.S. 1964 Lemoyne College disciplinary examination of problems and issues central Ph.D. 1969 Syracuse University and SUNY College ENVS 330/BIOL 332 Environmental Pollution to environmental studies. Environmental research of of Environmental Science and Forestry Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. VCU faculty will be reviewed, and selected local envi- Marone, Peter M. (2001) Associate Professor of Prerequisites: Eight credits in biology. Not applicable to ronmental problems will be studied. Each student will Forensic Science and Chemistry the biology major. The study of pollution in the environ- complete a research project focusing on a specific B.S. 1970 Univeristy of Pittsburgh ment with emphasis on the procedures for detection environmental question. and abatement. M.S. 1971 Univeristy of Pittsburgh ENVS 491 Topics in Environmental Studies Peace, Michelle R. (2003) Assistant Professor of ENVS 332/URSP 332/GEOG 332 Environmental Semester course; variable; 1-3 credits per semester. Forensic Science and Chemistry Management May be repeated with different topics for a maximum B.S. 1995 Wittenberg University Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Provides a of six credits. Prerequisites vary by topic. An in-depth M.S. 1996 George Washington University framework for the development of environmental man- study of a selected environmental topic. See the Ph.D. 2003 Virginia Commonwealth University agement objectives and techniques. The focus of the Schedule of Classes for specific topic(s) and Poklis, Alphonse (2001) Professor of Pathology, (and course is on a study of natural hazards in Virginia and a prerequisites. Pharmacy & Toxicology) and Associate Professor of variety of approaches to reducing losses from these hazards. Forensic Science and Chemistry

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 115 College of Humanities and Sciences

B.S. 1969 University of Maryland tional 11 credits in chemistry beyond the Junior year Ph.D. 1974 University of Maryland core requirements; the forensic biology BIOL 300 Biotechniques Laboratory Porter, Robin D. (2001) Associate Professor of Forensic track requires an additional 13 credits in CHEM 301*-302 Organic Chemistry I-II Science and Chemistry biology and forensic science courses beyond CHEZ 301L-302L Organic Chemistry Laboratory I, II BIOL 218 Cell Biology B.S. 1968 Lynchburg College the core requirements. M.S. 1972 University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill FRSC/CRJS 370 Criminalistics and Crime Analysis FRSZ 370L Criminalistics and Crime Analysis Laboratory Forensic chemistry track The forensic science program is for stu- FRSC/CRJS 375 Forensic Evidence, Crime and Procedure General education requirements dents who plan a career or graduate study requirements in the forensic sciences. This specialization This track is offered for those students who are interested in graduate studies or Senior year features a prescribed curriculum with aca- CHEM 305 Physical Chemistry for the Life Sciences careers in the toxicology and chemistry sec- demic emphasis in biology, chemistry and CHEM 401 Methods of Organic Systhesis criminal justice. Under this program, two tions of forensic laboratories. Students also CHEM/BIOC 403 Biochemistry tracks are available: forensic chemistry and will be prepared for work in private analyti- ENGL 303 Writing in the Workplace or ENGL/MGMT 327 forensic biology. cal laboratories. Business and Technical Report Writing Students in this track will be required to FRSC 309 Crime Scene Search and Recovery complete BIOL 218 Cell Biology, CHEM General education requirements Forensic science program 305 Physical Chemistry; CHEM 309 and requirements CHEZ 309L Quantitative Analysis and Electives See the list of electives following the requirements in The forensic science program requires a Laboratory; CHEM 401 Methods of forensic biology. total of 120 credits with 44 of core program Organic Synthesis, and MATH 200 Calculus with Analytic Geometry. credits. In addition, students in the forensic Forensic biology track requirements science program must receive at least a “C” The student completing the forensic in specified courses in order to be able to chemistry track will be eligible for a minor The forensic biology track is well suited continue in the program and must com- in chemistry. All required 300-level chem- for students interested in careers in the plete the general education requirements istry courses must be taken at VCU in forensic biology section of forensic labora- for the bachelor of science degree in the order to achieve the chemistry minor. In tories. Students also will be prepared for College of Humanities and Sciences. (Refer addition, a cumulative 2.0 GPA in VCU work in molecular biology laboratories in to General Education section of the chemistry courses in the minor is required both the public and private sectors. College of Humanities and Sciences.) (transfer and VCU). Students in this track will be required to The core program courses are distrib- The required courses and their recom- complete BIOL 218 Cell Biology; BIOL uted as follows: mended sequence are listed below. Students 310 Genetics; FRSC/BIOL 438 and • 10 credits in biology (BIOL 151- must receive at least a “C” grade in those FRSZ/BIOZ 438L Forensic Molecular 152, BIOZ 151L-152L; BIOL 300) courses marked with an asterisk (*) in Biology and Laboratory; and a 300, 400 or • 21 credits in chemistry (CHEM 101- order to continue in the program. Note: 500 level forensic science elective. See 102; CHEZ/FRSZ 101L-102L; CHEM some courses may fulfill both general edu- adviser for suggestions. 301-302; CHEZ 301L-302L; cation and forensic science curriculum The student completing the forensic CHEM/BIOC 403) requirements. biology track will be eligible for a minor in • 13 credits in forensic science (FRSC chemistry. All required 300-level chemistry 101; FRSC 201; FRSC 309; Freshman year courses must be taken at VCU in order to FRSC/CRJS 370; FRSZ 370L; CHEM 101-102 General Chemistry I-II* achieve the chemistry minor. A cumulative CHEZ/FRSZ 101L-102L General Chemistry Laboratory I-II* FRSC/CRJS 375) 2.0 GPA in the minor is required (transfer Pass the Computer Proficiency Assessment and VCU). In addition, a cumulative 2.0 Students also must pass the Computer ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I Proficiency Assessment; ENGL 303 Writing GPA in VCU chemistry courses applied FRSC 101 Forensic Science I toward the minor is required. in the Workplace or ENGL/MGMT 327 LFSC 101 Introduction to Life Sciences Business and Technical Report Writing; MATH 151 Precalculus Mathematics The required courses and their recom- LFSC 101 Introduction to the Life STAT 210 Basic Practice of Statistics mended sequence are listed below. Students Sciences; MATH 151 Precalculus Math General education requirements must receive at least a “C” grade in those (depending on the results of the courses marked with an asterisk (*) in Mathematical Placement Test, students Sophomore year order to continue in the program. Note: either may be placed in a lower mathemat- BIOL 151-152 Introduction to Biological Sciences I, II* some courses may fulfill both, general edu- ics course first or may not be required to BIOZ 151L-152L Introduction to Biological Sciences cation and forensic science, curriculum Laboratory I, II* requirements. Students also must receive a take MATH 151); PHYS 201 General CHEM 309, CHEZ 309L Quantitative Analysis and Physics I; STAT 210 Basic Practice of “C” grade or better in CHEM 301 to enroll Laboratory in CHEM 302. Statistics. ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II The Forensic Science Program offers FRSC 201 Forensic Science II Freshman year two tracks — forensic chemistry and MATH 200 Calculus with Analytical Geometry CHEM 101-102 General Chemistry I, II* forensic biology. Students will select one PHYS 201 General Physics* CHEZ/FRSZ 101L-102L General Chemistry Laboratory I, II* General education requirements of the two tracks prior to the second Pass the Computer Proficiency Assessment semester of their sophomore year. The ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I forensic chemistry track requires an addi- FRSC 101 Forensic Science I

116 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

LFSC 101 Introduction to Life Sciences Approved safety glasses are required. Failure to check Chemistry II Laboratory. Provides an understanding of MATH 151 Precalculus Mathematics out of laboratory, upon withdrawal or for other reasons, various DNA testing methodologies and their applica- STAT 210 Basic Practices of Statistics will incur a charge billed from the Student Accounting bility to forensic science. Students will learn the skills General education requirements Department. necessary to evaluate the applicability of each method as it applies to particular case situations. Not applica- Sophomore year FRSC 201 Forensic Science II ble for credit toward the B.S. degree in biology. Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 Introduction to Biological Sciences I, II* FRSC 101. Provides a definitive understanding of the FRSZ 438L/BIOZ 438L Forensic Molecular Biology BIOZ 151L-152L Introduction to Biological Sciences role of the forensic science laboratory and the forensic Laboratory Laboratory I, II* laboratory analyst in the legal system. Focus is on non- Semester course; 3 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Pre- or ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II biological evidence, such as firearms and toolmarks. corequisite: BIOL/FRSC 438. Provides comprehensive FRSC 201 Forensic Science II coverage of the various types of DNA testing currently PHYS 201 General Physics * FRSC 309 Crime Scene Search and Recovery used in forensic science laboratories. Students will General education requirements Techniques have hands-on experience with the analytical equip- Semester course; 3 lecture/laboratory hours. 3 credits. ment employed in forensic science laboratories. Junior year Provides basic knowledge of proper crime scene proto- Students also will explore and practice expert witness BIOL 218 Cell Biology col and evidence processing techniques including the testimony in a mock trial setting with crime lab ana- BIOL 300 Biotechniques Laboratory processes for documenting, collecting and preserving lysts as the judge and jury. Not applicable for credit CHEM 301-302 Organic Chemistry I, II physical evidence. toward the B.S. degree in biology. CHEZ 301L-302L Organic Chemistry Laboratory I, II FRSC 445/PATH 445 Forensic Toxicology FRSC 310/ANTH 310 Forensic Anthropology FRSC 309 Crime Scene Search and Recovery Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture and 1 laboratory hours. 3 FRSC/CRJS 370 Criminalistics and Crime Analysis Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102, CHEZ/FRSZ 101L; CHEM credits. A comprehensive overview of forensic anthro- 301-302 and CHEZ 301L. Provides a comprehensive FRSZ 370L Criminalistics and Crime Analysis Laboratory pology, including its development and the theory and overview of the basic principles of toxicology and the FRSC/CRJS 375 Forensic Evidence, Crime and Procedure methodology on which it is based. General education requirements practical aspects of forensic toxicology. Students will FRSC 314/BIOL 314 Introduction to Molecular learn to define the toxic agents most commonly result- Senior year Biology ing in legal problems in U.S. society and also the BIOL 310 Genetics Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. process by which the U.S. judicial system is aided by CHEM/BIOC 403 Biochemistry Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152, CHEM 102 or equivalent. scientific investigation. The fundamentals, principles, techniques and applica- ENGL/MGMT 327 Business and Technical Writing or ENGL FRSC 492 Forensic Science Independent Study tions of cell biology and genetics. Emphasis is on 303 Writing in the Workplace Semester course; variable credit, 1-3 credit hours. nucleic acids and proteins. Not applicable for credit FRSC/BIOL 438 Forensic Molecular Biology Maximum total for all independent study is six credits. toward the B.S. degree in biology. FRSZ/BIOZ 438L Forensic Molecular Biology Laboratory Open only to forensic science majors with junior or FRSC 3XX-4XX Forensic Science elective FRSC 315 Principles of Death Investigation senior standing with a GPA of 2.5 or above. General education requirements Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152, CHEM 101-102, FRSC 101 Prerequisite: Completion of forensic science core or 201. A determination of the amount of credit and the Electives requirements or permission of instructor. Provides basic written permission of both the instructor and the pro- Depending on the general education credits required, knowledge of the death investigation process, focusing gram director must be procured prior to registration for students may take general elective credits to reach the on crime scene management and dealing with the the course. required 120 credit total. Up to the first six general elec- police, media and next of kin. tive credits must be from forensic science (FRSC) and/or FRSC 493 Forensic Science Internship criminal justice (CRJS) courses. FRSC 370/CRJS 370 Criminalistics and Crime Semester course; 3 credits. May be taken only once. Analysis Prerequisites: Open only to forensic science majors Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A compre- with senior standing, 27 forensic science core program Courses in forensic science (FRSC) hensive evaluation of current developments in credits and at least a 2.75 GPA. An application is research, instrumentation, and laboratory technology required in advance of admission with permission of FRSC 101 Forensic Science I utilized to detect, identify, analyze and compare the internship coordinator. Through placement in an Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Introduction demonstrate evidence. approved organization, the student will obtain a and broad overview of forensic science. Emphasis on broader, more practical knowledge of forensic science the application of biological sciences to legal investiga- FRSZ 370L Criminalistics and Crime Analysis and its applications. Written progress and final reports tions involving human death. Laboratory are required. Graded as pass/fail. Semester course; 4 laboratory hours. 2 credits. Pre- or FRSZ 101L/CHEZ 101L General Chemistry corequisite: CRJS/FRSC 370. Open only to forensic sci- Laboratory I ence majors. Experimental work associated with Geography Semester course; 1 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 1 CRJS/FRSC 370. Application of forensic science labora- credit. Pre- or corequisite: CHEM 101. Experimental tory techniques to the analysis of fingerprints, unknown A major concentration and a minor in work correlated with CHEM 101 with selected forensic chemicals, physical evidence and biological clues. geography are offered by the School of science applications. Each student is charged for breakage incurred. Approved safety glasses are required. FRSC 375/CRJS 375 Forensic Evidence, Law and World Studies. Failure to check out of laboratory, upon withdrawal or Criminal Procedure for other reasons, will incur a charge billed from the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The law of Student Accounting Department. criminal procedure and rules of evidence as applied to Department of History forensic science. Issues of scientific versus legal bur- FRSZ 102L/CHEZ 102L General Chemistry dens of proof, legal terminology and trial procedure Susan E. Kennedy will be presented. Laboratory II Professor and Department Chair (1973) Semester course; 1 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 1 B.A. 1964 Marymount Manhattan College credit. Pre- or corequisite: CHEM 102. Prerequisite: FRSC 438/BIOL 438 Forensic Molecular Biology CHEZ/FRSZ 101L. Experimental work includes qualita- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. M.A. 1965 Columbia University tive analysis with selected forensic science applica- Prerequisites: BIOL 310 Genetics or equivalent; CHEM Ph.D. 1971 Columbia University tions. Each student is charged for breakage incurred. 302 Organic Chemistry II and CHEZ 302L Organic

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 117 College of Humanities and Sciences

Auerbach, Alexander J. (2003) Assistant Professor Yanikdag, Yucel (2003) Assistant Professor Master of arts in history B.A. 1993 Oberlin College B.A. 1991 Old Dominion University M.A. 1997 Emory University M.A. 1994 Old Dominion University For information about this program, see Ph.D. 2001 Emory University Ph.D. 2002 Ohio State University the Graduate and Professional Programs Bendersky, Joseph W. (1978) Professor Bulletin. B.A. 1969 City College of New York Emeriti faculty M.A. 1970 Michigan State University Bigelow, Alden G., Associate Professor Emeritus Degree requirements – bachelor of Ph.D. 1975 Michigan State University B.A. University of Virginia Briceland, Alan V. (1966) Associate Professor M.A. University of Virginia arts in history A.B. 1961 The College of William and Mary Ph.D. University of Virginia The bachelor of arts curriculum in his- M.A. 1963 Duke University Blake Jr., William E., Professor Emeritus tory requires a minimum of 120 credits, Ph.D. 1965 Duke University B.A. University of Cincinnati with at least 36 of those credits in history. Craig, Leigh Ann (2003) Assistant Professor M.A. Cincinnati Bible Seminary In addition to the undergraduate require- B.A. 1994 Michigan State University B.D. Cincinnati Bible Seminary ments and those of the college, the student M.A. 1996 Ohio State University Th.M. Union Theological Seminary majoring in history must complete the Ph.D. 2001 Ohio State University Th.D. Union Theological Seminary following: Cromey, Robert D. (1973) Associate Professor Moore, James Tice, Professor Emeritus B.A. 1966 University of Wisconsin B.A. 1966 University of South Carolina 1. twelve credits in 100-level history area survey courses M.A. 1971 University of Wisconsin M.A. 1968 University of Virginia (six credits may be applied to the College of Humanities Ph.D. 1973 University of Wisconsin Ph.D. 1972 University of Virginia and Sciences general education requirements) Greer Jr., Harold E. (1968) Associate Professor Talbert, Robert M., Associate Professor Emeritus 2. HIST 300 Introduction to Historical Study with a “C” A.B. 1960 University of Alabama B.A. 1959 Bluefield College grade or better prior to enrolling in more than six cred- M.A. 1963 University of Alabama M.Div. 1962 Southeastern Baptist Theological its of 300- or 400-level history courses Ph.D. 1965 University of Alabama Seminary 3. twenty-four credits in history courses at the 300-400 Th.M. New Orleans Baptist Theological Seminary Ph.D. 1970 Hebrew Union College – Jewish Institute level Herman, John E. (1994) Associate Professor of Religion 4. three credits from among HIST 461, 462, 483, 485, 486, B.A. 1981 University of Oregon Toppin, Edgar A. (1994) Distinguished Visiting 490, 493 M.A. 1988 University of Washington Professor of African-American History* 5. at least six credits from each of three areas: Ph.D. 1993 University of Washington A.B. 1949 Howard University a) Europe Jones, Norrece T. (1983) Associate Professor of History M.A. 1950 Howard University b) United States and African-American Studies Ph.D. 1955 Northwestern University c) Africa, Asia or Latin America B.A. Hampton Institute Urofsky, Melvin I. (1974) Professor and Director, Ph.D. 1981 Northwestern University Doctoral Program in Public Policy and Administration Collateral requirements Messmer, Michael W. (1972) Associate Professor B.A. 1961 Columbia University B.A. 1964 University of Notre Dame M.A. 1962 Columbia University In addition to the history courses M.A. 1966 Yale University Ph.D. 1968 Columbia University required for the bachelor of arts degree, stu- Ph.D. 1972 Yale University J.D. 1984 University of Virginia dents must complete the study of a foreign Moitt, Bernard (1995) Associate Professor language through the intermediate level B.A. 1975 York University The history curriculum exposes students (202 or 205) by course or placement. M.A. 1977 Johns Hopkins University to a multidimensional analysis of the Along with completion of general educa- Ph.D. 1985 University of Toronto human past. Knowledge gained through tion requirements of the College of Munro, George E. (1971) Professor such analysis not only has the intrinsic Humanities and Sciences for the bachelor B.A. 1965 Wheaton College appeal of any disciplined intellectual of arts degree and undergraduate require- Ph.D. 1973 University of North Carolina inquiry, but also constitutes an indispensa- ments, students may choose approved elec- Schwarz, Philip J. (1972) Professor ble basis for active citizenship and for criti- tives from any courses offered by the B.A. 1962 Brown University cal thinking about the society in which the College of Humanities and Sciences and M.A. 1965 University of Connecticut student lives. the schools of the Arts, Business and M.L.S. 1965 Rutgers University Historical training at the undergraduate Education. Ph.D. 1973 Cornell University level leads to personal and social awareness Students should consult with their advis- Toppin, Edgar A. (1994) Distinguished Visiting Professor within the rich tradition of the liberal arts. ers each semester to design a program of African-American History It also provides students an ideal prepara- which meets these requirements and suits B.A. 1949 Howard University their interests and career objectives. M.A. 1950 Howard University tion for a wide range of careers and further Ph.D. 1955 Northwestern University professional study. Trani, Eugene P. (1990) Professor and President, Virginia The Department of History offers the Honors in history bachelor of arts in history. Commonwealth University To earn a bachelor of arts degree with B.A. 1961 University of Notre Dame Students in the program can take advan- honors in history the students must have a M.A. 1963 Indiana University tage of a wide range of courses with thematic, minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 or a 3.0 Ph.D. 1966 Indiana University topical, national or chronological emphases Tunnell, Ted (1985) Associate Professor to fulfill requirements and electives. average for their junior year, with at least a B.A. 1964 North Texas State University, Denton 3.3 GPA in history courses. Students must M.A. 1966 North Texas State University, Denton also have completed an honors paper in Ph.D. 1978 University of California, Berkeley

118 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences history. See the department adviser or chair the world. First semester: to 1800. Second semester: HIST 306 The Early Middle Ages for information about the paper require- 1800 to the present. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A topical, ments. An honors in history notation will thematic, integrative and problems approach to the HIST 107, 108 Survey of East Asian Civilizations emergence of a distinctive European community during appear on the transcripts of students who Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. A sur- the period frequently alluded to as the “Dark Ages.” complete these requirements. vey of East Asian civilizations (China and Japan) from prehistory to the present, emphasizing the events, HIST 307/RELS 308 The High Middle Ages ideas and institutions that shaped, influenced and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A detailed Minor in history defined East Asia’s place in the world. First semester: historical analysis of the Gregorian Revolution, the The minor in history consists of 18 cred- to the 14th century. Second semester: from the 14th Crusades, the 12th-century Renaissance, the Thomistic its, 12 of which must be at the upper level century to the present. World and the death of medieval civilization. (300-400). At least three credits must be HIST 109, 110 Survey of Latin American History HIST 308 Europe in Renaissance taken from HIST 300, 461, 462, 483, 485, Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. A sur- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. 486, 490 or 493. vey of Latin American civilization from its early civiliza- Examination of the political, economic, social, cultural tions to the present, emphasizing the events, ideas and and religious dimensions of the Italian and Northern institutions that have shaped, influenced and defined European renaissances. Extended Teacher Preparation Latin America’s place in the world First semester: to 1824. Second semester: 1824 to the present. HIST 309/RELS 309 The Reformation Program Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A careful History majors interested in teaching HIST 191 Topics in History and intensive inquiry into the spiritual and material early, middle, secondary or special educa- Semester course; variable; 1-3 credits per semester. forces and people involved in the reformation of tion can enroll in an Extended Teacher Maximum total of six credits. The study of a selected Christendom in 16th-century Europe. topic or topics in history. See the Schedule of Classes Preparation Program that results in the for specific topics to be offered each semester. HIST 310 Europe in Absolutism and simultaneous awarding of a bachelor of arts Enlightenment, 1648-1815 degree in history and a master of arts degree HIST 300 Introduction to Historical Study Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Examines in teaching. For more information about Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. History the political, social and economic orders of Old Regime this program jointly administered by the majors must complete HIST 300 with at least a “C” Europe in the context of their increasing contradictions; grade prior to enrolling in more than six credits of 300- introduces the cultural and intellectual forces that School of Education and the College of or 400-level history courses. This introduction to the helped challenge that regime; culminates in the French Humanities and Sciences, contact the historical discipline is required of all history majors. It Revolution and Napoleon. School of Education’s Office of Academic is designed to enhance basic research, writing and Services. study skills in order to increase student appreciation of, HIST 311 The Zenith of European Power, 1815-1914 and performance in, the advanced courses within the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of history major. the period in which the nations of Europe reached their Cooperative Education Program height of world power between the reconstruction of HIST 301, 302/RELS 315, 316 The Ancient Near East Europe after the Napoleonic Wars and the eve of The Cooperative Education Program is Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. A study World War I. Topics includes the rise of nationalism, available to qualifying students pursuing of the ancient Near Eastern civilizations of liberalism and socialism; the spread of capitalism and undergraduate degrees in history. A full Mesopotamia, Egypt, Anatolia and Syria-Palestine, industrial society; the beginnings of mass politics; the description of this program appears in the from the preliterary period to that of the Archaemenid new imperialism; the diplomatic revolution in the Division of Student Affairs chapter of this Empire of the Persians. First semester: preliterary European state system before World War I. bulletin. period to the end of Kassite rule in Babylonia (c. 1160 B.C.). Second semester: the rise and fall of the great HIST 312 The Age of Total War: Europe, 1914-45 Neo-Assyrian, Neo-Babylonian, Hebrew and Persian Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of Empires (c. 331 B.C.). the transformation of European society precipitated by Courses in history (HIST) World War I and World War II. Emphasis is placed on HIST 303 Greek Civilization the origin, nature, and repercussions of total war; the HIST 101, 102 Survey of European History Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of crisis of democracy and the rise of modern dictator- Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. A sur- the unique cultural heritage of Greece and the histori- ships; changes in political, economic and social institu- vey of European civilization from the ancient world to cal patterns that rose from it, from the Heroic Age to tions; and the decline of European power. the present, emphasizing the events, ideas and institu- the urban worlds after Alexander, 1400 B.C.-146 B.C. tions that have shaped, influenced and defined HIST 313 Post-War Europe, 1945 to the Present Europe’s place in the world. First semester: to 16th cen- HIST 304 Roman Civilization Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An exami- tury. Second semester: 16th century to the present. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of nation of Europe’s social, economic and political recov- Roman history as it derived from Roman cultural insti- ery after World War II and of the transformation of HIST 103, 104 Survey of American History tutions, from the Etruscan period through the conflict of Europe from the center toward the periphery of world Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. A sur- the pagan and Christian worlds and advent of the bar- power. vey of American civilization from prehistory to the pres- barians, 753 B.C.-A.D. 454. ent, emphasizing the events, ideas and institutions that HIST 315, 316 History of France have shaped, influenced and defined America’s place in HIST 305 Introduction to Greek Archaeology Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. First the world. First semester: to Reconstruction. Second Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Selected semester: history of France from Gallo-Roman times semester: reconstruction to present. centers of civilization in prehistoric, classical and through the French Revolution and the Napoleonic era. Hellenistic Greece: their rise, destruction or renewal by Second semester: from 1815 to the present. HIST 105, 106/AFAM 105, 106 Survey of African urban planning; the history of classical archaeology, its History growth and impact on modern European art. Emphasis HIST 317, 318 History of Germany Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. A sur- is on the living context of mature and complex peoples: Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. First vey of African civilizations from prehistory to the pres- Crete, Myceanae, Classical and Hellenistic Greece. semester: the rise of Prussia, decline of the Holy ent, emphasizing the events, ideas and institutions that Roman Empire and the German Confederation up to have shaped, influenced and defined Africa’s place in 1870. Second semester: Bismarck’s Empire, the World Wars, Nazism and post-1945 Germany.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 119 College of Humanities and Sciences

HIST 319, 320 History of England of the Weimar Republic; genesis of the Nazi racial ide- frage and social reform, shifting gender roles and Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. Traces ology and party structure; the Nazi political, social and changing employment opportunities. the rise of England to world hegemony and the causes cultural order after the seizure of power; Nazi foreign of its decline as a world power. First semester: Tudor policy leading to war and genocide; and an analysis of HIST 342 Colonial America, 1585-1763 Revolution in government, Reformation, English civil the personality of Hitler. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An exami- wars and Restoration. Second semester: Whig oli- nation of the development of the 13 original colonies; garchy, Industrial Revolution, Victorianism, impact of HIST 332 History in Film the establishment and growth of society, politics and world wars, problems of Empire. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An exami- the economy; and modification in the relationship nation of the uses and misuses of historical events and between the provinces and Great Britain. HIST 321, 322 History of Russia personalities in film. Lectures and readings are used to Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. Russian critically analyze films dealing with biographies, events HIST 343 Two American Revolutions, 1763-1800 history from its origins to the present, emphasizing the and propaganda. May be repeated for a maximum of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An exami- development of political and social institutions and six credits with different topics. nation of the late 18th-century revolutions which Russia’s unique position between Europe and Asia. molded the American political system - the revolution First semester: origins to 1861. Second semester: 1861 HIST 333/ECON 419 History of Economic Thought of colonial Englishmen against Great Britain and the to the present. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. revolution of the nationalists against the government Prerequisites: ECON 210-211. A survey of the ideas established by the American Revolution, which pro- HIST 323 History of Spain and Portugal of major economic contributors to modern economic duced and firmly established the United States Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of thought. Theories of value, growth and distribution Constitution. the history of the Iberian peninsula from ancient times from the 18th through the 20th centuries will be to the present, with an emphasis on the distinctive cul- presented. HIST 344 Ante-bellum America: 1800-60 ture and attitude toward life that developed south of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Federalist the Pyrenees. HIST 334 Comparative History of Revolutions era to 1860. A study of the events, forces, and person- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An histori- alities that shaped Ante-bellum America and led to HIST 324 The Holocaust cal investigation of the causes, events, results and Southern secession and Civil War. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A multidis- interpretation of revolution, focusing upon such sub- ciplinary examination of the events leading to and cul- jects as revolutionary change in the ancient and HIST 345 Civil War and Reconstruction minating in the Nazi extermination of six million Jews; medieval worlds, and the revolutions of the modern Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of the historical settings of European Jewry and of age in England, France, Mexico, Russia, China and the major events, forces, personalities and significance German fascism; the role of traditional anti-Semitism; Cuba. Emphasis is on historical comparisons and the of the Civil War and Reconstruction eras. the psychology of aggressor and victim; the Holocaust specific revolutions examined may vary. in art and literature and the moral implications for HIST 346 The Emergence of Modern America, today. HIST 336 Modern European Intellectual History 1877-1914 Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An investi- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An exami- HIST 325, 326/RELS 318, 319 History of the gation of the main currents of European thought since nation of the major political, legal, social, and eco- Jewish People 1750 which have shaped the contemporary mind. nomic trends in the United States at this time, focusing Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. A study Emphasis on the interconnections between ideas and on the industrialization of the nation and the resulting of the Jewish people from the destruction of the society placed in their historical contexts. effects it had on such diverse matters as urbanization, Second Temple in A.D. 70 to the present. First semes- immigration, economic distribution and cultural affairs, ter: Judea in Roman times, the Diaspora in Islam and HIST 337 The Origins of Modernism, 1880-1930 culminating in the Progressive reform movement. in Europe, social and cultural trends and the impact of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An investi- the Emancipation. Second semester: the rise of the gation of the interconnections between social, intellec- HIST 347, 348 20th-century U.S. History American Jewish community, the impact of modernism tual, and artistic change in Europe in the crucial period Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. A study and growth of Reform, the beginnings and growth of 1880-1930. Focus is placed on such major figures as of the political, social, economic, and cultural history of Zionism, restoration in Palestine, the Holocaust, the Nietzsche, Freud, Einstein, Picasso, Duchamp and the United States in the 20th century, with emphasis creation of Israel and the relations of Israel and World Stravinsky in an attempt to locate the origins of con- on how the American people have responded to Jewry. temporary artistic and intellectual experience. reform, war, prosperity, depression, international status and changing relationships within government and HIST 327/RELS 327 History of Christianity HIST 338 History of Socialism society. First semester: to World War II. Second semes- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A historical Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An exami- ter: since World War II. and theological examination of Christianity from its ori- nation of the roots of socialism in the cultural and reli- gin to the present. Emphasis is placed upon an under- gious tradition of the West, its development during HIST 349, 350 American Military History standing of leading events, ideas, movements and per- Europe’s industrialization, its present status and the Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. Analysis sons in their historical settings. alternative it presents to capitalism. of the evolution, status, and conduct of the armed forces of the United States. Emphasis will be placed on HIST 328 Modern Middle East HIST 339, 340/WMNS 339, 340 History of Women the changing nature of American military thought and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Analysis of in Europe institutions, their performance in peace and war and the history, problems, and prospects of the nations and Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. A his- their relationship to civilian authority. First semester: to peoples of the Middle East with emphasis on develop- tory of European women from the Greeks to the con- 1900. Second semester: 1900 to the present. ments since the Balfour Declaration of 1917. temporary world. A major focus of both courses will be primary sources by and about women. First semester: HIST 351, 352 History of the South HIST 329, 330 European Social History from antiquity to the Enlightenment. Second semester: Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. A Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. from the French Revolution to the present. regional history placing particular emphasis upon the Examines the institutions and structures of European distinctive culture and problems of the South and its society in the context of their changing interrelation- HIST 341/WMNS 341 American Women’s History significance in the history of the United States. First ships with politics, economics, ideas and culture Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Through semester: Old South, from colonial period to 1861. throughout European history. First semester: pre- reading, lecture and discussion, this course analyzes Second semester: New South, from 1865 to the present. Industrial Europe; second semester: the Industrial Age. historical changes in the social, cultural, political and economic position of women in America over the past HIST 355 History of Virginia HIST 331 Nazi Germany three centuries. It includes such topics as the differ- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The course Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The origin ences and similarities of women’s experiences across focuses on the central themes, events and personali- and nature of Hitler’s Third Reich. A study of the failure lines of class, race and ethnicity, the struggle for suf- ties of the state’s history from 1607 to the present.

120 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

HIST 357, 358 American Social History HIST 379 The History of Modern Japan states and empires, the introduction, spread and Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. The Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course impact of Islam, the Atlantic Slave trade and its social life of Americans is examined in all periods of will offer a detailed examination of Japan’s modern effects, colonialism, African resistance and national- their history, focusing on the changing structure and history, from the rise of Tokugawa rule in 1600 to the ism, and developments since independence. functions of social institutions and thought. First semes- end of World War II. A general overview of Japan’s tra- ter: to 1876. Second semester: 1877 to the present. ditional society will give way to a historical analysis of HIST 388/AFAM 388 Africa: Social, Cultural, and the major social, cultural, political and intellectual Economic History HIST 361, 362/AFAM 361, 362 Americans from changes that occurred in Japan throughout this time Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of Africa period. economic, social and cultural developments in Africa Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. A study from the beginning of the 19th century to the present, of the history and culture of blacks in the United HIST 381 The History of Early Modern China, 1500 with emphasis on agricultural and industrial develop- States, designed to analyze some of the most impor- to 1800 ment, trade, Africa’s involvement in the world economy, tant aspects of black life and the attitudes of the domi- Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Examines changes in labor systems, racial dominance, African nant society within which blacks lived. The second the last 150 years of the Ming Dynasty (1368-1644) and initiatives and resistance, religion and social evolution semester emphasizes the changing status, expecta- the first 150 years of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1912). and Africa in world affairs. tions and ideologies of black Americans in the 20th General overview of China’s traditional political econ- century. First semester: to 1877. Second semester: omy is followed by a historical analysis of the major HIST 389/AFAM 389 History of Southern Africa since 1877. social, cultural, political, intellectual and economic Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of changes that occurred in China between 1500 and the history and culture of the peoples of southern HIST 363 History of the American Urban 1800. In addition, students will be introduced to such Africa. Deals with the areas that presently are the Experience concepts and issues as empire building, ethnicity and Republic of South Africa, Lesotho, Swaziland, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The evolu- nationalism to prepare for the study of the 19th- and Botswana, Namibia and Zimbabwe. Emphasizes the tion of colonial towns into industrial metropolises will 20th-century China. interaction among the various communities and ethno- be examined, placing emphasis on how this change linguistic groups in southern Africa. determined contemporary conditions in American cities. HIST 382 The History of Modern China, 1800 to the Present HIST 390/AFAM 390/WMNS 390 Africa and the HIST 365, 366 American Intellectual History Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Examines Americas: Slavery, Gender and Race Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. The China’s modern history beginning at the height of the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An exami- development of American thought and attitudes, with Qing Dynasty (1644-1912) in 1800. A general overview nation of various aspects of slavery in Africa primarily, emphasis on trends in social and religious ideas, the of China’s traditional political economy is followed by a and selected parts of the African Diaspora including rise of educational and cultural institutions, and historical analysis of the major social, cultural, politi- the United States, Canada and the Caribbean, with expressions in literature and the arts. First semester: cal, intellectual and economic changes that occurred in emphasis on African conditions of servility, the Atlantic Colonial period to 1860. Second semester: 1860 to the China from 1800 to the present. This course is divided slave trade and chattel slavery. The role gender and present. into three sections: the first examines the factors lead- race played in slavery will be given particular attention. ing to the collapse of China’s last dynasty in 1912; the HIST 369, 370 American Constitutional and Legal second focuses on the revolutionary changes taking HIST 391 Topics in History Development place in China during the first half of the 20th century Semester course; 1, 2, or 3 lecture hours. Variable Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. An (from 1912 to 1949); and the final section looks at credit. May be repeated with different topics for a analysis of the development of American constitution- Communist China since 1949. maximum of nine credits. An in-depth study of a alism and of concomitant legal developments, empha- selected topic in history. See the Schedule of Classes sizing judicial review, the relationship between the HIST 383 Ancient Egypt for specific topics to be offered each semester. Constitution and modern industrialized society, and civil Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A general rights, as well as the growth of case law and the rise survey of the history and culture of ancient Egypt from HIST 392/AFAM 392 The Caribbean to 1838 of the legal profession. First semester: to 1877; Second the Predynastic period through the age of the New Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An explo- semester since 1877. Kingdom. In addition to the historical reconstruction, ration of changes in the structure of Caribbean society emphasis is placed on the art, literature and religion of from the late 15th century to 1838, with emphasis on HIST 374 History of the American Frontier each of the major periods. the development of plantation slavery, social stratifica- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of tion, race, slave resistance, the Haitian Revolution, the western movement in the United States from the HIST 384 Latin America and World Affairs African cultural patterns and abolition. time the first outposts were established to the end of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of the frontier in the 19th century. Particular attention to the relation of Latin America since the 16th century to HIST 393/AFAM 393 Akhenaten to Cleopatra the influence of the frontier upon the American mind major world developments which have occurred and in Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of and ideals. which Latin America was involved. Egyptian history from the period of the Empire (New Kingdom, c. 1570 B.C.) through the Ptolemaic Age of HIST 375, 376 American Diplomatic History HIST 385 History of Mexico Cleopatra (c. 30 B.C.). Particular areas of concentration Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. A study Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of will include the Amarna Period of Akhenaten and vari- of the role of the United States in international rela- Mexico and its culture, including early Indian civiliza- ous aspects of Egyptian daily life. tions. Emphasis is placed on institutional and theoreti- tions, Spanish conquest, colonial period, independence, cal development and continuity as well as the role of struggle for reform, revolution and development as a HIST 394/ANTH 394 Historical Archaeology the individual. First semester: to 1900. Second semes- modern state. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ter: since 1900. Prerequisites: ANTH 103 or ANTH 105 and one history HIST 386 History of Brazil course. A review of the methods and findings of histor- HIST 378 History of Central America Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of ical archaeology from the 15th century to the present. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An explo- the development of Brazilian culture and institutions Special emphasis on the use of written documents and ration of the history of the region beginning with pre- from the Portuguese occupation of eastern South archaeological artifacts to interpret society and culture Hispanic Indian civilizations and continuing to the pres- America through the Colonial period, independent in the modern world. ent. Topics to be studied include the Spanish conquest, empire and the republic to the present time. the liberal-conservative struggle, U.S. gunboat diplo- HIST 461-462 Archival and Historical macy, the Sandinista Revolution, civil war in El HIST 387/AFAM 387 History of West Africa Administration Salvador, militarism in Guatemala and democracy in Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of Continuous course; 3 lecture and 3 workshop hours. Costa Rica. the transformation of West African societies from early 3-3 credits. First semester: an examination of the times to the present, with emphasis on the rise of development of archival administration with emphasis

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 121 College of Humanities and Sciences on modern techniques and practices of archival and or program. May be multidisciplinary. Grade option: Ellington, Aimee (2001) Assistant Professor historical administration. Second semester: workshop Pass/fail or normal letter grading. Option will be estab- B.S. 1991 Columbia Union College in which each student will receive on-the-job training lished by instructor. M.S. 1993 University of North Texas in various phases of archival administration. Ph.D. 2000 University of Tennessee HIST 483 Museum Methods Courses in humanities and Farley, Reuben W. (1968) Professor Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Practical B.S. 1961 Randolph-Macon College presentation of techniques of working museums, pre- sciences interdisciplinary (HUSI) M.A. 1965 University of Tennessee sented in conjunction with local or regional museums. Ph.D. 1968 University of Tennessee Haver, William E. (1977) Professor HUSI 190 College Seminar HIST 485 Seminar in Historiography B.S. 1964 Bates College 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. May be repeated once for Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be M.S. 1967 Rutgers University repeated for maximum of six credits with different top- credit. Open only to students who participate in these Ph.D. 1970 State University of New York, Bingham ics. Introduction to questions in historiography, mean- programs. A seminar designed for first-year programs ing, methodology and interpretation in the teaching and coordinated through the office of the dean of the Kent, Candace M. (1998) Assistant Professor writing of history. College of Humanities and Sciences. Designed to help B.A. 1979 Wellesley College students integrate general education courses. M.S. 1993 University of Rhode Island HIST 486 Seminar in Historical Methodology Ph.D. 1998 University of Rhode Island HUSI 491 College Topics Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. In a semi- Raye, Julie (2002) Assistant Professor Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be nar setting involving reading, discussion and writing, B.A. 1997 University of New Hampshire students will explore the canons, practices, and limita- repeated with different topics for maximum of six cred- M.A. 2000 North Carolina State University tions of one or more historical methodologies. Since its. Open primarily to seniors; others with permission of the emphasis may shift from semester to semester, instructor. A discussion of complex issues that are of Schmeelk, John F. (1975) Professor interested students should contact the instructor listed enduring value or of critical interest to society. The B.S. 1962 Seton Hall University in the current Schedule of Classes. goals of the course are to (1) bring general principles M.S. 1965 New York University from disciplinary or a variety of disciplinary contexts to Ph.D. 1976 George Washington University HIST 490 Seminar in History bear on specific problems; (2) exercise critical thinking; Sedaghat, Hassan (1990) Associate Professor Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Maximum (3) understand and integrate diverse perspectives; and B.S. 1981 George Washington University nine credits. Research and analysis of a selected his- (4) explore models of decision making, underlying M.A. 1983 George Washington University torical topic in a seminar setting. See the Schedule of assumptions and implications. See the Schedule of Ph.D. 1990 George Washington University Classes for each semester’s offerings. Classes for specific issues to be offered each semester. Terrell, William J. (1991) Associate Professor HIST 492 Independent Study B.S. 1975 North Carolina State University Semester course; variable; 2-4 credits per semester. Courses in life sciences (LFSC) M.S. 1976 Northwestern University Maximum total of six credits. Open generally to stu- Ph.D. 1990 North Carolina State University dents of only junior and senior standing who have Wood, James A. (1969) Professor and Director of acquired 12 credits in the departmental disciplines. For life sciences course description, refer to the VCU Life Sciences chapter in this Graduate Affairs Determination of the amount of credit and permission B.S. 1961 Georgetown University of instructor and department chair must be procured bulletin. M.S. 1963 University of Virginia prior to registration of the course. Ph.D. 1966 University of Virginia HIST 493 Internship Semester course; variable; 2-4 credits per semester. Department of Mathematics Emeriti faculty Maximum total of six credits. Open generally to stu- and Applied Mathematics Lohr, C. Michael, Associate Professor Emeritus dents of senior standing. Students receive credit for M.S. 1963 University of Virginia work on historical projects with approved agencies. Andrew M. Lewis Ph.D. 1968 University of Virginia Determination of the amount of credit and permission Associate Professor and Chair (1994) Morris, J. Richard (1969) Associate Professor of departmental internship coordinator must be pro- B.A. 1967 Harvard University B.S. 1957 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State cured prior to registration for the course. Ph.D. 1993 University of California at Berkeley University M.S. 1960 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State Courses in humanities James A. Wood University Professor and Director of Graduate Affairs (1969) M.A. 1965 University of Alabama and sciences (HUMS) B.S. 1961 Georgetown University Ph.D. 1969 University of Alabama M.A. 1963 University of Virginia Raychowdhury, Pratip N., Professor Emeritus Ph.D. 1966 University of Virginia HUMS 291 Special Topics in the Humanities and B.S. and B.A. University of Calcutta Sciences M.S. Brigham Young University Semester course; 1-4 credits. May be repeated with Abay-Asmerom, Ghidewon (1991) Associate Professor Ph.D. 1966 George Washington University different content. Specialized topics in the liberal arts B.S. 1986 Andrews University and sciences designed to provide an overview of a M.A. 1987 Western Michigan University The curriculum in mathematical sciences topic not provided by an existing course or program. Ph.D. 1990 Western Michigan University promotes understanding of the mathemati- May be multidisciplinary. Grade option: Pass/fail or Berglund, John F. (1972) Professor and Director, cal sciences and their structures, uses, and normal letter grading. Option will be established by University Honors Program instructor. relationships to other disciplines. To this B.A. Ohio Wesleyan University end, the scholarly growth of the faculty HUMS 391 Special Topics in the Humanities and Ph.D. 1967 Tulane University and students in the mathematical sciences Sciences Deveney, James K. (1974) Professor is nurtured through study, research and B.S. 1970 Boston College Semester course; variable; 1-4 credits. May be a high standard of teaching. The curricu- Ph.D. 1974 Florida State University repeated with different content. Specialized topics in lum provides a sound foundation for the the liberal arts and sciences designed to provide an overview of a topic not provided by an existing course student seeking to enter a career with a

122 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences technological orientation or for the student 3. PHYS 207, 208 University Physics I, II or PHYS 201- plan of study, which will result in a bachelor who wishes to pursue graduate study in 202 General Physics of science with a major in mathematical sci- applied mathematics, mathematics, opera- ences. This student-planned curriculum must tions research, statistics or related fields. B. Complete another course, including laboratory, in the contain at least 24 credits in upper-level A bachelor of science is offered jointly by natural sciences from the list of courses approved for (300-500) mathematical sciences courses. satisfying the general education requirements of the the Department of Mathematics and College of Humanities and Sciences. This course must Applied Mathematics and the Department be in the life sciences if the chemistry or physics Minor requirements – general of Statistical Sciences and Operations sequence was selected in A above. It must be in the Research. In the Department of physical sciences if the biology sequence was selected A minimum GPA of 2.0 must be Mathematics and Applied Mathematics, in A above. achieved in the minor, and credit for 100- students in the bachelor of science in level mathematical sciences courses cannot mathematical sciences can choose from two C. Complete one other course in the natural sciences or be applied to the minor. Students in the areas of concentration. complete a minor or second major offered outside the mathematical sciences majors cannot minor Department of Mathematics and Applied Mathematics. in a mathematical sciences program. 1. Mathematical sciences/applied mathematics concentrates on the analytical and computational tech- Completion of the previously mentioned requirements will niques necessary to solve many of today’s problems. satisfy the College of Humanities and Sciences natural sci- Minor in mathematical sciences These methods had been applied traditionally in such ences general education requirements. A minor in mathematical sciences con- areas as chemistry and physics, but are now applied in sists of at least 18 credits offered by the many other areas. Mathematical Sciences Core. All students are required Department of Mathematics and Applied 2. Mathematical sciences/mathematics fosters the to take the following courses: Mathematics and the Department of MATH 200-201 Calculus with Analytic Geometry understanding of the power and the beauty of pure Statistical Sciences and Operations mathematics and its applications to various branches of STAT 212 Concepts of Statistics Research, including a minimum of three knowledge. MATH 307 Multivariate Calculus MATH 310 Linear Algebra credits of calculus and nine upper-level As an alternative to the above concentra- credits. Neither STAT 208, STAT 210 nor tions, students may design an individual Concentrations. By completing the listed requirements, any 100-level course may be used to fulfill students may obtain a designation on their transcripts that plan of study with the help of their advisers. the required 18 credits. their study has emphasized one of the following concentrations. Students may choose to meet the requirements of Degree requirements – bachelor of more than one concentration. Extended Teacher Preparation Program science in mathematical sciences 1. B.S. in mathematical sciences/applied mathematics with a concentration in mathemat- MATH 255 Introduction to Computational Mathematics Mathematical sciences majors interested ics or applied mathematics MATH 300 Introduction to Mathematical Reasoning in teaching careers in early, middle, second- MATH 301 Differential Equations ary or special education can enroll in an The B.S. in mathematical sciences MATH 490 Mathematical Expositions Extended Teacher Education Program that requires a minimum of 120 credits with at MATH 512 Complex Analysis for Applications results in the simultaneous awarding of a least 41 of those credits in courses labeled MATH 517-518 Methods of Applied Mathematics bachelor’s degree in mathematical sciences CMSC, MATH or STAT. Along with the Six additional upper-level credits in mathematical sci- and a master’s degree in teaching. For more general education requirements of the ences (MATH 302 Numerical Calculus, MATH 437 information about this jointly administered College of Humanities and Sciences and Applied Partial Differential Equations and MATH 511 program, contact the School of Education’s the undergraduate requirements, students Applied Linear Algebra are recommended) Office of Academic Services. must take core courses and fulfill specific requirements for the degree. 2. B.S. in mathematical sciences/mathematics Based on the results of the Mathematics MATH 255 Inroduction to Computational Mathematics Post-baccalaureate programs MATH 300 Introduction to Mathematical Reasoning Placement Test, students may be required in mathematical sciences MATH 490 Mathematical Expositions to take MATH 151 Precalculus MATH 501 Introduction to Abstract Algebra For more information about these Mathematics. No more than one course in MATH 507-508 Analysis I-II programs, refer to the Graduate and mathematics (MATH) at the 100 level can MATH 509 General Topology I Professional Programs Bulletin. count for the general requirements toward Six additional upper-level credits in mathematical the bachelor of science degree. Credit for sciences 100-level mathematical sciences courses Second baccalaureate degree cannot be applied toward the mathematical Students who meet the requirements for For students possessing a bachelor’s sciences courses required for the major in two of the concentrations with the mathe- degree and wishing to gain undergraduate mathematical sciences. matical sciences curriculum can receive a preparation in an area of mathematical Mathematical sciences majors must double major. To initiate a double major, sciences, second baccalaureate degrees are complete the following requirements: students must obtain the appropriate form offered through the department. For from the Office of Records and Registration. detailed information about these programs, A. Complete one of the following sequences: With the approval of the departmental refer to the Academic Regulations and 1. BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L Introduction to Undergraduate Credentials Committee and General Degree Requirements chapter of Biological Sciences and Laboratory I, II the adviser, students can design their own this bulletin. 2. CHEM 101-102 and CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L General Chemistry and Laboratory I, II

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 123 College of Humanities and Sciences

Cooperative Education Program MATH 151 Precalculus Mathematics See the Schedule of Classes for specific topics and Semester course; 3 lecture and 1 mathematics labora- prerequisites. The Cooperative Education Program is tory/recitation hours. 4 credits. Prerequisite: MATH 141 available to qualifying students pursuing or satisfactory score on the VCU Mathematics MATH 300 Introduction to Mathematical undergraduate degrees in mathematical sci- Placement Test within the one-year period immediately Reasoning ences. For a full description of this program, preceding the beginning of the course. An exception to Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. refer to the Division of Student Affairs this policy is made in the case where the stated alter- Prerequisite: MATH 201. (A core course for mathemat- native prerequisite course has been completed at VCU. ics/applied mathematics majors.) An introduction to chapter of this bulletin. Concepts and applications of algebra and trigonometry. basic concepts of mathematical reasoning and the Topics include graphics, transformations and inverses writing of proofs in an elementary setting. Direct, indi- Courses in mathematics (MATH) of functions; linear, exponential, logarithmic, power, rect and induction proofs. Illustrations of the concepts polynomial, rational and trigonometric functions. Credit include basic proofs from mathematical logic, elemen- for no more than one course may be earned from tary set theory, elementary number theory, number sys- Students registering for CMSC 201, 255 or MATH among MATH 101, MATH 111 and MATH 141. tems, foundations of calculus, relations, equivalence 131, 141, 151, 200, 211, 300 or STAT 208 or 210 must relations, functions and counting with emphasis on have taken the VCU Mathematics Placement Test MATH 185 Computational Linear Algebra combinatorial proofs. within the one-year period immediately preced- Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. Corequisite: ing the beginning of the course. An exception to MATH 200. Prerequisite: MATH 141 or MATH 151 or MATH 301 Differential Equations this policy is made in the case in which the satisfactory score on the Mathematics Placement Test. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. stated alternative prerequisite course has been Course intended for freshmen engineering students. Prerequisite: MATH 201. Solutions of ordinary differen- completed at VCU. Credit for no more than one Euclidean vectors, systems of linear equations, matri- tial equations of first order. Solutions of higher order course may be earned from among MATH 101, ces, determinants, matrix inverse independence, bases, linear differential equations with constant coefficients and variable coefficients by the methods of undeter- MATH 111/MGMT 111, MATH 141. eigenvector and eigenvalue problems. mined coefficients and variation of parameters, solu- MATH 001 Elementary Algebra MATH 191 Topics in Mathematics tions by Laplace transforms and applications. Semester course; 3 lecture or 3 laboratory-tutorial Semester course; 1-3 credits. May be repeated for MATH 302 Numerical Calculus hours. No credit. Prerequisite: Permission of the depart- credit. A study of selected topics in mathematics. For a Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 ment chair. The purpose of this course is to provide lab- course to meet the general education requirements it credits. Prerequisites: CMSC 201 or demonstrated oratory and tutorial instruction for those seeking reme- must be so stated in the Schedule of Classes. See the knowledge of FORTRAN and MATH 201. An introduc- diation or review of high school algebra. Topics include Schedule of Classes for specific topics and prerequisites. tion to numerical algorithms for solving systems of lin- basic properties of real numbers, operations with alge- MATH 200-201 Calculus with Analytic Geometry ear equations, finding zeroes, definite integration, mini- braic expressions, solution of equations and inequali- Continuous course; 4 lecture hours. 4-4 credits. mization, etc. Those features of FORTRAN that affect ties, exponents and radicals, introduction to functions Prerequisite for MATH 200: MATH 151 or satisfactory the precision of numerical computations will be and graphing. score on the VCU Mathematics Placement Test (alge- included. MATH 131 Introduction to Contemporary bra section) within the one-year period immediately MATH 303 Investigations in Geometry Mathematics preceding the beginning of the course. An exception to Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 3 Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. this policy is made in the case where the stated alter- credits. Prerequisites: MATH 131 and STAT 208, 210 or Prerequisite: MATH 001 or satisfactory score on the native prerequisite course has been completed at VCU. 212. A study of topics in Euclidean geometry to include VCU Mathematics Placement Test within the one-year Prerequisites for MATH 201: MATH 200. Limits, conti- congruence, similarity, measurement, coordinate geom- period immediately preceding the beginning of the nuity, derivatives, differentials, antiderivatives and defi- etry, symmetry and transformation in both two and course. An exception to this policy is made in the case nite integrals. Applications of differentiation and inte- three dimensions. These topics will be investigated where the stated alternative prerequisite course has gration. Selected topics in analytic geometry. Infinite using manipulatives and computer software. May be been completed at VCU. Topics include optimization series. used for credit toward the degree by mathematical sci- problems; data handling; growth and symmetry; and MATH 211 Mathematical Structures ences majors; but does not count toward the 24 upper mathematics with applications in areas of social Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. division mathematical sciences credits required for choice. Major emphasis is on the process of taking a Prerequisite: MATH 151 or a satisfactory score on the these majors. real-world situation, converting the situation to an VCU Mathematics Placement Test within the one-year abstract modeling problem, solving the problem and period immediately preceding the beginning of the MATH 305 Elementary Number Theory applying what is learned to the original situation. course. An exception to this policy is made in the case Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Serves as a prerequisite for STAT 208 or 210, but does where the stated alternative prerequisite course has Prerequisite: MATH 300. Divisibility, congruences, Euler not serve as a prerequisite for calculus or other been completed at VCU. An introduction to mathemati- phi-function, Fermat’s Theorem, primitive roots, advanced mathematical sciences courses. cal logic and set theory, including applications in Diophantine equations. MATH 141 Algebra with Applications Boolean algebras and graph theory. A core course for mathematical sciences. MATH 307 Multivariate Calculus Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: One year of high school algebra and sat- MATH 255 Introduction to Computational Prerequisite: MATH 201. The calculus of vector-valued isfactory score on the VCU Mathematics Placement Mathematics functions and of functions of more than one variable. Test within the one-year period immediately preceding Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Partial derivatives, multiple integrals, line integrals, the beginning of the course. An exception to this policy Prerequisite: MATH 201. (A core course for mathemat- surface integrals and curvilinear coordinates. Lagrange is made in the case where the stated alternative pre- ics/applied mathematics majors.) An introduction to multipliers; theorems of Green, Gauss and Stokes. requisite course has been completed at VCU. Topics computer algebra systems (CAS) and their use in math- Applications. include sets, functions, exponents, logarithms, matrix ematical, scientific and engineering algebra, systems of linear equations, inequalities, bino- investigations/computations. Introductory mathemati- MATH 309/STAT 309 Introduction to Probability mial theorems, sequences, series, complex numbers cal computer programming using a CAS, including Theory and linear programming. Students may not receive implementation of problem-specific algorithms. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. degree credit for both MATH 141 and MATH 101. Prerequisite: MATH 201. Completion of MATH 211 or Credit for no more than one course may be earned from MATH 291 Topics in Mathematics MATH 300 (or equivalent knowledge) is strongly recom- among MATH 101, MATH 111 and MATH 141. Semester course; 1-3 credits. May be repeated for mended. A study of the mathematical theory of proba- credit. A study of selected topics in mathematics. bility, including finite and infinite sample spaces, random variables, discrete and continuous distributions,

124 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences mathematical expectation, functions of random vari- ness, industry, government or the university, the stu- matrices, complex analysis, special functions, Legendre ables and sampling distributions. dent will serve as an intern in order to obtain a broader and Hermite polynomials. Fourier series, Laplace trans- knowledge of the mathematical sciences and their forms, integral equations, partial differential equations, MATH 310 Linear Algebra applications. boundary-value and initial-value problems. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: MATH 200, and (MATH 300 or 201). MATH 501 Introduction to Abstract Algebra MATH 520/OPER 520 Game Theory and Linear Systems of linear equations, vector spaces, linear Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Programming dependence, bases, dimensions, linear mappings, Prerequisites: MATH 300 and 310 (or their equivalents). Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. matrices, determinants, quadratic forms, orthogonal An introduction to groups, rings and fields from an Prerequisite: MATH 310. The mathematical basis of reduction to diagonal form, eigenvalues and geometric axiomatic point of view. Coset decomposition and basic game theory and linear programming. Matrix games, applications. morphisms. linear inequalities and convexity, the mini-max theorems in linear programming, computational methods MATH 327/OPER 327 Mathematical Modeling MATH 505 Modern Geometry and applications. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. MATH 200. Fundamental concepts of mathematical Prerequisites: MATH 300 and (MATH 307 or MATH MATH 521 Introduction to Algebraic Number modeling. Topics may include differential equation mod- 310). Topics in Euclidean, projective and non-Euclidean Theory els, optimization models and probabilistic models. geometries from a modern viewpoint. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Practical problems will be discussed throughout. Prerequisite: MATH 501. Introduction to algebraic num- MATH 507-508 Analysis I-II bers and algebraic number fields with emphasis on MATH 351 Applied Abstract Algebra Continuous course; 3 lecture hours. 3-3 credits. quadratic and cyclotomic fields. Units, primes, unique Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: MATH 300, 307 and 310, or permission factorization. Prerequisite: MATH 300. A survey of several areas in of instructor. Theoretical aspects of calculus, applied abstract algebra which have applications in sequences, limits, continuity, infinite series, series of MATH 525 Introduction to Combinatorial computer science such as groups, codes, matrix alge- functions, integration, differential geometry. Mathematics bra, finite fields and advanced graph theory. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. MATH 509-510 General Topology I-II Prerequisites: MATH 300 and 310, or permission of MATH 391 Topics in Mathematics Continuous course; 3 lecture hours. 3-3 credits. instructor. Introduction to the problems and methods of Semester course; 1-3 credits. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: MATH 300 and MATH 307. Foundations solution in the enumeration, existence and construction A study of selected topics in mathematics. See the and fundamental concepts of point-set topology. of some discrete mathematical structures. Discussion Schedule of Classes for specific topics and prerequisites. Topological spaces, convergence, connected sets, com- of generating functions, recurrence relations, Ramsey’s pactness, product spaces, quotient spaces, function theorem, matching theory, combinatorial designs, Latin MATH 437 Applied Partial Differential Equations spaces, separation properties, metrization theorems, squares and linear coding theory. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. mappings and compactifications. Prerequisites: MATH 301 and 307. Parabolic (heat), MATH 530 The History of Mathematics hyperbolic (wave), and elliptic (steady-state) partial dif- MATH 511 Applied Linear Algebra Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ferential equations are studied. Solution techniques are Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: 17 credits at the 200 level or above in demonstrated, including separation of variables and Prerequisite: MATH 310. The algebra of matrices, the mathematical sciences or permission of instructor. integral transforms. Practical problems and applica- theory of finite dimensional vector spaces and the Surveys major trends in the development of mathemat- tions are emphasized. basic results concerning eigenvectors and eigenvalues, ics from ancient times through the 19th century and with particular attention to applications. considers the cultural and social contexts of mathemat- MATH 490 Mathematical Expositions ical activity. Either MATH 530 or MATH 531 (but not Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. MATH 512 Complex Analysis for Applications both) may be applied to the master’s degree in mathe- Prerequisites: ENGL 200 and nine credits in mathemat- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: matical sciences or the M.S. degree in computer sci- ics courses at the 300 level or above. Required for MATH 307 and (MATH 300 or knowledge equivalent to ence. Both MATH 530 and MATH 531 may be applied mathematics and applied mathematics tracks within MATH 300). The algebra and geometry of complex num- to the M.Ed. degree in mathematics education. B.S. in mathematical sciences. Designed to help stu- bers, analytic functions, integration, series, contour inte- dents attain proficiency in expository mathematical gration, analytic continuation, conformal mapping, with MATH 531 Expositions in Modern Mathematics writing and in oral presentations, which require the particular attention to applications. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. efficient and effective use of mathematics and the Prerequisite: Six credits at the 400 level or above in MATH 515 Numerical Analysis I English language. Students will learn a variety of top- mathematical sciences. Studies descriptively several Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ics in mathematics and will write reviews of selected major ideas relevant to present-day mathematics, such Prerequisites: MATH 310 or (MATH 201 and MATH award-winning mathematics papers. Writing intensive. as the advent of pure abstraction, difficulties in the 185). Knowledge of a programming language recom- logical foundations of mathematics, the impact of MATH 492 Independent Study mended. Solutions of equations, interpolation and mathematics and statistics in the 20th century, and the Semester course; variable; 2, 3, 4 credits per semester. approximation, numerical integration, iterative methods computer revolution. Either MATH 530 or MATH 531 Maximum four credits per semester; maximum total of for solving linear equations, calculation of eigenvalues (but not both) may be applied to the master’s degree in six credits. Generally open to students of only junior or and eigenvectors. Selected algorithms may be pro- mathematical sciences or the M.S. degree in computer senior standing who have acquired at least 12 credits grammed for solution on computers. science. Both MATH 530 and MATH 531 may be in the departmental discipline. Determination of the applied to the M.Ed. degree in mathematics education. amount of credit and permission of instructor and MATH 516 Numerical Analysis II Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. department chair must be procured prior to registration MATH 532 Ordinary Differential Equations I Prerequisite: MATH 515. Numerical solution of initial of the course. The student must submit a proposal for Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. value problems in ordinary differential equations, two- investigating some area or problem not contained in Prerequisite: MATH 301 and 310 or the equivalent. point boundary value problems. Introduction to numeri- the regular curriculum. The results of the student’s MATH 507 is recommended. Existence and uniqueness cal techniques for solving partial differential equations. study will be presented in a report. for systems, linear systems, fundamental matrix solu- Selected algorithms may be programmed for solution tions, matrix exponential, nonlinear systems, plane MATH 493 Mathematical Sciences Internship on computers. autonomous systems and introduction to stability. Semester course; the equivalent of at least 15 work MATH 517-518 Methods of Applied Mathematics hours per week for a 15-week semester. 3 credits. MATH 555/ENGR 555 Dynamics and Multivariable Continuous course; 3 lecture hours. 3-3 credits. Mathematical sciences majors only with junior or sen- Control I ior standing. Admission by permission from the depart- Prerequisites: MATH 301 and MATH 307 and (MATH 300 or knowledge equivalent to MATH 300). Vector analysis, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ment chair. Through placement in a position in busi- Prerequisite: MATH 301 and 310 or the equivalent.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 125 College of Humanities and Sciences

Systems of differential equations with controls, linear MILS 102 Military Science and Leadership: Basic MILS 401 Military Science and Leadership: control systems, controllability, observability, introduc- Leadership Leadership and Management tion to feedback control and stabilization. Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Establishes Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. foundation of basic leadership fundamentals such as Prerequisites: MILS 301 and 302, or approval by MATH 591 Topics in Mathematics problem solving, communications, briefings and effec- department chair. Develops student proficiency in plan- Semester course; 1-3 credits. May be repeated for credit tive writing, goal setting, techniques for improving lis- ning and executing complex operations, functioning as with different topics. Prerequisite: Permission of the tening and speaking skills, and an introduction to a member of a staff, and mentoring subordinates. instructor. Open to qualified undergraduates. A study of counseling. Students explore training management, methods of selected topics in mathematical sciences. See the effective staff collaboration and developmental coun- Schedule of Classes for specific topics and prerequisites. MILS 201 Military Science and Leadership: seling techniques. Individual Leadership Studies Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. Designed MILS 402 Military Science and Leadership: Military Science and Leadership to develop the student’s knowledge of self, self-confi- Officership dence and individual leadership skills. Through experi- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The military science curriculum teaches ential learning activities, students develop problem- Prerequisites: MILS 301, 302 and 401 or approval by the principles of management and leader- solving and critical thinking skills, and apply communi- department chair. Study includes case study analysis of cation feedback, and conflict resolution skills. military law and practical exercises on establishing an ship as a foundation for civilian and mili- ethical command climate. Students must complete a tary careers. Graduates of this program are MILS 202 Military Science and Leadership: semester-long Senior Leadership project that requires eligible for appointments as commissioned Leadership and Teamwork them to plan, organize, collaborate, analyze and officers in the U.S. Army, the U.S. Army Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. demonstrate their leadership skills. Reserve or Army National Guard. Prerequisite: MILS 201 or permission of the instructor. Focuses on self-development guided by knowledge of Participation in Army ROTC for VCU self and group processes. Experiential learning activi- Department of Philosophy students is available through the University ties are designed to challenge a student’s current of Richmond’s Army ROTC program. beliefs, knowledge and skills. Examines how to build Anthony Ellis Students must enroll as a part-time student successful teams, various methods for influencing Professor of Philosophy and Director of at UR and pay on a per-credit-hour basis. action, effective communication in setting and achiev- Philosophy (1990) Students registering though UR are eligible ing goals, the importance of timing the decision, cre- B.D. 1967 University of London to take all Military Science and Leadership ativity in the problem-solving process, and obtaining team buy-in through immediate feedback. M.A. 1968 University of London courses, complete for ROTC scholarships and participate in all ROTC classes. MILS 203 Basic Military Science Coleman, Earle J. (1971) Associate Professor of 0-6 credits. Optional ROTC Basic Camp. Five weeks of Academic credits earned do not count Philosophy training at a military installation. Travel pay and salary towards any VCU degree. All courses are A.B. 1965 Illinois College taught on the UR campus. stipend provided through the military science department. Student not obligated to any military service. M.A. 1969 University of Hawaii Military Science and Leadership courses Basic Camp graduates are eligible to enroll in Ph.D. 1971 University of Hawaii listed in this bulletin are open only to advanced military sciences courses. Mills, Eugene (1991) Associate Professor of Philosophy VCU students currently holding valid B.A. 1980 University of Virginia ROTC commissioning contracts. MILS 301 Military Science and Leadership: M.A. 1985 University of Virginia Registration and course information is Leadership and Problem Solving Ph.D. 1990 University of California, Berkeley Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Murray, Dale (2003) Assistant Professor of Philosophy available to these students through the Prerequisites: MILS 101, 102, 201, and 202 or MILS B.A. 1993 Bowdoin College Office of the Associate Dean for Academic 203 or approval by department chair. Students conduct Advising, College of Humanities and self-assessment of leadership style, develop personal M.A. 2001 University of Wisconsin – Madison Sciences. fitness regimen, and learn to plan and conduct individ- Ph.D. 2003 University of Wisconsin – Madison For more information on participating in ual/small unit tactical training while testing reasoning Smith, Donald (2003) Instructor, Philosophy ROTC or on scholarship opportunities, and problem-solving techniques. Students receive B.A. 1999 Virginia Commonwealth University direct feedback on leadership abilities. contact the Recruiting Operations Officer, M.A. 2003 University of Notre Dame CPT Frank Victor, call (804) 287-6066, or MILS 302 Military Science and Leadership: Emeriti faculty visit: http://oncampus.richmond.edu Leadership and Ethics Redmon Jr., Robert B. (1975) Associate Professor of /academic/armyxrotc/. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: MILS 301 or approval by department chair. Philosophy Examines the role communications, values and ethics B.S. 1961 North Carolina State University Courses in military science (MILS) play in effective leadership. Topics include ethical deci- M.A. 1966 University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill sion-making, consideration of others, spirituality in the Ph.D. 1969 University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill MILS 101 Military Science and Leadership: military and a survey of Army leadership doctrine. Foundations of Officership Emphasis on improving oral and written communication The Department of Philosophy offers a Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Introduces abilities. bachelor of arts in philosophy. the student to issues and competencies that are essen- MILS 306 Military Science Philosophy aims at a deeper understand- tial to a commissioned officer’s responsibilities. These 0 credits. Prerequisite: MILS 302 and successful coming of matters that should most concern the initial lessons establish a framework for understanding pletion of four basic military science courses or MILS human race. Philosophical questions crop officership, leadership and Army values. Additionally 203 Basic Military Science for six credits. ROTC the semester addresses “life skills” including fitness up in science, religion, art, morality, National Advanced Leadership Camp. The ROTC camp and time management. The course is designed to give politics, medicine and in everyday life. summer practicum is six weeks long. Individual and the student accurate insight into the Army profession Students enrolled in philosophy are encour- group experience for application of leadership training. and the officer’s role within the Army. Exposure to leadership situations that require decisions aged to think seriously about fundamental made under physical and mental stress conditions. issues in all these domains and to formulate

126 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences coherent and well-grounded points of view. 3) one of PHIL 221 Critical Thinking or PHIL 222 Logic Courses in philosophy (PHIL) Because of its extensive use of critical and analytical reasoning, philosophy equips the 4) one of PHIL 301 Mind and Reality, PHIL 302 Reason and PHIL 101 Introduction to Philosophy student for careers in medicine, law, busi- Knowledge or PHIL 303 Philosophy of Language Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An intro- ness and other fields that require careful duction to some of the main branches of philosophy. 5) three of PHIL 320 Philosophy of Law, PHIL 327 Ethical thought and the clear expression of ideas. Some of the issues that might be addressed are: What Theory, PHIL 335 Social and Political Philosophy, or PHIL is knowledge? Is reason or experience the basis for all Additionally, the department offers elec- 490 Seminar in Philosophy knowledge? Can we have knowledge of the past or of tive courses for students in other programs, the future? What is Truth? Does God Exist? Is there a as well as for those majoring in philosophy 6) two of the following courses, which for this concentra- mental realm separate from the material realm? Are or religious studies. tion will be accepted within the required 30 credits of the laws of nature deterministic? Do we have free will? the program: MRBL 350 Tort Law, CRJS 324 Courts and What makes an action morally permissible? What is Judicial Process, CRJS 355 Foundations of Criminal the proper role of the State in regulating our lives? This Degree requirements – bachelor of Justice Practice, ECON 301 Microeconomic Theory, course is directed primarily at first and second year arts in philosophy ECON 302 Macroeconomic Theory, HIST 338 History of students. Socialism, HIST 369-370 American Constitutional and The bachelor of arts curriculum in philos- PHIL 103 Ancient Greek and Medieval Western Legal Development, HIST 333/ECON 419 History of ophy requires a minimum of 120 credits, Philosophy Economic Thought, POLI 310 Public Policy, POLI 314 Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey with at least 30 of those credits in philoso- U.S. Constitutional Law, POLI 315 U.S. Judicial Policy- phy. Fifteen of these credits must be selected of Western philosophy from the ancient Greeks (e.g., Making, SOCY 302 Contemporary Social Problems, Socrates, Plato and Aristotle) through the medieval from upper-level philosophy courses. SOCY 430 Politics, Power and Ideology period (e.g., Augustine and St. Thomas Aquinas). Majors in philosophy must fulfill the requirements of either the Regular Students also must fulfill the general PHIL 104 Modern Western Philosophy Concentration or the Ethics and Public education requirements of the College of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of Policy Concentration. Majors wishing to go Western philosophy from the Renaissance to the 19th Humanities and Sciences for the bachelor of century ( e.g., Hobbes, Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, to graduate school in philosophy are arts degree and undergraduate requirements. Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Kant, Hegel and Marx). advised to choose the regular concentration. Majors whose main interests in philos- PHIL 211 History of Ethics ophy are ethics, political philosophy, phi- Minors in philosophy Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. losophy of law, or public policy (and who A philosophy minor consists of 18 cred- Corequisite: ENGL 200 or equivalent. A philosophical its, with at least nine of those credits in investigation of the main concepts and theories of may wish to pursue graduate work in law, ethics and their application to fundamental moral ques- political science, economics, and related upper-level (300-400) courses and either tions, as illustrated by the ethical systems of such his- areas) will probably want to choose the PHIL 103 Ancient Greek and Medieval torically important Western philosophers as Plato, Ethics and Public Policy Concentration. Philosophy or PHIL 104 Modern Western Aristotle, Augustine, Hume, Mill and Kant. Philosophy. Required courses – Regular concentration PHIL 212 Ethics and Applications Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Credit may Minor in philosophy of law be received for only one of PHIL 212, 213 or 214. 1) PHIL 103 Ancient and Medieval Philosophy and PHIL Corequisite: ENGL 200 or equivalent. A philosophical 104 Modern Western Philosophy A minor in philosophy of law consists of investigation of the main concepts and theories of 18 credits, to include PHIL 327 Ethical ethics, with applications to fundamental moral ques- 2) one of PHIL 211/212/213/214 (introductory ethics Theory, PHIL 335 Social and Political tions as they arise in different areas. Such problems as courses) Philosophy, PHIL 320 Philosophy of Law abortion, the welfare of animals, world hunger, pornog- and one course from the following — PHIL raphy, capital punishment, nuclear defense, sexual 3) PHIL 222 Logic behavior, environmental ethics and reverse discrimina- 211 History of Ethics, PHIL 212 Ethics and tion may be used as illustrations. 4) three of the following with at least one course from Applications and PHIL 213 Ethics and each of group (a) and group (b): Health Care. Philosophy minors must also PHIL 213 Ethics and Health Care a) PHIL 320 Philosophy of Law; PHIL 327 Ethical take two of the following courses: POLI Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Credit may Theory; or PHIL 335 Social and Political Philosophy 341, 342 History of Political Thought, be received for only one of PHIL 212, 213 or 214. Corequisite: ENGL 200 or equivalent. A philosophical b) PHIL 301 Mind and Reality; PHIL 302 Reason and POLI 314 U.S. Constitutional Law and investigation of the main concepts and theories of Knowledge; PHIL 303 Philosophy of Language HIST 369, 370 American Constitutional ethics, with applications to fundamental moral ques- c) PHIL 391 Topics in Philosophy and Legal Development. tions as they arise in health care. The following issues may be used as illustrations: abortion, euthanasia and 5) PHIL 490 Seminar in Philosophy the right to die, human experimentation, treating men- Cooperative Education Program tal illness, genetic technologies, the concepts of health Required courses – Ethics and public policy The Cooperative Education Program is and disease and the funding of health care. concentration: available to qualifying students pursuing PHIL 214 Ethics and Business 1) one of PHIL 101 Introduction to Philosophy; PHIL 103 undergraduate degrees in philosophy. A full Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Credit may Ancient Medieval Philosophy, or PHIL 104 Modern description of this program appears in the be received for only one of PHIL 212, 213 or 214. Western Philosophy Division of Student Affairs chapter of this Corequisite: ENGL 200 or equivalent. A philosophical bulletin. investigation of the main concepts and theories of 2) one of PHIL 211/212/213/214 (introductory ethics ethics, with applications to fundamental moral courses)

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 127 College of Humanities and Sciences questions as they arise in business. The following PHIL 327 Ethical Theory the 20th century. Topics include: the nature of art, cre- issues arise in affirmative action, investment in unethi- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: ativity, aesthetic experience and aesthetic judgments. cal companies or countries, product safety, whistle Nine credits in philosophy, which must include either blowing and advertising. PHIL 221 or PHIL 222, and one of PHIL 211, 212, 213, 214 PHIL 430/RELS 430 Philosophy of Religion or permission of instructor. A study of the problems of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. PHIL 221 Critical Thinking philosophical ethics, including relativism, egoism, utilitar- Prerequisites: Three credits in philosophy (exclusive of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An intro- ianism, intrinsic value and the meaning and justification PHIL 221 and PHIL 222) or permission of instructor. A duction to inductive and deductive reasoning, with of ethical principles. Both historical and contemporary critical analysis of such topics as the concept of God, emphasis on common errors and fallacies. thinkers will be considered. arguments for the existence of God, the problem of evil, the concept of faith, religious language and the PHIL 222 Logic PHIL 331 Philosophy of Science conceptual problems posed by the plurality of religions. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An evalua- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. tion of deductive arguments utilizing the methods of Prerequisites: Three credits of philosophy and six cred- PHIL 440/RELS 440 Mysticism symbolic logic. its of natural sciences courses. An examination of the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. bases of scientific inquiry in both the natural and social Prerequisite: One course in philosophy or religious PHIL 291 Topics in Philosophy sciences; including a study of such topics as hypothesis studies. A critical analysis of the varieties of mysticism Semester course; variable; 1-4 credits. Prerequisite: As formation and testing, and the nature of scientific in world religions. Arguments for and against mysti- specified in the Schedule of Classes or written permis- laws, theories and explanations. cism will be emphasized. Mysticism will be related to sion of instructor. An introductory study of an individual art, psychology, science, philosophy, theology and philosopher, a particular philosophical problem or a PHIL 335 Social and Political Philosophy magic. narrowly defined period or school. See the Schedule of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Classes for specific topic to be offered each semester. Prerequisites: Nine credits in philosophy, which must PHIL 490 Seminar in Philosophy include either PHIL 221 or PHIL 222, and one of PHIL Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be PHIL 301 Mind and Reality 211, 212, 213, 214 or permission of instructor. A critical repeated with different topics for a maximum of six Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. examination of political power and of the relationship credits. Prerequisite: One of PHIL 301, 302, 303, 320, Prerequisites: Nine credits in philosophy including PHIL between the individual and society. Possible topics 327, 335 or permission of instructor in exceptional 221 or PHIL 222 and one of PHIL 101, 103 or 104 or include: anarchism and the justification of having a cases. Research and analysis of selected philosophical permission of instructor. An examination of central state at all; political views about what sort of state is topic in a seminar setting. metaphysical issues, for example, the mind-body prob- justified (e.g., conservatism, liberalism, communitarian- lem, free will, causality, action, realism and the prob- ism, feminism, Marxism); private vs. collective prop- PHIL 492 Independent Study lems of universals. erty; market vs. planned economies; democracy vs. Semester course; variable credit. Maximum of six totalitarianism; and civil disobedience and revolution. credits per semester; maximum total of twelve credits PHIL 302 Reason and Knowledge for all independent study courses. Open generally to Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. PHIL 391 Topics in Philosophy students of only junior or senior standing who have Prerequisites: Nine credits in philosophy including PHIL Semester course; variable; 1-4 credits. Prerequisite: As acquired at least 12 credits in the departmental disci- 221 or PHIL 222 and one of PHIL 101, 103 or 104 or specified in the Schedule of Classes or permission of pline. Determination of the amount of credit and per- permission of instructor. An examination of central instructor. A study of an individual philosopher, a par- mission of instructor and department chair must be epistemological issues, for example, the problem of ticular philosophical problem or a narrowly defined procured prior to registration of the course. An inde- justification, empirical knowledge, perception, rational- period or school. See the Schedule of Classes for spe- pendent study course to allow interested majors in ity and truth. cific topic to be offered each semester. philosophy to do research, under the direction of a professor qualified in that field, in an area of major PHIL 303 Philosophy of Language PHIL 408/RELS 408 Indian Tradition interest. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Nine credits in philosophy including PHIL Prerequisites: At least six credits in philosophy or reli- PHIL 496 Senior Research Project 222 and six additional credits, at least three of which gious studies courses. A systematic analysis of the Semester course; 1-4 credits. Prerequisites: Senior sta- must be from PHIL 101, 103 or 104, or permission of major theories of Indian religious and philosophical tus; two of PHIL 301, 302, 303, 320, 327, 335, 391; and the instructor. An examination of central issues in the thought: Vedas, Upanishads, Gita, Charvaka, Jainism, written approval by faculty supervisor. An individual philosophy of language; for example, the nature of Buddhism, the six systems of Hinduism and contempo- research project to develop a polished journal-length meaning and reference, reductionism, properties of lan- rary development. research paper. This course is intended primarily for guages and the character of artificial symbols systems. students who wish to develop a dossier paper for sub- PHIL 410/RELS 410/INTL 410 The Chinese mission to a philosophy graduate program. PHIL 320 Philosophy of Law Tradition in Philosophy Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of PHIL 591 Topics in Philosophy Prerequisites: Nine credits in philosophy, which must the development of Confucianism, of alternative ways Semester course; variable; 1-4 credits. Prerequisite: include PHIL 221 or PHIL 222, and one of PHIL 211, 212, of thought prior to the fall of the Han Dynasty and of Written permission of instructor or graduate standing. 213, 214 or permission of instructor. A critical examina- neo-Confucianism. The systems of thought are exam- A graduate level, in-department study of an individual tion of the nature of law and criminal justice in the ined in the light of their social, political and religious philosopher, a particular philosophical problem or light of important human values. The following topics impact on China, Korea and Japan. a narrowly defined period or school. See Schedule will be considered: the nature of law and legal reason- of Classes for specific topic to be offered each ing, the legal enforcement of morality, and such contro- PHIL 412/RELS 412/INTL 412 Zen Buddhism semester. versies as punishment versus rehabilitation and the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of right to due process versus the need for public safety. Zen Buddhism, including backgrounds in Indian philosophy and practice, development in China and Korea, and Department of Physics PHIL 326/RELS 326 Existentialism present day Zen theory and practice in Japan and in Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Western countries. Prerequisites: Three credits in philosophy (exclusive of Robert H. Gowdy PHIL 221 and PHIL 222) or permission of instructor. An PHIL 421 Aesthetics Associate Professor and Department Chair (1979) examination of the nature of truth, freedom, responsi- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. B.S. 1963 Worcester Polytechnic Institute bility, individuality and interpersonal relations as found Prerequisites: Three credits in philosophy (exclusive of M.S. 1964 Yale University in some principal writings of Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, PHIL 221 and PHIL 222) or permission of instructor. A Ph.D. 1968 Yale University Jaspers, Sartre, Heidegger, Camus, Buber and Marcel. critical survey of philosophies of art from antiquity to

128 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

Ameen, David (1999) Instructor Students interested in preparing for stud- are required to fulfill at least three of these credits using B.S. 1976 University of Virginia ies in engineering should refer to the upper-level physics courses. M.S. 1987 University of Virginia School of Engineering. M.S. 1996 Virginia Commonwealth University The department also offers required and Any upper-level physics course not listed as a required Ph.D. 2000 Virginia Commonwealth University course, e.g.: elective courses for students in other pro- PHYS 302 Mechanics II Baski, Alison A.* (1996) Associate Professor of Physics grams along with students majoring in and Electrical Engineering PHYS 397 Directed Study physics. B.S. 1987 University of Colorado PHYS 420 Quantum II M.S. 1990 Stanford University PHYS 440 Solid State PHYS 491 Topics in Physics Ph.D. 1991 Stanford University Master of science in physics/ PHYS 492 Independent Study Bishop, Marilyn F. (1986) Associate Professor applied physics B.A. 1971 University of California, Irvine For information about this program see Any of the following math or statistics courses: M.A. 1973 University of California, Irvine MATH 310 Linear Algebra Ph.D. 1976 University of California, Irvine the Graduate and Professional Programs MATH 437 Partial Differential Equations Jena, Purusottam (1980) Professor Bulletin. MATH 511 Applied Linear Algebra B.S. 1964 Utkal University MATH 512 Complex Analysis M.S. 1966 Utkal University MATH 515-516 Numerical Analysis I-II Ph.D. 1970 University of California, Riverside Degree requirements – bachelor of MATH 517-518 Methods of Applied Math Khanna, Shiv N. (1984) Professor science in physics STAT 541 Applied Statistics B.S. 1970 University of Delhi, India The bachelor of science curriculum in M.S. 1972 University of Delhi, India physics requires a minimum of 120 credits, Any of the following chemistry courses: CHEM 409 Instrumental Analysis Ph.D. 1976 University of Delhi, India including 53 credits in physics and physics- Lewis, Durig (2001) Instructor CHEM 510 Atomic and Molecular Structure related courses, as detailed in the course lists. B.S. 1986 Imperial College Ph.D. 1993 Imperial College To determine the biology course to fulfill Any of the following engineering courses: Niculescu, Vasile A. (1978) Associate Professor the general education natural sciences EGRB 303 Biotransport Processes B.S. 1963 University of Cluj, Romania requirement, students should consult with ENGR 301 Fluid Mechanics M.S. 1964 University of Cluj, Romania their adviser in the college’s advising center EGRB 427 Biomaterials EGRC 301 Fluid Dynamics and Heat Transfer Ph.D. 1971 University of Bucharest, Romania or their physics adviser. CHEM 101-102, ENGR 412 Advanced Engineering Mathematics Rao, Bijan K. (1984) Professor CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L General EGRE 224 Introduction to Microelectronics B.S. 1961 Utkal University, India Chemistry and Laboratories are highly rec- EGRE 303 Electronic Devices M.S. 1964 Utkal University, India ommended for all physics majors. EGRE 307 Integrated Circuits Ph.D. 1971 University of California, Riverside Along with the general education EGRM 436 Engineering Materials Wright, Douglas (2003) Instructor requirements of the College of Humanities B.A. 1987 Virginia Commonwealth University and Sciences and the undergraduate Suggested course sequence for bachelor of science Ph.D. 1993 Virginia Commonwealth University requirements, students must take required in physics courses and fulfill specific requirements for Emeriti faculty the degree as follows: Freshman year (GenEd = General Education) credits Satterthwaite, Cameron B., Professor Emeritus PHYS 207 University Physics I 5 B.A. College of Wooster MATH 200 Calculus with Analytic Geometry I 4 Ph.D. University of Pittsburgh Required physics courses credits PHYS 207 University Physics I 5 MATH 201 Calculus with Analytic Geometry II 4 Smith, Elske v.P., Professor Emerita PHYS 208 University Physics II 5 CHEM 101 and CHEZ/FRSZ 101L General B.S. Radcliffe College PHYS 301 Classical Mechanics I 3 Chemistry and Laboratory 5 M.S. Radcliffe College PHYS 320 Modern Physics 3 CHEM 102 and CHEZ/FRSZ 102L General Ph.D. Radcliffe College PHYZ 320L Modern Physics Laboratory 1 Chemistry and Laboratory 5 PHYS 340 Statistical Mechanics and ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I * Joint appointment Thermodynamics 3 (Level I GenEd) 3 PHYS 376 Electromagnetism 3 Level II general education requirements 4 The Department of Physics offers the PHYS 380 Quantum Physics I 3 ______bachelor of science in physics and the PHYS 450 Senior Physics Laboratory 3 30 accelerated bachelor of science and master PHYS 490 Seminar in Conceptual Physics 1 of science in physics program. ______Sophomore year The curriculum in physics prepares stu- 30 PHYS 208 University Physics II 5 PHYS 320 Modern Physics 3 dents for technical careers in physics or in Required mathematics courses PHYZ 320 Modern Physics Laboratory 1 an allied area; for careers in engineering, MATH 200 Calculus with Analytic Geometry I 4 PHYS 301 Classical Mechanics I 3 through either the double major in physics MATH 201 Calculus with Analytic Geometry II 4 MATH 301 Differential Equations 3 and engineering or the pre-engineering pro- MATH 301 Differential Equations 3 MATH 307 Multivariate Calculus 3 gram; and for the teaching of physics in MATH 307 Multivariate Calculus 3 BIOL 101 Biological Concepts (Level II GenEd) 3 secondary schools. The curriculum also pre- ______ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II pares students for graduate studies in 14 (Level I GenEd) 3 physics or in a related area, and for gradu- Level II general education requirements 6 ate studies of a profession in fields such as Elective physics and physics-related courses 9 ______A total of nine credits must be taken from the list of elec- 30 business, medical science, environmental tive physics and physics-related courses provided below. science, law or science writing. Those students who have their primary major in physics

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 129 College of Humanities and Sciences

Junior year ate courses that may count toward the mas- life-science majors. First semester: basic concepts of PHYS 340 Statistical Mechanics and ter of science degree. Up to six hours of motion, waves and heat. Second semester: basic con- Thermodynamics 3 graduate credit may be earned without any cepts of electricity, magnetism, light and modern physics. Not applicable toward physics major requirement. PHYS 376 Electromagnetism 3 special provisions: however, to offer more PHYS 380 Quantum Physics I 3 than six credits of pre-admission graduate Physics/Math Elective 3 PHYS 207 University Physics I Continuous course; 3 lecture, 1 recitation and 3 labora- Writing Intensive course (Level I GenEd) 3 credits toward the master of science degree, tory hours. 5 credits. Corequisite: MATH 200. A vector- Level II general education requirements 12 the student must apply for admission to the Accelerated bachelor of science/master of and calculus-based introduction to the fundamental Electives 3 concepts of mechanics, heat and wave motion. ______science Program through the Department 30 of Physics Graduate Admissions Committee PHYS 208 University Physics II in the junior year, indicating (1) a curricu- Continuous course; 3 lecture, 1 recitation and 3 labora- Senior year lum plan for completing the physics bache- tory hours. 5 credits. Prerequisite: PHYS 207. PHYS 450 Senior Physics Laboratory 3 lor of science. degree within two years or its Corequisite: MATH 201. A vector- and calculus-based PHYS 490 Seminar in Conceptual Physics 1 part-time equivalency and (2) which gradu- introduction to the fundamentals of electricity, magnet- Physics/mathematics electives 6 ism and optics. ate courses the student intends to offer Level II general education requirements 13 Electives 7 toward the physics master of science degree. PHYS 291 Topics in Physical Science Semester course; 1-3 lecture or laboratory hours. ______Those applying for this accelerated program Variable (1-3) credits per semester. A study of a 30 should have a “B” average or better. Admission to the accelerated program does selected topic in physics, astronomy, geology, meteorology or oceanography. Not applicable toward physics Those students intending to pursue gradu- not imply admission to the graduate pro- major requirements. See the Schedule of Classes for ate studies in physics should take PHYS 302, gram. Application for graduate admission specific topic(s) and possible prerequisites. 420, 440, 571, 576 and/or 580. Those inter- must be made when a student applies for ested in experimental physics should also take the bachelor of science degree. PHYS 301 Classical Mechanics I Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. one or more credits in PHYS 397 or 492. Prerequisites: PHYS 208 and MATH 301. Corequisite: Courses in physics (PHYS) MATH 307. Review of vector calculus. Newtonian Double major (B.S.) in engineering mechanics: single particle, oscillations, motion under central forces, dynamics of a systems of particles. and physics PHYS 101 Foundations of Physics Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Offered PHYS 302 Classical Mechanics II A detailed description of this program each semester. For non-science majors. Introduction to Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. can be found in the School of Engineering the fundamental ideas of physics. The course covers Prerequisites: PHYS 301 and MATH 307. Motion in section of this bulletin. selected topics in mechanics, heat, optics, electricity noninertial frames, dynamics of rigid bodies, coupled and magnetism and modern physics. Not applicable oscillators, continuous systems, wave equations in one toward the physics major. An optional laboratory may dimension. Minor in physics be taken with this course. See PHYZ 101L. A minor in physics consists of 20 credits PHYS 307/MHIS 307 The Physics of Sound and PHYZ 101L Foundations of Physics Laboratory Music made up of PHYS 207, 208, 320, PHYZ Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. 320 and six credits of physics or physics- Corequisite: PHYS 101. An optional laboratory consisting Prerequisites: A 100- or 200-level physics course or related courses which are acceptable for the of experiments and activities correlated with PHYS 101. equivalent and the ability to read music or sing or play major. PHYS 103 Elementary Astronomy a musical instrument, or permission of instructor. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A descrip- Basics of the physics of waves and sound. Fourier syn- tive approach to astronomy dealing with basic features thesis, tone quality, human ear and voice, musical tem- Extended Teacher Preparation of our solar system, our galaxy and the universe. Not perament and pitch, physics of musical instruments, Program applicable toward physics major requirements. An electronic synthesizers, sound recording and reproduction, room and auditorium acoustics. Not applicable Physics majors interested in teaching optional laboratory may be taken with this course. See PHYZ 103L. toward the physics major requirements. careers in elementary, middle, secondary or special education can enter the Extended PHYZ 103L Elementary Astronomy Laboratory PHYS 315/ENVS 315 Energy and the Environment Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Teacher Preparation Program that results in Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Pre- or corequisite: PHYS 103. An optional laboratory course Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing. A study of soci- the simultaneous awarding of a bachelor’s ety’s demands for energy, how it is currently being met, degree in physics and a master’s degree in consisting of experiments and activities related to PHYS 103. the environmental consequences thereof and some dis- teaching. For more information about this cussion of alternatives. Open to non-physics majors; program jointly administered by the School PHYS 107 Wonders of Technology not applicable to the physics major. of Education and the College of Semester course; 5 lecture/laboratory/recitation hours. 4 credits. Introduction to physics concepts involved in PHYS 320 Modern Physics Humanities and Sciences, contact the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. School of Education’s Office of Academic everyday technological applications. The course covers selected topics in mechanics, heat, optics, electricity Prerequisites: PHYS 208 and MATH 301. Corequisite: Services. and magnetism, and modern physics by depicting their MATH 307. Foundations of modern physics including role in common devices. The laboratory focuses on special relativity, thermal radiation and quantization, applications of physics principles to everyday real-life wave-particle duality of radiation and matter. Accelerated B.S./M.S. Physics situations. Not applicable toward the physics major. Schroedinger equation. Introduction to atomic, nuclear Program and particle physics. Molecular structure and spectra. PHYS 201-202 General Physics A continuation of PHYS 208. Students enrolled in the Physics bachelor Continuous course; 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 4-4 of science Program may elect to take gradu- credits. Prerequisite: MATH 151. Designed primarily for

130 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

PHYZ 320L Modern Physics Laboratory PHYS 422 Optics dents with advanced standing. An in-depth study of a Semester course; 3 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Pre- or Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. selected topic in advanced physics. See the Schedule corequisite: PHYS 320. Experimental work correlated Prerequisite: PHYS 376 or permission of instructor. of Classes for specific topic(s) and additional prerequi- with PHYS 320. Comprehensive study of propagation of light, including sites. Applicable toward physics major requirements. geometrical optics, polarization, interference, diffrac- PHYS 325 Visualization of Physics Using tion, Fourier optics and quantum optics. Mathematics Department of Psychology Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. PHYS 440 Introduction to Condensed Matter Prerequisites: PHYS 207-208 and PHYS 320 or permis- Physics sion of instructor. Visualization of various areas of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Everett L. Worthington physics using the Mathematica language for perform- Prerequisites: PHYS 376 and PHYS 380. Structure and Professor and Department Chair (1978) ing numerical calculations and producing graphics and bonding in solids, phonons, free electron Fermi gas, B.S.N.E. University of Tennessee animations. Examples will be taken from classical energy bands, semiconductors, Fermi surface and opti- M.S.N.E. Massachusetts Institute of Technology mechanics, classical electromagnetism, modern cal properties. Magnetism. M.A. University of Missouri physics, statistical mechanics and condensed matter Ph.D. 1978 University of Missouri physics. PHYZ 450L Senior Physics Laboratory Semester course; 1 lecture and 4 laboratory hours. 3 Donelson R. Forsyth PHYS 340 Statistical Mechanics and credits. Prerequisites: PHYS 301, PHYS 320 and PHYZ Associate Chair, Professor and Director of Thermodynamics 320L. Experiments in condensed matter physics with an Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. introduction to the instrumentation and data analysis Graduate and Undergraduate Studies (1978) Prerequisites: PHYS 301 and MATH 307. Microscopic used in the research laboratory. B.S. 1974 Florida State University theory of temperature, heat and entropy, kinetic theory, M.A. 1975 University of Florida multicomponent systems, quantum statistics. PHYS 490 Seminar in Conceptual Physics Ph.D. 1978 University of Florida Mathematical relationships of thermodynamics. Semester course; 1 lecture and 1 recitation hour. 1 credit. Prerequisites: PHYS 376 and PHYS 420. Attend Barbara O. Hoffman PHYS 376 Electromagnetism weekly physics colloquia, practice oral presentation of Assistant Director of Undergraduate Studies and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ideas and problems. Assessment of general physics Director of Center of Information and Advising Prerequisites: PHYS 301 and MATH 307. Electrostatics, background. magnetism and electromagnetic properties of matter, B.A. 1960 Grove City College Maxwell’s equations, electromagnetic waves, boundary PHYS 491 Topics in Physics conditions, polarization. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Maximum Allison, Kevin Wendell (1996) Associate Professor of three credits applicable toward physics major B.A. 1981 University of Notre Dame PHYS 380 Quantum Physics I requirement; maximum total of six credits. An in-depth M.A. 1985 DePaul University Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. study of a selected topic in physics. See the Schedule Ph.D. 1989 DePaul University Prerequisites: PHYS 320 and MATH 307, or permission of Classes for specific topic(s) and prerequisites. Auerbach, Stephen M. (1974) Professor of instructor. Brief introduction to the correspondence between classical and quantum mechanics. PHYS 492 Independent Study B.A. 1965 City University of New York, Queens Schroedinger wave equation, operator methods in Semester course; variable; 1-3 credits per semester. College quantum mechanics, angular momentum and conserva- Maximum of three credits applicable toward physics M.S. 1969 Florida State University tion laws, solution to harmonic oscillator and the major requirement; maximum total of eight credits. Ph.D. 1971 Florida State University hydrogen atom, magnetic dipole momentum and spin. Open generally to students of only junior or senior Belgrave, Faye Z. (1997) Professor standing who have acquired at least 12 credits in the B.S. 1972 North Carolina A & T State University PHYS 391 Topics in Physics departmental discipline. Determination of the amount M.A. 1974 University of Nebraska Semester course; 1-3 lecture hours. Variable; 1-3 cred- of credit and permission of instructor and department Ph.D. 1982 University of Maryland its per semester. Maximum total of six credits. In-depth chair must be procured prior to registration of the Corcoran, Jean L. (2000) Collateral Instructor study of a selected topic in physics or physics-related course. Independent projects in experimental or theo- technology, usually at a level requiring only elementary retical physics. B.S. 1965 Cornell University algebra. Not applicable toward physics major require- M.S. 1992 Virginia Commonwealth University ment. See the Schedule of Classes for specific topic(s), PHYS 571 Theoretical Mechanics M.A. 1992 Trinity University credit and possible prerequisites. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Ph.D. Virginia Commonwealth University Prerequisites: PHYS 301 and MATH 301 or permission Danish, Steven J. (1985) Professor PHYS 397 Directed Study of instructor. An introduction to advanced dynamics B.A. 1963 Bucknell University Semester course; variable; 1-3 credits per semester. involving the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. M.S. 1964 Springfield College Maximum of three credits applicable toward physics major requirement; maximum total of four credits. PHYS 576 Electromagnetic Theory Ph.D. 1969 Michigan State University Open to nonmajors. Determination of amount of credit Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Eissenberg, Thomas E. (1997) Associate Professor and permission of instructor must be obtained before Prerequisites: PHYS 376 and MATH 301 or permission B.A. 1987 Grinnell College registration of course. Intended to allow nonmajors and of instructor. Maxwell’s equations of electromagnetism, Ph.D. 1994 McMaster University, Ontario majors to examine in detail an area of physics or vector and scalar potentials, electromagnetic waves Farrell, Albert D. (1980) Professor physics-related technology not otherwise available in and radiation theory. B.S. 1975 Michigan State University upper-level courses. May involve either directed read- M.S. 1977 Purdue University ings or directed laboratory work. PHYS 580 Quantum Mechanics Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Ph.D. 1980 Purdue University PHYS 420 Quantum Physics II PHYS 380, MATH 307 or permission of instructor. Fries, Elizabeth A. (1994) Associate Professor Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Theoretical quantum descriptions with emphasis upon B.A. 1985 University of Colorado Prerequisite: PHYS 380 or permission of instructor. mathematical techniques. Schrodinger equation, hydro- Ph.D. 1992 University of Washington Transition rates, addition of angular momentum, multi- gen atom, eigenfunctions and eigenvalues, angular Garner, Pamela W. (2001) Associate Professor electron atoms-Ground state, X-ray and optical excita- momentum and spin and perturbation theory. B.S.W. 1982 University of Tennessee, Chattanooga tions, time independent perturbation theory, relativistic M.A. 1988 University of Houston PHYS 591 Topics in Physics hydrogen atom and the structure of atoms, collision Ph.D. 1992 Texas A&M University theory, nuclear structure, elementary particles and their Semester course; 3 lecture hours. Variable; 1-3 credits. symmetries. Open to graduate students and to undergraduate stu-

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 131 College of Humanities and Sciences

Gramling, Sandra E. (1986) Associate Professor M.A. 1974 University of Maryland The bachelor of science curriculum in B.A. 1980 St. Mary’s College of Maryland Ph.D. 1981 Temple University psychology reflects the discipline’s major M.A. 1983 University of Mississippi Porter, Joseph H. (1975) Professor functions — scientific research, teaching, Ph.D. 1986 University of Mississippi B.S. 1971 University of Georgia acting as a healing profession, and raising Hamm, Robert J. (1974) Professor M.S. 1972 University of Georgia philosophical questions about the assump- B.A. 1968 Kent State University Ph.D. 1974 University of Georgia tions, values and ideals of human beings M.A. 1972 Southern Illinois University, Carbondale Porter, Mary Christine (2002) Collateral Instructor and their societies, which reflects psychol- Ph.D. 1974 Southern Illinois University, Carbondale B.A. 1990 Case Western Reserve University ogy’s origin in philosophy. Through a core Hartnett, John J. (1968) Associate Professor M.A. 1985 University of New Hampshire set of requirements the student systemati- B.A. University of Vermont Ph.D. 1992 University of New Hampshire cally develops understanding and skill in M.S. University of North Carolina Shivy, Victoria (1997) Assistant Professor scientific methods of inquiry, focusing on Ph.D. 1968 Wayne State University B.S. 1986 University of Scranton Holmes, Clarissa S. (1999) Professor Ph.D. 1994 University of Albany/State University of human mind and behavior. To fulfill the B.S. 1974 East Carolina University New York degree requirements, students may pursue M.A. 1977 University of Arkansas Southam-Gerow, Michael (2001) Assistant Professor the standard curriculum by selecting Ph.D. 1979 University of Arkansas B.S. 1989 University of Michigan courses from four content areas that intro- Howard, Catherine W. (1988) Collateral Ph.D. 1997 Temple University duce students to the healing and philosoph- Associate Professor and Director, Office of Stern, Marilyn (2001) Professor ical sides of psychology and provide a broad Community Programs B.A. 1977 Brooklyn College, City University of understanding of the field as a whole; or B.A. 1979 Davidson College New York the student may apply to one of several M.S. 1982 University of Maryland Ph.D. 1984 State University of New York, Buffalo more focused concentrations that draw Ph.D. 1988 Pennsylvania State University Stolberg, Arnold L. (1979) Professor upon the special strengths of the VCU Ingram, Kathleen M. (1995) Assistant Professor B.A. 1973 University of Rochester Department of Psychology. B.A. 1981 College of the Holy Cross M.A. 1976 University of South Florida J.D. 1984 Ohio State University Ph.D. 1979 University of South Florida M.A. 1991 Ohio State University Svikis, Dace S. (1999) Associate Professor Master of science and doctor of Ph.D. 1995 Ohio State University B.A. 1991 University of Minnesota philosophy in psychology programs Kliewer, Wendy L. (1992) Associate Professor Ph.D. 1989 University of Minnesota For information about graduate work in B.A. 1980 Southern California College Van Slyck, Michael R. (2001) Collateral Associate Professor psychology, see the Graduate and M.S. 1983 Portland State University B.A. 1981 State University of New York – Buffalo Professional Programs Bulletin. Ph.D. 1989 University of California, Irvine M.A. 1985 State University of New York – Buffalo Leahey, Thomas H. (1974) Professor of Psychology Ph.D. 1992 State University of New York – Buffalo B.A. George Washington University Vrana, Scott R. (1999) Associate Professor Degree requirements – general M.A. University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign B.A. 1982 Rutgers University Students should carefully review the Ph.D. 1974 University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign M.S. 1985 University of Florida humanities and sciences general require- Loos, Mary Elizabeth (2002) Collateral Instructor Ph.D. 1988 University of Florida ments. The bachelor of science curriculum B.S. 1985 Columbia University Zyzniewski, Linda (2002) Collateral Assistant Professor in psychology was developed in the context M.A. 1993 University of Maryland A.B. 1994 Muhlenberg College of these general requirements. It is the stu- Ph.D. 1998 University of Maryland M.A. 1996 The College of William and Mary dent’s responsibility to know the specific Mahoney, John M. (1971) Associate Professor Ph.D. 2002 Virginia Commonwealth University requirements of both the College of B.S. Michigan State University Humanities and Sciences and the Ph.D. 1971 State University of New York, Buffalo Emeriti faculty Department of Psychology. It also is the Mazzeo, Suzanne E. (2000) Assistant Professor Bailey, Kent G., Professor Emeritus student’s obligation to plan a meaningful B.A. 1993 Fordham University B.S. 1962 Emory and Henry College program of study and to consult regularly M.A. 1996 University of Illinois M.S. 1964 Virginia Commonwealth University with advisers in the Career Information Ph.D. 2000 University of Illinois Ph.D. 1968 West Virginia University and Advising Center. McCreary, Micah L. (1993) Associate Professor Erickson, Marilyn T., Professor Emerita B.S. 1981 University of Michigan A.B. 1957 Brown University M.Div. 1986 Virginia Union University M.A. 1959 Brown University Degree requirements – bachelor of M.S. 1990 Virginia Commonwealth University Ph.D. 1961 University of Washington science in psychology Ph.D. 1993 Virginia Commonwealth University Groman, William D., Professor Emeritus The bachelor of science curriculum in B.A. University of Miami, Florida C.A.G.S. 1993 Howard University psychology requires a minimum of 120 McCullough Jr., James P. (1972) Professor M.S. University of Miami, Florida credits, with at least 30 of those credits in B.A. 1958 Louisiana State University Ph.D. Duke University psychology, excluding PSYC 201, which B.D. 1961 Southern Methodist University Kiesler, Donald J., Professor Emeritus M.S. 1967 University of Georgia A.B. 1958 Bellarmine College may, however, be counted as an elective Ph.D. 1970 University of Georgia Ph.D. 1963 University of Illinois outside the required 30 credit hours. Meyer, Aleta L. (1994) Assistant Research Professor Strong, Stanley R., Professor Emeritus However, no more than 40 credits in psy- B.S. 1986 University of Tennessee B.A. Montana State University chology may be presented for graduation for M.S. 1991 Pennsylvania State University Ph.D. 1966 University of Minnesota the bachelor of science degree. This limit Ph.D. 1994 Pennsylvania State University Tipton, Robert M., Professor Emeritus does not apply to courses numbered 490 Myers, Barbara J. (1979) Associate Professor B.S. Virginia Commonwealth University and above. At least 15 of the 30 required A.B. 1972 Earlham College M.S. Virginia Commonwealth University credits must be taken at VCU. Ph.D. University of Missouri

132 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

The following three courses constitute student may apply in writing to the depart- Urban Psychology Concentration. An overall GPA of the required core in the B.S. curriculum, ment’s director of undergraduate studies to 2.50 and a psychology GPA of 2.50 and concentration and a minimum grade of “C” is required in pursue one of the following specialized con- courses are required to successfully complete this concen- all of them. Prior to taking PSYC 214, the centrations in psychology. The Pre-graduate tration. Note: If you follow this concentration but at time of graduation do meet the 2.50 GPA requirements, you student must complete STAT 210 with a School Concentration provides a broad may not be able to graduate under the standard curriculum “C” grade or better. training in the core areas of scientific psy- because you may not have taken PSYC 451 or courses in chology intended to prepare students for the physiological/learning content areas. This concentra- PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology the GRE and successful application to grad- tion consists of 34 credits. PSYC 214 Applications of Statistics uate school. The other concentrations rep- PSYC 317 Experimental Methods resent curricula focused on special strengths PSYC 302 Psychology of Adolescence of the Department of Psychology, and may PSYC 304 Life Span Developmental Psychology In addition to the PSYC courses required prepare the student for psychological work PSYC/AFAM 322 Personality and Behavior of the African for the B.S. in psychology, the student must not requiring the Ph.D. American take the following courses: PSYC 340 Introduction to the Helping Relationship Pre-graduate School Concentration. An overall GPA of PSYC 493 or 494 (three credits) BIOL 101 and BIOZ 101L Biological Concepts and 3.25 and a psychology GPA of 3.25 are required to suc- POLI 321 Urban Government Laboratory, and BIOL 102 Science of Heredity or BIOL 103 cessfully complete this concentration, which consists of 34 RELS 340 Global Ethics and Religions Environmental Science. credits. URSP 116 Introduction to the City

Standard curriculum PSYC 304 Life Span Developmental Psychology Careers in psychology In addition to the core, the student must PSYC 318 Principles of Psychological Tests and Students choose to major in psychology complete PSYC 451 and at least one course Measurements for many reasons. Most often they select from each of the following four content PSYC 321 Social Psychology PSYC 401 Physiological Psychology the major for a combination of wanting to areas: PSYC 407 Abnormal Psychology help other people and of desiring to learn PSYC 410 Learning and Cognition Developmental the scientific principles of behavior. PSYC 451 History of Psychology PSYC 301 Child Psychology or PSYC 304 Life Span Students in the program expect to receive PSYC 492, 493 or 494 (three credits) Developmental Psychology (cannot take both for degree career counseling and information on grad- credit) uate and/or professional school training. Life Science Concentration. An overall GPA of 2.50 and PSYC 302 Psychology of Adolescence a psychology GPA of 2.50 and concentration courses are The department has developed methods to PSYC 306 Psychology of Adult Development required to successfully complete this concentration. Note: meet these expectations. GRTY 410 Introduction to Gerontology If you follow this concentration but at time of graduation PSYC 201 Career Development in do meet the 2.50 GPA requirements, you may not be able Psychology, covers specialty fields within Social/Personality to graduate under the standard curriculum because you the discipline and the career opportunities PSYC 309 Personality may not have taken PSYC 451 or courses in the develop- PSYC 321 Social Psychology available to degree holders. This course mental and social/personality content areas. This concen- PSYC/AFAM 322 Personality and Behavior of the African also discusses graduate and professional tration consists of 34 credits. American school options open to the graduate of the PSYC 323 Interpersonal Relations program. PSYC 401 Physiological Psychology PSYC/RELS 333 Psychology and Religious Experience The Career Information and Advising PSYC 406 Perception PSYC/WMNS 335 Psychology of Women PSYC 410 Learning and Cognition Center has been established by the depart- PSYC/SOCY 341 Group Dynamics PSCY 412 Health Psychology ment to provide individual and group coun- PHTX 400 Drugs and Their Action seling services for undergraduate majors Physiological/Learning BIOL 102 Science of Heredity (satisfies biology corequirement) with career concerns. Specific career and PSYC 401 Physiological Psychology BIOL 445 Neurobiology and Behavior academic information also is available at PSYC 406 Perception PSYC 492, 493 or 494 (three credits) PSYC 410 Principles of Learning and Cognition this center. Students are shown how to choose appropriate electives for bachelor’s- Applied Psychology Concentration. An overall GPA of Self-development/Applied Psychology level careers in mental health services, per- 2.50 and a psychology GPA of 2.50 and concentration PSYC 303 Personal Adjustment sonnel, management, corrections, rehabili- courses are required to successfully complete this concen- PSYC 308 Stress and Its Management tation, health services, education and labo- tration. Note: If you follow this concentration but at time PSYC 310 Industrial Psychology of graduation do meet the 2.50 GPA requirements, you ratory research. PSYC 318 Principles of Psychological Tests and may not be able to graduate under the standard curriculum Faculty advisers specialize in career advis- Measurements because you may not have taken PSYC 451 or courses in ing and professional development. The fac- PSYC 340 Introduction to the Helping Relationship the physiological/learning content areas. This concentra- ulty adviser’s role is to consult with students PSYC 407 Psychology of the Abnormal tion consists of 31 credits. about various areas of professional opportu- PSYC 412 Health Psychology PSYC 426 Child Psychopathology nity, explain the role of graduate education, PSYC 304 Life Span Developmental Psychology and suggest general areas of study outside of PSYC 308 Stress and Its Management Concentrations in psychology the psychology department that might fit PSYC 309 Personality the student’s interests and goals. Faculty In addition to the core and instead of PSCY 318 Principles of Psychological Tests and adviser assignments are made through the the standard curriculum, after successful Measurements Psychology Career Information and completion of PSYC 101 and PSYC 214 PSYC 340 Introduction to the Helping Relationship Advising Center. with a minimum of a “C” grade in each, a PSYC 407 Psychology of the Abnormal PSYC 492, 493 or 494 (three credits)

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 133 College of Humanities and Sciences

PSYC 493 Fieldwork: Human Services meets one of the three following entrance Introduction to Psychology; one course and PSYC 494 Research Internship in requirements. from each of the four basic areas: develop- Psychology are two of the upper-level elec- Entering freshmen must have combined mental, social/personality, physiological/ tives specifically designed to enhance the SAT scores of at least 1250 and rank in the learning, and self-development/applied psy- psychology major’s career pursuits for either top 15 percent of their graduating high chology; and one additional course. PSYC employment or graduate-level training. school class. Students transferring to VCU 201 Career Development in Psychology Both of these courses provide opportunities must have a 3.5 cumulative GPA in at least cannot be used to meet this requirement. for direct, practical experience with close 30 college semester hours of credit and At least nine of the 18 credits must be supervision. have no more than 60 college semester taken at VCU. The Department of Psychology offers hours of credit. Continuing VCU students service learning courses that involve partic- must have a 3.5 cumulative GPA and have Cooperative Education Program ipation in an organized community service taken a minimum of 20, but no more than experience. Through classroom discussions 60 credits at VCU. Promising students who The Cooperative Education Program is and written assignments, students relate do not quite meet these requirements can available to qualifying students pursuing theories and research presented in class be considered for program membership by undergraduate degrees in psychology. A full with community experiences. Through writing to the director of the psychology description of the program appears in the service learning courses, students: honors program. Division of Students Affairs chapter of this • gain an understanding and apprecia- Once admitted to the program, the hon- bulletin. tion of the community and its diverse ors student must fulfill three basic program people, requirements. Courses in psychology (PSYC) • explore an area of study or a career First, students must take a minimum of option, and nine credits in psychology courses that are PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology • critically reflect on their values and designated as honors sections. PSYC 497, Semester course; 3 lecture and 1 computer-assisted responsibilities as citizens. 498 and 499 may not be used to fulfill this instructional hour. 4 credits. A survey of the basic prin- Some service learning courses require a requirement. ciples, methods of investigation and fields of study and two-semester commitment. In many cases, Next, honors students must enroll for a application. Includes individualized application of prin- a service learning course will meet the minimum of three credits in PSYC 494 ciples and methods in computerized learning activities. A prerequisite for upper-level work in the field of psy- urban experience general education Research Internship in Psychology, no later chology. requirement (refer to the Schedule of than the fall semester of their junior year. Classes). Finally, all students must complete PSYC PSYC 201 Career Development in Psychology 497 Honors Seminar, in their junior year, Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. and complete PSYC 498-499 Honors in Prerequisite: PSYC 101. Introduction to the discipline of Graduate school in psychology psychology and the career alternatives available in var- Psychology, in their senior year. ious specialties. Self-assessment, career decision-mak- The Career Information and Advising A student in the program will graduate ing skills, educational program planning methods will Center maintains up-to-date information with honors in psychology if he or she has be covered. Special topics will include graduate/pro- from the American Psychological completed all course requirements with a fessional school options, opportunities for minority stu- Association and other resources on admis- “B” or better; has maintained a GPA of 3.5, dents and job search strategies for the B.A. or B.S. psy- sion requirements and programs at a variety overall and in psychology; and has com- chology major. of graduate schools. pleted all other requirements for the bache- PSYC 214 Applications of Statistics Students considering graduate school lor of science degree. Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 should consult their faculty advisers and credits. Prerequisites: PSYC 101 and STAT 210. the Career Information and Advising Frequency distributions, measures of central tendency Center early in their studies at VCU. Extended Teacher Preparation and variability; sampling, probability, correlation and Specific courses in psychology are strongly Program significance tests as applied in psychological data. recommended for many graduate programs, Psychology majors interested in teach- PSYC 301 Child Psychology so careful and early planning is important. ing careers in early, middle, secondary or Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Referrals to other campus services are special education can enroll in the Prerequisite: PSYC 101. A study is made of the growth made through the center to help the stu- Extended Teacher Preparation Program and development of the child until puberty. Childlike is viewed in terms of physical, mental, social, emotional dent with other professional school options that results in the simultaneous awarding of and their respective entrance requirements. and educational factors. (PSYC 304 Life Span a bachelor’s degree in psychology and a Developmental Psychology may not also be taken for Those options are pre-law, pre-med, master master’s degree in teaching. For more infor- credit.) of social work, master of business adminis- mation about this program administered tration and others. jointly by the School of Education and the PSYC 302 Psychology of Adolescence Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. College of Humanities and Sciences, con- Prerequisites: PSYC 101 and either PSYC 301 or PSYC Honors in psychology tact the School of Education’s Office of 304. A study of mental, moral, social and physical Academic Services. development from puberty to maturity viewed as in Psychology majors in the bachelor of sci- child psychology. Designed for secondary school teach- ence program can earn honors in psychology. ers, youth leaders and professional psychologists. Any student is eligible to join the program if Minor in psychology he or she declares a major in psychology and A minor in psychology consists of 18 PSYC 303 Personal Adjustment Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. credits in psychology, including PSYC 101 Prerequisite: PSYC 101. Surveys major theories of per-

134 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences sonality as a basis for studying theory, research and PSYC 318 Principles of Psychological Tests and Specific topics include motivation for individuals form- intervention into areas that require personal adjust- Measurements ing and joining groups, performance and productivity of ment. Such areas include sense of self, stress and cop- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. group members, group leadership and majority and ing, work and career and several varieties of interper- Prerequisites: PSYC 101 and PSYC 214. Concepts in minority influence. The group will be examined in rela- sonal relationships. Positive adjustment and growth as psychological measurement and a survey of commonly tion to the larger society and as a subculture in itself. well as problems are discussed. used tests; testing procedures and rationale underlying these tests; tests of intelligence, aptitude, achieve- PSYC 401 Physiological Psychology PSYC 304 Life Span Developmental Psychology ment, interest and personality critically examined, pro- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. cedures described for selecting and evaluating specific Prerequisite: PSYC 101. Data from the fields of Prerequisite: PSYC 101. Reviews the basic concepts group tests in these areas. anatomy and physiology are presented, and their impli- and principles of physical, cognitive and social develop- cations for psychology are discussed. The central nerv- ment at each major stage of life-prenatal, infancy, tod- PSYC 321 Social Psychology ous system, internal environment, vision, audition, dlerhood, preschool, middle childhood, adolescence, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. reflexes, emotion, learning behavior disorders and their adulthood and old age. Consideration is given to the Prerequisite: PSYC 101. Survey theory and research in physiological components. Behavior of the human study of development at each stage of life and to dif- social psychology. Topics include interpersonal and organisms is studied from the biopsychological point ferent theoretical explanations for development. PSYC social influence processes, attitudes and social cogni- of view. 301 Child Psychology may not also be taken for credit. tion, the impact of personality on social behavior, con- formity, leadership and small group behavior. PSYC 404/SOCY 404 Social Psychology of PSYC 305/EDUS 305 Educational Psychology Emotions Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. PSYC 322/AFAM 322 Personality and Behavior of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: PSYC 101. The application of psychologi- the African American Prerequisites: PSYC 101, SOCY 101. An examination of cal principles to the teaching-learning process Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. the social shaping of emotion as well as its function in with special emphasis on theories of learning and Prerequisite: PSYC 101. A study of personality factors maintaining the social process. Cross-cultural uniformi- development. such as motivation, ego-functioning and the socializa- ties and diversity in basic emotions and their expres- tion processes, with special emphasis on living condi- sion are addressed as well as selected social psycho- PSYC 306 Psychology of Adult Development tions of African Americans. logical theories of emotions. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: PSYC 101 and either PSYC 301 or PSYC PSYC 323 Interpersonal Relations PSYC 406 Perception 304. The life stages and transitions of the young adult, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. middle age and young-old phases of the life cycle are Prerequisite: PSYC 101. Analyzes human relations from Prerequisite: PSYC 101. Perception of information from considered, following a review of methods of research various theoretical perspectives. Typical topics include sensory systems with concentration on vision and hear- within life-span development psychology. Topics the effects of attraction, friendship, love and depending. Research and theories on how we learn and judge include the impact of events such as birth of the first ency on relationships; the evolution of relationships color, form, movement, depth and how individuals inte- child, job relocation, mid-life re-evaluation and antici- from initiation through termination. Strategies for grate these in object identification. pated retirement. increasing effectiveness of communication between individuals also are addressed. PSYC 407 Psychology of the Abnormal PSYC 308 Stress and its Management Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. PSYC 333/RELS 333 Psychology and Religious Prerequisite: PSYC 101. Development of personality is Prerequisite: PSYC 101. Physiological and psychological Experience discussed, with emphasis on factors leading to malad- aspects of stressors and the stress response. Review Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. justment. Lectures and reading cover the symptom of principles, research and methods of stress manage- Prerequisite: PSYC 101. Religious belief and experience groups of emotional disorders of both psychological ment, such as relaxation, self-suggestions, meditation as viewed by major psychological theorists. How psy- and organic origin. Methods of assessing and treating and biofeedback. chological methodology has been used to study reli- these disorders are surveyed. gious experience. Topics include personality factors PSYC 309 Personality and development, conversion experiences, religious PSYC 410 Principles of Learning and Cognition Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. experiences and mental health and human values. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: PSYC 101. The study of the various Prerequisite: PSYC 101. Comprehensive treatment of approaches to understanding human behavior in terms PSYC 335/WMNS 335 Psychology of Women learning and cognition with emphasis on humans, from of personality theory. Various theories will be examined Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. behavioral, cognitive, biological and developmental for commonality and uniqueness in assumptions, Prerequisite: PSYC 101. Overview of issues in psychol- viewpoints. Topics include conditioning, information dynamics and development of personality. ogy relevant to women. Topics include: research meth- processing, memory, sociobiology and cognitive and ods of women’s issues; sex-role socialization; women moral development. PSYC 310 Industrial Psychology and hormones; psychological androgyny; personality Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. theory and counseling strategies for women; women PSYC 412 Health Psychology Prerequisite: PSYC 101. Application of psychological and language; women and violence; and rape and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. principles and techniques to problems in personnel abuse. Prerequisites: PSYC 101, PSYC 308 or PSYC 401, or management and human engineering; recruitment, consent of instructor. Application of the principles and selection, training and placement in industry; criteria in PSYC 340 Introduction to the Helping techniques of psychology to the field of medicine, to testing and test development; morale evaluation and Relationship health maintenance and to illness. The integration of improvement, employee counseling; work-management Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. theoretical, research and applied issues is emphasized communications; human engineering in equipment Prerequisite: PSYC 101. Overview to the dynamics of in the analysis of such topics as psychological/behav- design, quality control, working conditions and safety. communication in a helping relationship. Didactic ioral factors contributing to and protecting against material includes the principles of empathy, nonverbal physical illness (stress, smoking, exercise), factors PSYC 317 Experimental Methods behavior, problem solving, crisis intervention and inter- relating to treatment and recovery (coping, treatment Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 view techniques. Basic paraprofessional counselor compliance), psychological problems resulting from ill- credits. Prerequisites: PSYC 101 and PSYC 214. skills will be demonstrated and practiced through struc- ness and injury, and specific techniques and problem Introduction to experimental procedures and laboratory tured exercises. areas in health psychology (such as biofeedback, pain techniques in psychology. Demonstrations and experi- management, pediatric psychology, geropsychology, ments in sensation, perception, learning, emotion and PSYC 341/SOCY 341 Group Dynamics rehabilitation psychology and lifestyle change.) motivation. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: PSYC 101. Social and psychological principles and research related to the individual in groups.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 135 College of Humanities and Sciences

PSYC 414/WMNS 414 Psychology of Women’s credits total for all three courses. Prerequisites: PSYC careers in the environmental field, consult- Health 101 and permission of faculty research supervisor must ing, advocacy and private industry. This cur- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Overviews be obtained prior to registration. PSYC 214, 317 or per- riculum also provides the student with a mission of supervisor. Students will work on various the psychological research on women’s health. Topics foundation for graduate work in environ- include health behavior change, personality and indi- phases of a research project (design, data collection, vidual differences, cognitive factors, disease-specific data analysis, manuscript writing) under a psychology mental sciences or related fields. behaviors and interventions. faculty member’s close supervision. This course is Students completing this curriculum earn designed to enhance the psychology major’s career a bachelor of science degree in science. PSYC 426 Child Psychopathology pursuits for either graduate-level training or post-bac- For information concerning the program Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. calaureate employment. PSYC 492, PSYC 493 and and advising, contact the program coordi- Prerequisites: PSYC 101 and either PSYC 301 or PSYC PSYC 494 may be repeated for a total of six credits but nator. Selected faculty in biology, chem- 304. Principal childhood behavioral abnormalities. A a maximum of 12 credits total for all three courses is review of causes, assessment and diagnostic methods, allowed. istry, environmental studies, mathematical and treatment, intervention and prevention approaches. sciences and physics are the academic PSYC 497 Honors Seminar advisers for this program. PSYC 451 History of Psychology Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: PSYC 101 and junior standing and admis- Prerequisite: PSYC 101, junior or senior standing. sion to the Honors in Psychology Program. Pre- or Extended Teacher Preparation Traces the history of ideas about mind and behavior as corequisite: PSYC 317. An introduction to the scientific Program they relate to the theory and practice of psychology. process, particularly as applied to the field of psychology. Prepares students for future research experience Bachelor of science in science majors PSYC 491 Topics in Psychology and surveys current research, opportunities for post- interested in teaching careers in early, middle Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Maximum graduate study and professional development in or special education can enroll in the total of six credits in topics courses. Prerequisite: PSYC psychology. 101. An in-depth study of selected topics and issues in Extended Teacher Preparation Program that psychology. See the Schedule of Classes for specific PSYC 498-499 Honors in Psychology results in the simultaneous awarding of a topics to be offered. Continuous course; 3 lecture hours. 2-3 credits. bachelor’s degree in science and a master’s Prerequisites: PSYC 101 and consent of undergraduate degree in teaching. For more information PSYC 492 Independent Study committee of the psychology department. Discussion Semester course; variable; 1, 2 or 3 credits per semes- about this program jointly administered by will include advanced research strategies, related pro- the School of Education and the College of ter. Maximum of six credits for all independent study fessional issues and topics determined by the student’s courses. PSYC 492; PSYC 493; PSYC 494 may be interest. Students are required to develop and com- Humanities and Sciences, contact the School repeated for a total of six credits but a maximum of 12 plete a senior honors thesis, which will be the major of Education’s Division of Teacher Education. credits total for all three courses. Prerequisite: PSYC emphasis of the second semester. 101. Open only to students of junior or senior standing who have acquired at least 12 credits in the depart- Degree requirements – bachelor of mental discipline. Determination of the amount of science in science credit and permission of instructor and department Interdisciplinary Degree Program chair must be procured prior to registration of the in Science The bachelor of science curriculum in course. Independent study is defined as student-con- science requires a minimum of 120 credits. ceived and initiated readings or research project which J. Clifford Fox Along with the general education is supervised by a psychology faculty member. An oral Interim Assistant Director, Center for requirements of the undergraduate pro- examination or written, comprehensive paper is Environmental Studies grams and the College of Humanities and required at the end of the semester. PSYC 492, PSYC B.A. 1973 University of Florida 493 and PSYC 494 may be repeated for a total of six Sciences for a bachelor of science degree, credits but a maximum of 12 credits total for all three J.D. 1979 University of Florida this curriculum requires 32-35 credits in courses is allowed. Ph.D. 1999 Rutgers University core science and mathematics courses (see chart) and 38 credits in one of the follow- PSYC 493 Fieldwork: Human Services The interdisciplinary program in science ing tracks: biology, chemistry, environmen- Semester course; 3 credits. Prerequisite: Permission of provides students with a broad, yet funda- instructor. Students are placed in an agency, which will tal studies, general science, mathematics, or provide supervised work experience in various aspects mental, grounding in the sciences. In addi- physics. In preparation for the required of helping other people. The setting might be a govern- tion to the spectrum of required mathemat- mathematical sciences courses, all students ment or private community agency, or a corporation, ics and science courses, students select a must take the Mathematics Placement Test. depending on the student’s goals. The student works concentration from biology, chemistry, eight hours per week at the placement site, attends environmental sciences, general science, Core course requirements several group discussion sessions during the semester mathematics or physics. The mathematics See chart for beginning core courses in and completes written assignments. This course is and general science tracks are particularly designed to enhance the psychology major’s career pur- the program. suited for students interested in careers in suits for either graduate-level training or post-bac- A grade of “C” or higher is required in early or middle school science or mathe- calaureate employment. PSYC 492, PSYC 493 and each prerequisite course: CHEM 100 (if PSYC 494 may be repeated for a total of six credits but matics education. required through placement test), CHEM a maximum of 12 credits total for all three courses is The environmental studies track is partic- 101, CHEM 102, CHEM 301 and allowed. ularly suited for students who wish to com- CHEM 302. plement their foundation in the traditional PSYC 494 Research Internship in Psychology A grade of “C” or higher is required in sciences with a more global perspective. The Semester course; variable; 1, 2 or 3 credits per semes- BIOL 151, 152, BIOZ 151L, 152L, and environmental studies track includes courses ter. May be repeated for a maximum of six credits with BIOL 218 before enrolment in advanced adviser’s approval. PSY 492; PSY 493; PSY 494 may be in politics, economics and environmental BIOL courses. repeated for a total of six credits but a maximum of 12 technology. This track prepares students for

136 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

Choose one of the following six tracks: CHEM 102 and CHEZ/FRSZ 102L General POLI/ENVS 311 Politics of the Environment 3 Chemistry and Laboratory II 4 SOCY/POLI 320 Research Methods in the credits CHEM 301-302 Organic Chemistry 6 Social Sciences 3 Biology track CHEZ 301L and 302L Organic Chemistry One additional environmental studies course BIOL 152 and BIOZ 152L Introduction to Biological Laboratory I and II 4 chosen with adviser’s approval 3 Sciences II and Laboratory 4 CHEM 309 and CHEZ 309L Quantitative Analysis 4 ______BIOL 218 Cell Biology 3 GEOG/ENVS 105 and GEOZ/ENVZ 105L Physical 37 or 38 BIOL 310 and BIOZ 310L Genetics and Laboratory Geology and Laboratory 4 in Genetics 4 PHYS 202 and PHYZ 202L General Physics and General science track BIOL 317 Ecology 3 Laboratory or PHYS 208 and PHYZ 208L BIOL 315/ENVS 314 Man and Environment, BIOL 392 Introduction to Research 1 University Physics and Laboratory 4 or 5 BIOL 332/ENVS 330 Environmental Pollution or CHEM 102 and CHEZ/FRSZ 102L General PHYS 391 Geologic Fieldwork 1 BIOL 317 Ecology 3 Chemistry and Laboratory 4 ______ENVS/GEOG 401 Meteorology and Climatology 3 GEOG/ENVS 105 and GEOZ/ENVZ 105L Physical 35 or 36 ENVS/GEOG 411 Oceanography 3 Geology and Laboratory 4 PHYS 103 and PHYZ 103L Elementary Astronomy PHYS 202 and PHYZ 202L General Physics and Environmental studies track and Laboratory 4 Laboratory or PHYS 208 and PHYZ 208L BIOL 152 and BIOZ 152L Introduction to Biological GEOG/ENVS 105 and GEOZ/ENVZ 105L Physical University Physics and Laboratory 4 or 5 Sciences II and Laboratory 4 Geology and Laboratory or GEOG 204 and PHYS 391 Geologic Fieldwork 1 BIOL 317 Ecology 3 GEOZ 204L Physical Geography and Laboratory 4 One upper-level animal and one upper-level BIOL 332/ENVS 330 Environmental Pollution A second introductory course in two of the following plant course, with laboratories 8 or BIOL 432 Biology of Polluted Waters 3 three areas: biology, chemistry or physics 8-10 ______CHEM 102 and CHEZ/FRSZ 102L General Two additional courses at the 200 level or higher 36 or 37 Chemistry and Laboratory 4 in mathematics, science, teaching mathematics ECON 325 Environmental Economics 3 and/or science with adviser’s approval Chemistry track ENVS/GEOG 335 and ENVZ/GEOZ 335L (Recommended upper-level courses are BIOL 320, BIOL 152 and BIOZ 152L Introduction to Biological Environmental Geology 4 ENVS 335. EDUS 300 and/or EDUS 301 may Sciences II and Laboratory 4 ENVS 490 Research Seminar in be used if student is preparing for teaching.) 6 BIOL 317 Ecology 3 Environmental Studies 3 _____ BIOL 392 Introduction to Research 1 PHYS 202 and PHYZ 202L General Physics and 31-33 Laboratory or PHYS 208 and PHYZ 208L University Physics and Laboratory 4 or 5 Science program core course requirements

Core Biology Chemistry EnvironmentalMathematics General sciencePhysics courses track track studies track track track track

Introductory biology BIOL 151 BIOL 151 BIOL 151 BIOL 101, 102, 103* BIOL 101, 102, 103 or BIOL 101, 102, 103 or (4-5 credits) with laboratory with laboratory with laboratory or 151 with laboratory 151 with laboratory 151 with laboratory

Introductory CHEM 101 CHEM 101 CHEM 101 CHEM 101 or CHEM 101 or CHEM 101 chemistry with laboratory with laboratory with laboratory CHEM 110* with CHEM 110* with with laboratory (4 credits) laboratory laboratory

Introductory physics PHYS 201 or 207 PHYS 201 or 207 PHYS 201 or 207 PHYS 101, PHYZ 101L or PHYS 101, PHYZ 101L PHYS 207 (4-5 credits) PHYS 107*, or 201, or 207 or PHYS 107, or 201, or 207

Geography GEOG 203 or 204 GEOG 203 or 204 GEOG 105 or 204 GEOG 203 or BIOL 317 or GEOG 203 or BIOL 317 or GEOG 203 or 204 (4 credits) with laboratory with laboratory with laboratory ENVS 335 with laboratory ENVS 335 with laboratory with laboratory

Science INSC 300 or INSC 300 or ENVS/GEOG 401 INSC 300 INSC 300 INSC 301 or (3 credits) ENVS/GEOG 401 ENVS/GEOG 401 ENVS/GEOG 401

Additional science INSC 301 or INSC 301 or ENVS/GEOG 411 INSC 301 INSC 301 INSC 301 or course (3 credits) ENVS/GEOG 411 ENVS/GEOG 411 ENVS/GEOG 411

Mathematics MATH 151 MATH 151 MATH 151 MATH 151 MATH 151 MATH 151 (by placement or 4 credits)

Statistics STAT 208 or 210 STAT 208 or 210 STAT 210 STAT 208 or 210 STAT 208 or 210 satisifed by track (3 credits) requirements

Additional mathematics MATH 200 or MATH 200 STAT 314 MATH 200 MATH 200 MATH 200 course (3-4 credits) STAT beyond 210 or STAT 314

* Recommended among options

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 137 College of Humanities and Sciences

Mathematics track trace the psychosocial impact the HIV pandemic has CMSC 255 Introduction to Programming 3 Science had on society since the early 1980s, and will explore CMSC 554 Applications of Computers in Teaching the future possibilities for those who are HIV infected Mathematics 3 For interdisciplinary science courses, see and/or HIV affected. MATH 131 Contemporary Mathematics 3 INSC in these listings. MATH 211 Mathematical Structures 3 MATH 303 Geometry 3 Department of Sociology MATH 310 Linear Algebra 3 Social Sciences MATH/OPER 327 Mathematical Modeling 3 J. Sherwood Williams MATH 351 Applied Abstract Algebra 3 J. Sherwood Williams Professor and Department Chair (1971) Two additional courses at the 200 level or higher Professor, Sociology and Anthropology, and B.A. 1964 California State College, Long Beach in mathematics, science, teaching mathematics Coordinator, Social Sciences (1971) M.A. 1968 California State College, Los Angeles and/or science with adviser’s approval. B.A. 1964 California State College, Long Beach Ph.D. 1972 Washington State University (EDUS 300 and/or EDUS 301 may be used if M.A. 1968 California State College, Los Angeles student is preparing for teaching.) 6 Ph.D. 1972 Washington State University Julie A. Honnold ______Associate Professor and Associate Department 30 Courses in social sciences are offered by a Chair (1974) B.A. Knox College Physics track number of academic departments. However, M.A. University of Denver PHYS 208 University Physics II 5 these courses have been grouped together. Ph.D. 1974 University of Denver PHYS 320 Modern Physics 3 PHYZ 320L Modern Physics Laboratory 1 Courses in social science (SOCS) PHYS 301 Classical Mechanics I 3 Bennett, Amber (2001) Assistant Professor PHYZ 450L Senior Physics Laboratory (WI) 3 B.A. 1991 Sweet Briar College SOCS 291 Issues in Social Science MATH 201 Calculus and Analytical Geometry 4 M.A. 1992 University of Pennsylvania Semester course; variable; 1-3 credits per semester. Ph.D. 1996 University of Pennsylvania MATH 301 Differential Equations 3 Maximum total of six credits. An interdisciplinary Bromley, David G. (1983) Professor MATH 307 Multivariate Calculus 3 course structured around social issues pertinent to An additional nine credits taken from any of today’s society. See the Schedule of Classes for partic- A.B. 1963 Colby College the following courses: 9 ular issues to be covered and the semester credit for M.A. 1966 Duke University CHEM 102 General Chemistry which each course will be offered. Ph.D. 1971 Duke University CHEZ/FRSZ 102L General Chemistry Laboratory Bryant, Nita (1993) Assistant Professor MATH 327 Mathematical Modeling SOCS 303 Marriage and Family Relationships B.S. 1991 Virginia Commonwealth University PHYS 307 The Physics of Sound and Music Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: M.S. 1993 Virginia Commonwealth University PHYS 103 Elementary Astronomy SOCY 101 or permission of instructor. Marriage and the Ph.D. 1998 University of Virginia family in contemporary society. Topics discussed will PHYZ 103L Elementary Astronomy Laboratory Creighton-Zollar, Ann A. (1981) Associate Professor or any course allowable for the bachelor of science include the effects of masculine and feminine roles on marital and parent-child relationships, how role problems B.A., M.A. University of Illinois, Chicago Circle in physics Ph.D. 1980 University of Illinois, Chicago Circle ______are resolved, sexual adjustments, financial adjustment, Croteau, David R. (1994) Associate Professor 34 family planning and retirement. B.A. 1984 Brandeis University SOCS 330 The Psychology and Sociology of M.A. 1989 Boston College Courses in interdisciplinary science Death Ph.D. 1993 Boston College Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Forsyth, Donelson R.** (1978) Professor (INSC) Prerequisite: PSYC 101 or SOCY 101. An interdiscipli- B.S. 1974 Florida State University nary study of the encounter with death, death and per- INSC 300 Experiencing Science sonality, the organizational processing of death and M.A. 1975 University of Florida Semester course; 5 studio hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: demographic regularities of dying. Sociologists and Ph.D. 1978 University of Florida Four credits in biology, four credits in physical science, psychologists jointly teach the course. Henry, Neil W. (1975) Associate Professor of Sociology three credits in mathematics, and STAT 208 or 210. and Anthropology and Mathematical Sciences Study of the methods and processes used by scientists SOCS 340 Human Sexuality B.A. 1958 Wesleyan University in investigations. Guided, active replication of great dis- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of the M.A. 1960 Dartmouth College coveries in major scientific disciplines in physical sci- variety of the forms, sources and consequences of human Ph.D. 1970 Columbia University sexual behaviors and the attitudes, beliefs and values ence, life science and earth science. Lyng, Stephan G. (1987) Associate Professor associated with them. The data and its analysis are INSC 301 Investigatory Mathematics and Science directed to the significance of sex in human experience. B.A. 1973 University of Texas Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. M.A. 1977 University of Texas Prerequisites: Four credits in biology, four credits in SOCS 350 The Construction of Culture Ph.D. 1982 University of Texas physical science, three credits in mathematics, and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An exami- Mahoney, John S. (1988) Assistant Professor and STAT 208 or STAT 210. Students investigate real world nation, using methods from several disciplines, of the Director of Undergraduate Studies science problems, formulate model solutions to the ways in which human beings construct the shared B.A. 1970 University of Virginia meanings that constitute culture. problems, produce project reports and present their M.A. 1976 University of Virginia solutions to class. Problems selected from areas includ- Ph.D. 1983 University of Virginia ing water quality, epidemics and spread of diseases, SOCS 389 AIDS: Myths and Realities Marolla, Joseph A. (1975) Associate Professor heat loss and gain, genetics and drugs in the body. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: SOCY 101. Presents the students with the B.A. University of Rhode Island fundamentals of infectious disease, immunology and M.A. University of Rhode Island virology as they apply to HIV disease. Students will Ph.D. 1974 University of Denver

138 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

Nelson, Lynn D. (1972) Professor Master of Science in Sociology Control, conflict and social change B.A. Abilene Christian College Program SOCY 310 Social Movements and Social Conflict M.A. University of Alabama SOCY 321 Class, Status and Power Ph.D. 1971 Ohio State University For information about graduate work in SOCY 322 Minority Groups in the United States Rankin, Daphne L. (1988) Assistant Professor sociology, see the Graduate and SOCY/WMNS 334 Sociology of Women B.A. 1976 University of North Carolina Professional Programs Bulletin. SOCY 352 Social Change M.S. 1987 Virginia Commonwealth University SOCY 403 Criminology Scully, Diana H. (1976) Professor and Director, Women’s The relationship of individual and society Studies Program Degree requirements – SOCY 340 Self and Society B.A. 1970 University of Illinois, Chicago Circle bachelor of science in sociology SOCY/PSYC 341 Group Dynamics M.A. 1972 University of Illinois, Chicago Circle and anthropology SOCY/PSYC 404 Social Psychology of Emotions Ph.D. 1977 University of Illinois, Chicago Circle The bachelor of science curriculum in SOCY 434 Sociology of Sport Turner, Christina B. (1994) Associate Professor sociology and anthropology requires a mini- SOCY 440 Advanced Social Psychology B.A. 1982 University of Denver mum of 120 credits, with at least 30 of SOCY 446 Sociology of Mental Disorder M.A. 1984 University of Denver those credits in sociology and anthropology, M.A. 1987 Tulane University Historical and cross-cultural patterns Ph.D. 1992 Tulane University 21 of which must be in upper-level (300- ANTH 305 Comparative Society 400) courses. ANTH/INTL 103 Cultural SOCY/ANTH/WMNS 304 The Family Emeriti faculty Anthropology and SOCY 101 General SOCY/AFAM/WMNS 305 African American Family in Diana, Lewis, Professor Emeritus Sociology are required of all majors. Social Context A.B. Harvard University Students can choose to concentrate in SOCY 327 Urban Sociology M.A. University of Pittsburgh either sociology or anthropology. SOCY 328 Russian Society in Transition Ph.D. University of Pittsburgh In fulfilling the mathematical sciences SOCY/WMNS 333 Sociology of Sex and Gender Franks, David J., Professor Emeritus general education requirements of the B.A. Millsaps College College of Humanities and Sciences, stu- Minor requirements – general Ph.D. University of Minnesota dents seeking a bachelor of science in soci- Knipe, Edward E., Professor Emeritus ology or anthropology should complete Students majoring in sociology and B.A. University of Arizona STAT 210 Basic Practice of Statistics. The anthropology cannot minor in sociology or M.A. University of Arizona department recommends that students anthropology. Ph.D. 1969 University of Kentucky complete BIOL 102 Science of Heredity McGrath III, John H., Professor Emeritus or BIOL 103 Environmental Science to Minor in sociology B.A. Albright College complete the biological science part of A sociology minor shall consist of 18 M.A. Rutgers State University the General Education natural sciences credits including SOCY 101 General Ph.D. 1967 Rutgers State University requirement. Smedley, Audrey Y.* Professor of Sociology and Sociology. At least 12 credits must be Anthropology and African-American Studies upper-level (300-400) sociology courses B.A. 1954 University of Michigan Anthropolgy concentration including SOCY 402 Sociological Theory. M.A. 1957 University of Michigan For Anthropology, see the World Studies The remaining three credits may be from Ph.D. 1967 Victoria University of Manchester section of this chapter. any sociology or anthropology course.

* Joint appointment Sociology concentration ** Affiliate appointment Students who choose to concentrate in Extended Teacher Preparation sociology must take at least 15 of the 21 Program The bachelor of science curriculum in required upper-level credits in sociology Sociology and anthropology majors inter- sociology and anthropology seeks to ensure courses; the rest may be in anthropology ested in teaching careers in early, middle, that each student develops a solid founda- courses. SOCY 205 Introduction to Social secondary, or special education can enroll tion in the basic principles, theories and Science Computing, SOCY 320 Research in the Extended Teacher Preparation techniques of analysis in one of the two dis- Methods in the Social Sciences and SOCY Program that results in the simultaneous ciplines. Since students majoring in sociol- 402 Sociology Theory are required in the awarding of a bachelor’s degree in sociology ogy or anthropology vary in their interests sociology concentration. As part of the con- and anthropology and a master’s degree in and career goals, the curriculum allows for a centration, students must take one course teaching. For more information about this great deal of flexibility developing individ- from three of the following four content areas: extended program administered jointly by ual courses of study. Students who are inter- the School of Education and the College of ested in pursuing graduate studies in sociol- Social organizations and institutions Humanities and Sciences, contact the ogy or anthropology will usually take more SOCY 315 Education and Society School of Education’s Office of Academic SOCY/RELS 360 Sociology of Religion than the minimum number of upper-level Services. courses. The department provides opportu- SOCY 370 Mass Media and Society nities for involvement in faculty research SOCY 405 Family Research through its course offerings, which include SOCY 430 Politics, Power and Ideology Honors in sociology and independent study, internships and honors SOCY 436 Work and Management in Modern Society SOCY 445 Medical Sociology anthropology research. SOCY 470 News Media in a Democratic Society Majors in the Department of Sociology SOCY 475 Organizations and Human Behavior may earn a bachelor of science degree with honors in sociology or honors in

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 139 College of Humanities and Sciences anthropology. The Sociology/ Anthropology in an honors research course. The course the student may, with the permission of the Honors Program is available to outstanding may be included in the required hours for instructor, enroll in independent study. senior majors and involves the preparation the major. Students may earn a maximum of 12 of a senior thesis during one of the last two Submit applications to the Sociology/ credits in departmental independent study semesters of the baccalaureate degree pro- Anthropology Honors Program Committee, courses, but may not enroll for more than gram. In order to participate in the pro- Department of Sociology, Virginia six credits per semester. Only majors in gram, students must meet program entrance Commonwealth University, Richmond, VA sociology and anthropology or related fields requirements, identify a project mentor, 23284-2040. For further information, con- can enroll in these courses. All students and receive approval for a project proposal. tact Dr. John Mahoney, Director of entering these courses must have completed Honors will be awarded following accept- Undergraduate Studies. a minimum of 12 credits in sociology or ance of the thesis by the Honors Program anthropology and achieved an overall soci- Committee. Award of honors ology/anthropology GPA of 2.7 or more. The completed senior thesis will be sub- Honors program description mitted to the Honors Program Committee Cooperative Education Program The Sociology/Anthropology Honors following its acceptance by the faculty Program is designed to provide outstanding mentor and confirmation that the candi- The Cooperative Education Program is majors with the opportunity to pursue an date has maintained the requisite grade- available to qualifying students pursuing independent research project under the point averages. Upon submission of the undergraduate degrees in sociology and direction of a faculty mentor. The research thesis, the student will make an oral pres- anthropology. A full description of this pro- is conducted during one of the final two entation to the committee summarizing the gram appears in the Division of Student semesters of the undergraduate degree pro- research procedures and findings. The com- Affairs chapter of this bulletin. gram. The project may involve any recog- mittee will then evaluate the thesis for the nized sociological/anthropological topic, award of honors. For acceptance, the thesis Other graduate work theory, and method that promises to must be evaluated as deserving of a grade of For information about graduate work enhance the honor student’s disciplinary “A” in the Honors Research Course. perspective, skills, and creativity. The proj- and doctoral work in social policy, social Acceptance of the thesis will earn an work and urban services, see the Graduate ect may involve an extension of work initi- Honors Program Certificate from the ated in a course, an entirely new project or and Professional Programs Bulletin. These department and notation of the student’s advanced degree programs are of particular a collaborative project with the faculty standing as an honors graduate on the final mentor. If the project is an extension of interest to sociology and anthropology grade transcript. Honors students also will students. work initiated in a course or developed col- receive preferential consideration as appli- laboratively with the mentor, the independ- cants to the Sociology Master’s Degree ent, separate, substantial development of Program. Courses in sociology (SOCY) the topic in the thesis should be evident. The thesis should reflect work of high qual- SOCY 101 General Sociology ity for a senior-level course. Undergraduate topics courses Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An intro- Topics courses in both sociology and duction to the study of human society. The basic con- anthropology (SOCY 391 and ANTH 391) cepts of society and culture and their relationships to Honors eligibility criteria and each other are studied and then used to analyze the application procedure are an integral part of the program and pro- major social institutions. Students majoring in the Department of vide a rare opportunity for the advanced Sociology, with a concentration in either student. Generally these courses are SOCY 104/AFAM 104 Sociology of Racism Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The course sociology or anthropology, are eligible to restricted to a small number of students who share specialized interests in a topic will explore the direct and indirect ways in which racial participate in the departmental honors pro- attitudes are acquired, their effect on the individuals gram if they have maintained a 3.0 overall which is either too advanced or too limited and society, and the institutional and ideological mani- GPA and a 3.3 GPA in the major. in its general appeal to justify its inclusion festations of racism as a “faith system,” as exploita- Candidates should apply to the as a standard offering. At least one such tion, and as a form of human conflict. The central focus Sociology/Anthropology Honors Program seminar is offered each semester and the of interest will be on black-white relationships. topics course can be repeated up to a maxi- Committee. Application materials consist SOCY 205/POLI 205 Introduction to Social of transcripts documenting the required mum of 18 credits as long as there is no Science Computing GPAs, a description of the proposed proj- duplication of the topics. Five-week course; 4 lecture/laboratory hours. 1 credit. ect, which should not exceed three typed An introduction to the use of SPSS for storage, pages, and the name of the faculty member retrieval and exploration of social science data. Independent study Required of all sociology and anthropology majors con- who has agreed to act as project mentor. These courses (SOCY 492 and ANTH centrating in sociology. Application must be made and project 492) are designed for juniors and seniors approval received in the semester preceding SOCY 206/AFAM 206/WMNS 206 African capable of doing independent work on the one in which the research project will American Family Relationships selected topics under the directions of spe- be conducted. The committee will review Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Focuses on cific faculty. For example, if a course is not the application materials, meet with the the African American family from the 1940s to the regularly offered in a specific area of inter- present. Examines the values and the candidate to discuss the project proposal, est to a particular student, and if there are interpersonal/role relationships that are involved in and render an admission decision. Once not enough students in the topics course, forming and maintaining African American families in admitted, program participants will enroll the contemporary United States. Topics include dating

140 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences and sexual relationships, marital relationships, parent- SOCY 322 Minority Groups in the United States across societies and the social forces that maintain child relationships and relationships with members of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. existing patterns and arrangements. The integration of the extended family. Prerequisite: SOCY 101. A study of the various racial, family and work in women’s lives will be emphasized. religious, and ethnic minority groups. Issues of power, SOCY 302 Contemporary Social Problems pluralism and assimilation are addressed as well as SOCY 340 Self and Society Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. the relationship between subcultures and the dominant Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Focused Prerequisite: SOCY 101. The examination from a socio- culture. discussion of the regularities in human behavior that logical perspective of contemporary social problems arise due to man’s participation in social groups. such as population growth, crime, racism, family prob- SOCY 325 Analysis of Sociological Data Emphasis will be placed on such topics as communica- lems, substance abuse and aging in terms of their Semester course; 1 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 2 tions, attitudes, language, interpersonal perception, impact on American social institutions and values. credits. Prerequisites: SOCY 320 and STAT 210. personal identities and social interaction. Statistical techniques used in the analysis of data from SOCY 303 Sociology of Deviant Behavior sample surveys and censuses, including tabular, graphi- SOCY 341/PSYC 341 Group Dynamics Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. cal and inferential procedures. SPSS software will be Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: SOCY 101. An analysis of relationship used in the laboratory. Prerequisite: PSYC 101. Social and psychological princi- between social structure, social control and patterns of ples and research related to the individual in groups. social deviance; a survey and critique of present social SOCY 327 Urban Sociology Specific topics include motivation for individuals form- theories in light of empirical research and application Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ing and joining groups, performance and productivity of of the theories to selected problem areas. Prerequisite: SOCY 101. Origin, character and signifi- group members, group leadership and majority and cance of urban communities. Ecological and social fac- minority influence. The group will be examined in rela- SOCY 304/ANTH 304/WMNS 304 The Family tors are analyzed as well as changes in urban social tion to the larger society and as a subculture in itself. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. organization and their consequences. Prerequisite: SOCY 101 or ANTH 103. The family in its SOCY 352 Social Change social and cultural context. Analysis of child rearing, SOCY 328/INTL 328 Russian Society in Transition Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. marriage, kinship, family crises and family change in Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: SOCY 101. This course provides an analy- various societies around the world. Prerequisite: SOCY 101 or permission of the instructor. sis of the major theoretical perspectives, sources, An analysis of Russian culture and social institutions processes, patterns and consequences of social SOCY 305/AFAM 305/WMNS 305 African as they are today and in historical perspective. change. It considers factors that stimulate or hinder the American Family in Social Context Throughout the course interrelationships among poli- acceptance of change and the unintended conse- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. tics, the economy and social life are examined, with quences of change. Prerequisite: SOCY 101 or SOCY/AFAM/WMNS 206. A particular emphasis on the ideological implications of socio-historical examination of the development of the Russian/Soviet architecture, art and mass media; on SOCY 360/RELS 360 Sociology of Religion family system of Americans from Africa. Focuses on environmental issues and health; on social problems Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. large-scale (macro level) processes such as changes in and the legal systems; and on gender, the work world Prerequisite: SOCY 101. A systematic review and the major mode of economic production and in political and family interaction. assessment of major sociological theories of and systems and the corresponding changes in black family empirical research on religious behavior and groups. structure and functioning. Presents the theoretical SOCY 330/INTL 330 Global Societies: Trends and Topics include the structure of religious organizations; material on African American families and social Issues social correlates and functions of religion; denomina- change that prepares students for further study of the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. tionalism; religion and social class, social change and family as a social insititution and for the study of fam- Prerequisite: INTL/POLI 105 or POLI 201 or SOCY 101. population. ily policy. This course is designed to meet the needs of An analysis of factors that are promoting the globaliza- upper division social science majors. tion of social, economic and political relations, and an SOCY 370 Mass Media and Society inquiry into implications of these developments for Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. SOCY 310 Social Movements and Social Conflict individuals, localities, nations and the world commu- Prerequisite: SOCY 101, MASC 101 or POLI 103. A sur- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. nity. The course will highlight the impact of culture and vey of the organization and social impact of the major Prerequisite: SOCY 101. Theory and practice of social ethnicity, historical and emerging patterns of interna- types of mass media. Potential topics include the movements, community organizing and other forms of tional business activity and their societal significance, media as socializing agents; the effect of media mes- collective behavior. divergent strategies for economic and social develop- sages on cultural patterns and social values; the ment in the world’s regions, and the effects of popula- impact of technology on social behavior; the role of SOCY 315 Education and Society tion growth and environmental problems on public life “audiences” in interpreting media content; political and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. within and among nations. economic influences on the media industry; and the Prerequisite: SOCY 101. Analysis of education as a media as an instrument of social change. The structure social institution in the societal context. Cross-cultural SOCY 331 Juvenile Delinquency and functions of the media in different societies will be comparative perspectives on education. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. compared. Prerequisite: SOCY 101. Analysis of the biological, cul- SOCY 318 Social Thought tural, psychological and social factors involved in juve- SOCY 391 Topics in Sociology Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. nile delinquency and their relation to current tech- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Maximum Prerequisite: SOCY 101. A review of the ideas of major niques of treatment, prevention and control. six credits per semester; maximum total of 18 credits in social philosophers whose works are now the founda- all departmental topics courses that may be applied to tion of much modern sociology. SOCY 333/WMNS 333 Sociology of Sex and the major. Check with department for specific prerequi- Gender sites. A discussion of specialized areas of sociological SOCY 320/POLI 320 Research Methods in the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. interest. See the Schedule of Classes for specific top- Social Sciences Prerequisite: SOCY 101 or permission of instructor. A ics to be offered each semester. Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 cross-cultural and evolutionary exploration of the inter- credits. Prerequisite: SOCY/POLI 205 or equivalent. dependence between male and female roles in the fol- SOCY 401/AFAM 401 Americans and the U.S. Current methods of research in the social sciences. lowing social institutions: family, law, economics, poli- Health Care System tics, religion, education and health. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. SOCY 321 Class, Status, and Power Prerequisite: AFAM 103, AFAM 305 or permission of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. SOCY 334/WMNS 334 Sociology of Women the instructor. Explores issues surrounding the disparity Prerequisite: SOCY 101. Analysis of social mobility, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. in health status and health outcomes between African class, status and power. Prerequisite: SOCY 101 or consent of instructor. This Americans and other groups in the United States. course will examine the position and status of women

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 141 College of Humanities and Sciences

Students are required to participate in an experiential SOCY 436 Work and Management in Modern SOCY 493 Field Research Internship exercise designed to enhance learning. Society Semester course; 3 credits. Prerequisites: Applications Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. must be approved by a faculty adviser and by the SOCY 402 Sociological Theory Prerequisite: SOCY 101. The study of industrial plants internship coordinator. For sociology and anthropology Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. and business organizations as social systems. majors of junior or senior standing. This course may be Prerequisites: At least 18 credits in sociology. A study repeated for a maximum of six credits. Students are of the works of the major sociological theorists of the SOCY 440 Advanced Social Psychology placed in organizations that offer supervised work or 20th century. Semester course; 3 credits. Prerequisite: SOCY 340. research experience appropriate to their interests. Each The study of how human groups create the environ- student must work 150 clock hours in the organization SOCY 403 Criminology ment that, in turn, influences their individual behavior. and write a sociological analysis of experiences using Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The symbolic interactionist perspective will be thor- appropriate fieldwork methodological techniques. Prerequisite: SOCY 101. Analysis of the nature, extent oughly explored for its contribution to the study of per- and distribution of crime, emphasizing theories of and sons, objects and meaning. SOCY 498 Honors Research Course research on causation, prediction and prevention. Semester course; 3 credits. Prerequisites: Student must SOCY 445 Medical Sociology be in the honors program of the department and have SOCY 404/PSYC 404 Social Psychology of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: achieved senior status. This course will entail the plan- Emotions SOCY 101. A survey of the social, economic, cultural and ning and execution of a major research project demon- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. social psychological factors in health and illness; the soci- strating a thorough understanding and use of research Prerequisites: PSYC 101, SOCY 101. An examination of ology of health and medical care organizations and set- techniques in sociological/anthropological analysis, the social shaping of emotion as well as its function in tings; the sociology of health occupations; and the tech- knowledge of relevant literature, sophisticated writing maintaining the social process. Cross-cultural uniformi- niques of research in medical sociology. and research ability under the direction of a faculty ties and diversity in basic emotions and their expres- mentor. sion are addressed as well as selected social psycho- SOCY 446 Sociology of Mental Disorder logical theories of emotions. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. SOCY 501 The Foundations of Sociological Prerequisite: SOCY 101. A survey of selected social, Theory SOCY 405 Family Research economic, cultural and social psychological factors in Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The foun- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. mental health and illness. Such problems as defining dations of theoretical explanation of the social world is Prerequisite: SOCY/ANTH/WMNS 304. Classic and mental illness; social factors in the distribution, diagno- addressed from an historical and philosophical per- contemporary issues in the scientific study of families, sis, etiology, and treatment of mental disorders; mental spective. The emergence of contemporary sociological with an emphasis on the examination and evaluation of illness as a social role; and research methods used in theory in the 19th and 20th centuries is reviewed. research. the sociology of mental illness will be considered. SOCY 502 Contemporary Sociological Theory SOCY 421 Applied Social Research SOCY 470 News Media in a Democratic Society Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A critical Semester course; variable credit. May be repeated for Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: assessment is given of such contemporary theoretical a total of six credits. Prerequisites: SOCY 320 and 325. SOCY 101. A consideration of the role of the news media orientations as functionalism, conflict theory, exchange A laboratory course providing training in the application in society. The course examines the news industry, includ- theory, symbolic interactionism and phenomenology. of social research methods under laboratory and field ing its economic organization and professional norms; situations to problems of mutual interest to community news media content; the impact of news media in society, policy makers and professionals in the disciplines of especially on the democratic political process; and the sig- Department of Statistical Sciences sociology, social psychology and anthropology. This nificance of political and economic influences on the func- course is designed to enhance the skills of students in tioning of the new media. and Operations Research applied social research. With direct supervision by the instructor, individuals or small groups of students will SOCY 475 Organizations and Human Behavior Bauer, David F. (1974) Professor address themselves to the tasks of defining, designing Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. B.S.Ed. 1963 East Stroudsburg State College and executing research projects. Prerequisite: SOCY 101. A survey of theory and M.S. 1965 Ohio University research in social organizations, including the study of SOCY 426 Population Dynamics behavior in modern complex human organizations. Ph.D. 1970 University of Connecticut Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Davenport, James M. (1987) Associate Professor Prerequisite: SOCY 101. The study of trends in fertility, SOCY 476 Labor, Occupations, and Careers B.A. 1964 West Texas State University mortality, population growth, distribution, migration Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. M.S. 1969 Southern Methodist University and composition. The mutual influences of these fac- Prerequisite: SOCY 101. An examination of labor force Ph.D. 1971 Southern Methodist University tors and social organization. participation in terms of the individual worker’s experi- Hardin, Jill (2001) Assistant Professor ence, the work setting, the nature of occupations and B.S. 1996 University of Kentucky SOCY 430 Politics, Power and Ideology labor force composition. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. M.S. 2001 Georgia Institute of Technology Prerequisite: SOCY 101. Sociological analysis of politi- SOCY 490 Senior Project Ph.D. 2001 Georgia Institute of Technology cal organization and behavior. Such subjects as distri- Semester course; 1 credit. Restricted to major. Henry, Neil W. (1975) Associate Professor of bution and uses of power, creation and management of Students must register for this course with the permis- Mathematical Sciences and Sociology and group conflict, development and diffusion of political sion of an instructor. Students are required to produce Anthropology ideologies, and problems of bureaucracy and mass a project report that must be approved by and submit- B.A. 1958 Wesleyan University society will be considered. ted to the instructor of the course. M.A. 1960 Dartmouth College SOCY 434 Sociology of Sport SOCY 492 Independent Study Ph.D. 1970 Columbia University Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; variable credit. Maximum of six cred- Mays, D’Arcy P. (1993) Associate Professor Prerequisite: SOCY 101. Sport will be viewed as a its per semester; maximum total of 12 credits for all B.S. 1988 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State major social institution within many societies. The independent study courses. Open generally only to stu- University class will study the relationship between sport and dents of junior or senior standing who have acquired at M.S. 1989 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State society both in terms of sport reflecting the ideology least 12 credits in the departmental discipline. University and culture of society as well as sport as an active Determination of the amount of credit and permission Ph.D. 1993 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State agent of change in society. Race, gender and social of the instructor and department chair must be pro- University class will be examined within the context of sport. cured prior to registration of the course. Cannot be used in place of existing courses.

142 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

Mays, James E. (1996) Associate Professor Additionally, the department offers Concentrations. By completing the listed requirements, B.S. 1990 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State required and elective courses to students in students may obtain a designation on their transcript that University the mathematical sciences program, and to their study has emphasized one of the following concen- M.S. 1991 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State those in other fields of study. trations. Students may choose to meet the requirements of University both concentrations. Ph.D. 1995 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University Degree requirements – bachelor of 1. B.S. in mathematical sciences/operations Merrick, Jason R.W. (1998) Associate Professor science in mathematical sciences research CMSC 255 Structured Programming M.S. 1993 Worcester College with a concentration in operations Ph.D. 1997 The George Washington University MATH 211 Mathematical Structures Street IV, W. Scott (2000) Assistant Professor research or statistics STAT/MATH 309 Introduction to Probability Theory OPER/MATH 327 Mathematical Modeling or STAT 503 B.S. 1990 Hampden-Sydney College The B.S. in mathematical sciences Introduction to Stochastic Processes M.A. 1992 Wake Forest University requires a minimum of 120 credits with at OPER/STAT 490 Communications in Statistics and Ph.D. 1997 University of South Carolina least 41 of those credits in courses labeled Operations Research Williamson, Patricia Pepple (1986) Associate Professor CMSC, MATH, OPER and STAT. Along OPER 527 Deterministic Operations Research B.S. 1981 Bowling Green State University with the general education requirements of OPER 528 Stochastic Operations Research M.S. 1983 Bowling Green State University the College of Humanities and Sciences and Four additional upper-level credits in mathematical Ph.D. 1986 Bowling Green State University the undergraduate degree requirements, stu- sciences. dents are required to take core courses and Emeritus Faculty fulfill specific requirements for the degree. 2. B.S. in mathematical sciences/statistics Minton, Paul D., Professor Emeritus of Mathematical Based on the results of the Mathematics CMSC 255 Structured Programming Sciences and Biostatistics Placement Test, students may be required to STAT/MATH 309 Introduction to Probability Theory B.S. Southern Methodist University STAT 314 Applications of Statistics take MATH 151 Precalculus Mathematics. M.S. Southern Methodist University STAT 404 Introduction to Statistical Inference Ph.D. North Carolina State University No more than one course in mathematics STAT/BIOS 544 Statistical Methods II (MATH) at the 100 level can count for the OPER/STAT 490 Communications in Statistics and The curriculum in mathematical sciences general requirements toward the bachelor Operations Research promotes understanding of the mathemati- of science degree. Credit for 100-level Seven additional upper-level credits in mathematical cal sciences and their structures, uses and mathematical sciences course cannot be sciences, at least three of which must be in statistics. relationships to other disciplines. To this applied toward the core courses required for end, the scholarly growth of the faculty and the major in mathematical sciences. Students who meet the requirements for students in the mathematical sciences is Mathematical sciences majors must two of the concentrations within the math- nurtured through study, research and a high complete the following requirements: ematical sciences curriculum may receive a standard of teaching. The curriculum pro- double major. To initiate a double major, vides a sound foundation for the student A. Complete one of the following sequences: students must obtain the appropriate form 1. BIOL 151, 152 and BIOZ 151L, 152L Introduction to seeking to enter a career with a technologi- from the Office of Records and Biological Sciences and Laboratory I, II Registration. cal orientation or for the student who 2. CHEM 101-102 and CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L General wishes to pursue graduate study in applied With the approval of the departmental Chemistry and Laboratory I, II Undergraduate Credentials Committee and mathematics, mathematics, operations 3. PHYS 207, 208 University Physics I, II or the academic adviser, students can design research, statistics or related fields. PHYS 201-202 General Physics A bachelor of science is offered jointly by their own plan of study, which will result in the Department of Statistical Sciences and B. Complete another course, including laboratory, in the a bachelor of science in mathematical sci- Operations Research and the Department natural sciences from the list of courses approved for ences. This student-planned curriculum of Mathematics and Applied Mathematics. satisfying the general education requirements of the must contain at least 24 credits in upper- In the Department of Statistical Sciences College of Humanities and Sciences. This course must level (300-500) mathematical sciences be in the life sciences if the chemistry or physics courses. and Operations Research, students in the sequence was selected in A above. It must be in the bachelor of science in mathematical sci- physical sciences if the biology sequence was selected ences can choose from two areas of concen- in A above. Minor requirements – general tration. A minimum GPA of 2.0 must be C. Complete one other course in the natural sciences or achieved in the minor, and credit for 100- 1. Mathematical sciences/operations research complete a minor or second major offered outside the level mathematical sciences courses cannot focuses on modern mathematical techniques for solving Department of Statistical Sciences and Operations problems arising from other fields, such as engineering, Research. be applied to the minor. Mathematical sci- business or economics. ences majors cannot minor in a 2. Mathematical sciences/statistics teaches students Completion of the previously mentioned requirements Department of Statistical Sciences and how mathematical models used in the investigation of will satisfy the College of Humanities and Sciences natural Operations Research program. uncertain phenomena are developed and applied to sciences general education requirements. experimental and nonexperimental data. Core. All students must take the following courses: Minor in statistics The Department of Statistical Sciences MATH 200-201 Calculus with Analytic Geometry A minor in mathematical sciences with a and Operations Research also offers a MATH 307 Multivariate Calculus concentration in statistics consists of at mathematical sciences certificate in statis- MATH 310 Linear Algebra least 18 credits offered by the Department tics for students in other programs. STAT 212 Concepts of Statistics of Mathematics and Applied Mathematics

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 143 College of Humanities and Sciences and the Department of Statistical Sciences Sciences and Operations Research, Post- optimization models and probabilistic models. Practical and Operations Research. These credits baccalaureate Certificate in Statistics, P.O. problems will be discussed throughout. include a minimum of three credits of cal- Box 843083, Richmond, VA 23284-3083. OPER 490/STAT 490 Communications in Statistics culus and nine upper-level credits in statis- The certificate program in statistics and Operations Research tics courses. It is strongly recommended, requires completion of a minimum of 32 Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. though not required, that students with a approved credits at the 200 level or higher Prerequisites: ENGL 200 and (STAT 314 or OPER 327), minor in statistics take MATH 211 in mathematical sciences or related areas. or permission of the instructor. This course is designed Mathematical Structures and STAT 212 A maximum of credits toward certification to help students attain proficiency in professional and Concepts of Statistics. Neither STAT 208, may be transferred from course work com- academic communication in the context of statistics and operations research. The focus of the course will 210 nor any 100-level course may fulfill the pleted before or after receiving a bachelor’s be on the discipline-specific communciation skills nec- required 18 credits. degree. At least 18 approved credits must essary to excel in careers or graduate studies in these be from courses in statistics and probability disciplines. Post-baccalaureate programs in at the 300 level or higher and must be taken at VCU. No more than six of these OPER 520/MATH 520 Game Theory and Linear mathematical sciences Programming 18 credits can be from courses taken before Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. For students currently holding a bache- admission to the certificate program. The Prerequisite: MATH 310. The mathematical basis of lor’s degree in the appropriate discipline, student must achieve a GPA (on courses game theory and linear programming. Matrix games, the Department of Statistical Sciences and taken at VCU) of 2.5 or better with no linear inequalities and convexity, the mini-max theo- Operations Research offers the master of grade below “C.” All requirements for the rems in linear programming, computational methods science in mathematical sciences with con- certificate must be completed within five and applications. centrations in both operations research and years of admission to the program. OPER 527 Deterministic Operations Research statistics. For more information about these The following courses are required: Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. programs, refer to the Graduate and Prerequisites: CMSC 245 or 255, MATH 310 or permis- Professional Programs Bulletin. MATH 200-201 Calculus with Analytical Geometry (or sion of the instructor. Introduction to decision making equivalent) using mathematical programming and system optimiza- CMSC 245 Introduction to Programming Using C++ or tion.Topics include linear programming and the simplex Second baccalaureate degrees and CMSC 255 Structured Programming (or equivalent) method, nonlinear optimization and evolutionary meth- STAT 210 Basic Practice of Statistics (or equivalent) ods. Applications to manufacturing, transportation, mathematical sciences certificate inventory control, project management and scheduling in statistics MATH 309 Introduction to Probability Theory STAT 314 Applications of Statistics problems. For students possessing a bachelor’s STAT 404 Introduction to Statistical Inference OPER 528 Stochastic Operations Research degree and wishing to gain undergraduate STAT/BIOS 544 Statistical Methods II Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. preparation in an area of mathematical sci- Prerequisites: CMSC 245 or 255, MATH/STAT 309, and ences, the department offers several Students will work closely with the pro- MATH 310 or equivalent. Introduction to decision mak- options. gram coordinator in selecting appropriate ing under uncertainty and the modeling of stochastic Second baccalaureate degrees are offered elective courses. While some students may system. Topics include decision analysis, decision through the department. For detailed infor- have the background necessary for a 600- trees, attitudes to risk and the concept of utility, Monte Carlo simulation and risk analysis, discrete Markov mation about these programs consult the level graduate course, it is expected that Chains, birth-death processes and queuing models. Academic Regulations and General Degree most elective courses will be drawn from Applications to decision problems in business and Requirements chapter of the bulletin. the 300- to 500-level statistics course offer- engineering will be discussed. The mathematical science certificate in ings of the department. Statistics courses statistics is open to students who have taught in other units of the university may Courses in statistics (STAT) received bachelor’s degrees in other areas. be credited toward the certificate with the The primary goal of the program is to allow permission of the program coordinator. Students may receive credit toward graduation students with undergraduate majors in sci- for only one of STAT 208, STAT 210 or STAT 212. ence, engineering and the social sciences Cooperative Education Program an opportunity to acquire the formal train- STAT 208 Statistical Thinking ing in statistics that is currently in demand The Cooperative Education Program is Semester course; 2 lecture hours and 1.5 laboratory hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: MATH 131, MATH 141 or in industry and government. Some students available to qualifying students pursuing undergraduate degrees in mathematical sci- MATH 151, or satisfactory score on the VCU also may find the program a useful way to Mathematics Placement Test within the one-year prepare for graduate study in statistics. ences. For a full description of this program, period immediately preceding the beginning of the To be admitted to the program, a student refer to the Division of Student Affairs course. An exception to this policy is made in the case must complete a course of study leading to chapter of this bulletin. where the stated alternative prerequisite course has a baccalaureate degree. A student with lim- been completed at VCU. Not open to mathematical sciences or computer science majors. An exploration of ited college mathematics experience must Courses in operations research the use of statistics in the world around us through intake the Mathematics Placement Test (OPER) depth case studies. Emphasis is on understanding sta- before entering the program. Application tistical studies, charts, tables and graphs frequently materials and further information may be OPER 327/MATH 327 Mathematical Modeling seen in various media sources. Laboratories involve obtained by calling (804) 828-1301, TDD Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: learning activities centered on case studies. (804) 828-0100 or by writing to the follow- MATH 200. Fundamental concepts of mathematical mod- STAT 210 Basic Practice of Statistics ing address: Virginia Commonwealth eling. Topics may include differential equation models, Semester course; 2 lecture hours and 1.5 laboratory University, Department of Statistical hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: MATH 131, MATH 141,

144 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

MATH 151 or satisfactory score on the VCU STAT 404 Introduction to Statistical Inference when the form of the underlying distribution is Mathematics Placement Test within the one-year Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. unknown. One-, two- and k-sample problems. Tests of period immediately preceding the beginning of the Prerequisites: Both STAT 212 and MATH 309, or per- randomness, Kolmogorov-Smirnov tests, analysis of course. An exception to this policy is made in the case mission of instructor. Framework for statistical infer- contingency tables and coefficients of association. where the stated alternative prerequisite course has ence. Point and interval estimation of population been completed at VCU. Designed for students seeking parameters. Hypothesis testing concepts, power func- STAT 541 Applied Statistics for Engineers and a B.S. degree who will likely take another quantitative tions, Neyman-Pearson lemma and likelihood ratio Scientists reasoning course for which statistics may be a prereq- tests. Elementary decision theory concepts. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. uisite. Not open to mathematical sciences or computer Prerequisites: MATH 200-201 or equivalent, and a science majors. Topics include examining distributions, STAT 421 Computational Issues in Statistical working knowledge of computers. An introduction to examining relationships, producing data, sampling dis- Science applied statistics intended primarily for students in tributions and probability, introduction to inference. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. mathematical sciences, engineering and the Prerequisites: STAT 212, CMSC 245 or 255, and MATH Commonwealth Graduate Engineering Program. The STAT 212 Concepts of Statistics 310, or their equivalents. Examination of the interface fundamental ideas of the collection and display of Semester course; 2 lecture hours and 2 laboratory of statistics, computer science and numerical analysis. information, descriptive statistics and exploratory data hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: MATH 200. An introduc- The course explores the fundamental problems of analysis, elementary probability theory, frequency dis- tion to the nature of statistical thinking and the appli- doing arithmetic with digital computers: rounding, trun- tributions and sampling are covered. Other topics cation of abstract systems to the resolution of nonab- cation, errors and error propagation, stability and accu- include tests of hypotheses and confidence intervals stract problems. Probability models for stochastic racy of algorithms. It then proceeds to examine exten- for one and two sample problems; ANOVA; principles events. Parametric representations. Estimation, testing sions to the computation of probabilities, percentage of one-factor experimental designs including random- hypotheses and interval estimation with application to points of probability distributions, random number gen- ized complete black designs, fixed and random effects classical models. Laboratories include activity based eration, Monte Carlo methods and numerical methods and multiple comparisons; correlation and linear learning and computer usage. A core course for mathe- in linear algebra. This course will require programming regression analysis; control charts; contingency tables matical sciences. in higher level language. and goodness-of-fit. Students may receive degree credit for only one of STAT 541, STAT 543 or BIOS 553. STAT 291 Topics in Statistics STAT 490/OPER 490 Communications in Statistics Semester course; 1-3 lecture hours. 1-3 credits. A study and Operations Research STAT 543/BIOS 543/PMCH 543 Statistical Methods I of selected topics in statistics. Specific topics may ful- Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. fill general education requirements. See the Schedule Prerequisites: ENGL 200 and (STAT 314 or OPER 327), Prerequisite: Graduate standing, or one course in sta- of Classes for specific topics and prerequisites. or permission of the instructor. This course is designed tistics and permission of instructor. Basic concepts and to help students attain proficiency in professional and techniques of statistical methods, including: the collec- STAT 309/MATH 309 Introduction to Probability academic communication in the context of statistics tion and display of information, data analysis and sta- Theory and operations research. The focus of the course will tistical measures; variation, sampling and sampling dis- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. be on the discipline-specific communciation skills nec- tributions; point estimation, confidence intervals and Prerequisite: MATH 201. Completion of MATH 211 or essary to excel in careers or graduate studies in these tests of hypotheses for one and two sample problems; MATH 300 (or equivalent knowledge) is strongly recom- disciplines. principles of one-factor experimental design, one-way mended. A study of the mathematical theory of proba- analysis of variance and multiple comparisons; correla- bility, including finite and infinite sample spaces, ran- STAT 492 Independent Study tion and simple linear regression analysis; contingency dom variables, discrete and continuous distributions, Semester course; variable; 2, 3, 4 credits per semester. tables and tests for goodness of fit. Students may not mathematical expectation, functions of random vari- Maximum four credits per semester; maximum total of receive degree credit for both STAT 541 and STAT 543. ables and sampling distributions. six credits. Generally open to students of only junior or STAT 543 is not applicable toward the M.S. degree in senior standing who have acquired at least 12 credits mathematical sciences or the M.S. degree in computer STAT 314 Applications of Statistics in the departmental discipline. Determination of the science. Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 amount of credit and permission of instructor and credits. Prerequisite: STAT 210 or 212. A study of the department chair must be procured prior to registration STAT 544/BIOS 544 Statistical Methods II concepts and application of statistical methods includ- of the course. The student must submit a proposal for Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ing: estimation and hypothesis testing for two sample investigating some area or problem not contained in Prerequisite: One of the following: STAT 314, 541, 543 problems; one factor analysis of variance and multiple the regular curriculum. The results of the student’s or equivalent. Advanced treatment of the design of comparisons; randomized block designs and analysis; study will be presented in a report. experiments and the statistical analysis of experimen- inferences on categorical data, including chi-square tal data using analysis of variance (ANOVA) and multi- test for independence for contingency tables; simple STAT 503 Introduction to Stochastic Processes ple-regression. Includes the use of a statistical soft- linear regression and correlation; multiple linear Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ware package for data analysis. regression. Special topics include distribution free Prerequisites: MATH 307 and 309. A continuation of (nonparametric) methods in various statistical prob- topics given in MATH 309. An elementary introduction STAT 591 Topics in Statistics lems, two factor analysis of variance, and the use of a to stochastic processes and their applications, includ- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be statistical software package for data analysis. ing Markov chains and Poisson processes. repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Course open to qualified undergraduates. STAT 321 Introduction to Statistical Computing STAT 513-514/BIOS 513-514 Mathematical Selected topics in statistics. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Statistics I-II Prerequisites: STAT 212, CMSC 245 or CMSC 255, and Continuous course; 3 lecture hours. 3-3 credits. MATH 200, or their equivalents. The application of Prerequisite: MATH 307. Probability, random variables Course in university studies (UNVS) computers to statistical practice using SAS, S-PLUS, and their properties, distributions, moment generating SPSS and similar statistical software. Topics include functions, limit theorems, estimators and their proper- data storage and retrieval, data modification and file ties; Neyman-Pearson and likelihood ratio criteria for UNVS 291 Interdisciplinary Topics handling, statistical and graphical data analysis. testing hypotheses. Semester course; variable; 1-4 credits per semester. Maximum total of eight credits in all university studies STAT 391 Topics in Statistics STAT 523/BIOS 523 Nonparametric Statistical courses. An interdisciplinary course designed to give Semester course; 1-3 lecture hours. 1-3 credits. A study Methods the student an overview of a topic not associated with of selected topics in statistics. See the Schedule of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. a particular discipline. Classes for specific topics and prerequisites. Prerequisites: Any two courses of statistics or permission of instructor. Estimation and hypothesis testing

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 145 College of Humanities and Sciences

judicious selection of electives, enables the such as those in the behavioral sciences and Women’s Studies Program student to make a smooth transition from a courses involving psychomotor skills are pre-health sciences program to a baccalau- strongly recommended. A women’s studies concentration is reate program. offered through the Bachelor of Virginia residency may be a factor in Programs of study Interdisciplinary Studies Program. admission to the MCV Campus health sci- Admission to and completion of a pre- ences program. For more information about medical or pre-dental program offered by Preparation for professional residency, contact the appropriate admis- the College of Humanities and Sciences sions officer on the MCV Campus. does not constitute admission to VCU’s studies in the health sciences School of Medicine or School of Dentistry. Preparation for the study of medi- The student must apply separately to the medical or dental school of his or her The College of Humanities and Sciences cine and dentistry, pre-medicine choice at the appropriate time. provides preparatory programs for a number (ADPM) and pre-dentistry (ADPD) A student entering the College of of health sciences programs offered by the Pre-medical Advisory Committee Humanities and Sciences with an interest MCV Campus. The programs are medicine, Irma B. Bateman Sharon K. Bullock in preparing for medical or dental school dentistry, dental hygiene, clinical laboratory Carolyn M. Conway Joseph P. Chinnici should declare an academic major while sciences, radiation sciences, nursing, occu- Deirdre M. Condit Charlene D. Crawley also indicating a pre-medical or pre-dental pational therapy, pharmacy and physical Julie A. Honnold Sally S. Hunnicutt advising track. The classification pre-med- therapy. Pre-veterinary medicine advising is Daphne L. Rankin ical or pre-dental exists to identify the stu- available through the biology department; dent’s career interests, but the student does pre-optometry through the dean’s office of Pre-dental advisers not earn a pre-medical or pre-dental degree. the College of Humanities and Sciences. Faculty in the departments of Biology and Chemistry For students who are “undeclared” about A Guaranteed Admission Program an academic major initially, the students exists between the College of Humanities Leaders in medical and dental education will clarify their academic interests through and Sciences and the MCV Campus of encourage students planning to enter these regular conversations with their advisers. VCU. This program entitles academically professions to obtain a broad background in The students will declare a major in one of superior high school seniors guaranteed the liberal arts, with a study of not only sci- the regular four-year degree programs admission to the professional programs ences, but the humanities and social sci- offered by the College of Humanities and mentioned previously. ences, as well. The prospective student Sciences. At the same time, the student The Guaranteed Admission Program is should check with the intended school will complete the necessary prerequisites for open only to high school seniors whose of medicine or dentistry for specific application for admission to the medical or SAT score is at least 1270. A detailed requirements. dental school of his or her choice. description of this program appears under Like many schools of medicine, the Pre-medical and pre-dental students are the University Honors Program heading. School of Medicine on the MCV Campus encouraged to major in fields of greatest Most students enrolled in a pre-health requires a minimum of three years (90 interest to them. Students need not major sciences program in the College of semester hours or their equivalent) in an in a science area. In fact, many non-science Humanities and Sciences will apply to one accredited college or university. But prefer- majors achieve high-acceptance rates into of the MCV Campus professional programs. ence is given to candidates who earn a bac- medical and dental schools. Unless informed otherwise by the student, calaureate degree prior to the beginning of Certain curricula in the College of College of Humanities and Sciences’ advis- medical school. Humanities and Sciences allow a student to ers will help the student prepare an aca- Biological science, general chemistry, plan a program for entry into medical or demic program that will meet the require- organic chemistry, English, mathematics dental schools that accept students after ments of the MCV Campus professional and physics are required for admission to completion of three years of successful programs. However, since more qualified the School of Medicine at VCU. General undergraduate work. students apply to the MCV Campus profes- physiology, genetics, calculus and behav- The university will award a bachelor of sional programs than can be accommo- ioral sciences, though not required, are science degree to a student who has suc- dated, students are encouraged to apply to strongly recommended for the pre-medical cessfully completed the first year of an other professional schools and to use their student. accredited medical or dental school, pro- elective courses to meet requirements of Like other schools of dentistry, the vided he or she has completed all the gen- those institutions. School of Dentistry on the MCV Campus eral education requirements for the College Students also are advised to plan alterna- requires a minimum of 90 credits (or equiv- of Humanities and Sciences and the tive career choices in the event they are alent) taken in an accredited college or uni- requirements in the major. Successful com- not accepted into a professional program. versity. Biology, general chemistry, organic pletion of the first year of medical or dental This recommendation is especially true for chemistry, mathematics, physics and English school is accepted as 30 elective credits students enrolled in a two-year, pre-health are generally required for admission to the toward the student’s total hours. sciences program. School of Dentistry at VCU. Other courses, Early preparation in meeting the requirements of the alternate major through

146 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences

Preparation for the study of humanities. Although not required, stu- CLLS 201 Introduction to Clinical physical therapy (ADPT) dents are strongly urged to complete a cell Laboratory Science 1 - biology course and a vertebrate histology MATH 151 Precalculus Mathematics 4 - Advisers course. Humanities or social sciences courses - 6 Humanities and Sciences Office of Academic Advising BIOL 205, BIOZ 205L Basic Human Three credits of AP English may be used Anatomy and Laboratory - 4 toward rhetoric and composition. BIOL VCU’s Department of Physical Therapy ______151, 152, BIOZ 151L, 152L should be offers a three-year degree program leading 16 14 taken for students majoring in biology. AP to a professional doctorate in physical ther- credit may not be used for biology. AP apy (D.P.T.). A student entering the Second year credits may be used for mathematics, chem- ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II - 3 College of Humanities and Sciences with istry, physics and general psychology. CHEM 309 Quantitative Analysis or an interest in preparing for a career in phys- CHEM 301 Organic Chemistry 3 - ical therapy should declare an academic Preparation for the study of clinical BIOL/PHIS 206, BIOZ/PHIZ 206L Human major while also indicating the pre-physical laboratory sciences (PCL) Physiology and Laboratory - 4 therapy advising track (ADPT). The classi- Visual or performing arts - 3 Advisers Electives 9 3 fication pre-physical therapy exists to iden- Humanities and Sciences Office of Academic Advising tify the student’s career interests, but the ______12 13 student does not earn a pre-physical ther- The curriculum in pre-clinical apy degree. laboratory sciences offered by the College If a student does not qualify to take For students who are “undeclared” about of Humanities and Sciences meets the min- an academic major initially, the students CHEM 101 and CHEZ/FRSZ 101L in the imum academic requirements for applica- first semester because of a low score on the will clarify their academic interests through tion to many professional programs, includ- regular conversations with their advisers. Mathematics Placement Test or because of ing the bachelor of science degree program placement in CHEM 100 Introduction to The students will declare a major in one of in clinical laboratory sciences offered by the regular four-year degree programs at the Chemistry (needed for additional chemistry the School of Allied Health Professions on preparation), the student should add BIOL university. Pre-physical therapy students are the MCV Campus. Students intending to encourage to major in fields of greatest 101 Biological Concepts and BIOZ 101L apply to a professional program at another Biological Concepts Laboratory, in the fall interest to them. At the same time, the stu- institution should consult that institution’s dent will complete the necessary prerequi- semester and plan to take CHEM 102 and bulletin for specific prerequisite courses. CHEZ/FRSZ 102L the following summer. sites for their application (in the fall of Any student who wishes to transfer to a their senior year) to professional physical school other than VCU must transfer to a therapy program. school that will confer a degree at the com- Preparation for the study of dental pletion of the fourth year of study. hygiene (PDH) Program of Study Admission to and satisfactory completion Advisers Admission to and completion of a pre- of the two-year preparation program offered Humanities and Sciences Office of Academic Advising physical therapy program offered by the by the College of Humanities and Sciences College of Humanities and Sciences does does not constitute admission to the junior- The curriculum in pre-dental hygiene not constitute admission to the physical and senior-year professional program on the offered by the College of Humanities and therapy program in the School of Allied MCV Campus. In the fall of the year pre- Sciences meets the minimum academic Health Professions. The student must apply ceding the year of desired admission, the requirements for application to many pro- separately to the physical therapy program student must apply separately to the profes- fessional programs, including the bachelor of his or her choice at the appropriate time. sional program on the MCV Campus of science degree program in dental hygiene Prerequisites for admission to the through the Admissions Office, Medical offered by the School of Dentistry on the Virginia Commonwealth University D.P.T. College of Virginia Campus, Virginia MCV Campus. Students intending to apply program include: a bachelor’s degree, mini- Commonwealth University, Richmond, VA to the junior- and senior-year professional mum GPA of 2.7, a satisfactory score on 23298-0632. program at another institution should con- the general test of the Graduate Record Admission into the program is based on sult that institution’s bulletin for specific Examination, a minimum of 150 volunteer scholastic record, demonstrated aptitude prerequisites. hours in at least two physical therapy prac- and interest, and a personal interview con- Admission to and satisfactory completion tice settings, and the completion of ducted by the departmental admissions of the two-year preparatory program offered required courses. The program course committee. by the College of Humanities and Sciences requirements for the VCU D.P.T. program does not constitute admission to the junior- to be completed along with the bachelor’s credits and senior-year professional program on the degree include six credits in English (com- first second MCV Campus. In the fall of the year pre- First year semester semester position and rhetoric), 12 credits in biologi- ceding the year of admission, the student cal sciences including human physiology CHEM 101-102 General Chemistry I, II 3 3 CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L General must apply separately to that professional with laboratories, eight credits of general program on the MCV Campus through the chemistry, eight credits of physics, mathe- Chemistry Laboratory I, II 1 1 BIOL 101 Biological Concepts 3 - Admissions Office, Medical College of matics, statistics, psychology including BIOZ 101L Biological Concepts Laboratory 1 - Virginia Campus, Virginia Commonwealth developmental and abnormal, six credits of ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 - University, Richmond, VA 23298-0632. other social sciences, and six credits in

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 147 College of Humanities and Sciences

Admission into the program is based on first second credits scholastic record, demonstrated aptitude and First year semester semester ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 interest, and a credential review conducted by ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II the departmental admissions committee. Workshop I 3 - (ENGL 200 taken in second year) 3 BIOL 101 Biological Concepts 3 - BIOL 101 Biological Concepts 3 BIOZ 101L Biological Concepts Laboratory 1 - BIOZ 101L Biological Concepts Laboratory 1 credits MATH 131 Introduction to Contemporary BIOL 205, BIOZ 205L Basic Human Anatomy and ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 Mathematics or STAT 208 Laboratory 4 ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II Statistical Thinking or STAT 210 BIOL/PHIS 206, BIOZ/PHIZ 206L Human Physiology (ENGL 200 taken in second year) 3 Basic Practice of Statistics 3 - and Laboratory 4 STAT 210 Basic Practice of Statistics* 3 Laboratory science (see PNR STAT 210 Basic Practice of Statistics* 3 CHEM 101, CHEZ/FRSZ 101L General worksheet for choices)* - 4 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 Chemistry and Laboratory 4 BIOL 205, BIOZ 205L Basic Human PSYC 302 Psychology of Adolescence or BIOL 101, BIOZ 101L Biological Concepts and Anatomy and Laboratory - 4 PSYC 306 Psychology of Adult Development or Laboratory 4 BIOL 217 Principles of Nutrition - 3 GRTY 410 Introduction to Gerontology 3 BIOL 205, BIOZ 205L Basic Human Anatomy PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 - PSYC 304 Life Span Development 3 and Laboratory 4 SOCY 101 General Sociology 3 - PSYC 407 Psychology of the Abnormal 3 BIOL/PHIS 206, BIOZ/PHIZ 206L Human Physiology Humanities elective (See PNR worksheet) - 3 Social science courses (psychology, sociology and Laboratory 4 NURS 101 Introduciton to Nursing - 1 or anthropology) 3 BIOL 209, BIOZ 209L Medical Microbiology ______Approved electives (minimum) 53 and Laboratory 4 17 15 ____ PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 90 SOCY 101 General Sociology 3 * If high school chemistry (with laboratory) with a SPCH 121 Effective Speech 3 grade of “C” or better has not been completed, one * Depending on results of Mathematics Placement Humanities elective 3 semester of chemistry with laboratory must be Test, students may be required to take MATH 131. Visual/performing arts 3 taken. If high school chemistry with a grade of “C” Approved electives 15 or better has been completed, choose from: BIOL ______102 and BIOZ 102L, BIOL 103 and BIOZ 103L, PHYS Preparation for the study of 60 101 and PHYZ 101L, or PHYS 201 and PHYZ 201L. optometry (ADPO) * Depending on results of Mathematics Placement Advisers Test students also might have to take MATH 151. Preparation for the study of Humanities and Sciences Office of Academic Advising occupational therapy (POC) A bachelor of science program offered on Preparation for the study of Advisers the Academic Campus provides excellent nursing (PNR) Humanities and Sciences Office of Academic Advising opportunities to complete the necessary Gail C. Turner – Department of Biology prerequisites for application to optometry Coordinator The curriculum in pre-occupational ther- school. apy offered by the College of Humanities Prospective students are encouraged to Advisers and Sciences meets the minimum academic pursue a broad background in liberal arts, Irma Bateman Leann Blem requirements for the master of science including sciences, humanities and social degree program in occupational therapy sciences. The prospective student should The curriculum in pre-nursing offered by offered by the School of Allied Health check with the intended school of optome- the College of Humanities and Sciences Professions on the MCV Campus. try for its specific requirements. meets the minimum academic requirements This program is accredited by the Many schools of optometry require a for application to many professional pro- Accreditation Council for Occupational minimum of 90 credits (or their equivalent) grams, including the bachelor of science Therapy Education. Students intending to in an accredited college or university, but degree program in nursing offered by the apply to the junior- and senior-year profes- preference is given to candidates who earn School of Nursing on the MCV Campus. sional program at another institution a baccalaureate degree prior to the begin- Students intending to apply to a profes- should consult that institution’s bulletin for ning of optometry school. Biological sci- sional program at another institution specific prerequisite courses. ence, general chemistry, organic chemistry, should consult that institution’s bulletin for Admission to and satisfactory completion physics, mathematics, English and general specific prerequisites. of the three-year (90 credit) preparatory psychology are generally required for admis- Admission to and satisfactory completion program offered by the College of sion to most optometry schools. of the one year preparation program offered Humanities and Sciences does not consti- by the College of Humanities and Sciences tute admission to the professional program does not constitute admission to the profes- on the MCV Campus. In the fall of the Preparation for the study of sional program on the MCV Campus. In year preceding the year of desired admis- pharmacy (PPH) the fall of the year preceding the year of sion, the student must apply separately to Advisers desired admission, the student must apply the professional program on the MCV Humanities and Sciences Office of Academic Advising separately to the professional program on Campus through the School of Graduate the MCV Campus through the Admissions Studies, Virginia Commonwealth The curriculum in pre-pharmacy offered Office, Medical College of Virginia University, Richmond, VA 23284-3051. by the College of Humanities and Sciences Campus, Virginia Commonwealth meets the minimum academic requirements University, Richmond, VA 23298-0632. needed for application to many professional

148 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 College of Humanities and Sciences programs, including the doctoral degree If a student does not qualify to take BIOZ 101L Biological Concepts Laboratory 1 program in pharmacy offered by the School CHEM 101 and CHEZ/FRSZ 101L in the BIOL 205, BIOZ 205L Basic Human Anatomy and of Pharmacy on the MCV Campus. first semester because of a low score on the Laboratory 4 Students intending to apply to a profes- Mathematics Placement Test or because of BIOL/PHIS 206, BIOZ/PHIZ 206L Human Physiology and Laboratory 4 sional program at another institution placement in CHEM 100 Introduction to PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 should consult that institution’s bulletin for Chemistry (needed for additional chemistry PHYS 201-202 General Physics 8 specific prerequisite courses. preparation), the student should add a Social science elective 3 Credits earned by examination (AP, three-credit elective in the fall semester ______CLEP and so on) will not count toward the and plan to take CHEM 102 and 34 75 credits required for admission to the CHEZ/FRSZ 102L in the summer or the MCV Campus’ School of Pharmacy. following fall semester. Preparation for the study of However, the content area covered by the Since this program requires students to examination need not be repeated. Electives take 17-18 credits every semester in order veterinary medicine (ADPV) may be substituted for the needed credits. to finish the course work in four semesters, Advisers Admission to and satisfactory completion they should consider taking some courses Humanities and Sciences Office of Academic Advising of the two-year preparation program offered during the summer between their freshman by the College of Humanities and Sciences and sophomore years. Physical education The bachelor of science in chemistry and does not constitute admission to the final credits cannot be used to meet the above the bachelor of science in biology degree four years of the doctoral program on the prerequisites. programs offered in the College of MCV Campus. In the fall of the year pre- Humanities and Sciences provide excellent opportunities to complete the necessary ceding the year of desired admission, the Preparation for the study of student must apply separately to the profes- prerequisites for application to a veterinary sional program on the MCV Campus radiation sciences (PRA) school. through the School of Pharmacy, Medical Leann B. Blem - Department of Biology College of Virginia Campus, Virginia Coordinator Commonwealth University, Richmond, VA Preparation for professional 23298-0632. The curriculum in pre-radiation sciences studies in law (ADPL) Admission into the program is based on meets the minimum academic requirements scholastic record, demonstrated aptitude and for the bachelor of science degree program Advisers interest, and a personal interview conducted in clinical radiation sciences with concen- Deirdre Condit, Department of Political Science and by the school’s admissions committee. trations in radiography or nuclear medicine Public Administration technology or radiation therapy offered by Carol D. Rasnic, Department of Marketing and credits the School of Allied Health Professions on Business Law BIOL 101 Biological Concepts 3 the MCV Campus. Students intending to James L. Hague, Department of Criminal Justice BIOZ 101L Biological Concepts Laboratory 1 apply to a professional program at another BIOL 102, BIOZ 102L Science of Heredity and institution should consult that institution’s Few law schools list specific undergradu- Laboratory 5 bulletin for specific prerequisite courses. ate courses as prerequisites for admission, ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 Admission to and satisfactory completion thus, the student considering law school ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II can major in virtually any department in (ENGL 200 taken in second year) 3 of the one-year preparation program offered by the College of Humanities and Sciences the College of Humanities and Sciences or MATH 151 Precalculus Mathematics 4 the School of Business. MATH 200 Calculus with Analytic Geometry 4 does not constitute admission to the sopho- CHEM 101-102 General Chemistry 6 more year professional program on the However, students preparing for law CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L General Chemistry MCV Campus. In the fall of the year preschool are encouraged to obtain a broad Laboratory I, II 2 ceding the year of desired admission, the liberal arts background with emphasis on PHYS 201-202 General Physics 8 student must apply separately to the profes- the social sciences, philosophy and English. CHEM 301-302 Organic Chemistry 6 sional program on the MCV Campus Students interested in law school may CHEZ 301L, 302L Organic Chemistry through the Admissions Office, Medical decide to complete the philosophy of law Laboratory I, II 4 College of Virginia Campus, Virginia minor. This minor program is described SPCH 121 Effective Speech 3 under the Department of Philosophy and STAT 210 Basic Practice of Statistics 3 Commonwealth University, Richmond, VA 23298-0632. Religious Studies. Liberal arts electives* 18 Pre-law advisers maintain continual con- ______Admission into the program is based on 73 scholastic record, demonstrated aptitude tact with law school admissions offices and and interest, and a personal interview con- will assist any interested student with ques- * The liberal arts electives should represent a well- ducted by the departmental admissions tions about curriculum, financial assistance, balanced program of courses in the fine arts, committee. application procedure and the law school humanities, and social sciences. Choose from admission test (LSAT). anthropology, art history, economics, history, philos- credits ophy, political science, psychology, religious studies, ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 sociology, social sciences, foreign languages, litera- MATH 151 Precalculus Mathematics 4 ture or music appreciation. Students may not pres- BIOL 101 Biological Concepts 3 ent studio, activity (P.E.), mathematics, or science courses.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 149 College of Humanities and Sciences

150 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

School of Allied Health Professions

master of science degree offering in the History Department of Patient Counseling (2000); 1200 E. Broad St. • P.O. Box 980233 the start of a joint-degree program, the Richmond, VA 23298-0233 The School of Allied Health Professions M.D./M.H.A., offered by the Department of (804) 828-7247 • Fax (804) 828-8656 was established at Virginia Commonwealth Health Administration and the School of http://www.views.vcu.edu/sahp University’s Medical College of Virginia Medicine (2001); and the initiation of a Campus on Jan. 1, 1969. Professional Doctor of Physical Therapy Cecil B. Drain A fundamental reason for the establish- Program (2002) to replace the Department ment of the School of Allied Health Professor and Dean (1993) of Physical Therapy’s entry-level master’s B.S.N. 1976 University of Arizona Professions was to provide an administrative degree offering. structure for existing educational programs in M.S. 1980 University of Arizona allied health disciplines and to direct the Ph.D. 1986 Texas A & M University development of new programs in response to Programs Dolores G. Clement the growing need for allied health man- Associate Professor and Associate Dean (1988) power. At the outset, the school incorpo- Departments and programs currently in B.A. 1970 Mount Saint Joseph rated existing educational programs for hos- this school and the degrees or certificates M.A. 1979 Ohio State University pital administration, medical technology, conferred on their graduates are: M.S. 1981 Rush University physical therapy, radiologic technology and Dr.P.H. 1988 University of California, Berkeley X-ray technicians. A program for nurse anes- School of Allied Health Professions Stephen C. Harvey thesia was inaugurated as a separate depart- Doctor of Philosophy in Health Related Sciences Assistant Professor and Assistant Dean (1977) ment in 1969; an existing educational pro- Department of Clinical Laboratory Sciences B.S. 1970 Virginia Commonwealth University gram in occupational therapy located on the Bachelor of Science M.Ed. 1975 Virginia Commonwealth University Academic Campus was transferred adminis- Master of Science tratively to the School of Allied Health Department of Gerontology Debra A. Ropelewski Professions in 1970; also in 1970, a teaching Master of Science Assistant Dean (1983) Postgraduate Certificate in Aging Studies program in patient counseling formerly based B.S. 1982 Virginia Polytechnic Institute Postgraduate Certificate in Aging Studies and Master and State University within MCV Hospitals was integrated with of Social Work – offered in conjunction with the M.B.A. 1988 Virginia Commonwealth University the school. Since 1974, a baccalaureate pro- School of Social Work gram in radiation sciences, with specific con- Postgraduate Certificate in Aging Studies and Master Jeffrey R. Lodge centrations in education and in administra- of Science in Rehabilitation Counseling Director of Information Systems (1992) tion, has been established. A Ph.D. program Department of Health Administration B.A. 1987 Emory and Henry College in health services, organization and research, Master of Health Administration the first doctoral program for the School of Master of Health Administration/Juris Doctorate – Allied Health Professions, was introduced in offered jointly with the T. C. Williams School of Law Table of contents at the University of Richmond 1982. In 1985, the existing Department of History ...... 151 Master of Health Administration/M.D. Programs ...... 151 Gerontology was transferred administratively Professional Master of Science in Health to the School of Allied Health Professions. Administration Online Program Philosophy ...... 152 In June 1988, an executive master’s program Doctor of Philosophy in Health Services, Organization, Facilities ...... 152 in health administration was introduced. An and Research Accreditation ...... 152 entry-level master’s degree professional pro- Department of Nurse Anesthesia Licensure/accreditation ...... 152 gram in physical therapy was initiated for Master of Science in Nurse Anesthesia Student performance and behavior ...... 152 students matriculating in August 1989. In Department of Occupational Therapy Attendance regulations ...... 152 1995, the Department of Rehabilitation Master of Science in Occupational Therapy Graduate programs ...... 152 Counseling was transferred to the School of Master of Science Department of Clinical Laboratory Sciences . . .154 Allied Health Professions from the School of Program in Patient Counseling Department of Radiation Sciences ...... 157 Post-baccalaureate and Post-master’s Certificate in Department of Rehabilitation Counseling . . .162 Community and Public Affairs. An interdis- Patient Counseling ciplinary, distance-learning doctoral program, Master of Science the Ph.D. in Health Related Sciences, began Department of Physical Therapy Department of Radiation Sciences in fall 1998. Recent program developments Master of Science Bachelor of Science include the initiation of an entry-level mas- Doctor of Philosophy – Physical Therapy track offered in Department of Rehabilitation Counseling ter’s degree program in occupational therapy conjunction with the departments of Anatomy and Master of Science and the subsequent closure of their under- Physiology, School of Medicine Post-master’s Certificate in Professional Counseling graduate program (1998); the initiation of a Doctor of Physical Therapy

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 151 School of Allied Health Professions

Detailed descriptions of all graduate and requisite to the successful acquisition of the professional programs may be found in the Licensure/accreditation knowledge and skills required of the profes- Graduate and Professional Programs Bulletin. sional. The faculty cannot condone Graduates of most of the programs absence without good reason from any reg- offered in the School of Allied Health ularly scheduled educational experience. At Philosophy Professions are required or eligible to take the start of each course, the instructor will national/state certification of licensure relate to the class the policy of his or her The faculty of the school is committed to examinations. Requirements of licensing department concerning attendance regula- offering, through the establishment and and certifying agencies vary. Some licensure tions for that semester. The nature of make- maintenance of rigorous standards of excel- and certification agencies consider individ- up work in the event of absence will be the lence, undergraduate, graduate and profes- uals convicted of a felony ineligible for prerogative of the instructor. sional education that will prepare students licensure or certification. For specific infor- for careers in several allied health disci- mation, prospective students should contact plines. Development of professional atti- the licensure or certification agency for Graduate programs tudes, emotional maturity and ethical their allied health disciplines. behavior are vital components of the educa- Graduate degree offerings in the School tional process. It is essential that students of Allied Health Professions are designated gain a deep respect for the dignity of man Student performance and behavior as basic professional or advanced-level pro- and the inherent rights of patients and oth- grams. Accreditation requirements for the ers who receive services. Programs are The goals and objectives of the School of individual programs preclude the establish- designed to include not only the develop- Allied Health Professions and its compo- ment of general school admission prerequi- ment of skills to assure excellence in quality nent departments and programs relate to sites, registration dates, and course and of health care, but also such factual knowl- the education of persons preparing for pro- degree requirements. All programs eligible edge and experiences that will provide the fessional careers in the allied health disci- for accreditation are fully accredited by basis for continuing intellectual and profes- plines. An integral requisite of each student their respective agencies. Refer to the sional growth. and practitioner is an undeviating accept- Graduate and Professional Programs Community services of the school and ance of a professional attitude and pride Bulletin for more information. faculty include continuing education, con- that will motivate him/her to adhere to a sultative resources and participation in all code of professional ethics and to develop Master of Science in Clinical pertinent areas of health care. An integral fully the competencies for practice. Thus, the suitability of student perform- Laboratory Sciences Program part of these efforts is to stimulate and spon- Three graduate level tracks in clinical sor research activities in the allied health ance and behavior relating to these professions and to the consumers of health care is laboratory sciences are offered. The disciplines represented within the school advanced master’s track is designed for stu- and to encourage interdisciplinary research. a paramount concern of the administration and faculty of this school. Standards of con- dents holding a baccalaureate degree in duct are presented in the Division of clinical laboratory science (medical tech- Facilities Student Affairs chapter of this bulletin and nology) and a generalist certification. relate to the students in the School of Candidates may specialize and complete a project or thesis in clinical chemistry, Departments and programs in the School Allied Health Professions. To assure a qual- hematology, microbiology, immunohema- of Allied Health Professions are housed in ity of educational and clinical preparation tology or immunology. In addition to the the Randolph-Minor Annex, West for its graduates, the following statement basic science requirement, each student will Hospital, VMI Building, Lyons Building, also is promulgated: choose an area of secondary emphasis in Grant House, Samuel Putney House, biomedical research, education, manage- McGuire Hall and the West Grace Street If, in the judgment of the faculty/ ment or business. The categorical master’s Housing building. administration of the School of Allied Health Professions, a student is not con- track in clinical laboratory sciences is sidered suitable for emotional, profes- designed for students with a baccalaureate Accreditation sional or related reasons, the student’s degree in biology or chemistry. This option academic status may be appropriately provides specialized study including a clini- VCU and its component schools are altered. cal practicum in one of the following areas: accredited by the Southern Association of If questions arise regarding standards of clinical chemistry, hematology, microbiol- Colleges and Schools, the general accredit- performance or behavior, it is the respon- ogy or immunohematology. A project or ing agency for colleges in the region. The sibility of students to apprise themselves thesis is required. Upon completion of the School of Allied Health Professions is an of acceptable character and conduct program, students are eligible to take a institutional member of the American requirements prior to matriculation in national certification examination in the Society of Allied Health Professions and the the designated department or program. area in which they performed their concen- Virginia Association of Allied Health trated study. Professions. All of its programs are approved The accelerated master’s track integrates or accredited by the appropriate national Attendance regulations undergraduate and graduate course work professional or educational organizations. and leads to the awarding of a B.S. and The faculty considers attendance at lec- M.S. degree simultaneously. Upon comple- tures, laboratories and other functions a tion of the program, students are eligible to

152 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Allied Health Professions take a national examination for certifica- Graduate programs in occupational persons who have completed their physical tion as a CLS/MT generalist. therapy therapy education. Two specialization The entry-level Master of Science in tracks, musculoskeletal and neurologic, are Master of Science in Gerontology Occupational Therapy Program is a profes- offered. The objective of this program is to Program sional program designed for students who educate physical therapists in research, edu- The graduate degree program in geron- wish to become occupational therapists. cation and clinical problem-solving skills so tology prepares individuals for careers Applications will be accepted from students that they will be the clinical and academic involving work with the elderly at the who have completed at least three years of researchers and teachers of the future. A national, state and local levels. The cur- baccalaureate course work. An advanced Doctor of Philosophy program, offered in riculum is designed to provide knowledge Master of Science Program is offered for conjunction with the departments of for those interested in administration, plan- those who are registered occupational ther- Anatomy and Neurobiology, and ning, service delivery and instructional/staff apists. This post-professional program is Physiology in the School of Medicine, is development. A certificate in aging studies designed individually in special areas of offered to train students in research and and a long-term care certificate in aging concentration. education skills in preparation for the stu- studies also are offered. dents to function as physical therapy fac- Graduate program in patient ulty members. Graduate programs in health counseling Master of Science in Rehabilitation administration The Program of Patient Counseling offers Counseling The Master of Health Administration graduate education at the master’s and cer- (M.H.A.) program is designed to provide tificate levels designed to assist individuals The master’s degree program in rehabili- advanced educational preparation in the to work in the health-care field in dealing tation counseling prepares students to direction and management of health-care with the whole person in the conflict of become certified rehabilitation counselors organizations. In conjunction with the life’s crises. It promotes the importance of who provide direct professional service and M.H.A. program, a joint M.H.A./Juris educating qualified persons to address the administrative leadership in agencies and Doctor (M.H.A./J.D.) is offered with the human dimensions of illness. Patient coun- organizations involved with mental and University of Richmond’s T. C. Williams seling is the practice of communicating physical disabilities. Admission is based on School of Law. Another joint degree pro- empathetic concern, support and sensitive an applicant’s suitability for a career in gram, the M.D./M.H.A., is offered in con- spiritual counsel to the physically or emo- rehabilitation counseling and other factors junction with VCU’s School of Medicine. tionally troubled person in the traumas of such as emotional maturity, previous work The Professional Master of Science in life. Patient counseling emphasizes a sys- experience, scholarship, recommendations Health Administration (M.S.H.A.), Online tems perspective on care, both in promot- and a personal interview. The advanced Program is designed to provide manage- ing an interprofessional team approach and certificate in professional counseling is ment preparation for practitioners with five in understanding counseling assessment/ designed to help students fulfill the post- or more years of health care experience. intervention within the context of family master’s requirements for the licensed pro- The M.S.H.A. program requires 44 credit as well as social systems. It is offered to per- fessional counselor credentials in Virginia hours taken mainly through distance learn- sons who have an existing identity in a and other states. The additional training ing and six one-week on-campus sessions helping or counseling profession. This also helps students to achieve national cer- over the two years needed for completion. includes clergy, social workers, institutional tification in such counseling specialties as The Ph.D. in Health Services Organization counselors, education specialists, psycholo- rehabilitation, mental health, marriage and and Research program prepares individuals gists, community health workers and others family, and alcohol and drug abuse. for positions as faculty, researchers, policy in the health-care professions. analysts and top-level staff in complex Doctoral Program in Health Related health organizations. Graduate programs in physical Sciences therapy The Ph.D. Program in Health Related Master of Science in Nurse A three-year professional education pro- Sciences is an innovative distance-learning Anesthesia Program gram, the Doctor of Physical Therapy pro- course of doctoral study designed for the This graduate degree program in nurse gram, serves as an entrance into the profes- mature and experienced professional seek- anesthesia is designed to prepare the bac- sion. The goal of this program is to prepare ing doctoral education for continued career calaureate-educated nurse for entry into physical therapists that have the basic advancement in the allied health profes- practice as a nurse anesthetist. The curricu- skills, knowledge and attitudes to function sions. The program was designed with the lum combines course work in the basic sci- effectively in the multifaceted role of a cooperation and commitment of the nine ences, the advanced practice of nurse anes- physical therapist. Prerequisites for admis- departments in the School of Allied Health thesia and practical skills gained through sion to the program include a bachelor of Professions to meet the critical need for clinical practica. The program maintains as arts or science degree from an accredited doctoral-prepared faculty and researchers. its primary objective the graduation of college or university. Students who have The program involves a four year course of superb clinical specialists. completed the program earn a doctor of study divided into two semesters per year, physical therapy degree and are eligible for and composed of both on- and off-campus the physical therapy licensure exam. The sessions. The 57-credit curriculum is Advanced Graduate (post-professional) divided into a common interdisciplinary Master of Science program is designed for core, a research methods core, specialty

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 153 School of Allied Health Professions track courses and dissertation research. To two-year program. Students must have be considered for admission, applicants Department of Clinical Laboratory completed 60 semester hours, including must hold a master’s degree from an Sciences medical technology prerequisites, before approved institution of higher learning. entrance into the baccalaureate program. It is the intent that the regulations and Barbara J. Lindsey The graduate program in clinical labora- procedures for each program ensure the Associate Professor and Department Chair (1975) tory sciences was started in 1967 to provide selection of applicants whose motivation, R.T. 1971 Mohawk College advanced education for certified medical ability, character and health status qualify M.S. 1977 Virginia Commonwealth University technologists/clinical laboratory scientists. them to successfully pursue graduate study. In 1981 the program was modified to Specific information may be found in the Nadder, Teresa S. (1983) Associate Professor and accept part-time students and in 1985 to Graduate and Professional Programs Assistant Department Chair allow candidates holding a degree in Bulletin or is available from the departmen- B.S. 1978 Virginia Commonwealth University another area of science to obtain graduate tal graduate coordinator. Information also is M.S. 1989 Virginia Commonwealth University education in clinical laboratory sciences. Ph.D. 1998 Virginia Commonwealth University available on the VCU School of Graduate In 1994, the department name was Korzum, William J. (2002) Associate Professor Studies home page under the School of changed to the Department of Clinical B.S. 1973 Rutgers University Allied Health Professions link: M.S. 1978 Temple University Laboratory Sciences. http://www.vcu.edu/gradweb/programs.html. Ph.D. 1988 Virginia Commonwealth University Prentice, Katherine A. (1969) Assistant Professor Mission Courses in allied health B.S. 1963 Medical College of Virginia M.A. 1977 Central Michigan University The Department of Clinical Laboratory professions (ALHP) Sauer, Ronald L. (1978) Associate Professor Sciences, in concord with the mission A.A. 1968 American River College statements of the School of Allied Health ALHP 391 Special Topics B.A. 1970 California State University Professions and the university, provides an Semester course; 1-4 credits. Prerequisite: Permission environment that nurtures excellence in of instructor. Offered for undergraduate level. M.A. 1972 University of California Interdisciplinary study through lectures, tutorial study education, research and service. or independent research of selected topics not pro- Adjunct faculty The department provides the student vided in other courses. Frank E. Einsmann with superior studies in clinical laboratory Deborah D. Sauer science, including both theoretical and ALHP 401 Instructional Strategies applied clinical education, and develops Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course Medical adviser is designed to introduce the student to learning theory, problem-solving expertise, leadership capa- Richard A. McPherson, Professor, Department instructional design, evaluation and methodology. bilities and communication skills. A Emphasis will be placed on the study of applying prin- of Pathology mature, responsible approach to the acqui- ciples and techniques of teaching in all areas of allied sition of knowledge is cultivated in order to health education. History establish the student’s continued intellectual growth and enthusiasm for the profes- ALHP 425 Economics of Health Care Clinical laboratory scientists have been sion. The department fosters fair and equi- Semester course; 4 credits. Examines the topic of eco- trained at the Medical College of Virginia table educational experiences for students nomics as it affects the field of health information Campus since 1927. However, the management. Approaches broad economic and finan- of all ages and diverse backgrounds. Strong Department (formerly school) of Medical cial concepts as applied to policy making in the health- affiliations with clinical educators and the Technology was not formally established care industry. Emphasizes the budget process in health- integration of innovative technology in the until 1952 at which time the curriculum care institutions as it affects individual departments academic setting facilitate both the educa- and how it requires accountability of each. included six months of didactic experience tion and research goals of the department. with lectures and laboratory sessions held ALHP 594 Health Education Practicum The department meets the growing in the department, followed by a six-month Semester course; 1 lecture and 4 laboratory hours. 1-6 health-care needs of the community by pro- rotation through the clinical laboratories. credits. Prerequisite: ALHP 573. Preparation, presenta- viding highly competent and professional The school offered a certificate and/or tion and evaluation of selected educational experi- clinical laboratory scientists who will be ences in the appropriate graduate program. Section 01: degree program which met the require- able to function effectively upon entrance General; Section 02: Nurse Anesthesia; Section 03: ments of the American Medical into the field and be prepared to explore Clinical Laboratory Sciences. Association as implemented through future scientific and technological advances the Board of Schools of the American ALHP 596 Supervisory and Administrative in laboratory science. Society of Clinical Pathologists (ASCP). Practicum in Allied Health Clinics The department promotes continued Semester course; 60 clinical hours per credit. 1-9 cred- In 1961-62 the certificate program was professional development and personal its. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. The course is discontinued, and all students accepted growth for the faculty and staff to fulfill and designed for the student who will be assuming supervi- were required to have previously completed balance the individual’s abilities and aspira- sory and administrative roles. Areas to be covered 90 semester hours which included medical include clinical personnel management, budgeting and tions with the departmental, school and technology prerequisites. Upon completion ordering of materials and equipment, consultation with institutional mission and needs. Members of the course, the students were awarded a physicians, developing and troubleshooting clinical of the department conduct themselves in a methods, designing job descriptions and implementa- bachelor of science degree. forthright manner and practice the highest tion of quality control programs. Section 01: Clinical Beginning with the 1974 fall semester, standard of quality performance. Laboratory Sciences Section 02: Physical Therapy. the curriculum was expanded to the current

154 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Allied Health Professions

Objectives Achievement awards ment of knowledge in the field of laboratory medicine, there is a growing need for highly The objectives of the Department of These awards may be given for outstand- skilled and knowledgeable clinical laboratory Clinical Laboratory Sciences are the ing achievement in each discipline of clini- scientists. Employment is found in hospitals, following: cal laboratory sciences. The awards are physicians’ offices, research facilities, molec- • to provide an educational program given at graduation. ular diagnostic, biotechnology, electronic or which prepares students to accurately instrumentation laboratories, industrial qual- perform and evaluate analytical tests Daria Downing Scholarship Award ity control, veterinary clinics, and sales and on body fluids, cells and products This award is in memory of Miss Daria service of health care equipment. In addition • to foster the development of profes- Downing, who was the chief technologist of to the technical arena, opportunities as man- sional conduct, interpersonal commu- the clinical laboratories of MCV Hospitals agers or consultants exist for graduates of nication skills and ethical principles from 1964 until her death in 1982. This this program. • to develop and promote strategies for award is given in December to an outstand- lifelong learning and to encourage ing senior student in the Department of continued professional growth through Clinical Laboratory Sciences. Admission and general requirements research, continued education and To qualify for admission, a candidate active participation in professional Kupfer Award must have completed a minimum of 60 semester hours of collegiate training in any societies This award was first given in 1965 in college or university approved by a recog- memory of Dr. Henry G. Kupfer, who was nized regional accrediting agency. medical director of the School of Medical Accreditation Accredited collegiate training in prepara- Technology from 1952 until his death in The undergraduate program in Clinical tion for the study of clinical laboratory sci- 1964. It is given to the senior who is consid- Laboratory Sciences is accredited by the ences as for any professional career, should ered to be the best all-around technologist. National Accrediting Agency for Clinical provide the opportunity for broad general Throughout the program this student must Laboratory Sciences, 8410 W. Bryn Mawr education to include English, the social sci- demonstrate an outstanding sense of respon- Ave., Suite 670, Chicago, IL 60631-3415; ences, the arts and the humanities. sibility in all phases of clinical laboratory (773) 714-8880. Upon graduation the stu- On entry to the department, the student science, a keen concern for the patients and dent is eligible to take the national exami- must have completed 12 hours of chemistry the ability to work with others. The student nations for MT/CLS given by the Board of (eight hours of general required; the must show a desire for personal and profes- Registry of the American Society for remaining four hours in the order of prefer- sional growth. The recipient of the award is Clinical Pathology and the National ence: quantitative, organic or qualitative; selected by instructors in the clinical rota- Credentialing Agency for Laboratory other courses may be accepted); 12 hours of tions and the faculty of the Department of Personnel, Inc. biology (preferred four hours of general, Clinical Laboratory Sciences. four hours of human physiology and four Facilities hours of human anatomy; other courses Financial aid – general may be accepted); three hours of mathe- The Department of Clinical Laboratory Financial aid is available for all students matics; six hours of English composition; Sciences is located in the Randolph-Minor meeting the criteria for financial assistance. three hours of humanities (select from Annex Building on the MCV Campus. All For details of the programs available con- courses in history, philosophy, political sci- faculty and clerical offices are located in tact the Financial Aid Office, P.O. Box ence, religion, foreign languages, literature, this facility, as well as student classrooms, 980244, Richmond, VA 23298-0244 or art history or art appreciation); three hours general teaching laboratory, computer facil- telephone: (804) 828-9800. of social sciences (select from courses in ities and a student lounge/reading room. anthropology, economics, geography, psy- The teaching laboratories are well chology, social science or sociology) and equipped with the latest instrumentation Bachelor of Science in Clinical one hour of art. used in today’s methods of laboratory Laboratory Sciences Program In lieu of a formal course, demonstrated medicine. Clinical laboratory scientists receive train- competence in a visual or performing art ing in the following areas — clinical bio- will be accepted. Acceptable competency Honors and awards chemistry; the study of chemical reactions includes (1) completion of extracurricular formal instruction independent of struc- A. D. Williams Award that occur in normal and diseased processes; hematology, the study of the cellular ele- tured school activities once per week for a An annual award may be made, on nomi- ments of the blood and blood forming tis- minimum of 18 months within the last 10 nation of the faculty, to students in each class sues; microbiology, the study of microbiologi- years or (2) completion of an AP studio who demonstrate, by virtue of high scholastic cal aspects of infectious disease and the iso- art course or (3) prior training coupled attainment and professional performance, lation and identification of pathogenic bac- with current routine performances in an unusual promise and ability. Character, moti- teria; immunohematology, the application of organized theatre company, gallery or vation, intellectual curiosity and realization theory and principles of blood banking, cell orchestra/band. of the opportunities for personal develop- typing, compatibility testing and antibody ment will be considered. The award is made identification; and immunology, the study of Special admissions at the end of the junior and senior years. antigen and antibody interaction in the Certified medical laboratory technicians diagnosis of disease. With the rapid advance- (or those eligible for certification) may

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 155 School of Allied Health Professions qualify for special admission. An MLT program with a major in clinical laboratory CLLS 494 Miscellaneous Clinical Practicum 3.0 applicant must have a minimum of 44 non- sciences as outlined in the previous section. CLLS 496 Blood Bank Practicum 3.0 MLT semester hours of transferable credit CLLS 438 Research Paper (optional) 1.0 for admission as a full-time student or 38 ______Academic Regulations 27.5-34 non-MLT semester hours for admission as a The minimum passing grade for all pro- part-time student. The transfer hours must fessional courses leading to the bachelor of Upon completion of prerequisite courses and the pre- include eight hours of biology, eight hours science degree is “D.” All courses must be scribed curriculum listed above, graduates of the Clinical of chemistry, three hours of mathematics completed with a passing grade for the stu- Laboratory Sciences program, will have fulfilled the gen- and six hours of English composition. MLTs dent to be eligible for promotion or gradua- eral education requirements of VCU. admitted under special status are required tion. Satisfactory completion of the previ- to complete the science, humanities, social ous semester’s course work is a prerequisite sciences and art requirements for regular Courses in clinical laboratory to the next semester. sciences (CLLS) admission before they qualify for gradua- Promotion is based on recommendations tion. Transfer credits are accepted for some of the faculty. The student is expected to CLLS 201 Introduction to Clinical Laboratory CLLS courses. Challenge examinations are do all of the following: offered. Science • maintain a GPA of 2.0 or better Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Open to stu- Deadline for submission of applications is • obtain a passing grade in all courses dents on the Academic Campus who are interested in May 1. Those received after the deadline • complete the clinical education clinical laboratory science/medical technology as a will be considered if space is available. requirements to the satisfaction of the career. Presentation and discussion of clinical labora- Admission notification is done on a rolling clinical and academic faculty tory science including an introduction to each of the specific areas of concentration, job opportunities in the basis after receipt of application materials. • exhibit the attitudes and skills deemed Detailed information regarding admission profession and a tour of a hospital laboratory. Graded necessary to function as a professional as pass/fail. requirements and an application may be clinical laboratory scientist obtained by writing to the Office of • pay all fees CLLS 300 Basic Concepts Undergraduate Admissions, Medical Detailed grading policies plus the mecha- Semester course; 1 lecture and 1 laboratory hour. 1.5 credits. An introduction to the basic concepts/tech- College of Virginia Campus, Virginia nism for grade appeals are given to each Commonwealth University, P.O. Box niques applicable to all laboratory science areas. entering student during orientation. Includes optical physics, quality control, laboratory 980632, Richmond, VA 23298-0632, or to safety, medical terminology and pipetting techniques the Department of Clinical Laboratory along with other basic subjects. Sciences, Virginia Commonwealth Curriculum University, P.O. Box 980583, Richmond, Variable credit is offered in consideration of the differing CLLS 301-302 Hematology VA 23298-0583, or from the Web at academic backgrounds of entering students. Semester Continuous course; 4.5 lecture and 6 laboratory hours. hours given for each course are those required of the tradi- 2-7.5 credits. A study of the blood and blood-forming http://www.sahp.vcu.edu/cls. tissues. Emphasis is placed on hematologic techniques, tional student with no previous clinical training. accurate identification of normal and abnormal cells Accelerated Master of Science in and their correlation with normal or pathologic condi- Junior year credits Clinical Laboratory Sciences tions. An introduction to the hemostatic mechanism CLLS 301-302 Hematology 7.5 also is presented. Program CLLS 303 Parasitology 1.0 The Accelerated Master of Science pro- CLLS 304 Clinical Microscopy 2.0 CLLS 303 Parasitology gram integrates undergraduate and graduate CLLS 306 Immunohematology 4.5 Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 0.5-1.5 credits. A course work and leads to the awarding of a CLLS 307 Introduction to Pathogenic Microbiology 3.0 study of the life cycles of parasites and techniques CLLS 308 Pathogenic Microbiology 5.0 used for isolation and identification of common para- B.S. and an M.S. degree simultaneously. CLLS 310 Clinical Immunology 4.5 sites found in humans. The student must complete a minimum of CLLS 311-312 Biochemistry 8.0 114.5 undergraduate credit hours including CLLS 314 Clinical Instrumentation 3.0 CLLS 304 Clinical Microscopy 60 prerequisite credit hours and 54.5 credit Semester course; 1.5 lecture and 1 laboratory hour. 1-2 credits. A study of the principles and practices of uri- hours of professional course work in clinical Summer session nalysis, kidney function, gastric analysis, cerebrospinal laboratory sciences. A minimum cumula- CLLS 337 Clinical Education 1.0 fluid and other body fluids. tive GPA on CLLS courses of 2.7 and com- ______pletion of the GRE are required for admis- 39.5 CLLS 306 Immunohematology sion into the graduate portion of the pro- Semester course; 2.5 lecture and 4 laboratory hours. 2- gram. The candidate must complete at least Senior year 5 credits. Prerequisite: CLLS 310. A study of the theory CLLS 407 Interpretive Immunohematology 2.5 and principles of blood banking with an emphasis on 40 additional hours of graduate level course CLLS 408 Advanced Microbiology 2.0 methods and techniques used in the laboratory for cell work. (Refer to the VCU Graduate and CLLS 409 Interpretive Hematology 2.0 typing, cross-matching and antibody identification. Professional Programs Bulletin for details of CLLS 410 Advanced Clinical the program.) Upon completion of the cur- Biochemistry/Instrumentation 2.0 CLLS 307 Introduction to Pathogenic riculum, students are eligible to take the CLLS 411 Principles of Education/Management 3.0 Microbiology Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 1-3 credits. CLLS 412 Clinical Correlations 1.0 national certification examinations for the Fundamental principles of diagnostic pathogenic micro- CLLS 415 Special Topics in Clinical Laboratory CLS/MT generalist. Students pursuing the biology. accelerated program must initially qualify Sciences (optional) 1-6 for admission to the bachelor of science CLLS 483 Biochemistry Practicum 3.0 CLLS 308 Pathogenic Microbiology CLLS 485 Hematology Practicum 3.0 Semester course; 3 lecture and 4 laboratory hours. CLLS 493 Clinical Microbiology Practicum 3.0 3-5 credits. Prerequisite: CLLS 307 or permission of

156 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Allied Health Professions instructor. The study of bacteria, fungi, viruses, antimi- CLLS 410 Advanced Clinical mission of instructor. Students gain practical experi- crobial susceptibility testing and quality control; the Biochemistry/Instrumentation ence in the use of instruments and the performance of relationship of bacteria, fungi and viruses to infectious Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. procedures by working with the clinical staff. After diseases including pathogenesis and epidemiology. Prerequisites: CLLS 311-312 and 314, or permission of gaining competence, students are expected to properly Emphasis is placed on the techniques, methods and instructor. Presents an advanced study of (1) the princi- perform and sign out routine laboratory work under procedures required to isolate and identify pathogenic ples of clinical chemistry as related to intermediary supervision. Graded as pass/fail. micro-organisms. metabolism and pathology and (2) laboratory and hospital information systems. Includes the application of CLLS 496 Blood Bank Practicum CLLS 310 Clinical Immunology laboratory data and technologies to solve problems in Semester course; 40-180 clock hours. 1-4.5 credits. Semester course; 3.5 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3- analytical methods and instruments. Prerequisite: CLLS 306. Individual participation in hos- 4.5 credits. Introduces the basic principles of immunol- pital blood bank laboratories and Virginia Blood ogy, serology and molecular diagnostics. Emphasis is CLLS 411 Principles of Education/Management Services. Students gain practical experience in the use placed on laboratory evaluation of the immune Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 2.5-3.5 credits. of procedures and instruments by working with the response including both cellular and humoral aspects. Introduces fundamental educational theories and prac- staff. Donor drawing and component preparation is Serologic techniques are practiced in the laboratory tice, principles of management and employee relations observed. After gaining competence, the students are sessions. and health-care issues from a global perspective with expected to properly perform and sign out routine labo- an emphasis on multicultural diversity. Stresses the ratory work under supervision. Graded as pass/fail. CLLS 311-312 Biochemistry application of these theories in the clinical laboratory. Continuous course; 6 lecture and 4 laboratory hours. 2- 8 credits. A study of metabolism in normal and disease CLLS 412 Clinical Correlations processes of the body. Emphasis is placed on the prin- Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Seminars are Department of Radiation Sciences ciples and methods used in testing biochemical reac- presented on various aspects of professionalism, and tions. the interrelationships of the various laboratory disci- Terri L. Fauber plines are discussed during review sessions. A simu- Associate Professor and Department Chair (1985) CLLS 314 Clinical Instrumentation lated registry exam is given at the conclusion. Graded Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 1-3 as pass/fail. B.S. 1982 University of Texas credits. Covers instrumentation found in clinical labora- M.A. 1985 Louisiana Tech University tories, including an introduction to electronic principles CLLS 415 Special Topics in Clinical Laboratory Ed.S. 1991 The College of William and Mary as applied to instrumentation. Course will examine the Sciences Ed.D. 1996 The College of William and Mary theory and application behind the various analytical Semester course; 1-6 credits. Course provides for tuto- methods used in clinical analysis. rial studies, laboratory experience and/or library Allen, Kenneth (2002) Assistant Professor assignments in specialized areas for those students B.S. 1989 Austin Peay State University CLLS 337 Clinical Education who have previous course work or laboratory experi- M.B.A. 1995 Belmont University Semester course; 120 clock hours. 1 credit. Offered: S. ence in a specific subject. Supervised clinical experience in hospitals across the Legg, Jeffrey S. (1998) Assistant Professor state is designed to give the student a broader clinical CLLS 438/HONR 492 Research Paper A.S. 1987 Virginia Commonwealth University education and to provide venipuncture experience. In Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. This course is B.S. 1989 Virginia Commonwealth University addition to the application of academically acquired designed to introduce the student to the fundamentals M.H. 1994 University of Richmond knowledge, this affiliation provides an opportunity for of scientific writing. Ph.D. 2002 Virginia Commonwealth University the student to correlate each area of study into one Meixner, Elizabeth L. (1988) Assistant Professor composite picture for final laboratory diagnosis. Closer CLLS 483 Biochemistry Practicum B.S. 1973 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State working relationships with other allied health person- Semester course; 40-180 clock hours. 1-4.5 credits. nel is an important aspect of this affiliation. Graded as Prerequisites: CLLS 311-312. Individual participation in University pass/fail. hospital chemistry laboratories. Students gain practical M.Ed. 1981 Virginia Commonwealth University experience in the use of procedures and instruments by Stewart, Debra K. (2002) Instructor CLLS 407 Interpretive Immunohematology working with the staff. After gaining competence, stu- B.S. 1996 University of Nebraska at Keamey Semester course; 2.5 lecture hours. 2-2.5 credits. dents are expected to perform and sign out routine lab- B.S. 2000 Old Dominion University Prerequisites: CLLS 306 and 310, or permission of oratory work under supervision. Graded as pass/fail. M.S. 2002 Old Dominion University instructor. Advanced study of the principles of immuno- Swafford, Larry G. (1992) Assistant Professor hematology and immunology with major emphasis on CLLS 485 Hematology Practicum A.A.S. 1985 Belleville Area College blood group systems and blood components. Includes Semester course; 40-180 clock hours. 1-4.5 credits. the application of laboratory data and techniques to Prerequisites: CLLS 301-302. Individual participation in B.S. 1988 University of Oklahoma solve problems in blood banking and immunology. hospital hematology laboratories. Students gain practi- M.Ed. 1997 Virginia Commonwealth University cal experience in the use of procedures and instru- CLLS 408 Advanced Microbiology ments by working with the staff. After gaining compe- Medical advisers Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. tence, the students are expected to perform and sign Melvin J. Fratkin, M.D. James M. Messmer, M.D. Prerequisites: CLLS 307 and 308, or permission of out routine laboratory work under supervision. Graded Monica R. Morris, M.D. instructor. Advanced study of the principles of patho- as pass/fail. genic microbiology. Includes the application of laboratory data and techniques to solve problems in the clini- CLLS 493 Clinical Microbiology Practicum History cal microbiology laboratory. Semester course; 40-180 clock hours. 1-4.5 credits. Prerequisites: CLLS 307-308. Individual participation in Radiologic technology education began at CLLS 409 Interpretive Hematology hospital bacteriology laboratories. Students gain practi- the Medical College of Virginia in the 1930s Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. cal experience in the performance and use of proce- with a one-year training program in radiogra- Prerequisites: CLLS 301-302 and 485, or permission of dures by working with the clinical staff. After gaining phy. This program has undergone a number of instructor. Advanced study of the principles of competence, the students are expected to properly per- changes through the years to evolve into the hematopoiesis and their pathophysiological correlation form and sign out routine laboratory work under super- to hematological disorders. Interpretation of morpho- vision. Graded as pass/fail. current baccalaureate educational program. logical findings are correlated with case histories. A concentration in nuclear medicine Includes homeostatic problems. CLLS 494 Miscellaneous Clinical Practicum technology was added in 1984 and in radia- Semester course; 40-180 clock hours. 1-4.5 credits. tion therapy in 1992. Degree completion Prerequisites: CLLS 301-302, 308, 310, 311-312 or per- programs have been added to provide an

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 157 School of Allied Health Professions opportunity for certified technologists and Accreditation Tina Plaster Memorial Award therapists to complete requirements for the The Radiography and Radiation Therapy This award honors a member of the class baccalaureate degree. programs are accredited by the Joint Review of 1992 who was tragically killed during the Committee on Education in Radiologic term of her program and recognizes a rising Programs Technology. The Nuclear Medicine radiography senior who displays the follow- Technology Program is accredited by the ing characteristics associated with Ms. A Bachelor of Science in Clinical Plaster: excellent academic standing, good Radiation Sciences is offered in the follow- Joint Review Committee on Educational Programs in Nuclear Medicine Technology. attendance, excellent patient care and high ing areas of concentration: radiography, standards of professionalism. nuclear medicine technology and radiation Upon completion of one of the concentrations, the graduate is eligible for the rele- therapy. These full-time programs include The Elizabeth Blackburn Award in general education and professional course vant national certification examination work over a three year period. Graduates of administrated by the American Registry of Nuclear Medicine Technology each of the programs are eligible for Radiologic Technologists. Graduates of the This award was established as a perma- national certification examinations in their Nuclear Medicine Technology Program also nent endowment from Dr. Alton R. respective area of concentration. are eligible for the certification examination Sharpe. Sharpe, a 1954 graduate of the administered by the Nuclear Medicine Medical College of Virginia, was MCV’s Technology Certification Board. first full-time chair of the Division of Mission Nuclear Medicine. Prior to his retirement, The Department of Radiation Sciences is Facilities Sharpe was on the School of Medicine fac- an integral part of the School of Allied ulty for over 35 years. The honoree, Mrs. The educational facilities for the Depart- Health Professions of the MCV Campus Elizabeth Blackburn, was the chief technol- ment of Radiation Sciences are located at and shares its values. The department ogist in Nuclear Medicine and a member of 701 Grace St., Suite 2100. These facilities serves as a national leader in the education the faculty for 18 years. Sharpe credits include energized labs in radiography and of students in the radiation sciences and Blackburn with teaching him the rudi- mammography. The radiography lab provides learning opportunities that are ments, fundamentals and applications of includes a digital imaging system. In addi- innovative and educationally sound. Strong nuclear medicine. linkages with clinical affiliates and their tion, the radiation therapy lab has a 3-D staff are vital to the department’s success. Treatment Planning System. Faculty and staff work in a cooperative During the various phases of the curricu- Bachelor of Science in Clinical spirit in an environment conducive to lum, students will be assigned to one or Radiation Sciences Program more of the following affiliate institutions: inquisitiveness and independent learning to Admission requirements help a diverse student body develop to its VCU Health System’s Medical College of Virginia Hospitals, McGuire Veterans Candidates for admission to any of the fullest potential. The faculty is committed three concentrations must have completed to the concept of lifelong learning, and pro- Affairs Medical Center and Richmond Division of Columbia HCA Hospitals. high school or have passed a GED exami- motes standards of clinical practice that nation, and have completed the following will serve students throughout their profes- postsecondary courses: sional careers. Faculty serve as a resource Honors and awards for professionals in practice and contribute A. D. Williams Award VCU equivalent to an expanded knowledge base in the field 3 credits of precalculus MATH 151 This award is given to the student in of clinical radiation sciences. 3 credits of general psychology PSYC 101 each class who has achieved the highest 3 credits of composition and rhetoric ENGL 101 cumulative GPA. 3 credits of social science or computer science Goals 8 credits of human anatomy The goals of the Department of A. D. Williams Scholarship and physiology BIOL 205, PHIS 206 Radiation Sciences are to: This scholarship may be awarded to stu- 8 credits of college physics PHYS 201, 202 1. deliver thoughtfully developed curric- dents who demonstrate high scholastic ula in radiation sciences for individuals attainment, professional clinical perform- Transcripts of postsecondary work must preparing for professional practice, ance and unusual promise as a radiologic be submitted with the application. 2. provide an educational atmosphere technologist. Candidates also must submit personal refer- that will engender intellectual curiosity ences and complete an interview with a and commitment to lifelong learning. Senior awards member of the admissions committee. Applicants are encouraged to obtain some 3. cultivate professional behavior and An award may be given to a graduating ethical conduct. knowledge of the concentration to which senior in each curriculum in recognition of they are applying by observing in the 4. promote research and scholarly activity outstanding overall performance. Selection in the radiation sciences and health appropriate hospital department or by is based on cumulative GPA, faculty recom- working as a hospital volunteer. related sciences. mendations and clinical performance. 5. offer timely, relevant educational. Applications must be submitted by Feb. 1 of each year. Applications submitted after opportunities that encourage practic- Radiography – Amersham Award that date can be accepted only on a space- ing professionals to complete a bac- Nuclear Medicine – Mallinckrodt Award calaureate degree. Radiation Therapy – Varian Medical Systems Award available basis. Correspondence should be sent to the Office of Undergraduate

158 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Allied Health Professions

Admissions, MCV Campus, Virginia Curriculum Radiation therapy concentration+ Commonwealth University, P.O. Box Radiography concentration credits 980632, Richmond, VA 23298-0632. fall spring credits Sophomore year General education requirements fall spring ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric - 3 Sophomore year Workshop II 1. Communicating ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric HCMG 300 Health-care Organization ENGL 101 and ENGL 200 or equivalent – 6 credits Workshop II - 3 and Services 3 - CLRS 208 – 3 credits, writing intensive with Research HLTH 487 Coping and Adaptation CLRS 390 – 2 credits; writing intensive HCMG 300 Health-care Organization or PSYC 308 Stress Management - 3 CLRS 498 – 3 credits, writing intensive and Services 3 - CLRS 200 Medical Terminology for CLRS 200 Medical Terminology for Radiation Sciences 1 - 2. Ethics Radiation Sciences 1 - CLRS 203-204 Pathophysiology I and II 3 3 CLRS 208 – 3 credits CLRS 203-204 Pathophysiology I and II 3 3 CLRS 205 Exploring Radiation Sciences 1 - CLRS 393, 394, 395, 493, and 494 – seminars CLRS 205 Exploring Radiation Sciences 1 - CLRS 206 Cross-sectional Anatomy - 2 associated with each clinical course CLRS 206 Cross-sectional Anatomy - 2 CLRS 208 Foundations of Patient Care* - 3 PHIL 213 – 3 credits (Nuclear Medicine only) CLRS 208 Foundations of Patient Care* - 3 CLRS 232 Radiation Safety* - 2 CLRS 232 Radiation Safety* - 2 STAT 210 Basic Practice of Statistics 3 - 3. Quantity and form STAT 210 Basic Practice of Statistics 3 - General electives 5 - MATH 151 or equivalent Electives/humanities electives 5 3 ______STAT 210 or equivalent ______16 16 CLRS 232 – 2 credits 16 16 CLRS 341 – 4 credits Summer I CLRS 320 – 3 credits (Radiography only) Summer I CLRS 305 Orientation to Radiation CLRS 451 – 3 credits (Radiography only) CLRS 201 Introduction to Therapy* 2 CLRS 461 – 3 credits (Nuclear Medicine only) Radiographic Imaging* 2 ______CLRS 323 – 4 credits (Radiation Therapy only) CLRS 211 Radiographic Procedures I* 2 2 ______4. Science and technology 4 Junior year PHYS 201-202 or equivalent – 8 credits CLRS 309 Oncologic Patient Care* 2 - BIOL 205-206 or equivalent – 8 credits Junior year CLRS 314 Pathology and Treatment CHEM 101-102 or equivalent – 8 credits CLRS 311 Radiographic Procedures II* 4 - Principles I* - 4 (Nuclear Medicine only) CLRS 312 Radiographic Procedures III* - 2 CLRS 323 Radiation Therapy CLRS 320 Principles of Radiographic Techniques and Applications* 4 - 5. Interdependence Imaging* - 3 CLRS 341 Radiation Physics 3 - CLRS 393, 394, 395, 493 and 494 – seminars CLRZ 320 Principles of Radiographic CLRS 342 Physics for Radiation Therapy* - 3 associated with each clinical course Imaging Laboratory* - 1 CLRS 390 Research Methods in the HCMG 300 – 3 credits CLRS 341 Radiation Physics 3 - Radiation Sciences 2 - CLRS 390 Research Methods in the CLRS 393-394 Clinical Education I and II* 4 4 6. Visual and performing arts Radiation Sciences 2 - Restricted elective - 3 Elective – 1 credit CLRS 393-394 Clinical Education Elective - 2 I and II* 3 4 ______7. Humanities and social sciences Restricted electives 3 6 15 16 PSYC 101 – 4 credits ______Humanities elective – 3 credits 15 16 Summer II CLRS 315 Pathology and Treatment Academic regulations Summer II Principles II* 3 To continue in the respective program, CLRS 395 Clinical Education III* 5 CLRS 395 Clinical Education III* 5 the student is expected to: ______5 1. maintain a minimum semester grade- 8 point and cumulative GPA of 2.0, Senior year Senior year 2. obtain a passing grade in all required CLRS 330 Radiobiology* - 2 courses and a “C” or better in all pro- CLRS 330 Radiobiology* - 2 CLRS 402 Radiographic Pathology - 2 CLRS 412 Radiation Therapy Treatment fessional courses indicated with an CLRS 421 Radiographic Imaging Planning - 3 asterisk in the curriculum outline and Equipment* - 2 CLRS 455 Quality Management in 3. demonstrate the attitude and skills CLRS 451 Quality Management Radiation Therapy* 2 - necessary to function as a professional in Radiography* 3 - CLRS 488 Senior Seminar - 1 in the selected area of concentration CLRS 488 Senior Seminar - 1 CLRS 493-494 Clinical Education as assessed by academic and clinical CLRS 493-494 Clinical Education IV and V* 5 5 IV and V* 5 5 faculty. CLRS 498 Senior Project 3 - CLRS 498 Senior Project 3 - Restricted electives 6 3 Restricted electives 6 3 ______16 14 17 15

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 159 School of Allied Health Professions

Nuclear medicine technology CLRS 461 Radiopharmaceutical the principles of disease and an introduction to various concentration+ Preparation and Quality Control* 2 - conditions of illness involving body systems. CLRS 488 Senior Seminar - 1 credits CLRS 493-494 Clinical Education CLRS 205 Exploring Radiation Sciences fall spring IV and V* 5 5 Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. A general Sophomore year CLRS 498 Senior Project 3 - overview of the wide variety of imaging and treatment modalities in radiation sciences will be presented. CHEM 101-102 General Chemistry and PHIL 213 Ethics and Health Care 3 - Emphasis will be on understanding how these modali- CHEZ/FRSZ 101-102 General General electives - 4 Chemistry Laboratory 4 4 ties are utilized in today’s complex health-care environ- ______ment, as well as the role of the technologist/therapist. CLRS 200 Medical Terminology for 16 15 Radiation Sciences 1 - CLRS 206 Cross-sectional Anatomy CLRS 203-204 Pathophysiology I and II 3 3 * “C” is lowest passing grade. Semester course; 4 tutorial laboratory hours. 2 credits. CLRS 205 Exploring Radiation Sciences 1 - + Elective credits must include a minimum of one Prerequisites: BIOL 205, PHIZ 206L, or permission of CLRS 208 Principles of Patient Care* - 3 credit in visual or performing arts. instructor. A general overview of cross-sectional CLRS 232 Radiation Safety* - 2 anatomy at representative levels will be presented. ENGL 200 ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric - 3 Degree completion programs Emphasis will be on identifying major muscles, organs, Workshop II - 3 bones and vessels on diagrams, photographs and HCMG Health-care Organization and Full- or part-time opportunities to com- images. Services 3 - plete a baccalaureate degree are offered for STAT 210 Basic Practice of Statistics 3 - technologists or therapists certified by the CLRS 208 Foundations of Patient Care ______American Registry of Radiologic Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. 15 15 Prerequisite: BIOL 200 or equivalent. Legal, ethical and Technologists and/or the Nuclear Medicine technical foundations of patient care will be explored Technology Certification Board. In addi- with emphasis on the application of these principles to Summer I tion to general education and professional common radiologic situations. CLRS 303 Orientation to Nuclear course work, the student selects electives Medicine* 2 from a wide variety of courses, allowing the CLRS 211 Radiographic Procedures I ______Semester course; 1 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 2 2 design of a program that best meets the credits. Prerequisites: BIOL 205 and PHIS 206 and CLRS goals and interests of the individual. For 208. Combines the study of anatomy and physiology Junior year more information, contact the department. and positioning for diagnostic radiographic examina- CLRS 206 Cross-sectional Anatomy 2 - tions of the upper extremity, chest and abdomen. CLRS 317 Clinical Nuclear Medicine: During laboratories, students demonstrate competence Imaging Techniques I* 2 - Courses in clinical radiation in radiographic procedures, including positioning of CLRS 318 Nuclear Medicine Imaging II* - 2 sciences (CLRS) simulated patients, manipulation of radiographic equip- CLRS 321 Nuclear Medicine ment and evaluation of radiographs. Instrumentation and Computer CLRS 101 Introduction to Clinical Radiation CLRS 232 Radiation Safety Techniques I* 2 - Sciences Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. CLRS 322 Nuclear Medicine Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Open to stu- Prerequisite: PHYS 202. Provides an overview of radia- Instrumentation and Computer dents on the Academic Campus who are interested in tion protection as it applies to the radiation sciences. Techniques II* - 2 clinical radiation sciences as a career. Presentation and Radiation sources, detection and regulations are pre- CLRZ 328L Nuclear Medicine discussion of the art and science of medical imaging. sented. In addition, radiation protection responsibilities Instrumentation and Image The use of ionizing radiation will be explored from its of the radiologic technologist for patients, personnel Processing Laboratory - 1 discovery to its current application in therapy and med- and public are discussed. CLRS 341 Radiation Physics 3 - ical diagnosis. Radiography, nuclear medicine and radi- CLRS 344 Physics for Nuclear Medicine - 3 ation therapy will be discussed in terms of career spe- CLRS 303 Orientation to Nuclear Medicine CLRS 390 Research Methods in cialties within the profession. Semester course; 1 lecture and 2 clinical hours. 2 credits. Prerequisites: CLRS 208 and CLRS 232. Designed to the Radiation Sciences 2 - CLRS 200 Medical Terminology for the Radiation CLRS 393-394 Clinical Education acquaint the student with the field of nuclear medicine Sciences in general and the Program in Nuclear Medicine I and II* 4 4 Semester course; 2 tutorial laboratory hours. 1 credit. General electives - 4 Technology in particular. It also provides an introduction Assists the student in building a medical vocabulary to clinical practice. ______utilizing suffixes, prefixes and word roots, along with 15 16 terms appropriate to body systems and organs. CLRS 305 Orientation to Radiation Therapy Emphasis is on understanding basic medical terms and Semester course; 1 lecture 2 laboratory hours. 2 cred- Summer II gaining experience in applying that knowledge. its. Prerequisites: CLRS 208 and CLRS 232. Introduction CLRS 313 Clinical Nuclear Medicine: to the clinical process, equipment and history of radia- Nonimaging Techniques* 3 CLRS 201 Introduction to Radiographic Imaging tion therapy. Information will be presented that pre- CLRS 395 Clinical Education III* 5 Semester course; 1 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 2 pares the student to begin clinical practice. Clinical ______credits. Prerequisite: CLRS 208 and CLRS 232. rotations and lab exercises are designed to expose the 8 Introduction to the clinical process, equipment and student to various aspects of radiation therapy. radiographic imaging. Information will be presented that prepares the student to begin clinical practice. Senior year CLRS 309 Oncologic Patient Care Clinical rotations and lab exercises are designed to CLRS 319 Advanced Nuclear Medicine Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. expose the student to various aspects of radiographic Prerequisite: CLRS 208. Covers the basic concepts of Imaging 3 - imaging. patient care specific to radiation therapy, including con- CLRS 330 Radiobiology* - 2 sideration of physical and psychological conditions. CLRS 453 Quality Management in CLRS 203-204 Pathophysiology I and II Patient interactions, patient examinations, asepsis, Nuclear Medicine* - 3 Continuous course; 3-3 lecture hours. 3-3 credits. local and systemic reactions, nutrition and medications Prerequisites: BIOL 205 and PHIS 206. Presentation of

160 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Allied Health Professions are discussed. Factors influencing patient health during CLRS 318 Clinical Nuclear Medicine: Imaging GM survey meter and the dose calibrator. Image pro- and following a course of radiation will be identified. Techniques II cessing will be performed with nuclear medicine car- Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. diac, renal, gastric emptying and tumor images varying CLRS 311 Radiographic Procedures II Prerequisite: CLRS 317. Corequisite: CLRS 322. the display parameters and reconstruction filters. Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 4 Presentation of the techniques employed in the per- credits. Prerequisite: CLRS 211. Continuation of CLRS formance of nonroutine nuclear medicine imaging pro- CLRS 330 Radiobiology 211 with emphasis on anatomy and physiology and cedures. Topics include anatomy and physiology, Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. positioning for diagnostic radiographic examinations of pathology, patient preparation, contraindications, radio- Prerequisite: CLRS 232 or permission of instructor. The the lower extremity, spine, pelvis and thorax, routine pharmaceuticals, dose route of administration, biodis- principles of biologic responses to radiation are pre- contrast studies, and basic and advanced headwork. tribution, imaging protocols, equipment set up and sented, including factors influencing radiation effects, Laboratory experience will include positioning of simu- common findings. tissue sensitivity and tolerance. Clinical applications in lated patients, positioning and exposure of radi- radiography, nuclear medicine and radiation therapy ographic phantoms, manipulation of radiographic CLRS 320 Principles of Radiographic Imaging are considered. equipment and evaluation of radiographs. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: CLRS 201 and CLRS 341. The variables CLRS 341 Radiation Physics CLRS 312 Radiographic Procedures III that affect image production and radiographic quality Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. will be presented. Radiographic quality will be ana- Prerequisite: PHYS 202. Presentation of the production Prerequisite: CLRS 311. Continuation of CLRS 211 and lyzed to differentiate between diagnostic and optimal of X- and gamma rays; interaction of radiation with CLRS 311 to cover additional positions added to routine radiographs. Emphasis will be placed on sharpness and matter; units of radioactive exposure and absorbed examinations. In addition, a variety of routine special visibility of recorded detail. dose, and measurement of radiation. studies and special procedures that visualize the circu- latory, lymphatic, reproductive, urinary and central CLRZ 320L Principles of Radiographic Imaging CLRS 342 Physics for Radiation Therapy nervous systems will be discussed. Laboratory Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Prerequisites: CLRS 323 and CLRS 341. Includes a dis- CLRS 313 Clinical Nuclear Medicine: Nonimaging Prerequisite: CLRS 201. Can be taken concurrently with cussion of the properties of electromagnetic and partic- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. or subsequently to CLRS 320. Designed to demonstrate ulate radiation. Details of production, interactions, Prerequisite: CLRS 322. Integrates basic anatomy and the affect of radiographic variables on image produc- treatment units, measurement of radiation, radioactiv- physiology with nonimaging in-vitro nuclear medicine tion and quality. Students will perform lab exercises to ity and brachytherapy are presented. procedures. Topics include current radiopharmaceuti- manipulate a variety of variables and analyze their CLRS 344 Physics for Nuclear Medicine cals of choice, biorouting of administered radiopharma- affect on the radiographic image. ceuticals, normal and abnormal test values and patient Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. or specimen counting techniques. CLRS 321 Nuclear Medicine Instrumentation Prerequisite: CLRS 341. Topics in physics relevant to and Computer Techniques I nuclear medicine technology will be presented. Topics CLRS 314 Pathology and Treatment Principles I Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. include nuclear decay, nuclear interactions, production Semester course; 4 lecture hours. 4 credits. Prerequisite: CLRS 303. Corequisite: CLRS 317. Pre- or of radionuclides, gamma-ray spectroscopy, theory of Prerequisite: CLRS 309. Presents the fundamentals of corequisite: CMSC 128. Presentation of the operating nuclear medicine instrumentation, image processing the disease processes for cancer of the following: skin, principles of standard nuclear medicine imaging instru- and topographic reconstruction. thorax, genitourinary, gynecological, head and neck, mentation systems with their practical applications. CLRS 390 Research Methods in the Radiation central nervous system and breast. The malignant con- Topics include: Planar, SPECT and Positron Imaging Sciences dition, etiology and epidemiology, patient workup, and devices and their associated components. methods of treatment are discussed. Attention to Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. patient prognosis, treatment results and the effects of CLRS 322 Nuclear Medicine Instrumentation Prerequisite: ENGL 200. Pre- or corequisite: STAT 210. combined therapies. and Computer Techniques II The fundamentals of the research process will be pre- Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. sented for analysis and discussion. Elements of CLRS 315 Pathology and Treatment Principles II Prerequisites: CLRS 321 and CLRS 317. Pre- or corequi- research appropriate to the radiation sciences will be Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. site: CMSC 128. Corequisite: CLRS 318. Combines the reviewed. Emphasis will be on the ability to critically Prerequisites: CLRS 309 and 314. A continuation of principles of nuclear medicine instrumentation with review research studies along with the selection and CLRS 314. Presents the fundamentals of the disease practical operation of the equipment. Instruments pre- design of a research project. process for the following cancers: gastrointestinal, lym- sented: survey meters, dose calibration, counting CLRS 393-394 Clinical Education I and II phomas and hematologic malignancies, bone tumors, devices and image processing computers. childhood tumors, eye and orbital tumors. The malig- Continuous course; variable clinical hours. 3-5 credits. nant condition, etiology and epidemiology, patient CLRS 323 Radiation Therapy, Techniques Prerequisites: CLRS 208, CLRS 232 and CLRS 201, or workup and methods of treatment are discussed. and Applications CLRS 303 or CLRS 305. Clinical experience supervised Attention is given to patient prognosis, treatment Semester course; 4 lecture hours. 4 credits. Presents by clinical faculty and affiliate facility staff. Students results and the effects of combined therapies. the basic concepts of dosimetry and treatment plan- gain practical experience in routine, basic procedures Radiotherapeutic emergencies, palliation and combined ning. Various external beam techniques and applica- and observe more advanced procedures. modality treatment also will be discussed. tions, depth dose data and summation of isodose CLRS 395 Clinical Education III curves are discussed. Modalities of treatment, patient CLRS 317 Clinical Nuclear Medicine: Imaging Semester course; 360 clinical hours. 5 credits. setup, dose measurement and verification also are Prerequisite: CLRS 394. Clinical experience supervised Techniques I included. Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. by clinical faculty and affiliate facility staff. Students Prerequisite: CLRS 303. Corequisite: CLRS 321 CLRZ 328L Nuclear Medicine Instrumentation gain additional practical experience in routine, basic procedures and begin to gain experience in advanced Presentation of the techniques employed in the per- and Image Processing procedures. formance of routine nuclear medicine imaging proce- Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. dures. Topics include anatomy and physiology, pathol- Prerequisites: CLRS 317 and 321. Corequisites: CLRS CLRS 402 Radiographic Pathology ogy, patient preparation, contraindications, radiophar- 318 and 322. Presentation of the applications and tech- maceuticals, dose route of administration, biodistribu- Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. niques employed in the fundamentals of nuclear medi- Prerequisites: CLRS 204 and CLRS 493, or permission tion, imaging protocols, equipment setup and common cine detection instruments and hands-on processing of findings. of instructor. Introduction to the study of radiographic various nuclear medicine imaging procedures. Topics pathology through reading and observation of film include operation of the single and multiple channel interpretation. Emphasis is on recognizing common dis- analyzer, spectrometers, uptake probe and well counter, ease processes as demonstrated radiographically;

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 161 School of Allied Health Professions where appropriate, understanding how to vary position- CLRS 412 Radiation Therapy Treatment Planning CLRS 480 Applied Radiology Management ing and techniques to produce optimally diagnostic Semester course; 2 lecture hours and 2 laboratory Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. images and the role of different imaging modalities in hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CLRS 323 and 342 or per- Prerequisite: Departmental approval. Relates basic con- the evaluation of disease. mission of instructor. An introduction to routine 2-D and cepts in management to the radiologic environment 3-D treatment planning for the most common forms of and explores the relationship between the radiologic CLRS 403 Advanced Patient Care for the Imaging cancer including prostate, rectum, lung, breast and facility and the health-care system. Professional head and neck regions. Simulated lab training using Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. Prerequisite: the ADAC Pinnacle treatment planning system will be CLRS 488 Senior Seminar CLRS 208 Foundations of Patient Care or permission of included. Emphasis will be on the rationale and Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Prerequisite: instructor. An interdisciplinary course that explores process of treatment planning for patients undergoing Senior standing in department. Designed to allow stu- advanced patient care techniques and legal/ethical con- radiation therapy. dents to integrate the various individual courses into a siderations in the radiation sciences. Emphasis is placed single perspective as it relates to the radiation sciences. on the application of these principles. CLRS 417 Advanced Nuclear Medicine Imaging New developments and timely professional issues will be Procedures presented for discussion. Attention is given to underscor- CLRZ 403L Advanced Patient Care for the Imaging Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ing the responsibilities of health-care professionals with Professional Prerequisites: CLRS 318, CLRS 322, CLRS 313. emphasis on the need for lifelong learning and participa- Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Presentation of the techniques employed in the per- tion in professional organizations. Prerequisite: CLRS 208 Foundations of Patient Care or formance of advanced nuclear medicine imaging proce- permission of instructor. Can be taken concurrently dures. Topics include anatomy and physiology, pathol- CLRS 492 Directed Study: Radiation Sciences with or subsequent to CLRS 403. This course provides ogy, patient preparation, contraindications, radiophar- Semester course; 1-4 credits. Maximum of six credits simulated experience in performing advanced patient maceuticals, dose route administration, biodistribution, can apply to graduation requirements. Prerequisite: care techniques related to the radiation sciences. imaging protocols, computer software techniques, Permission of department chair. Provides the opportu- Topics include cardiac rhythm interpretation, advanced equipment set up and common findings. nity for individualized research projects, tutorial stud- cardiac life support, urinary catheterization, tra- ies, special clinical work or other topics not available in cheostomy care, basic laboratory skills, basic respira- CLRS 421 Radiographic Imaging Equipment formal course work. tory therapy skills, pulse oximetry, IV therapy and phar- Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. macology, and conscious sedation. Prerequisite: CLRS 320. Principles and operation of CLRS 493 Clinical Education IV general and specialized X-ray equipment are presented. Semester course; 360 clinical hours. 5 credits. CLRS 405 Principles of Mammography Emphasis is on equipment necessary to perform radi- Prerequisite: CLRS 395. Clinical experience supervised Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. ographic, fluoroscopic and tomographic examinations. by clinical faculty and affiliate facility staff. Students Prerequisites: CLRS 201 and CLRS 320, or permission gain additional practical experience in routine, basic of instructor. Presentations and discussions designed to CLRS 451 Quality Management in Radiography and in advanced procedures. Opportunities for elective provide an overview of the principles of mammography. Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 clinical rotations are provided. Topics include history, anatomy, physiology and pathol- credits. Prerequisites: CLRS 320 and CLRZ 320L. ogy of the breast; exposure techniques; and quality Designed to investigate quality control measures in CLRS 494 Clinical Education V control. Focuses on routine and specialized positioning radiology. Emphasis will be monitoring components of Semester course; variable clinical hours. 2-5 credits. of the breast and image evaluation to prepare students the imaging system that may affect radiographic qual- Prerequisite: CLRS 493. Clinical experience supervised for practical experience in mammography. ity through improper functioning. Lab exercises will by clinical faculty and affiliate facility staff. Students provide students an opportunity to perform various gain additional practical experience in routine, basic CLRZ 405L Principles of Mammography Lab quality control checks on the processor and imaging and advanced procedures. Opportunities for elective Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. equipment. clinical rotations are provided. Prerequisites: CLRS 201 and CLRS 320, or permission of instructor. Can be taken concurrently with or subse- CLRS 453 Quality Management in Nuclear CLRS 498 Senior Project quently to CLRS 405. Provides simulated experience in Medicine Semester course; 3 credits. Prerequisites: CLRS 390 performing positioning of the breast. Students will be Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 and senior standing in department. Provides students expected to demonstrate competence in positioning the credits. Prerequisite: CLRS 322. Explores the quality the opportunity to explore and investigate a topic of breast phantom for a variety of routine and specialized assurance parameters in a nuclear medicine depart- special interest in their area of concentration. projections. In addition, quality control procedures spe- ment. Emphasis is given to the performance of tests to Emphasis will be on applying research concepts in the cific to mammography will be performed. assess survey meters, spectrometers, dose calibrators, design, implementation and presentation of a project. gamma cameras and SPECT imaging systems. CLRS 406 Introduction to MRI Additionally, quality assurance is discussed in terms of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. radiopharmaceuticals, radioimmunoassay laboratories Department of Rehabilitation Prerequisite: CLRS 341 or permission of instructor. An and patient management. introduction to the elements of magnetic resonance Counseling imaging, including instrumentation, physical principles, CLRS 455 Quality Management in Radiation image production and quality, MR safety, magnetic res- Therapy Christine A. Reid onance angiography and imaging applications. Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. Associate Professor and Interim Department Prerequisite: CLRS 323. Designed to provide the stu- Chair (2002) CLRS 408 Introduction to Computed dent with knowledge of the concepts and principles of B.A. 1983 Northern Illinois University Tomography (CT) quality assurance. The performance of various tests M.A. 1985 Northern Illinois University Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. including purpose, sources of malfunction and action Ph.D. 1983 Illinois Institute of Technology Prerequisite: CLRS 206 and 341 or permission of guidelines will be discussed. instructor. This course provides the student with an overview of computed tomography. Topics include com- CLRS 461 Radiopharmaceutical: Preparation Armstrong, Amy J., Assistant Professor puted tomography physical principles, data acquisi- and Quality Control B.A. 1981 Michigan State University tion/image reconstruction, equipment and terminology. Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. M.A. 1983 Michigan State University Imaging parameters, patient care issues (i.e., prepara- Prerequisites: CLRS 303 and two semesters of general Berry, Paige E., Clinical Assistant Professor tion, monitoring) quality control and clinical application chemistry. Provides the technical knowledge necessary B.S. 1979 Virginia Commonwealth University in medical imaging also will be introduced. Lastly, for the preparation and quality control of radiopharma- M.S. 1981 Virginia Commonwealth University emerging technologies/techniques and special studies ceutical agents for in-vivo and in-vitro nuclear medicine involving computed tomography will be discussed. studies.

162 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Allied Health Professions

Chandler, Anne L., Associate Professor Wright, Keith C., Professor Emeritus Courses are offered in substance abuse rehabilita- B.A. 1969 Vanderbilt University A.B. 1949 Marshall College tion at the undergraduate level to prepare the stu- M.A. 1974 Michigan State University M.A. 1950 Marshall College dent to meet eligibility requirements for state and Ph.D. 1978 Michigan State University national substance abuse counselor certification, Lewis Jr., Allen N., Assistant Professor * Joint appointment but also are available as elective credit, which may be applied toward fulfilling degree requirements or B.A. 1983 University of Virginia meeting continuing education needs. M.S. 1988 Virginia Commonwealth University Undergraduate studies in Ph.D. 1996 Virginia Commonwealth University rehabilitation studies One honors course is included in the university Luck, Richard S. (1976) Associate Professor From 1974 to 1994, the department honors program in RHAB 202 General Substance B.A. 1966 University of Richmond offered a bachelor of science degree pro- Abuse Studies. Interested students should con- M.S. 1968 Virginia Commonwealth University gram in rehabilitation services. With the tact the University Honors Program office for fur- Ed.D. 1975 University of Virginia development of national certification ther information. Mansouri, Mehdi, Clinical Assistant Professor groups and licensure laws in most states, RHAB 201 Introduction to Rehabilitation Services B.F.A. 1994 Virginia Commonwealth University professional counseling has become a pre- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course M.Ed. 1995 Virginia Commonwealth University dominantly graduate-level profession. The has been designed to expose the student to the history McMahon, Brian T., Professor department no longer offers the baccalaure- and development of the rehabilitation movement. B.S. 1972 Loyola University ate degree in rehabilitation services, but Topics explored include basic concepts and philoso- M.S. 1975 Illinois Institute of Technology phies of rehabilitation, psychological and vocational Ph.D. 1977 University of Wisconsin continues to offer the undergraduate adjustments of the disabled, and an examination of Mulholland, Kathryn, Clinical Assistant Professor courses in rehabilitation services in inter- selected rehabilitation methods. B.A. 1980 San Francisco State University disciplinary cooperation with other majors. RHAB 202 General Substance Abuse Studies M.S. 1982 California State University Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course Ph.D. United States International University Pathways is designed to help the student develop an appreciation Rosecrans, John A.* (1996) Professor of society’s attitude about the use of drugs and alcohol, Ph.D. University of Rhode Island Pathways, initiated in the spring of 1996, and each individual’s responsibility in decisions about Wagner, Christopher C., Assistant Professor is a unique interdisciplinary program con- the use of drugs. Discussion is offered on specific char- B.A. 1986 Purdue University centration designed for students from a wide acteristics of drugs, how addiction occurs and role of M.S. 1992 Virginia Commonwealth University variety of academic departments who are rehabilitation after addiction. Ph.D. 1995 Virginia Commonwealth University interested in pursuing alcohol and drug RHAB 321 Introduction to Substance Abuse Wehman, Paul H.* (1998) Professor rehabilitation studies. A sequence of recom- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. B.B.A. 1970 Western Illinois University mended courses is offered to students who Prerequisite: RHAB 202. Introduction to substance M.S. 1972 Illinois State University are majoring in psychology, criminal justice, abuse as a progressive family disease with considera- Ph.D. 1977 University of Wisconsin, Madison social work, pharmacy, nursing, rehabilitation of basic contributing factors (physiological, psycho- West, Steven L., Assistant Professor tion counseling and other academic and logical and sociocultural builds on foundation estab- B.A. 1992 University of Tennessee professional disciplines. The sequence of lished in RHAB 202); exposure to multidisciplinary reha- M.S. 1994 University of Tennessee course work depends upon the level of bilitative approaches to arresting the disease, as well Ph.D. 2000 Texas Tech University as some knowledge of intervention; brief mention of intensity sought by the student, and it may the highlights of the continuum of care available in the range from only a single introductory course recovery process. Emeriti faculty to a complete specialization. Pathways Gandy, Gerald L., Professor Emeritus enables students to select a curricular path RHAB 452 Crisis Intervention with the Substance B.A. 1963 Florida State University which matches their substance abuse reha- Abuser M.A. 1968 University of South Carolina Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. bilitation interest regardless of their disci- Ph.D. 1971 University of South Carolina Prerequisites: RHAB 321, 322, 523 or permission of Hardy, Richard E., Professor Emeritus pline. The program is available to under- instructor. Focus on the application of concepts dis- B.S. 1960 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State graduates and is arranged in collaboration cussed in theory in the recovery process course; shar- University with the student’s major adviser and/or the ing of difficulties and successes with crisis intervention by individuals already in the field; provision of new and M.S. 1962 Richmond Professional Institute director of the rehabilitation substance abuse counselor education concentration. more refined techniques under the direction of experts A.G.S. University of Maryland demonstrating their applicability. Ed.D. 1966 University of Maryland A.B.P.P. Diploma in Counseling Psychology Courses in rehabilitation RHAB 495 Practicum in Rehabilitation Jarrell, George R., Professor Emeritus Semester course; 3 credits. Prerequisite: Permission of B.S. 1949 University of Florida services (RHAB) instructor. Designed to provide opportunities for obser- M.R.C. 1961 University of Florida Courses in rehabilitation services provide a basic vation and participation in rehabilitation and related Ph.D. 1970 University of South Carolina understanding of people with mental, physical, cog- settings. Experiences are systematically related to theoretical concepts. Lawton, Marcia J., Associate Professor Emerita nitive and sensory disabilities and how to help them A.B. 1959 Pembroke College lead more productive lives. The courses are not only relevant to future graduate study in the profession of M.A. 1961 Northwestern University rehabilitation counseling, but to a number of other Ph.D. 1963 Northwestern University rehabilitation related professions such as clinical Rule, Warren R. and counseling psychology, social work, special A.B. 1965 Pfeiffer University education, corrections, therapeutic recreation, M.A. 1967 Appalachian State University occupational therapy, physical therapy and so forth. Ph.D. 1972 University of South Carolina

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 163 School of Allied Health Professions

164 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

School of the Arts

The School of the Arts at Virginia The visual arts programs of the school Commonwealth University began in 1926 are accredited by the National Association 325 N. Harrison St. • P.O. Box 842519 as a single course offered in sculpture. Two of Schools of Art and Design. The Richmond, VA 23284-2519 years later, a one-faculty art department was Department of Dance and Choreography is (804) 828-2787 • Fax (804) 828-6469 born under the guiding hand of Miss accredited by the National Association of http://www.vcu.edu/artweb Theresa Pollak. Since then the school has Schools of Dance, the Department of grown to its present stature, achieving Music by the National Association of Richard E. Toscan national and international recognition Schools of Music, the Department of Dean and Professor of Theatre (1996) through its quality programs in visual and Interior Design by the Foundation for B.A. 1963 Purdue University performing arts. Interior Design Education Research, and M.A. 1964 University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign Virginia Commonwealth University the Department of Theatre by the National Ph.D. 1970 University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign School of the Arts in Qatar, the VCU cam- Association of Schools of Theatre. Many of John T. Bryan pus located in the Qatar capital city of the undergraduate and graduate programs Associate Dean for Sponsored Doha, is a joint venture between VCU and are ranked among the leading arts and Research and Development and the Qatar Foundation for Education, design schools in the nation. Assistant Professor of Art (1981) Science and Community Development. Its The School of the Arts offers distinctly B.S. Davidson College purpose is to provide special educational professional programs in which students M.A. George Peabody College opportunities and leadership roles in the devote the greater portion of each day to M.F.A. 1975 City College of New York design professions. Bachelor of fine arts professional courses in the arts. As part of a Paul E. Petrie degree programs are offered in communi- metropolitan university, art students are pro- Associate Dean for VCU-Qatar caiton arts and design (graphic design), vided with the advantages of comprehensive and Professor of Interior Design (1984) fashion design and merchandising, and facilities, as well as professionally competent B.I.D. University of Manitoba interior design. Courses emulate those faculty. It is the only state-supported profes- M.F.A. 1976 Syracuse University offered on VCU’s Academic Campus with sional school of the arts in the South, and faculty from the School of the Arts teach- one of the few in the country offering a pro- Michael H. Drought ing most of these courses. Graduates are fessional curriculum within a combined aca- Associate Dean for Student Affairs (1975) prepared for exciting careers in these grow- demic and professional environment. B.S. University of Wisconsin, Madison ing design professions. The first students The purpose of the School of the Arts is to M.F.A. 1973 University of Wisconsin, Madison were enrolled in 1998. enliven and enrich literacy in the visual and Joseph H. Seipel In 1969, the Department of Dramatic performing arts through the advanced Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and Art and Speech and the School of Music, thought and perception of its students and Director of Graduate Studies (1974) until that time independent departments faculty. It intends to develop innovative B.S. University of Wisconsin, Madison within VCU, combined with the School of approaches to the making and comprehen- M.F.A. 1973 Maryland Institute College of Art, Art to form the present School of the Arts. sion of works of art that elaborate on the Rinehart School of Sculpture complexities of contemporary people. These Nancy M. Scott Assistant Dean for Academic Administration (1992) Art Foundation Program ...... 170 Table of contents B.F.A. Virginia Commonwealth University Department of Art Education ...... 171 Degree programs ...... 166 M.Ed. 1996 Virginia Commonwealth University Transfer students ...... 166 Department of Art History ...... 173 Special charges ...... 166 Department of Communication Arts Susan Roth Internships and cooperative education . . . . .166 and Design ...... 177 Assistant Dean for Academic Affairs (2002) Academic requirements ...... 166 Department of Crafts ...... 184 B.F.A. Cooper Union for the Advancement of General education requirements ...... 166 Department of Dance and Choreography . . .186 Science and Art School of the Arts recommended Department of Fashion Design and M.A. Ohio State University Merchandising ...... 189 general education courses for Ted Potter Department of Interior Design ...... 191 non-School of the Arts majors Director, Anderson Gallery and Department of Music ...... 193 entering fall 1997 and thereafter ...... 169 Associate Professor (1997) Department of Painting and Printmaking . . .199 General information ...... 169 B.F.A. Baker University Department of Photography and Film ...... 201 Undergraduate credit by examination ...... 169 M.F.A. 1961 California College of Arts and Crafts Honors program ...... 170 Department of Sculpture ...... 204 500-level courses ...... 170 Department of Theatre ...... 205 Courses in arts (ARTS) ...... 170 School of the Arts in Qatar ...... 210

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 165 School of the Arts works of art clarify and give meaning to the uncertainty of the human condition. Two of Special charges Academic requirements the major objectives of the school are to sustain inquiry into the nature of being and All full-time majors enrolled in the All majors in the School of the Arts becoming, and to strengthen the artistic School of the Arts are charged a $150 com- must earn a minimum GPA of 2.0 in their process and products that reflect that inquiry. prehensive fee each semester; part-time stu- major concentration in order to meet the Each department within the school con- dents are charged a $75 fee per semester. university requirements for graduation. tributes to meeting these objectives by The money is prorated to the individual The department and the student’s adviser encouraging students to approach and resolve departments which determine the expendi- periodically evaluate the record of each stu- aesthetic, intellectual and technical problems tures, resulting in a rebate to the students dent. If, at any time during undergraduate with scholarly analysis, experimentation, through materials, services and/or equip- studies, the department faculty concludes a informed discrimination and environmental ment, and may include models, field trips student is not demonstrating adequate awareness. In short, the School of the Arts or special lectures. Students enrolled in any progress in the area of concentration, the stimulates students to develop a highly profes- of the numerous courses which require an student will be advised to withdraw from sional attitude toward their work and to solve additional outlay for materials will be billed that department. significant creative problems. for those individual fees by the Student Some degree programs stipulate mini- Accounting Department. mum GPA requirements in the major concentration higher than 2.0 and other spe- Degree programs cial reviews to determine satisfactory Internships and cooperative progress in their programs. Students are Baccalaureate programs within the education advised to refer to the individual depart- School of the Arts prepare creative people ment sections in this bulletin detailing pre- for careers in the visual and performing The School of the Arts encourages quali- requisites (i.e. portfolio reviews, juries, arts. The school emphasizes the develop- fied students to enter into limited and care- recitals, progress review, etc.) that govern ment of individual competencies in the arts fully selected internship arrangements. To admission to advance level study. through the following departments: assist students, departments and programs Student participation in both credit and are encouraged to identify, evaluate and non-credit bearing department activities Art Education select internship arrangements that will may be required. Students matriculating in Art History expand and complement the scope of the School of the Arts degree programs are Communication Arts and Design student’s educational experience, and sup- bound by the policies and procedures stipu- Crafts port the university’s, the school’s and the lated in this bulletin and in other current Dance and Choreography department’s or program’s mission. departmental student handbooks or policy Fashion Design and Merchandising Internship arrangements are coordinated documents of the school’s academic depart- Interior Design ments in which students are registered for Music by the individual department or program Painting and Printmaking and are considered university-supported courses. Photography and Film activities involving enrolled students and Sculpture faculty. All participants in such arrange- Theatre ments are subject to all applicable univer- General education requirements sity policies and procedures. These policies The School of the Arts offers graduate and procedures include, but are not limited The School of the Arts is committed to programs culminating in the master of fine to, conflict of interest, intellectual proper- educating students about the role of the arts, master of art education, master of arts, ties, faculty rights and responsibilities and artist in a complex, ever-changing world. and master of music with major and minor those policies and procedures outlined in Graduates are prepared to become responsi- concentrations in various departments. the VCU Resource Guide. ble, productive artist-citizens who will make Detailed information on these programs While the School of the Arts encourages meaningful contributions to their discipline appears in the Graduate and Professional student internship arrangements, it disal- and to society. The university-based profes- Programs Bulletin. lows student internship arrangements when sional school provides students with rich, family members serve in a supervisory varied educational experiences that will capacity. Should such an internship acquaint them with new ideas and with the Transfer students arrangement become an option, the breadth of knowledge to successfully face approval of the dean must be received prior the challenges and changes the future will Departmental faculty committees deter- to completing any final agreement. bring. The appreciation for lifelong learning mine placement in all upper-level courses The School of the Arts also participates is inherent in the education of the artist. after evaluating the student’s record, per- in the Cooperative Education Program. Students in the School of the Arts formance, audition and/or creative work. Qualifying students can take part in this develop mastery of their chosen field of The student should contact the appropriate program through most departments. A full study by concentrated immersion within department chair at the time of acceptance description of the program appears in the their specialty. The university commit- to arrange for this evaluation before actual Division of Student Affairs chapter of this ments and curricular elements form the enrollment. bulletin. framework upon which this discipline-oriented education is based and are inter- woven throughout the curricula of the

166 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of the Arts departments. Each department addresses CRAF 482 Senior Seminar School of the Arts courses that satisfy the ethics university commitments and curricular ele- DANC 107 Contemporary Dance Perspectives requirement: ments to best satisfy the needs of students DANC 308 Dance History ARTE 310 Foundations in Art Education within the major and has identified content DANC 313 Dance in World Cultures ARTE 401 Concepts in Art Education III: Elementary FASH 319 Contemporary Fashions Materials and Practicum areas outside of the school which must be IDES 251 History of Interior Environments I ARTE 402 Concepts in Art Education IV: Secondary successfully completed by all students in IDES 252 History of Interior Environments II Materials and Practicum the school. In addition, the individual IDES 431 Business Practices ARTH 355 Symbolic Expression in the Visual Arts departments have allocated varying num- MHIS 321, 322 Music History ARTH 438 The Roots of Modernism bers of general education electives for PAPR 490 Senior Seminar ARTH/WMNS 457 Women, Art and Society students to achieve personal and profes- SCPT 491 Topics in Sculpture ARTH 469 Studies in Museum Methods sional goals. Students have the opportunity THEA 211-212 Introduction to Drama ARTH 493 Museum Internship to choose from a wide variety of courses or THEA 361-362 Directing CARD 356 Studio Management may focus within a specific area and CRAF 482 Senior Seminar develop a minor. 1.2.2 Any additional course identified by the WI designation IDES 201 Interior Design Studio will satisfy the requirement for a second writing intensive IDES 431 Business Practices The School of the Arts faculty have course. (Refer to the current Schedule of Classes). MUED 290 Music in General Education developed general education expectations MUED 391 Processes of Music Education for students. These reflect the four univer- 1.3 All students will participate in oral communication SCPT 211, 212 Sculpture sity commitments and seven curricular ele- experiences that will help them develop the skills to SCPT 311, 312 Sculpture ments amplified to reflect the baccalaureate speak effectively. Oral communication experience can SCPT 411, 412 Sculpture degrees offered by the School of the Arts. be achieved by students preparing and presenting ver- THEA 113-114 Acting I bally to an audience. This experience may include pres- 1. Communicating entation and defense of work in a critique or jury Option 2: Students may complete designated ethics Students should understand the basic construction of forum, presentation of prepared work in a class setting, courses offered outside of the school. our language and be able to express themselves coher- and other vehicles that provide the student opportuni- ently in writing and through speech. They should under- ties to develop skills that support the ability to speak The following courses can be taken to fulfill the stand the professional language of their discipline and with a level of ease in front of a group of people. ethics requirement: be able to communicate this clearly. Within the School of the Arts’ majors the following courses satisfy the requirement for oral commu- PHIL 211 History of Ethics 1.1 All students will successfully complete univer- nications experience: PHIL 212 Ethics and Applications sity-level equivalency of ENGL 101 Writing and PHIL 327 Ethical Theory Rhetoric Workshop I and ENGL 200 Writing and APPM 299 Master Class POLI 341 History of Political Thought Rhetoric Workshop II. This course work emphasizes ARTE 311 Concepts in Art Education II: Curriculum RELS 340 Global Ethics and the World’s Religions reading and writing. and Instructional Procedures With the approval of the student’s adviser, a course ARTE 401 Concepts in Art Education III: Elementary not listed that fulfills the spirit of this require- 1.2 All students will complete at least two courses Materials and Practicum ment may be substituted. which emphasize writing and are designated WI ARTE 402 Concepts in Art Education IV: Secondary (writing intensive). Materials and Practicum 3. Quantity and form Art history upper division period courses Students should be able to effectively apply codified 1.2.1 At least one required course, within the student’s CARD 212 Communication Design I: Form and information to resolve questions of quantity and form, major, will have a writing emphasis that meets the Communication especially as related to their discipline. “Writing Emphasis Guidelines” of the School of the Arts. CARD 239 Media Presentation Discipline-oriented writing intensive course work may CARD 423 Editorial Illustration 3.1 Within the major, students will be provided with include the preparation of research reports and term Crafts: all crafts studio courses information necessary for them to solve the ques- papers, written critical reviews, journals and other vehi- DANC 303-304 Choreography/Performance tions relating to “Quantity and Form” that are spe- cles that allow the student to form abstract concepts FASH 205-206 Fashion Drawing I cific to their field of study. into written language. This work be will critiqued from Interior Design: all interior design studio courses both a technical and writing standpoint with the oppor- IDES 431 Business Practices 3.2 Option 1: Students may complete courses that tunity to be redone to meet the standards of written PAPR 305 Painting, Intermediate will further develop logical thinking and the ability communication needed for the profession. Sculpture: all sculpture studio courses to understand quantitative processes. SPCH 121 Effective Speech School of the Arts discipline-oriented courses that Recommended courses that fulfill this requirement are: have a writing emphasis and designated WI (writing 2. Ethics intensive) include: Students should understand and appreciate a system of MATH 131 Introduction to Contemporary values upon which rests their professional and personal Mathematics ARTE 311 Concepts of Art Education II: Curriculum conduct. They should be able to examine fundamental STAT 208 Statistical Thinking and Instructional Procedures moral beliefs and form rational ethical arguments, judg- Other mathematics or statistics credit courses may ARTE 401 Concepts of Art Education III: Elementary ments and choices. used to fulfill this requirement. Materials and Practicum With approval of the student’s adviser, a course ARTE 402 Concepts in Art Education IV: Secondary 2.1 Option 1: The study of ethics permeates courses not listed that fulfills the spirit of this requirement Materials and Practicum within each major in the School of the Arts. may be substituted. ARTH 455 Aesthetics and Modern Theories of Art Additionally students will study units in selected Option 2: Competency in “Quantity and Form” may ARTH 497 Directed Research Project courses that provide a basis upon which to make be recognized based on a student’s secondary record CARD 239 Media Presentation ethical professional choices. or standardized test results prior to enrolling CARD 412 Typographics III at the university. CARD 424 Visual Journalism in Illustration

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 167 School of the Arts

Secondary-level course work that fulfills this ARTH 207 Introduction to Non-Western Art Foreign language literature in English translation or requirement includes the completion of Algebra II or ARTH 335 Survey of Pre-Columbian Art and in the original language also satisfy the interde- Geometry with a minimum grade of “B,” Architecture pendence requirement. or ARTH/AFAM 342 African-American Art With the approval of the student’s adviser, a Standardized test scores that fulfill this require- ARTH/AFAM 350 African and Oceanic Art course not listed that fulfills the spirit of this ment are a SAT score of 550 or higher or the equiva- ARTH 355 Symbolic Expression in the Visual Arts requirement may be substituted. lent score on a comparable standardized test. ARTH/AFAM 358 African Art and Architecture ARTH 449 Studies in Asian Art 6. Visual and performing arts 4. Science and technology DANC 313 Dance in World Cultures Students should have appreciation for the contribution Students should understand the importance that sci- MHIS 120 Introduction to Musical Styles of the visual and performing arts to the enhancement of ence and technology play in modern society and, in par- MHIS 321, 322 Music History the quality of life. Each student who graduates from the ticular detail, those applications that have direct impact THEA 307-308 History of the Theatre School of the Arts will have achieved proficiency in at on their field of study. least one discipline within the School of the Arts. 5.2 Elective courses offered outside of the school 4.1 Within each major, students will be taught that support understanding of interdependence 7. Humanities and social sciences about scientific data that impacts their field of study include: Students should have experience with courses that and how to analyze, understand, and apply this broaden the mind and expand consciousness through information. AFAM/HIST 105, 106 Survey of African History the study of social sciences and humanities. AFAM/ANTH/INTL 200 Introduction to African 4.2 All students will be required to complete one Societies 7.1 Students will successfully complete at least course in natural science having a laboratory AFAM 204 Africa in Transition three credits of course work in the social sciences component. AFAM/GEOG 333 Geography of Africa and successfully complete at least three credits in Recommended courses that satisfy the “Science AFAM/POLI/INTL 356 African Government and the humanities, and successfully complete a mini- and Technology” requirement include: Politics mum of six credits of course work in art history, his- AFAM/POLI/INTL 357 Politics of Southern Africa tory of dance, music history, theatre history or other BIOL 101 Biological Concepts, BIOZ 101L Biological AFAM/POLI 387 History of West Africa courses related to the history of arts in the world. Concepts Laboratory AFAM/POLI 389 History of Southern Africa BIOL 102, BIOZ 102L Science of Heredity and ANTH/INTL 103 Cultural Anthropology 7.1.1 Social sciences Laboratory ANTH 301 The Evolution of Man and Culture AFAM/SOCY 104 Sociology of Racism BIOL/ENVS 103, BIOZ/ENVZ 103L Environmental ANTH/SOCY/WMNS 304 The Family AFAM/ANTH/INTL 200 Introduction to African Science and Laboratory ANTH/INTL 305 Comparative Society Societies CHEM 110 and CHEZ 110L Chemistry and Society ANTH/INTL 350 Peoples and Cultures of the World AFAM/POLI 302 Politics of the Civil Rights and Laboratory ANTH/RELS/INTL 425 Religion, Magic and Witchcraft Movement DANC 407 Dancer as Teacher EUCU 307 Aspects of German Culture ANTH/INTL 103 Cultural Anthropology ENVS/BIOL 103, ENVZ/BIOZ 103L Environmental FREN 320 and 321 French Civilization and Culture I ANTH 252 The Archeology of Richmond Science and Laboratory and II ANTH/GEOG 311 History of Human Settlement GEOG 203, GEOZ 203L Physical Geography and FRLG 345/INTL 345/URSP 350 Great Cities of the ANTH 386/ENGL 386 Introduction to Folklore Laboratory World History designation in the current Schedule of Classes GEOG 204, GEOZ 204L Physical Geography and GEOG 307, 308 World Regions POLI 103 U.S. Government Laboratory GRMN 320 and 321 German Civilization I and II POLI/INTL 105 International Relations HPEX 382 Survey of Kinesiology and Physiology HIST 109, 110 Survey of Latin American History POLI 201 Introduction to Politics of Exercise HIST 315, 316 History of France POLI 303 Political Attitudes and Behavior PHYS 101, PHYZ 101L Foundations of Physics and HIST 317, 318 History of Germany POLI 310 Public Policy Laboratory HIST 319, 320 History of England POLI 311 Politics of the Environment PHYS 107 Wonders of Technology HIST 321, 322 History of Russia POLI/WMNS 318 Politics of Race, Class and Gender PHYS 291 Topics in Physical Science HIST 323 History of Spain and Portugal POLI 321 Urban Government and Politics HIST 328 Modern Middle East POLI 344 Contemporary Political Theory Other biology, chemistry and physics courses may be HIST 378 History of Central America POLI 352 European Governments and Politics used to fulfill this requirement. HIST 384 Latin America and World Affairs POLI 353 Latin American Governments and Politics With the approval of the student’s adviser, a course HIST 385 History of Mexico POLI 354 Politics of the Former Soviet Union not listed that fulfills the spirit of this requirement may HIST 386 History of Brazil POLI 355 Asian Governments and Politics be substituted. PHIL 103 Ancient Greek and Medieval Western POLI 356 African Governments and Politics Philosophy POLI/INTL 358 Comparative Politics 5. Interdependence PHIL 104 Modern Western Philosophy POLI 361 Issues of World Politics Students should be aware of the similarities and differ- PHIL/RELS 408 The Indian Tradition PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology ences that exist among the communities of the world and PHIL/RELS 410 The Chinese Tradition in Philosophy SOCS 291 Issues in Social Science develop an understanding of and an appreciation for PHIL/RELS 412 Zen Buddhism SOCS 340 Human Sexuality diverse cultures within our country and beyond its borders. POLI 351 Governments and Politics of the Middle East SOCS 350 The Construction of Culture 5.1 Within the School of the Arts, curricula concepts POLI 353 Latin American Governments and Politics SOCY 101 General Sociology related to interdependence and its impact on spe- POLI 355 Asian Governments and Politics SOCY 302 Contemporary Social Problems cific disciplines are presented in many courses. POLI 452 Seminar in the Politics of Developing Areas SOCY 340 Self and Society Courses offered within the School of the Arts RELS 304 Introduction to Judaism URSP 304 Urban Social Systems that satisfy this requirement are: RELS 311 World Religions URSP 315 The Evolution of American Cities RELS 320 Taoism URSP 316 Urban Life in Modern America ARTH 103,104 Survey of Western Art and RELS 407 Modern Jewish Thought URSP/GEOG/INTL 340 World Cities Outside of One course with non-Western focus: SPAN 320 The Civilization of Spain North America ARTH 145, 146 Survey of Oriental Art SPAN 321 Latin American Civilization WMNS/PSYC 335 Psychology of Women

168 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of the Arts

7.1.2a Humanities Communication arts and design MHIS 250/AFAM 250 Introduction to African- AFAM/HIST 105, 106 Survey of African History CARD 191 Studio Topics in Communication Arts and American Music ECON 101/INTL 102 Introduction to Political Design MHIS 350/INTL 370/AFAM 350 Studies in the Economy Dance/choreography Music of the African Continent and Diaspora ECON 203 Introduction to Economics DANC 171, 172 T’ai Chi Photography and film EDUS 200 Education in American Society DANC 183-184 Introduction to Modern Dance PHTO 233 Elements of the Moving Image EDUS 301 Human Development and Learning Technique Theatre EDUS/PSYC 305 Educational Psychology DANC 313 Dance in World Cultures THEA 103 Stagecraft GEOG 102 Introduction to Human Geography Interior design THEA 104 Costume Construction GEOG 307, 308/INTL 308, 309 World Regions IDES 103-104 Introductory Studio Course THEA 211-212 Introduction to Drama GEOG 322 World Political Geography Music THEA 221 Introduction to Scene Design/THEZ 221L GEOG 451 Cultural Geography of Virginia APPM 193 Class Lessons in Voice Introduction to Scene Design Laboratory PHIL 101 Introduction to Philosophy APPM 195 Class Lessons in Guitar THEA 229 Introduction to Lighting Design PHIL 103 Ancient Greek and Medieval Western MHIS 105-106 Introduction to Writing Music THEA 303/AFAM 303 Black Theatre Philosophy MHIS 243 Music Appreciation PHIL 104 Modern Western Philosophy Painting and printmaking C. Advance level courses open to both arts and PHIL 211 History of Ethics PAPR 155-156 Drawing and Painting, Basic non-arts majors. PHIL 212 Ethics and Applications Photography and film Some require special permission/audition. PHIL 221 Critical Thinking PHTO 243 Photography POLI 341, 342 History of Political Thought Sculpture Dance/choreography RELS 311, 312 Religions of the World SCPT 209 Introduction to Sculpture DANC 221, 222 Tap Technique II RELS 340 Global Ethics and the World’s Religions Theatre DANC 319, 320 Video/Choreography Workshop THEA 107, 108 Introduction to Stage Performance DANC 343 Body Imagery 7.1.2b Humanities, history of arts in the world ARTF 105-106 Art History Survey B. Basic level courses open to both arts and ARTH (all courses) non-arts majors. General information CARD 252 History of Visual Communications I CARD 253 History of Visual Communications II Art education Students who have matriculated in a DANC 107 Dance Perspectives ARTE 353 Art and Perceptual Communication professional curriculum receive enrollment DANC 308 Dance History Art history preference for courses in their program. DANC 313 Dance in World Cultures ARTH 103, 104 Survey of Western Art FASH 319 20th Century Fashions ARTH 145, 146 Survey of Oriental Art However, unless otherwise indicated, all IDES 251 History of Interior Environments I ARTH 207 Introduction to Non-Western Art courses are open to any student in the IDES 252 History of Interior Environments II ARTH 270, 271 History of the Motion Picture university. MHIS 120 Introduction to Musical Styles Crafts Because of the sequence in which course MHIS 321-322 Music History CRAF 201-202 Metalsmithing work is arranged, only transfer students will THEA 307-308 History of the Theatre CRAF 211-212 Jewelry be considered for mid-year admission. With THEA 309-310 History of Costumes CRAF 221 Woodworking Techniques the exception of art history classes, all CRAF 241 Ceramics: Handbuilding courses must be taken in their numerical With the approval of the student’s adviser, a course CRAF 242 Ceramics: Wheelthrowing sequence unless approved by the chair of not listed that fulfills the spirit of this requirement CRAF 251, 252 Introduction to Glassworking the department in which they are listed. may be substituted. CRAF 261, 262 Beginning Textiles Dance/choreography In many of the courses, a considerable DANC 105-106 Improvisation amount of work is done outside the class- School of the Arts recommended DANC 107 Contemporary Dance Perspectives room. This work is done in addition to the DANC 111-112 Ballet Technique I work done in the scheduled classes students general education courses for DANC 114, 214, 314, 414 Summer Dance are required to attend. Departments within non-School of the Arts majors Workshops the school reserve the right to retain entering fall 1997 and thereafter DANC 121, 122/AFAM 121, 122 Tap Technique I examples of student work for permanent DANC 126, 127/AFAM 126, 127 African-Caribbean collections. Before enrollment, students Dance I The following courses will satisfy the should contact the appropriate department DANC 141, 142 Ballroom Dancing chair for a more detailed curriculum outline “Visual and Performing Arts” general educa- DANC 243 Dynamic Alignment tion requirement for non-art majors. Consult DANC 291 Topics in Dance than that which appears in this bulletin. an adviser for assistance in selecting courses DANC 308 Dance History that will best fulfill degree requirements. DANC 313 Dance in World Cultures Fashion design and merchandising Undergraduate credit by A. Basic level courses designed specifically for FASH 290 Textiles for the Fashion Industry examination non-arts majors. FASH 319 Contemporary Fashions Music Recognizing that VCU enrolls students Art education APPM 300-level Private Instruction: Principal and of varying backgrounds and experiences, ARTE 121-122 The Individual in the Creative Process Secondary Performing Mediums the School of the Arts provides its students ARTE 301-302 Art for Elementary Teachers APPM 370 Large Ensembles (auditions required for ARTE 408 Two-dimensional Art Experiences some sections) the opportunity to accelerate their educa- ARTE 409 Three-dimensional Art Experiences APPM 390 Small Ensembles (auditions required for tion through “credit by examination.” The Art foundation all sections) conditions under which credit by examina- ARTF 121-122 Introduction to Drawing MHIS 120 Introduction to Musical Styles tion may be given and the procedures are

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 169 School of the Arts outlined in the Admission to the Univer- ARTS 392 and 492 Independent Study Courses in art foundation (ARTF) sity chapter of this bulletin. Semester courses; 3-18 studio hours. 1 to 6 credits. Prerequisites: Consent of department head and instruc- ARTF 101-102 Conceptualization and Presentation tor. The student must be enrolled in a regularly sched- Continuous course; alternate credit; 1 lecture and 3 or Honors program uled 300-level studio course. Offered to School of the 6 studio hours. 2-2 or 3-3 credits. For beginning stu- Arts majors only. This course will be limited to those dents in the School of the Arts. Offered to art majors few students who have demonstrated an unusual level The University Honors Program was only. A foundation course with the emphasis on con- of ability and intense commitment to a particular area. ceptualization, sensing and knowing. This course established to attract gifted students and to ARTS 430 Guided Study Afield includes studies in preconceptions, value systems, provide them with a challenging opportu- visual semantics, attitudes, criticism and analysis of nity to achieve their highest academic 1-9 credits. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor required. Designed to enhance the student’s knowledge visual phenomena. This course also is an introduction potential. This program is open to all quali- by providing first-hand experience with the most signif- to the concepts of the third and fourth dimensions and fied undergraduate students. For a detailed icant contribution of aesthetic import within the geo- the nature of materials. description of qualifications and require- graphic areas traveled. ARTF 103-104 Design Fundamentals ments see the Admission to the University Continuous course; alternate credit; 1 lecture and 3 or chapter of this bulletin. 6 studio hours. 2-2 or 3-3 credits. For beginning stu- Art Foundation Program dents in the School of the Arts. Offered to art majors only. A foundation course with emphasis on systems 500-level courses Michael H. Drought and nonsystems of spatial order as well as color appli- Program Director cations and theory. 500-level courses are available only to ARTF 105-106 Survey of World Art upper division undergraduate students with All beginning and transfer students in Continuous course; 4 lecture hours. 4-4 credits. For the approval of the chair of the department the visual arts, when necessary, must enroll beginning students in the School of the Arts only. A in which the course is offered. in the Art Foundation Program. This pro- survey of the history and development of painting, gram is the prerequisite, providing the basic sculpture, architecture and related visual arts of major concepts, skills and experiences necessary world cultures, including European, American, Oriental, Courses in arts (ARTS) for admittance to advanced professional African, Islamic and pre-Columbian. studio work in each department. ARTF 107 Introduction to the Arts Students accepted and placed in the Art Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. For beginning Unless otherwise indicated, courses must be taken Foundation Program do not achieve depart- students in the School of the Arts. Offered to art in numerical sequence. mental affiliation until after the screening majors only. An orientation course designed to provide a comprehensive understanding of the role of the ARTS 001 Open Studio Workshop of portfolios during the spring semester of visual arts within the university and as a significant Semester course; hours to be arranged. No credit. the freshman year. At that time the student contributing factor in the creation of a meaningful can apply to the department of his or her human environment. ARTS 190 Advanced Workshop, Drawing choice. Departmental acceptance is based Semester course; 1 lecture and 6 studio hours. 3 cred- ARTF 109-110 Drawing Fundamentals its. Must be taken concurrently with ARTS 191 and on individual student performance and Continuous course; alternate credit; 1 lecture and 3 or 192. Special summer workshop in drawing for the competency in the chosen area. 6 studio hours. 2-2 or 3-3 credits. For beginning stu- freshman applicant whose work shows potential wor- dents in the School of the Arts. Offered to art majors thy of consideration for advanced placement in only. A foundation course with the emphasis on tradi- September. Students are admitted only by invitation of Art foundation curriculum tional drawing, including perspective, anatomy and the dean of the School of the Arts. credits artistic judgment. first second ARTS 191 Advanced Workshop, Design Studios semester semester ARTF 111-112 Drawing Studio Semester course; 1 lecture and 9 studio hours. 4 cred- ARTF 151-152 Foundation Studio 4 4 Continuous course; 1 lecture and 3 studio hours. 2-2 its. Must be taken concurrently with ARTS 190 and ARTF 161 Figure Drawing I 1 - credits. For beginning students in the School of the 192. Special summer workshop in design for the fresh- ARTF 162 Perspective and Arts. Offered to art majors only. A foundation course man applicant whose work shows potential worthy of Three-dimensional Drawing - 1 with the emphasis on the formal and conceptual nature consideration for advanced placement in September. ARTF 163 Two-dimensional Design of drawing. This course is designed to challenge and Students are admitted only by invitation of the dean of develop the student’s invention and imagination. the School of the Arts. Methods 1 - ARTF 164 Color Research Laboratory - 1 ARTF 121-122 Introduction to Drawing ARTS 192 Advanced Workshop, Art History ARTF 1__ Technical Laboratory Elective 1 1 Continuous course; 1 lecture and 3 studio hours. 2-2 Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. Must be credits. Not for art majors. An introduction to the fun- taken concurrently with ARTS 190 and 191. Special General studies damentals of freehand drawing with an emphasis on summer workshop in art history for the freshman appli- ARTH 102 Contemporary Issues and representational drawing skills, perception and tradi- cant whose work shows potential worthy of considera- Ideas in Art and Design 3 - tional drawing materials. Does not fulfill Art tion for advanced placement in September. Students ARTH 104 Survey of Western Art - 3 Foundation Program core requirements. are admitted only by invitation of the dean of the ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 - School of the Arts. ENGL 20_ Literature Elective - 3 ARTF 151-152 Foundation Studio Academic elective 3 3 Continuous course. 6 studio and 2 lecture hours. 4-4 ARTS 370, 371 Topics in Art credits. For first-year students in the School of the Arts. Semester courses; 3 lecture or 9 studio hours (or com- ______Offered to art majors only. A foundation course with binations thereof). 3, 3 credits. An in-depth study of a 16 16 emphasis on fundamental issues of art and design such selected topic in art. See the Schedule of Classes for as meaning, context, content and parameters, struc- specific topics to be offered each semester. ture, materials, means of construction, form, space, and light. As the primary studio offering in the first year, these courses stress the development of values

170 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of the Arts that will become the basis for student’s actions as pro- and white, and in color media. Students develop draw- The Art Education Program is an fessional artists and designers. Introduces students to ing skills as a vehicle to document objects and experi- Approved Teacher Preparation Program the values, habits, traditions and expectations of studio ences and as a tool for invention. that complies with the professional stan- culture. ARTF 182 Perspective and Three-dimensional dards of the Virginia Department of ARTF 161 Figure Drawing I Rendering Education and the Southern Association Semester course (5 weeks); 5 studio hours. 1 credit. For Semester course (5 weeks); 5 studio hours. 1 credit. of Colleges and Schools. It is further beginning students in the School of the Arts. Offered to Prerequisite: ARTF 162 Perspective and Three-dimen- accredited by the National Council for art majors only. A foundation course with emphasis on sional Drawing. Offered to art majors only. A founda- Accreditation of Teacher Education and anatomical and figure drawings. Students work in tion course that emphasizes the introduction of light, the National Association of Schools of Art black and white media. Students develop drawing shadow, shading and color into three-dimensional skills as a means of observation and documentation. drawings. Introduces these drawing skills as a means and Design. All of these agencies assure of observation, documentation, analysis and invention. the highest professional program standards. ARTF 162 Perspective and Three-dimensional Most art education students enter the Line Drawing ARTF 191 Topics in Foundation Studies teaching profession and teach art in either Semester course (5 weeks); 5 studio hours. 1 credit. For Semester course (5 weeks); variable hours. 1-4 credits. elementary, middle or high school. Others beginning students in the School of the Arts. Offered to May not be repeated. Prerequisites: Permission of the art majors only. A foundation course with emphasis on program director and instructor. A seminar or studio on pursue further education to work as art con- creating the illusion of three dimensions on a two- a selected issue, topic or skill in the field of foundation sultants, art therapists, arts administrators, dimensional plane using black and white media and studies. museum personnel, college teachers, and in primarily line work. Introduces perspective and paraline other art-related business positions. drawing methods as a means of observation and docu- Graduates of the program are eligible for mentation. Students become familiar with techniques Department of Art Education teacher licensure in pre-kindergarten and traditions that enable them to understand, articu- through grade 12. Reciprocity agreements late and communicate the characteristics of three- Charles F. Bleick dimensional space. with many states greatly expand job oppor- Associate Professor and Department Chair (1976) tunities throughout the country. ARTF 163 Two-dimensional Design Methods B.A. California State University, Chico Semester course (5 weeks); 5 studio hours. 1 credit. For M.A. California State University, Chico beginning students in the School of the Arts. Offered to Ph.D. 1979 University of North Texas Admission art majors only. A foundation course with emphasis on Any undergraduate student admitted to two-dimensional content. Emphasizes critical and ana- Burton, David E. (1977) Associate Professor the School of the Arts and who has com- lytical skills, the creation and manipulation of visual B.F.A. 1967 Syracuse University systems, and the development of a fundamental design pleted the Art Foundation Program (or M.A. 1970 New York University vocabulary that supports conceptual generation and the equivalent at another institution) is Ph.D. 1973 Pennsylvania State University development. eligible to enter the program. Transfer stu- Carpenter, B. Stephen (2002) Associate Professor dents and students currently attending ARTF 164 Color Research Lab B.F.A. 1987 Slippery Rock University Semester course (5 weeks); 5 studio hours. 1 credit. For M.Ed. 1989 Pennsylvania State University VCU must have a minimum GPA of 2.0 beginning students in the School of the Arts. Offered to Ph.D. 1996 Pennsylvania State University to enter the program; however, note the art majors only. A foundation course with emphasis on higher GPA requirement for admission to color theory, phenomena, characteristics, classification Emeriti faculty teacher preparation. and the physics of color. Hynson, Priscilla C., Associate Professor Emerita ARTF 171 Digital Lab B.S. East Carolina University Admission to teacher preparation Semester course (5 weeks); 5 studio hours. 1 credit. For M.A. George Peabody College beginning students in the School of the Arts. Offered to Ed.D. George Peabody College All students in the program, upon com- art majors only. A foundation course with emphasis on Landis, Alan L., Professor Emeritus pletion of 60 credits of undergraduate the generation and manipulation of digital media that B.S. 1959 Indiana University of Pennsylvania course work and prior to completion of 90 support conceptual development. M.Ed. 1964 Pennsylvania State University hours, must be accepted for admission to ARTF 172 Digital Photography D.Ed. 1968 Pennsylvania State University the Art Teacher Preparation Program. To Semester course (5 weeks); 5 studio hours. 1 credit. Tisinger, Betty H., Professor Emerita be accepted, a student must have a mini- Prerequisite: ARTF 171 Digital Lab. For beginning stu- A.B. Berea College mum GPA of 2.5. Admission to the dents in the School of the Arts. Offered to art majors M.A. Madison College Teacher Preparation Program is required for only. A foundation course with emphasis on the gener- D.Ed. Pennsylvania State University enrollment in practicum courses (ARTE ation, manipulation and printing of digital media. 401 and 402). The Department of Art Education offers ARTF 173 Three-dimensional Design Methods Semester course (5 weeks); 5 studio hours. 1 credit. For an undergraduate program which leads to a Requirements beginning students in the School of the Arts. Offered to bachelor of fine arts degree. The program a.) 2.5 cumulative GPA or better. art majors only. A foundation course with emphasis on gives the student the opportunity to special- b.) Completion of ARTE 310 and 311 with a combined GPA fundamental means of construction, materials explo- ize in art education while emphasizing a in those courses of 2.5 or better. ration and structural investigations that support con- strong background in the arts to help the stu- c.) Completion of six hours of English, three hours of math, ceptual development. dent develop artistic sensitivity, critical four hours of laboratory science and eight hours of art analysis, perception and interpretation of art history. ARTF 181 Figure Drawing II d.) Passing scores on PRAXIS I. Semester course (5 weeks); 5 studio hours. 1 credit. forms. The program assists in developing e.) No record of a felony conviction. Prerequisite: ARTF 161 Figure Drawing I. For beginning expertise in the utilization of electronic students in the School of the Arts. Offered to art media in an increasingly technological world. majors only. An advanced foundation course with emphasis on figure drawing. Students work in black

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 171 School of the Arts

Student teaching An undergraduate degree holder in aims to increase perceptual openness to, sensitivity to another field wishing to obtain teacher and understanding of the artistic experience. The B.F.A. degree in art education licensure in art should contact the requires one full semester of student teach- ARTE 250 Computer Technology in Art Education Department of Art Education office. ing. Applications for student teaching can Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- be obtained in the School of Education’s its. For art education majors only. The use of computer as a tool for creating electronic imagery, as a filtering Office of Academic Services in Room Degree requirements in art mechanism for traditional media and to develop teach- 2087, Oliver Hall. Each student is placed in education ing materials for the pre-K through 12th-grade class- two different settings, one at the elemen- room. The course includes an introduction to presenta- Content area (59 credits) credits tary level and one at the middle or high tion technology, digital imaging and Web page design. Foundation program studios 14 school level. Ethical and copyright issues related to new technolo- Studios and electives 30 gies will be addressed. Art history 15 Requirements Professional education (33 credits) ARTE 301-302 Art for Elementary Teachers a.) 2.5 cumulative GPA. ARTE 250 Computer Technology in Art Education 3 Continuous course; 1 lecture, 1 seminar and 2 studio b.) 2.8 GPA in ARTE course work. ARTE 310 Foundation in Art Education 3 hours. 3-3 credits. The nature of art and its function in c.) Admission to the Art Teacher Preparation Program. ARTE 311 Curriculum and Instructional Procedures 3 the lives of individuals and society is considered in d.) Successful completion of all other required course work. ARTE 401 Elementary Materials and Practicum* 4 addition to materials and methods for guiding the e.) Completed application and transcripts submitted by ARTE 402 Secondary Materials and Practicum* 4 visual expression of children. established deadlines. ARTE 404 Student Teaching Seminar 1 TEDU 485 Student Teaching-Elementary** 6 ARTE 310 Foundations of Art Education Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. For art edu- Procedures TEDU 486 Student Teaching-Secondary** 6 cation majors only or by approval of the department a.) Obtain application form from the School of Education’s Special education elective 3 chair. An examination of art education within the cur- Office of Academic Services. General education (31 credits) b.) Submit copies of transcripts and required statement to ricular structure of educational programs and the devel- ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 opmental growth of children. Students will explore the the department chair for review. ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 3 historical, philosophical and sociological foundations of c.) Obtain approval from department chair. EDUS 301Human Growth and Development 3 art in education, including art education’s development d.) Submit completed application to the School of Literature 3 and current roles. Education’s Office of Academic Services by Oct. 1 for Quantitative Reasoning elective*** 3 the following spring semester; by March 1 for the fol- Laboratory Science 4 ARTE 311 Art Education Curriculum and lowing fall semester. Social Science 3 Instructional Procedures History 3 Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 credits. For art education majors only or by approval of the Teacher licensure Humanities 3 General studies elective 3 department chair. Prerequisite: ARTE 310. A study of Upon completion of the bachelor of fine ______the principles of learning, instruction and curriculum in arts degree in art education and with the 123 art education programs. Students will develop teaching competencies through micro-teaching experiences, recommendation of the Department of Art analysis of instructional methods and teaching styles. Additional requirements Education and School of Education, stu- Writing intensive. dents are eligible to receive initial teacher * Passing scores on Praxis I (Reading, Writing, licensure from the Virginia State Mathematics) ARTE 353 Art and Perceptual Communication * Admission to Art Teacher Preparation Program (2.5 Department of Education. For additional Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of GPA required) the function of art as communicative media through the information on licensure renewal, or add- ** Approval to student teach (2.5 GPA required) senses. Emphasis will be placed on the analysis of the on endorsement, contact the Department *** In accordance with the school’s general education principles of art and design that affect the perception of Art Education office. In Virginia, initial requirements, a student may demonstrate compe- of various art forms. licensure requires successful completion of tence in mathematics by scoring at least 550 on the the PRAXIS Examinations. Applicants for mathematics portion of the SAT test or by earning a ARTE 401 Art Education Elementary Materials initial licensure must take the PRAXIS I “B” or higher grade in high school Algebra II or and Practicum Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 studio hours. 4 cred- Examination and PRAXIS II Specialty Geometry. A student who demonstrates this competence may satisfy the quantitative reasoning its. Prerequisites: Admission to the Art Teacher Area Test in Art Content Knowledge. Preparation Program. Completion of ARTE 311. For art requirement by taking a mathematics course (MATH PRAXIS I should be taken prior to applica- education majors only or by the approval of the depart- 131 or higher), Critical Thinking (PHIL 221) or Logic tion for admission to the Art Teacher ment chair. A preparatory experience with observation (PHIL 222). A student who is not able to demon- and participation in art programs in elementary grades Preparation Program; the specialty area strate competency in math with the SAT or high examination should typically be taken in prior to student teaching. This course explores art school math grades, must take a college level math- materials, techniques and teaching methods suitable one’s final semester. ematics course (MATH 131 or higher). for this level; and analyzes evaluation strategies appro- Students should request that their priate for art. Writing intensive. PRAXIS I and PRAXIS II test scores be reported to VCU’s School of Education and Courses in art education (ARTE) ARTE 402 Art Education Secondary Materials and the Virginia Department of Education. Practicum ARTE 121-122 The Individual in the Creative Before a recommendation for licensure can Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 studio hours. 4 cred- Process its. Prerequisites: Admission to the Art Teacher be sent to the Teacher Licensure Division Continuous course; 1 lecture, 1 seminar and 2 studio Preparation Program and completion of ARTE 311. For of the Virginia Department of Education, hours. 3-3 credits. Not offered for credit to art majors. art education majors only or by approval of department these test scores must be on file with the Analysis of creative processes via reflection on the chair. A preparatory experience with observation and School of Education’s Office of Academic self-in-action. Participation in art experiences as a participation in art programs in middle school, second- Services. means to the interpretation and enjoyment of art ary school and nontraditional settings prior to student forms, and the implication of art for society. The course teaching. This course explores art materials and

172 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of the Arts techniques suitable for these levels, examines develop- Students will investigate and compare traditional and Risatti, Howard (1980) Professor mental performance levels and analyzes evaluation contemporary patterns of expression, develop experien- B.M Roosevelt University methods appropriate for art. Writing intensive. tial techniques for teaching concepts and participate in M.M. Roosevelt University a series of activities that reveal relationships among M.A. University of Illinois ARTE 404 Student Teaching Seminar the arts and other subject areas. Seminars will include Ph.D. 1978 University of Illinois Semester course; 1 seminar hour. 1 credit. For art edu- guests from the visual, performing and literary arts. cation majors only. Corequisites: TEDU 485 and 486. A Schreffler, Michael (2000) Assistant Professor seminar concurrent with student teaching that gives ARTE 550 Art for the Exceptional Learner B.A. University of Virginia students an opportunity to discuss and evaluate their Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 3 M.A. Arizona State University progress in teaching assignments and other related credits. A study of exceptional learners including handi- Ph.D. 2001 University of Chicago activities. capped, gifted, talented, aged and others, and their participation in and appreciation for the visual arts. Emeriti Faculty ARTE 408 Two-dimensional Art Experiences Courses may include practicum and field experiences. Bonds, Maurice Semester course; 1 seminar and 4 studio hours. 3 credits. Not offered for credit to art majors. The course ARTE 553 Art and Perceptual Communication M.A. Columbia University explores the media, techniques and concepts of draw- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Explores Crowe, Ann G. ing, painting and printmaking. art and perception as a means of effectively communi- Ph.D. Stanford University cating through the senses. Emphasizes the analysis of Hill, Sharon ARTE 409 Three-dimensional Art Experiences the principles of art and design that affect the percep- Ph.D. New York University Semester course; 1 seminar and 4 studio hours. 3 cred- tion of art, advertising and other media. Investigates Koplin, Bruce M. its. Not offered for credit to art majors. Exploration of light, color, perception, illusions and other related top- M.F.A. Virginia Commonwealth University sculptural concepts with three-dimensional materials ics. Perry, Regina A. such as wood, metal, clay, fiber, plaster, plastic and glass. ARTE 591 Topics in Art Education Ph.D. Case Western University Semester course; variable credits from 1-3. May be ARTE 450 Art for the Exceptional Student repeated for a maximum of nine credits with different Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- content. The course will explore selected topics of cur- The Department of Art History offers its its. Open to all majors. A study of the unique character- rent interests or needs relative to art education. See majors a program which acquaints them istics of exceptional students as related to involvement Schedule of Classes for specific topic to be offered with the humanistic discipline of art histor- in the arts. The course examines disabled, aged, gifted, each semester. talented and other exceptional learners, and may ical inquiry. While providing students with include practicum and field experiences. the opportunity for a broad education draw- Department of Art History ing on the liberal arts and humanities, the ARTE 491 Special Topics department also emphasizes a close bond Semester course; variable credit. May be repeated for with the studio and performing arts and a maximum of nine credits with different content. A James D. Farmer seminar and/or workshop offered on a variety of art Associate Professor and Department Chair (1992) enjoys a close relationship with the other education issues not included in the regular curriculum. B.F.A. 1982 University of Texas at Austin departments in the School of the Arts. See the Schedule of Classes for particular topics cov- M.A 1986 University of Texas at Austin Recognizing the diverse interests of ered each semester. Ph.D. 1992 University of Texas at Austin undergraduate students and the varied practical applications of art history, the depart- ARTE 492 Independent Study Semester course; variable hours. 1-6 credits per Brownell, Charles (1992) Professor ment offers its majors a choice among four semester; may be repeated for a maximum total of six B.A. Oakland University distinct curricula culminating in either the credits. Prerequisites: Consent of department chair and M.A. University of Delaware bachelor of arts or the bachelor of fine arts instructor. Offered to art education majors only. This Program on the Historic Houses of England degree. The B.A. degree (curricula A or B) course will be limited to those few students who have Attingham Summer School focuses on academic disciplines in the demonstrated an exceptional level of ability and M. Phil. 1975 Columbia University liberal arts. intense commitment to a particular area. Ph.D. 1976 Columbia University Curriculum A is a program with a liberal Garberson, Eric (2001) Assistant Professor ARTE 501-502 Concepts in Art Education arts curriculum composed of an academic Continuous course; 1 seminar and 4 studio hours. 3-3 B.A. 1991 Pomona College course of study exposing the student to the credits. A sequence of studies organized around six M.A. 1983 The Johns Hopkins University scholarship and research methods of not Ph.D. 1985 The Johns Hopkins University major components: communications, expressive media, only art history, but related disciplines in conceptual expression, teaching strategies, teacher- Hobbs, Robert C. (1991) Professor and Eminent Scholar the humanities. This program gives stu- affective attributes and self-managing abilities. B.A. 1969 University of Tennessee, Knoxville Ph.D. 1975 University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill dents the best possible background for ARTE 508 Two-dimensional Art Experiences Jacobs, Fredrika H. (1984) Professor future graduate work in art history. Semester course; 2 seminar and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- B.A. 1975 Smith College Curriculum B, with strong liberal arts its. Not offered for credit for studio art majors. The and studio components, is a comprehensive course explores the media, techniques and concepts of Ph.D. 1979 University of Virginia drawing, painting and printmaking. Kavuri-Bauer, Santhi (2002) Assistant Professor architectural history program which B.A. 1991 Rutgers University emphasizes the study of both Western and ARTE 509 Three-dimensional Art Experiences M.A. 1996 University of California, Los Angeles non-Western architecture. This program Semester course; 2 seminar and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Ph.D. 2002 University of California, Los Angeles affords the student an excellent background its. Not offered for credit for studio art majors. Lawal, Babatunde (1992) Professor for graduate work in architectural history Exploration of sculptural concepts with three-dimen- B.A. 1966 University of Nigeria sional materials such as wood, metal, clay, fiber, plas- and/or art history, as well as career opportu- ter, plastic and glass. M.A. 1968 Indiana University, Bloomington nities in the field. Given the region’s rich Ph.D. 1970 Indiana University, Bloomington and diverse architectural resources, this ARTE 520 Teaching Concepts Through the Arts program provides an unusual opportunity Semester course; 1 lecture, 1 seminar, and 3 studio for on-site studies. By providing the student hours. 3 credits. Open to all graduate students.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 173 School of the Arts with additional studio training in art his- requirement. Students who meet this requirement ARTH 310 Medieval Art and Architecture tory, such as architectural presentation will select an elective to fulfill three credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Survey graphics and urban studies and planning, of Western art and architecture between A.D. 300 and 1400. this program offers a well-rounded knowl- Courses in art history (ARTH) edge of architectural history. ARTH 315 Renaissance Art and Architecture Along with these curricula, the depart- ARTH 102 Contemporary Issues in Art and Design Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An examination of the Renaissance in Italy and Northern Europe. ment also offers a minor in art history, con- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An introduc- sisting of 18 credits in the minor field. These Painting, sculpture and architecture of the 14th, 15th tion to contemporary interpretive issues and ideas that and 16th centuries. credits must include either six in the survey define the modern art and design worlds. Topics include of western art, or eight in the survey of world analysis of formal properties of art such as space, struc- ARTH 316 Northern Renaissance Art and art; plus 12 credits in four additional period ture and materials, concepts of meaning, such as subject Architecture courses. The student must select one course matter, symbolism and iconography, and issues of con- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Painting, text, such as the impact of tradition, religion, politics, each from the following categories: (1) architecture and sculpture during the North European aesthetics, and cultural values. Examples include works Renaissance. Classical, (2) Medieval, (3) Renaissance, drawn from all major Western and non-Western styles (4) Baroque/18th century, (5) 19th and 20th worldwide and throughout history. ARTH 317, 318 History of Architecture century and (6) non-Western. Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. First ARTH 103, 104 Survey of Western Art semester: major architectural forms from ancient Egypt Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. First through Medieval period. Second semester: architec- Degree requirements in art history semester: Prehistoric through Gothic. Second semester: ture in Europe and America from the Renaissance to Italian Renaissance through Modern. Illustrated lec- the present. credits tures and analytical practices will be supported by the Art Historical – Curriculum A student visiting local museums and galleries to exam- ARTH 320 Baroque and Rococo Art and Studios 7 ine selected works of art. Architecture Art history 39 Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The art and Aesthetics or criticism 3 ARTH 145, 146 Survey of Asian Art architecture of Italy and northern Europe between 1600 General studies Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. First and 1750. ENGL 101, 200 6 semester: the art of India, Southeast Asia and the Literature 6 Middle East. Second semester: the art of China, Korea ARTH 325 19th-century Art and Architecture in German or applicable Romance language 14 and Japan. Illustrated lectures and analytical practices Europe History 15 will be supported by the student visiting local muse- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Archaeology, religion, anthropology or ums and galleries to examine selected works of art. Prerequisites: ARTH 103, 104. Study of European art cultural geography 9 and architecture between 1770 and 1900. ARTH 207 Introduction to Non-Western Art Electives to include three credits in mathematics* Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Art will be ARTH 330 20th-century Art and Architecture and four credits in laboratory science 21 presented as an integral aspect of each culture from the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of ______areas of China, Japan, Africa, Oceania, Native America, 20th-century art with emphasis on architecture, paint- 120 and pre-Columbian Central and South America. Aesthetic ing and sculpture. appreciation will be enhanced through a presentation of Architectural History – Curriculum B various philosophies, customs and values. Illustrated lec- ARTH 335 Pre-Columbian Art and Architecture Studios tures and analytical practices will be supported by the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of Foundation program 8 student visiting local museums and galleries to examine the major artistic traditions of ancient America (i.e., Interior design graphics 6 selected works of art. Maya, Aztec and Inca). The course concentrates on Photography 4 Meso-America and the Andean Region. Architectural history 21 ARTH 270, 271 History of the Motion Picture Art history 12 Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. The his- ARTH 338 Colonial Art and Architecture of Latin Aesthetics or criticism 3 tory of development of the motion picture from its early America beginnings to the present, with both technical and aes- General studies Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of thetic consideration. Students engage in analysis and the major artistic traditions in Latin America from the German or applicable Romance language 14 discussion after viewing selected films. 16th to the end of the 18th century. History 12 ENGL 101, 200 6 ARTH 300 Prehistoric and Ancient Art and ARTH 339 Modern and Contemporary Art and ENGL 201-202 6 Architecture Architecture of Latin America ANTH 103 3 Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of ANTH 105 3 the artistic expressions of the major prehistoric and 19th- and 20th-century art in Latin America focusing on Science ancient cultures of Europe, the Near East, Egypt and the major movements and artists of Mexico, the PHYS 101, PHYZ 101L 4 the Aegean. Caribbean, Central and South America. GEOG 105, GEOZ 105L 4 RLST 311 or 312 3 ARTH 301 Art and Architecture of Ancient North ARTH 340 Art and Architecture of the United URSP 116, 240, 513 8 America States Mathematics* 3 Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of ______the major artistic traditions of ancient America, north painting, sculpture and architecture from the Colonial of Mexico, including Woodlands, Mississippian, Plains, period to the present. 120 Eskimo, Northwest Coast and the Southwest. ARTH 342/AFAM 342 African-American Art * In accordance with the school’s general education ARTH 305 Classical Art and Architecture Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of requirements, a student who scores at least 550 on Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of the art forms produced by Americans of African origin the mathematics portion of the SATs or has earned a the development of Greek, Etruscan and Roman archi- from the 17th century to the present with an emphasis “B” or higher grade in high school Algebra II or tecture, sculpture, painting and the minor arts from on contemporary trends in black art. Geometry is exempted from the mathematics their beginnings to the early fourth century A.D.

174 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of the Arts

ARTH 350/AFAM 413 African and Oceanic Art ARTH 419 Studies in Renaissance Art and ARTH 431 Modern Sculpture Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of Architecture Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. the architecture, painting, sculpture and civilizations of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be Prerequisites: Three hours of art history or permission the major art-producing tribes of West Africa and repeated. An in-depth examination of selected art and of instructor. The evolution of 20th-century sculpture Oceania from the 13th century to the present. issues of the period. See the Schedule of Classes for considering major movements and artists. specific subject to be offered each semester. ARTH 355 Symbolic Expression in the Visual Arts ARTH 433 Modern Architecture Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The nature ARTH 420, 421 The Baroque In Northern Europe; Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. of myth and allegory is presented through an introduc- The Baroque In Southern Europe Prerequisites: Three hours of art history or permission tion to central themes in Western art, such as saints, Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. of instructor. An investigation of major architectural heroes, gods and archetypes with some comparisons to Prerequisites: Three hours of art history or permission periods and achievements in commercial and residen- non-Western art. of instructor. First semester: an investigation of the tial designs from 1850 to the present; tracing the painting, sculpture and architecture of France and the development of the International Style, traditional ARTH 358/AFAM 358 African Art and Architecture Low Countries. Particular emphasis will be given to the architecture, the evolution of the skyscraper, Art Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of diverse characteristics of the Aristocratic and Nouveau and the works of Henry Hobson Richardson, African art and architecture from prehistoric times to Bourgeois stylistic trends of the period. Second semes- Louis Sullivan and Frank Lloyd Wright. the present. Special emphasis is placed on form, con- ter: an investigation of the painting, sculpture and tent, function and meaning, as well as the impact of architecture of Italy, Spain, Germany and Austria. The ARTH 435, 436 Contemporary Art I, II African art on modern and African-American art. relationship of church and state will be a primary Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. theme of the course. Prerequisites: Three hours of art history or permission ARTH 360 Introduction to Conservation of instructor. First semester: an in-depth examination of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An intro- ARTH 423 Rococo and Other 18th-century Art art from 1940-1960. Will include discussion of back- duction to the art and science of art conservation. The Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ground and context. Second semester: a continuation course is designed to acquaint artists and art historians Prerequisites: Three hours of art history or permission of detailed analysis of art from 1960 to the present. with the basic methods of deterioration, examination of instructor. An in-depth analysis of Rococo painting, and treatment of works of art. sculpture and architecture in Central Europe and a ARTH 439 Studies in 20th-century Art study of major movements of this period in France and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be ARTH 370 History of Animated Film England. repeated. An in-depth examination of selected art and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The history issues of the period. See the Schedule of Classes for of animation as an art form, from early experimental to ARTH 424 Studies in Baroque and Rococo Art and specific subjects to be offered each semester. popular culture to independent animation. Design, Architecture structure and technique are considered. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be ARTH 440/AFAM 440 Contemporary Art and repeated. An in-depth examination of selected art and Architecture of Africa ARTH 404 Studies in Prehistoric and Ancient Art issues of the period. See the Schedule of Classes for Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be specific subjects to be offered each semester. the impact on African art and architecture of repeated for a maximum of six credits. An in-depth Colonialism, urbanization and modernization. Special examination of selected art and issues of the period. ARTH 425, 426 Neoclassicism, Romanticism, emphasis is placed on the search for a new identity by See the Schedule of Classes for specific subjects to be Realism and Impressionism through Fin-de- contemporary African artists. offered each semester. Siecle Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. ARTH 441 Architecture of the United States ARTH 405 Studies in Greek, Etruscan and Roman Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Art and Architecture Prerequisites: Three hours of art history or permission of instructor. First semester: a detailed analysis of Prerequisites: Three hours of art history or permission Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be of instructor. An in-depth investigation of major archi- repeated for a maximum of six credits. An in-depth European art during the first half of the 19th century with special emphasis on French and English painting. tectural developments from the Colonial period to the examination of selected art and issues of the period. present, including an analysis of European prototypes. See the Schedule of Classes for specific subjects to be Consideration also will be given to artistic and cultural offered each semester. interrelationships marking the transition from the 18th ARTH 442 Architecture in Richmond to the 19th century. Second semester: a detailed analy- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ARTH 413 Gothic Art sis of European art during the latter 19th century. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. History and ori- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Consideration also will be given to artistic and cultural gins of Richmond area architecture. Prerequisites: Three hours of art history or permission interrelationships heralding the transition to the 20th of instructor. Origins and developments of the Gothic century. ARTH 443 Folk Art of the United States style with emphasis on the architecture and sculpture Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. of France. ARTH 427 Renaissance Art and Architecture of Prerequisites: Three hours of art history or permission Colonial Latin America, 1500-1650 of instructor. An examination of the development and ARTH 415 Early Italian Renaissance Art and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. history of three centuries of tradition in folk art applica- Architecture Prerequisites: Three hours of art history or permission ble to the five major areas: painting, sculpture, furni- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. of instructor. An in-depth study of the most important ture, decorated household objects and architectural Prerequisites: Three hours of art history or permission contributions of Renaissance Ibero-American art decoration. of instructor. An investigation of painting, sculpture and throughout the Western Hemisphere in architecture, architecture of the Duecento, Trecento and sculpture and painting. ARTH 444 Studies in the Art of the United States Quattrocento in Italy. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be ARTH 429 Studies in 19th-century Art repeated. An in-depth examination of selected art and ARTH 417 The High Renaissance Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be issues of the period. See the Schedule of Classes for Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. repeated. An in-depth examination of selected art and specific subjects to be offered each semester. Prerequisites: Three hours of art history or permission issues of the period. See the Schedule of Classes for of instructor. Intensive consideration of the great mas- specific subjects to be offered each semester. ARTH 445 The Art of India ters of Italian art in the early 16th century. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ARTH 430 Modern Painting Prerequisite: General background in art, history or reli- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. gion of the area. The Indus Valley civilization through Prerequisites: Three hours of art history or permission Maurya, Sunga, Kushana, Andhra, Gupta and Pallava of instructor. An analysis of the major movements in periods. 20th-century painting.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 175 School of the Arts

ARTH 447 The Art of Southeast Asia See the Schedule of Classes for specific subjects to be ARTH 493 Museum Internship Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. offered each semester. Semester course; 9 to 18 studio hours. 3 to 6 credits. Prerequisites: ARTH 145, 146 or general background in May be repeated with changing content for a maxi- the art, history or religion of the area. The art of Burma, ARTH 460 Art and Architecture in Latin America, mum of 12 credits. Prerequisites: ARTH 469 and per- Malaya, Thailand, Cambodia, Indochina and Indonesia. 1780-1915 mission of the chair of the department of art history. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course Fieldwork in a local or regional museum. ARTH 449 Studies in Asian Art studies the impact of the enlightenment, independence Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be and the struggles against foreign intervention and for ARTH 497 Directed Research Project repeated. An in-depth examination of selected art and social justice and national and regional identity in the Semester course; 3 credits. Prerequisites: Permission of issues of the period. See the Schedule of Classes for art and architecture of Latin America from the incep- instructor and department chair. Advanced individual specific subjects to be offered each semester. tion of Neoclassicism under the academies of Mexico work on a subject to be formulated in writing by the and Brazil to the inception of Modernism during World student and the instructor. Writing intensive. ARTH 450 Art and Architecture of Mesoamerica War I. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ARTH 502 Historical Preservation and Prerequisites: Three hours of art history or permission ARTH 461 Art and Architecture in Latin America, Architectural History of instructor. An in-depth study of the artistic traditions 1915 to the Present Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An intro- of Mesoamerica (i.e., Maya, Aztec and Olmec). Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course duction to the methods or research, record keeping and studies the finest expressions of modern Latin reporting used in architectural history, and to the evolu- ARTH 451 Art and Architecture of Andean American art within the context of the arrival of tion of the discipline, especially in relation to historic America Modernism in art, improved communications and preservation. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. travel, the growth of the middle class, population Prerequisites: Three hours of art history or permission explosion, industrialization, urbanization, movements ARTH 504 Advanced Studies in Prehistoric and of instructor. An in-depth study of the pre-Columbian for reform and revolution, and the struggle against eco- Ancient Art art production of the Andean region (i.e., Chavin, nomic and cultural dependence and homogenization. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be Moche and Inca art). The course is hemispheric in scope but devotes special repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. An advanced, attention to Mexico, Brazil and Argentina. detailed study of a selected aspect of artistic develop- ARTH 452 Studies in Pre-Columbian Art and ment in one or more ancient and prehistoric cultures, Architecture ARTH 469 Studies in Museum Methods such as in Africa, Asia, Europe or the Americas. See Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: the Schedule of Classes for specific topic to be offered repeated for a maximum of six credits. An in-depth Permission of instructor. An in-depth examination of each semester. examination of selected art and issues of the period selected topics. See the Schedule of Classes for (Ancient America). See the Schedule of Classes for specific subjects to be offered each semester. ARTH 505 Advanced Studies in Greek, Etruscan, specific subjects to be offered. and Roman Art and Architecture ARTH 470 History of Animated Feature Film Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be ARTH 454 Studies in African and Oceanic Art Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. An advanced, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be Prerequisites: Three hours of art history or permission detailed study of a selected aspect of the art and ideas repeated for a maximum of six credits. An in-depth of instructor. An analysis of selected animated feature of the classical Greek and Roman cultures, including examination of selected art and issues of the period. films, including animation combined with live action. the Etruscans. See the Schedule of Classes for specific See the Schedule of Classes for specific subjects to be Both American and foreign films will be considered. topic to be offered each semester. offered each semester. ARTH 471 Film Theory ARTH 519 Advanced Studies in Renaissance Art ARTH 455 Aesthetics and Modern Theories of Art Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Theories and Architecture Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An investi- and criticism dealing with the medium, form, function Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be gation of modern aesthetic theories and concepts in art and psychology of film. Students will examine the repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. An advanced, with a foundation in premodern aesthetics. Writing medium through reading and discussion of such film detailed study of a selected aspect of the development intensive. theorists and aestheticians as Munsterberg, Eisenstein, of the art and ideas of the Proto-Renaissance, Early Arnheim, Bazin, Kracauer, Burch and Langer as well as Renaissance or High Renaissance in Europe or Latin ARTH 456 Ideas and Criticism in Art through a comparison of film and the other arts. America. See the Schedule of Classes for specific topic Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. to be offered each semester. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An in-depth ARTH 472 History of Photography examination of modern concepts in the literature of art Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ARTH 524 Advanced Studies in Baroque and 18th- criticism with particular emphasis on the principal writ- Prerequisites: Three hours of art history or permission century Art and Architecture ings of leading American critics. of instructor. An investigation of the basic trends in the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be history of photography. This course will deal with the repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. An advanced, ARTH 457/WMNS 457 Women, Art and Society chronological development of the art, the role of the detailed study of a selected aspect of the development Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A re-exam- photographer, the properties of photography that make of the art and ideas of England, France, the low coun- ination of a variety of issues concerning women, art it unique and those that ally it to the other visual arts. tries, Italy, Spain, Latin America, Germany and Austria and society: the position assigned women within the during the Baroque period and/or 18th century. See the history of art as it relates to historical place and the ARTH 474 Studies in Film Schedule of Classes for specific topic to be offered aesthetic values of the canon, the gendering of style, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be each semester. patronage, audience and gaze. Through a survey of repeated. An in-depth examination of selected topics. images of and by women, as well as through an analy- See the Schedule of Classes for specific subjects to be ARTH 529 Advanced Studies in 19th-century Art sis of art historical and critical texts, this course offered each semester. and Architecture addresses the question: “How are the processes of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be sexual differentiation played out across the representa- ARTH 489 Topics in Advanced Art History repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. An advanced, tions of art and art history?” Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be detailed study of a selected aspect of the development repeated. An in-depth study of a selected topic in art ARTH 459 Studies in Aesthetics, Theory and of the art and ideas of the 19th-century including history not included in the curriculum. See the Neoclassicism, Romanticism, Realism Impressionism in Criticism of Art Schedule of Classes for specific topics to be offered Europe and/or America. See the Schedule of Classes Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be each semester. for specific topic to be offered each semester. repeated. An in-depth examination of selected topics.

176 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of the Arts

ARTH 539 Advanced Studies in 20th-century Art a variety of museums. A major research project is development and overall responsibility to the commu- and Architecture required. nity and profession. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. An advanced, ARTH 571 Advanced Studies in Film Theory ARTH 590 Art Historiography and Methodology detailed study of a selected aspect of the development Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Advanced, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Basic of the art and ideas of the 20th century in Europe detailed study of the theories and criticism of film, methodology for beginning art history graduate stu- and/or America. See the Schedule of Classes for spe- dealing with medium, form, function and psychology. dents. An examination of the traditional research meth- cific topic to be offered each semester. ods of the art historical discipline, geared to familiarize ARTH 574 Advanced Studies in Film students with standards in research and scholarship. ARTH 542 Advanced Studies in the Architecture Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be of Richmond repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. An advanced, ARTH 591 Topics in Advanced Art and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be detailed examination of selected topics in the history Architectural History repeated for a maximum of six credits. An advanced, of film. See the Schedule of Classes for specific topic Semester course; variable; 1-6 credits. May be detailed study of a selected aspect of the development to be offered each semester. repeated for a maximum of nine credits. Prerequisite: of the architecture of the city of Richmond. See the Permission of instructor. An in-depth study of a particu- ARTH 575 Advanced Studies in the History of Schedule of Classes for specific topic to be offered lar aspect of the art and architecture of both Old and each semester. Photography New World cultures. Course consists exclusively of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be extended off-campus trips to sites and collections ARTH 544 Advanced Studies in Art and repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. An advanced, throughout the United States and abroad. See the Architecture of the United States detailed examination of selected topics in the history Schedule of Classes for specific topics to be offered Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be of photography. See the Schedule of Classes for spe- each semester. repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. An advanced, cific topic to be offered each semester. detailed study of a selected aspect of the development ARTH 593 Advanced Museum Internship ARTH 580 Registration Procedures for Museums of the art and ideas of the United States. See the Semester course; 9 to 18 studio hours. 3 to 6 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Schedule of Classes for specific topic to be offered May be repeated for a maximum of nine credits. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. A study of the each semester. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor, chair of the grad- standard registration procedures and the current vocab- uate committee and/or chair of the Department of Art ARTH 549 Advanced Studies in the Art and ulary employed by the profession. Professional ethics History. Advanced fieldwork in a local, regional or Architecture of Asia will be stressed to enable the students to become national museum. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be more fully aware of the importance within the museum repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. An advanced, system. detailed study of a selected aspect of the development ARTH 581 Museum Exhibitions of the art and ideas of India, China, Korea, Japan, Department of Communication Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Southeast Asia or the Middle East. See the Schedule of Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. The study of Arts and Design Classes for specific topic to be offered each semester. exhibitions for museums including design, fabrication, lighting, brochures, invitations and publications. ARTH 552 Art and Architecture of Central, Eastern Communication Arts Program and Southern Africa ARTH 582 Educational Program and Public Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of Relations for Museums Illustration and Scientific and the major art-producing cultures of Central Africa, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Preparatory Medical Illustration including the Cameroon, Gabon and Zaire; East Africa Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. A study of pro- including Kenya, Tanzania and Mozambique; and gramming for an art center/museum, including organi- Southern Africa, Bushman art, prehistoric cave paint- Bostic, Alexander (1990) Associate Professor zation of permanent displays, special exhibitions, lec- ings and rock engravings. A.A.S. 1976 Sillaveria tures, docent programs for children and adults and B.F.A. 1979 Pratt Institute traveling exhibition services. Special emphasis will be ARTH 554 Advanced Studies in African or M.S. 1994 Syracuse University placed on the use of audiovisual materials and tech- Oceanic Art and Architecture Earley, Donald T. (1984) Assistant Professor Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be niques in the exhibitions and interpretation programs, as well as the techniques of public information, includ- A.S.S.O. 1985 Fashion Institute of Technology repeated for a maximum of six credits. An advanced, Foster, Robert L. (1981) Associate Professor detailed study of a selected aspect of the development ing press releases, use of television, radio, newspapers B.F.A. 1977 Virginia Commonwealth University of the art and ideas of African or Oceanic cultures. See and scholarly publications. the Schedule of Classes for specific topic to be offered M.F.A. 1985 Syracuse University ARTH 583 Curatorship and Connoisseurship Franck, Kathleen Ann (1980) Associate Professor each semester. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. B.F.A. 1967 University of Illinois ARTH 555 Advanced Studies in Aesthetics and Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An examination of the curator’s relationship and responsibilities to the M.F.A. 1985 Syracuse University Art Theory museum system, research methods, methods of acqui- Meganck, Robert J. (1978) Professor Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An sition, organization of museum reference library B.F.A. Art School of the Society of the Arts and advanced, detailed investigation of aesthetic theories (including slides and other audiovisual materials), exhi- Crafts and concepts in art. bition catalogues, clippings and file and computer M.F.A. 1975 Cranbrook Academy of Art ARTH 556 Advanced Studies in Ideas and retrieval systems. Criticism in Art ARTH 584 Museum Administration Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An Communication Design Program Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. advanced, detailed examination of specific concepts in Matthew Woolman Prerequisite: ARTH 464, 465 and/or permission of the literature of art criticism with particular emphasis instructor. A study of museum organization, including Associate Professor and Communication Design on the principle writings of leading American critics. staff organization and relationship of director to board, Program Acting Chair (1997) B.A. 1990 Berlin College ARTH 569 Advanced Studies in Museum Methods building and grounds, heating and humidity control, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be guarding and fire control, special installments and M.F.A. 1996 Virginia Commonwealth University repeated for a maximum of nine credits. Advanced shops, membership programs, museum finances for M.B.A. 2002 Virginia Commonwealth University instruction in the major aspects of museum administra- operation and acquisition funds, grants, promotion, tion. Lectures by museum personnel and workshops in

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 177 School of the Arts

Steven Hoskins Dommisse, Durwood C. (1974) Professor Communication Arts Program Assistant Professor and Communication Design B.F.A. Layton School of Art Program Associate Chair (1998) M.F.A. California Institute of the Arts B.F.A. 1983 New Mexico State University Illustration M.A. 1985 Michigan State University The Department of Communication Arts Illustration is the component of visual M.F.A. 1995 Rhode Island School of Design and Design offers intense study of visual communication, which encourages the use communications and design. The program of drawn, painted or constructed imagery to Carter, Robert C. (1976) Professor focuses on the development of innovative communicate ideas. Illustration makes use B.F.A. University of Utah thinking and creative problem-solving abil- of a wide range of media (both traditional M.F.A. 1976 University of Illinois ities required for professional excellence. and contemporary). It is often accompanied Chessin, Laura (1997) Assiociate Professor The curriculum is oriented toward under- by text and is created with the intent of B. F.A. 1980 Cornell University standing visual form and structure, profes- being reproduced for public dissemination. M.F.A. 1988 Rhode Island School of Design sional skills, and social and environmental Colley, J. David (1995) Assistant Professor awareness. The information/communica- Scientific and preparatory medical B.A. 1963 Murray State University tion orientation of contemporary society M.A. 1964 Columbia University illustration relies on this discipline to create visual M.F.A. 1969 University of Illinois, Urbana Champaign This concentration prepares students for Day II, Benjamin R. (1982) Professor images and concepts, connecting people to careers as scientific illustrators and is B.S. Lamar University their economic, social, cultural and politi- preparatory for advanced study in the field M.F.A. 1971 Louisiana Tech University cal lives. of medical illustration. Medical and scien- DeMao, John (1982) Associate Professor To face the challenges in this era of rapid tific medical illustrators are trained to com- B.E.D. 1974 North Carolina State University technological change, the department pre- munication with medical and scientific pro- M.P.D. 1976 North Carolina State University pares students for future societal needs by fessionals and have the skills and knowl- Malinoski, John B. (1988) Associate Professor fostering a spirit of experimentation and edge to provide illustrations that present B.A. 1982 State University of New York, Fredonia inquiry, and by integrating computer and complex scientific and medical information M.F.A. 1987 Rochester Institute of Technology electronic media study into the program. clearly and accurately. (Students in this McKelvey, Roy D. (1995) Assistant Professor The Department of Communication Arts emphasis are expected to have satisfied the B.F.A. 1979 Carnegie-Mellon University and Design offers a 130-credit bachelor of mathematics requirement by completion of M.S. 1985 Carnegie-Mellon University fine arts degree. This degree is offered in Algebra II or Geometry at the secondary McLaughlin, Mary (1989) Associate Professor three programs, communication arts: illus- level with a grade of “B,” or an SAT score B.F.A. 1972 University of Illinois tration and scientific preparatory medical of 550 or higher or the equivalent score on Ouchi, Akira (1982) Associate Professor illustration — which focuses on visual a comparable standardized test. If they have B.A. Waseda University imaging — communications design — M.S. 1971 Illinois Institute of Technology not they must take an additional three which focuses on the design of visual com- credits in mathematics.) Strube, Nancy L. (1974) Assistant Professor munications — and kinetic imaging — B.F.A. 1978 Parsons School of Design which focuses on video and three-dimensional animation. Communication Design Program Kinetic Imaging Program After completing the Art Foundation Art direction Kaputof, Robert M. (1993) Assistant Professor Program, separate sophomore core programs A.A. 1972 Diablo Valley Junior College Courses in art direction explore the cre- further develop fundamental art and design ative synthesis of aesthetic and business B.A. 1975 Chico State University skills essential to each program. Upper- M.A. University of California, Berkley objectives for the purposes of effective com- level study in communication arts includes munication. Emphasis is placed on concep- M.F.A. 1979 University of California, Berkley courses in digital imaging, illustration, and Rexroad, Dennis (1989) Associate Professor tual development of communication ideas, scientific and preparatory medical illustra- B.F.A. 1965 Southwest Missouri State University the development of communication strat- tion. Students in the Communication M.F.A. 1968 Kansas University egy involving the use of media and the Ryu, Semi, (2002) Assistant Professor Design Program take courses in art direc- coordination of creative activities. B.S. Yonsei University tion, graphic design, typographic design, B.F.A. Korean National University of the Arts three-dimensional design (environmental/ Graphic design M.F.A. 2002 Carnegie Mellon University exhibit/ package) and interactive multimedia design (interactive video, Internet com- Courses in graphic design are concerned Turner, Pamela (1997) Associate Professor with the creation and production of solu- B.F.A. 1984 Virginia Commonwealth University munication and Web site design). Students tions to visual communications problems in M.F.A. 1988 Virginia Commonwealth University in the kinetic imagery program take courses in video, computer graphics, three-dimen- a variety of media and environments. Emeriti faculty sional modeling and animation. Students Apgar, Nickolas, Professor Emeritus are required to follow the policies and pro- Interactive multimedia design B.F.A. Syracuse University cedures of the most current issue of the Courses in this area focus on the use of M.F.A. Syracuse University department’s student handbook. contemporary electronic and computer Bevilaqua, William Otto, Professor Emeritus media to meet communication needs. B.F.A. Virginia Commonwealth University Emphasis is placed on design, development, M.F.A. University of North Carolina authoring and production of integrated Carlyon, Richard N., Professor Emeritus visual/textual/audio solutions. B.F.A. Virginia Commonwealth University M.F.A. Virginia Commonwealth University

178 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of the Arts

Typographic design Art history and theory 20 Scientific and Preparatory Medical Courses in this area explore the use of Open electives 12 (CA) or 6 (CD) Illustration emphasis ______type and typography as an expressive and credits 130 Freshman year fall spring functional communicative tool. Emphasis is ARTF 151 Foundation Studio 4 - placed on understanding typographic design Communication Arts Program ARTF 161 Figure Drawing I (5 weeks) 1 - criteria that meet the reader’s needs, the Illustration emphasis ARTF 162 Persp. & 3 Drwg. (5 weeks) 1 - communicator’s intent and the designer’s Freshman year fall spring ARTF 1_ Tech Lab Elective (5 weeks) 1 - formal sensibilities. ARTF 151 Foundation Studio 4 - ARTH 102 Cont. lss. Of Art & Des. 3 - ARTF 161 Figure Drawing I (5 weeks) 1 - ENGL 101 Craft of Writing 3 - Three-dimensional design ARTF 162 Persp. & 3-D Drwg. (5 weeks) 1 - ARTF 152 Foundation Studio - 4 ARTF 1_ Tech Lab Elective (5 weeks) 1 1 ARTF 163 2-Dim. Design Methods (5 weeks) - 1 Courses in this area explore the design of ARTF 164 Color Research Lab (5 weeks) - 1 three-dimensional solutions to communica- ARTH 102 Cont. lss. Of Art & Des. 3 - ENGL 101 Craft of Writing 3 - ARTF 1_ Tech Lab Elective (5 weeks) - 1 tion problems. Emphasis is on program- ARTH 104 Survey of West. Art (Ren.-pres) - 3 matic evaluation and the influence of func- ARTF 152 Foundation Studio - 4 ARTF 163-2-Dim. Design Methods (5 weeks) - 1 ENGL 2_ Literature - 3 tional, structural and contextual criteria on ARTF 164 Color Research Lab (5 weeks) - 1 ______solutions. ARTH 104 Survey of West. Art (Ren.-pres) - 3 13 13 ENGL 2_ Literature - 3 Kinetic imaging program ______Sophomore Year 13 13 CARD 210 Visual Comm. Fundamentals 6 - This concentration explores the creative CARD 224 Introduction to Illustration 3 - synthesis of sound and the moving image CARD 207 Intro. to Computer Techniques 3 - through the mediums of film, video and ani- Sophomore year CARD 210 Visual Comm. Fundamentals 6 - CARD 252 Visual Communication I 3 - mation. Emphasis is placed upon the artistic CARD 224 Introduction to Illustration 3 - ENGL 2_ Literature 3 - and communicative uses of media in contem- CARD 207 Intro. to Computer Techniques 3 - CARD 206 Anatomy for Illustration - 3 porary society. Three-dimensional modeling CARD 252 Visual Communication I 3 - CARD 211 Typographics I - 3 courses are designed for students who desire ENGL 2_ Literature 3 - CARD 208 Comm. Arts Computer Tech. - 3 advanced study in the use of the computer as a CARD 206 Anatomy for Illustration - 3 CARD 253 Visual Communication II - 3 tool for designing, modeling and rendering CARD 211 Typographics I - 3 PHTO 245 Design Photography I - 3 ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II - 3 three-dimensional objects in space. Emphasis CARD 208 Comm. Arts Computer Tech. - 3 CARD 253 Visual Communication II - 3 ______is placed on electronic animation as a commu- 18 18 nication discipline and career. PHTO 245 Design Photography I - 3 ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II - 3 ______Junior Year Multidisciplinary program 18 18 CARD 321 Illustration Media and Techniques I 3 - Students with clearly defined personal CARD 323Figure in Illustration I 3 - goals may develop an individual program of Junior year CARD 325 Color Theory and Practice 3 - General Education* 3 - study after their sophomore year. A pro- CARD 321 Illustration Media and Techniques I 3 - BIOL 151 and BIOL 151L** or gram plan encompassing study in both CARD 323 Figure in Illustration I 3 - CARD 325 Color Theory and Practice 3 - BIOL 152 and BIOL 152L** 4 - communication arts and communication CARD 324 Figure in Illustration II - 3 design is developed in close cooperation General Education 3 3 General Education 3 - CARD 327 Digital Illustration - 3 with the faculty adviser. To allow for suffi- Open Elective 2 - CARD 328 Scientific Illustration I - 3 cient in-depth study in the two chosen CARD 322 Illustration Media and General Education* - 3 areas, successful completion of an addi- Techniques II - 3 BIOL 205 and BIOL 205L*** - 4 tional 16 credits in upper-level studio CARD 324 Figure in Illustration II - 3 ______courses is required. These courses are CARD 326 Editorial Illustration I - 3 16 16 divided between the selected areas and General Education: Science with Lab - 4 Senior Year must be taken in “emphasis area studios.” ______17 16 CARD 306 Anatomy for Medical Illust. 3 - An additional semester beyond what would CARD 329 Scientific Illustration II 3 - normally be taken to fulfill requirements CARD __ Emphasis Area Studio Elective 3 - may be needed to complete this option. Senior year CARD 424 Visual Journalism 3 - CARD __ Visual Communication Lecture 3 - The individual program proposal requires CARD __ Emphasis Area Studio 3 - BIOL 206 and BIOL 206L*** 4 - the approval of the department chair. CARD __ Emphasis Area Studio 3 - CARD 356 Studio Management - 3 CARD __ Visual Communication Lecture 3 - CARD 403 Senior Portfolio - 6 CARD __ Emphasis Area Studio Elective - 3 Degree requirements in Open Elective 3 3 CARD 403 Senior Portfolio - 6 CARD __ Emphasis Area Studio Elective - 3 communication arts and design CARD 356 Studio Management - 3 Open Elective - 3 ______Studios credits Open Elective - 3 16 15 Foundation program 16 ______Visual communications fundamentals 24 15 15 Total credits 125 Emphasis area 33 (CA) or 39 (CD) General education academic electives 24 Total credits 125 * General education electives must include three cred- Introduction to the arts 1 its in social science and three credits in humanities.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 179 School of the Arts

Students in this emphasis are expected to have satis- Kinetic Imaging Program Advancement in this department is fied the mathematics requirement by completion of credits based on completion of prerequisite Algebra II or Geometry at the secondary level with a grade Freshman year fall spring courses. Successful completion of the Art of “B,” or an SAT score of 550 or higher or the equivalent ARTF 151 Foundation Studio 4 - Foundation Program is required as a prereq- score on a comparable standardized test. If they have not ARTF 161 Figure Drawing I (5 weeks) 1 - uisite for all 200-level studio courses in the they must take an additional three credits in mathematics. ARTF 162 Persp. & 3 Drwg. (5 weeks) 1 - Department of Communication Arts and Students are encouraged to take an additional three ARTF 1_Tech Lab Elective (5 weeks) 1 - credits in chemistry. Design. Because of enrollment pressures, ARTH 102 Cont. lss. Of Art & Des. 3 - admission is by portfolio review adminis- A grade of “C” or better is required in BIOL 151 and ENGL 101 Craft of Writing 3 - tered only once yearly during the spring BIOZ 151L as a prerequisite for BIOL 205, BIOZ 205L , BIOL ARTF 152 Foundation Studio - 4 206 and BIOZ 206L. ARTF 163 2-Dim. Design Methods (5 weeks) - 1 semester. Transfer students also must submit ARTF 164 Color Research Lab (5 weeks) - 1 a portfolio to the department before accept- Communication Design Program ARTF 1_ Tech Lab Elective (5 weeks) - 1 ance will be granted. Acceptance into and credits ARTH 104 Survey of West. Art (Ren.-pres) - 3 successful completion of the foundation Freshman year fall spring ENGL 2_ Literature - 3 program or transfer equivalent does not ARTF 151 Foundation Studio 4 - ______guarantee entry into the department. ARTF 161 Figure Drawing I (5 weeks) 1 - 13 13 Twenty-four credits of visual communica- ARTF 162 Persp. & 3 Drwg. (5 weeks) 1 - tions fundamentals must be completed ARTF 1_ Tech Lab Elective (5 weeks) 1 1 Sophomore Year before entering 300- and 400-level studio CARD 207 Intro. to Computer ARTH 102 Cont. lss. Of Art & Des. 3 - courses. Specific prerequisites for profes- ENGL 101 Craft of Writing 3 - Techniques 3 - sional courses are in the course listings. ARTF 152 Foundation Studio - 4 CARD 234 Introduction to Animation 3 - ARTF 163 2-Dim. Design Methods (5 weeks) - 1 CARD 239 Media Presentation 3 - Nonmajors who have completed the foun- ARTF 164 Color Research Lab (5 weeks) - 1 CARD 252 Visual Communication I 3 - dation program can take courses in the ARTH 104 Survey of West. Art (Ren.-pres) - 3 ENGL 2_Literature 3 - department with the permission of the ENGL 2_ Literature - 3 General Education 3 - assistant chair when space is available. ______CARD 201 Introduction to Video - 3 Equipment, materials and supplies in this 13 13 CARD 208 Comm. Arts Computer Tech. - 3 program may cost in excess of $1,000 per CARD 224 Introduction to Illustration - 3 year, depending on the course of study. Sophomore year CARD 253 Visual Communication II - 3 CARD 210 Visual Comm. Fundamentals 6 - PHTO 245 Design Photography I - 3 CARD 211 Typographics I 3 - ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II - 3 Master of fine arts/visual CARD 207 Intro to Computer Techniques 3 - ______communications CARD 252 Visual Communication I 3 - 18 18 ENGL 2_ Literature 3 - The Department of Communication Arts CARD 212 Comm. Design I: Form & Comm.- 6 Junior Year and Design prepares graduate students to PHTO 245 Design Photography I - 3 CARD 304 Sound Communication 3 - assume a leadership role in a complex and CARD 209 Comm. Design Computer Tech - 3 CARD 334 Electronic Animation I 3 - expanding profession. To this end, the CARD 253 Visual Communication II - 3 CARD 336 Video I 3 - department develops the philosophy and ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I - 3 General Education 3 - personal direction of each student and ______General Education 3 - focuses their resources on functional and Open Elective 2 - 18 18 expressive visual communications. Students CARD 338 Computer Graphics II: concentrate on the philosophical, commu- Junior year 3D Modeling - 3 CARD 310 Comm. II: Publications 6 - CARD 436 Video II - 3 nicative, and aesthetic relationships of CARD 312 Typographics II 3 - CARD __Emphasis Area Studio - 3 visual problem solving and the interacting CARD __Emphasis Area Studio 3 - General Education - 3 skills leading to the effective articulation of General Education 3 3 General Education: Science with Lab - 4 concepts. The master of fine arts degree General Education 3 - ______requires 60 credit hours. CARD 311 Comm. III: Interactive Design - 6 17 16 See the Graduate and Professional CARD 412 Typographics III - 3 Programs Bulletin for a more detailed General Education: Science with Lab - 4 Senior Year description of this program. ______CARD __Emphasis Area Studio 3 - 18 16 CARD __Emphasis Area Studio 3 - CARD __Emphasis Area Studio 3 - Courses in communication arts and Senior year CARD 357 Critical Issues in Media 3 - design (CARD) CARD 410 Comm. IV: Systems in Design 6 - Open Elective 3 - CARD __Emphasis Area Studio 3 3 CARD 403 Senior Studio - 6 CARD 191 Studio Topics in Communication Arts CARD __Visual Communication Lecture 3 3 CARD 356 Studio Management - 3 and Design Open Elective 2 3 Open Elective - 3 Semester course; 3-9 studio hours. 1-3 credits. May be Open Elective - 3 CARD 411 Comm. V: Design Studio - 6 repeated with different topics for a maximum of nine ______credits. Open to nonmajors. Topical studio focusing on 14 15 15 15 visual exploration and the creation of expressive imagery in conjunction with functional communica- Total credits 125 Total credits 125 tions. See the Schedule of Classes for specific topics to be offered.

180 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of the Arts

CARD 200 Communication Arts Visual CARD 212 Communication Design I: Form and CARD 300 Creative Strategies Fundamentals Communication Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Semester course; 4 lecture and 6 studio hours. 6 cred- Semester course; 4 lecture and 6 studio hours. 6 credits. A course in which alternative creative communica- its. Prerequisite: Successful completion of the Art its. Prerequisite: CARD 210. Corequisite: CARD 211. tion problem solving strategies are investigated. Foundation Program. Required for communication arts Required for Communication Design Program. The rela- emphasis. An introduction to the principles of visual tionship of form and communication in graphic design CARD 302 Graphics Processes and Techniques communication. Fundamentals of communication and is explored through theoretical and applied projects. Semester course; 1 lecture and 3 studio hours. 2 cred- the creation and manipulation of visual imagery for the The impact of typography and imagery and their syn- its. Prerequisite: CARD 211. A workshop in graphics lab purpose of expressing ideas will be explored. tactic relations upon audience and content is stressed. equipment and materials as design tools. Emphasis is on image creation and processing. CARD 201 Introduction to Video CARD 224 Introduction to Illustrative Drawing Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- CARD 304 Sound Communication its. Required for communication arts kinetic imaging its. Required Communication Arts Program. An interme- Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- emphasis. A study of the processes and equipment diate drawing course with emphasis on drawing meth- its. Required: Communication arts, kinetic imaging necessary for producing and editing work on videotape. ods and illustrative techniques to prepare the student emphasis. The basic theory and production of media- This course is an elective for communication arts for upper-level study in visual communications. based sound. This course is an elective for communica- emphasis. tions arts emphasis. CARD 228 Type and Image CARD 206 Anatomy for Illustration Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 credits. CARD 306 Anatomy for Medical Illustration Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Required: Communication arts and digital imaging and Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 credits. Required for communication arts illustration photography emphasis areas. Intermediate course explor- its. Prerequisite: CARD 206. An advanced investigation emphasis. An advanced investigation of human struc- ing the use of type and image in visual communications. of the human organ systems. In addition to assigned ture and motion as applied to illustration. In addition to readings, students will execute a series of anatomical assigned readings, students will execute a series of CARD 233 Media Arts Survey drawings. anatomical drawings. Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 credits. Required: Communication Arts Program, digital CARD 307 Storyboard Design CARD 207 Introduction to Computer Techniques imagery emphasis. An introduction to kinetic imagery Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- and the principles of media aesthetics. its. Prerequisite: CARD 239. A workshop dealing with its. Corequisite: CARD 210. Required course. An intro- conceptualizing, planning and visualizing moving image ductory workshop in microprocessor hardware opera- CARD 234 Introduction to Animation and sound (video, animation, film, computer graphics) tions, software procedures and Internet communica- Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- presentation. tions necessary for contemporary communication arts its. Offered: Fall semester. Corequisite: CARD 239 and design practice. Media Presentation. An introduction to the techniques CARD 308 Web Page Design and principles of animation as frame-by-frame sequen- Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- CARD 208 Communication Arts Computer tial media, covering pre-production methods particular its. Prerequisites: CARD 208 or CARD 209 or permis- Techniques to animation, and a survey of historical techniques with sion of instructor. A course developing the design of Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- an emphasis in viewing and responding to animated Web sites. Emphasis is placed on the visual design, its. Prerequisite: CARD 207. Required: Communication work. navigation, development, communication and authoring Arts Program. An introductory course into the use of of Web sites. the computer and peripheral devices in the creation of CARD 239 Media Presentation CARD 310 Communication Design: Publications raster and vector based images. Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 credits. Required: Communication arts, kinetic imaging and Semester course; 4 lecture and 6 studio hours. 6 cred- CARD 209 Communication Design Computer photography emphasis areas. Writing intensive; oral its. Prerequisite: CARD 212. Pre- or corequisite: CARD Techniques communication intensive. An introduction to the syn- 312. Required for communication design emphasis. An Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 credits. thesis of word, sound and moving visual imagery for introduction to the design process and applied realiza- Prerequisite: CARD 207. Corequisite: CARD 212. A work- creating effective media presentations. tion of print based publications. It considers the form shop in advanced software procedures necessary for and communication of the printed page from the tradi- contemporary typography and graphic design practice. CARD 252 History of Visual Communications I tion of print to the organizational principles outside Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Required that tradition through lectures, demonstrations and CARD 210 Communication Design Visual course. An investigation of contemporary visual com- problem solving. Fundamentals munication concepts, media and images, and their role Semester course; 4 lecture and 6 studio hours. 6 cred- in contemporary society. CARD 311 Communication Design: Interactive its. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Art Design Foundation Program. Required for communication CARD 253 History of Visual Communications II Semester course; 4 lecture and 6 studio hours. 6 cred- design emphasis. A course in which basic visual and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Required its. Prerequisite: CARD 310. Prerequisite: CARD 313 for cognitive organizational processes for the practice of course. An historical overview of the development of students attending VCU School of the Arts in Qatar communication arts and design are presented through visual communications as specifically defined by tech- only. Pre- or corequisite: CARD 412. Required for com- lectures and demonstrated through studio exercises. nological advancements and media concerns. munication design majors. An examination of the con- The course includes visual perception and organization, ceptual and technical issues involved in the design and CARD 291 Studio Topics in Communication Arts visual problem-solving techniques and visual ideation. production of interactive documents. The course and Design addresses the possibilities and limitations of computer CARD 211 Typographics I Semester course; 3-9 studio hours. 1-3 credits. May be generated images, sound and digital video as they Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- repeated with different topics for a maximum of nine relate to visual communication problem solving. its. Corequisite: CARD 212. Required Communication credits. Open only to majors in the School of the Arts. Design Program. An introduction to communication Topical studio focusing on visual exploration and the CARD 312 Typographics II problem solving through the visual medium of lan- creation of expressive imagery in conjunction with Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- guage. The fundamentals of typography and typo- functional communications. See Schedule of Classes its. Prerequisite: CARD 211. Corequisite: CARD 310. An graphic design are explored in experimental and practi- for specific topics to be offered. intermediate exploration of typography as an expres- cal projects. sive and functional communication vehicle. Emphasis is placed on defining effective design criteria to meet the reader’s needs and the communicator’s intent, and the designer’s formal sensibilities.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 181 School of the Arts

CARD 315 Time-based Media CARD 327 Digital Illustration opment and design. This course is an elective for com- Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- munication design emphasis. its. Prerequisite: Completion of the CARD sophomore its. Prerequisites: CARD 224 and CARD 208. Required program. Required of the Communication Arts and for digital imaging emphasis. An intermediate course CARD 342 Art Direction II Design students at the VCU School of the Arts in Qatar. exploring the use of the computer and peripheral Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 credits. A fundamentals course that introduces the element of devices in the creation of raster and vector based Prerequisite: CARD 341. Concept, layout and design of a time as a design component and surveys the potential drawing. This course is an elective for other communi- corporate advertising campaign based on the evaluation applications for motion in visual communication. The cation arts emphasis. of research, market analysis and planning. This course is intent is to establish a working knowledge of software an elective for communication design emphasis. relevant to both CARD 415 Communication Design: CARD 328 Scientific Illustration I Motion Graphics and CARD 311 Communication Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- CARD 343 Advertising Concepts I Design: Interactive Design. This course establishes the its. Corequisite: CARD 321. An introductory course in Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- foundation principles for both vector and raster time- the development of accurate representational imagery its. Prerequisite: CARD 212. A course focusing on cre- based software. for recording scientific observations and ideas. ative thinking and the development of concepts and ideas in problems of art direction. This course is an CARD 320 Experimental Imaging: CARD 329 Scientific Illustration II elective for communication design emphasis. Communications and Context Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CARD 328. An advanced course in the CARD 351 Origins of Visual Communications its. Prerequisite: Completion of CARD sophomore level development and creation of accurate documentation Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A history program. A studio course focusing on the creation of and representation of scientific information and of visual communications and design from prehistoric visual images for communication purposes. The imagery including plant taxonomy, insect morphology, times to the 20th century. and physiological and pathological processes. processes and mediums for making visual images and CARD 352 Print Mediums the limits of visual literacy are explored. CARD 330/IDES 330/FASH 330 The Business of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. CARD 321 Illustration Media and Techniques I Design Prerequisite: Junior standing in the department. An Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course overview of print production processes and techniques its. Prerequisite: CARD 224. Required: Communication introduces basic global economics and general design including electronic make-up, printing processes and Arts Program illustration emphasis. An advanced business concepts such as the free enterprise system, production control and their relative merits as delivery course exploring various traditional wet media tech- legal forms of business and financial considerations. It mechanisms. niques in depicting representational form in illustration. also surveys business and management practices such as planning, decision making, communication, global CARD 353 Electronic Mediums CARD 322 Illustration Media Techniques II ethics, marketing, human resources, finance and entre- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 credits. preneurial skills needed to open a design business. Prerequisite: Junior standing in the department. An Prerequisite: CARD 321. This course is an elective for overview of electronic production processes and tech- communication arts emphasis. A course exploring various CARD 331 Digital Imaging in Visual niques, video and audio preproduction, production, mixed media techniques, including both two- and three- Communication editing and postproduction, estimating and production dimensional approaches to illustrative problems. Semester courses; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- control. its. Prerequisites: Completion of CARD sophomore pro- CARD 354 Theoretical and Philosophical Aspects CARD 323 Figure in Illustration I gram. Required for communication arts/digital imaging Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 studio hours. 4 credits. emphasis; elective for communication design and com- of Contemporary Communication Arts and Design Prerequisite: CARD 206 and CARD 224. Required for illus- munication arts/kinetic imaging and illustration empha- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of tration emphasis. An introduction to the visual representa- sis. A studio course focusing on the use of digital imag- current theoretical and philosophical issues having an tion of the human form as it applies to illustration. ing techniques for communication purposes. The impact on the understanding of communication arts processes and techniques for making and working with and design. CARD 324 Figure in Illustration II digital images are explored. Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- CARD 355 Design Methods in Visual its. Prerequisite: CARD 323. Required: Communication CARD 334 Electronic Animation I Communication Arts Program illustration emphasis. An advanced Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An in- course investigating visually expressive modification of its. Prerequisites: CARD 208 and CARD 239. Required: depth investigation of the theoretical aspects of the the human form as it applies to illustration. Communication arts, digital and kinetic imaging design process within the context of designing effec- emphases. An introduction to various video and elective visual communications. CARD 325 Color Theory and Practice tronic animation techniques. Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- CARD 356 Studio Management its. Required for illustration emphasis and completion CARD 336 Video I Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of of Art Foundation Program. An intermediate course in Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- business and management factors that relate to cre- the application of color theory to specific illustrative its. Prerequisite: CARD 201. Required for communica- ative design. Topics include marketing, structure and problems. A number of color theories, both historical tion arts, kinetic imaging emphasis. A comprehensive organization; financial factors; ethical and legal and contemporary, will be studied and applied. This course in video communication nonnarrative strategies aspects; and management of design, illustration and course is an elective for communication arts emphasis. and documentary formats. photography studios.

CARD 326 Editorial Illustration I CARD 338 Computer Graphics II: 3-D Modeling CARD 357 Critical Issues in Media Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Required its. Prerequisite: CARD 206. Required for illustration its. Prerequisite: CARD 208. Required for communica- for communication arts, digital imaging and kinetic emphasis. This course is an elective for communication tion arts, digital imaging and kinetic imaging imaging emphasis. Topics, theory and genre affecting arts emphasis. A required course in black and white emphases. An introduction into the use of the com- media and time based mediums are explored through line art, developing students’ skills in interpreting an puter as a tool for modeling and rendering 3-D objects. critical discourse, readings, screenings and lectures. author’s manuscript. Various line techniques will be CARD 370/FASH 370/IDES 370 Design History: 20th explored for newspaper and magazine reproduction. CARD 341 Art Direction I and 21st Centuries Oral presentations by the students are required. Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CARD 211 and 228. An introduction to Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. the integrated activities of strategy, conceptual devel- Prerequisites: ARTF 105-106. Study of the major theories and styles on communication arts, fashion and

182 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of the Arts interior environments of the 20th and 21st centuries. which represent current visual communication prob- course is an elective for communication arts emphasis. Contemporary analysis of cultural conditions and the lems, are presented. An advanced course exploring illustration for the book manner in which designers respond to those condi- publishing market. tions. Writing intensive. CARD 412 Typographics III Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- CARD 421 Illustration for Business CARD 391 Topics in Design its. Prerequisites: CARD 310 and 312. Required: Communications Semester course; variable; 1-3 credits per semester. May Communication Design Program. Advanced problems in Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- be repeated for a maximum of nine credits. Topical lec- typographic design with emphasis upon the develop- its. Prerequisites: CARD 322 and 323. Required for tures in design issues and visual communications. ment of a personal creative approach to form and com- illustration emphasis. An advanced course developing munication. Writing intensive. illustrations appropriate for business communications. CARD 392 Research/Individual Study Semester course; 1-2 lecture and 3-6 studio hours. 2-4 CARD 413 Package Design CARD 422 Design Center: Internet Media credits. May be repeated for credit. The structuring, Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- research, execution and presentation of an independ- its. Prerequisites: CARD 311 and 312. Theoretical and its. Course may be repeated for a total of six credits. ent project in visual communications under the direc- studio investigation of three-dimensional structural Prerequisites: CARD 308, 311 and 412, and portfolio tion of a faculty adviser. The student will be encour- principals as they relate to the area of packaging, exhi- review by faculty. A professional studio to give stu- aged to become a self-generating problem seeker and bition and environmental design. dents practical experience working under faculty guid- solver with the ability to carry out self-stated goals. ance on design projects for university clients and non- CARD 414 Exhibition and Environmental Graphic profit community organizations. CARD 401 Electronic Prepress Design Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- CARD 423 Editorial Illustration II its. Prerequisite: CARD 209. A study of electronic tools, its. Prerequisites: CARD 310 and 312. Seniors have Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 studio hours. 4 cred- processes and techniques, their integration with tradi- preference. Study of the presentation of information in its. Prerequisites: CARD 321 and 311. An advanced tional production methods and their use in preparing large-scale, three-dimensional formats. Exploration of course developing the student’s skill at interpreting an design work for production. exhibition and environmental design, including devel- author’s manuscript. The major emphasis is given to oping imagery and typography, understanding the use illustrations appearing in books and magazines. CARD 403 Senior Studio of “wayfinding” (identification, interpretation and ori- Semester course; 4 lecture and 6 studio hours. 6 cred- entation) and human factors, communicating of pro- CARD 424 Visual Journalism in Illustration its. Required for communication arts emphasis. To be grammed content. Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- taken in the last semester of the student’s senior year. its. Prerequisites: CARD 321 and 323. Required for Critical analysis and development of the student’s exit CARD 415 Communication Design: Motion illustration emphasis. Writing intensive. An advanced portfolio with emphasis on refining and strengthening Graphics course developing the student’s skill in commenting focus of the visual style and concept inherent in the Semester course; 4 lecture and 6 studio hours. 6 cred- upon contemporary issues and themes independently body of work. its. Prerequisites: CARD 310 and CARD 315. Required of existing manuscripts. This is a team taught course for Communication Arts and Design students at the with teaching responsibilities shared by faculty with CARD 407 Senior Studio VCU School of the Arts in Qatar. An exploration of time expertise in illustration and faculty with expertise in Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- and motion as it applies to visual communication in journalism. Studio elective for communication arts its. Prerequisite: Senior status. Communication design non-interactive linear narratives. Examines the basic emphasis. track in the Department of Communication Arts and principles of broadcast and film and covers the integra- Design. A course oriented toward the creation of a pro- tion of motion graphics within these formats. CARD 425 Experimental Illustration fessional portfolio and resume. Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 studio hours. 4 credits. CARD 416 Motivational Graphics Prerequisite: CARD 321. An advanced course encouraging CARD 408 Multimedia Communication Systems Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- the student to discover unusual techniques and to develop Semester course; 1 lecture and 3 studio hours. 2 credits. Prerequisites: CARD 310 and 312. Study in the innovative solutions. The course stresses experimentation its. Prerequisite: CARD 207 or CARD 309 or permission development of visual communication performance cri- with novel media and surfaces. of instructor. Corequisite: CARD 437. A technical work- teria and practical strategies that influence audience shop that explores hardware, software and intercon- attitudes and behavior. CARD 426 Editorial Illustration II nectivity as it relates to the creation of complex multi- Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- media communication/information delivery systems. CARD 417 Interdisciplinary Team Design its. Prerequisite: CARD 326. This course is an elective Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- for communication arts emphasis. An advanced course CARD 409 Video Editing its. Prerequisites: CARD 310 and 312. Advanced proj- developing students’ skills in interpreting an author’s Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- ects in visual communication in which student design manuscript. The major emphasis is given to color illus- its. Prerequisite: CARD 336. An advanced study focus- teams solve complex problems requiring collaboration. trations appearing in magazines and newspapers. ing on the operational skills necessary for working with advanced video postproduction equipment. This course CARD 418 Design Center: Print Media CARD 427 Imagery for Children is a studio elective for communication arts emphasis. Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 credits. Course may be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: its. Prerequisites: CARD 322 and CARD 324. An CARD 410 Communications Design: Systems in CARD 310 and 312, and portfolio review by faculty. A advanced course developing both fiction and nonfiction Design professional studio to give students practical experi- illustrations intended for the preschool and elementary Semester course; 4 lecture and 6 studio hours. 6 cred- ence working with faculty on design projects for the school children’s publishing market. Elective for com- its. Pre- or corequisite: CARD 312. The study of system- university and nonprofit community organizations. munication arts emphasis. atic and methodological approaches to communication design through the solving of complex problems in CARD 419 Electronic Imaging CARD 434 Electronic Animation II visual communication. Emphasis is placed on objective Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- process and research in approaches to various profes- its. Prerequisite: CARD 311, CARD 321 or CARD 338. its. Prerequisite: CARD 334. Students will work with sional situations. An advanced exploration into the use of the computer advanced techniques and have the opportunity to and other electronic peripheral devices in the creation design and produce their own projects. Studio elective CARD 411 Communication Design: Design Studio of expressive imagery and functional communications. for communication arts emphasis. Semester course; 4 lecture and 6 studio hours. 6 credits. Prerequisite: CARD 410. A course in which project CARD 420 Book Illustration CARD 436 Video II situations of professional visual communication offices Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 are approached in an educational context. Problems, its. Prerequisites: CARD 322 and CARD 324. This credits. Prerequisite: CARD 336. Required for

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 183 School of the Arts communication arts, program kinetic imaging emphasis. ship coordinator required. Communication arts and smithing/jewelry or woodworking/furniture A comprehensive course in video communication explor- design majors only. Supervised pragmatic work experi- design. Within these areas of specialization, ing narrative strategies and form-content relationships. ences. Training is provided under the direction and courses are designed to assist students in supervision of qualified professional practitioners. CARD 438 Computer Graphics III: 3-D Animation developing concepts, personal directions and Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- CARD 519 Virtual Reality the necessary skills and technical competen- its. Prerequisite: CARD 338. Advance study of computer Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 studio hours. 4 cred- cies to enable them to pursue a professional modeling and the introduction of 3-D animation. its. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor required. An career or graduate study. In addition to the exploration into the creation of fully immersive, interac- major area of study, students have the oppor- CARD 439 Video III tive, virtual environments and their use as communica- Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- tion and artistic mediums. tunity for a diverse education in the liberal its. Prerequisite: CARD 436. An advanced course focus- arts and humanities. Students are encour- ing on short subject pieces in video. Fictional and CARD 537 Integrated Electronic aged to select courses in other schools on the experimental narrative works will be investigated. This Information/Communication Systems Academic Campus that will add to their course is an elective. Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 studio hours. 4 cred- general knowledge. A student may elect a its. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor required. A minor area of study in any department or CARD 441 Art Direction III course concentrating on the design, development, Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 credits. authoring, production and publication of electronic program offering a minor. The minor can be Prerequisite: CARD 342. An advanced exploration of art information/communication programs. Emphasis is used to fulfill career objectives or to investi- direction based on positioning of the corporation that car- placed on the creative integration of expressive form, gate a discipline of secondary interest. ries over several different channels of communication. communicative function and effective application of Career opportunities for crafts majors advanced visualization technology. CARD 442 Art Direction IV include setting up an independent studio or Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- CARD 567 Visual Interface Design gallery, restoration or repair work, teaching its. Prerequisite: CARD 342. An advanced course in art Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 studio hours. 4 cred- or participating in the Artist-in-Residence direction including the development of integrated busi- its. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. A course con- programs in the public schools, and con- ness advertising plans. centrating on the visual design and development of sulting and designing for industry. human-computer interface systems. Emphasis is placed CARD 443 Advertising Concepts II on visual design processes and methods in the diverse Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- arena of user interface design. Degree requirements in crafts its. Prerequisite: CARD 343. An advanced course in art direction focusing on the successful integration of The Bachelor of Fine Arts in Crafts strategy and creativity. Program requires a minimum of 130 credits, Department of Crafts including 51 in the major. A minimum of CARD 444 Art Direction for Nonprofit 45 of the 130 credits must be 300-400-level Organizations Howard Risatti Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Professor of Art History and Acting Department courses. To enroll in an advanced-level its. Prerequisite: CARD 342. Advanced concept, layout, Chair (1980) craft course, majors must have earned a “C” and design under the delimitations of precise environ- B.M. Roosevelt University grade or better in all courses prerequisite for mental or social agendas and limited budgets. M.M. Roosevelt University that course. CARD 451 Management Aspects of Art Direction M.A. University of Illinois Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Ph.D. 1978 University of Illinois credits Prerequisite: Junior standing in the department. An in- Studios depth analysis of agency management, operations and Hammersley, William S. (1976) Associate Professor Foundation program 16 the function of art direction. B.S. University of Wisconsin Basic crafts 16 M.F.A. 1976 University of Wisconsin Orientation to crafts 1 CARD 464 Electronic Animation III Hawthorne, John D. (1976) Associate Professor Advanced crafts 32 Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- B.A. Colorado State University Painting/printmaking or sculpture studio 8 its. Offered: Fall semester. Prerequisites: CARD 234, M.F.A. 1976 Cranbrook Academy of Art General studies CARD 334 and CARD 434. An advanced course in ani- Iverson, Susan L. (1975) Professor Introduction to the arts 1 mation studies, which allows the student to choose B.F.A. Colorado State University English 101, 200 6 from a variety of techniques and topics to create a sen- M.F.A. 1975 Tyler School of Art Literature 6 ior project based on a clear understanding of frame-by- Meyer, C. James (1973) Professor Art history and theory 14 frame media. Critical and theoretical studies will be Approved electives to include three credits in included as a reading and writing component of this B.A. State University of New York, Albany social sciences, three credits in mathematics,* course. M.F.A. 1973 State University of New York, New Paltz Rosenbaum, Allan (1986) Professor and four credits in laboratory science 18 CARD 491 Studio Topics in Visual B.S. 1978 University of Wisconsin, Madison Senior seminar 2 Communications M.F.A. 1986 Virginia Commonwealth University Open electives 10 Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Thompson, Lydia (1990) Professor ______its. May be repeated for a maximum of six credits. B.F.A. Ohio State University 130 Prerequisites: Senior standing and permission of M.F.A. Alfred University instructor. Topical studio focusing on research and Thompson, Nancy K. (1969) Professor * In accordance with the school’s general education experimentation in specialized visual communication B.S. Ball State Teacher’s College requirements, a student who scores at least 550 on media. M.F.A. 1968 Indiana University the mathematics portion of the SATs or has earned a “B” or higher grade in high school Algebra II or CARD 492 Communication Arts and Design The Department of Crafts offers a profes- Geometry is exempted from the mathematics Internship requirement. Students who meet this requirement Semester course; 1-3 credits. May be repeated to a sionally oriented program that leads to a will select an elective to fulfill three credits. maximum of three credits. Prerequisites: Completion of bachelor of fine arts degree in ceramics, junior year and 3.0 GPA in major. Permission of intern- fiberwork/fabric design, glassworking, metal-

184 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of the Arts

Minor in crafts CRAF 282 Orientation to Crafts CRAF 363-364 Fabric Design Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Discussion of Continuous course; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4-4 Successful completion of the Art a variety of approaches to study within the craft media, credits. Exploration of pattern as a design concept and Foundation Program is a prerequisite for stressing elements of creative activity, which are basic the development of technical skills for silk screening on the minor concentration which consists of to any involvement in making visually-oriented objects. fabric. a minimum of 18 credits in crafts courses. CRAF 301, 302/401, 402 Advanced Metalsmithing CRAF 367, 368 Tapestry Of these 18, a minimum of nine credits or Jewelry Semester courses; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4, 4 must be in upper-level courses. Semester courses; 2 lecture and 6 or 12 studio hours. 4 credits. Origins of tapestry forms and execution of or 6 credits. 401 and 402 may be repeated up to a max- techniques. imum of 12 credits. Prerequisites: CRAF 201-202 or Courses in crafts (CRAF) 211-212. This course offers opportunity for specializa- CRAF 369 Ancient Peruvian Textile Techniques tion and development of techniques. Semester course; 2 lecture and 6 or 12 studio hours. 4 CRAF 201-202 Metalsmithing credits. An examination of textile techniques perfected Continuous course; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4-4 CRAF 320 Furniture Design in ancient Peru and their application to contemporary credits. Investigation of metal forming processes such Semester course; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4 cred- fiber work. Pre-Columbian cultures will be studied to as forging, raising and construction. Research in con- its. May be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. understand textile development. Course includes stu- temporary and historical metal forms. Prerequisite: CRAF 221. The course explores the devel- dent duplication of techniques to better understand opment of ideas through drawings, mock-ups and the “structure” and the production of a personal object(s) CRAF 211-212 Jewelry planning and execution of a small furniture object uti- utilizing these techniques and information. Continuous course; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4-4 lizing basic and specialized woodworking techniques. credits. Investigation of jewelry making processes such CRAF 382 Intermediate Crafts Seminar as construction, repousse/chasing, surface embellish- CRAF 321, 322/421, 422 Advanced Woodworking Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. This course ment, stone setting and casting. Research in contem- and Furniture Design will explore contemporary developments in the field of porary and historical jewelry forms. Semester courses; 2 lecture and 6 or 12 studio hours. 4 crafts. The course will utilize essays, periodical articles or 6 credits. 421 and 422 may be repeated for up to a and exhibition catalogues as a catalyst for discussions CRAF 221 Woodworking Techniques maximum of 12 credits. Prerequisites: CRAF 221 and involving issues such as tradition and innovation, Semester course; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4 cred- 320. Advanced design and construction investigation of process and materiality, functionality, decoration, con- its. May be repeated for a maximum of eight credits varied materials and machine processes. tainment, metaphor, figuration and istallation. with permission of department chair. Introduction to techniques of woodworking. Includes the use of hand CRAF 341, 342/441, 442 Advanced Ceramics CRAF 409 Summer Metal and Jewelry Workshop tools; hand and machine joinery; shaping and carving; Semester courses; 2 lecture and 6 or 12 studio hours. 4 Semester course; 3, 6, 9 studio hours. Variable; 1, 2, 3 finishing; and techniques involving jigs and fixtures. or 6 credits. 441 and 442 may be repeated for up to a credits. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Students participate in studio work. maximum of 12 credits. Prerequisites: CRAF 241 and Permission of instructor. Exploration of specific metal 242 are the prerequisites for CRAF 341 and 342. CRAF processes and techniques such as fabrication, forging, CRAF 241 Ceramics: Handbuilding 341 and 342 are the prerequisites for 441 and 442. forming, casting, enameling and electroforming. See Semester course; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4 cred- Advanced problems in the design and production of the Schedule of Classes for specific course offerings. its. Basic construction techniques for fabricating functional and nonfunctional ceramic products. ceramic objects. Includes mold-making, slip casting and CRAF 429 Summer Woodworking Workshop press-molding as well as the use and application of CRAF 351, 352/451, 452 Glassworking Semester course; 3, 6, 9 studio hours. Variable; 1, 2, 3 low-fire slips, underglazes, glazes and the firing of Semester courses; 2 lecture and 6 or 12 studio hours. 4 credits. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: these objects in kilns. or 6 credits. 451 and 452 may be repeated for up to a Permission of instructor. Exploration of specific wood- maximum of 12 credits. Prerequisites: CRAF 251 and working processes and techniques such as joinery CRAF 242 Ceramics: Wheelthrowing 252. Opportunity for further investigation and special- methods, laminate bending, steambending, etc. See Semester course; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4 cred- ization in glassworking design and technical mastery. the Schedule of Classes for specific course offerings. its. Introduction to the use of the potter’s wheel. The objective is to develop the skill, dexterity and coordina- CRAF 361 Intermediate Textiles: CRAF 445 Technological Developments in tion required to use the wheel as one tool of the Tapestry/Weaving Ceramics ceramic forming process. Includes the properties and Semester courses; 2 lecture and 6 or 12 studio hours. 4 Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An examina- uses of high-fire clays and glazes. Students participate or 6 credits. Prerequisites: CRAF 261 and 262, or per- tion of significant developments in the design and tech- in kiln firings. mission of instructor. An introduction to the floor loom nology of ceramics from the prehistoric period to the with an emphasis on tapestry weaving. Concentrated present. The historical outline will include ceramics of CRAF 251, 252 Introduction to Glassworking studio work in contemporary and traditional loom tech- Europe, the Orient and the Americas. Illustrated lectures. Semester courses; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4, 4 niques along with continuing individual investigation of credits. An investigation of techniques, tools, equip- other textile techniques. CRAF 446 Glaze Technology ment, materials involved in hot and cold glassworking Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. processes. First semester covers basic molten-glass CRAF 362 Intermediate Textiles: Pattern Weaving Development, formulation and application of ceramic furnace techniques such as blowing and casting, mold- Semester course; 2 lecture and 6 or 12 studio hours. 4 glazes. The technology includes high, medium and low making and Pate de Verre (fusing crushed glass in a or 6 credits. Prerequisites: CRAF 261 and 262, or per- firing ranges as well as color and analysis of glaze mold). Second semester explores colored glass fusing, mission of instructor. An introduction to the floor loom materials. use of enamels and glazes, mold-making for slumped with an emphasis on pattern weaving. Concentrated forms and stained glass. studio work in contemporary and traditional loom tech- CRAF 447 Ceramic Technology: Clay, Claybodies niques along with continuing individual investigation of and Slips CRAF 261, 262 Beginning Textiles other textile techniques. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Study of Semester courses; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4, 4 clay from geological origins to practical application. credits. An introduction to basic textile techniques, CRAF 363, 364 Fabric Design I and II Course includes development and application of clay tools and materials. CRAF 261 introduces tapestry, felt- Semester courses; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4, 4 bodies in different firing ranges, englobes and slips. making, basketry and related techniques. CRAF 262 credits. Exploration of pattern as a design concept and focuses on embroidery, silk painting, piecing and quilt- the development of technical skills for dye application CRAF 448, 449/548, 549 Ceramic Workshop ing, and related techniques. The history and modern on fabric. CRAF 363 emphasizes silk painting. Semester courses; 9 studio hours. 3, 3 credits. application of each technique will be examined through Exploration in specific ceramic techniques such as raku, lectures, demonstrations and studio work. salt glaze, primitive firing and low temperature glazing.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 185 School of the Arts

CRAF 455, 456 Survey of Glass develop as sensitive, expressive artists with Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. An Department of Dance and professional training in dance technique, a examination of significant technological developments Choreography knowledge of dance philosophies, and a in glass from the past to present. First semester: ancient to 16th century. Second semester: 17th century foundation in history, enabling them to to contemporary. Illustrated lectures. Martha Curtis function as independent and creative artists Associate Professor and Department Chair (1988) in the field of dance. CRAF 459 Summer Glassworking Workshop B.F.A. 1976 North Carolina School of the Arts Semester course; 3, 6, 9 studio hours. Variable; 1, 2, 3 credits. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Burnside, Chris (1985) Professor Degree requirements in dance and Permission of instructor. Exploration of specific glass- B.F.A. 1969 Virginia Commonwealth University choreography working processes, such as forming molten glass, cast- M.M. 1973 Florida State University ing and coldworking techniques. See the Schedule of credits Classes for specific course offerings. Clemans, Katrina (2002) Assistant Professor Dance technique B.A. 1994 University of Virginia Modern 24 CRAF 461, 462 Advanced Textile Studio M.B.A. 2000 University of South Carolina Ballet 12 Semester courses; 2 lecture and 6 or 12 studio hours. 4 Frazier, James (2001) Assistant Professor Tap 2 or 6 credits for each course. Each course may be B.S. 1991 Florida State University African-Caribbean, T’ai Chi or jazz 2 repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. Prerequisites: M.F.A. 1994 Florida State University Dance workshop 8 CRAF 361 and 362, or permission of instructor. Jung, Audrey M. H. (1986) Professor Improvisation 4 Emphasis on investigation of advanced technical skills B.A. 1972 University of Hawaii Dance composition 6 along with development of a personal style. M.A. 1974 University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign Repertory 3 CRAF 463, 464 Fabric Design C.M.A. 1979 Laban Institute Music for dancers 3 Semester courses; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4, 4 Putnam, Scott (2001) Assistant Professor Music appreciation 3 credits. Development of a personal direction and exam- B.A. 1992 Colombia College, Chicago Dancer as teacher 3 ination of direct color application techniques such as M.F.A. 2001 University of California, Irvine Dance production workshop 2 batik, airbrush and fabric painting. Richards, Melanie J. (1982) Associate Professor Choreography performance 6 Senior project 3 B.A. 1970 University of California, Los Angeles CRAF 463, 464 Advanced Fabric Design Dance history and theory M.A. 1975 University of California, Los Angeles Semester courses; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4, 4 DANC 107 Contemporary Dance Perspectives 2 Steel, Judith (1989) Associate Professor credits. Prerequisites: CRAF 363 and 364, or permission DANC 308 Dance History 3 of instructor. Development of a personal direction with B.S. 1972 Slippery Rock State College DANC 313 Dance in World Cultures 3 advance examination of dye applications. M.A. 1975 University of Colorado Approved dance electives 2 or 3 Contact improvisation or CRAF 469 Summer Textile Workshop Emeriti faculty Semester course; 3, 6, 9 studio hours. Variable; 1, 2, 3 Video choreography workshop Wessells, Frances D., Associate Professor Emerita credits. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: General studies* Permission of instructor. Exploration of specific textile B.A. University of Denver English 101-200 6 techniques and processes, such as multiharness weav- M.A. New York University Science and technology 4 ing, pulled warp, special dye processes and designing DANC 317 Anatomy for the Dancer and for printed fabrics. See the Schedule of Classes for The mission of the Department of Dance DANC 318 Dance Science specific course offerings. and Choreography is to create an environ- Art history 103 or 104 3 ment where the student experiences the Social/behavioral sciences elective 3 CRAF 482 Senior Seminar Math elective** 3 Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. Resume and demands and challenges of the professional dancer/choreographer. In a community set- Ethics elective 3 portfolio preparation, promotion of creative work and Open electives 12 or 13 selling, exhibition opportunities and process, career ting where communication, mutual respect ______options, setting up a studio and other subjects appropri- and self-motivation are encouraged, classes 126 ate to the artist/craftsperson. Writing intensive. provide the student with disciplined train- CRAF 491 Topics in Crafts ing that will maximize their potential to * Students must include one writing intensive course Semester course; 1-3 credits. May be repeated for a become dancers of technical excellence, (WI) as part of their general education electives. maximum of nine credits. Prerequisite: Permission of choreographers with original and powerful ** In accordance with the school’s general education instructor. A seminar or workshop on a selected issue or voices and thinkers with high academic requirements, a student who scores at least 550 on topic in the field of crafts. See the Schedule of Classes standards. the mathematics portion of the SATs or has earned a for specific topic(s) to be offered each semester. Students are trained to be performers, “B” or higher grade in high school Algebra II or choreographers and teachers in this curricu- Geometry is exempted from the mathematics CRAF 493, 494 Fieldwork requirement. Students who meet this requirement lum which emphasizes modern dance and Semester courses; 270 clock hours. 6, 6 credits. will select an elective to fulfill three credits. Prerequisites: Senior standing in the major and permis- offers dance courses in modern, improvisa- sion of chair. Opportunity for practical work experi- tion, composition, choreography, music for The bachelor of fine arts degree program ences. Senior students are placed in professional dancers, and dance history, as well as ballet, organizations that offer supervised work or research in dance/choreography requires 126 credits, experience appropriate to their major interests. jazz, tap, African-Caribbean, ballroom, con- with 88 of those credits as the core curricu- Participation requires the approval of both the depart- tact improvisation, T’ai Chi, kinesiology, lum. Dance majors are encouraged to take ment chair and field supervisor. Students must work video/choreography, lighting design and two technique classes daily, including the 270 clock hours and maintain a daily log of their experi- dancer as teacher. Additionally, the pro- required modern technique class. The con- ences. Field supervisor will plan student’s work and gram provides a variety of experiences in evaluate performance. tinuous study of ballet is a strong compo- performance, choreography, and produc- nent of the curriculum, and dance majors tion. These offerings enable students to are required to take 12 credits in ballet.

186 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of the Arts

Beyond the first level of technique, stu- arts students as described in the earlier por- Prerequisites: DANC 111-112, or permission of instruc- dents progress to the higher levels through tion of this section of the bulletin. tor. A continuation of study of ballet technique at the audition or with permission of the instruc- beginning-level. Emphasis upon a stronger, more exact performance of the basic ballet steps, focusing on cor- tor. Upper levels of technique are repeat- Minor in dance rect alignment, development of the body, and rhythmic able for credit. All dance majors must com- and kinesthetic awareness. plete modern technique level 402 to be eli- Any VCU student can declare a minor gible for graduation with a bachelor of fine in dance. The minor consists of 27 credits. DANC 114, 214, 314, 414 Summer Dance arts in dance and choreography. Exceptions Fourteen of those credits must be taken Workshop are made only when the student demon- in approved dance technique — a combi- Semester courses; variable; 1, 3 credits per semester. nation of modern, ballet, tap, T’ai Chi, May be repeated for credit. Flexible course offerings in strates outstanding work in the creative dance technique, improvisation, composition, rhythmic track. The chair, in consultation with the contact improvisation and African training and repertory. See the Schedule of Classes for full-time faculty, must approve exceptions. Caribbean. Dance minors also must take specific course offerings. Within the core are opportunities for inde- DANC 105-106 Improvisation, DANC 205 pendent study, including a possible semester Composition, DANC 206 Composition or DANC 121, 122/AFAM 121, 122 Tap Technique I DANC 319-320 Video/Choreography Semester courses; 1 lecture and 2 studio hours. 2, 2 spent in an intensive investigation of a credits. Beginning study and training in the principles dance-related subject in the field. Workshop and DANC 308 Dance History. of tap technique with emphasis upon style, body align- The VCU dance program provides ment, spatial patterning, flexibility, strength and kines- opportunities for students to interact with thetic awareness to move the body in the style Courses in dance and required for tap dancing. faculty and guest artist mentors in classes, choreography (DANC) advising sessions, concerts and in creative DANC 126, 127/AFAM 126, 127 African-Caribbean projects. Formal evaluation procedures DANC 101-102 Modern Dance Technique I Dance I include a career evaluation during the sec- Continuous course; 1 lecture and 2 studio hours. 2-2 Semester courses; 1 lecture and 2 studio hours. 2, 2 ond semester of the freshman year and a credits. Prerequisite: Dance major or permission of credits. Dance based on the movements and rhythms of sophomore re-admittance audition at the chair. Corequisite: DANZ 101L-102L. Beginning study Africa and the Caribbean. and training in principles of modern dance technique. end of the sophomore year. The purpose of DANC 141, 142 Ballroom Dancing these evaluations is to assess each student’s Emphasis is on body alignment, spatial patterning, flexibility, strength and kinesthetic awareness. Semester courses; 2 studio hours. 1, 1 credit. A progress in relationship to the standards of study of basic ballroom dance steps and practice in the program. Dance majors must pass the DANZ 101L-102L Modern Dance Technique I their performance. sophomore re-admittance audition in order Laboratory DANC 151, 152/AFAM 151, 152 Jazz Dance to enroll in the upper-level creative track Continuous course; 3 studio hours. 1-1 credit. Required Technique I curriculum (DANC 303-304, 490). The of dance majors, concurrent with DANC 101-102. An extension of DANC 101-102. Semester courses; 1 lecture and 2 studio hours. 2, 2 sophomore re-admittance audition stands credits. Prerequisite: DANC 102 or permission of on its own as a separate evaluation from DANC 105-106 Improvisation instructor. Study and training in the principles and con- course grades. Continuous course; 1 lecture and 2 studio hours. 2-2 cepts of jazz technique. Emphasis on body alignment, Before graduation, students must com- credits. An exploration of spontaneous body movement flexibility, balance, rhythmic awareness and mastery of plete a senior project which is a practical with the purpose of increasing body awareness, move- isolated movements of body parts. The course includes ment invention and movement creativity. the exploration of the relationship between jazz music presentation in both performance and cho- and jazz dance. reography. Senior projects are approved by DANC 107 Contemporary Dance Perspectives the chair in consultation with the full-time Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. DANC 161, 162/261, 262/361, 362/461, 462 faculty. Approval is based on the quality of Prerequisite: Dance major or permission of chair. This is Rehearsal and Performance a proposal written by the student and an the first in a sequence of dance courses that fulfills Semester courses; hours to be arranged. 1 to 3 credits. assessment of the student’s overall academic one of the general education writing intensive require- Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Open to nonmajors. Each student is expected to devote a minimum of record. ments for dance majors. An introduction and orientation to various aspects of contemporary dance as an art 50 hours per credit per semester to receive credit. Within the School of the Arts, dance form. Students will engage in the viewing and discus- Dance rehearsals and production of work for a major students have frequent opportunities to sion of film, videos and dance concerts. dance concert. Selected sections offered for pass/fail. work collaboratively with other students in the arts. Possibilities include the visual arts, DANC 109, 110/209, 210/309, 310/409, 410 Dance DANC 171, 172 T’ai Chi Semester courses; 1 lecture and 2 studio hours. 2 cred- participation in multimedia events, and Workshop Semester courses; 2 studio hours. 1 credit. its. Study and practice of T’ai Chi, a Chinese exercise productions outside the dance department. Prerequisite: Dance major or permission of instructor. form, which is designed to bring one to full potential Any dance major can perform in numer- Group exploration of techniques related to all areas of through balancing, aligning and breathing exercises. ous formal concerts, informal showings, and dance. The short Yang form, based on Taoist principles, lecture-demonstrations produced by the strengthens the body while allowing for deep relax- department. DANC 111-112 Ballet Technique I ation to take place. Application of T’ai Chi to creative Continuous course; 1 lecture and 2 studio hours. 2-2 dance techniques is explored as a springboard for Opportunities also are available for train- credits. Beginning study of the principles of ballet tech- improvisation. ing in teaching, but students interested in nique. Emphasis upon vocabulary terms, body align- earning state certification should consult ment, spatial patterning, flexibility, strength and kines- DANC 183, 184 Introduction to Modern Dance their advisers. thetic awareness to move the body in the ballet style. Technique An audition is required for acceptance Semester courses; 1 lecture and 2 studio hours. 2, 2 DANC 113 Ballet Technique I into the dance program. Applicants for the credits. For non-dance majors. Experiential introduction Semester course; 1 lecture and 2 studio hours. 2 cred- to basic movement principles, body alignment and the bachelor of fine arts in dance/choreography its. This course may be repeated for a maximum of four elements of modern dance. will follow the admissions guidelines for credits on the recommendation of the chair.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 187 School of the Arts

DANC 201-202 Modern Dance Technique II DANC 260 Dance Production Workshop eral education writing intensive requirements for dance Continuous course; 1 lecture and 2 studio hours. 2-2 Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. majors. Students learn and participate in dance styles credits. This course may be repeated for a maximum of Prerequisite: Dance major or permission of instructor. of various world cultures as they study cultural tradi- eight credits on the recommendation of the chair. An introduction to the basic principles of dance lighting tions and how they are expressed in movement. No Prerequisite: DANC 102 or permission of instructor. and technical theatre through lecture, practical demon- dance experience necessary. This course will include Corequisites: DANZ 201L, 202L. Further study and stration and discussion. lectures, readings, research and discussion. Students training in the principles of modern dance technique on will engage in the viewing and discussion of films, a low intermediate-level with the expectation of better DANC 291 Topics in Dance videos and dance concerts. coordination of all elements into a sense of dance. Semester course; 1-4 credits. May be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisite: Permission of DANC 315, 316 Contact Improvisation DANZ 201L-202L Modern Dance Technique II instructor. A seminar or workshop on a selected issue or Semester courses; 1 lecture and 2 studio hours. 2 cred- Laboratory topic in the field of dance. See the Schedule of Classes its. Prerequisites: DANC 101, 102, or permission of Continuous course; 3 studio hours. 1-1 credit. This for specific topic(s) to be offered each semester. instructor. Exploration of the technique of partnering course may be repeated for a maximum of four credits and the exchange of weight in an improvisational for- on the recommendation of the chair. Prerequisites: DANC 301-302 Modern Dance Technique III mat. Emphasis is on a shared process that explores DANC 102 and DANZ 102L, or permission of instructor. Continuous course; 1 lecture and 2 studio hours. 2-2 gravity, lifting, and the give and take of body weight. Corequisites: DANC 201-202. An extension of DANC credits. This course may be repeated for a maximum of 201-202. eight credits on the recommendation of the chair. DANC 317 Anatomy for the Dancer Prerequisite: DANC 202 or permission of instructor. Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. A web DANC 205-206 Composition Corequisites: DANZ 301L-302L. High intermediate study based, self-study course designed for dance students. Continuous course; 2 lecture and 2 studio hours. and training in principles of modern dance technique. Integrates the study of anatomy with dance terminol- 3-3 credits. Prerequisites: DANC 105-106 Improvisation Movement studies demanding greater strength and flex- ogy, skills and concepts. Covers basic knowledge of and MHIS 243 Music Appreciation, or permission ibility. Spatial patterns demanding increased coordina- skeletal, muscular and nervous systems of the body of instructor. An introduction to the basic elements tion, kinesthetic awareness and aesthetic sensitivity. and applies this information to principles important of choreography. to dance. DANZ 301L-302L Modern Dance Technique III DANC 211-212 Ballet Technique II Laboratory DANC 318 Dance Science Continuous course; 1 lecture and 2 studio hours. 2-2 Continuous course; 3 studio hours. 1-1 credit. This Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 credits. This course may be repeated for a maximum of course may be repeated for a maximum of four credits credits. Prerequisite: DANC 317. A team-taught lecture 8 credits on the recommendation of the chair. on the recommendation of the chair. Prerequisites: and laboratory course that applies anatomical and Prerequisite: DANC 112 or permission of instructor. DANC 202 and DANZ 202L or permission of the basic kinesiological concepts to dance technique. Further training and practice in ballet technique. instructor. Corequisites: DANC 301-302. An extension Students will analyze and assess dance movement Emphasis upon a stronger, more exact performance of of DANC 301-302. using scientific principles as well as study the interplay the ballet steps, focusing still on correct alignment, between the aesthetic qualities and biomechanics of development of the body and kinesthetic awareness. DANC 303-304 Choreography/Performance dance technique, and the role of this study in injury Continuous course; 2 lecture and 2 studio hours. 3-3 prevention. DANC 221, 222 Tap Technique II credits. Prerequisites: DANC 205-206 Composition and Semester courses; 1 lecture and 2 studio hours. 2, 2 DANC 232 Music for Dancers or permission of instruc- DANC 319, 320 Video/Choreography Workshop credits. Prerequisite: Audition or permission of instructor. Dance majors must pass the sophomore re-admit- Semester courses; 2 lecture and 2 studio hours. 3, 3 tor. Further study and training in the principles of tap tance audition prior to enrolling in this class. The craft credits. Prerequisites: Experience in movement, per- technique. of choreography and performing techniques are formance and/or video/film, or permission of instructor. explored extensively as students develop solo and Students gain practical skills as well as basic theoreti- DANC 232 Music for Dancers group pieces while rotating in the roles of choreogra- cal foundation in the principles of working with video Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. pher/director and performer. and choreography. Prerequisites: MHIS 243 and DANC 101, or permission of instructor. An examination of the various traditional DANC 308 Dance History DANC 343 Body Imagery and nontraditional concepts which the dancer uses in Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 studio hours. 3 cred- collaboration with music. Course includes lecture, read- Prerequisites for dance majors: ENGL 200, ARTH 104, its. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. The study of ing, listening and movement assignments. Focus will DANC 107, or permission of instructor. Second in a body/mind imagery as a source of exploration that be on the dancer’s intelligent and justifiable choice of sequence of dance courses that fulfills one of the gen- includes movement qualities, dynamics and vocabular- music through movement analysis. eral education writing intensive requirements for dance ies. Students gain insight into their inner resources as majors. Study and analysis of the history of western a base for outer expression. DANC 243 Dynamic Alignment theatrical dance forms including motivations, philoso- Semester course; 1 lecture and 2 studio hours. 2 cred- phies and styles from ancient Greece through specific DANC 371, 372 Repertory its. Study of the basic principles of mechanical balance contemporary dance artists of the 20th century. Semester courses; 2 lecture and 2 studio hours. 3, 3 and postural alignment. Practice in the application of Includes lectures, readings and research. Students will credits. Prerequisites: DANC 101-102, and permission the major theories of alignment and techniques of engage in the viewing and discussion of film, video and of instructor. Study and rehearsal of roles in choreogra- realignment. Corrective exercises, breathing tech- dance concerts. phy produced by the faculty and/or guest artists, with niques, relaxation, guided imagery, self-awareness the objective of achieving a performance level. exercises and body image work will be learned and DANC 311-312 Ballet Technique III practiced. Continuous course; 1 lecture and 2 studio hours. 2-2 DANC 401-402 Modern Dance Technique IV credits. This course may be repeated for a maximum of Continuous course; 1 lecture and 2 studio hours. 2-2 DANC 251, 252 Jazz Technique II 12 credits on the recommendation of the chair. credits. Prerequisite: DANC 302 or permission of Semester courses; 1 lecture and 2 studio hours. 2, 2 Prerequisite: DANC 212 or permission of instructor. instructor. Corequisites: DANZ 401L-402L. Advanced credits. Prerequisites: DANC 151, 152, or permission of Continued development in the skills and aesthetics of study and training in modern dance technique. This instructor. An in-depth study of movement styles and ballet. course may be repeated for a maximum of 12 credits qualities in jazz dance. Advanced work on integrating on the recommendation of the department chair. music and movement with focus upon chronology of DANC 313 Dance in World Cultures jazz music and corresponding dance forms. Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 studio hours. 3 cred- DANZ 401L-402L Modern Dance Technique IV its. Prerequisites for dance majors: DANC 107 and 308, Laboratory or permission of instructor. This course is the third in a Continuous course; 3 studio hours. 1-1 credit. This sequence of dance courses that fulfills one of the gen- course may be repeated for a maximum of four credits

188 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of the Arts on the recommendation of the department chair. Marzoratti, Leanne (2002) Assistant Professor all prerequisites. Failure to comply can Prerequisites: DANC 302 and DANZ 302L, or permis- A.S. 1993 Fashion Institute of Technology lengthen the number of semesters necessary sion of the instructor. Corequisites: DANC 401-402. An B.S. 1994 University of Delaware for completion of degree requirements. extension of DANC 401-402. M.Ed. 1998 Virginia Commonwealth University Internships provide not only experience, DANC 407 The Dancer as Teacher Regni, Rose (2002) Assistant Professor but industry contacts and are strongly rec- Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 studio hours. 3 cred- B.S. 1970 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State ommended. They may be conducted during its. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. The student University the fall, spring or summer semesters. learns to analyze and communicate movement in a Swartz, Henry C. (1987) Associate Professor variety of teaching situations. The student will have an B.F.A. 1971 Pratt Institute opportunity to observe different teaching techniques M.F.A. 1977 Virginia Commonwealth University Degree requirements in fashion and to practically apply learned teaching concepts and Watson, Janice M. (1982) Associate Professor design theories. B.F.A. 1973 Moore College of Art credits M.A.E. 1988 Virginia Commonwealth University DANC 450 Professional Project Foundation Studios 14 Wilkins, Sandra B. (1978) Associate Professor Semester course; 3-9 credits. May be repeated for a Art History 9 B.F.A. 1972 Virginia Commonwealth University maximum of 12 credits. An individualized program in Professional courses: research and/or practicum within a professionally-ori- Construction techniques ented organization, subject to approval of the depart- The Department of Fashion Design and Draping ment faculty. Merchandising offers three tracks: fashion Patternmaking DANC 451 Careers in Dance design, leading to a bachelor of fine arts Fashion drawing Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Realistic degree; fashion merchandising, leading to a Textiles for the apparel industry aspects of the dance profession, as performer, teacher bachelor of arts degree; and home fashions Design theory and illustration (four 3-credit courses) and researcher. The student’s learning experience culmi- merchandising, leading to a bachelor of arts Fashion seminar 63 nates in a final project that enhances and challenges the degree. General education 25 student in both areas of performance and choreography. The fashion design curriculum offers Free electives 12 The project must attain public performance status. ______technical and design courses that provide 123 DANC 490 Senior Project skills required in the fashion industry. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Individual designs are presented in two- Note: Art foundation students are accepted into the design Prerequisites: DANC 303-304 and approval of the chair. dimensional form, developed and perfected track with the expectation and requirement that they The culmination of the student’s learning experience in through techniques used in the fashion will complete Art Foundation studio courses with a a final project that enhances and challenges the stu- minimum grade of “C” and maintain a minimum GPA dent in both areas of performance and choreography. industry, and then executed in final and The project must attain public performance status. three-dimensional form in fabrics appropri- of 2.0. ate to the design. Sophomores are required DANC 491 Topics in Dance to purchase departmentally approved dress Degree requirements in fashion Semester course; 1-4 credits. May be repeated for a forms and attend a field trip to New York. maximum of eight credits. Prerequisite: Permission of merchandising instructor. A seminar or workshop on a selected issue or The major in fashion merchandising represents a strong background from market- credits topic in the field of dance. See the Schedule of Classes Professional education 48 for specific topic(s) to be offered each semester. ing, business and specialized professional Computers courses with an emphasis on globalism. Fashion industry Students are directed toward assignments Visual merchandising or promotion Department of Fashion Design that will develop their skills in research, Supervision and management and Merchandising writing, presentation and critical thinking. Concepts of the fashion environment Graduates find career opportunities in fash- Textiles for the apparel industry Karen M. Guthrie ion forecasting, product development, Contemporary fashion Associate Professor and Acting Department Chair advertising and promotion, retail manage- Merchandise planning and control (1984) ment, buying and international marketing. Retail simulation B.S. Virginia Commonwealth University Home fashions is a track that focuses on Fashion forecasting M.Ed. Virginia Commonwealth University furnishings, accessories and textiles specific Importing/exporting fashion Advanced store development Reamy, Donna to the home furnishings industry. The home Assistant Professor and Acting Assistant Chair Line development furnishings industry is one of the fastest Fashion seminar (2000) growing areas of the fashion market. Art history 9 B.S. 1980 Virginia Commonwealth University Objectives for students in the track are to General education 31 M.Ed. 1995 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and gain product knowledge, understand con- Business courses 21 State University sumer behavior and develop marketing Approved electives 15 strategies for successful employment with ______Caskey, Kristin A. (1997) Assistant Professor retail organizations and major manufacturers. 124 B.S.S. Cornell College B.F.A. Parsons School of Design The tracks are extremely time consum- M.F.A. 1994 Printmaking Cranbrook Academy of Art ing. Students are expected to put class Minor in fashion merchandising Guthrie, Kimberly (1998) Assistant Professor attendance and study time above other campus activities or employment. Students from any department in the B.F.A. Virginia Commonwealth University university may request a minor in fashion M.A.E. Virginia Commonwealth University Students must take classes in the sequence prescribed by the department and adhere to merchandising — if they have a 2.8 GPA Hayes, April (2002) Assistant Professor or above — which consists of 18 credits. B.A. 1996 Virginia Commonwealth University

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 189 School of the Arts

The following nine credits are required: FASH 201 Construction Techniques FASH 319 Contemporary Fashion FASH 240 Survey of the Fashion Industry Semester course; 1 lecture and 4 studio hours. 3 cred- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An in- I; FASH 241 Survey of the Fashion its. The basic principles involved in garment construc- depth study of fashion beginning at the Industrial tion with emphasis on professional design-room prac- Revolution and continuing to the present from a histori- Industry II; and FASH 341 Merchandise tices in sewing, pressing and finishing of garments. cal and socio-economic point of view. Hands-on exami- Planning and Control. With the guidance Knowledge of basic sewing is advisable. nation of vintage garments and field trips to museum of a track adviser, students will choose nine collections. Writing intensive. additional credits from the list of profes- FASH 202 Draping sional fashion merchandising courses; six of Semester course; 1 lecture and 4 studio hours. 3 cred- FASH 330/IDES 330/CARD 330 The Business of its. Basic principles of three-dimensional patternmak- these credits must be at the 300 or 400 Design ing by draping muslin on a dress form. Student will be Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course level. A cumulative GPA of 2.0 must be required to purchase the specified dress form. introduces basic global economics and general design attained in these courses. business concepts such as the free enterprise system, FASH 203-204 Patternmaking legal forms of business and financial considerations. It Continuous course; 1 lecture and 4 studio hours. 3-3 also surveys business and management practices such Degree requirements in home credits. Basic principles of patternmaking, developing as planning, decision making, communication, global fashions merchandising various styles from master patterns and creating ethics, marketing, human resources, finance and entre- designs to be constructed in muslin. Students also will preneurial skills needed to open a design business. credits draft a set of master patterns and learn to “true” the Professional education 52 pattern to produce production ready patterns. FASH 341 Merchandise Planning and Control Interior design Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Theory and Computers FASH 205-206 Fashion Drawing I mathematical application of the major elements of Fashion industry Continuous course; 1 lecture and 4 studio hours. 3-3 retail buying and merchandising. Discussion covers Visual merchandising credits. Introduction to the fashion figure working from planning and control of inventory, profit analysis, mer- Supervision and management models and photographs. Covers flat drawing tech- chandise pricing and purchase negotiation. Textiles niques and fashion design theory. Explores different Computations for merchandise planning and control media and the use of color. FASH 342 Retail Buying Simulation Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Buying simulation FASH 210 Visual Merchandising Fashion forecasting Prerequisite: FASH 341. Practical application of retail Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Theory and buying skills in relation to the calculations for a six Historic and ethic textiles practical application of visual merchandising tech- month buying plan for a department within a depart- Importing/exporting fashion niques in the fashion industry. Development of design ment store. The simulation includes projection of sales, Advanced store development concepts, fixturing, layout and presentation for retail, stock levels, markdowns, purchases, gross margin, Fashion seminar manufacturing and special events. Use of computer- markup, etc. Art history aided design. General education 42 FASH 343 Fashion Forecasting Business courses 24 FASH 240 Survey of the Fashion Industry I Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Using basic Approved electives 8 Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of principles to identify, track and analyze current trends, ______the apparel industry emphasizing the role of the students will develop a fashion forecast. Demographic, 126 designer and the various stages of production. economic, social and historical forces of behavior will be evaluated. FASH 241 Survey of the Fashion Industry II * In accordance with the school’s general education Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An analysis FASH 350 Fashion Promotion requirements, a student who scores at least 550 on of the apparel industry emphasizing retail aspects. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. the mathematics portion of the SATs or has earned a Prerequisite: Junior standing. Through lecture and field “B” or higher grade in high school Algebra II or FASH 245 Computers for Fashion II experience, students are exposed to technical and cre- Geometry is exempted from the mathematics Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 ative aspects of fashion promotion and public relations. requirement. Students who meet this requirement credits. Explore the world of computers while applying A variety of media are utilized. Students may be will select an elective to fulfill three credits. the principles of imaging and desktop publishing as required to spend time outside the classroom on pro- they are used in the fashion industry. motional activities. * In accordance with the school’s general education FASH 250 Concepts of Fashion Merchandising FASH 360 Importing and Exporting Fashion requirements, a student who scores at least 550 on Environment the mathematics portion of the SATs or has earned a Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Basic Prerequisites: FASH 190 and FASH 240. An overview “B” or higher grade in high school Algebra II or research techniques and analysis skills for evaluating Geometry is exempted from the mathematics and introduction to import/export theory, government contemporary fashion and apparel topics. regulations and global sourcing. Students will gain insight to the dynamics and cultures of the interna- Note: Any student who fails two or more required courses FASH 290 Textiles for the Fashion Industry tional fashion marketplace. or fails a required course for a second time will be Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course dropped from the program. is designed to develop an under standing of the factors FASH 370/CARD 370/IDES 370 Design History: 20th which influence the tactile behaviors of fabrics during and 21st Centuries garment design, manufacture and wear. Apparel fiber Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Courses in fashion design and construction, finish and properties both natural and Prerequisites: ARTF 105-106. Study of the major theo- merchandising (FASH) man-made will be analyzed. ries and styles on communication arts, fashion and FASH 301, 302 Design I Studio interior environments of the 20th and 21st centuries. FASH 145 Computers for Fashion I Semester course; 1 lecture and 4 studio hours. 3 cred- Contemporary analysis of cultural conditions and the Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 its. May be repeated. Prerequisite: Completion of all manner in which designers respond to those condi- credits. To introduce the students to basic principles of sophomore studio courses. A series of courses that tions. Writing intensive. the computer and to become familiar with it as a draw- focus on selected topics in design, reflecting current FASH 390/INTL 390 Historic and Ethnic Textiles ing and communication tool as used in the fashion fashion emphasis. See Schedule of Classes for current industry. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. offerings. Prerequisite: FASH 290 or IDES 446 or permission of

190 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of the Arts instructor. An examination of the history of textile FASH 492 Independent Study in the Fashion Yung, Ringo, Professor Emeritus design and production around the world. Industry B.A. Tientsin University Semester course; 1-3 credits. May be repeated. B.F.A. Tientsin University FASH 391 Fashion Workshop Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing as a major in M.F.A. University of Kansas Semester course; variable; 1-3 credits per semester. fashion design or fashion merchandising. Learning May be repeated for a maximum total of six credits. A experiences should be designed with the supervising topical workshop offered in various areas of fashion faculty member in the form of a contract between stu- The Department of Interior Design offers not included in the regular curriculum. See the dent and instructor; approval of department chair nec- a FIDER-accredited, professional program Schedule of Classes for particular areas to be covered essary prior to registration. This course will be limited that seeks to produce competent creative each semester. to those students who have demonstrated intense designers whose design solutions are based commitment to a particular area of study within the on human response in the contemporary FASH 401, 402 Design II Studio fashion industry. Semester course; 1 lecture and 4 studio hours. 3 credits. environment. Mastery of design skills, May be repeated. Prerequisites: Completion of all soph- FASH 493 Fashion Internship development of productive habits, knowl- omore studio courses and permission of instructor. A 1-3 credits. It may be a single internship for three cred- edge of resources and an awareness of inter- series of upper level design classes for the advanced or its or several (maximum three) totaling three credits. related disciplines equip the student with skilled student, reflecting current topics in the fashion Open to junior and senior-level fashion majors only. A the tools and expertise necessary to pursue industry. See Schedule of Classes for current offerings. practicum in which students apply on-the-job the for- creative design positions or to enter pro- mal classroom and studio training they have received grams of advanced study. FASH 403 Design Theory and Illustration I in their option (design, illustration, merchandising) on Semester course; 1 lecture and 4 studio hours. 3 cred- campus. Students may enter the interior design its. May be repeated. Prerequisite: Completion of all program in the fall or the spring semesters. Department of Fashion sophomore studio courses. A Admission to the degree program follows series of design theory and illustration topics that address current fashion and support the Department of Department of Interior Design successful completion of the freshman Art Fashion design courses. See Schedule of Classes for Foundation Program, or for transfer stu- current offerings. M. Buie Harwood dents, equivalent preparation at other insti- Professor and Department Chair (1985) tutions. All students are required to have a FASH 404 Design Theory and Illustration II B.F.A. 1972 Louisiana Tech University minimum GPA of 2.0 the semester before Semester course; 1 lecture and studio hours. 3 credits. M.F.A. 1973 Louisiana Tech University May be repeated. Prerequisites: Completion of all entering the program, as a cumulative aver- Department of Fashion sophomore studio courses and age before entering and each semester they permission of instructor. A series of advanced design Havenhand, Lucinda Kaukas (2001) Assistant Professor continue in the program. A portfolio of theory and illustration topics that address current fash- B.A. State University of New York work is required by all applicants. The ion, challenge the skilled student and support the B.F.A. Virginia Commonwealth University department uses the portfolio evaluation Department of Fashion design courses. See Schedule M.A. Virginia Commonwealth University process established in the School of the of Classes for current offerings. M.Phil. Syracuse University Arts. Heneveld, Paula (1998) Assistant Professor The department has a very comprehen- FASH 443 Supervision and Management B.S. 1967 University of Michigan Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The study sive Web site with extensive information M.A. 1982 Cornell University of advanced leadership skills as they relate to the fash- about the program, interior design in gen- ion industry. Topics include team building, negotiations, Whitehead, W. Camden (1985) Associate Professor B.A. 1976 Averett College eral, faculty, student work and the depart- time and stress management, and communications. ment newsletter. In advance of scheduling Emphasis placed on leadership and supervision skills M.Arch. 1980 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and across cultures. State University a meeting for department advising, students should review the Web site at FASH 445 Advanced Application in Store Emeriti faculty www.vcu.edu/artweb/interiors. Development Field, Jerry J., Professor Emeritus The department relates with the profes- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. B.S. Virginia Commonwealth University sional interior design community through a Prerequisite: FASH 341. Studies operational functions as related to the objective and decision making proce- Diploma Parsons School of Design variety of activities. The department invites dures inherent in successful small business retailing. Gunter, Ben D., Professor Emeritus featured speakers to share experiences, par- Quantitative strategies will be applied as students A.B. Bridgewater College ticipate in the annual ASID EXPO, facili- develop a model plan for a retail business. B.F.A. Virginia Commonwealth University tates mentorships with professional design- M.Ed. University of Virginia ers and supports student internships. An FASH 450 Line Development Hamilton, Dorothy Tennent, Associate Professor active student chapter of the American Semester course; 3 lecture hours; 3 credits. Pre- or Emerita corequisite: FASH 341. Students will learn the funda- Society for Interior Designers provides addi- Certificate Virginia Commonwealth University mentals of producing a line of apparel, accessories or tional enriching opportunities for student home fashions from conception to consumer. Emphasis Hester, Robert F., Professor Emeritus involvement. will be placed on market research, specification sheets, B.A. Wake Forest College The program places a strong emphasis on costing, sourcing, production and sales. Diploma Parsons School of Design studio design courses. Because of this Graduate Study University of London emphasis, students must enroll in only one FASH 490 Fashion Seminar M.A. Cornell University design studio course (IDES 201, 202, 301, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A profes- National Trust Summer School (England) sional seminar for senior fashion majors. Lectures will Marlow, Craig H. (1977) Associate Professor Emeritus 302, 303, 304 or 401) each semester even if cover career opportunities, job preparation and current B.F.A. 1971 Louisiana Tech University they are a transfer student. Students must events impacting global fashion industry. M.F.A. 1973 Louisiana Tech University enroll in one graphics course with the design studio course until all graphics

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 191 School of the Arts courses are completed. To ensure appropri- Degree requirements in interior ments through written, oral, graphic and three-dimen- ate preparation, students must enroll in design sional documentation. IDES 441 Senior Design Seminar, an issues IDES 211 Interior Graphics – Manual course, the semester before enrolling in General education credits English 101, 200 6 Continuous course; 1 lecture and 6 studio hours. 3 cred- IDES 401 Senior Interior Design Studio, a Mathematics* 3 its. Prerequisites: All Art Foundation Program studio comprehensive design studio. A senior Natural science/laboratory 4 courses and concurrent enrollment in IDES 201, 301, exhibition and reception are typically held Sociology/psychology 3 302, 303 or 304 and completion of, or concurrent enrollment in IDES 231. Interior design majors only; other at the end of the fall and spring semesters. Open elective (design history) 3 School of the Arts majors by approval. Introduction to Open elective (ethics) 3 A laptop computer is required in the inte- manual graphic communication techniques in interior rior design program. The department rec- Open electives 9 design including drafting, sketching, rendering, perspec- ommends a specific computer package that Art Foundation Program 20 tive drawing, presentation formats and model making is used throughout the academic year. The Interior design for professional graphic presentations. package is updated each year because of Design 24 changes in computer technology. The total Communication graphics 12 IDES 212 Interior Graphics – Computer Building and interior components 18 Semester course; 1 lecture and 6 studio hours. 3 cred- cost will be approximately $3,600. Profession 8 its. Prerequisites: All Art Foundation Program studio Information about the current computer Theory and history 9 courses and concurrent enrollment in IDES 201, 301, package is available on the department Web ______302, 303 or 304 and completion of/or concurrent enroll- site. Because of unforeseen changes in com- 122 ment in IDES 231. Interior design majors only; other puter requirements, students should consult School of the Arts majors by approval. Laptop computer with the department before enrollment in * In accordance with the school’s general education required. Introduction to computer graphic communica- requirements, a student who scores at least 550 on tion techniques in interior design drafting, rendering, computer graphics courses. Students are perspective drawing, presentation formats and 3-D the mathematics portion of the SATs or has earned a required to purchase a laptop computer and imaging for professional graphic presentations. appropriate software with enrollment in “B” or higher grade in high school Algebra II or IDES 212 Interior Graphics: Computer. Geometry is exempted from the mathematics IDES 231 Fundamentals of Interior Design requirement. Students who meet this requirement Arrangements for computer packages are Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. Required of will select an elective to fulfill three credits. all incoming interior design majors; can take prior to or made through Online@VCU, the VCU concurrent with IDES 201 and IDES 211 or 212. Academic Campus computer store. Introduction to the theories, methods and processes of An interior design student kit also is Courses in interior design (IDES) interior design. This course facilitates the transition of required in interior design. It contains a vari- skills and knowledge from the Art Foundation Program ety of drawing supplies for graphics and design IDES 103-104 Introductory Studio Course to specific interior design applications and focuses on Continuous course; 1 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 2- studio courses. Students are required to pur- analysis and evaluation of interior environments as a 2 credits. Offered evenings only. Not open to interior support and supplement to the studio experience. chase the kit, or provide appropriate substi- design majors. A practical course in which the student tutes of equipment, with enrollment in IDES becomes familiar with fundamentals of interior design IDES 241 Physical and Social Behavior 211 Interior Graphics: Manual. Arrangements through work with floor plans, furniture selection and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. for student kits are made through the VCU arrangement, floor and wall compositions, color har- Prerequisite: IDES 231. Theories of behavioral and Academic Campus bookstore. mony, wallpaper and other aspects of design. social aspects of interior design. Study of how people interpret, evaluate and act in the built environment. The department recognizes that students IDES 201 Introductory Interior Design Studio Social, cultural and economic factors are included. may bring with them a variety of back- Semester course; 2 lecture/seminar and 6 studio hours. ground and experiences. For this reason, 4 credits. Prerequisites: All Art Foundation Program stu- IDES 251 History of Interior Environments interior design courses are open to chal- dio courses and concurrent enrollment in IDES 231 and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. lenge based on regulations for “Credit by IDES 211 or 212. Interior design majors only; other Prerequisites: ARTH 102 and 104. Study of the major Examination” stated in the VCU School of the Arts majors by approval. Introduction to theories and styles of the interior environments and identification and applications of fundamental interior furnishings from the 18th to the late 19th centuries. Undergraduate Bulletin. The department design issues through applied projects. Emphasis Contemporary analysis of cultural conditions and the criteria for challenge include: acceptance includes: developing design ideas, understanding manner in which designers and architects respond to into the interior design program; a maxi- design philosophies, design principles and elements, those conditions. Writing intensive. mum number of nine credits; and applica- human factors, defining and solving problems cre- tion based upon demonstrated experience, atively, analyzing spatial and functional requirements, IDES 252 History of Interior Environments Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. portfolio work and professional years of applying design processes, creating an aesthetic space and preparing a presentation as related to interior Prerequisites: ARTH 102 and 104. Study of the major experience. The challenge may not be design. theories and styles of the interior environments and requested during the final semester before furnishings from the late 19th to 20th centuries. graduation. The following courses may be IDES 202 Introductory Interior Design Studio II Contemporary analysis of cultural conditions and the challenged: IDES 211, 212, 231, 321, 322, Semester courses; 2 lecture/seminar and 6 studio manner in which designers and architects respond to 324, 422 and 431. hours. 4 credits. Prerequisites: Art Foundation Program those conditions. Writing intensive. studio classes, IDES 201, IDES 211 or 212, and IDES The department sponsors numerous field 231. Interior design majors only; other School of the IDES 301, 302, 303, 304 Interior Design Studio trips that enable students to gain exposure Arts majors by approval. The course expands upon the Semester course; 2 lecture/seminar and 6 studio hours. to the work of prominent designers. The interior design issues introduced in IDES 201 through 4 credits. Prerequisites: IDES 201, 202 and 231, and cost of voluntary trips should not exceed their application in small scale interiors projects of concurrent enrollment in IDES 211, 212, 311 or 312. $250 annually. increasing size and complexity. It emphasizes the fur- Interior design majors only. Discussion and application ther development of methods and processes for design of design philosophies, theories and creative design The department has several scholarships strategies at the intermediate level. Emphasis includes: and awards available to students. For more development, understanding of basic design principles and elements, and ways of analyzing design require- research, survey and analysis, design processes, spa- information, see the department Web site. tial and functional analysis, design elements,

192 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of the Arts principles, human factors, creative problem solving, ries and styles on communication arts, fashion and vised practical work experiences that are coordinated code requirements, selection of interior components interior environments of the 20th and 21st centuries. with professional interior designers in the field. Formal and preparation of a presentation. Topics will vary by Contemporary analysis of cultural conditions and the arrangements must be made. Graded as pass/fail. sections and will be posted in the department. manner in which designers respond to those conditions. Writing intensive. IDES 311 Advanced Interior Graphics – Manual Department of Music Semester course; 1 lecture and 6 studio hours. 3 cred- IDES 401 Senior Interior Design Studio its. Prerequisite: IDES 211. Interior design majors only. Semester course; 2 lecture/seminar and 6 studio hours. Advanced manual graphic communication techniques in 4 credits. Prerequisites: IDES 201, 202, 211, 212, 231, John Guthmiller interior design including drafting, sketching, rendering, 241, 251 or 252, 301, 302, 303, 304, 321, 322, 323; Associate Professor and Department perspective drawing, presentation formats and model enrollment previously or concurrently with IDES 311 or Chair (1988) making for professional graphic presentations. 312; enrollment the semester before in IDES 441. B.M.E. 1974 Murray State University Interior design majors only. Department-approved senior M.M. 1976 Florida State University IDES 312 Advanced Interior Graphics – Computer interior design project. Advanced design experience of D.M.A. 1982 University of Colorado Semester course; 1 lecture and 6 studio hours. 3 cred- student’s choice of an interior environment of complex its. Prerequisite: IDES 212. Interior design majors only. scope and scale to meet the needs of specific clients Austin, Terry L. (1986) Associate Professor Laptop computer required. Advanced computer graphic and prepare students for the practice of the profession. B.M.E. 1975 Indiana University communication techniques in interior design drafting, The project addresses issues of design of the 21st cen- M.A. 1978 University of Hawaii rendering, perspective drawing, presentation formats tury and integrates all aspects of the curriculum. and 3-D imaging for professional graphic presentations. Ph.D. 1984 University of Wisconsin IDES 421 Construction Documents Batty, L. Wayne (1949) Professor IDES 321 Interior Materials and Textiles Semester course; 1 lecture and 6 studio hours. 3 cred- B.M.Ed. Illinois Wesleyan University Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. its. Prerequisites: All Art Foundation Program studio B.M. Kansas City Conservatory Prerequisites: All Art Foundation Program studio courses and IDES 201, 202, 231, 212, 312 and concur- M.M. Chicago Musical College courses and IDES 231 or comparable experience by rent enrollment in IDES 301, 302, 303, 304 or 401. M.M. 1949 Roosevelt University approval. Interior design and School of the Arts majors Interior design majors only. Laptop computer required. Bick, Donald A. (1974) Associate Professor only. Investigation and practical application of materi- Study of construction documents on the computer as B.M. 1970 Eastman School als and textiles in interior environments. related to the design of interior environments. M.M. 1974 University of Maryland IDES 322 Color in Interior Environments IDES 422 Building Systems Bilyeu, Landon A. (1974) Associate Professor Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. B.M. Centenary College Prerequisites: All Art Foundation Program studio Prerequisites: All Art Foundation Program studio M.M. 1964 University of Tulsa courses and IDES 231 or comparable experience by courses and IDES 201 and 231. Interior design majors Bilyeu, Francile (1984) Assistant Professor approval. Interior design and School of the Arts majors only. Contemporary theories and techniques in the B.M. 1962 Kansas State University only. Advanced study of color and its impact on interior design of buildings as related to interior design, small M.M. 1963 University of Tulsa spaces; theory and practical applications. structural considerations, HVAC, acoustics, plumbing Brooks, Christopher A. (1990) Associate Professor and the attributes of materials. IDES 323 Light in Interior Environments B.A. University of Maryland Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. IDES 431 ID Business Practices M.A. University of Michigan Prerequisites: All Art Foundation Program studio Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. M.M. University of Texas, Austin courses, IDES 231, and IDES 201, 211 or 212, or com- Prerequisites: IDES 201 and 231. Interior design Ph.D. University of Texas, Austin parable experience by approval. Interior design and majors only. Writing intensive. Advanced study of the Day, Melanie Kohn (1987) Assistant Professor School of the Arts majors only. The study of illumina- interior design profession as related to professional B.A. 1975 Maryville College tion and its impact on interior spaces; theory and prac- and business practices including: responsibilities, M.M. 1978 Boston University tical applications. services, ethics, business and project management, M.M. 1980 Boston University and marketing. IDES 324 Furniture Design Donnell, Cynthia S. (1979) Associate Professor Semester course; 1 lecture and 6 studio hours. 3 cred- IDES 441 Senior Design Seminar B.M.E. University of North Carolina, Greensboro its. Prerequisites: All Art Foundation Program studio Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. M.M. 1974 University of North Carolina, Greensboro courses and IDES 231 and IDES 201, 211 or 212, or Prerequisites: IDES 201, 202, 211, 212, 231, 241, 251 or Guerard, Sandra L. (1982) Associate Professor comparable experience by approval. Interior design, 252; two of either 301, 302, 303, or 304; 321, 322, 323; B.S. Danbury State College crafts, sculpture and theater design majors only. previous concurrent enrollment in IDES 311 or 312; M.A. 1973 University of Connecticut Advanced study of furniture design and custom mill- enrollment the following semester in IDES 401. Interior Ph.D. 1981 University of Connecticut work as related to the design of interior environments. design majors only. Discussions of current design theo- Hammel, Bruce (1988) Associate Professor Original student designs are developed through the ries, issues and concerns of the built environment, B.M.E. 1978 State University of New York, Potsdam study of structure and materials. future studies and the global community. Development M.M. 1981 University of Michigan of senior interior design project programming with inte- IDES 330/FASH 330/CARD 330 The Business of gration of seminar discussion topics. D.M. 1989 Florida State University Design Lohuis, Ardyth J. (1969) Professor Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course IDES 491 Topics in Interior Design B.S.M. Illinois Wesleyan University introduces basic global economics and general design Semester course; 1-4 credits. May be repeated for a M.M. Northwestern University business concepts such as the free enterprise system, maximum of eight credits. Prerequisite: Permission of D.M.A. 1970 University of Cincinnati, College- legal forms of business and financial considerations. It the instructor. An in-depth study of a topical issue in Conservatory of Music also surveys business and management practices such interior design. See the Schedule of Classes for spe- Marrion, Melissa W. (1963) Professor as planning, decision making, communication, global cific course offerings. ethics, marketing, human resources, finance and entre- B.M. 1961 University of Cincinnati College- preneurial skills needed to open a design business. IDES 493 Interior Design Internship Conservatory of Music Semester course; 3 credits. Prerequisites: Consent of M.M. 1963 University of Cincinnati College- IDES 370/FASH 370/CARD 370 Design History: 20th coordinator and department chair. IDES 201, 202, 211, Conservatory of Music and 21st Centuries 212, 231, 241, 251 or 252; and one of either 301, 302, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. 303 or 304; and 2.2 GPA in major course work in inte- Prerequisites: ARTF 105-106. Study of the major theo- rior design. Interior design majors only. Provides super-

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 193 School of the Arts

Newlin, Dika (1978) Professor required to maintain a cumulative GPA of Minor in music B.A. Michigan State University 2.0 and pass at least one applied achieve- Any VCU student may declare a minor M.A. University of California ment level within any two-semester period. in music. The music minor comprises 22 Ph.D. 1945 Columbia University Music foundation majors must also pass credits distributed among the areas of music Patykula, John T. (1984) Associate Professor Theory I and II, and Aural Skills I and II history/theory, ensemble performance, pri- B.M. 1973 North Carolina School of the Arts by the end of the fourth semester, and must vate lessons and music electives. A music M.M. 1982 Virginia Commonwealth University complete specific performance achievement faculty adviser counsels every student about Richards, Douglas J. (1979) Associate Professor levels established by the various degree the selection of appropriate courses based B.M. Berklee College of Music tracks to qualify for admission into one of M.M. 1973 Florida State University on the student’s competence and interest. those bachelor of music tracks (perform- Richardson, Edward (2002) Assistant Professor Using the guidelines that follow, students ance, jazz studies, music education) or the B.A. 1992 Northwestern University have several options to meet their minor Bachelor of Arts in Music program. Any M.M. 2000 Louisiana State University requirements: student who fails to meet or maintain these Vlahcevic, Sonia K. (1967) Professor • Music history and theory selected from standards will not be allowed to continue as B.A. New England Conservatory MHIS 105, 110, 120, 135, 136, 220, a music major. Students may audition for M.M. New England Conservatory 243, 250, 321, 322, 323, 324 for a total readmission into the music major only with Ph.D. 1975 Catholic University of nine credits. the permission of the Department of Music. Walter, Ross (1998) Assistant Professor • Large ensemble for four credits. The bachelor of music degree is the ini- B.M.E. University of Idaho • Private lessons for four credits. One tial professional degree in music. Its primary M.M. Louisiana State University credit per semester; all credits to be D.M.A. Louisiana State University emphasis is on development of the skills, earned on a single instrument. Students West, Charles W. (1987) Professor concepts and sensitivities essential to the must earn Achievement Level I. B.M.B.A. 1971 University of Northern Colorado professional life of the musician. At the • Music electives for a total of five credits. M.F.A. 1973 University of Iowa center of the instructional program for the D.M.A. 1975 University of Iowa bachelor of music degree is the “core curriculum,” comprising 32-34 credits of Graduate study Emeriti faculty instruction in aspects of musicianship fun- The department offers graduate degrees Blank, Allan, Professor Emeritus damental to all music degree programs. B.A. Washington Square College of New York in solo performance, composition, conduct- Included are courses in basic music theory, ing and music education. See the Graduate University aural skills, music history, conducting and M.A. University of Minnesota and Professional Programs Bulletin for advanced theoretical skills. Robinson, J. Lawrence, Associate Professor Emeritus courses and curricula. The Bachelor of Music/Music Education A.B. University of South Carolina Program track incorporates requirements M.M. University of Michigan Fees Smetana, Frantisek, Professor Emeritus necessary to qualify for the state of Diploma Prague Conservatory of Music Virginia’s Collegiate Professional All students registering for private music Diploma Ecole Normale de Musique Certificate to teach music in the public lessons pay an applied music fee. This fee is Wilson, Neil E., Professor Emeritus schools. Reciprocity between Virginia and additional to the comprehensive fee B.F.A. University of New Mexico numerous other states makes it possible for charged only to majors in the School of the M.M. University of New Mexico those music education students who Arts. The cost for private lessons for music Ph.D. Indiana University become certified to teach in Virginia to majors is $l30 per semester for one credit obtain certification in those other states. and $260 per semester for two or three The Department of Music is committed The Bachelor of Arts in Music Program credits. The private lesson fees for non- to the advancement of western art music is designed for students who desire a pro- music majors are $225 per semester for one- and jazz as academic disciplines, as fields of gram with a strong emphasis in music, com- credit lessons and $450 per semester for professional endeavor, and as a viable pres- bined with a strong liberal arts component, two- and three-credit lessons. ence in the community. Entrance and grad- and a minor in an area other than music. uation requirements comply with the Included are courses in basic theory, aural National Association of Schools of Music skills, music history, applied music as well Community School of the guidelines. An audition and written general as restricted and free music electives. Performing Arts musicianship examination and interview Pre-college, university and adult students are necessary for admission. Students also Electives in music may receive private or class instruction must meet the general admission require- through the Community School of the ments of the university. For audition infor- Students majoring in a field other than Performing Arts, an adjunct to the mation contact the Department of Music, music may register for ensembles, private or Department of Music. Registration infor- P.O. Box 842004, 922 Park Ave., Virginia class lessons, and a variety of classroom mation and fee schedules can be obtained Commonwealth University, Richmond, VA courses in music. Classes in music apprecia- from Dr. Glenn Winters, coordinator of the 23284-2004. tion, African-American music, introduc- Community School, at (804) 828-2772. No Freshmen and transfer students who have tion to writing music, basic music skills and degree credit is granted for either private or not completed the music foundation cur- special offerings in music are specifically class lessons taken through the Community riculum are admitted to the department as designed for the non-music major. Other School. music foundation majors. All music majors, courses are open to those who have ade- including music foundation majors, are quate background.

194 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of the Arts

Degree requirements in music in the case of jazz studies majors whose prin- * Only one large ensemble each semester may be cipal instrument is saxophone. Jazz saxo- used to fulfill large ensemble requirements. † Applied music achievement levels phone majors may elect to satisfy the large Large ensemble requirements for guitar majors are Eight achievement levels have been four credits. ensemble credit on another woodwind ∆ established for applied instrumental and Ensemble electives for guitar majors are eight credits. instrument. Bachelor of Music/Performance ‡ vocal study. These levels are explicit in Secondary performing medium requirements must Program pianists must satisfy the ensemble be fulfilled with studies on a different instrument. terms of expected repertoire, electives by completing four of the six elec- musicianship/style, technique and sight- tive credits as pianists (i.e., by playing the Organ reading. “Honors” may be earned by stu- piano in ensembles). Bachelor of Music/ dents in any area who go beyond the eighth Music core curriculum credits Performance Program organists must satisfy Theory I-IV 12 level. While freshmen normally earn Level the large ensemble requirement through I at their first semester juries, transfer stu- Aural Skills I-V 5 credit earned in a large choral ensemble. Keyboard Skills (APPM 274) 1 dents may be awarded a higher level based Bachelor of Music/ Performance Program Introduction to Musical Styles 2 on their entrance auditions. The table voice majors may elect to substitute opera Introduction to World Music (WI) 2 below indicates the achievement levels theater for a large ensemble in the semester Music History (MHIS 321, 322, 323) 6 required for graduation. in which the senior recital is presented. Conducting 2 Bachelor of arts in music students must earn Recital/convocation attendance (four semesters) 0 Bachelor of music six ensemble credits, which are not Form and Analysis I 2 Performance VIII restricted with regard to large or small (all areas except jazz) Supportive courses Jazz IV in classical studies ensemble. Advanced Keyboard Skills (APPM 373, 374) 2 VI in jazz Score Reading (APPM 375) 1 Music education VI Bachelor of music/performance Large Ensembles (choral)* 6 Composition VI in composition Ensemble electives 2 IV in performing Brass, percussion, strings, Accompanying 4 medium woodwinds Pedagogy∆ 2 Lyric Diction 6 Music core curriculum credits Bachelor of arts in music Counterpoint 3 Integrated Theory I-IV 12 All areas IV Principal Performing Medium 24 Aural Skills I-V 5 Secondary Performing Medium† 4 Keyboard Skills (APPM 173-174, 273) 3 Organ Literature and Design∆ 2 Recital/convocation attendance Introduction to Musical Styles 2 Service Playing∆ 2 All undergraduate majors are required to Introduction to World Music (WI) 2 Master Class (eight semesters) 0 Music History (MHIS 321, 322, 323) 6 pass four semesters of recital/convocation Junior Recital 0 Conducting 2 attendance for graduation. During each Senior Recital 0 semester of enrollment, the student must Recital/Convocation Attendance (four semesters) 0 Form and Analysis I 2 attend a minimum number of concerts or General studies ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 recitals plus departmental convocations in Supportive courses ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 3 order to earn credit. Large Ensembles* 7(4)† ∆ Survey of European History 101 or 102 3 Ensemble electives 5(8) Social science elective 3 Master class Jazz Laboratory or Small Jazz Ensemble or Ethics 3 Jazz Private Lessons 1 This consists of participation in weekly Acoustics (laboratory science elective) 3 Restricted music electives (selected from Aural master classes in the student’s applied major Mathematics/statistics 3 Skills VI and any MHIS or MUSC 300- or area. For students in the Bachelor of Music Open electives 13 400-level course not otherwise required in ______Program, eight semesters are required for the student’s curriculum) 8 124 performance and composition tracks; six Pedagogy (WI) 2 semesters for the music education track. Principal Performing Medium 24 * Only one large ensemble each semester may be Students in the Bachelor of Arts in Music Secondary Performing Medium‡ 3 used to fulfill large ensemble requirements. Program must complete four semesters of Master Class (eight semesters) 0 † Secondary performing medium requirements must master class. Junior Recital 0 be fulfilled with studies on a different instrument. Senior Recital 0 ∆ Offered every other year. Ensemble requirements General studies To ensure consistent skill development in ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 Piano ensemble settings, only one large ensemble ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 3 Music core curriculum credits credit per semester will be counted toward a Survey of European History 101 or 102 3 Integrated Theory I-IV 12 Social science elective 3 Aural Skills I-V 5 student’s large ensemble requirements. Ethics 3 Keyboard Skills (advanced) (APPM 274) 1 Students whose principal performing Mathematics/statistics elective 3 Introduction to Musical Styles 2 medium (major instrument) is a band or Laboratory science elective 4 Introduction to World Music (WI) 2 orchestral instrument or voice must satisfy Open electives 18 Music History (MHIS 321, 322, 323) 6 the large ensemble requirement by perform- ______Conducting 2 ing in a large ensemble on that principal 124 Recital/convocation attendance (four semesters) 0 performing medium. An exception is made Form and Analysis I 2

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 195 School of the Arts

Supportive courses General studies Bachelor of music/composition Advanced Keyboard Skills (APPM 373-374) 2 ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 Score Reading (APPM 375) 1 ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 3 Music core curriculum credits Large Ensembles* 2 Foreign language 101-102 8 Theory I-IV 12 Ensemble electives (four as pianists) 6 Social science elective 3 Aural Skills I-V 5 Jazz Laboratory or Small Jazz Ensemble or Ethics 3 Keyboard Skills (APPM 173-174, 273-274) 4 Jazz Private Lessons 2 Mathematics/statistics 3 Introduction to Musical Styles 2 Restricted music electives (selected from Aural Laboratory science elective 4 Introduction to World Music (WI) 2 Skills VI and any MHIS or MUSC 300- or Open electives 13 Music History (MHIS 321, 322, 323) 6 400-level course not otherwise required ______Conducting 2 in the student’s curriculum) 6 124 Recital/convocation attendance (four semesters) 0 Accompanying 4 Form and Analysis I 2 Pedagogy† (WI) 2 * Only one large ensemble each semester may be Principal Performing Medium 24 used to fulfill large ensemble requirements. Supportive courses Secondary Performing Medium∆ 3 † In the semester of the senior recital, voice majors Class Composition 2 Piano Literature† 2 may substitute opera theatre for one large ensemble Performing Medium 12 Master Class (eight semesters) 0 credit. Private Composition 13 Junior Recital 0 ∆ THEA 107 Introduction to Stage Performance or Advanced Keyboard Skills (APPM 373-374) 2 Senior Recital 0 DANC 101 Modern Dance Technique I can be substi- Score Reading (APPM 375) 1 tuted with departmental approval. Counterpoint I 3 General studies ‡ Secondary performing medium requirements must Counterpoint II 3 ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 be fulfilled with studies on a different instrument. Orchestration 3 ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 3 ◊ Offered every other year. Form and Analysis II (WI) 2 Survey of European History 101 or 102 3 Large Ensembles * 5 Social science elective 3 Ensemble electives 7 Jazz Studies Jazz Laboratory or Small Jazz Ensemble or Ethics 3 Music core curriculum credits Mathematics/statistics 3 Jazz Private Lessons 1 Integrated Theory I-IV 12 Master Class (eight semesters: four in performing Laboratory science elective 4 Aural Skills I-V 5 Open electives 16 medium, four in composition) 0 Keyboard Skills (APPM 173-174, 273) 3 Senior Recital 0 _____ Introduction to Musical Styles 2 124 Introduction to World Music (WI) 2 General studies Recital/convocation attendance (four semesters) 0 ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 * Only one large ensemble each semester may be Music History (MHIS 321, 322, 323) 6 used to fulfill large ensemble requirements. ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 3 † Conducting 2 Survey of European History 101 or 102 3 Offered every other year. Form and Analysis I 2 ∆ Secondary performing medium requirements must Social science elective 3 be fulfilled with studies on a different instrument. Ethics 3 Supportive courses Mathematics/statistics 3 Large Ensembles* 4 Laboratory science 4 Voice Jazz Ensembles 9 Open electives 13 Music core curriculum credits Performing Medium (eight credits classical, ______Integrated Theory I-IV 12 16 credits jazz) 24 124 Aural Skills I-V 5 Jazz Improvisation 6 Keyboard Skills (APPM 173-174, 273) 3 Jazz Arranging 12 * Only one large ensemble each semester may be Introduction to Musical Styles 2 Master Class (four semesters classical, used to fulfill large ensemble requirements. Introduction to World Music (WI) 2 four semesters jazz) 0 Junior Recital 0 Music History 6 Bachelor of music/music education Conducting 2 Senior Recital 0 Recital/Convocation Attendance (four semesters) 0 Music History IV (MHIS 324) (WI) 2 Music core curriculum credits Form and Analysis I 2 Integrated Theory (I-IV) 12 General studies Aural Skills I-V 5 Supportive courses ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 Keyboard Skills (APPM 173-174, 273) 3 Large Ensembles* 7† ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 3 Introduction to Musical Styles 2 Ensemble electives 3 Survey of European History 101 or 102 3 Introduction to World Music 1 Jazz Laboratory or Small Jazz Ensemble or Social science elective 3 Music History (MHIS 321, 322, 323) 6 Jazz Private Lessons 1 Ethics 3 Conducting 2 Opera Theatre∆ 2 Mathematics/statistics 3 Recital/convocation (four semesters) 0 Pedagogy (WI) 2 Laboratory science elective 4 Form and Analysis I 2 Principal Performing Medium 24 Open electives 11 Secondary Performing Medium‡ 3 ______Instrumental Vocal/Choral Lyric Diction 6 124 Track Major Track Major ◊ credits credits Song Literature 2 * Only one large ensemble each semester may be Supportive courses Master Class (eight semesters) 0 used to fulfill large ensemble requirements. Conducting Laboratory Ensembles 1 1 Junior Recital 0 Lyric Diction* 0 3 Senior Recital 0 Class Instruments (APPM 181, 183, 184, 185, 187, 193†, 195) 7 6 Principal Performing Medium 18 18

196 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of the Arts

Secondary Performing Medium∆ 44Laboratory science/natural science 7 APPM 185 Class Lessons in Brass Large Ensembles‡ 77Ethics (PHIL 211 or 212) 3 Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Designed Small Ensemble electives† 2 0 Mathematical and computer science∆ for music education majors. Achievement of perform- Jazz Laboratory or Small Jazz (at least one course in each area) 6 ance competencies and teaching knowledge on trum- Ensemble or Jazz Private Lessons 1 1 Survey of European History (HIST 101 or 102) 3 pet, baritone, tuba, trombone or French horn. Junior Recital 0 0 Social science elective 3 APPM 187 Class Lessons in Percussion Master Class (six semesters) 0 0 Minor or secondary concentration‡ 18 Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Designed Open electives 6 for music education majors. Achievement of perform- General studies ______ance competencies and teaching knowledge on snare ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I3 3 124 drum. Introduction to basic techniques of other percus- ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 3 3 sion instruments. Literature course 3 3 * Achievement level IV required. Mathematics 3 3 † Four semesters of one language or two semesters APPM 193 Class Lessons in Voice Mathematics or science elective 3 3 and Lyric Diction APPM 161-162 Lyric Diction. Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Designed Survey of American History (HIS 103 or 104) 3 3 ∆ Includes computer related courses listed under busi- for music education majors. Achievement of perform- Social science electives 6 6 ness (BUS 160-161, 162-163, 164-165, 166-167, 168). ance competencies in voice including vocal production, Mathematics/computer science/statistics ‡ Selected from one of the established minor pro- diction and solo and group performance. elective or Computers in Music 3 3 grams in the university or planned as a coherent APPM 195 Class Lessons in Guitar Laboratory science elective or acoustics 3 3 series of studies. An advisory committee for each Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Designed Open electives 2 2 B.A. student will approve the secondary concentra- for music education majors. Achievement of basic per- tion course sequence. # formance competence and teaching knowledge on the Professional courses Writing intensive course must be selected from a guitar including chording, single-string technique, plec- Education 301 Human Development restricted music elective or an elective from outside trum and finger styles. and Learning 3 3 the music major. Music in General Education (WI) 3 3 APPM 197 Class Lessons in Organ Processes of Music Education 3 3 Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Observation in Music Education 1 1 Courses in applied music (APPM) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Achievement of Conducting and Rehearsal Techniques 3 3 basic performance competencies in organ including Student Teaching 12 12 Upper-division undergraduate students may enroll pedal technique, coordination of hands and feet, and ______for selected 500-level graduate courses with per- registration. 131 131 mission of the department chair and instructor. See the Graduate and Professional Programs Bulletin for APPM 199 Recital/Convocation Attendance course descriptions. Semester course; no credit. Course may be repeated * Required of vocal/choral majors only (vocalists, without limit. Music majors only. Attendance at weekly keyboardists who plan to become certified in APPM 161-162 Lyric Diction departmental convocations and 10 additional concerts vocal/choral music). Continuous course; 3 lecture hours. 3-3 credits. A study or recitals each semester. † Required of instrumental majors: certification track only. ∆ of English, Italian, ecclesiastical Latin, French and Must be on the same instrument (For vocal/choral German stage diction with practical experience in APPM 251 Jazz Improvisation I majors: voice for keyboardists; keyboard for vocalist). singing and phonetic transcription using the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of Instrumental track: three to four credits as one International Phonetic Alphabet. basic compositional techniques that can be used in cre- instrument, one credit may be on another instrument. ating a musically effective improvised solo in the jazz ‡ Only one large ensemble each semester may be APPM 165-166, 265-266, 365-366 Aural Skills I-VI medium. used to fulfill the large ensemble requirement. Large Continuous course; 2 laboratory hours. 1-1 credit. Open APPM 252 Jazz Improvisation II ensemble must be related to student’s area, e.g., to non-music majors by permission of department chair. Development of skills in melodic and rhythmic dicta- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. vocal/choral majors select choral ensembles, instru- Prerequisite: APPM 251 or permission of instructor. mental majors select instrumental ensembles. tion, harmonic identification and sight-singing. Emphasis throughout is placed on current uses of tech- Advanced melodic, harmonic and rhythmic improvisa- nology within the discipline. Designed as companion tional techniques as applied to contemporary jazz com- Bachelor of arts in music courses to MHIS 135-335. positions. Core curriculum credits APPM 173-174, 273-274 Keyboard Skills APPM 282 Conducting Lab Ensembles Integrated Theory I-IV 12 Continuous course; 2 laboratory hours. 1-1 credit. Open Semester course; 1 laboratory hour. 5 credits. May be Aural Skills (APPM 165-166, 265-266) 4 only to music majors. Proficiency exam through jury repeated once for credit. Offered only in the spring Introduction to Musical Styles 2 required. Acquisition of keyboard performance skills semester. Reading and conducting experience with a Introduction to World Music (WI) 2 with emphasis on reading, keyboard harmony and band, chorus or orchestra. Literature emphasized will Music History (MHIS 321, 322, 323) 6 improvisation. be appropriate for elementary through secondary Principal Performing Medium* 12 school groups. Ensembles 6 APPM 181 Class Lessons in Strings Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Designed APPM 299 Master Class Recital/convocation (four semesters) 0 Semester course; no credit. Course may be repeated Master Class (four semesters) 0 for music education majors. Achievement of performance competencies and teaching knowledge on violin, without limit. Participation in weekly master classes in Keyboard Skills 2 student’s applied major area. Music electives# (selected from: viola, cello or bass. MHIS and MUSC 300-400; APPM 381) 6 APPM 183-184 Class Lessons in Woodwinds APPM 300-Level Private Instruction: Principal Continuous course; 2 laboratory hours. 1-1 credit. and Secondary Performing Mediums General studies Designed for music education majors. Achievement of Semester courses; one half-hour or 1 hour private les- ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 performance competencies and teaching knowledge on son per week. 1 to 3 credits. One hour practice daily for ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 3 flute, clarinet, oboe, bassoon and saxophone. each credit. Repeatable without limitations. Extra fee Literature courses 6 required. In order to register for any private lesson, Foreign language† 14 non-music majors must obtain correct course number in

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 197 School of the Arts either Room 132, Performing Arts Center, or at the APPM 393 Junior Project musical cultures and musical practices in terms of music table in the University Student Commons during No credit. Individual research project in the student’s larger cultural and sociological issues beyond Western registration; music majors need to consult their advis- major field under the supervision of faculty. traditions. Writing intensive. ers. Lessons are available in the following areas: bassoon, carillon (1 credit only), cello, clarinet, composition APPM 394 Junior Recital MHIS 243 Music Appreciation (by permission of instructor), double bass, drum set No credit. Public presentation of a half-length recital. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Not open (undergraduate, 1 credit only), euphonium, flute, French to music majors. Designed to encourage understanding horn, guitar, harp, harpsichord, oboe, organ, percussion, APPM 463 Pedagogy of music from selected periods. Development of active piano, saxophone, synthesizer, trombone, trumpet, Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. A study of cognitive listening skills through guided listening to tuba, viola, violin and voice. the musical, physiological and psychological aspects of selected recorded music. teaching instruments or voice. Writing intensive. APPM 370 Large Ensembles MHIS 250/AFAM 250 Introduction to African- Semester course; 3 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Each APPM 494 Senior Recital American Music section may be repeated up to eight times for credit. No credit. Public presentation of a full-length recital. Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An intro- An audition is prerequisite for sections 1, 3 and 4. ductory survey of black involvement with the develop- Sections: (1) orchestra, (2) University Band, (3) sym- Courses in music history, literature ment of music in America from 1607 to the present. phonic wind ensemble, 4) Commonwealth Singers, (5) African-American musical styles will be studied from Choral Arts Society. and theory (MHIS) many aspects, including their African roots and contemporary popular expression. Performance practices will APPM 373-374 Advanced Keyboard Skills MHIS 105-106 Introduction to Writing Music be analyzed and active cognitive listening skills devel- Continuous course; 2 laboratory hours. 1-1 credit. Continuous course; 3 lecture hours. 3-3 credits. For oped through guided listening to selected recordings. Prerequisite: APPM 274 or permission of instructor. non-music majors only. Creating and harmonizing Emphasis is on harmonization with correct style and melodies, principles of notation and elementary music MHIS 303 Piano Literature voice-leading, reading figured bass and lead sheets, theory. Second semester emphasis is on creative Semester courses; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. A survey improvisation and reducing scores at the keyboard. aspects. of stringed keyboard literature. Historical, formal and stylistic considerations of the various periods and com- APPM 375-376 Score Reading MHIS 110 Elements of Music posers of keyboard music. Listening and reading Continuous course; 2 laboratory hours. 1-1 credit. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. No degree assignments included. Prerequisite: APPM 274 or equivalent. Acquisition of credit for music majors. A study of music notation, skill in reducing scores at the keyboard, beginning with scale and triad forms. Aural skill development will par- MHIS 305 Form and Analysis I simple three-part works and progressing to full instru- allel the theoretical studies. Intended to prepare music Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. mentation. majors for core curriculum study. Prerequisite: MHIS 246 or permission of instructor. An analytical study of musical forms and salient features APPM 380 Jazz Laboratory MHIS 117 Computers in Music of melody, harmony, rhythm and timre of late Baroque, Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 Classical, early and late Romantic compositions. Prerequisite: MHIS 236. Development of the basic credits. Study and application of music software on improvisational skills and examination of performance mainframe and personal computers. The student will MHIS 306 Form and Analysis II practice in the jazz idiom. be expected to demonstrate competence in the high- Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. level languages, PASCAL and BASIC. Projects will Prerequisite: MHIS 305 or permission of instructor. APPM 381 Conducting focus on programming for educators and composers. Study of traditional and new approaches to form in the Semester course; 1 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 2 music of the 20th century. Examination of post-tonal credits. Prerequisites: APPM 266 and MHIS 236. Open MHIS 120 Introduction to Musical Styles harmony as a determinant of form, formal aspects of to music major. Development of fundamental gestural Semester course; 1 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 2 motivicism, contour, rhythm, register, timbre and tex- skills for conducting instrumental and choral ensembles credits. A study of the major styles and forms of west- ture. Writing intensive. including simple and compound meters, multimetric ern music with emphasis on the development of active music and aleatoric music. Introduces basic score read- cognitive listening skills through guided listening to MHIS 307/PHYS 307 The Physics of Sound and ing, aural analysis skills and terminology. selected recorded music. Music Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. APPM 385 Opera Theater MHIS 145-146/245-246 Integrated Theory I-IV Prerequisites: A 100- or 200-level physics course or Semester course; 1 lecture and 4 studio hours. 2 cred- Continuous course; 3 lecture hours. 3-3 credits. Open to equivalent and the ability to read music or sing or play its. May be repeated up to four times for credit. non-music majors by permission of department chair. The a musical instrument, or permission of instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor required. Explores first year is a study of diatonic harmony with emphasis Basics of the physics of waves and sound. Fourier syn- aspects of opera through study, written research and on melodic structure, harmonization and analysis. The thesis, tone quality, human ear and voice, musical tem- fully-staged public performances of operatic scenes second year continues with the study of chromatic har- perament and pitch, physics of musical instruments, and/or one-act operas. mony and modulation, and concludes with an introduc- electronic synthesizers, sound recording and reproduction to 20th century harmony, melody and rhythm. tion, room and auditorium acoustics. Not applicable APPM 390 Small Ensembles Elements of jazz theory and practice are incorporated toward the physics major requirements. Semester course; 2 or 3 laboratory hours. 0.5 or 1 where appropriate. Emphasis throughout is placed on credit. Each section may be repeated up to eight times current uses of technology within the discipline. MHIS 311 Jazz Arranging I for credit. Auditions required for all sections. Sections: Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. (1) ensemble for new music, (2) the madrigalists, (3) MHIS 201 Acoustics Prerequisite: MHIS 236 or permission of instructor. A collegium musicum, (4) women’s chorus, (5) vocal Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 study of the basic harmonic, melodic, notational and ensembles, (6) piano ensembles, (7) accompanying, (8) credits. Recommended prerequisite: MATH 101. orchestrational techniques needed to draft a successful percussion ensemble, (9) percussion lab ensemble, (10) Physical properties of sound and wave mechanics jazz arrangement. The final project will be to write an woodwind ensembles, (11) brass ensembles, (12) applied to the study and analysis of music and musical arrangement for a 12-piece jazz ensemble. chamber orchestra, (13) string ensembles, (14) guitar instruments. Topics will include instrumental and vocal ensembles, (15) small jazz ensembles, (16) jazz orches- sound production and perception, timbrel characteris- MHIS 312 Jazz Arranging II tra I, (17) jazz orchestra II, (18) jazz orchestra III, (19) tics and pitch theory. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. basketball pep band. Prerequisite: MUSC 311 or permission of instructor. MHIS 220/INTL 220 Introduction to World Music Advanced harmonic, melodic and orchestrational tech- Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. niques applied to writing for the small jazz ensemble, Prerequisite: MHIS 120. Study of various non-European vocal group and large jazz orchestra.

198 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of the Arts

MHIS 321, 322, 323, 324 Music History I-IV Courses in music composition Semester courses; 2 lecture hours. 2, 2 credits. Department of Painting and (MUSC) Prerequisite: MHIS 120 or MHIS 243. Study of Printmaking Western music in a historical context from antiquity to the present, including jazz history. Semester MUSC 201 Class Composition I courses divided into the following: antiquity to Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. Richard Roth baroque era, classical to romantic, 20th century Prerequisites: APPM 166, MHIS 136 and permission of Professor and Department Chair (1999) and jazz history. instructor. Open to all music majors and required of B.F.A. The Cooper Union for the Advancement of potential composition majors; the emphasis of this Science and Art MHIS 336 Organ Literature and Design class will be on simple rhythmic and melodic studies. M.F.A. 1977 Tyler School of Art of Temple Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. University Prerequisite: MHIS 201 or permission of instructor. MUSC 315 Counterpoint I A survey of organ music with correlating studies in Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. the design and construction of pipe organs from 1500 Prerequisite: MHIS 236. This class concentrates on Bolduan, Ruth (1988) Associate Professor to the present. two-part writing, canons, species, exercises, short two- B.A. 1969 American University voiced pieces and inventions. M.F.A. 1980 American University MHIS 350/AFAM 350/INTL 370 Studies in the Donato, Gerald M. (1967) Professor Music of the African Continent and Diaspora MUSC 316 Counterpoint II B.S. Northern Illinois University Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be M.A. Northern Illinois University Prerequisite: MHIS 236. Availability contingent upon repeated for a maximum of six credits. Prerequisite: M.F.A. 1967 University of Wisconsin MHIS 243, MHIS/AFAM 250 or permission of instructor. student demand and faculty resources. Three- and four- Drought, Michael H. (1975) Associate Professor and An in-depth examination of selected topics and issues part writing forms based on the chorale; contrapuntal in African-derived musical and cultural traditions. See variation forms and fugue will be studied. Associate Dean the Schedule of Classes for specific offerings. B.S. University of Wisconsin, Madison MUSC 406 Orchestration M.F.A. 1973 University of Wisconsin, Madison MHIS 380 Survey of the Music Industry Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. No degree Freed, David C. (1966) Professor credit for graduate composition majors. Prerequisite: Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Topics B.F.A. Miami University, Ohio include copyright, business organization, music MHIS 236. Application of idiomatic scoring devices for orchestral instruments and voices in both large and M.F.A. 1962 University of Iowa production, management, recording, free lancing, Gower, Ann Renee (1981) Associate Professor grants, taxation and careers allied with music. small combinations. B.S. University of Wisconsin MHIS 392 and 492 Independent Study M.A. 1978 University of Minnesota Semester courses; variable; 1-6 credits per semester. Courses in music education (MUED) M.F.A. 1981 Syracuse University Maximum total of six credits. Determination of Kaneda, Shirley (2000) Assistant Professor and the amount of credit and permission of the instructor MUED 290 Introduction to Music in General Thalhimer Faculty Fellow and department chair must be obtained prior to Education B.F.A. 1976 Parsons School of Design registration for the course. Open generally only to Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The role of Miller, James B. (1971) Professor music in general educational curricula with emphasis students of junior and senior standing who have Dip.A.D. Leeds College of Art individual interests in areas not otherwise available on the historical, philosophical and sociological aspects M.F.A. 1971 University of Arkansas to the student. of music education, learning theories as they apply to music, concepts of curriculum and music in the educa- Tapia, Javier (1988) Associate Professor MHIS 411 Jazz Arranging III tional environment. Writing intensive. B.F.A. University of Texas, Austin Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Availability M.F.A. 1987 University of Texas, Austin contingent upon student demand and faculty resources. MUED 383 Observation in Music Education Tisserat, Barbara C. (1978) Associate Professor Techniques of arranging for the contemporary pop Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. B.F.A. Colorado State University medium. Prerequisite: MUED 290. Observations and field experi- M.F.A. 1977 University of Wisconsin, Madison ences in public/private schools and in class discussion Wetton, Philip S. (1969) Professor MHIS 412 Jazz Arranging IV and analysis of observed techniques and procedures. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study Dip.A.D. Coventry College of Art of the techniques used in modal, blues and other MUED 391 Processes of Music Education M.F.A. 1967 Brighton College of Art forms of contemporary jazz composition. Availability Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Yarowsky, Morris (1969) Professor contingent upon student demand and faculty resources. Prerequisite: MUED 290. Study of current methods and A.B. Dartmouth College materials of music in education. Orff, Dalcroze, Kodaly, M.F.A. 1962 California College of Arts and Crafts MHIS 465 Song Literature Manhattanville and other modern music education sys- Semester courses; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. A survey tems will be discussed, observed and demonstrated. Emeriti faculty of the vocal literature of Germany, France, England and other countries. MUED 392 Conducting and Rehearsal Techniques Bumgardner, James A., Professor Emeritus Semester course; 2 lecture hours and 2 laboratory B.F.A. Virginia Commonwealth University MHIS 491 Topics in Music hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: APPM 381 and MUED Campbell, B. Jewett, Professor Emerita Semester course; variable; 1-3 credits per semester. 290, or permission of instructor. Development of New York Art Students’ League (three years) May be repeated for a maximum of nine credits. enhanced conducting and rehearsal skills for school Skowhegan School of Painting and Sculpture (two Flexible semester courses in selected aspects of instrumental or choral groups. Emphasis on developing summers) music performance, theory, literature or history. conducting technique, pacing, selecting and arranging Hans Hoffman School of Art (two summers) See the Schedule of Classes for specific topics to appropriate materials and age appropriate musical Kevorkian, Richard E., Professor Emeritus be offered each semester. goals. B.F.A. Virginia Commonwealth University MUED 483 Special Workshop in Music Education Summer Session Pennsylvania Academy of Arts Semester course; 0.5-3 credits. Flexible semester and Crafts courses on selected aspects of music education. See the Schedule of Classes for specific offerings each semester.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 199 School of the Arts

Martin, Bernard M., Professor Emeritus Open electives 11 instruction with attention to extension of the student’s B.F.A. Virginia Commonwealth University Painting and printmaking electives 10 knowledge of the tools of drawing. Materials and tech- M.A. Hunter College ______niques will be related to pictorial organization. Pollak, Theresa 125 PAPR 223, 224 Drawing, Basic B.S. University of Richmond * In accordance with the school’s general education Semester courses; 1 lecture and 6 studio hours. 3, 3 Hans Hoffman School of Painting credits. Offered only in summer school. Course intro- requirements, a student who scores at least 550 on Art Students’ League of New York ducing drawing fundamentals and spatial relationships. the mathematics portion of the SATs or has earned a Russell, Milo F., Professor Emeritus Concern is given to materials and the development of B.F.A. Virginia Commonwealth University “B” or higher grade in high school Algebra II or the students’ visual perceptions. Geometry is exempted from the mathematics M.A. University of Virginia requirement. Students who meet this requirement PAPR 255-256 Drawing and Painting, Basic will select an elective to fulfill three credits. Continuous course; 1 lecture and 6 studio hours. 3-3 Faculty and students in the Department credits. Development of basic skills; exploring struc- of Painting and Printmaking work together ture, color, form and image. Students will be exposed in a professional and creative learning envi- Minor in painting and printmaking to class critiques as a means of analyzing their creative ronment. The curriculum enables students Successful completion of the Art works. to adopt a specialized focus within the dis- Foundation Program is a prerequisite for PAPR 303, 304 Painting, Intermediate cipline and use elective options to pursue the minor which consists of at least 18 Semester courses; 1 lecture and 6 studio hours. 3, 3 other areas of interest in the School of the credits in painting and printmaking courses. credits. Offered only in summer school. Prerequisites: Arts, the university and the community. It Of these 18, at least nine credits must be in Three credits of basic painting or permission of instruc- also permits students to tailor a course of upper-level courses. tor. Primary emphasis on the development of an indi- study suited to their professional and per- vidual direction in the context of contemporary ideas sonal ambitions. The undergraduate pro- and images in painting. Courses in painting and printmaking gram provides students opportunities for PAPR 305 Painting, Intermediate concentrated experiences in both practice (PAPR) Semester course; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4 cred- and theory as a foundation for independent its. May be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. exploration and artistic development. The following graduate courses may be taken by Prerequisites: Four credits of basic painting or permis- Classroom discussions invite students to undergraduates for degree credit: PAPR 525 and sion of instructor. Primary emphasis on the develop- PAPR 527, 528. See the Graduate and Professional ment of an individual direction in the context of con- examine a range of contemporary critical temporary ideas and images in painting. issues which enables them to understand Programs Bulletin for course descriptions. their own studio work as part of the histori- PAPR 155, 156 Drawing and Painting, Basic PAPR 312 Printmaking, Intermediate cal continuum. As students develop their Semester courses; 3 studio hours. 1, 1 credit. (Lithography) skills in critical analysis they are challenged Introduction to painting with emphasis on learning Semester course; 9 studio hours. 3 credits. Offered only to articulate and justify their ideas both basic techniques. Discussion of materials and their use. in summer school. Prerequisites: Three credits of basic Models, both nude and clothed, are used. printmaking or permission of instructor. Investigation of visually and verbally. techniques and technical printing problems. Stones and The size and diversity of the faculty guar- PAPR 203, 204 Painting and Design, Basic plates are used. antees exposure to a plurality of ideas and Semester courses; 9 studio hours. 3, 3 credits. Offered stylistic approaches. In addition, the depart- only in summer school. Painting and structure are dis- PAPR 313 Printmaking, Intermediate (Etching) ment’s visiting artist program brings to cam- cussed in terms of space, form and content. Work may Semester course; 9 studio hours. 3 credits. Offered only in be carried on out- or indoor. summer school. Prerequisites: Three credits of basic print- pus leading figures in the world of contem- making or permission of instructor. Techniques and techni- porary art for discussions of their work, cri- PAPR 205 Painting, Basic cal problems in the printmaking area are investigated. tiques of student work and workshops. Semester course; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4 credits. May be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. PAPR 314 Printmaking, Intermediate An introduction to the use of paints with an emphasis (Screenprinting) Degree requirements in painting on the organization of the artistic image, through the Semester course; 1 lecture and 6 studio hours. 3 cred- and printmaking use of plastic form and color, coupled with analysis of its. Offered only in summer school. Prerequisite: Basic historical and contemporary work. or beginning printmaking. Investigation of techniques credits and technical problems in the printmaking area. Studios PAPR 207 Painting Techniques Foundation program 14 Semester course; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4 cred- PAPR 315 Printmaking, Intermediate (Etching) Sculpture or crafts 4 its. An investigation of pigments, glazes, underpainting, Semester course; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4 cred- Sculpture 4 mixed media, materials and other studio techniques. its. May be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Painting 16 Prerequisite: PAPR 209 or permission of instructor. Drawing 12 PAPR 209 Materials: Printmaking Investigation of etching printmaking, drypoint, engrav- Semester course; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4 cred- Printmaking 12 ing, aquatint, soft grounds and related techniques. its. An introduction to three principal printmaking tech- Senior seminar 2 niques: etching, lithography and screenprinting. PAPR 317 Printmaking, Intermediate General education (Lithography) English 101, 200 6 PAPR 214 Printmaking, Basic Semester course; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4 cred- Literature 6 Semester course; 1 lecture and 6 studio hours. 3 credits. May be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Art history 15 its. Offered only in summer school. Fundamentals of Prerequisite: PAPR 209 or permission of instructor. Approved electives to include three credits printmaking. Introduction of basic problems of tech- Investigation of techniques and technical printing prob- in the social/behavioral sciences, three niques and composition. lems in lithographic printing process from stones and credits in mathematics* and four credits plates. in laboratory science 13 PAPR 221 Drawing, Basic Semester course; 9 studio hours. 3 credits. May be repeated for a maximum of six credits. Drawing

200 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of the Arts

PAPR 319 Printmaking, Intermediate (Screenprinting) mediate printmaking or permission of instructor. painting or permission of instructor. Advanced instruc- Semester course; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4 cred- Concentration on one medium with emphasis on cre- tion in drawing and painting. Models, both nude and its. May be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. ative techniques. clothed, and still lifes are used. Prerequisite: PAPR 209 or permission of instructor. An investigation of cut, hand-drawn and photographic PAPR 414 Printmaking, Advanced PAPR 490 Senior Seminar stencil techniques and printing on a variety of surfaces. (Screenprinting) Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 2 credits. Information Semester course; 1 lecture and 6 studio hours. 3 cred- to help graduating seniors in the department of paint- PAPR 321 Drawing, Intermediate its. Offered only in summer school. Prerequisites: Three ing and printmaking meet the professional require- Semester course; 9 studio hours. 3 credits. May be credits of intermediate printmaking or permission of ments involved in exhibiting and promoting their cre- repeated for a maximum of six credits. Prerequisites: instructor. Cut, hand-drawn and photographic stencil ative work and in functioning as an artist. Writing Three credits of basic drawing or permission of instruc- techniques are explored. Printing will be done on a intensive. tor. Drawing for advanced students with special variety of surfaces. emphasis on creative response to the drawing as a PAPR 491 Topics in Painting and Printmaking work of art. PAPR 415 Printmaking, Advanced (Etching) Semester course; 1-4 credits. May be repeated with Semester course; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4 cred- different topics for a maximum of 12 credits. Topical PAPR 324 Drawing, Intermediate its. May be repeated for a maximum of 20 credits. course focusing on creative expression and research in Semester course; 9 studio hours. 3 credits. Offered only Prerequisites: Four credits of intermediate printmaking the areas of painting and printmaking. See the in summer school. Prerequisites: Three credits of basic or permission of instructor. Specialization in one Schedule of Classes for specific topics to be offered. drawing or permission of instructor. Drawing for inter- medium with emphasis upon technical research and mediate students with emphasis on problematic think- aesthetic suitability of the design to the particular PAPR 690 Graduate Seminar ing and dealing with drawing as an aesthetic form. medium used. Semester course; 1, 3 lecture hours. 1, 3 credits. May be repeated. Degree requirement for graduate students PAPR 326 Color PAPR 417 Printmaking, Advanced (Lithography) in the Department of Painting and Printmaking. Weekly Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A course Semester course; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4 cred- seminar for the purpose of discussion of recent artistic examining the concepts governing the use of color. its. May be repeated for a maximum of 20 credits. developments in painting and printmaking. Critiques Historical and contemporary concepts and methods of Prerequisites: Four credits of intermediate printmaking dealing with student work will take place. application will be explored. or permission of instructor. Further investigation of techniques and technical printing problems in the litho- PAPR 329 Life Drawing graphic printing process from stones and plates. Department of Photography Semester course; 6 studio hours. 3 credits. May be repeated for a maximum of nine credits. Prerequisite: PAPR 419 Printmaking, Advanced and Film Foundation drawing. Explores the structural and muscu- (Screenprinting) lar systems of the human body with emphasis upon Semester course; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4 cred- Dale L. Quarterman proportional relationships, chiaroscuro, contour, volume its. May be repeated for a maximum of 20 credits. Professor and Department Chair (1969) and foreshortening. Prerequisites: Four credits of intermediate printmaking B.F.A. University of Georgia or permission of instructor. Further exploration of cut, M.S. 1972 Illinois Institute of Technology PAPR 355, 356 Drawing and Painting, hand-drawn and photographic stencil techniques and Intermediate printing on a variety of surfaces. Semester course; 9 studio hours. 3, 3 credits. Bremer, David M. (1972) Associate Professor Prerequisites: Three credits of basic drawing or paint- PAPR 421 Drawing, Advanced B.F.A. Ohio University ing or permission of instructor. Intermediate instruction Semester course; 9 studio hours. 3 credits. May be M.A. 1972 Ohio University in drawing and painting. Models, both nude and repeated for a maximum of 15 credits. Prerequisites: Heroy, John N. (1971) Associate Professor clothed, and still lifes are used. Three credits of intermediate drawing or permission of B.F.A. Rochester Institute of Technology instructor. A studio for drawing with individual criti- M.F.A. 1973 State University of New York PAPR 403, 404 Painting, Advanced cism. Special attention is given to contemporary con- Long, James T. (1981) Associate Professor Semester courses; 1 lecture and 6 studio hours. 3, 3 cepts. credits. Offered only in summer school. Prerequisites: B.F.A. 1976 University of Kansas Three credits of intermediate painting or permission of PAPR 423 Experimental Printmaking M.Arch. 1979 University of Kansas instructor. More ambitious projects with the aim of Semester course; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4 cred- Strommer, Joan E. (1979) Associate Professor developing in the senior student a highly professional its. May be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. B.F.A. University of Minnesota approach and achievement in his/her work. Individual Prerequisites: Three credits of intermediate printmak- M.F.A. 1975 University of Minnesota as well as group discussions. ing or permission of instructor. Relief printing, collo- graphs, monoprints, photoengraving and mixed media Emeriti faculty PAPR 405 Painting, Advanced will be investigated. Semester course; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4 cred- Lensen-Tomasson, Nancy, Associate Professor Emerita its. May be repeated for a maximum of 20 credits. PAPR 424 Drawing, Advanced B.A. Wellesley College Prerequisites: Four credits of intermediate painting or Semester course; 9 studio hours. 3 credits. Offered only M.A. University of New Mexico permission of instructor. More ambitious projects with in summer school. Prerequisites: Three credits of inter- M.F.A. University of New Mexico the aim of developing in senior students a highly pro- mediate drawing or permission of instructor. A studio Nan, George D., Professor Emeritus fessional approach and achievement in their work. drawing course set up with individual criticism dealing B.F.A. Rochester Institute of Technology Individual as well as group discussions. with contemporary concepts. M.S. Illinois Institute of Technology PAPR 412 Printmaking, Advanced (Lithography) PAPR 448-449 Mural Painting Semester course; 9 studio hours. 3 credits. Offered only Continuous course; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4-4 The Department of Photography and in summer school. Prerequisites: Three credits of inter- credits. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An inves- Film contributes to both the School of the mediate printmaking or permission of instructor. tigation of the concepts and procedures involved in Arts and the university as a whole. The Specialization in one medium. Aesthetic suitability of mural painting. The class will execute at least two department offers a variety of basic, inter- the design to a particular medium is emphasized. murals during the year. mediate and advanced black and white and PAPR 413 Printmaking, Advanced (Etching) PAPR 455-456 Drawing and Painting, Advanced color photography classes. Semester course; 9 studio hours. 3 credits. Offered only Continuous course; 9 studio hours. 3-3 credits. Beginning courses cover fundamentals in summer school. Prerequisites: Three credits of inter- Prerequisites: Three credits of intermediate drawing or and techniques and develop the visual

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 201 School of the Arts senses. Advanced courses expand on the courses after evaluating the student’s record Sophomore year – fall student’s knowledge of the visual senses and and portfolio of creative work. The student PHTO 341 Intermediate Photography 3 help the student put together a well-devel- should contact the department chair at the PHTO 260 Photo Sequencing 3 oped portfolio. time of acceptance to arrange for this evalu- PHTO 305 The Zone System 3 ARTH 270 History of Motion Picture 3 On the intermediate and advanced lev- ation before actual enrollment. ENGL 200 Composition & Rhetoric II 3 els, the department offers a limited number _____ of classes in Super 8 and 16mm filmmaking Continuation requirements 15 techniques. Freshmen will need to maintain a 2.5 Sophomore year – spring GPA to advance in the program. PHTO 350 Concepts in Photography 3 Admission criteria PHTO 380 Digital Photography 3 PHTO 307 Procedures and Techniques 3 Students seeking admission to the bachelor Exit requirements of fine arts degree program in photography and ENGL 2__ Literature 3 film must meet admission requirements for both One hundred and twenty credits will be Elective within the School of the Arts 3 the School of the Arts and the university. the minimum requirement for completion _____ 15 For prospective freshman, admission will of the program. The breakdown of credits according to disciplines is as follows: be considered on the basis of: Junior year – fall A. high school record (course studies, grades PHTO 445 Color Photography 3 earned, cumulative GPA and class rank) credits PHTO Major Area of Concentration 3 B. SAT scores Art foundation 17 ARTH 472 History of Photography 3 C. extracurricular activities General education (includes English and art history) 33 General Education (quantity and form) 3 Electives 12 Elective 3 D. evidence of interest and motivation as Communication arts and design 6 assessed by the Admissions Committee _____ Photography/film and major concentration 52 15 E. counselor’s or person familiar with the _____ applicant’s ability Total 120 Junior year – spring F. suitability of preparation for the PHTO 435 Professional Photo Practices 3 intended field of study In order to exit the program, students PHTO Major Area of Concentration 3 In rare instances, applicants who show will be required to present photographic PHTO Major area of concentration 3 promise but fall below admission guidelines prints or screen a film in a “senior show.” General education (humanities 3 may be permitted to attend the university Elective 3 under special conditions. _____ The School of the Arts does not have Majors, concentrations and 15 specific high school unit requirements but specialty tracks Senior year – fall does require applicants to have fulfilled and Students majoring in photography and PHTO 420 Senior Portfolio 3 graduated from high school or hold a GED. film will receive a foundation in photogra- PHTO 441 Studio Photography 3 Completion of studio course work is highly phy, media arts, visual communication and Major area of concentration 3 recommended. Applicants considered for art history during the first and second years General education (humanities) 3 admissions must complete the School of of study. Upper division students will be Elective 2 the Arts Portfolio Packet which is designed able to concentrate on the areas of still _____ to measure the applicant’s ability and apti- photography, filmmaking or a combination 14 tude for the visual arts. of both. Senior year – spring PHTO 420 Senior Portfolio 3 Portfolio packet Still photography Major area of concentration 3 Freshman year – fall credits Major area of concentration 3 The Portfolio Packet for the Department ARTF 151 Foundation Studio 4 General education (science and laboratory) 4 of Photography and Film should be a slide ARTF 162 Persp. & 3-D Drwg. (5 weeks) 1 Elective 2 portfolio containing a variety of works pro- ARTF 1__ Tech Lab Elective (5 weeks) 1 _____ duced within the last two years that demon- ARTH 102 Cont. Iss. of Art and Des. 3 15 strate the applicant’s creative ability and ENGL 101 Craft of Writing 3 visual arts potential. Slides should include PHTO 233 Elements of the Moving Image 4 Total credits 120 original photographs and/or short films or _____ videos. The portfolio should demonstrate an 16 Major areas of concentration understanding of line, form, color, value, PHTO 306 Post Visualization texture and composition quality. Freshman year – spring PHTO 309 View Camera ARTF 152 Foundation Studio 4 PHTO 351 Portrait Photography ARTF 163 2-Dim. Design Methods (5 weeks) 1 PHTO 381 Digital Photography II Transfer students ARTF 164 Color Research Lab (5weeks) 1 PHTO 442 Location Photography ARTH 104 Survey of Western Art 3 PHTO 445 Color Photography For transfer students, a portfolio of 15 to ENGL 2__ Literature 3 PHTO 491 Topics 20 photographs or a five-minute film should PHTO 243 Photography 3 PHTO 495 Internship in Photography or Film be submitted. Department faculty commit- _____ PHTO 500 Photographic Studio and Seminar tees determine placement in all upper-level 15 Still photography majors must take 420 Senior Portfolio for two semesters

202 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of the Arts

Filmmaking Senior year – spring PHTO 260 Photographic Sequencing Freshman year – fall credits PHTO 484 Advanced Film Production 3 Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: PHTO 243 or PHTO 245. Exploration ARTF 151 Foundation Studio 4 PHTO 420 Senior Portfolio 3 and development of photographic sequencing abilities ARTF 162 Persp. & 3-D Drawing (5 weeks) 1 PHTO Major area of concentration 3 in conjunction with matching image based ideas to ARTF 1__Tech Lab Elective (5 weeks) 1 General education (social science) 3 Electives 2 other forms of communication. Application of editing ARTH 102 Cont. Iss. of Art & Des. 3 sequences in relation to personal bodies of work. ENGL 101 Craft of Writing 3 _____ 14 PHTO 233 Elements of the Moving Image 4 PHTO 305 The Zone System _____ Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. 16 Major areas of concentration Prerequisites: PHTO 341 and 350, or permission of PHTO 380 Digital Photography I instructor. Students will learn to previsualize the photo- Freshman year – spring PHTO 381 Digital Photography II graphic image through controlled exposure and film ARTF 152 Foundation Studio 4 PHTO 392 Film Animation I development techniques. Light meters, lenses and film ARTF 163 3-2 Dim. design Methods (5 weeks) 1 PHTO 393 Film Animation II will be tested and calibrated in order to determine ARTF 164 Color Research Lab (5 weeks) 1 ARTH 470 History of Animated Feature Film proper exposure standards. ARTH 471 Film Theory ARTH 104 Survey of West 3 PHTO 306 Post Visualization ENGL 2__Literature 3 PHTO 475-476 Filmmaking Workshop PHTO 490 Motion Picture Special Effects Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. PHTO 243 Photography 3 Prerequisite: PHTO 305 or permission of instructor. _____ PHTO 491 Topics PHTO 495 Photography and Film Internship Students will learn practical applications of choosing 15 the correct materials and techniques needed to produce a professional quality photographic print. Sophomore year – fall Recommended electives PHTO 341 Intermediate Photography 3 CARD 304 Sound Communication PHTO 307 Photographic Processes and PHTO 260 Photo Sequences 3 CARD 334 Electronic Animation I Techniques PHTO 392 Film Animation 1 3 CARD 343 Electronic Animation II Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- ARTH 270 History of Motion Picture 3 CARD 336 Video I its. Prerequisite: PHTO 243 or 245 or permission of ENGL 2__ Literature 3 CARD 338 Computer Graphics II (3-D Modeling) instructor. Various alternative photographic processes _____ CARD 409 Video Editing (Digital Editing) will be explored. Emphasis is placed upon technical 15 CARD 419 Electronic Imaging expertise and creation of a body of work incorporating CARD 436 Video II (Narrative Formats) these various processes. Sophomore year – spring CARD 438 Computer Graphics III (3-D modeling) CARD 491 Studio Topics (Video/Experimental Formats) PHTO 309 View Camera Operation and Technique PHTO 375 Filmmaking I 3 Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- PHTO 380 Digital Photography I 3 DANC 319, 320 Video/Choreography Workshop ENGL 305 Creative Writing: Genres its. Prerequisite: PHTO 243 or 245 or permission of ARTH 271 History of Motion Picture 3 instructor. A course in understanding and using the 4x5 ENGL 381 Fiction into Film English 200 Composition and Rhetoric 3 view camera for optimum photographic results. ENGL 426 Advance Playwriting Elective 3 Emphasis is on how the camera functions, the use of _____ ENGL 671 Film & Television Scripts Polaroid materials, and developing and printing larger 15 THEA 203-204 Movement for the Actor format negatives to produce high quality prints. THEA 311-312 Advanced Movement for the Actor Junior year – fall PHTO 341 Intermediate Photography PHTO 376 Filmmaking II 3 Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Courses in photography and its. Prerequisite: PHTO 245 or permission of the instruc- PHTO 377 The Film Image 3 tor. Emphasis is placed on expanding the student’s abil- PHTO 360 Digital Filmmaking I 3 film (PHTO) ity to express ideas photographically. Course projects General education (quantity and form) 4 include a balance documentary/straight assignment in Elective 2 PHTO 233 Elements of the Moving Image Semester course; 4 lecture hours. 4 credits. A survey of which the student must be able to capture images in _____ the changing environment and studio assignments, 15 new media and their origins. An exploration of this visual phenomena and its relationship to modern society. which call for a preplanned solution shot. Students are introduced to relevant photographic materials and prac- Junior year – spring PHTO 243 Photography tices through lectures and demonstrations. PHTO 481 Filmmaking III 3 Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- PHTO Major area of concentration 3 its. Adjustable camera is required. Study of fundamen- PHTO 350 Concepts in Photography PHTO Major area of concentration 3 tal camera techniques and basic photographic Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- General education (science and laboratory) 3 processes in relation to visual communication. An its. Prerequisite: PHTO 341 or permission of instructor. Elective 3 emphasis will be placed on photography’s expressive Students utilize the visual and technical skill mastered _____ possibilities. in previous courses to explore today’s contemporary 15 trends of photographic expression. Emphasis will be PHTO 245 Design Photography I placed on developing an individual style. Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Senior year – fall PHTO 351 Portrait Photography PHTO 484 Advanced Film Production 3 its. For communication art and design majors only or permission of instructor. A comprehensive beginning Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- PHTO 370 Filmmakers as Directors 3 class covering an introduction to the camera, the its. Prerequisite: PHTO 345 Design Photography or ARTH 474 Studies in Film 3 process of exposure, developing, and black-and-white PHTO 350 Intermediate Photography. Adjustable cam- PHTO Major area of concentration 3 printmaking. The emphasis is on proper procedures in era required. Exploring the various visual possibilities General education (humanities) 3 the darkroom as well as providing an introduction to of the use of portrait photography. _____ the photographic and visual concepts, critiques and PHTO 360 Digital Filmmaking I 15 experience with shooting a variety of subjects. Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: CARD 207 and PHTO 380. Surveys

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 203 School of the Arts the digitally based studies including computer anima- PHTO 420 Senior Portfolio PHTO 491 Topics in Photography and Film tion, computer imaging, digital film and video, net- Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Semester course; variable hours. 1-4 credits. May be worked computing, interactive multimedia and related its; may be repeated up to six credits. Prerequisite: repeated with different topics for a maximum of 12 areas. Senior status in photography and film concentration. To credits. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. A semi- be taken in the last semester of the senior year. Critical nar and/or workshop offered on a variety of photogra- PHTO 361 Digital Filmmaking II analysis and development of the student’s exit portfolio phy or film issues not included in the regular curricu- Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- with emphasis on a consistent visual style with the- lum. See schedule of classes for specific topics cov- its. Prerequisites: CARD 207, PHTO 380 and PHTO 360. matic concepts, inherent in the body of work. ered each semester. Surveys the procedural, technical and creative applications of the digital environment for the preproduction, PHTO 435 Professional Photographic Practices PHTO 495 Photography and Film Internship production and postproduction phases in the making of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 10 hours per week for a total of 150 a film. Prerequisite: Senior status in photography and film con- hours of professional work experience. 3 credits. centration. The study of vocabulary, procedures and Prerequisite: Consent of coordinator and department PHTO 370 Filmmaker as Director working realities specific to the occupations of photog- chair. Supervised practical work experiences are coor- Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- raphy and film. Develop necessary skills for entry-level dinated with professionals in the field of photography its. Prerequisite: PHTO 376 or permission of instructor. employment in areas of photography and film. or film. Develop a methodology for working with actors in a film production, by arranging auditions, creating an PHTO 441 Studio Photography PHTO 500 Photographic Studio and Seminar environment for improvisation and analyzing an actor’s Semester courses; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Semester course; 1 lecture and 6 studio hours. 3 credits. performance. Learn how to integrate a performance its. Prerequisites: PHTO 341, 350, 309 or permission of Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Experimentation in into the total filmmaking process. instructor. A course that explores various studio appli- the studio with various processes for creating the photo- cations of photography through the utilization of tung- graphic image, leading to producing a cohesive body of PHTO 375 Filmmaking I sten and strobe lighting. Lectures and studio assign- work. The seminar examines the technical and aesthetic Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- ments will explore table top, still life and food photog- components of these processes and the language and its. Prerequisite: PHTO 233. Techniques for production raphy. Assignments will be produced in black and theories of photographic criticism. of short silent films with emphasis on the concept of white and color. Professional standards are stressed. visual language. PHTO 442 Location Photography Department of Sculpture PHTO 376 Filmmaking II Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: PHTO 309, 341, 350 or permission of its. Prerequisites: PHTO 375, PHTO 233. Techniques for instructor. A course that explores the technical, aes- Myron Helfgott production of short film projects in 16mm format with thetic and logistic experience of a professional photog- Professor and Acting Department Chair (1968) emphasis on light as the primary expressive tool. rapher working on location. Assignments will be pro- B.A. Southern Illinois University duced in black and white and color. Professional stan- M.F.A. 1964 Southern Illinois University PHTO 377 The Film Image dards are stressed. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be Buster, Kendall (2002) Associate Professor repeated up to nine credits. An examination of produc- PHTO 445 Color Photography B.S. University of Alabama tion techniques and problems encountered by the film- Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- maker in creating the motion picture image. A selected its. May be repeated for maximum of six credits. B.F.A. Corcoran School of Art number of narrative, documentary, experimental and Prerequisite: PHTO 350 or permission of instructor. This M.F.A. Yale University animated films are viewed as source material and course is designed to enhance the creative use of color Henry, Charles R. (1968) Professor dealt with from a production point of view. The films in photography through comprehensive hands-on expe- B.F.A. 1965 Cleveland Institute of Art chosen for discussion vary from semester to semester. rience of negative to positive printing. M.F.A. 1968 Cranbrook Academy of Art King, Elizabeth C. (1985) Professor PHTO 380 Digital Photography I PHTO 475-476 Filmmaking Workshop B.F.A. 1972 San Francisco Art Institute Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Continuous course; 1 lecture and 6 studio hours. 3-3 M.F.A. 1973 San Francisco Art Institute its. Prerequisite: CARD 207 or permission of instructor. credits. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. The pro- Students will have the opportunity to edit, manipulate duction of a motion picture to be directed by faculty Newton, Carlton R. (1987) Assistant Professor and print their photographically derived images through with the assistance of students in the various produc- B.F.A. 1972 San Francisco Art Institute the use of current image editing software. tion crew roles. M.F.A. 1978 San Francisco Art Institute Seipel, Joseph H. (1974) Professor PHTO 381 Digital Photography II PHTO 481 Filmmaking III B.S. 1970 University of Wisconsin, Madison Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- M.F.A. 1973 Maryland Institute College of Art, its. Prerequisite: PHTO 380 or permission of instructor. its. Prerequisite: PHTO 376. Techniques for production Rinehart School of Sculpture Using photographic image-editing software, students of short film projects in 16mm format with emphasis Van Winkle, Lester G. (1969) Professor will learn how to achieve accurate color output through on sound as an integral part of production. familiarization with the effects of color caliboration, B.S. East Texas State University printing inks and color separations. Color comps and/or PHTO 484 Advanced Film Production Studio M.A. 1969 University of Kentucky color separations will be produced through the use of a Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- service bureau. its. May be repeated for a maximum of nine credits. Emeriti faculty Prerequisites: PHTO 481 and permission of instructor. North, Harold E., Professor Emeritus PHTO 392 Film Animation Techniques for the production of an advanced motion B.F.A. Rhode Island School of Design Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- picture project in the format of either 16mm film with M.F.A. Virginia Commonwealth University its. Techniques for the production of short animated sound or digital video. films. PHTO 489-490 Motion Picture Special Effects The Department of Sculpture’s mission is PHTO 393 Film Animation II Continuous course; 1 lecture and 6 studio hours. 3-3 to create an environment of high expecta- Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- credits. Prerequisite: PHTO 376 or permission of tion regarding self-motivation, intellectual its. Prerequisites: PHTO 392. Advanced techniques for instructor. An exploration of special effects for film pro- the production of a short animated film. capacity and responsibility. Its students duction that may be created both in the camera and explore technology’s parameters, and dis- with a printer. cover applications to new and traditional

204 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of the Arts modes of expression. By encouraging stu- SCPT 211, 212 Sculpture dents to take a wide range of courses within Semester courses; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4, 4 Department of Theatre the university, the department continues to credits. The primary goal of this course is the effective expression of ideas. The student is introduced to the stress the links between art, science, the David S. Leong basic tools, materials and techniques with attention Professor and Department Chair (1996) humanities and the conditions of the world. given to problem solving. The department’s goal is to provide stu- B.A. 1973 University of New Hampshire M.F.A. 1975 University of North Carolina, dents with the seeds of discernment, vocab- SCPT 217, 218 Sculptural Concepts Greensboro ulary and skills of analysis and synthesis to Semester courses; 3 lecture and 3 studio hours. 4, 4 credits. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. A study of become participants in the dialogue of con- contemporary technology, philosophy, criticism and their Gary C. Hopper temporary society. Within this context, stu- relation to material resources and technical practices. Associate Professor, Assistant Department Chair dents strive to measure up to the best per- and Director of Undergraduate Studies (1976) SCPT 311, 312 Sculpture formances modeled for them by their peers B.S. University of Wisconsin and by faculty who engage in vital research. Semester courses; 3 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4, 4 credits. May be repeated for a maximum of eight cred- M.A. University of Wisconsin its. The emphasis in this course is on creative inde- M.F.A 1972 Boston University Degree requirements in sculpture pendence. The student is encouraged to utilize a variety of materials in order to express his ideas. Barnes-McLain, Noreen (1999) Associate Professor credits B.A. 1977 University of Delaware Studios SCPT 313, 314/413, 414 Dimensional Concepts M.A. 1979 Tufts University Art Foundation Program 14 Semester courses; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4, 4 Ph.D. 1986 Tufts University Sculpture 36 credits. An opportunity for the sculpture student to Hopper, Elizabeth A. (1974) Associate Professor (No more than four credits of SCPT 491 extend and expand upon traditional methods of expres- B.A. University of Evansville Topics in Sculpture will apply toward this sion and to explore new areas. M.F.A. 1968 University of Wisconsin, Madison requirement. Senior Seminar is required.) SCPT 411, 412 Sculpture Studio courses from any School of the Arts Keller, Ronald E. (1984) Associate Professor Semester courses; 2 lecture and 6 studio hours. 4, 4 Department other than Sculpture* 14 B.A. 1978 University of Northern Iowa credits. May be repeated for a maximum of 16 credits. General education M.F.A. 1984 University of Massachusetts The majority of the student’s activities occur in his own Rodgers, Janet B. (1987) Associate Professor Art history 15 studio with emphasis on the development of a personal A.B. 1969 Mount Holyoke College English 101, 200 6 style. Literature 6 M.F.A. 1975 Brandeis University Approved electives to include three credits in SCPT 417 Seminar in Contemporary Sculpture Sims, Marvin L. (1998) Associate Professor social sciences, three credits in mathematics** Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be B.A. Capital University three credits in ethics, and four credits in repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. A forum for con- M.A. Miami University of Ohio laboratory science 13 sideration and discussion of recent developments. M.F.A. Southern Illinois University Open electives 20 Szari, Louis J. (1979) Associate Professor ______SCPT 419 Professional Studio Practicum Semester course; 9 studio hours. 3 credits. May be B.S. 1970 Kent State University 124 repeated. Prerequisite: Permission of departmental M.A. 1972 Kent State University chair. A studio class that provides a continuation of the M.F.A. 1976 University of Texas * At least six credits of this studio course work must student’s work in sculpture. This course will be be above the introductory level in one department. recorded as an elective for a sculpture major. Emeriti faculty ** In accordance with the school’s general education Newdick, Richard L., Professor Emeritus requirements, a student who scores at least 550 on SCPT 491 Topics in Sculpture B.A. University of Maine Semester course; 1-4 credits. May be repeated for a the mathematics portion of the SATs or has earned a M.A. University of North Carolina “B” or higher grade in high school Algebra II or maximum of 16 credits. Prerequisite: Permission of Geometry is exempted from the mathematics instructor. A seminar or workshop on a selected issue The mission of the Department of requirement. Students who meet this requirement or topic in the field of sculpture. Writing intensive. See will select an elective to fulfill three credits. the Schedule of Classes for specific topic(s) to be Theatre is to educate and train students as offered each semester. theatre professionals and/or academicians in the field of performance, design/technol- Minor in sculpture SCPT 500, 600 Graduate Sculpture Semester course; 4, 8 or 12 studio hours. 2, 4 or 6 cred- ogy or theatre pedagogy. Successful completion of the Art its. May be repeated. Emphasis on individual creative In fulfilling its mission, the Department Foundation Program is a prerequisite for production with periodic exposure of student’s work of Theatre provides students with the pro- the minor which consists of at least 18 and ideas to the critical attention of the teaching fac- fessional and cultural foundations essential credits in sculpture. Of these 18, at least ulty of the department of sculpture and other graduate for achieving the highest standards of the students. nine credits must be in upper-level courses, art. Applicants are admitted based on and 16 credits must be in SCPT 211/212, SCPT 517 Seminar in Contemporary Sculpture demonstration of ability, genuine interest SCPT 311/312 or SCPT 411/412. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be determined during an interview, and audi- repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. A forum for con- tion and/or portfolio presentation. sideration and discussion of recent developments in Student participation in both credit and Courses in sculpture (SCPT) the field. non-credit bearing department activities SCPT 591 Topics in Sculpture may be required. Students matriculating in SCPT 209, 210 Introduction to Sculpture School of the Arts degree programs are Semester courses; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3, 3 Semester course; variable; 1-4 credits. May be credits. The course will offer an opportunity for students repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. This course will bound by the policies and procedures stipu- to work with some of the ideas and materials of sculp- explore selected topics of current interests or needs lated in this bulletin and in any other ture through slides, lecture and studio involvement. relative to sculpture. See Schedule of Classes for specific topics to be offered each semester.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 205 School of the Arts current handbook or policy document submit an article for publication and create a THEA 403, 404 History of Dramatic adopted by the individual programs. course syllabus. Literature or THEA 423, 424 Modern The department offers two B.F.A. The Department of Theatre employs 23 Drama or THEA/AFAM 303 Black degrees: one in theatre with emphasis on faculty and staff and enrolls 230 undergraduate Theatre 3 3 THEA 441 New York Showcase either performance or design/technical and and 40 to 50 full-time graduate students. (by audition) or elective** - 1 or 4 stage management; the other in theatre Theatre VCU produces four to six mainstage THEA 491 Business of Theatre 3 - education which leads to the certification productions and numerous graduate and ______required for teaching theatre, speech and undergraduate directing projects. 15 13 English in the public schools. Because of the environment that exists Degree requirements – B.F.A. in * In accordance with the school’s general education in these preprofessional programs, all requirements, a student who scores at least 550 on aspects of theatre — as art, craft, business theatre the mathematics portion of the SATs or has earned a and education — are experienced together. Performance emphasis “B” or higher grade in high school Algebra II or The curriculum immerses students in the Geometry is exempted from the mathematics credits requirement. Students who meet this requirement practicalities of theatre. Throughout the First year fall spring will select an elective to fulfill three credits. four years, the performer works daily with THEA 103/104 Stagecraft/Costume voice, body and imagination, while the Construction 3 3 ** One credit elective if enrolled in THEA 441; four designer/technician is involved in studio THEA 113-114 Acting I 3 3 credit elective if not. classes and practical application. THEA 211-212 Introduction to Drama 3 3 Prospective theatre educators engage in ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 - Scene design/technical production intensive teacher training activities that SPCH 121 Effective Speech - 3 Mathematics elective* 3 - emphasis lead to certification. ARTH 103-104 Survey of Western Art 3 3 credits The department also serves students Social/behavioral science - 4 First year fall spring throughout the university with offerings in ______THEA 103, 104 Stagecraft/Costume speech communication. 18 19 Construction 3 3 THEA 113-114 Acting I 3 3 Second year ARTF Technical Labs 1,1 1,1 M.F.A. in theatre pedagogy THEA 201-202 Stage Voice and Speech 3 3 THEA 211-212 Introduction to Drama 3 3 Theatre VCU offers a specialized M.F.A. THEA 203-204 Movement for the Actor 3 3 ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I3 - degree in theatre pedagogy for students prepar- THEA 213-214 Acting II 3 3 SPCH 121 Effective Speech - 3 ing to enter the field of teaching at the uni- THEA 221, THEZ 221L Introduction to Natural science and laboratory 4 versity or college level. The program boasts Scene Design and Laboratory or Social/behavioral science - 3 over 50 alumni who currently hold faculty THEA 227, THEZ 227L Basic Stage ______Costuming and Makeup and Laboratory 4 - 18 17 positions at universities and colleges, as well as THEA 228, THEZ 228L Basic Stage professional training programs, or key posi- Costuming and Makeup and Laboratory Second year tions in education departments of major or THEA 229, THEZ 229L Introduction ARTH 103 or 104 Art History and one Non- LORT theatres. to Lighting Design and Laboratory - 4 Western Art History 3 3 VCU offers the M.F.A. degree in theatre ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II - 3 ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II - 3 pedagogy with areas of specialization in acting Ethics elective 3 - THEA 221 and THEZ 221L Introduction and directing, dramatic literature and drama- Electives 2 1 to Scene Design and Laboratory 4 - turgy, stage voice and speech, movement and ______THEA 229 and THEZ 229L Introduction to stage combat, scene design and costume 18 17 Lighting Design and Laboratory - 4 design. The program allows the student to THEA Practicum* 6 6 Third year Mathematics elective* 3 - work with a faculty mentor in planning a two- THEA 301 Advanced Stage Voice and ______or three-year curriculum integrating the prac- Speech (dialects) 3 - 16 16 tical application of teaching with that of well- THEA 302 Advanced Stage Voice and Third year rounded scholarly/academic training. Speech (Shakespeare) - 3 THEA 227-228 Basic Stage Costuming Upon application and interview, a two- or THEA 313 Actor’s Studio I (acting theory) 3 - and Makeup 3 3 three-year program is designed by the director THEA 314 Actor’s Studio I (style) - 3 THEA 307-308 History of Theatre 3 3 of graduate studies to aid the candidate in THEA 307-308 History of the Theatre 3 3 THEA 403 or 404 History of Dramatic planning a curriculum that best suits his/her THEA 491 Audition Technique - 3 Literature or 423-424 Modern Drama area of interest. The specially designed pro- Laboratory science 4 - or 303 Black Theatre 3 3 gram effectively combines classes in pedagogy, Electives 2 3 Design electives*** 6 6 ______scholarship, academics, rehearsal and perform- 15 15 15 15 ance, and the business of teaching. Additionally, candidates receive professional Fourth year Fourth year training in the art of job preparation (writing THEA 301 Advanced Stage Voice and English Shakespeare 3 - cover letters, resumes and teaching philoso- Speech (elective text) 3 - Design electives*** 6 9 phies, and developing curricula, etc.) During THEA 413 Actor’s Studio II (period styles) 3 - Electives 2 6 their residency, candidates also are required to THEA 414 Actor’s Studio II (acting for the camera)- 3 Ethics elective 3 - THEA 311-312 Advanced Movement for ______the Actor 3 3 14 15

206 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of the Arts

* In accordance with the school’s general education Third year ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I3 - requirements, a student who scores at least 550 on THEA 307-308 History of Theatre 3 3 ARTF Technical Labs 1,1 1,1 the mathematics portion of the SATs or has earned a THEA 221 Introduction to Scene Design 3 - Natural science and laboratory - 4 “B” or higher grade in high school Algebra II or THEA 229 Introduction to Lighting Design - 3 Mathematics elective* 3 - Geometry is exempted from the mathematics THEA 403-404 History of Dramatic ______requirement. Students who meet this requirement Literature or THEA 423-424 Modern 17 15 will select an elective to fulfill three credits. Drama or THEA 303 Black Theatre 3 3 One class in non-Western art history 3 - Second year ** Practicum courses consist of working in the Scene Shop Design electives*** 3 6 ARTH 103, 104 Survey of Western under the supervision of the technical director during the ______Art History and one Non-Western second and third years. This requirement may be accom- 15 15 Art History 3 3 panied by morning teaching sessions in the skills ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II - 3 required. All scenic design majors are required to work Fourth year THEA 221 Introduction to Scene Design 3 - in the Scene Shop on the shows produced by Theatre English Shakespeare 3 - THEA 229 and THEZ 229L Introduction VCU. This gives them the opportunity to put into practice Design electives***++ 69 to Lighting Design and Laboratory - 4 those skills learned in classes. Those assignments will Electives++ -3 THEA 225 and THEZ 225L Basic Stage be determined by the faculty supervisor. Ethics 3 - Electronics – Lighting 4 - Math elective* 3 - THEA 325 Stage Management - 3 *** Design electives are to be chosen with advice from ______THEA 323 - 324 Practicum Elective 3 3 your faculty advisor. They may include the following 15 12 Elective - 3 classes: Scene Design 305-306; Scene Design 505- ______506; Scene Painting 508; Research Techniques for * In accordance with the school’s general education 13 19 Costume Design 321-322; Stage Management/ requirements, a student who scores at least 550 on Advanced Lighting/Technical Drawing for Advanced the mathematics portion of the SATs or has earned a Third year Scenic Techniques. Electives may also consist of “B” or higher grade in high school Algebra II or THEA 227-228 Basic Stage Costuming classes from other departments of the School of the Geometry is exempted from the mathematics and Makeup 3 3 Arts such as Sculpture, Furniture Building, Jewelry, requirement. Students who meet this requirement THEA 307-308 History of Theatre 3 3 Architecture and Interior Design. will select an elective to fulfill three credits. THEA 403-404 History of Dramatic Literature or THEA 423-424 Modern + Students may be asked to act as a design assistant ** Practicum courses consist of working in the Scene Drama 3 3 for a faculty designer or to design one aspect of one Shop under the supervision of the technical director THEA 327 Theatrical Drafting 3 - of Theatre VCU’s seasons. This opportunity may be during the second and third years. This requirement THEA 323-324 Practicum in Theatre taken as a senior seminar or as a design elective. may be accompanied by morning teaching sessions Technology 3 3 in the skills required. All scenic design majors are SPCH 121 Effective Speech - 3 ++ Students, in consultation with their adviser, also required to work in the Scene Shop on the shows Social or Behavioral Science - 3 may elect to have one semester of their senior year produced by Theatre VCU. This gives them the ______as a professional internship at an approved theatre. opportunity to put into practice those skills learned 15 18 in classes. Those assignments will be determined by Costume design/technical the faculty supervisor. Fourth year+ production emphasis THEA 429/THEZ 429L Advanced Lighting *** Design electives are to be decided with a faculty Design and Laboratory 4 - credits adviser. They may include the following classes: English Shakespeare 3 - First year fall spring Scene Design 305-306; Scene Design 505-506; Design electives** - 9 THEA 103, 104 Stagecraft/Costume Scene Painting 508; Research Techniques for Electives++ 43 Construction 3 3 Costume Design 321-322; Stage Management/ Ethics elective 3 - THEA 113-114 Acting I 3 3 Advanced Lighting/Technical Drawing or Advanced ______ARTF Technical Labs 1 1 Scenic Techniques. Design electives also may con- 14 12 THEA 211-212 Introduction to Drama 3 3 sist of classes in other departments of the School of ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 - the Arts such as sculpture, furniture building, jew- * In accordance with the school’s general education SPCH 121 Effective Speech - 3 elry, architecture and interior design. requirements, a student who scores at least 550 on Natural science and laboratory 4 the mathematics portion of the SATs or has earned a Social/behavioral science - 3 + Students may be asked to act as a design assistant “B” grade or higher in high school Algebra II or ______for a faculty designer or to design one aspect of one Geometry is exempted from the mathematics 17 16 of Theatre VCU’s seasons. This opportunity may be requirement. Students who meet this requirement taken as a senior seminar or as a design elective. will select an elective to fulfill three credits. Second year ARTH 103 or 104 Art History 3 - ++ Students, in consultation with their adviser, also ** Design electives are to be chosen with advice from ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II - 3 may elect to have one semester of their senior year the faculty advisor. THEA 227-228 and THEZ 227L and 228L as a professional internship at an approved theatre. Basic Stage Costuming and Makeup + Students may be asked to act as a design assistant and Laboratory 4 4 for a facutly designer or to design one aspect of one THEA 309-310 History of Costume 3 3 Lighting design/technical production credits of Theatre VCU’s season. This may be taken as a ARTF Technical Labs 1 1 Senior Seminar or as a design elective. FASH 205-206 Patternmaking or FASH First year fall spring THEA 103-104 Stage Craft/Costume 215-216 Draping 3 3 ++ Students may also elect in consultation with their Electives 3 2 Construction 3 3 THEA 113-114 Acting I 3 3 advisor to have one semester of their senior year as ______a professional 17 16 THEA 211-212 Introduction to Drama 3 3

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 207 School of the Arts

All Lighting Design majors are required to work on All stage management students are required to Note: The state of Virginia requires that every education the shows produced by Theatre VCU. This gives work on Theatre VCU productions. This requirement student pass the PRAXIS I exam prior to admission them the opportunity to put into practice those skills gives them the opportunity to put into practice those to fourth year practicum, Directed Student Teaching, learned in classes. Those assignments will be deter- skills learned in classes. Those assignments will be 1, 2 and Licensure. The PRAXIS II add-on endorse- mined by the factulty advisor. determined by the faculty supervisor. Students will ment in English (PRAXIS #20042) is required for be asked to serve as assistant stage manager or licensure in English. Stage management/technical stage manager under a faculty or guest director during Theatre VCU’s season. These credits may be Fourth year production emphasis taken as R&P or Stage Management electives. TEDU 537 Secondary School Curriculum 3 - credits Electives are to be decided with the student’s fac- TEDU 310-004 Practicum: Secondary 2 - First year fall spring ulty adviser. The Equity Stage Managers suggest TEDU 548 Teaching Secondary School THEA 103-104 Stagecraft/Costume classes in voice and diction, dialects, stage move- English 3 - Construction 3 3 ment, stage combat and weapons Safety, advanced TEDU 310-008 Practicum: English 1 - THEA 113, 114 Acting I 3 3 design, computer technology, technical drafting, TEDU 485 Directed Student Teaching I - 6 THEA 211-212 Introduction to Drama 3 3 sound, personal management and film production. TEDU 486 Directed Student Teaching II - 6 ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 - TEDU/ENGL 433 Literature for SPCH 121 Effective Speech - 3 ** Students, in consultation with their adviser, also Adolescents 3 - Stage management elective 3 3 may elect to have one semester of their senior year SPCH 321 Speech for Business and the ARTF Technical Labs 1 1 as a professional internship at an approved theatre. Professions 3 - ______16 16 Theatre education 15 12 credits Second year * In accordance with the school’s general education ARTH 103, 104 Survey of Western First year fall spring THEA 103, 104 Stagecraft, Costume requirements, a student who scores at least 550 on Art History and one Non-Western the mathematics portion of the SATs or has earned a Art History 3 3 Construction 3 3 ENGL 205, 206 American Literature - 3 “B” or higher grade in high school Algebra II or ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II - 3 Geometry is exempted from the mathematics Mathematics elective* 3 - THEA 113-114 Acting I 3 3 ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 - requirement. Students who meet this requirement THEA 221 Introduction to Scene Design 3 - will select an elective to fulfill three credits. THEA 227, 228 Basic Stage Costuming Social science elective 3 - and Makeup 3 3 Laboratory science elective 4 4 THEA 229 Introduction to Lighting Design - 3 Mathematics elective* - 3 Courses in speech (SPCH) Stage management elective 3 3 Electives 2 2 Social/behavioral science 3 - ______SPCH 103 Voice and Diction Ethics - 3 18 18 Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Principles and ______techniques of effective production of the speaking 18 18 Second year voice and articulation of the sounds of American ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 3 - English. Third year THEA 201-202 Stage Voice and Speech 3 3 SPCH 121 Effective Speech THEA 403 or 404 History of Dramatic THEA 221 Introduction to Scene Design 3 - THEA 227 Basic Stage Costuming Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Structured Literature or THEA 423 or 424 speaking and critical listening experiences within the Modern Drama or THEA 303 Black and Makeup 3 - THEA 229 Introduction to Lighting Design - 3 basic forms of speech communication: interpersonal, Theatre 3 3 small group and public. THEA 307-308 History of the Theatre 3 3 THEA 307-308 History of Theatre 3 3 THEA 361-362 Directing 3 3 ENGL 203, 204 English Literature 3 - SPCH 262 Speech for Broadcast News THEA 325 Stage Management 3 - Ethics elective - 3 Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Theory and Electives - 5 TEDU/ENGL 307 Teaching Writing Skills - 3 application of oral communication skills necessary to Natural science laboratory 4 - Social science elective - 3 produce an effective general American speech pattern ______suitable for radio and television. 16 14 18 18 SPCH 321 Speech for Business and the Professions Fourth year Third year Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Theory and ENGL Shakespeare 3 - THEA 361-362 Directing 3 3 THEA 403, 404 History of Dramatic practice in the oral communication process. HPEX 271 Safety, First Aid and CPR 3 - Organization and presentation of informative and per- Electives 9 12** Literature or THEA 423, 424 Modern Drama or THEA 303 Black Theatre 3 3 suasive subject matter in professional contexts related ______to the student’s major area of interest. 15 12 EDUS 300 Foundations of Education 3 - EDUS 301 Human Development and SPCH 401-402 Oral Interpretation of Literature * In accordance with the school’s general education Learning - 3 Continuous course; 3 lecture hours. 3-3 credits. Theory requirements, a student who scores at least 550 on ENGL 400 or 401 Shakespeare 3 - and practice in the analysis and oral presentation of the mathematics portion of the SATs or has earned a Literature or writing electives 3 3 prose, poetry and dramatic literature. “B” or higher grade in high school Algebra II or Linguistics elective - 3 Geometry is exempted from the mathematics Social science elective - 3 requirement. Students who meet this requirement ______will select an elective to fulfill three credits. 15 18

208 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of the Arts

Courses in theatre (THEA) THEA 223, 224 Practicum in Theatre Technology THEA 305-306 Advanced Scenic Design I-II Semester courses; 9 studio hours. 3, 3 credits. Continuous course; 1 lecture and 6 studio hours. 3-3 With permission of instructor, the following graduate Prerequisites: THEA 103, 104. Advanced study in the- credits. Prerequisites: THEA 221 and permission of atre technologies and the materials and methodologies instructor. A study of the techniques and methods of courses may be taken by undergraduates for degree of stage construction. scene design. credit: THEA 501-502, THEA 505-506, THEA 508 and THEA 513-514. See the Graduate and Professional THEZ 223L, 224L Practicum in Theatre Technology THEZ 305L, 306L Scene Design Laboratory Programs Bulletin for course descriptions. Laboratory Semester courses; 2 studio hours. 1, 1 credit. The prac- Semester courses; 3 studio hours. 1, 1 credit. tical application in production of the ideas, principles THEA 103 Stagecraft Observation and participation in the practical applica- and theories discussed in design technical courses. Semester course; 9 studio hours. 3 credits. The funda- tion of theatre technology in performance. mental methods, materials and techniques of set con- THEA 307-308 History of the Theatre struction for the stage. Participation in departmental THEA 225 Basic Stage Electronics-Lighting Continuous course; 3 lecture hours. 3-3 credits. A study productions. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of and analysis of theatre history: the architecture, the the properties and basic principles of electricity as they performer and performances, the stage, the production THEA 104 Costume Construction relate to the utilization of light on the stage. methods and the audience. Semester course; 9 studio hours. 3 credits. The funda- Participation in departmental productions. mental methods, materials and techniques of costume THEA 309, 310 History of Costumes construction for the stage. Participation in departmen- THEZ 225L Basic Stage Electronics-Lighting Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. tal productions. Laboratory Illustrated lectures on the history of clothing from prim- Semester course; 2 studio hours. 1 credit. The practical itive times to the present. THEA 107, 108 Introduction to Stage Performance application in production of the ideas, principles and Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. For theories discussed in design/technical courses. THEA 311-312 Advanced Movement for the Actor non-theatre majors. A survey and application of the Continuous course; 1 lecture and 6 studio hours. 3-3 basic elements in stage performing; acting, scene THEA 227-228 Basic Stage Costuming and credits. Prerequisite: THEA 203-204. Open to theatre study, voice and movement. Makeup majors only. An advanced level approach to movement Continuous course; 2 lecture and 2 studio hours. 3-3 for the actor emphasizing physical control, flexibility THEA 113-114 Acting I credits. Prerequisite: THEA 104 or permission of and various techniques of stage combat with and with- Continuous course; 2 lecture and 2 studio hours. 3-3 instructor. A study of the techniques used to dress the out weaponry. credits. Open only to theatre majors upon satisfactory performer, including design theory and make-up appli- audition. Development of personal resources; an explo- cation. Participation in departmental productions. THEA 313-314 Actor’s Studio I ration of performance skills through theatre games, Continuous course; 1 lecture and 4 studio hours. 3-3 role playing, improvisation and work on basic script THEZ 227L, 228L Basic Stage Costuming and credits. Prerequisites: THEA 213, 214. Open to theatre units. Make-up Laboratory majors upon completion of a satisfactory audition or Semester courses; 2 studio hours. 1, 1 credit. The prac- with permission of instructor. Students will learn tech- THEA 201-202 Stage Voice and Speech niques for approaching specific acting problems associ- Continuous course; 2 lecture and 2 studio hours. 3-3 tical application in production of the ideas, principles and theories discussed in design/technical courses. ated with the performance of various modern and con- credits. Open only to theatre majors upon satisfactory temporary acting styles. audition. A study of the basic elements of voice and THEA 229 Introduction to Lighting Design speech to include International Phonetic Alphabet, ear Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- THEA 321, 322 Research Techniques for Costume training, sound production, breathing and application of its. A study of issues concerning the properties of light Design voice and speech elements to prose and poetry. and electricity as they relate to theatre including Semester courses; 2 lecture and 2 studio hours. 3, 3 design, composition and color. credits. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. A semi- THEA 203-204 Movement for the Actor nar in research and design of costumes for the theatre, Continuous course; 1 lecture and 6 studio hours. 3-3 THEZ 229L Introduction to Lighting Design including discussion of fabrics and special construction credits. Open to theatre majors only. A study of the Laboratory methods used in stage costuming. Participation in basic elements of movement for the actor. Semester course; 2 studio hours. 1 credit. The practical departmental productions. application in production of the ideas, principles and THEA 211-212 Introduction to Drama THEZ 321L, 322L Research Techniques for Continuous course; 3 lecture hours. 3-3 credits. theories discussed in design/technical courses. Costume Design Laboratory Analysis and critical examination of plays for methods THEA 251, 252/351, 352/451, 452 Rehearsal and Semester courses; 2 studio hours. 1, 1 credit. The prac- of interpretation and production qualities. Writing Performance tical application in production of the ideas, principles intensive. Semester courses; 2, 4 or 6 studio hours. 1, 2 or 3 cred- and theories discussed in design/technical courses. THEA 213-214 Acting II its. Work in acting, management, design or technical THEA 323 Practicum in Advanced Theatre Continuous course; 2 lecture and 2 studio hours. 3-3 areas within a TheatreVCU production. Technology credits. Prerequisites: THEA 113-114 or equivalent. THEA 301-302 Advanced Stage Voice and Speech Semester course; 9 studio hours. 3 credits. May be Open only to theatre majors upon satisfactory audition. Continuous course; 2 lecture and 2 studio hours. 3-3 repeated for a maximum of nine credits. Advanced study A practical application of the psychophysical basis of credits. May be repeated for a maximum of 6-6 credits. in theatre technologies and technical management. acting through exploration, improvisation, scoring and Open only to theatre majors upon satisfactory audition. performance of scenes. First semester: study and practice in the use of voice THEZ 323L Practicum in Advanced Theatre THEA 221 Introduction to Scene Design and speech applied to the plays of Shakespeare. Technology Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An intro- Second semester: study of major stage dialects. Semester course; 3 studio hours. 1 credit. Pre- or duction to the theories, practices and procedures of corequisite: THEA 323. Observation and experience in a THEA 303/AFAM 303 Black Theatre designing for the stage. practical situation with an emphasis on leadership and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of crew management. THEZ 221L Introduction to Scene Design the major developments in the evolution of black the- THEA 324 Practicum in Stage Lighting Laboratory atre through readings and studio performances in Semester course; 9 studio hours. 3 credits. May be Semester course; 3 studio hours. 1 credit. Pre- or black-related and black theatre dramaturgy. repeated for a maximum of nine credits. Practical appli- corequisite: THEA 221. Participation in departmental cation in the methodologies of stage lighting. productions. Observation and participation in the practical application of scene design in performance.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 209 School of the Arts

THEZ 324L Practicum in Stage Lighting THEA 413 Actor’s Studio II Schedule of Classes for specific topics to be offered Semester course; 3 studio hours. 1 credit. Pre- or Semester course; 1 lecture and 4 studio hours. 3 cred- each semester. corequisite: THEA 324. Observation and experience in a its. Prerequisites: THEA 313-314. Open to theatre practical situation with an emphasis on leadership and majors upon completion of satisfactory audition. THEA 493, 494 Professional Internship crew management. Students will learn techniques for approaching specific Semester courses; 3-9 credits. A practicum in theatre acting problems associated with the performance of conducted in cooperation with selected professional or THEA 325 Stage Management various classical acting styles. semi-professional theatre organizations. Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 studio hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. The funda- THEA 414 Actor’s Studio III mental responsibilities and techniques of professional Semester course; 1 lecture and 4 studio hours. 3 cred- School of the Arts in Qatar stage management. its. Prerequisites: THEA 313-314. Open to theatre majors upon completion of satisfactory audition or per- THEA 326 Theatrical Sound Design mission of instructor. Students will learn techniques for Virginia Commonwealth University Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be approaching specific acting problems associated with School of the Arts in Qatar repeated for up to nine credits with permission of the performance in front of the camera. P.O. Box 8095 instructor. A study of sound design theory and the prac- Doha, Qatar tical application of those ideas in creating sound THEA 421, 422 Advanced Costume Design Telephone: (+974) 480 5602 designs for theatrical productions. Semester courses; 2 lecture and 2 studio hours. 3, 3 Fax: (+974) 480 5432 credits. Prerequisites: THEA 321, 322, or permission of http://www.vcu.edu/artweb/vcu_qatar THEZ 326L Theatrical Sound Design Laboratory instructor. An advanced study of the techniques, meth- Funded by the Qatar Foundation for Education, Science Semester course; 3 studio hours. 1 credit. Pre- or ods and problems of costume design for the student corequisite: THEA 326. Participation in departmental who plans to enter the field professionally. and Community Development productions. Observation and participation in the practical application of sound design and execution in per- THEZ 421L, 422L Advanced Costume Design Christina Lindholm formance. Laboratory Dean and Associate Professor of Fashion Design Semester courses; 2 studio hours. 1, 1 credit. The prac- (1995) THEA 327 Theatrical Drafting tical application in production of the ideas, principles B.S. 1974 University of Missouri Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. and theories discussed in design/technical courses. Prerequisites: THEA 221 and permission of instructor. M.S. 1980 University of Missouri Computer based instruction in the procedures and tech- THEA 423, 424 Modern Drama niques of drafting for the theatre, including preparation Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. Mary McLaughlin and presentation, perspective, rotation, development Intensive study of major continental and American Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and and graphic solutions pertaining to theatrical construc- plays. Associate Professor of Communication Arts tion problems. and Design (1989) THEZ 429L Advanced Lighting Design Laboratory B.F.A. 1972 University of Illinois, THEA 330, 331/430, 431 Production Semester course; 2 studio hours. 1 credit. The practical Urbana-Champaign Semester courses; 1 or 2 lecture and 4 or 8 laboratory application in production of the ideas, principles and hours. 3 or 6 credits per semester. Open only to theatre theories discussed in design/technical courses. majors. The design, rehearsal and performance of dra- John Eckert matic works. THEA 426/ENGL 426 Playwriting Associate Dean for Administrative Affairs (2002) Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be B.S. 1966 United States Military Academy THEA 340, 341/440, 441 Theatre Projects repeated once for credit. Prerequisite: ENGL 317 or per- M.S. 1973 Michigan State University Semester courses; 1 or 2 lecture and 4 or 8 laboratory mission of instructor. A practical introduction to the M.B.A. 1976 University of Utah hours. 3 or 6 credits per semester. Open only to theatre creation of original scripts for theatre. Works may be M.S. 1989 Iowa State University majors. Individual or group projects in acting, directing, selected for reading and performance. May not be used costume design, stage design or dramaturgy. to satisfy the College of Humanities and Sciences’ requirement in literature. Valerie Jeremijenko THEA 361-362 Directing Assistant Dean for Student Affairs (1999) Continuous course; 3 lecture hours. 3-3 credits. Open THEA 429 Advanced Lighting Design B.A. (Honors) 1988 Queensland University, only to theatre majors. Lectures and discussions on the Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 studio hours. 3 cred- Brisbane, Australia theories of stage direction; problems involved in the its. Prerequisites: THEA 229 and permission of instruc- M.F.A. 1996 Arizona State University production of period plays and a study of modern theo- tor. Advanced study of the methods, problems and ries. Writing intensive. techniques of lighting design for the student who plans Founded in 1998 as a collaboration to enter the field professionally. THEA 403, 404 History of Dramatic Literature between the Qatar Foundation for Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. Study THEA 461, 462 Advanced Directing Education, Science and Community and analysis of dramatic literature. First semester: Semester courses; 3 lecture hours. 3, 3 credits. Development and Virginia Commonwealth Aeschylus through Shakespeare. Second semester: Prerequisites: THEA 361-362. Further study in direction University School of the Arts, the School Corneille to Ibsen. techniques, especially the problems of the full-length play. of the Arts in Qatar has been established to THEA 407 Advanced Scenic Technique THEA 490 Senior Seminar offer the bachelor of fine arts degree in Semester course; 1 lecture and 4 studio hours. 3 cred- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. three design programs, Communication its. Prerequisite: THEA 221 and permission of instruc- Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Research and/or Arts and Design (Graphic Design), Fashion tor. An intensive involvement in contemporary theory creative project in the drama major’s area of special Design and Interior Design. Its purpose is to and practice of scenic techniques. Participation in interest pursuant to graduate study or professional provide special educational opportunities departmental productions. work in the student’s chosen field. preparing graduates for leadership roles in THEZ 407L Advanced Scenic Technique THEA 491 Topics in Theatre the design professions. Courses emulate Laboratory Semester course; variable; 1-3 credits per semester. those offered on VCU’s Academic Campus. Semester course; 2 studio hours. 1 credit. The practical May be repeated for a maximum of nine credits. Graduates are prepared for exciting careers application in production of the ideas, principles and Flexible semester course in selected aspects of per- in these growing design fields. theories discussed in design/technical courses. formance, theory, literature or history. See the

210 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of the Arts

VCU School of the Arts obtained the Fashion Design and Merchandising General Ed, Art History and theory and appropriate approvals from the VCU Board Moritz, Karl (2003) Assistant Professor academic electives 42 of Visitors and the State Council of Higher B.F.A. 1989 Virginia Commonwealth University Open electives 6 Education for Virginia and admitted the Lovell, Precious (2001) Assistant Professor _____ Total 128 first class to what would become VCU B.F.A. 1981 Virginia Commonwealth University School of the Arts in Qatar in fall 1998. Wilkins, Sandra (1978) Associate Professor The State Council of Higher Education for B.F.A. 1972 Virginia Commonwealth University Courses Virginia (SCHEV) approved the request in English Course descriptions of classes offered at April 2001 and forwarded its recommenda- Williams, Randall Ray (2002) Assistant Professor the School of the Arts in Qatar are listed tion to the Governor and General B.A. 1985 University of Alabama under the departments of Communication Assembly. The 2002 General Assembly M.F.A. 1989 Virginia Commonwealth University Arts and Design, Fashion Design and adopted legislation authorizing VCU to Fetherston, Robin (2003) Assistant Professor Merchandising, and Interior Design in this establish a campus in Qatar. B.A. 1977 Arizona State University chapter. Courses offered exclusively at the M.A.1997 The College of William and Mary School of the Arts in Qatar are: Art Foundation Clayton, Lisa (1999) Assistant Professor Counselor Courses in art foundation B.A. Virginia Commonwealth University Green, Laura (2001) Counselor A.B.D., Virginia Commonwealth University B.A. 1994 Washington College ARTF 101-102 Conceptualization and Presentation (projected completion 2003) M.S.W. 1999 Virginia Commonwealth University Continuous course. 1 lecture and 6 studio hours. 3-3 Ferguson-Huntington, Kathleen (2000) Assistant Professor credits. A foundation course with emphasis on concep- B.F.A. Layton School of Art Writing Laboratory tualization, sensing and knowing. This course includes M.F.A. Rhode Island School of Design Issa, Christine (1999) studies in preconceptions, value systems, visual M.A. Maryland Institute, College of Art RSA Certificate, Basil Patterson School semantics, attitudes, criticism, and analysis of visual Greene, Kipp (2000) Assistant Professor of English, UK phenomena. B.F.A. 1994 State University of New York, Purchase M.A. University of St. Andrews, UK ARTF 103-104 Design Fundamentals M.F.A. 1997 Virginia Commonwealth University Ph.D. University of St. Andrews, UK Continuous course. 1 lecture and 6 studio hours. 3-3 McKenney, Betsy (2000) Assistant Professor credits. A foundation course with emphasis systems B.F.A. Virginia Commonwealth University and non-systems of spatial order, as well as color M.F.A. Radford University Degree programs applications and theory. Included in this course is the Baccalaureate programs within the understanding and application of the computer as a Communication Arts and Design School of the Arts in Qatar prepare stu- tool to support the design process. Perfected crafts- Franck, Kathleen (1980) Associate Professor dents for careers in the following depart- manship and professional presentation are important aspects of this class. B.F.A. 1967 University of Illinois ments: M.F.A. 1985 Syracuse University • Communication Arts and Design, ARTF 109-110 Drawing Fundamentals Hill, Leland (2000) Assistant Professor Graphic Design Continuous course. 1 lecture and 6 studio hours. 3-3 B.A. Columbia College • Fashion Design and Merchandising, credits. A foundation course that begins with empha- M.F.A. 2003 Virginia Commonwealth University Fashion Design sis on traditional realistic drawing that includes still Hoskins, Steven (1998) Assistant Professor life, landscape, perspective drawing, anatomy, and • Interior Design B.F.A. 1983 New Mexico State University artistic structure and progresses toward emphasis on M.A. 1985 Michigan State University the formal and conceptual nature of drawing. Communication Arts and Design, Graphic Design M.F.A. 1995 Rhode Island School of Design Foundation program 18 Lewis, Martha (2001) Assistant Professor Visual communication fundamentals 18 Cross-listed courses B.E.D. 1987 North Carolina State University Emphasis area 39 CARD 330, IDES 330, FASH 330 Business of Martin, Peter (1999) Assistant Professor General Ed, Art History and theory and B.S. 1989 Cornell University Design academic electives 42 Semester course. 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. M.F.A. 1999 Virginia Commonwealth University Open electives 6 Phatanateacha, Pornprapha (2002) Assistant Professor Introduction to global economics and general business _____ concepts such as the free enterprise system, legal B.F.A. 1997 University of Utah Total 126 forms of business and financial considerations. Survey M.F.A. 2003 Virginia Commonwealth University of business and management practices such as plan- Fashion Design and Merchandising, Fashion Design ning, decision making, communication, global ethics, Interior Design Foundation program 18 marketing, human resources, finance and entrepreneur- Beals, Ruth A. (2001) Assistant Professor Fashion design 51 ial skills. B.S. University of Massachusetts Support courses 9 M.S. University of North Carolina, Greensboro General Ed, Art History and theory and CARD 370, IDES 370, FASH 370 Design History: Burkheimer, Karl (2002) Assistant Professor academic electives 39 20th- and 21st-century Design B.S. 1988 North Carolina State University Open electives 6 Semester course. 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Study of the major theories and styles of communication arts, M.F.A. 1996 Virginia Commonwealth University _____ Total 123 fashion and interior environments and furnishings of Petrie, Paul (1984) Professor the 20th and 21st Century. Contemporary analysis of B.I.D. University of Manitoba cultural conditions and the manner in which designers Interior Design M.F.A. 1976 Syracuse University respond to those conditions. Foundation program 18 Interior design and support courses 62

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 211 School of the Arts

Courses in English 2. A working knowledge of English. Foundation Year, score a minimum of 500 Official TOEFL scores are to be sub- and earn passing grades in order to proceed ENGL 101 a and b Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I mitted with the application. Students to the second year. Continuous course. 6 lecture hours. 3 credits. whose TOEFL scores do not qualify Evaluation of Transcripts. Applicants Introduction to effective writing and critical analysis. Emphasis is on preparing students to write essays and them for admission are recommended applying for transfer credit from a post-sec- to answer exam questions and to preparing students to to an academic bridge program. ondary institution will have their tran- communicate effectively in the world of work. 3. The VCU International Application scripts reviewed for possible acceptance of for Admission. transfer credits. Faculty and administrative ENGL 200 a and b Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 4. The art and design portfolio, either a committees determine placement in all Continuous course. 6 lecture hours. 3 credits. slide portfolio or drawing and design upper-level courses after evaluating the stu- Prerequisite ENGL 101. Principles and practices of critical reading, analysis, and writing; methods and criteria portfolio. See Admission guidelines for dent’s record and portfolio of course work. for finding and evaluating information from a variety of programs requiring specialized supple- Mathematics Placement Test. All printed and electronic sources; appropriate ways to use mentary information in the incoming students are required to take the and document outside evidence in academic writing. Admissions to the University chapter Mathematics Placement Test. of this bulletin. Admissions 5. The application fee. Internships Admission policies for VCU School of The high school certificate (or college VCU School of the Arts in Qatar stu- the Arts in Qatar are the same as those in transcript), official TOEFL score, the com- dents are required to complete internship effect for VCU School of the Arts in pleted application form, and the portfolio course work for which university credit is Richmond with minor exceptions that rec- are all required for admission. These and all offered. These placements are under the ognize the culture and heritage of appli- other papers submitted for admission supervision of faculty members within the cants from the Gulf region. become the confidential property of VCU major. School of the Arts in Qatar. 1. The Qatari GSEC (General Secondary New students will be accepted with a Academic requirements Education Certificate) or equivalent score of 500 or above on the Test of English certificate from an accredited high as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). All degree programs in the School of the school. Students applying from the Conditional acceptance is offered to stu- Arts in Qatar stipulate a minimum GPA British system must submit the results dents who do not present a TOEFL score of requirement in the major concentration of of their GCSE. 500 based on an exceptional high school at least 2.0. record and portfolio. Conditional students must repeat the TOEFL during the

212 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

School of Business

The mission of the School of Business is to prepare students for professional careers Accreditation 1015 Floyd Ave. • P.O. Box 844000 in business, government, research and edu- Richmond, VA 23284-4000 cation. Under this objective, the School of The School of Business is accredited by (804) 828-3710 • Fax (804) 828-8884 Business renders service to the business the Association to Advance Collegiate www.vcu.edu/busweb community, engages in and encourages Schools of Business which accredits pro- research in business-related fields, provides grams of professional education in business at the collegiate level. The AACSB Michael Sesnowitz service to other schools in the university Dean and Professor of Economics (2000) and contributes to identifying and solving International evaluates curricula, faculty credentials, library facilities, physical plant B.A. Brooklyn College of problems related to the university’s urban The City University of New York mission. and equipment, and financial support of the institution. M.A. Brooklyn College of The general education requirements The City University of New York taken by business students provide a broad Ph.D. 1971 University of Pittsburgh knowledge of the liberal arts in general. Major requirements provide business stu- Scholarships and awards E. G. Miller dents with an opportunity for extensive Senior Associate Dean and Associate Professor In addition to university scholarships, of Insurance and Management Science (1973) study in specific fields. business students may apply and compete B.S. University of Alabama The school offers programs in account- for scholarships awarded through the School M.A. University of Alabama ing, business administration and manage- of Business endowed scholarship funds or Ph.D. 1976 University of Alabama ment, economics, finance, financial tech- through the various School of Business aca- CLU, CPCU nology, human resource management/ demic programs. Scholarships for School of industrial relations, information systems, Walter S. Griggs Jr. Business freshmen are administered via the marketing, and real estate and urban land Associate Dean for Undergraduate Studies and university admissions process. All other development. Associate Professor of Business Law (1971) scholarships are for continuing students. For Finance majors choose a specialization M.H. University of Richmond more information, contact the School of in finance, insurance/risk management J.D. University of Richmond Business Undergraduate Office, Room 3119. or financial planning. Information Ed.D. 1979 College of William & Mary Several nonmonetary awards are pre- systems majors choose a specialization Charles J. Gallagher sented in recognition of scholastic achieve- in application development, network Associate Dean for External Affairs and ment and service. These include the Dean’s management or information engineering. Associate Professor of Economics (1971) Scholars, the Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Majors in business administration and B.S. Rider College Key, Virginia Society of Certified Public management can choose a specialization Ph.D. 1971 West Virginia University Accountants Award of Achievement, the in business administration, entrepreneur- Wall Street Journal Award and Davis Allen S. Lee ship and small business, or international Ratcliffe Insurance Award. The School of Associate Dean for Research and Graduate Studies management. Business Honors Program recognizes out- and Professor of Information Systems (1998) standing students, faculty and alumni at its B.S. Cornell University annual Honors Program. M.S. University of California, Berkeley Ph.D. 1982 Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Table of contents Guaranteed admission ...... 215 Department of Economics ...... 217 Accreditation ...... 213 Enrollment in business courses ...... 215 Department of Finance, Insurance Scholarships and awards ...... 213 Limitation on total credits earned and Real Estate ...... 218 Honorary and professional organizations . . .214 by non-business majors ...... 215 Department of Information Systems ...... 220 University Honors Program ...... 214 Transfer policies ...... 215 Department of Management ...... 221 Cooperative education and internships . . . . .214 Student advising ...... 215 Department of Marketingand Business International business ...... 214 Double majors ...... 215 Law ...... 224 Business Council of the School of Business . . .214 General requirements for bachelor Preparation for the Study of Law ...... 225 Academic policies ...... 214 of science in business ...... 215 Graduate programs in business Admission deadlines ...... 214 Minor in general business ...... 216 and economics ...... 225 Accelerated program ...... 214 Minor in E-business ...... 216 External affairs ...... 225 Department of Accounting ...... 216 Course descriptions ...... 226

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 213 School of Business

work or combine study with part-time work Students admitted to the School of Honorary and professional during the same semester. The School of Business as freshmen or sophomores enroll organizations Business also offers internships, allowing in the foundation program. Continuing stu- advanced students to pursue part-time work dents who meet the academic standards are VCU’s business school seeks to improve assignments with area employers. Students admitted to the advanced program at the the quality of its programs and to provide interested in these programs should contact beginning of their junior year. Transfer educational development opportunities for Dr. Charles J. Gallagher, associate dean for applicants also are considered for admission its students through active chapters of hon- external affairs. to the foundation and advanced programs. orary and professional organizations. Acceptance into a major is competitive Beta Gamma Sigma is a national scholar- and based on academic performance. To ship society founded to encourage and International business maintain the quality of its educational pro- reward scholarship and accomplishment grams, the number of students admitted in among business students. The upper 5 per- Students interested in international any semester depends on the resources cent of the junior class and the upper 10 business are encouraged to participate in pro- available to the school. All students admit- percent of the senior class are eligible for grams available in the School of Business and ted to a major must meet a 2.25 cumulative election into the society. in other divisions of the university. The GPA requirement (the major of informa- Beta Alpha Psi, a national accounting international dimensions of business are dis- tion systems requires a cumulative GPA of honorary society, elects its members on the cussed in a number of courses required of 2.75 or greater) and must have completed, basis of scholarly achievement in account- business students. Additionally, the School of prior to enrollment in the advanced pro- ing courses; the National Honor Society of Business offers specialized courses that gram, at least 54 credits in the foundation Omicron Delta Epsilon recognizes scholar- address specific international topics. The program or its equivalent. Transfer students ship in economics; and Alpha Mu Alpha is School of Business in conjunction with the also must meet the required cumulative the national honor society in marketing. College of Humanities and Sciences also GPA for courses taken at their former insti- Business students are encouraged to par- offers a Certificate Program in International tutions. The 54 required credits must ticipate in student professional organiza- Management Studies. The certificate pro- include the following courses or their tions such as the Accounting Society; the gram combines international management, equivalents: ENGL 101-200, MGMT 171, Association of Information Technology foreign languages and European studies into a 212, ECON 210-211 and ACCT 203-204. Professionals; Delta Sigma Pi, an interna- unique program intended to equip students Applications and information for admis- tional fraternity that contributes to the for careers in international business. Students sion to all undergraduate programs in the development of students in all business dis- concentrating in liberal arts or business pro- School of Business can be obtained from the ciplines; the Financial Management grams as well as other majors are encouraged Office of Undergraduate Admissions, Association; Gamma Iota Sigma, a national to apply to this program. A minor in interna- Virginia Commonwealth University, 821 W. fraternity for students interested in insur- tional studies is offered through the College Franklin St., Richmond, VA 23284-2526. ance; Rho Epsilon, a national fraternity for of Humanities and Sciences. students interested in real estate; the VCU students also can participate in the American Marketing Association; the International Student Exchange Program, Admission deadlines Society for Advancement of Management; which allows a student to complete some the Society for Human Resource course work toward a degree while attend- Prospective students for the School of Management; and the Jennings Society for ing a foreign institution. The university Business must follow the application sub- students interested in economics. also organizes specialized travel and study mission dates for the university as stated in abroad programs through the Office of the Admission to the University chapter of International Education. this bulletin. University Honors Program A student completing the business foundation program must apply for admission to The University Honors Program provides Business Council of the School the advanced program by requesting a academic and other opportunities for aca- of Business change of major. Students currently demically superior students and is open to enrolled in degree programs at VCU who qualified business students. For a detailed The Business Council of the School of seek a change of major to a School of description of qualifications for admission, Business is composed of leading business Business program also should file a change see the Admission to the University chap- executives. The council meets periodically of major request. All change of major ter of this bulletin. to advise and assist the dean and faculty in requests should be done in the School of the development of the total educational Business, Office of Undergraduate Studies, program and to help in the school’s continu- Room 3119. If approved, the change of Cooperative education and ing efforts to maintain academic excellence. major becomes effective at the beginning of internships the following semester.

Business students are eligible for the uni- Academic policies versity’s Cooperative Education Program. Accelerated program Qualified students placed with an employer School of Business degree programs are will either alternate one semester of full- organized into two components — the foun- The School of Business Accelerated time study with one semester of full-time dation program and the advanced program. Program enables students to earn both a

214 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Business bachelor’s and a master’s degree in one of versity rules and procedures, and clarifying the business disciplines within four years. Limitation on total credits earned career objectives. First-semester freshmen with at least a 1270 by non-business majors While the faculty of the School of SAT score and a high school class rank in Business provides information and advice, the upper 15 percentile are eligible to apply The number of credits that non-business the student is ultimately responsible for for the program. To remain in the program, majors may accumulate from enrollment in knowing and satisfying the degree require- students must maintain a 3.5 GPA or better. classes offered by the School of Business is ments of his or her program. Students In addition to saving time and money, limited to a maximum of 25 percent of the should familiarize themselves with curricu- students in this program are guaranteed total credits required for graduation in their lum requirements, appropriate sequencing admission to a master’s program in the programs. Students who wish to present of courses and course prerequisites, and aca- School of Business. Students may apply to more than 25 percent of their course work demic regulations covered in the Academic the accelerated program through the in business and/or economics must be Regulations and General Degree School of Business, Office of Undergrad- admitted to a major in the School of Requirements chapter of this bulletin. uate Studies, Room 3119. Business, must complete a minimum of 27 credits from the School of Business advanced program after acceptance into the Double majors Guaranteed admission major, and must meet all graduation requirements of the school. This does not A double major fulfills the requirements VCU students who receive their under- limit the number of courses in economics of two majors concurrently. To earn a graduate degrees in business are guaranteed for economics majors in the College of degree with a double major, the student admission into a VCU School of Business Humanities and Sciences. must fulfill all the requirements of the master’s degree program if they rank in the degree programs of which the majors are a top 15 percent of their high school class part. Students can declare a double major with a minimum 3.0 GPA, have a minimum Transfer policies in the School of Business through the recentered SAT score of 1270 and have an change of major process in the Office of undergraduate CGPA of at least 3.5. An on- In addition to meeting the general Undergraduate Studies. The request for a campus interview is recommended. requirements of the university and the double major should be approved before the School of Business, transfer students who student begins courses in the second major. plan to enroll in an undergraduate program For a second major in the School of Enrollment in business courses in business must comply with the following Business, the student must complete all requirements: courses required for each major. If more All VCU students may enroll in fresh- 1. Calculation of the CGPA requirement than one course overlaps both majors, the man and sophomore business courses (all for admittance into the School of student must complete additional courses to 100-200-level courses in the School of Business advanced program is based on reach a minimum of 24 credits in the sec- Business or Economics) provided prerequi- grades earned at all institutions ond major. The chair of the department in sites are met. attended. which the second major is offered must Only juniors, seniors and graduate stu- 2. Transfer of business and economics approve all second major courses at the dents admitted to a major field within the courses from two-year institutions is time the student declares the double major. university and special students with a limited to courses offered by the Students admitted to the double major are bachelor’s degree are eligible for enroll- School of Business in the lower divi- assigned an adviser in each major. ment in all upper-division courses (300- sion (freshman and sophomore years). 400-level courses in the School of Business 3. For a course to be considered for or Economics). Students without these acceptance into the advanced General requirements for bachelor qualifications may enroll in the following program, it must be completed in an of science in business upper-division courses if the prerequisites AACSB-International accredited busi- are met: ness program at a four-year university. To complete this degree, a minimum of Any other transfer request must be 120 credits is required, with no more than ACCT 305 Tax Planning for Individuals reviewed and approved by the School four of those credits in physical education, FIRE 315 Personal Financial Planning of Business Committee on Transfer and no more than another four credits from FIRE 316 Principles of Real Estate Credit. FIRE 333 Risk and Insurance INFO 160, 161, 162, 163, 165, 166, 167, FIRE 428 Employee Benefit Planning 168 and 169. The foundation program FIRE 444 Occupational Safety, Health and Security Student advising specifies course work required during the INFO 300 Computer Hardware and Software freshman and sophomore years. Students INFO 350 Intermediate Programming who successfully complete a minimum of 54 Every student admitted to a major is INFO 360 Business Information Systems credits in the foundation program — MGMT 301-302 Business Statistics assigned a faculty adviser from that major field of study. Students enrolled in the including ENGL 101-200 (with a minimum MGMT 331 Human Resource Management of “C” grade in each course), ECON 210- MGMT 421 Small Business Management foundation program are assigned advisers to assist them until the foundation program is 211, MGMT 171, 212 and ACCT 203-204 completed. The advisers assist students in — and meet the course and GPA require- planning course work, becoming familiar ments, are eligible for admission into a with university services, interpreting uni- major in the School of Business.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 215 School of Business

The advanced program details the course f. Additional restricted electives requirements for students admitted to a Select remainder of 21 credits from any of the other Minor in E-business major in the school. Candidates for the courses listed above in (a) through (e). bachelor’s degree in business must complete This minor is designed to impart under- 3. Non-School of Business electives 12 the 120 credits outlined in the combination standing of current e-business practices and (MGMT 302 and a maximum of four credits from of the foundation and advanced programs. technologies. The course of study requires the INFO 160 series can be used as non-business 18 credits. All students choosing the minor At least 30 hours of the required business electives.) courses for the bachelor of science in must take both the EBUS 201 Introduction to E-business and EBUS 202 Introduction business must be taken at VCU. 4. School of Business foundation core 6 ACCT 203-204 Introduction to Accounting to E-business Technologies. In addition, students must take 12 credit hours; no more Foundation program 5. Business and/or non-business electives 3 than six credits may come from the same credits Finance majors must take MGMT 302, and accounting department. The electives, chosen from an 1. General requirements 21 majors should consult recommended electives under the approved list of courses, allow the student ECON 210-211 Principles of Economics accounting major requirements. All School of Business to acquire more advanced skills tailored ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I students entering junior-level business and economics to his or her professional goals. The elec- ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II courses are expected to have competency in computer- tives include ACCT 307 Accounting MGMT 171 Mathematical Applications for Business based word processing and spreadsheet skills. Systems, ECON 312 E-commerce and ______MGMT 212 Differential Calculus and Optimization Markets for Information Goods, FIRE 466 for Business 63 SPCH 121 or 321 Effective Speech or Speech for E-business Risk Management, MGMT 386 Business and the Professions (Only one of these Supply Chain Management, MGMT 421 courses may be used to fulfill degree requirements.) Advanced program Introduction to Entrepreneurship and MATH 211 Mathematical Structures (only required credits MRBL 478 Global Internet Marketing. of Information Systems majors*) 1. School of Business advanced core 30 Please refer to the course descriptions of *Information Systems majors must take a total ECON 303 Managerial Economics each course for the prerequisites. of 24 credits. FIRE 311 Financial Management INFO 360 Business Information Systems 2. Restricted electives 21 MGMT 301 Business Statistics Department of Accounting a. Natural science MGMT 319 Organizational Behavior One course with lab from the following: MGMT 320 Production/Operations Management Ruth W. Epps BIOL 101 Biological Concepts MGMT 325 Organizational Communication Professor and Department Chair (1987) BIOL 102 Science of Heredity MGMT 434 Strategic Management B.S. Virginia Union University BIOL/ENVS 103 Environmental Science MRBL 308 Introduction to Marketing M.S. University of Pittsburgh CHEM 101-102 General Chemistry MRBL 323 Legal Environment of Business CHEM 110 Chemistry and Society (Accounting majors must take MRBL 481 in place of M.Acc. Virginia Commonwealth University GEOG/ENVS 105 Physical Geology MRBL 323) Ph.D. 1987 Virginia Commonwealth University PHYS 101 Foundations of Physics C.P.A. PHYS 103 Astronomy 2. Major requirements – listed under the major PHYS 107 Wonders of Technology requirement section of each department 27 Bae, Benjamin B. (1998) Assistant Professor PHYS 201-202 General Physics ______B.A. Hankuk University of Foreign Studies, b. Human behavior 57 Seoul, Korea One course from psychology, sociology or anthropology, M.B.A. Sogang University, Seoul, Korea except PSYC 214 Applications of Statistics, which can- Total foundation and advanced programs 120 M.S.A. California State University not be taken for degree credit by business majors. Ph.D. 1998 Temple University c. Institutional studies. One course from the following: Coffman, Edward N. (1965) Professor (Accounting majors must take political science.) Minor in general business B.S. Virginia Commonwealth University HIST 101 or 102 Survey of European History M.S. Virginia Commonwealth University HIST 103 or 104 Survey of American History The minor in general business is for D.B.A. 1973 George Washington University POLI 103 U.S. Government nonbusiness majors and consists of the Edmunds, Wayne L. (1984) Associate Professor POLI/INTL 105 International Relations following 21 credits: ECON 203 A.B. The College of William and Mary POLI 201 Introduction to Politics J.D. The College of William and Mary d. Literature, philosophy, language Introduction to Economics, ACCT 202 M.L.T. 1984 The College of William and Mary One course from the following: Accounting for Non-business Majors, C.P.A. ENGL 201 or 202 Western World Literature I and II MRBL 308 Introduction to Marketing (pre- Everett, John O. (1982) Professor ENGL 203 or 204 British Literature I and II requisites: ECON 203 and junior standing), B.S. University of Southern Mississippi ENGL 205 or 206 American Literature I and II FIRE 311 Financial Management (prerequi- M.S. University of Southern Mississippi ENGL 241 Shakespeare’s Plays sites: ACCT 202 and junior standing; Ph.D. 1978 Oklahoma State University PHIL 103 Ancient Greek and Medieval Western pre or corequisite: MGMT 301), MGMT C.P.A. Philosophy 319 Organizational Behavior (prerequisite: PHIL 104 Modern Western Philosophy Holley, Charles L. (1975) Professor junior standing), MRBL 323 Legal B.S. East Tennessee State University Any foreign language Environment of Business (prerequisite: e. Visual and performing arts (minimum of 2 credits) M.A.S. University of Illinois One course from the approved list found within the junior standing) and INFO 360 Business D.B.A. 1976 University of Tennessee College of Humanities and Sciences chapter of this Information Systems. A cumulative GPA C.P.A. bulletin. of 2.0 must be attained in these courses.

216 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Business

Nowlin, Tanya S. (2000) Assistant Professor Williams, Jackie G., Assistant Professor Emerita Integrated 150-hour Professional B.F.A. Sam Houston State University B.S. James Madison University Accounting Program M.P.Acc. Texas A&M University-Corpus Christi M.S. Virginia Commonwealth University Ph.D. 1999 Louisiana State University Willis, H. David, Associate Professor Emeritus For those students who desire to enter C.P.A. B.S. West Virginia University the field of public accounting and obtain Olds, Philip R. (1981) Associate Professor M.Ed. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State the CPA certificate, the Department of B.B.A. Georgia Southern College University Accounting offers an Integrated 150-hour M.P.A. Georgia State University Professional Program. This integrated pro- Ph.D. 1982 Georgia State University The mission of the Department of gram consists of 150 hours whereby the stu- C.P.A. Accounting at VCU is to prepare students dent earns both the bachelor of science and Spede, Edward C. (1981) Associate Professor for careers in accounting; to interpret and the masters of accountancy degrees with a B.B.A. St. John’s University expand accounting knowledge; and to ren- major in accounting and a concentration in M.Acct. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and der service to the profession and communi- State University either (1) information systems, (2) finance ties. The department does so by: Ph.D. 1982 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and and auditing or (3) other areas of business. State University 1. providing a learning environment A description of this program is given in C.P.A. in which students are encouraged the Graduate and Professional Programs Spindle, Roxanne M. (1990) Associate Professor to interact with others in identifying Bulletin. B.A. University of Colorado and solving accounting and business M.S. University of Colorado problems, M.T. University of Denver 2. investigating, developing and sharing Post-baccalaureate certificate in Ph.D. 1991 University of Colorado knowledge, which has the potential accounting C.P.A. for significant influence on account- This certificate is designed for people Strand, Carolyn A. (2002) Assistant Professor ing, business and education and who have earned a bachelor’s degree in a B.S. Purdue University 3. interacting with the accounting field other than accounting and wish to MSIA Purdue University profession, the business community continue their education but do not aspire Ph.D. Texas A&M University (1998) and the community at large. C.P.A. to a master’s degree. A complete descrip- The 120-hour undergraduate accounting Tondkar, Rasoul H. (1980) Professor tion of this program is given in the B.B.A. University of North Texas program is designed to prepare students Graduate and Professional Programs M.B.A. University of Dallas for entry-level positions in careers related Bulletin. Ph.D. 1980 University of North Texas to governmental and industry/manufactur- Vijayakumar, Jayaraman (1997) Assistant Professor ing accounting. This program will not qual- B.E. Bangalore University ify graduates to sit for the CPA examina- Department of Economics M.B.A. Indian Institute of Science tion in Virginia after the November 2005 Ph.D. 1990 University of Pittsburgh CPA Exam. The focus of the undergraduate Edward L. Millner Wier, Benson (1992) Associate Professor program is of high quality and professional Professor and Department Chair (1983) B.S.B.A. University of Arkansas education at the foundation level with B.A. Hampden-Sydney College M.S.A. University of Arkansas strong emphasis on management control Ph.D. 1981 University of North Carolina Ph.D. 1993 Texas Tech University systems, cost analysis andgovernmental/ C.P.A. not-for-profit (nonprofit) accounting. Bowman, John H. (1981) Professor B.S. Ohio State University Emeriti faculty M.A. Ohio State University Dunn, Clarence L., Professor Emeritus Major requirements Ph.D. 1973 Ohio State University B.S. University of Illinois credits Davis, Douglas D. (1987) Professor M.S. University of Illinois B.A. Western Kentucky University Ph.D. University of Illinois ACCT 303 Intermediate Accounting I 3 ACCT 304 Intermediate Accounting II 3 Ph.D. 1984 Indiana University Holmes Jr., Raymond T., Professor Emeritus ACCT 306 Cost Accounting 3 Gallagher, Suzanne (1990) Assistant Professor B.S. University of Richmond ACCT 307 Accounting Systems 3 and Director, Center for Economic Education, M.S. Virginia Commonwealth University ACCT 401 Governmental and School of Business C.P.A. Not-for-profit Accounting 3 B.S. University of West Florida Mann, Robert I. (1988) Associate Professor ACCT 402 Advanced Cost Accounting 3 B.A. Stanislaus University M.A. 1981 University of West Florida ACCT 403 Management Control Systems 3 M.B.A. California State University Harless, David W. (1993) Associate Professor ACCT 405 Tax Accounting 3 B.S. Augustana College M.S. Southern Methodist University Required accounting elective (choose from list) 3 Ph.D. 1981 Arizona State University Ph.D. 1988 Indiana University ______Hoffer, George E. (1970) Professor Sperry, John B., Professor Emeritus 27 B.S. New York University B.S. University of Richmond M.S. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and M.B.A. University of Pennsylvania Accounting electives (select one course from the State University Ph.D. American University following three) Ph.D. 1972 University of Virginia C.P.A. ACCT 404 Advanced Accounting Mitchell, Shannon K. (1990) Associate Professor ACCT 406 Auditing ACCT 410 Advanced Tax Accounting B.S. Ball State University M.A. University of Virginia Ph.D. 1989 University of Virginia

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 217 School of Business

O’Toole, Dennis M. (1967) Associate Professor exposure to the business disciplines should M.B.A. George Washington University B.A. The College of William and Mary consider the major in the School of Business. Ph.D. 1995 University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill M.S. Virginia Commonwealth University Undergraduate work in economics is excel- Dubofsky, David A. (1997) Professor Ph.D. 1971 Ohio University lent preparation for careers in business, gov- B.E. City College of New York Peterson, Steven P. (1989) Associate Professor ernment and teaching, and for graduate work M.B.A. University of Houston B.A. Bowling Green State University in economics and professional schools such as Ph.D. 1982 University of Washington, CFA M.A. Bowling Green State University law, public administration and medicine. Ferguson, Jerry T. (1965) Professor of Real Estate and Ph.D. 1989 Indiana University Specialization in economics prepares people Urban Land Development Pratt, Michael D. (1979) Professor and Director, for careers that emphasize analytical thinking, B.S. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and Virginia Center for Urban Development State University a broad understanding of the economy and B.S. University of Richmond M.S. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and business organizations, and the proper choice M.A. University of Kansas State University Ph.D. 1977 University of Kansas of policies by governments and business enter- Ph.D. 1978 University of Florida Reilly, Robert J. (1978) Professor prises. Because of their analytical, quantitative McDonald, R. Michael (1977) Associate Professor B.B.A. Wake Forest University and decision-making skills, students who of Risk and Insurance M.B.A. Adelphi University major in economics are sought for a wide array B.S. Central Missouri State University Ph.D. 1978 University of Tennessee of positions in management and sales. The M.S. Central Missouri State University Scotese, Carol A. (1997) Associate Professor specific skills they acquire also provide Ed.D. 1985 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and B.A. Pennsylvania State University employment opportunities in large organiza- State University M.A. Pennsylvania State University tions with departments that forecast business Miller, E. G. (1973) Associate Professor of Ph.D. 1991 Pennsylvania State University conditions and analyze economic data of spe- Insurance and Management Science and Stratton, Leslie S. (1997) Associate Professor cial interest to the organizations. Senior Associate Dean, School of Business B.A. Wesleyan University B.S. University of Alabama Ph.D. 1989 Massachusetts Institute of Technology M.A. University of Alabama Wetzel, James N. (1974) Professor Major requirements Ph.D. 1976 University of Alabama B.S. University of Wisconsin credits C.L.U., C.P.C.U. Ph.D. 1974 University of North Carolina ECON 301 Microeconomic Theory 3 Murphy, Neil B. (1988) Professor of Finance ECON 302 Macroeconomic Theory 3 B.S. Bucknell University Emeriti faculty ECON 307 Money and Banking 3 M.S. Bucknell University Beall, Larry G., Associate Professor Emeritus ECON Electives (must be 300 or 400-level courses) 15 Ph.D. 1968 University of Illinois B.S. State University of New York, Binghamton MGMT 302 Business Statistics 3 CCM,AAP M.A. University of South Carolina ______Myers, Phyllis S. (1982) Associate Professor of Ph.D. Duke University 27 Finance and Insurance and Director, Insurance Dalton, Amy H., Associate Professor Emerita Studies Center B.A. Westhampton College Minor in economics B.B.A. Georgia State University M.A. University of Pennsylvania M.B.A. University of South Carolina Ph.D. University of Virginia A minor in economics is described in the Ph.D. 1984 University of South Carolina Hellmuth, William F., Professor Emeritus College of Humanities and Sciences chapter C.L.U., F.L.M.I. B.A. Yale University of this bulletin. Phillips, Richard A. (1994) Associate Professor Ph.D. Yale University of Real Estate and Urban Land Development Moszer, Max, Professor Emeritus B.A. Old Dominion University A.B. University of Pennsylvania Department of Finance, Insurance Ph.D. 1981 University of North Carolina A.M. University of Pennsylvania and Real Estate Salandro, Daniel P. (1989) Associate Professor Ph.D. University of Pennsylvania of Finance Snellings, Eleanor C., Associate Professor Emerita David E. Upton B.A. St. Vincent College A.B. University of North Carolina Professor of Finance and Department Chair (1987) M.A. University of Pittsburgh M.A. University of North Carolina B.A. University of Connecticut Ph.D. 1990 University of Pittsburgh Ph.D. Duke University M.B.A. University of Connecticut Shin, Tai S. (1978) Professor of Finance Ph.D. 1976 University of North Carolina B.A. Oklahoma City University Economics is the science of human choice, CFA M.A. University of Illinois the study of how scarce resources are allocated Ph.D. 1969 University of Illinois among competing uses to satisfy human wants. Baranoff, Etti (1995) Associate Professor of Finance Since many choices analyzed are made by or and Insurance Emeriti faculty affect business decision makers, economics is a B.A. Tel-Aviv University Berry, Sam G., Associate Professor Emeritus of Finance unique blend of liberal arts and business. Ph.D. 1993 University of Texas, Austin B.S. Florida State University Therefore, the Department of Economics offers FLMI M.B.A. Florida State University a major in both the College of Humanities and Daniels, Kenneth N. (1990) Associate Professor D.B.A. Florida State University Sciences and the School of Business. The of Finance Boykin, James H. (1971) Professor Emeritus of Real Estate major in the College of Humanities and B.A. Fairfield University B.S. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and Sciences is designed for students who desire M.A. University of Connecticut State University the flexibility and breadth that is associated Ph.D. 1990 University of Connecticut Downs, David H. (2003) Professor and Alfred L. Blake M.Com. University of Richmond with a liberal arts degree. Students who want Chair Professor of Real Estate Ph.D. 1971 American University to combine training in economics with B.S. James Madison University M.A.I., C.R.E.

218 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Business

Finance FIRE 430 Issues in Risk Management and Insurance allocation and investment management, FIRE/MRBL 432 Insurance Law quantitative trading and arbitrage, asset/liabil- The major in finance prepares students FIRE 444 Occupational Safety, Health and Security ity management, quantitative applications in for graduate-level study of finance and for Approved insurance/risk management elective: corporate and public financial policy, model- careers in corporate finance, the securities ACCT 305 Tax Planning for Individuals ing and forecasting financial markets, and industry, banking, financial planning or ECON 307 Money and Banking computer and information technology in the insurance/risk management. Students ECON 421 Government and Business financial services industry. choose a concentration in one of three FIRE 332 System Safety Students in the Financial Technology major tracks — finance, financial planning or FIRE 334 Incident Investigation and Analysis must attain a grade of “C” or better in all insurance/risk management. (Courses FIRE 413 Comparative Financial Systems FIRE 414 Security Analysis and Portfolio technically oriented courses and upper-level directly related to risk, insurance and Management courses. A student receiving a grade below employee benefits are approved for 42 FIRE 416 International Financial Management “C” in any of these courses will have to retake Virginia insurance continuing-education FIRE 417 Cases in Financial Management it until a grade of “C” or better is earned. In credits for insurance agents. Contact the FIRE 430 Issues in Risk Management and Insurance addition, a minimum GPA of 2.5 or higher director of insurance studies for further FIRE/MRBL 432 Insurance Law must be maintained. Students who fall below information.) Students in the financial FIRE 444 Occupational Safety, Health and Security a 2.5 will be placed on program probation and planning track are urged to take modules in FIRE 455 Options, Futures and Swaps be given one semester to bring their GPA up the VCU Certificate in Financial Planning FIRE 493 Internship in Finance, Insurance and to a 2.5 or higher. Students failing to bring Curriculum. With grades of “C” or better in Real Estate their GPA up to a 2.5 will be advised out of these modules and in the track’s major MGMT 331 Human Resource Management MRBL 350 Tort Law the program. To graduate with a bachelor of requirements, students receive the science with a major in Financial Technology, Certificate of Completion and are eligible 3. Financial Planning Track a student must have at least a 2.5 GPA. to sit for the Certified Financial Planning FIRE 414 Security Analysis and Portfolio Management Interested students should contact the chair examination to eventually earn the FIRE 426 Life and Health Insurance of the Department of Finance, Insurance and Certified Financial Planner designation. FIRE 428 Employee Benefit Planning Real Estate, 1015 Floyd Ave., Room 5149, Contact the chair of the department for ACCT 405 Tax Accounting Richmond, VA 23284-4000, (804) 828-1620, further information. Approved financial planning elective: ACCT 303 Intermediate Accounting I or send e-mail to [email protected]. Major requirements ACCT 410 Advanced Tax Accounting ECON 307 Money and Banking Degree requirements credits ECON 402 Business Cycles and Forecasting FIRE 312 Intermediate Financial Management 3 First year, fall semester FIRE 416 International Financial Management ENGL 101 FIRE 314 Investments 3 FIRE 417 Cases in Financial Management FIRE 333 Risk and Insurance 3 ECON 210 FIRE 424 Property and Liability Insurance MATH 200* FIRE 437 Funds Management in Financial FIRE 429 Real Estate Finance Institutions 3 General education restricted elective FIRE 430 Issues in Risk Management and Insurance General education restricted elective Select one of the three tracks (15 credits) 15 FIRE 432 Insurance Law ______FIRE 455 Options, Futures and Swaps 27 * MATH 151 or satisfactory score on placement test is FIRE 491 Topics in Business (Finance) prerequisite for MATH 200. FIRE 492 Independent Study 1. Finance track FIRE 493 Internship First year, spring semester FIRE 414 Security Analysis and Portfolio Management MRBL 373 Buyer Behavior SPCH 121 or 321* FIRE 416 International Financial Management MRBL 474 Personal Selling and Sales Management ECON 211 FIRE 417 Cases in Financial Management MRBL 475 Services Marketing MATH 201 FIRE 455 Options, Futures, and Swaps General education restricted elective Approved finance elective: General education restricted elective ACCT 303 Intermediate Accounting I Financial Technology ACCT 306 Cost Accounting The bachelor of science with a major in * SPCH 321 could be taken in a subsequent semester, ECON 307 Money and Banking swapped with a general education restricted elective. ECON 402 Business Cycles and Forecasting Financial Technology offers quantitatively ori- FIRE 413 Comparative Financial Systems ented students the opportunity to apply math- Second year, fall semester FIRE 424 Property and Liability Insurance ematical, statistical and programming tools to ACCT 205 FIRE 426 Life and Health Insurance the finance discipline. The program is techni- CMSC 245 or INFO 250 FIRE 429 Real Estate Finance cal and interdisciplinary in nature. Students MGMT 301 or STAT 212 FIRE 491 Topics in Finance, Insurance and Real take several finance, mathematics/statistics, MATH 307 Estate information systems and economics courses. General education restricted elective FIRE 493 Internship in Finance, Insurance and Real Graduates may choose to continue their Estate education by enrolling in a master’s program Second year, spring semester in financial engineering, mathematical CMSC 246 or INFO 350 2. Insurance and risk management track ENGL 200 FIRE 424 Property and Liability Insurance finance, etc. The program offers excellent MATH 310 FIRE 426 Life and Health Insurance preparation for doctoral level study in finance. General education restricted elective FIRE 428 Employee Benefit Planning Graduates might find employment in areas General education restricted elective Choose one of the following: such as derivative instruments and securities, FIRE 332 System Safety hedging and financial risk management, asset

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 219 School of Business

Third year, fall semester lending, and bank trust and corporate real Coppins, Richard J. (1978) Associate Professor FIRE 311 estate departments as well as other real estate B.S. Lehigh University MRBL 323 related careers in the public and private sectors. M.S. Lehigh University MATH 309 Ph.D. 1975 North Carolina State University INFO 360 Major requirements Dhillon, Gurpreet S. (2003) Associate Professor General education restricted elective B.S. Panjab University credits M.B.A. Punjabi University FIRE 316 Principles of Real Estate 3 Third year, spring semester M.S. London School of Economics, FIRE 317 Real Property Management 3 FIRE 312 University of London FIRE 314 FIRE/MRBL 326 Real Estate Law 3 Ph.D. 1995 London School of Economics, INFO 361 FIRE 423 Real Estate Brokerage University of London STAT 321 or FIRE 431 Advanced Real Estate Appraisal 3 Fuhs, F. Paul (1975) Assistant Professor MGMT 325 FIRE 425 Real Estate Appraisal 3 FIRE 429 Real Estate Finance 3 B.S. Spring Hill College Fourth year, fall semester FIRE 437 Funds Management in Financial M.S. Purdue University FIRE 437 Institutions or ECON 307 Money and Banking 3 B.D. Boston College FIRE 455 Plus any two of the following five courses: 6 Ph.D. 1977 University of Massachusetts INFO 464 FIRE 318 Real Estate Negotiating Hodgson, Lynda S. (2001) Collateral Instructor ECON 401 FIRE 423 Real Estate Brokerage B.S. Virginia Commonwealth University MATH 301 or 327 FIRE 431 Advanced Real Estate Appraisal M.B.A. Virginia Commonwealth University MRBL 310 Information for Marketing Decisions Ph.D. 1999 Virginia Commonwealth University Fourth year, spring semester URSP 302 Land Use Capability Kasper, George M. (1996) Professor STAT 503 ______B.A. State University of New York, Brockport FIRE 414 27 M.B.A. State University of New York, Buffalo ECON 403 Ph.D. 1983 State University of New York, Buffalo FIRE 465 Post-baccalaureate certificate Lee, Allen S. (1998) Professor and Associate Dean for Financial Technology approved elective* Research and Graduate Studies in real estate and urban land B.S. Cornell University * See list of approved Financial Technology electives. development M.S. University of California, Berkeley This post-baccalaureate certificate is Ph.D. 1982 Massachusetts Institute of Technology Financial Technology electives designed for people who have earned a bach- May, Jeffrey (2001) Collateral Instructor ACCT 303 Intermediate Accounting I elor’s degree in a field other than real estate B.S. Wright State ACCT 306 Cost Accounting and urban land development and who wish M.S. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State ACCT 307 Accounting Systems to continue their education but do not aspire University CMSC 245 Introduction to Programming Using C++* to a master’s degree. A complete description Ngwenyama, Ojelanki (1997) Professor FIRE 416 International Financial Management of this program is given in the Graduate and B.S. Roosevelt University FIRE 417 Cases in Financial Management M.B.A. Syracuse University Professional Programs Bulletin. FIRE 491 Topics in Finance, Insurance and Real Estate Ph.D. 1988 State University of New York FIRE 492 Independent Study in Finance, Insurance Osei-Bryson, Kweku-Muata (1998) Professor and Real Estate B.S. University of the West Indies FIRE 493 Internship in Finance, Insurance and Real Estate Department of Information M.S. Howard University INFO 300 Computer Hardware and Software Systems Ph.D. 1988 University of Maryland INFO 350 Intermediate Programming* Saunders, Gerald A. (1999) Collateral Instructor INFO 450 Advanced Programming Richard T. Redmond B.S. Virginia Commonwealth University INFO 461 Information Systems Planning Associate Professor and Department Chair (1983) INFO 465 Projects in Information Systems M.S. Virginia Commonwealth University B.S. Shipensburg State College MATH 437 Applied Partial Differential Equations Sutherland, John W. (1980) Professor D.B.A. 1983 Kent State University MATH 515 Numerical Analysis I B.S. University of California, Los Angeles MGMT 440 Forecasting Methods and Processes M.S. University of California, Los Angeles STAT 421 Computational Issues in Statistical Science Aiken, Peter H. (1993) Associate Professor Ph.D. 1967 University of California, Los Angeles B.S. Virginia Commonwealth University Thomas, Manoj A. (1999) Instructor * CMSC 245 is a suitable elective for students who M.S. Virginia Commonwealth University B.E. (Electronics and Communication) Bharathiar have chosen INFO 250 and INFO 350 as their pro- Ph.D. 1989 George Mason University University gramming courses. INFO 350 is a suitable elective Babb, Jeffry S. (2001) Collateral Instructor M.B.A. 1999 Virginia Commonwealth University for students who have chosen CMSC 245 and CMSC B.S. University of Hawaii – Manoa Weistroffer, H. Roland (1983) Associate Professor 246 as their programming courses. M.S. Virginia Commonwealth University M.A. Duke University Blanks, Edwin E. (1965) Associate Professor and Vice D.Sc. 1976 Free University, Berlin Provost for Academic Administration Wynne, A. James (1974) Associate Professor Real estate and urban land B.S. Virginia Commonwealth University B.S. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute development M.S. 1967 Virginia Commonwealth University M.S. Virginia Commonwealth University The major in real estate and urban land C.S.P. Ph.D. 1978 University of Nebraska, Lincoln development prepares students for careers in Chin, Amita Goyal (1993) Associate Professor land development, brokerage, valuation and B.S. University of Maryland M.S. University of Maryland investment counseling, site analysis and selec- Ph.D. 1994 University of Maryland tion, real property management, mortgage

220 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Business

Emeriti faculty INFO 450 Advanced Programming 3 but do not aspire to a master’s degree. Hodge, Bartow, Professor Emeritus INFO 451 Java Support for E-business 3 A complete description of the program B.S. Louisiana State University Approved elective 3 is given in the Graduate and Professional M.S. Louisiana State University Programs Bulletin. For information relating 2. Network management Ph.D. Louisiana State University to the certificate program, contact the Mann, Robert I. (1988) Associate Professor Emeritus The network management track is intended for those students interested in the implementation and manage- Director of Graduate Programs, School B.A. Stanislaus State University of Business, 1015 Floyd Ave., Richmond, M.B.A. California State University ment of local and wide area networks. It emphasizes the network aspects of the implementation environment. VA 23284-4000. M.S. Southern Methodist University Ph.D. 1981 Arizona State University INFO 472 LAN Administration 3 Morecroft, Josephine F., Associate Professor Emerita INFO 474 Internetworking and TCP/IP 3 Department of Management B.A. Hunter College Approved elective 3 M.B.A. Union College, New York Glenn H. Gilbreath Ph.D. Union College, New York 3. Information engineering Professor of Decision Sciences and Department Riehl, Julian William, Associate Professor Emeritus The information engineering track focuses on the devel- Chair (1971) B.S. University of Omaha opment of comprehensive approaches to information B.S. University of Alabama M.A. University of Maryland systems development as a part of organizational strate- M.A. University of Alabama D.B.A. George Washington University gic planning. Consequently, prior approval by track coor- Ph.D. 1971 University of Alabama dinator is required and it is offered only to students The major in information systems is who are able to demonstrate significant work experience in one or more of the following areas: Ackley, R. Jon (1979) Associate Professor of Management designed to prepare students for profes- B.S. Bloomsburg State College sional careers in the discipline of informa- • analyzing/designing systems • planning/managing information technology M.Ed. Bloomsburg State College tion systems. Through required and elective development projects Ed.D. 1979 Utah State University courses, students will be prepared for posi- • planning/managing organizations from a strategic Andrews, Robert L. (1978) Associate Professor of tions as programmers, systems analysts, soft- perspective Decision Sciences ware analysts and network analysts. The B.S. University of Alabama department also offers courses in informa- INFO 461 Information Systems Planning 3 M.A. University of Alabama tion systems to meet the needs of students INFO 463 Re-engineering Technology in M.S. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University in other curricula offered by the university Organizations 3 Ph.D. 1971 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and and of those who are seeking to enhance INFO 468 Information Engineering 3 State University their knowledge of information systems. Barker, Randolph T. (1989) Professor of Management Students admitted to the bachelor of sci- Approved electives for application development B.A. Florida State University track M.A. Florida State University ence program as well as students admitted INFO 461 Information Systems Planning 3 Ph.D. 1976 Florida State University to the certificate program in information INFO 472 LAN Administration 3 Byles, Charles M. (1990) Associate Professor of systems must meet a 2.75 cumulative GPA INFO 474 Internetworking and TCP/IP 3 requirement in addition to the other INFO 491 Topics in Information Systems 3 Management School of Business requirements. INFO 492 Independent Study in Information Systems 3 B.S. University of West Indies The major requires students to take six INFO 493 Internship in Information Systems 3 M.B.A. University of Toledo required courses and then choose a three- D.B.A. 1986 Kent State University Byrd, Donna G. (1979) Instructor of Decision Sciences course track. Approved electives for Network Management track INFO 450 Advanced Programming 3 B.A. The College of William and Mary INFO 451 Java Support for E-business 3 M.B.A. 1978 Virginia Commonwealth University Major requirements INFO 461 Information Systems Planning 3 Canavos, George C. (1975) Professor of Decision Sciences INFO 491 Topics in Information Systems 3 B.S. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University credits INFO 492 Independent Study in Information Systems 3 M.S. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University A. Major core (18 credits) INFO 493 Internship in Information Systems 3 INFO 300 Computer Hardware and Software 3 Ph.D. 1971 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and INFO 350 Intermediate Programming 3 State University Note: INFO 250 Introduction to Programming is a prerequi- INFO 361 Systems Analysis and Design 3 Correia, Charles A. (2001) Assistant Professor of site for INFO 350. INFO 250 cannot be used as an INFO 370 Fundamentals of Data Communications 3 Decision Sciences elective within the major of information systems, INFO 464 Database Systems 3 B.S. University of Massachusetts but may be used in the Business Foundation INFO 465 Projects in Information Systems 3 M.A. University of Mississippi Program under the category “Business and/or non- M.S. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University Business Electives.” B. Select one of the following tracks 9 Ph.D. 1986 University of Virginia ______Gray, George R. (1977) Associate Professor of Human 27 Post-baccalaureate certificate in Resource Management and Industrial Relations information systems B.S. Auburn University 1. Application development M.B.A. University of Scranton The application development track is intended for those The post-baccalaureate certificate in Ph.D. University of Alabama students interested in the development of object-ori- information systems is designed for J.D. 1987 University of Richmond ented, graphic user interface (GUI) based, distributed students who have earned a baccalaureate Humphrey, Ronald H. (1996) Associate Professor of applications. It emphasizes the client and server degree in a field other than information Management aspects of the implementation environment. systems and who desire to continue their B.A. University of Chicago education beyond the undergraduate-level Ph.D. 1984 University of Michigan

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 221 School of Business

Johnson, Iris W. (1982) Associate Professor of Smith, Charles H. (1982) Associate Professor of Lambert, John D., Professor Emeritus of Management Management Decision Sciences B.S. Virginia Commonwealth University B.S. Longwood College B.S. Alderson-Broaddus College M.S. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and M.S. Virginia Commonwealth University M.A. University of Michigan State University Ed.D. 1981 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and M.B.A. The College of William and Mary Ph.D. University of Michigan State University Ph.D. 1975 University of Maryland Tucker, Woodie L., Professor Emeritus of Management Kurtulus, Ibrahim S. (1981) Associate Professor of Spinelli, Michael A. (1969) Associate Professor of B.S. University of Virginia Management Management Science M.Ed. University of Pittsburgh B.S. Middle East Technical University B.A. West Virginia University Ph.D. University of Pittsburgh M.B.A. University of Michigan Ph.D. 1971 West Virginia University Umberger, Paul M., Assistant Professor Emeritus of Ph.D. 1978 University of North Carolina Stith-Willis, Annie M. (1987) Instructor of Decision Management Science McDaniel, Michael A. (1998) Associate Professor of Sciences B.S. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University Management B.S. Virginia Commonwealth University M.S. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University B.A. University of Delaware M.A. 1984 Virginia Commonwealth University M.A. Loyola University of Chicago Ph.D. 1999 Virginia Commonwealth University The Department of Management offers M.A. George Washington University Trumble, Robert R. (1988) Professor of Management the major in business administration and Ph.D. 1986 George Washington University and Director, Virginia Labor Studies Center management with tracks in business admin- Miller, Don M. (1980) Associate Professor of B.A. Hamline University istration, entrepreneurship and small busi- Decision Sciences M.A. University of Minnesota ness management, and in international B.S. Millsaps College Ph.D. 1971 University of Minnesota management; and the major in human Ph.D. 1970 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and Williams, Larry J. (1997) University Professor of Management resource management/industrial relations. State University B.S. Purdue University Miller, Marianne (1993) Associate Professor of M.S. Purdue University Management Ph.D. 1988 Indiana University Business administration B.A. Ohio State University Williams, Margaret L. (1997) Associate Professor of and management M.S. Purdue University Management Ph.D. 1992 University of Oregon B.S. Heidelburg College The major in business administration and Minor, Elliott D. (1987) Associate Professor of M.S. Indiana University, Purdue management consists of three tracks that Operations Management M.B.A. Indiana University, Bloomington allow students to either pursue general study B.A. University of Virginia Ph.D. 1989 Indiana University, Bloomington in business and management or to specialize Ph.D. 1989 University of South Carolina Wood Jr., D. Robley (1979) Professor of Management in selected areas of management. The track Myers, Donald W. (1982) Professor of Human Resource B.A. Emory and Henry College in business administration provides a broad- Management M.S. University of Tennessee based study of management and other busi- B.A. California State University, Sacramento D.B.A. 1977 University of Tennessee ness disciplines. The choices in the business M.B.A. Georgia State University administration track allow students flexibil- D.B.A. 1972 Georgia State University Emeriti faculty ity in developing a program of study leading Narula, Subhash C. (1983) Professor of Management Brown, Darrell R., Professor Emeritus of Management to a variety of entry-level positions in pri- Science B.S. University of Kansas vate and public organizations. B.E. University of Delhi, India M.B.A. University of New Mexico The entrepreneurship and small business M.S. University of Iowa Ph.D. University of Oregon track enables students to develop skills in Ph.D. 1971 University of Iowa DeGenaro, Guy J., Professor Emeritus of Management working with small firms and eventually Pearce, C. Glenn (1975) Associate Professor of B.S. University of Maryland starting small firms of their own as well as Management M.B.A. Indiana University gain a knowledge of entrepreneurial con- Ph.D. University of Florida B.B.A. University of Georgia cepts useful for a variety of positions in M.A. New York University Hunt, Eugene H., Professor Emeritus of Management organizations of any size. Ph.D. 1974 Georgia State University B.S. Virginia Commonwealth University The track in international management Pitts, Michael W. (1981) Associate Professor of M.S. Virginia Commonwealth University Strategic Management Ed.D. University of Maryland allows students to pursue an interest in the B.A. University of North Carolina, Charlotte Jackson, J. Howard, Professor Emeritus of Business global nature of today’s business world. M.B.A. Winthrop University Education and Office Administration Students enrolled in this track are encour- D.B.A. 1984 University of Tennessee B.S. University of Tennessee aged to take advantage of a variety of Rimler, George Warren (1970) Professor of M.S. University of Tennessee opportunities available for international Management Ph.D. Ohio State University study within the university and abroad. B.S.M.E. Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn C.P.S. M.B.A. Georgia State University Johnston, Russell A., Professor Emeritus of Major requirements D.B.A. 1970 Georgia State University Management credits Seers, Anson (1996) Professor of Management B.S. Virginia Commonwealth University A. Major core (9 credits) B.S. University of Illinois M.S. Virginia Commonwealth University MGMT 302 Business Statistics II 3 M.S. University of Illinois Ed.D. University of Kentucky MGMT 331 Human Resource Management 3 Ph.D. University of Cincinnati Johnston, Wallace R., Associate Professor Emeritus of MGMT 334 Managing Dynamic Organizations 3 Sleeth, Randall G. (1975) Associate Professor of Management and Human Resources Management B. Select one of the following tracks 18 Management B.B.A. George Washington University _____ B.A. University of New Hampshire M.B.A. George Washington University 27 Ph.D. 1977 University of Massachusetts D.B.A. George Washington University

222 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Business

1. Business Administration * Students are encouraged to consider: a minor in MGMT 435 Strategic Human Resource Management MGMT 339 Management Science International Studies or Foreign Languages; the MGMT 446 International Human Resource Management MGMT 418 International Management semester abroad program through the Consortium MGMT 489 Managerial Applications and Skills International University; and courses outside the Select two courses from the following list: Development School of Business (approved by adviser or depart- ADLT 403 Human Resource Development Approved finance or insurance elective (choose one) ment chair). FIRE 428 Employee Benefit Planning Approved systems or marketing elective (choose one) ** Approved by adviser and department chair FIRE 444 Occupational Safety, Health and Security Approved management elective (choose one) MGMT 420 Seminar in Industrial Relations MGMT 447 Human Resource Information Systems Approved finance and insurance electives Human resource management/ MRBL 427 Labor and Employment Law FIRE 312 Intermediate Financial Management industrial relations FIRE 314 Investments The major in human resource manage- FIRE 316 Principles of Real Estate Post-baccalaureate certificate in FIRE 333 Risk and Insurance ment/industrial relations gives students a human resource management broad overview of the educational and application aspects of human resource man- This certificate is designed to increase Approved systems and marketing electives the knowledge and skills of human resource INFO 361 Systems Analysis agement/industrial relations. Students in practitioners, to prepare individuals who MGMT 346 Technology and the Management Process this program pursue an in-depth study of a MRBL 376 Dynamics of Retail Management variety of topical areas, including human are seeking employment in the field and to MRBL 475 Services Marketing resource management, labor and employ- educate persons who desire more knowl- ment relations law, compensation manage- edge about human resource management. Approved management electives ment and employee benefits. Students are A complete description of this program is MGMT 421 Introduction to Entrepreneurship given in the Graduate and Professional encouraged to broaden their knowledge MGMT 420 Seminar in Industrial Relations Programs Bulletin. MGMT 433 Compensation Management base by taking electives in industrial psy- MGMT 439 Quality I chology. After completing this program, MGMT 491 Topics in Business students are prepared to enter the public Certificate in International MGMT 493 Internship and private sectors in compensation, Management Studies employee benefits, incentive awards pro- The Certificate Program in International 2. Entrepreneurship and small business grams and human resources. management Management Studies is an interdisciplinary program offered by the Department of FIRE 313 Financial Management for Small Business Major requirements MGMT 421 Introduction to Entrepreneurship Management (School of Business) and the MGMT 422 Managing the Family Firm credits International Studies Program (College of MGMT 436 New Venture Initiation MGMT 331 Human Resource Management 3 Humanities and Sciences). The certificate MGMT 420 Seminar in Industrial Relations 3 program combines international manage- Approved electives (choose two) – subject to prereq- MGMT 433 Compensation Management 3 MGMT 435 Strategic Human Resource ment, foreign languages and European stud- uisites listed in course descriptions ies into a unique program intended to equip ACCT 306 Cost Accounting Management 3 MGMT 446 International Human Resource students for careers in international busi- FIRE 316 Principles of Real Estate ness. Students concentrating in liberal arts FIRE 333 Risk and Insurance Management 3 MGMT 346 Technology and the Management Process MRBL 427 Labor and Employment Relations Law 3 or business programs as well as other majors MRBL 372 Product Development and Management Approved electives (choose three courses from the are encouraged to apply. MRBL 376 Dynamics of Retail Management list of approved electives) 9 Certification through this program requires MGMT 385 Production/Operations Management II (Students planning to attend graduate school 33 to 36 hours of approved credits from the MRBL 475 Services Marketing should complete MGMT 302 as either an list of courses given below. Students may MGMT 489 Managerial Applications and Skills approved or free elective.) ______enroll in this program and take courses while 27 Development enrolled in another undergraduate program at the university, but must choose the same Choose three of the following approved electives: 3. International management* country track for European Studies and ECON 329 International Economics ADLT 403 Human Resource Development ECON 431 Labor Economics Foreign Language courses. For more informa- MGMT 329 Introduction to Intercultural Communication tion, contact Dr. Charles M. Byles of the MGMT 418 International Management FIRE 428 Employee Benefit Planning FIRE 444 Occupational Safety, Health and Security Department of Management at (804) 828- Approved electives (choose three) – subject to MGMT 302 Business Statistics II 7125 or [email protected], or Dr. R. prerequisites listed in course descriptions MGMT 334 Managing Dynamic Organizations McKenna Brown of the International Studies MGMT 446 International Human Resource MGMT 447 Human Resource Information Systems Program at (804) 827-1671 or mbrown@ Management MGMT 489 Managerial Applications and Skills saturn.vcu.edu, or visit the program’s Web MGMT 489 Management Applications and Skill Development site: http://www.cim.bus.vcu.edu. Development FIRE 416 International Financial Management Minor in human resource Course requirements MRBL 378 International Marketing credits MRBL 478 International Marketing Strategy management European studies 9 MGMT 491 Topics in Business: Summer Study Required courses Select three courses from the following list. At least one Abroad (see Schedule of Classes for courses offered) MGMT 331 Human Resource Management course must be specific to one of the following country Consortium International University courses** MGMT 433 Compensation Management tracks: France, Germany or Spain. International electives**

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 223 School of Business

EUCU 307 Aspects of German Culture Marketing FREN 420 French Regional Culture Department of Marketing FREN 421 French Contemporary Culture and Business Law The major in marketing endows the stu- GEOG 334 Regional Geography of Europe dent with a broad working knowledge of contemporary marketing philosophy and GRMN 421 The Postwar German Scene Frank J. Franzak SPAN 420 Civilization of Spain II practice. Students can choose from a vari- Associate Professor of Marketing and HIST 102 Survey of European History Department Chair (1986) ety of courses that most closely meet their HIST 313 Post-war Europe, 1945 to the Present B.S. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and interests and career aspirations. Graduates HIST 316 History of France of this program will find career opportuni- HIST 318 History of Germany State University M.B.A. University of Maryland ties in marketing management, advertising, HIST 323 History of Spain and Portugal sales, marketing research, public relations HIST 330 European Social History Ph.D. 1984 University of Maryland POLI 352 European Governments and Politics and retailing among others. Cowles, Deborah L. (1986) Associate Professor of Foreign languages 9 Marketing Major requirements Select one of the following language tracks: B.A. Ohio Wesleyan University credits French M.A. University of Texas, Austin MRBL 310 Information for Marketing Decisions 3 FREN 300 Advanced Grammar and Writing Ph.D. 1987 Arizona State University MRBL 378 International Marketing 3 FREN 321 French Civilization and Culture II Griggs Jr., Walter S. (1971) Associate Professor of MRBL 476 Marketing Management 3 FREN 440 Commercial French Business Law and Associate Dean for Select six courses from the following list: 18 Undergraduate Studies MRBL 371 Integrated Marketing Communications German M.H. University of Richmond MRBL 372 Product Development and Management GRMN 300 Advanced Grammar and Writing J.D. University of Richmond MRBL 373 Buyer Behavior GRMN 314 Commercial German Ed.D. 1979 The College of William and Mary MRBL 376 Dynamics of Retail Management GRMN 321 German Civilization II Kiecker, Pamela (1994) Professor of Marketing MRBL 474 Personal Selling and Sales Management B.A. Carleton College MRBL 475 Services Marketing Spanish M.B.A. Minnesota State University MRBL 478 Global Internet Marketing SPAN 300 Advanced Grammar and Writing MRBL 491 Topics in Marketing and Business Law Ph.D. 1988 University of Colorado, Boulder SPAN 320 Civilization of Spain I (Marketing Topic) Little, Michael W. (1983) Associate Professor of SPAN 414 Commercial Spanish MRBL 492 Independent Study in Marketing and Marketing Business Law (Marketing Topic) International management 9 B.S. Western Michigan University MRBL 493 Internship in Marketing and Business MGMT 319 Organizational Behavior M.S. Michigan State University Law (Marketing Position) ______MGMT 418/INTL 418 International Management Ph.D. 1978 Michigan State University 27 MGMT 329/INTL 327 Intercultural Communication McDermott, Dennis R. (1979) Associate Professor of Marketing Experiential learning 3 B.B.A. University of Toledo Minor in marketing The following courses are ways to apply program content M.B.A. Ohio State University The minor in marketing is for business to international management settings. Choose any one. Ph.D. 1973 Ohio State University and non-business majors. It recognizes the Rasnic, Carol D. (1980) Professor of Business Law cross-functional nature of today’s business MGMT/INTL 491 Topics: The European Union B.A. University of Kentucky (Study Abroad) environment and the growing importance J.D. 1965 Vanderbilt University of the customer orientation in all organiza- INTL 493 International Studies Internship Urban, David J. (1989) Professor of Marketing tions, public and private, for-profit and not- Approved Service Learning Course (SPAN 402 Language B.S. University of Virginia for-profit, domestic and global. For non- Issues, FREN 300 Advanced Grammar and Writing, M.A. University of Michigan RELS 340 Global Ethics and the World’s Religions Ph.D. 1985 University of Michigan business majors in particular, the minor in or other approved courses). Wijnholds, Heiko D. (1979) Associate Professor of marketing responds to the need for market- Marketing ing knowledge and skills in a wide variety Language/cultural immersion experience 0-3 B.Com. University of Pretoria of organizations and potential career fields. Students must complete an approved Language/Cultural M.Com. University of South Africa It consists of 18 credit hours of 300- and Immersion Experience by which they demonstrate the suc- 400-level marketing courses as follows: cessful application of foreign language, cross-cultural and D.Com. 1970 University of South Africa management skills. This demonstration can be achieved Wood, Van R. (1994) Professor of Marketing and Philip MRBL 308 Introduction to Marketing, through an approved Study Abroad Program, such as Morris Chair of International Business MRBL 476 Marketing Management and 12 MGMT/INTL 491 The European Union, an overseas intern- B.A. University of Washington credits of approved electives with at least ship, a service learning course or previous life experience. M.B.A. University of Washington three of these 12 credits at the 400-level. Ph.D. 1982 University of Oregon All prerequisites to courses must be met. Core course in international management 3 Additional information regarding the Students must complete the following integrative course, Emeritus faculty minor in marketing can be obtained from which should be taken toward the end of the program. Daughtrey Jr., William H. (1972) Professor of the School of Business, Office of Business Law Undergraduate Studies, Room 3119 or from MGMT/INTL 419 Doing Business in Europe B.S. Hampden-Sydney College the chair of the Department of Marketing J.D. 1958 University of Richmond and Business Law.

224 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Business

Post-baccalaureate certificate Professional Programs Bulletin, which can Institute For Enterprise-wide in marketing be received by writing to the Director of Solutions Graduate Programs, School of Business, This certificate is designed for students Virginia Commonwealth University, 1015 The mission of the Enterprise Systems who have earned a baccalaureate degree in Floyd Ave., Richmond, VA 23284-4000. Institute is to promote the free exchange of a field other than marketing who now knowledge about enterprise-wide informa- desire an extensive, current knowledge of tion systems. A primary goal is to improve marketing. Successful completion of the External affairs competitiveness by helping organizations post-baccalaureate certificate in marketing establish corporate cultures that internalize recognizes the cross-functional nature of Charles J. Gallagher the learning and values needed to fully today’s business environment and the grow- Associate Dean for External Affairs realize the benefits from investing in entering importance of the customer orientation prise-wide systems. IES is a joint initiative in all organizations, public and private, for- The associate dean for external affairs among Virginia’s Center for Innovative profit and not-for-profit, domestic and has primary responsibility for coordinating Technology and Virginia Commonwealth global. A complete description of the pro- all School of Business activities that University’s Department of Information gram is given in the Graduate and reach out into the community. This office Systems and its Information Systems Professional Programs Bulletin. monitors the overall direction of the activi- Research Institute. Corporate sponsors of ties of the Virginia Council on Economic IES include IBM, J.D. Edwards, Philip Education; the noncredit aspects of real Morris USA, SAP America and others. Preparation for the Study of Law estate, insurance and small business programs; and other external activities not Information Systems Research Carol D. Rasnic directly related to academic degree pro- Department of Marketing and Business Law, grams. The director of development assists Institute Adviser the School of Business Alumni Association The Information Systems Research with its activities and programs and coordi- Institute is the professional outreach office Husain M. Mustafa nates all fund-raising projects for the of the Department of Information Systems. Department of Political Science, Adviser school. Recognized as a model center, ISRI provides programs that integrate teaching, James L. Hague applied research and professional workforce Department of Criminal Justice, Adviser Alfred L. Blake Chair of Real Estate development. Under the supervision of fac- This chair is endowed by the Virginia Few law schools list specific undergradu- ulty, students apply knowledge and skills Realtors Foundation. It provides financial ate courses as prerequisites for admission. learned in the classroom, gaining on-the- assistance to the endowed chair-holder for Therefore, the student considering law job experience and earning financial sup- research and support services. Its purpose is school may major in virtually any depart- port. ISRI connects students and faculty to to promote an understanding of real estate ment in the College of Humanities and business and government to leverage expe- operations by offering both credit and non- Sciences or the School of Business. riences and talents so that each remains credit courses. However, students are encouraged to obtain competitive in the rapidly changing world a broad liberal arts background with of information systems and technology. emphasis on the social sciences and Employment Support Institute English. The advisers to pre-law students ESI is a research, demonstration, and Insurance Studies Center maintain continual contact with law school training center providing technology This program educates and promotes admissions offices and will assist any inter- enhanced decision support and team facili- awareness in the areas of risk management, ested student who has questions about cur- tation. Its mission is “helping people make insurance, financial services and employee riculum, financial assistance, application better decisions about employment options benefits. It also offers academic and profes- procedures or the Law School Admissions and policies.” sional programs in conjunction with area Test (LSAT). ESI creates opportunities for community insurance professionals. participants, legislators, advocates, faculty, students, and employers to learn and use Graduate programs in business decision support technologies related to Interactive Marketing Institute and economics social service policies. ESI has developed IMI is a research and training center for applications focused on options and policies marketing studies housed in the The School of Business offers graduate affecting persons with disabilities. Department of Marketing and Business work leading to the degrees of master of ESI provides decision support to help Law. The institute provides a comprehen- business administration, master of science in people navigate employment support sive set of marketing services for faculty, business, master of arts in economics, master benefits and to improve related policy students, businesses, and not-for-profit of accountancy, master of taxation, and the and legislation. agencies, which includes a full range of doctor of philosophy in business. These pro- research services, presentations, continuing grams prepare candidates for responsible professional educational seminars and participation in business, industry, govern- workshops. Most notably, the IMI sponsors ment and education. Details of these pro- the Direct Marketing Certification, a grams are presented in the Graduate and

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 225 School of Business comprehensive, modular program of instruc- Virginia Real Estate Center damentals of tax planning. Credit will not be given for tion and practice for marketing professionals. both this course and ACCT 405. The center provides information on current market trends to educators, real estate ACCT 306 Cost Accounting Small Business Development professionals and the general public. The Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. center seeks innovative ideas of improving Prerequisites: Competency in word processing and Program spreadsheets, ACCT 204, and junior standing. Cost future real estate markets. Participating students in this program accumulation for inventory pricing and income determi- consult, counsel and research problems of a nation. Cost behavior concepts for planning and control. Job order and process cost systems, standard particular business. Students are encouraged Course descriptions costs, budgets and special topics in relevant costs for to design extensive plans to implement managerial decisions. their solutions. Courses in accounting (ACCT) ACCT 307 Accounting Systems Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Virginia Council on Economic ACCT 202 Accounting for Non-business Majors Prerequisites: Competency in word processing and Education Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The course spreadsheets, ACCT 204, and junior standing. Examines is open only to non-business students. A nontechnical design and evaluation of manual and computerized The council encourages and promotes a introduction to the principles of financial and manage- accounting information systems. Emphasis on the sys- better understanding of economics and the rial accounting with emphasis on the use and interpre- tem of internal controls and the impact of computers American economy among Virginia school tation of financial reports, managerial planning and on those controls. administrators, teachers, community leaders control. The course is for the individual who seeks a basic knowledge of accounting and its uses. It is ACCT 401 Governmental and Not-for-profit and the general public. VCU is one of nine Accounting statewide centers on economic education. designed for the user of accounting information rather than the preparer. This course cannot be substituted for Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ACCT 203, 204 or 205. Prerequisites: ACCT 303-304, grade of “C” or higher in ACCT 304, and junior standing. The role of accounting Virginia Family Business Forum ACCT 203-204 Introduction to Accounting in the management of resources entrusted to govern- The forum addresses many of the unique Continuous course; 3 lecture hours. 3-3 credits. ment and nonprofit entities, including accounting and problems encountered by family firms. It Prerequisite: MATH 141 or equivalent. Theoretical and reporting standards. Accounting in municipalities and nonprofit entities such as hospitals, charitable and provides family business owners and key technical facets of financial and managerial accounting for business. Accumulation, analysis, interpretation and health organizations, and colleges and universities. personnel with valuable information and uses of accounting information. timely educational programs in a practical, ACCT 402 Advanced Cost Accounting usable format in an atmosphere that allows ACCT 205 Introductory Accounting Survey Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. for interaction with similar firms. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Restricted Prerequisite: ACCT 306. An advanced conceptual cost/managerial course designed to familiarize stu- The forum offers three seminars per year to students in the post-baccalaureate certificate programs in accounting and information systems, students dents with the more complex aspects of cost/manage- featuring leading experts and family busi- seeking a B.S. in Financial Technology, students rial accounting concepts including process costing, ness owners who address current issues of enrolled in the School of Engineering, or by permission standard costing, activity-based costing, Just-in-Time importance to family firms. It provides busi- of instructor. An accelerated course covering theoreti- inventory systems, enterprise resource planning and ness owners the opportunity to benefit cal and technical facets of financial and managerial issues relating to the relative strengths and limitations from the experiences of their peers. accounting for business. Accumulation, analysis, inter- of managerial accounting. The forum also holds quarterly educa- pretation and uses of accounting information. May not be counted toward any of the B.S. programs offered by ACCT 403 Management Control Systems tional breakfast meetings and publishes a the School of Business other than the B.S. in Financial Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: quarterly newsletter. Technology. ACCT 307. An advanced conceptual management control systems course designed to expose students to the theo- ACCT 291 Topics in Accounting retical and conceptual foundations of management con- Virginia Labor Studies Center Variable credit. Maximum of three credits per topic. trol systems (MCS) and to integrate accounting into the The Virginia Labor Studies Center is Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An in-depth study managerial decision/control process. Uses a predomi- nantly case-oriented approach. While primary emphasis committed to developing leadership for the of selected business topics. Graded as pass/fail at the option of the department. will be on integrating accounting into the management improvement of labor-management rela- control process, significant attention also will be tionships in the commonwealth. The center ACCT 303-304 Intermediate Accounting I and II devoted to the behavioral issues involved in manage- endeavors to develop an improved public Continuous course; 3 lecture hours. 3-3 credits. ment control system design and implementation. perception of labor-management relations Prerequisites: Competency in word processing and Students also will receive hands-on experience in struc- and improve productivity through more spreadsheets, ACCT 204, and junior standing. Grade of turing and formulating control systems in an Enterprise “C” or higher in ACCT 303 is required to take ACCT 304. Resource Planning system environment. advanced labor-management relations. Theoretical standards and procedures for accumulating The planning and administering of its and reporting financial information about business. ACCT 404 Advanced Accounting various outreach efforts are done through Classification, valuation and timing involved in determi- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. work with both the labor and management nation of income and asset/equity measurement. Prerequisites: Grade of “C” or higher in ACCT 304 and community as well as other interested junior standing. Financial accounting for complex busi- ACCT 305 Tax Planning for Individuals organizations and individuals. The center ness relationships, including home office-branch Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. accounting, business combinations, consolidated finan- assists both labor and management in devel- Prerequisite: ACCT 203. Not open to accounting cial statements, partnerships and governmental funds. oping research and education programs. majors. A general course in tax accounting concepts and procedures for students with a minimum of previ- ACCT 405 Tax Accounting ous work in accounting. Emphasis is on aspects of tax- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ation affecting the individual: federal and state income, Prerequisites: INFO 161, 162 or equivalent competency, estate, inheritance, gift, excise and payroll taxes; fun- ACCT 204, and junior standing. Income tax legislation

226 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Business and the concept of taxable income; federal income tax experience in a setting appropriate to the major. Graded lems of the American economy. First semester: law applicable to individuals. as pass/fail at the option of the department. Microeconomics. Second semester: Macroeconomics.

ACCT 406 Auditing ECON 291 Topics in Economics Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Courses in e-business (EBUS) Variable credit. Maximum of three credits per topic. Prerequisites: MGMT 301, grade of “C” or higher in Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An in-depth study ACCT 304 and ACCT 307, and junior standing. A study EBUS 201 Introduction to E-business of selected business topics. Graded as pass/fail at the of the conceptual, theoretical and practical procedures Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. option of the department. applicable to auditing - both external and internal. Prerequisite: INFO 160 or CMSC 128, permission of Primary emphasis is placed upon the theory of audit ECON 301 Microeconomic Theory instructor. Introduces students to management, market- 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: ECON 210-211 evidence; the objectives, techniques and procedures for ing and legal considerations generated by electronic financial and operational audit reports. and junior standing. Analysis of the principles that gov- business activities. Topics include: the role of technol- ern production, exchange and consumption of goods ACCT 407 Advanced Auditing ogy in organizational design and supply chain manage- and services. Topics include demand analysis, produc- 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: ACCT 406 and ment; online contracts, intellectual property and juris- tion and cost theory, price and output determination, junior standing. An in-depth analysis of advanced top- diction of crimes committed using computers; online theory of markets and distribution theory. ics in auditing. Topics include statements on auditing consumer behavior, business-to-business and business- standards, unaudited statements, advanced statistical to-consumer exchanges, and Internet marketing. ECON 302 Macroeconomic Theory 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: ECON 210-211 sampling applications and auditing in computer envi- EBUS 202 Introduction to E-business ronments. Emphasis is given to preparing students for and junior standing. A general survey of national Technologies the auditing section of the CPA examination. income analysis and macroeconomic theory. Detailed Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. study of public policies affecting price levels, employ- ACCT 410 Advanced Tax Accounting Prerequisite: EBUS 201 or permission of the instructor. ment, economic growth and the balance of payments. 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: ACCT 405 and Introduces students to the technologies used in e-busi- junior standing. Complex tax problems of the trust, ness. Students will be introduced to current or emerg- ECON 303 Managerial Economics partnership and corporation. Particular emphasis is ing Web languages, e-business suites, software pack- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. given to tax planning. ages, Web application servers and other packages Prerequisites: ECON 210-211, MGMT 212 or MATH 200, used in creating and running Web applications. and junior standing. Application of tools of economic ACCT 411 Accounting Opinions and Standards analysis to allocation problems in profit and nonprofit Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. organizations. Models for evaluating revenue, produc- Prerequisites: Grade of “C” or higher in ACCT 304 and Courses in economics (ECON) tion, cost and pricing will be presented. Emphasis on junior standing. A technical course concerned with pro- developing decision rules for turning data into informa- ECON 101/INTL 102 Introduction to Political nouncements of the public accounting profession. The tion for solving problems. Students may not receive Economy course objective is to familiarize students with present credit for ECON 203, ECON 210 or ECON 211. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Seminar on and proposed accounting opinions and standards. the development of critical thought and economic ECON 305 Public Finance - State and Local ACCT 481-482/MRBL 481-482 Law for Accountants analysis of policy issues. Focus is on how policy Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. I and II choices affect society and the individual, the economic Prerequisites: ECON 210 or ECON 203, and junior Continuous course; 3 lecture hours. 3-3 credits. methodology that guides policy choices, and the insti- standing. An economic analysis of state and local gov- Prerequisite: Senior accounting major or permission of tutional and political environments within which policy ernment budgeting, revenue sources and expenditures. instructor. Provides detailed examination of laws that is derived. Issues cover a broad range of topics includ- Students may not receive credit for ECON 203, ECON are of particular importance to accountants, along with ing environmental issues, tax policy, inflation expecta- 210 or ECON 211. ethical considerations and social and political influ- tions, unemployment, foreign trade and the effective- ences. First semester: contracts, sales, agency, com- ness of fiscal and monetary policies. ECON 306 Public Finance - Federal mercial paper, secured transactions and bankruptcy. ECON 203 Introduction to Economics Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Second semester: security regulations, antitrust, part- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of Prerequisites: ECON 210 or ECON 203, and junior nerships, corporations, suretyship, insurance, wills and economic principles, institutions and problems. The standing. An economic analysis of the fiscal decision trusts. Students may not receive degree credit for course is designed to provide basic economic under- process, revenue sources and expenditures at the fed- MRBL 481-482 and for MRBL 323, 324. standing for students who do not expect to major in eral level. economics or in the School of Business. No degree ACCT 491 Topics in Accounting credit for economics and business majors. ECON 307 Money and Banking Semester course; variable credit. Maximum of three Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. credits per course; maximum total of six credits for all ECON 205 The Economics of Product Prerequisites: ECON 210-211, or ECON 203, and junior topic courses. Prerequisite: Junior standing. An in- Development and Markets standing. A study of money, financial markets and the depth study of a selected business topic, to be Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. financial structure with emphasis on commercial banks announced in advance. Prerequisite: MATH 141. An introduction to some of the and the Federal Reserve System. Relationships fundamental economic concepts necessary to effec- between economic activity and money supply are ACCT 492 Independent Study in Accounting tively operate in today’s marketplace. Basic elements introduced. Semester course; 1-3 credits. Maximum total of three of microeconomics, net present value analysis and credits. Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing as a market strategy will be covered in class. The goal is to ECON 312 E-commerce and Markets major in a business curriculum, approval of adviser and provide students with a better understanding of how to for Information Goods department chair prior to registration. Intensive study approach business problems and of proven problem Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. under supervision of a faculty member in an area not solving techniques. Appropriate for engineering and Prerequisite: ECON 203 or ECON 205 or ECON 210. covered in-depth or contained in the regular curriculum. non-engineering students. This course surveys the ways that information and emerging information technologies affect market ACCT 493 Internship in Accounting ECON 210-211 Principles of Economics organization and market efficiency. Competitive strate- Semester course; 3 credits. Prerequisites: Senior standing Continuous course; 3 lecture hours. 3-3 credits. gies and regulatory policy for information markets also in the major offering the internship and permission of the Prerequisite: MATH 001 or satisfactory score on the are considered. Topics include network effects, first department chair. Intention to enroll must be indicated to Mathematics Placement Test. A course designed to mover advantages, auctions, price discrimination and the instructor prior to or during advance registration for acquaint the student with a theoretical and practical organizational structure. semester of credit. Involves students in a meaningful understanding of the economic institutions and prob-

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 227 School of Business

ECON 313 Economics of Transportation and distribution from the 18th through the 20th cen- FIRE 312 Intermediate Financial Management Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. turies will be presented. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: ECON 210 or ECON 203, and junior Prerequisites: MGMT 302, FIRE 311 and junior stand- standing. An economic analysis of the transportation ECON 421 Government and Business ing. Advanced topics in financial management with industry with special emphasis on regulation, public Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. emphasis on the theoretical bases for the valuation of policy, and urban transportation. Prerequisites: ECON 210-211 and junior standing. The the firm. application of economic analysis to the behavior of busi- ECON 315/AFAM 315/INTL 315 Economic ness, industry and government regulation. Topics include FIRE 313 Financial Management for Small Development the causes and exercise of monopoly power, antitrust Business Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. enforcement, public utilities and industry studies. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: ECON 210 or ECON 203, and junior Prerequisites: FIRE 311 and junior standing. This course standing. Introduction to the process of economic ECON 431 Labor Economics emphasizes financial management needs for entrepre- development. Surveys development theory and experi- 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: ECON 210-211 neurs or persons who expect to be employed in closely ences of underdeveloped countries of Africa, Asia, and junior standing. Analysis of labor markets and held corporations. Latin America and the Caribbean and of developed institutions to gain an understanding of the process of countries. Explores obstacles to development and poli- wage and employment determination. Both historic and FIRE 314 Investments cies and tools for stimulating economic development. current topics are included. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: MGMT 301 and FIRE 311 or permission ECON 321/URSP 321 Urban Economics ECON 489 Senior Seminar in Economics of chair, and junior standing. An analysis of the market Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: ECON 301 and for long-term corporate securities. Emphasis is given to Prerequisites: ECON 210 or ECON 203, and junior 302, or permission of instructor. Papers on current the valuation of bonds, common stocks, options and standing. An introduction to urban economics, with an research of enrolled students, faculty and guests. convertible securities and portfolio concepts. Designed emphasis on the economics of agglomeration and the Analysis of economic theory and problems on advanced to provide an understanding of the functioning of an role of externalities in the urban economy. Economic level. efficient market. analysis of the provision of urban public services and urban public financing, especially in politically frag- ECON 491 Topics in Economics FIRE 315 Personal Financial Planning mented areas. Semester course; variable credit. Maximum of three Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Designed credits per topics course; maximum total of six credits to assist households and those providing financial serv- ECON 325 Environmental Economics for all topics courses. Prerequisite: Junior standing. An ices and advice to households in making complex Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. in-depth study of a selected economic topic, to be financial decisions. Units include income and expendi- Prerequisite: Junior standing. The application of eco- announced in advance. ture, credit, borrowing, banking, savings, insurance, nomic analysis to externalities such as air and water home buying, investment and estate planning. pollution, pesticide control, land use planning and other ECON 492 Independent Study in Economics environmental issues. The role of cost/benefit analysis Semester course; 1-3 credits. Maximum total of three FIRE 316 Principles of Real Estate in the decision-making process is developed. Efficiency credits. Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing as an Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Principles and equity issues are evaluated. economics major, approval of adviser and department and practices of real estate development, financing, chair prior to registration. Intensive study under super- brokerage, appraisal, legal instruments and govern- ECON 329/INTL 329 International Economics vision of a faculty member in an area not covered in mental land use influences. 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Offered: II. Prerequisites: depth or contained in the regular curriculum. ECON 210-211 and junior standing. An analysis of eco- FIRE 317 Real Property Management nomic and political influences on exports and imports, ECON 493 Internship in Economics Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. balance of payments, foreign investment, exchange Semester course; the student is expected to work at Prerequisite: Junior standing. Real property economics rates and international monetary systems. the site 15-20 hours per week. 1-3 credits. and planning, marketing and management of leased Prerequisites: Junior standing; a minimum of 3.0 GPA properties. ECON 401 Introduction to Econometrics in economics courses; at least 15 economics credits; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: ECON 210-211, and permission of the department chair. Intention to FIRE 318 Real Estate Negotiating MGMT 301 or STAT 210, and junior standing. Sources enroll must be indicated to the instructor prior to or Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. and uses of economic data; includes the application of during registration for semester of credit. The intern- Prerequisite: Junior standing. Introduces principles and statistical methods and regression analysis to time ship is designed to give students practical experience techniques of negotiating in the marketing and financ- series and cross-section data to test hypotheses of in an appropriate supervised environment in the public ing of real estate. micro- and macroeconomics. or private sector. FIRE 326/MRBL 326 Real Estate Law ECON 402 Business Cycles and Forecasting Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Courses in finance, insurance and Prerequisites: MRBL 323 or equivalent, junior standing, Prerequisites: ECON 210-211 and junior standing. An real estate (FIRE) or permission of instructor. Legal fundamentals of real examination of repetitive variations in business activity. estate including contracts, concepts of title, title exam- The measurement and analysis of economic fluctua- FIRE 291 Topics in Finance, Insurance and Real ination, easements, conveyances, liens and recording statutes. tions and how they affect the business environment. Estate Stresses modern forecasting techniques. Variable credit. Maximum of three credits per topic. FIRE 330 Regulatory Aspects of Safety and Risk Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An in-depth study ECON 403 Introduction to Mathematical Control of selected business topics. Graded as pass/fail at the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Economics option of the department. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Junior standing. Examines political, scien- Prerequisites: MGMT 212 or MATH 200, ECON 210-211, FIRE 311 Financial Management tific and social concepts of risk that influence the regu- and junior standing. The application of mathematical Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. lation of certain societal hazards and threats. Includes techniques to economic theory and economic models. Prerequisites: ACCT 204 (or ACCT 202 for non-business a survey of federal and state laws, regulations and majors) and junior standing. Pre- or corequisite: MGMT standards that impact upon employment, the environ- ECON 419/HIST 333 History of Economic Thought 301. Principles of optimal financial policy in the pro- ment, industrial security, consumer protection and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. curement and management of wealth by profit-seeking occupational safety and health. Prerequisites: ECON 210-211 and junior standing. A enterprises; the application of theory to financial deci- survey of the ideas of major economic contributors to sions involving cash flow, capital structure and capital modern economic thought. Theories of value, growth budgeting.

228 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Business

FIRE 332 System Safety FIRE 425 Real Estate Appraisal FIRE 444/MGMT 444 Occupational Safety, Health Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. and Security Prerequisite: Junior standing. Addresses the concepts Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of instruc- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Covers the and practices of system safety; included are basic sys- tor. Designed for persons who have completed a course principles and practices, and regulatory dimensions of tem concepts, application of system safety techniques, in principles of real estate or its equivalent, or have occupational safety, health and security. Causes of qualitative and quantitative applications such as fault- experience in the real estate field. Topics include workplace health hazard exposures, accidents and free, failure-mode-and-effects, MORT and cost-benefit neighborhood and site analysis using cost, market and domestic and international industrial violence are stud- analyses. income approaches. ied with an emphasis on prevention. Characteristics of effective occupational safety, health and workplace FIRE 333 Risk and Insurance FIRE 426 Life and Health Insurance security programs are studied to facilitate understand- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Nature of 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Junior standing. ing and application in the workplace. risk; insurance and other risk handling methods; exami- The function, nature and uses of life and health insur- nation of basic life, health, property, and liability princi- ance and annuities; operational aspects of life insur- FIRE 455 Options, Futures and Swaps ples and coverages. ance companies. Full-time students who pass this Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. course can receive credit for the CLU HS323 examina- Prerequisites: FIRE 312 or FIRE 314, and junior stand- FIRE 334 Incident Investigation and Analysis tion from the American College. See instructor for ing. Analysis and valuation of speculative securities Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. details. and markets, including options, futures and swaps with Prerequisite: Junior standing. Reviews various concep- emphasis on their use for hedging and speculative pur- tual and analytical models used in accident/incident FIRE 428 Employee Benefit Planning poses. Major valuation models and term structure mod- investigation strategies and reporting systems, report Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. els are discussed with applications to problems in formats, data collection methods, causal inferences, Management of group life, health, disability and retire- finance considered. problem identification and data analysis; in-depth case ment plans. New developments in employee benefits, studies and epidemiological reviews of recent events plan design, administration, cost, funding, regulation FIRE 465 Managing Financial Risk will be emphasized. and tax considerations. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: FIRE 314, STAT 321 and junior standing. FIRE 413/INTL 413 Comparative Financial Systems FIRE 429 Real Estate Finance Sources of financial risk. Enterprise-wide financial risk Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. software such as SAS Risk Dimensions (or similar soft- Prerequisites: FIRE 311 and junior standing. An analysis Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of instruc- ware) will be utilized to learn about value at risk, credit of the structure and functioning of financial systems in tor. Instruments, techniques and institutions of real risk, stress testing financial risk management models different parts of the world. Emphasis is on the evolu- estate finance; the mortgage market; financing and how to manage financial risk. tion of such systems in relation to the U.S. financial process; mortgage risk analysis; creative financing; system. Different regions of the world may be studied emphasis on policies and procedures used in financing FIRE 466 E-business Risk Management in different semesters. residential and commercial properties. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: EBUS 201 and EBUS 202, or permission FIRE 414 Security Analysis and Portfolio FIRE 430 Issues in Risk Management and of instructor, and junior standing. An analysis of the Management Insurance risks associated with e-business and the practice of e- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. commerce. Prerequisites: MGMT 302, FIRE 314 and junior stand- Prerequisite: Junior standing. The course focuses on ing. A detailed analysis of stocks and bonds as well as the timely issues in the field of risk management and FIRE 491 Topics in Finance, Insurance and Real options and futures. Emphasis is on models for portfo- insurance. It looks at the role of government and the Estate lio selection, revision and performance evaluation. insurance industry, and the use of other financial solu- Semester course; variable credit. Maximum of three tions in handling risks faced by businesses and individ- credits per course; maximum total of six credits for all FIRE 416/INTL 416 International Financial uals. The topics covered change to reflect current soci- topic courses. Prerequisite: Junior standing. An in- Management etal and industry issues and to explore new risk man- depth study of a selected business topic, to be Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: agement innovations. announced in advance. FIRE 311 and junior standing. Financial management of business in an international environment. Emphasis on FIRE 431 Advanced Real Estate Appraisal FIRE 492 Independent Study in Finance, Insurance tools and techniques to prepare financial managers of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. and Real Estate multinational firms to effectively respond to the chal- Prerequisites: FIRE 425 and junior standing or permis- Semester course; 1-3 credits. Maximum total of three lenges of the international environment. sion of instructor. Provides a comprehensive study of credits. Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing as a the principles and concepts underlying the income major in a business curriculum, approval of adviser and FIRE 417 Cases in Financial Management approach to investment property appraisal and the department chair prior to registration. Intensive study 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Pre- or corequisites: FIRE 312 mathematics of yield capitalization. under supervision of a faculty member in an area not and junior standing. Cases involving financial decisions covered in-depth or contained in the regular curriculum. for various forms of business enterprises. FIRE 432/MRBL 432 Insurance Law Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. FIRE 493 Internship in Finance, Insurance and FIRE 423 Real Estate Brokerage Prerequisite: Junior standing. The legal concepts and Real Estate Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. doctrines applicable to insurance. Fundamental legal Semester course; 3 credits. Prerequisites: Senior stand- Prerequisite: FIRE 316 and junior standing, or permis- aspects of life, health, property and liability insurance. ing with a major in finance (either the finance or insur- sion of instructor. Considers administrative principles ance track) or real estate, a minimum GPA of 2.8 and and practices of real estate brokerage, financial control FIRE 437 Funds Management in Financial permission of the Department of Finance, Insurance and marketing of real property. Institutions and Real Estate chair or the director of the insurance or Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. real estate program. Involves students in a meaningful FIRE 424 Property and Liability Insurance Prerequisites: FIRE 311 and junior standing. Funds man- experience in finance, insurance or real estate. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. agement techniques for selected financial institutions Intention to enroll must be indicated to the chair or Prerequisites: FIRE 333, or permission of instructor, and including investment companies (mutual funds), life appropriate program director. junior standing. Property and liability risk identification and casualty insurers, savings and loans, mutual sav- and measurement. Major commercial line coverages ings banks, commercial banks, pension funds. including fire, marine, automobile, general liability, worker’s compensation, fidelity and surety bonds.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 229 School of Business

Courses in information systems INFO 166 Introduction to Microcomputer-based puter hardware and software architecture, organization Database Packages and operation. Introduction to data structures. (INFO) Semester course; 1 credit. Prerequisite: INFO 160 or equivalent knowledge. Introduces students to the fun- INFO 350 Intermediate Programming INFO 160 Introduction to Windows and the damental use of a microcomputer-based database Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Internet management system package. Topics include creating Prerequisite: A grade of “C” or better in INFO 250 or Semester course; 1 credit. Familiarizes students with and editing tables and forms, sorting and filtering data equivalent knowledge. Pre- or corequisite: INFO 300. basic computer concepts and introduces them to the and generating reports and mailing lists. Designed for Complex algorithms and hierarchical Jaca class microcomputer environment and the Internet. Topics those students not majoring in information systems. libraries are introduced. The course emphasizes build- include an introduction to hardware and software, Administered as self-paced, computer aided instruc- ing business applications using Java Swing compo- accessing the Internet and the use of Web browsers tional course. Graded as pass/fail. nents, events and message handling. HTML and Web as well as hands-on experience with a windows-based site generation are covered. Students cannot receive microcomputer system and the Internet. This course INFO 167 Introduction to Internet Researching credit for both CMSC 256 and INFO 350. requires no prior knowledge of computers and it pro- Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Prerequisite: vides the necessary foundation for introductory applica- INFO 160 and 161 or equivalent. Course emphasizes INFO 360 Business Information Systems tion courses. Administered as a self-paced, computer Internet search tools and research skills development Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. aided instructional course. Students may not receive while expanding students understanding of the World Prerequisites: INFO 160, INFO 161, INFO 162 or equiva- degree credit for both CMSC 128 and INFO 160. Wide Web and its resources. Students will learn to lent knowledge and sophomore standing. Provides an Graded as pass/fail. explore and evaluate the various types of search sites, understanding of the importance of computer-based including the VCU Library Internet resources and learn information in the success of the firm. Emphasis is on INFO 161 Introduction to Microcomputer-based skills for developing researching strategies. Using a the role of information systems within each of the Word Processing Packages microcomputer-based Web browser such as Internet functional areas of business. Major concepts include Semester course; 1 credit. Prerequisites: INFO 160 or Explorer or Netscape, students will learn about data management, decision support and management equivalent knowledge. Introduces students to funda- advanced browser features that will aid them in their information systems. mental use of a microcomputer-based word processor. search efforts. This course provides the necessary Topics include document preparation and modification, foundation to help students better find and use Web INFO 361 Systems Analysis and Design tab sets and indentation, bullets and lists, and table resources for documents and papers that other VCU Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. formats. The course will help students prepare docu- course work may require. Prerequisites: INFO 360 and junior standing. Examines ments and papers that other VCU course work may the concepts, tools and techniques used to develop and require. Administered as a self-paced, computer aided INFO 168 Introduction to Microcomputer-based support computer-based information systems. Systems instructional course. Students may not receive degree Presentation Packages planning, analysis, design and implementation are cov- credit for both CMSC 128 and INFO 161. Graded as Semester course; 1 credit. Prerequisite: INFO 160 or ered. Behavioral and model building aspects of sys- pass/fail. equivalent knowledge. Familiarizes students with the tems development are emphasized throughout. fundamental use of a microcomputer-based presenta- INFO 370 Fundamentals of Data Communications INFO 162 Introduction to Microcomputer-based tion package. Topics include creating and editing pre- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Spreadsheet Packages sentations, creating and modifying drawing objects and Prerequisites: INFO 300 and junior standing. Semester course; 1 credit. Prerequisite: INFO 160 or adding clip art. The course will help students prepare Introduction and overview of computer networks and equivalent knowledge. Introduces students to funda- presentations and products other VCU course work may data communications. Provides an understanding of the mentals of spreadsheet processing on the microcom- require. Administered as self-paced, computer aided underlying concepts of computer networking. Emphasis puter. Topics include the entering of text, numbers and instructional course. Students may not receive degree is placed on terminology, techniques and issues in net- formulas, formatting, moving, copying, recalculation, credit for both CMSC 128 and INFO 168. Graded as working systems. graphing, retrieving, saving, and printing. The course pass/fail. will help students prepare financial analyses and prod- INFO 450 Advanced Programming ucts other VCU course work may require. Administered INFO 169 Multimedia Presentations Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. as a self-paced, computer aided instructional course. Five-week course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Prerequisite: Prerequisites: A grade of “C” or better in INFO 350 and Students may not receive degree credit for both CMSC INFO 168 or equivalent knowledge. Familiarizes students junior standing. The course covers advanced program- 128 and INFO 162. Graded as pass/fail. with the fundamental use of multimedia to enhance pre- ming concepts using the Java and C++ languages. sentations. Topics include adding animation, creating Topics include pointers, advanced GUI components and INFO 163 Web Page Design and Introduction to templates, linking to other resources as well as audio the building of multithreaded applications containing HTML and video. The course will help students to prepare more reusable components based upon design patterns and Five-week course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Prerequisites: effective and professional presentations. INFO 160, INFO 161 or equivalent knowledge. Introduces advanced data structures. Students cannot receive students to Web page design and construction using INFO 250 Introduction to Programming credit for both CMSC 245/246 and INFO 450. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. HTML and scripting languages. Topics include Web page INFO 451 Java Support for E-business Prerequisite: INFO 160 or equivalent knowledge. creation, hypertext links, tables and frames. The course Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Introduces students to writing, testing and debugging will provide hands-on experience in creating Web pages Prerequisites: Grades of “C” or better in INFO 350 and Java programs using simple logic and algorithms. Basic and making them accessible from the World Wide Web. INFO 464 and junior standing. The course focuses on the Java Applets and the Graphic User Interface (GUI) are Students may not receive degree credit for both CMSC technical aspects of developing of e-business systems covered. Students cannot receive credit for both CMSC 128 and INFO 163. using Servlets and JSP. It will integrate the student’s and INFO 250. Also cannot be used as an elective in prior knowledge of GUI development on the client-side INFO 165 Intermediate Microcomputer-based the information systems major. Spreadsheet Packages with server-side Java applications in a multi-tiered envi- Five-week course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Prerequisite: INFO 291 Topics in Information Systems ronment that includes database connectivity. Students INFO 162 or equivalent. Familiarizes students with the Variable credit. Maximum of three credits per topic. will use XML, messaging and distributed registries along creation and use of macros, advanced formulas, statis- Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An in-depth study with Web Services to support the sharing of data and tical functions and lists. Designed for those students of selected business topics. Graded as pass/fail at the processes for e-business applications. option of the department. with some prior experience with computer-based INFO 461 Information Systems Planning spreadsheet packages. INFO 300 Computer Hardware and Software Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Pre- or Prerequisites: INFO 361 and junior standing. corequisite: INFO 250 or equivalent. Principles of com- Concentrated study of planning methods and techniques required for defining, planning, integrating and

230 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Business implementing information technology projects consis- INFO 493 Internship in Information Systems analysis, forecasting, aggregate planning, inventory tent with the organizational strategic plan and mission. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. management and quality management. INFO 463 Re-engineering Technology in Organizations Prerequisites: 3.2 GPA in major; concurrent or past Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Pre- or enrollment in INFO 370 and INFO 465 and permission MGMT 325 Organizational Communication corequisites: INFO 461, permission of the instructor and of director of ISRI. Intention to enroll must be indicated Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. junior standing. A survey of legacy system re-engineer- prior to or during advance registration of the semester Prerequisites: ENGL 101-200 and junior standing. A ing technologies in which the student becomes familiar of credit. Involves students in a meaningful experience study of writing for interpersonal, group and organiza- with a variety of tools used in practice and has the in a setting appropriate to the major. tional communication, including the preparation of opportunity to develop applications using these tools standard business documents. under supervision. Selection of technologies is determined each semester. Courses in management (MGMT) MGMT 327/ENGL 327 Business and Technical Report Writing INFO 464 Database Systems MGMT 121 The Business Environment Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Not open Prerequisite: Junior standing; ENGL 200 and three Prerequisites: INFO 250, INFO 361 and junior standing. to juniors and seniors in the School of Business. credits in 200-level literature courses (or equivalent). Designed to prepare students for development of sys- Concepts and issues in contemporary business. Development of critical writing skills used in business, tems involving databases and database management. science, technology and government, including instruc- MGMT 171 Mathematical Applications for tions, descriptions, process explanations, reports, man- INFO 465 Projects in Information Systems Business uals and proposals. The course will include such topics Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. as communication theory, technical style, illustrations, Prerequisites: INFO 361, INFO 464 and junior standing. Prerequisites: Basic spreadsheet knowledge and MATH formats for proposals, reports and manuals. The student’s behavioral and technical skills developed 141 or equivalent. (Equivalency may be validated by a in INFO 361 and INFO 464 are challenged by participat- satisfactory score on the VCU Mathematics Placement MGMT 329/INTL 327 Introduction to Intercultural ing in a team systems development project. Appropriate Test.) Formulation and solution of problems using a Communication computer assisted software engineering (CASE) tools spreadsheet and algebra, mathematics of finance, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. are used throughout the project, from requirement spec- basic probability and the creation of decision alterna- Prerequisite: Junior standing. An introduction to the ification to implementation and testing. tives in the face of uncertainty. A spreadsheet will be basic concepts, principles and skills for improving ver- used throughout as a calculation and graphing tool. bal and nonverbal communication with persons from INFO 468 Information Engineering different cultures. Using a cultural general approach, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. MGMT 212 Differential Calculus and Optimization topics discussed include the concept of culture, barriers Prerequisites: INFO 461, INFO 463 and junior standing. for Business to intercultural communication, verbal communication A study of information engineering as a model-based, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. process and nonverbal communication aspects. data-centric approach to integrating organizational Prerequisite: MGMT 171. Univariate and bivariate dif- Appropriate for business and non-business majors. strategic planning with enterprise information systems ferential calculus and optimization of algebraic func- development. Involves readings, group discussion and tions that model business phenomena. A spreadsheet MGMT 331 Human Resource Management case studies. will be used as a calculation tool. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Basic problems of employment, selection and placement; INFO 472 LAN Administration MGMT 291 Topics in Management employee rating systems of a diverse workforce, and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Variable credit. Maximum of three credits per topic. management of diversity through recognition of Prerequisites: INFO 370 and junior standing. Reviews Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An in-depth study employee uniqueness and positive contributions of var- the various types of Local Area Network (LAN) technol- of selected business topics. Graded as pass/fail at the ious cultures to the organization culture; wage levels ogy, with a strong emphasis on their underlying proto- option of the department. and methods; job studies and descriptions; training cols. This conceptual basis is complemented with a methods and programs. hands-on introduction to LAN administration using MGMT 301-302 Business Statistics some of the most commonly deployed network operat- Continuous course; 3 lecture hours. 3-3 credits. MGMT 334 Managing Dynamic Organizations ing systems (NOS’s). Prerequisite: MGMT 212. Statistical methods employed Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. in the collection and analysis of business and economic Prerequisites: MGMT 319 and junior standing. Applies INFO 474 Internetworking and TCP/IP data and applications in decision making. First semester: macro-organization theory to organization design. The Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. statistical thinking, concepts of variability, process stud- design of structure and process to improve effective- Prerequisite: INFO 370 and junior standing. In-depth ies, data collection, descriptive measures, probability ness. Relationships between technology and structure; discussion of the TCP/IP protocol suite and its applica- and introduction to statistical inference. Second semes- strategy and environment; power and politics; culture tion to internetworking. Other topics include security ter: continuation of statistical inference, regression and and organization; and growth, decline and revival. and application protocols. correlation analysis with emphasis on problem formulation and interpretation. Students may not receive degree MGMT 339 Management Science INFO 491 Topics in Information Systems credit for both MGMT 301 and STAT 210. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; variable credit. Maximum of three Prerequisites: MGMT 301 and junior standing. Concepts credits per course; maximum total of six credits for all MGMT 319 Organizational Behavior and techniques of management science as they apply to topic courses. Prerequisite: Junior standing. An in- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. solving business problems, with a focus on applications. depth study of a selected business topic, to be Prerequisite: Junior standing. Introduction to the deter- Includes linear programming, transportation method, announced in advance. minants and consequences of human behavior and task PERT/CPM, queuing models and simulation. performance in an organizational setting. Topics INFO 492 Independent Study in Information include motivation, job design, group development, MGMT 346 Technology and the Management Systems organizational design, communication, leadership and Process Semester course; 1-3 credits. Maximum total of three change. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. credits. Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing as a Prerequisite: Junior standing. Study of the impact of major in a business curriculum, approval of adviser and MGMT 320 Production/Operations Management information technology (IT) on the managerial process, department chair prior to registration. Intensive study Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. workgroups and communication. Specific topics include under supervision of a faculty member in an area not Prerequisites: MGMT 301, MGMT 319 and junior IT applications for information workers, nontraditional covered in-depth or contained in the regular curriculum. standing. Discipline of management and the manage- work environments, environmental ergonomics, secu- ment process within the operations of an organization. rity and electronic monitoring of employees, identifica- Planning and controlling of operations through decision tion and selection of end-user IT, and technology and organizational change.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 231 School of Business

MGMT 350 Introduction to Project Management and junior standing. Students are expected to develop smoothing, decomposition and regression. Also Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. specific strategies and approaches to enhance the includes experience with computer software. Prerequisite: Junior standing. Introductory exposure to effectiveness of the family firm. Designed for members and practice with the concepts of project management, of family firms as well as those who will be working in MGMT 441 Production Planning and Control the activities and skills of project managers, the preva- or providing goods or services for family enterprises. Systems lence of projects in organizations and the value of proj- Topics include succession strategies; management and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ect management skills for all managers. Students will strategic planning; ownership issues; taxes-transfer, Prerequisites: MGMT 320, MGMT 339 and junior employ project management terminology, participate in gift and estate; professionalizing the family firm; standing. Production planning and control systems, project work, and engage in the appropriate technical boards of directors in the family firm, family business focusing on manufacturing firms. Topics covered and interpersonal processes for managing successful growth, psychological issues, change and conflict in include forecasting, statistical inventory control, mate- projects. the family business; family relations; women in the rial requirements planning and aggregate production family firm; the younger generation; consulting and planning. MGMT 385 Production/Operations Management II education for family business; family business in soci- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Pre- or ety; global and ethnicity issues in family business; cul- MGMT 444/FIRE 444 Occupational Safety, Health corequisites: MGMT 320 or permission of the instruc- ture and values. and Security tor, and junior standing. Analyzes operations in organi- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Covers the zations through consideration of product and process MGMT 427/MRBL 427 Labor and Employment principles and practices, and regulatory dimensions of design, location, layout, job design, work measure- Relations Law occupational safety, health and security. Causes of ment, productivity, scheduling and maintenance. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. workplace health hazard exposures, accidents and MGMT 386 Supply Chain Management Prerequisites: MRBL 323 or permission of instructor, domestic and international industrial violence are stud- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Pre- or and junior standing. A survey of legislation and court ied with an emphasis on prevention. Characteristics of corequisites: MGMT 320 or permission of the instruc- and administrative body decisions affecting the effective occupational safety, health and workplace tor, and junior standing. Introduction to supply chains employer/employee relationship. security programs are studied to facilitate understand- with emphasis on management, e-commerce and glob- ing and application in the workplace. alization. Topics covered include achievement of strate- MGMT 433 Compensation Management gic fit among members of the chain; managing informa- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. MGMT 446/INTL 446 International Human tion system requirements; managing economies of Prerequisites: MGMT 331 and junior standing. The Resource Management scale, role of cycle inventory, impact of aggregation on methods and techniques of obtaining job descriptions, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. risk and inventory; determining the optimal level of job characteristics and measuring scales, job rating and Prerequisite: MGMT 331. Covers the application of product availability, coordination and performance the awarding of wage increments. human resource management activities in an interna- measurement. tional environment. Similarities and differences in MGMT 434 Strategic Management domestic methods are highlighted to aid understand- MGMT 418/INTL 418 International Management Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ing. Contemporary practices in the selection, develop- 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Offered: II. Prerequisite: Prerequisites: Senior standing in a School of Business ment, compensation and maintenance of expatriates, Junior standing. Management attitudes and concepts major and completion of all School of Business core impatriates, repatriates, host country nationals and of other nations, cultures or geographic regions com- courses. Integrative course to analyze policy issues at third-country nationals are studied. Regulatory and cul- pared with the United States. the overall management-level involving functional areas tural dimensions of countries are examined. such as production, finance and marketing, in context MGMT 419/INTL 419 Doing Business in Europe with the economic, political and social environment. MGMT 447 Human Resource Information Systems Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Junior standing and permission of instruc- MGMT 435 Strategic Human Resource Prerequisites: MGMT 331 and INFO 360, or permission tor. Designed primarily as a core integrative course for Management of instructor. Covers contemporary human resource students enrolled in the Certificate in International 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: MGMT 331 or per- information software used in the primary activities of Management Studies, but other students are welcome. mission of instructor, and junior standing. A critical study of human resource management involving recruitment, The course has three goals: a) integration of Foreign selected problems in human resource management. selection, performance appraisal, employee benefits, Languages, European Studies and International pay administration, safety and health, human resource Management; b) infusion of other business areas rele- MGMT 436 New Venture Initiation development, job analysis, human resource planning vant to doing business in Europe (such as international Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. and job structuring. Emphasis is on introducing the marketing, finance law and economics); and c) the Prerequisites: MGMT 421 or permission of instructor, software and practical application through hands-on development of cultural sensitivity and social responsi- and junior standing. Students engage in the develop- experience in the computer laboratory. bility. The course will be organized as a series of semi- ment of a comprehensive business plan. Various strate- nars with faculty and other speakers from the above gies for success are explored and factors in entrepre- MGMT 489 Managerial Applications and Skills disciplines. neurial competency are discussed. Development Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. MGMT 420 Seminar in Industrial Relations MGMT 439 Quality I Prerequisites: MGMT 319, MGMT 320 and senior 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: MGMT 331, or Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. standing, or permission of instructor. Application, test- permission of instructor, and junior standing. Prerequisites: MGMT 301, or STAT 212 and permission ing and critical analysis of management theories, con- Managerial decision making in labor management rela- of instructor, and junior standing. Quality concepts and cepts and skills. Team building and organizational cul- tionships; the collective bargaining process and the tools with a focus on the use of statistical thinking in ture assessment. administration of labor agreements; the impact of pub- leading organizations; collection and use of data to lic policy and labor legislation. direct actions for improvement; introduction to analytic MGMT 491 Topics in Management studies; the role of process stability; statistical tools for Semester course; variable credit. Maximum of three MGMT 421 Introduction to Entrepreneurship assessing stability and improving processes. credits per course; maximum total of six credits for all Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The impor- topic courses. Prerequisite: Junior standing. An in- tance, problems and requirements of small businesses; MGMT 440 Forecasting Methods and Process depth study of a selected business topic, to be establishing policies for prices, promotion, control and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. announced in advance. credit; regulations as well as specific strategies and Prerequisites: MGMT 302 or equivalent, and junior opportunities related to e-business. standing. An application-oriented presentation of fore- MGMT 492 Independent Study in Management casting process and forecasting methods to support Semester course; 1-3 credits. Maximum total of three MGMT 422 Managing the Family Firm planning and decision making. Statistical forecasting credits. Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing as a Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. methods are emphasized, including exponential major in a business curriculum, approval of adviser and Prerequisites: MGMT 421 or permission of instructor, department chair prior to registration. Intensive study

232 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Business under supervision of a faculty member in an area not causation, proximate cause, strict liability, nuisance, MRBL 474 Personal Selling and Sales covered in-depth or contained in the regular curriculum. tortious interference with contract rights, misrepresen- Management tation, defamation and privacy. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. MGMT 493 Internship in Management Prerequisite: MRBL 308. Restricted to senior-level busi- Semester course; 3 credits. Prerequisites: Senior stand- MRBL 371 Integrated Marketing Communications ness majors or to students having permission of the ing in the major offering the internship and permission Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. department chair. Examines the fundamental nature of of the department chair. Intention to enroll must be Prerequisites: MRBL 308 or permission of chair, and personal selling in the promotion mix, including the indicated to the instructor prior to or during advance junior standing. Overviews the various steps in the sales process and the techniques used in performing registration for semester of credit. Involves students development of an integrated marketing communica- the selling function. Explains the diverse decisions and in a meaningful experience in a setting appropriate to tions program, including advertising, public relations, the activities necessary to manage the outside sales the major. Graded as pass/fail at the option of the sales promotion, personal selling and direct marketing. force efficiently and effectively to achieve the organiza- department. Special emphasis is placed on the role of new tech- tion’s overall goals. nologies and interactive media in this context. MRBL 475 Services Marketing Courses in marketing and business MRBL 372 Product Development and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. law (MRBL) Management Prerequisites: MRBL 308 or permission of the instruc- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. tor, and junior standing. Students develop both a theo- MRBL 291 Topics in Marketing and Business Law Prerequisites: ECON 210-211, MRBL 308 and junior retical and practical understanding of “the service Variable credit. Maximum of three credits per topic. standing. Study of price theory and policy relevant to product,” including the role of customer service in retail Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An in-depth study goods and services. Introduction to basic product strat- and industrial settings. Students learn techniques for of selected business topics. Graded as pass/fail at the egy, focusing on new product development, manage- analyzing and improving service system design. option of the department. ment of existing products, and elimination of marginal Students develop an understanding of “quality” as it offerings. Various concepts will be addressed including relates to service products, and they exercise a number MRBL 308 Introduction to Marketing product differentiation, the product life cycle, product of approaches for assessing and improving perceived Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. design packaging, branding, positioning and related service quality. Prerequisites: ECON 210-211 (or ECON 203 for non- concepts. business majors) and junior standing. An introduction MRBL 476 Marketing Management to the activities involving the exchange of goods, serv- MRBL 373 Buyer Behavior Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ices and ideas for the satisfaction of human wants. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Restricted to senior-level marketing Marketing is examined as it relates to the other func- Prerequisites: MRBL 308 and junior standing; PSYC 101 majors who have completed a minimum of 15 credits tions of the organization, to consumers and to society. and SOCY 101 recommended. Study of the relevant of marketing courses (in addition to MRBL 308). A case psychological, sociological and anthropological vari- course requiring the senior marketing student to apply MRBL 310 Information for Marketing Decisions ables that shape buyers’ activities and motivations in his or her knowledge to the solving of marketing mana- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. household and organizational decision making. gerial problems. Prerequisites: MGMT 301, MRBL 308 and junior stand- Throughout the course, students consider the issue of ing. Students receive an overview of the marketing why consumers behave as they do in the marketplace MRBL 478/INTL 478 Global Internet Marketing research process. The course includes coverage of pri- and the nature of their choices as individual, family and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. mary research, secondary data sources and marketing institutional buyers. Prerequisites: MRBL 308 and MRBL 378 or permission information systems. Students learn to apply research of the instructor. Course examines global Internet mar- findings to marketing decisions. MRBL 376 Dynamics of Retail Management keting as a necessary ingredient to successful global Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. marketing strategy in the 21st century. Students MRBL 323 Legal Environment of Business Prerequisites: MRBL 308 and junior standing. A com- engage in analyzing international markets — market Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. prehensive view of retailing and an application of mar- evaluation, competitive analysis, market comparison Prerequisite: Junior standing. Basic legal concepts keting concepts in a practical retail managerial environ- and selection — using Web-based information and applicable to business, including the legal aspects of ment. Students learn to evaluate retail firms and to tools. Discussion includes comparison of e-business operating a business, contracts, employment relation- identify their strengths and weaknesses. versus traditional business perspectives on marketing ships, sales, bailments and commercial paper, along strategies and tactics. with ethical considerations and social and political MRBL 378/INTL 378 International Marketing influences. Students may not receive degree credit for Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. MRBL 481-482/ACCT 481-482 Law for Accountants both MRBL 323 and MRBL 481. Prerequisites: MRBL 308 or permission of chair, and I and II junior standing. This course is designed to orient stu- Continuous course; 3 lecture hours. 3-3 credits. MRBL 324 Legal Aspects of the Management dents toward global marketing and to develop an Prerequisite: Senior accounting major or permission of Process understanding of the differences among foreign mar- instructor. Provides detailed examination of laws that Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. keting environments. Subject areas emphasized are the are of particular importance to accountants, along with Prerequisites: MRBL 323 or permission of instructor, differences and similarities between domestic and ethical considerations and social and political influ- and junior standing. Legal aspects of partnerships and international marketing and changes in the interna- ences. First semester: contracts, sales, agency, com- corporations; management rights, powers and respon- tional marketing environment. This course also intro- mercial paper, secured transactions and bankruptcy. sibilities. Students may not receive degree credit for duces students to international marketing policies. Second semester: security regulations, antitrust, part- both MRBL 324 and MRBL 482. nerships, corporations, suretyship, insurance, wills and MRBL 427/MGMT 427 Labor and Employment trusts. Students may not receive degree credit for MRBL 326/FIRE 326 Real Estate Law Relations Law MRBL 481-482 and for MRBL 323, 324. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: MRBL 323 or equivalent; junior standing Prerequisites: MRBL 323 or permission of instructor, MRBL 491 Topics in Marketing and Business Law or permission of instructor. Legal fundamentals of real and junior standing. A survey of legislation and court Semester course; variable credit. Maximum of three estate including contracts, concepts of title, title exam- and administrative body decisions affecting the credits per course; maximum total of six credits for all ination, casements, conveyances, liens and recording employer/employee relationship. topic courses. Prerequisite: Junior standing. An in- statutes. MRBL 432/FIRE 432 Insurance Law depth study of a selected business topic, to be Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. announced in advance. For students to receive credit MRBL 350 Tort Law Prerequisite: Junior standing. The legal concepts and toward a marketing major or minor, the topic must be a Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. doctrines applicable to insurance. Fundamental legal marketing topic. Prerequisite: Junior standing. Basic concepts of tort aspects of life, health, property and liability insurance. law with emphasis on intentional torts, negligence,

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 233 School of Business

MRBL 492 Independent Study in Marketing and Business Law Semester course; 1-3 credits. Maximum total of three credits. Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing as a major in a business curriculum, approval of adviser and department chair prior to registration. Intensive study under supervision of a faculty member in an area not covered in-depth or contained in the regular curriculum. To receive credit toward a marketing major or minor, the student must focus on an area within the marketing discipline.

MRBL 493 Internship in Marketing and Business Law Semester course; 3 credits. Prerequisites: Senior standing in the major offering the internship and permission of the department chair. Intention to enroll must be indicated to the instructor prior to or during advance registration for semester of credit. Involves students in a meaningful experience in a setting appropriate to the major. Graded as pass/fail at the option of the department.

234 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

School of Dentistry

The School of Dentistry was created in quality oral health care. Integral to the 1893 when the University College of mission is the responsibility for the school to 520 N. 12th St. • P.O. Box 980566 Medicine opened with a dental department assume a prominent role in research and other Richmond, VA 23298-0566 as one of its original divisions. The Medical scholarly activity, and to provide service and (804) 828-9183 • Fax (804) 828-6072 College of Virginia inaugurated a dental patient care to the community and the profes- http://views.vcu.edu/dentistry education program in 1897, and in 1913 sion. Consistent with the primary mission, the the two schools were merged to form the School of Dentistry provides programs in Ronald J. Hunt Medical College of Virginia School of advanced dental education, dental hygiene Harry Lyons Professor and Dean (1998) Dentistry. and continuing education. D.D.S. 1973 University of Iowa In 1968, by an act of the Virginia The Division of Dental Hygiene believes M.S. 1982 University of Iowa General Assembly, the Medical College the modern practicing dental hygienist James H. Revere Jr. of Virginia was merged with Richmond requires a broad range of skills to function Assistant Professor of Orthodontics Professional Institute to form Virginia effectively. Competency in specific clinical- and Executive Associate Dean (1968) Commonwealth University. The School technical skills, while essential, will not be B.A. 1961 University of Richmond of Dentistry is located on the Medical sufficient to meet increasing social needs and D.D.S. 1965 Medical College of Virginia College of Virginia Campus. demands for comprehensive oral health care The facilities of the School of Dentistry at all societal levels. The division views the Carolyn Booker Assistant Dean for Students are housed in the Wood Memorial and dental hygienist with a baccalaureate degree B.S. 1976 South Carolina State University Lyons buildings and contain clinical and as a leader not only in helping the dental pro- M.A. 1977 South Carolina State University research facilities, classrooms, student labo- fession respond to a changing environment Ph.D. 1987 Southern Illinois University ratories, departmental offices and a computer but in developing and initiating interventions learning laboratory. The classrooms contain that prevent and control oral disease and pro- Marshall P. Brownstein a full range of audiovisual equipment. mote oral wellness, as well as in facilitating Associate Professor of Pediatric Dentistry The Division of Dental Hygiene was that change itself. and Assistant Dean for Admissions (1975) formed in 1969 and offers courses leading The division assumes a responsibility to B.S. 1963 University of Maryland to a bachelor of science in dental hygiene provide current and future practitioners with D.D.S. 1967 University of Maryland degree. The program requires two years of skills that allow them to provide Betsy A. Hagan liberal arts study, with a minimum of 60 efficient, quality oral health care to the pub- Associate Professor of General Practice semester hours, followed by two years of lic, to be responsive to a changing profession, and Associate Dean for Clinics (1980) study focusing on basic and dental sciences, to be lifelong learners and to provide service B.S. 1974 Virginia Polytechnic Institute dental hygiene theory, community health to the community and the profession. and State University and preclinical and clinical experiences. D.D.S. 1978 Virginia Commonwealth University The Commission on Dental M.B.A. 1984 Virginia Commonwealth University Accreditation of the American Dental Division of Dental Hygiene Association accredits the Dental Hygiene James E. Hardigan Program. Upon successful completion of the Janet L. Scharer Professor and Associate Dean program, graduates are awarded the bache- Assistant Professor and Program Director (1990) for Administration (1975) lor of science in dental hygiene degree and A.S. 1968 Cuyahoga Community College B.S. 1968 Northeastern University are eligible for national, regional and state B.S.Ed. 1971 Ohio State University M.B.A. 1970 Northeastern University Ph.D. 1975 Cornell University board licensing examinations. M.A. 1974 Ohio State University David C. Sarrett Professor of General Practice and Mission Table of contents Assistant Dean for Academics (2000) Mission ...... 235 D.M.D. 1977 University of Florida The primary mission of the School of Division of Dental Hygiene ...... 235 M.S. 1988 University of Florida Dentistry is to educate practitioners of den- Courses in dental hygiene (DENH) ...... 236 Harvey A. Schenkein tistry and dental hygiene capable of meeting Course in dental special topics (DENS) . . . . .238 Paul Tucker Goad Professor of Periodontics the general oral health care needs of the com- Courses in general practice (GENP) ...... 238 and Microbiology and Immunology and munities they serve. Within this educational Courses in oral pathology (ORPT) ...... 238 Assistant Dean for Research (1978) mission is the explicit responsibility to provide Course in oral surgery (ORSG) ...... 238 B.A. 1970 State University of New York future practitioners with the analytical and Courses in periodontics (PERI) ...... 238 D.D.S. 1974 State University of New York technological skills that will allow them to be Other courses for dental hygiene students . .238 Ph.D. 1978 State University of New York efficient providers of

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 235 School of Dentistry

Diaz, Coral (2000) Assistant Professor clearly communicate with faculty, students, Performance Committee must apply for re- B.S.D.H. 1992 Marquette University staff and patients. Accordingly, applicants admission with advanced standing. M.P.H. 1995 University of Puerto Rico may be required to provide evidence of M.S.D.H. 1997 Old Dominion University their proficiency in American English via Academic Performance Committee Isringhausen, Kim (2002) Assistant Professor standardized tests. Applicants who do not B.S.D.H. 1995 Virginia Commonwealth University have English as their natural language, Guidelines M.P.H. 2003 Virginia Commonwealth University regardless of immigration status or previous The faculty of the VCU School of Pellegrini, Joan M. (1994) Assistant Professor course work, must present a minimum Dentistry has the responsibility for evaluat- A.S. 1968 Fairleigh Dickinson University TOEFL Score of 580 (paper) or 237 (coming the student’s academic performance. It B.S. 1970 Fairleigh Dickinson University puter) and a minimum TWE score of 4.0. is incumbent on the course directors or M.S. 1972 Columbia University TOEFL and TWE scores must be included Tanner, Kelly (2002) Assistant Professor their designees to specify, at the time a B.S.D.H. 1996 Old Dominion University with the application materials. course first convenes, the criteria to be used M.S. 2002 Old Dominion University Applications received after Feb. 15 will in student assessment and the standards by be considered on a space-available basis. which the students will be judged. Clinical faculty Admission to the Division of Dental Guidelines that govern the actions of the Casella, Christy (1993) Hygiene is competitive. Applicants will be Academic Performance Committee and the Gamache, Jennifer (2000) notified of admission decisions by letter. academic activities of the students are dis- Henke, Heather (1998) tributed to all students at the beginning of Puckett, Kimberly (1998) Admission with advanced standing their studies. The guidelines are available Swecker, Tammy (1999) upon request from the Office of Academics Williams, Jonathan (1996) The Division of Dental Hygiene will in the School of Dentistry. consider applicants for admission with advanced standing on an individual basis Admissions depending upon positions available and Financial assistance The Division of Dental Hygiene wel- qualifications of the applicant. A brief description of financial aid based comes and encourages individuals from any on demonstrated need is contained in the cultural or ethnic background who are Re-admission following a health- Expenses and Financial Aid chapter of this interested in a professional career in dental bulletin. Scholarships and loans are avail- hygiene to apply for admission. A mini- related withdrawal able from various sources. Information on mum of 60 semester hours (or equivalent) This policy statement applies to the financial assistance is available upon of transferable credits from an accredited School of Dentistry, Division of Dental request from the Office of Financial Affairs, college or university is required and must Hygiene and supplements the university School of Dentistry, Virginia be documented. Academic credits pre- policy on health-related withdrawals. Commonwealth University, P.O. Box sented by an applicant must be acceptable Health-related withdrawals will be 980566, Richmond, VA 23298-0566. for credit toward a degree in the institution granted, except in unusual circumstances, in which the courses are taken. Minimum for the remaining portion of the academic Honors and awards admission criteria include the applicant to year in which withdrawal is approved. In be eligible for re-admission or in good no event will withdrawal exceed one aca- The Division of Dental Hygiene and the standing at the last college or university demic year. School of Dentistry presents numerous attended; to have a minimum GPA of 2.5 A student in the Division of Dental awards, honors and scholarships to students based on a four-point scale in both cumula- Hygiene who is granted a health-related during the academic year. These awards are tive and math/science courses; and to com- withdrawal must notify the program direc- presented during special school events, plete the application and submit the tor by March 1 preceding the academic including graduation, Student Clinic Day required transcripts, references and applica- year in which studies are to be resumed and the Senior Gala. Students who excel in tion by Feb. 15. The transferred credits declaring his or her intent to return to scholarship and leadership also may be eli- must include the prescribed prerequisites: school. Failure to do so is considered a gible for membership in university or withdrawal; the student ceases to be a stu- school honor societies. In addition, stu- credits dent in the Division of Dental Hygiene, dents who meet established criteria may be English 6 forfeits the right to return without re-appli- eligible for scholarships or election to mem- General biology and laboratory 3-5 cation and must re-apply through appropri- bership in organizations related to dental College chemistry and laboratory 3-5 ate procedures if re-admittance is desired. hygiene. Anatomy and physiology and laboratory 6-8 Microbiology and laboratory 3-5 Students who are re-admitted will receive credit for only those courses that Humanities 3 Courses in dental hygiene (DENH) Introductory sociology 3 have been completed and a final grade ren- Introductory psychology 3 dered prior to withdrawal. Retention of Speech 3 credit for clinical requirements earned prior DENH 301 Dental Hygiene Theory I Statistics 3 to withdrawal will be at the discretion of Semester course; 2 lecture and 6 laboratory/clinical Visual/performing arts 3 the Class Committee. hours. 5 credits. Prerequisites: BIOL 209 or equivalent Students whose requests for withdrawal and admission to the dental hygiene program. To successfully complete the dental are approved by the dean for non-health- Designed to familiarize the student with the scope, role hygiene curriculum, students are required to and responsibilities of the dental hygiene profession. related reasons through the Academic Topics include an introduction to the educational and

236 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Dentistry therapeutic services as well as the philosophy of pre- endodontics, preventive and restorative dentistry, pain practicum. Seminars and clinical experiences continue ventive oral health and its relevance to the practice of control, pediatric dentistry and implantology. to prepare students to provide oral health care serv- dental hygiene. Also introduces the clinical knowledge ices. Students participate in comprehensive care clini- and skills needed to perform fundamental clinical den- DENH 402 Dental Hygiene Theory IV cal experiences within the School of Dentistry as well tal hygiene procedures, instrumentation and preventive Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. as the specialty clinics via scheduled and supervised services. Prerequisite: DENH 401. This course is designed to rotations. Advanced dental hygiene procedures are ini- present the principles of dental practice, including den- tiated and patient assessment and management skills DENH 302 Dental Hygiene Theory II tal team management strategies, business office man- are emphasized. This course provides the student with Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. agement, increasing use of computers in dentistry, the opportunity to use and further enhance the knowl- Prerequisite: DENH 301. Continuation of DENH 301. OSHA and its impact on practice management, insur- edge and skills of dental hygiene practice and proce- Designed to provide the student with knowledge and ance coverage for dental care, and employment oppor- dures in a clinical model that emphasizes comprehen- skills necessary to provide patient care and includes tunities and career options. sive patient care and a foundation for transference of instruction in some more advanced dental hygiene those skills to the work environment. skills including application of topical medicaments and DENH 411 Community Dental Health use of sonic and ultrasonic instrumentation. Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. DENH 442 Introduction to Dental Hygiene Prerequisite: DENH 312. This course provides an intro- Education DENH 312 Preventive Oral Health Education duction to the principles of dental public health, com- Semester course; 2 lecture hours and 3-6 clinical/labo- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. munity dental health education and community pro- ratory hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: DENH 312 and Prerequisite: Junior standing in the dental hygiene program planning. Topics include oral epidemiology, pre- DENH 411. Introduction to the principles and methods gram. Introduces preventive oral health strategies, vention and control of oral diseases in a community, of health care teaching and instructional design used in methods, materials and principles of instruction in and community dental health services. Students settings such as schools, community management or health education and communication. Emphasizes pre- become involved in the application of concepts such as higher education. Topics include performance objec- ventive oral health concepts as they relate to individual program assessment, design, implementation and eval- tives; planning, analysis and formative evaluation of patients, community groups as well as professional uation. This course will prepare the dental hygienist health instruction; basic instructional schemes and peer group presentations. Current theories on topical for the role of dental public health practitioner, educa- delivery systems; learning strategies; and basic princi- issues, such as fluoridation, cardiology, dental products tor, consultant and resource person in community set- ples of clinical supervision. and devices, and alcohol/tobacco/illicit drug use will tings. Information gained in DENH 411 will be applied be presented. to DENH 412 Community Dental Health Practicum. DENH 447 Clinical Dental Hygiene III Semester course; 1 seminar hour and 12-15 DENH 327 Clinical Dental Hygiene I DENH 412 Community Dental Health Practicum clinical/laboratory hours. 6 credits. Prerequisite: DENH Semester course; 1 seminar and 9 laboratory/clinical Semester course; 2 lecture hours and 3 437. This course is a continuation of the clinical hours. 4 credits. Prerequisites: DENH 310, ANAT 301, laboratory/community project hours. 3 credits. practicum. Seminar and clinical experience continue to DENP 311. This course has two segments. The initial Prerequisite: DENH 312 and DENH 411. Field experi- prepare the student to provide oral health care services segment reinforces the knowledge and clinical skills ence designed to prepare students to function in a vari- in the private and public sector. Student’s clinical expe- learned in DENH 301 Dental Hygiene Theory I. ety of community health settings. Emphasis is on spe- rience includes rotation assignments in the clinics Additional laboratory experiences allow the student to cial populations of elementary school children, geri- within the School of Dentistry as well as the specialty re-assert technical skill proficiency prior to entry into atric, institutionalized, hospitalized and mentally and areas. Skill development in dental hygiene procedures the clinical education experience. The second segment physically disabled individuals. Participation in plan- continues, patient management skills as well as deci- introduces the clinical practicum and dental hygiene ning, implementing and evaluating a community dental sion making and problem solving in relation to patient services as part of a comprehensive care model within health project is required. assessment, treatment planning and evaluation are the School of Dentistry. Students apply basic instru- emphasized. This course provides the student with the mentation and patient treatment skills in a clinical set- DENH 422 Current Issues, the Law and Ethics opportunity to use and further develop the knowledge ting. Seminars provide opportunity for students to prob- Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. and skills of dental hygiene practice and procedures in lem solve and critically discuss and assess clinical Prerequisite: Completion of all required 300-level den- a clinical model that emphasizes comprehensive experiences. tal hygiene courses. This course is designed to explore patient care and to provide a foundation for transfer- the ethics, jurisprudence and principles of practice. ence of those skills to the work environment in the pri- DENH 342 Nutrition Included is a study of ethical issues and dilemmas in vate and public sector. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. dental hygiene and health care delivery. This course Prerequisites: CHEM 101 or equivalent and junior strives to provide students with the foundations of eth- DENH 449 Clinics in Dental Hygiene standing in the dental hygiene program. Designed to ical practice and understanding of the legal and ethical Semester course; 1 to 3 credits. Prerequisite: permis- provide students with an overview of the chemistry of aspects of oral health care. sion of department. Clinical/laboratory experiences the major nutrients as well as provide a practical offering the opportunity to use and further develop the approach to the concepts of nutrition. Emphasis will be DENH 432 Special Populations Clinical knowledge and skills of dental hygiene practice. placed on developing positive personal dietary habits Practicum and providing nutritional education to dental patients in Semester course; 2 lecture hours and 3-6 clinical/labo- DENH 450 Independent Study a clinical setting. The interrelationships of diet, nutri- ratory hours. 3 credits. Pre- or corequisite: PHTX 441. Semester course; 1 to 5 credits. Prerequisite: permis- tion and dental diseases will be discussed along with This course considers the oral health care of the HIV- sion of department. Independent study projects current food trends, consumer aspects of food choices positive patient and the interrelationships of health planned to meet the learning objectives of the student. and basic nutrition principles. A general review of care and social support providers. DENH 432 will pre- herbal supplements also will be provided. pare the dental health professional student to identify DENH 477 Special Topics in Dental Hygiene HIV-related oral manifestations and other systemic Semester course; 1 to 3 credits. Prerequisite: permis- DENH 401 Dental Hygiene Theory III changes associated with immune system compromis- sion of department. Designed around the interests of Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. ing diseases, implement appropriate procedures for students, faculty expertise and availability of educa- Prerequisite: DENH 301 and DENH 302. DENH 401 is a preventing infectious disease transmission, provide HIV tional resources. Format may include intensive mini- continuation of DENH 301 and 302 with introduction of risk assessment and education, and provide compre- courses or workshops. additional techniques and information for performance hensive care to the HIV-infected patient. of advanced dental hygiene procedures. Dental specialty content is presented; concepts and techniques in DENH 437 Clinical Dental Hygiene II specialty areas that will enable the dental hygienist to Semester course; 1 seminar hour and 12 clinical/labo- consider implications for dental hygiene treatment ratory hours. 5 credits. Prerequisite: DENH 327 and planning with relation to peridontics, orthodontics, completion of all required 300-level dental hygiene courses. This course is a continuation of the clinical

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 237 School of Dentistry

focus on review of the anatomy and function of masti- Course in dental special topics catory muscles and the temporomandibular joints. The Courses in periodontics (PERI) (DENS) lecture portion of the course is devoted to the didactic aspects of learning tooth anatomy. The online portion of this course is devoted to the fundamentals of occlu- PERI 326 Peridontics I 2 hours lecture; 15 hours recitation/seminar. 2.5 cred- DENS 433 Geriatric Dentistry sion and making application of both course segments its. Pre or corequisite: ANAT 302, BIOL 209 or equiva- Semester course; 1 hour lecture. 1 credit. Pre- or coreq- to the clinical environment. lent, MICR 365. This course introduces the fundamen- uisite: ORPT 324. This course is designed to serve as tal concepts of periodontal disease necessary for an introduction to the special oral health care needs of proper patient assessment, diagnosis, prognosis and older adults. Emphasis is placed on demographic infor- Courses in oral pathology (ORPT) treatment planning. This course stresses the rationale mation regarding older adults in the United States, the and technical aspects of examination and initial treat- physiology of aging, sensory changes with age, phar- ment of the periodontal patient. Emphasis will be macological issues of aging, oral changes with age ORPT 301 Dental Radiology placed on the etiology of periodontal diseases, ration- including salivary dysfunction and oral health care for Semester course. 1 hour lecture. 1 credit. Prerequisite: ale and outcomes of treatment. This course features medically compromised older adults. junior standing in dental hygiene program. This is an introductory course that covers radiation physics, radia- small group seminars, patient-based computer simulation biology and geometrical principles as applied to tion and clinical instruction. Courses in general practice (GENP) radiology and radiographic anatomy. Students will study the radiographic anatomy of the head and neck PERI 329 Periodontics II and exposure and processing techniques for for diag- Semester course. 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. nostic radiographic examinations of the head and neck. Prerequisite: PERI 326. This course covers the normal GENP 302 Dental Materials anatomy and physiology of the periodontium; provides Semester course; 1 hour lecture and 3 hours laboratory. Areas are covered with the intent to link these principles to the knowledge needed in clinical practice. the scientific basis to understand the pathology of the 2 credits. Pre- or corequisite: junior standing in dental periodontal diseases; discusses the epidemiology of hygiene program. The goal of this course is to provide ORPT 324 Oral Pathology periodontal disease and the etiological factors that the scientific foundation for understanding the factors Semester course. 3 hours lecture. 3 credits. cause or contribute to periodontal disease. Students guiding the use of biomaterials in dentistry as they Prerequisite: MICR 365, ANAT 301, ANAT 302. This are prepared to assess patients; periodontal status and relate to the practice of dental hygiene. Dental and course is designed to provide the student with a body to plan initial clinical periodontal management. material science concepts are defined and their rela- of basic information on general and organ specific Examination, diagnosis, prognosis and treatment plan- tionships developed to establish an understanding of pathology. The purpose of the course is to enable the ning procedures are covered. the influence of material properties and manipulation student to better recognize and interpret symptoms, on the longevity and success of treatment. Dental signs and pathologic characteristics of organ, systemic materials are discussed in terms of their physical, and oral disease that will be encountered in practice. Other courses for dental hygiene mechanical, chemical, biological and esthetic proper- Included is study relating to the etiology, pathogenesis, ties. Factors that influence tooth sensitivity, caries pre- students prognosis, prevention and treatment of oral disease. vention, tissue irritation, longevity of restoration, dental Students will study the development, reactive and neo- bonding, materials selection and allergic reactions are plastic conditions of the oral cavity with emphasis Other VCU schools and the college emphasized. The primary dental materials will be dis- placed on the more commonly occurring diseases. offer courses for dental hygiene students. cussed in relation to their properties and manipulation Please refer to the appropriate chapters of with an approach to aid in patient education. this bulletin. GENP 307 Research Methods and Biostatistics Course in oral surgery (ORSG) Semester course; 2 hours lecture/laboratory. 2 credits. Prerequisite: STAT 210 or equivalent. This course is School of Medicine designed for dental hygiene students to become com- ORSG 431 Management of the Medically Courses in anatomy (ANAT) petent in the use of the scientific literature as a part of Compromised Dental Patient and Medical Emergencies in the Dental Office lifelong learning and for the improvement of patient ANAT 301 Head and Neck Anatomy for Dental Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 clinical/laboratory care. The course covers foundational materials in bio- Hygienists hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: ORPT 324 and PHTX statistics, including data collection, presentation of 2 lecture and 1 seminar hours. 3 credits. Offered: Fall 441. Provides students with the knowledge and skills data, summarizing data and the development of semester. Prerequisite: Admission to the Dental to provide safe and effective care for medically com- testable hypotheses in dental hygiene research. Hygiene Program. An overview of head and neck promised patients. The student will have didactic and Emphasis is placed on recognizing appropriate use of anatomy that examines the major osteological, neural, clinical experience in obtaining, recording and inter- statistical analyses and research designs that can lead muscular, vascular and visceral features. Lectures will preting the findings of physical examination, obtaining to answerable research questions. Students must also be supplemented by textbook, self-study packages and and interpreting results of appropriate clinical labora- satisfactorily complete the examination on Protection by brief laboratory exercises that provide hands-on tory and radiological examination, and communicating of Human Subjects from Research Risks. This course exposure to these major anatomical features. depends heavily on the use of Web-based instruction with other health care professionals. Instruction in and the use of computer software for data collection physical evaluation provides the student with sufficient ANAT 302 Microscopic Anatomy (Dental Hygiene) and analyses. knowledge, judgment and skill to recognize normal Semester course; 2 lecture hours and 2 laboratory findings as well as significant deviations from the nor- hours. 3 credits. Offered: II. A lecture course in the GENP 311 Oral Anatomy and Occlusion mal. Didactic material includes a study of disease microscopic anatomy of general body tissues and the 10 week course. 2 lecture hours; 15-20 hours processes that affect the major organ systems of the oral cavity. seminar/recitation and online discussion. 3 credits. Pre- body. In addition, students will have the opportunity to or corequisite: ANAT 301, ANAT 302, admission to the recognize and manage medical emergencies that can dental hygiene program. This course combines lecture occur during dental treatment. Care for individuals with Courses in biochemistry with readings and research for online discussion and physical and mental disabilities will be presented with and molecular physics (BIOC) addresses the dental terminology and the crown and emphsis on the management of this special population root morphology of the permanent dentition. Students in the general dental office. BIOC 403/CHEM 403 Biochemistry become familiar with the basic principles of occlusion: Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. how teeth occlude, the diverse occlusal classifications, Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102, CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L the arrangement of teeth in the dental arches, and the and CHEM 301-302, or equivalents with permission of relationship of the dental arches to one another with

238 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Dentistry instructor. A presentation of structural biochemistry, procedures that relate to nursing and dental hygiene Calculus at the level of MATH 200 and MATH 201 and enzymology, biophysical techniques, bioenergetics and practice are demonstrated, practiced, and evaluated in PHIS 309. The course is intended for majors in biomed- an introduction to intermediary metabolism. laboratory exercises and conferences. ical engineering. Other students may enroll with permission of the instructor. This course is the second BIOC 404/CHEM 404 Advanced Topics in semester of a survey course in physiology with empha- Biochemistry Courses in physiology (PHIS) sis on physical principles. It includes a systems analy- Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. sis of the cardiovascular, respiratory, renal and Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102, CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L PHIS 206 Human Physiology endocrine systems. It is meant to be taken as part of a and CHEM 301-302, and CHEM/BIOC 403, or equiva- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. two-semester series with PHIS 309. lents with permission of instructor. Presentations of Prerequisite: A “C” grade or better in BIOL 101 and cellular, molecular and structural aspects of biochem- 101L or equivalent. Functioning of the human body with istry. Selected topics of biomedical research. emphasis on experimental procedures. Not applicable Courses in pharmacology to the biology major. and toxicology (PHTX) BIOC 501 Biochemistry (Dentistry) PHIZ 206L/BIOZ 206L Human Physiology Semester course; 5 lecture hours plus clinical correla- PHTX 400 Drugs and their Actions Laboratory tions. 5 credits. Offered: I. Prerequisite: Organic chem- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Offered: II. Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Pre- or istry, three credits of physical chemistry, or permission Prerequisites: Junior or senior or permission of instruc- corequisites: PHIS 206. Functioning of the human body of instructor. A presentation of structural biochemistry, tor. This course is a general survey of pharmacology with emphasis on experimental procedures. Not appli- intermediary metabolism, physiological chemistry, and and related disciplines. The history and basic principles cable to the biology major. nutrition as part of the fundamental background of are presented followed by discussions of neuropharma- modern dentistry. Four clinical correlation workshops cology, psychoactive drugs, drugs of abuse, complement the lecture presentations. PHIS 309 Introductory Quantitative Physiology I Semester course; 3 lecture hours and 3 laboratory immunopharmacology, basic toxicology, drug design, hours. 4 credits. Offered: Fall semester. Prerequisite: drug development, autonomic pharmacology, cardiovas- Courses in microbiology Calculus at the level of MATH 200 and MATH 201. The cular pharmacology, and endocrine pharmacology, as and immunology (MICR) course is intended for majors in Biomedical well as selected topics including scientific ethics, Engineering. Other students may enroll with permission molecular pharmacology, and behavioral pharmacology. of the instructor. This course is a survey course in phys- MICR 365 Infection and Immunity (Dental PHTX 441 Pharmacology (Dental Hygiene) iology with emphasis on physical principles. It is a sys- Hygiene) Semester course; 5 lecture hours. 5 credits. A didactic tems analysis of cellular anatomy, physiology and bio- Semester course; 3 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 course designed to emphasize the principles of phar- chemistry which leads into analysis of the nervous sys- credits. Offered: I. A study of infectious diseases and macology and pain control and the rationale of drug tem, musculoskeletal system and the digestive system. the immune system of man with emphasis on the dis- actions, uses, and adverse effects. tribution properties and roles of pathogenic microor- It is meant to be taken as part of a two-semester ganisms and the varied responses of the host, with series with PHIS 310. emphasis on oral pathologies. Principles of prevention, PHIS 310 Introductory Quantitative Physiology II control, and chemotherapy of infectious diseases are Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 4 major components of the course. Microbiological credits. Offered: Spring semester. Prerequisites:

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 239 School of Dentistry

240 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

School of Education

The School of Education provides profes- obtain a student account with Academic sional preparation for students planning to Campus Computing in Cabell Library. 1015 W. Main St. • P.O. Box 842020 teach in schools or seek careers in human Richmond, VA 23284-2020 and community services. All programs com- (804) 828-3382 • Fax (804) 828-1323 bine comprehensive studies in the liberal Health, Physical Education http://www.vcu.edu/eduweb arts and sciences with professional prepara- and Recreation programs tion and concentration in specialized fields Richard J. Rezba of study. Practical applications and field Bachelor of science programs Interim Dean and Professor of Education (1976) experiences are an integral part of these B.A. University of Florida programs. Each program is designed to The school awards the bachelor of science M.S.T. University of Florida contribute to the personal and professional degree in recreation, parks and sport man- M.A.T. Indiana University growth of the prospective professional. agement and the bachelor of science degree Ph.D. 1971 Indiana University in health, physical education and exercise science. Within each of these programs, dis- Diane J. Simon Teacher education programs tinct professional specialties exist. Several of Associate Dean and Associate Professor the specialties have been designed to meet of Special Education (1988) the criteria for professional certification in a B.S. Hampton University Bachelor’s degree programs M.A. New York University variety of employment fields. in education Ph.D. 1981 New York University The School of Education awards a bache- Gary W. Sarkozi lor of science degree in health, physical Mission Director, Continuing Education education and exercise science that offers a B.A. Mary Baldwin College program of study in teacher education. The The School of Education is committed to M.Ed. University of Virginia School of the Arts offers a bachelor of arts excellence in the initial preparation and Ph.D. 2001 Virginia Commonwealth University degree in art education and theatre educa- continuing development of professionals for tion as well as a bachelor of music educa- leadership, teaching, service and scholarly tion degree. All other programs include a inquiry in culturally diverse settings across Table of contents bachelor of arts or a bachelor of science the life span. The school emphasizes early Teacher education programs ...... 241 degree from the College of Humanities and childhood through secondary education Health, Physical Education and Sciences and a master of teaching degree and lifelong learning; scholarship that Recreation programs ...... 241 from the School of Education. extends knowledge and improves practice; Mission ...... 241 and collaboration that connects the school Degree programs ...... 242 to the field of practice and supports schools General degree requirements ...... 242 Extended teacher preparation and relevant educational and human serv- Faculty advisement ...... 242 programs ice agencies. Cooperative education ...... 242 The School of Education offers extended The School of Education, as an integral Change of major and transfer students . . . . .242 teacher preparation programs in early child- part of a major urban research university, Transcript evaluation ...... 242 hood/elementary, middle, secondary and subscribes to and promotes the following Teacher licensure ...... 243 Approved programs and certification special education. Five-year courses of values: reciprocity ...... 243 study, these programs culminate in the 1. Highest quality of teaching and Resources ...... 243 learning. simultaneous awarding of both a bachelor’s Organization ...... 244 2. A diverse community of learners and degree from the College of Humanities and Division of Health, Physical Education Sciences and a master’s degree from the scholars who, guided by democratic and Recreation ...... 244 School of Education. principles of participation, demon- Division of Teacher Education ...... 251 A student who enters one of these strate a commitment to: Division of Educational Studies ...... 257 programs must select an undergraduate a. high professional standards and Course descriptions ...... 258 major in the College of Humanities and sustained faculty development. Sciences. These curricula also include pro- b. a collaborative approach to teach- fessional education course work. A full ing, scholarship and service both and teaching as well as the schol- description of these programs appears in within and across disciplines. arship of discovery. the Division of Teacher Education section. c. inquiry that results in the scholar- d. the nurturing of national and Students in the program are expected to ship of application, integration international relationships.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 241 School of Education

3. A leader providing quality education 123 credits. A student in one of the students and faculty through electronic mail. for students with individual and four-year non-teacher preparation programs This means of communication can enhance diverse needs. The school’s graduates: must maintain a GPA established by the advising when student and faculty schedules a. demonstrate a body of knowledge specific program to be eligible to participate are at variance. from a foundational core appropri- in field practica and internships. ate to their specialization(s) and Cooperative education b. exhibit values and behaviors Extended program appropriate for effective professional practice in a democratic A student in any one of the four A qualifying student in the School of society. extended teacher preparation programs Education who is pursuing a degree in 4. A partner with public and school com- must complete a minimum of 156 credits. teacher preparation may apply to the munities in addressing today’s educa- The student must maintain a cumulative Cooperative Education Program. A full tional challenges. GPA of 2.5 for admission to the teacher description of the program appears in the preparation program, and upon completion Division of Student Affairs chapter of this of at least 90 credits, a minimum cumula- bulletin. Degree programs tive GPA of 2.8 is required for that student to be admitted to the graduate studies por- Responsibility for the programs of study tion of the extended program. Change of major and transfer lies with the three divisions in the School A post-baccalaureate certificate in sec- students of Education as follows: ondary education is open primarily to those who have already earned a master’s degree. I. Division of Educational Studies The candidate must complete at least 24 Four-year programs • educational foundations additional hours beyond the bachelor’s A student with a minimum GPA of 2.0 level. Admittance to this program requires can transfer to a four-year program in the II. Division of Health, Physical Education and a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.75. School of Education from another school in Recreation the university. Change of Major forms are B.S. in Health, Physical Education and Exercise Science available from Office of Records and • athletic training • concentrations Faculty advisement Registration. A transfer student with a min- applied health science imum GPA of 2.0 also is eligible to become clinical exercise science Four-year program a degree-seeking student in a four-year pro- community health education gram in the School of Education. Both teacher education A degree-seeking student enrolled in a change of major and transfer students must B.S. in Recreation, Parks and Sport Management four-year program is assigned a faculty meet criteria for admission to teacher • recreation and park management adviser in the Division of Health, Physical preparation. • sport management Education and Recreation for programs in It must be noted, however, that a mini- • therapeutic recreation athletic training, applied health science, mum GPA of 2.5 is required for admission clinical excecise science, community health to clinical experiences. III. Division of Teacher Education education, teacher education in health and Extended programs physical education, recreation and park • early childhood/elementary education, P-6 management, sport management and thera- Extended programs • middle education, 6-12 • secondary education, 6-12 peutic recreation, or in the School of the Students wishing to enter the Extended • special education, P-12 Arts for programs in art, music or theatre Teacher Preparation Program must transfer • post-baccalaureate certificate in teaching education. initially to the College of Humanities and Sciences, declaring a major in one of the Extended programs college’s departments and a specialization General degree requirements in the appropriate professional studies A student enrolled in an extended sequence in the School of Education. Descriptions of individual degree pro- teacher preparation program is assigned a For admission to teacher preparation, a grams on the following pages specify the professional studies adviser in the School of minimum GPA of 2.5 is required. A mini- particular courses necessary to fulfill pro- Education and an adviser in the academic mum GPA of 2.8 is required for admission gram and degree requirements. In addition major of the College of Humanities and to the graduate phase of the Extended to a strong foundation in liberal arts and Sciences. Teacher Preparation Program. sciences, all programs require professional education and clinical experience. All programs Transcript evaluation Although advisers will provide timely and Four-year program accurate assistance, the student is ultimately A student in one of the four-year responsible for satisfying degree requirements Four-year programs teacher preparation programs must main- in a given academic program. Students in For the four-year program, the Division tain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 to the School of Education are expected to of Health, Physical Education and be eligible to participate in clinical experi- obtain a student account through Academic Recreation evaluates its prospective stu- ences, and must complete a minimum of Campus Computing so that they may access dents’ transcripts for change of major and

242 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Education transfer; the School of the Arts evaluates for the three tests. Applicants for initial Office of Academic Services its prospective students’ portfolios and tran- licensure must take the PRAXIS I Basic information on the School of scripts. For the four-year program, a student Examination and PRAXIS II Specialty Education’s degree programs as well as all must present at least 30 semester hours of Area Test in the endorsement area in forms needed by students as they advance acceptable course work to be admitted to which licensure is sought. In fields where through the programs, are available at the the Teacher Preparation Program. the specialty exam is not available, only the Office of Academic Services. PRAXIS I test is required of licensure can- This office also receives and processes didates. PRAXIS I should be taken prior to Extended program various School of Education application application for admission to Extended forms and supplies information on the The College of Humanities and Sciences Teacher Preparation Program; the specialty PRAXIS I Examination, PRAXIS II evaluates transcripts of all other students examination should typically be taken in Specialty Area Tests, Graduate Record pursuing teacher preparation programs. one’s final semester. Examination and the Miller Analogies Credits are accepted if they conform with Students should request that their Test. For information on student performance specific program guidelines; course equiva- PRAXIS I and PRAXIS II Specialty Area on the PRAXIS Examinations, refer lents from accredited colleges and universi- Test scores be reported to VCU and the to the School of Education Web ties are accepted if the grade earned is “C” Virginia Department of Education. site at http://www.soe.vcu.edu/links. or better. For the extended program, 60 Before a recommendation for licensure This office coordinates clinical place- semester hours of acceptable undergraduate can be sent to the Teacher Licensure ments for students in practica, student course work are required to be admitted to Division of the Virginia Department of teaching, internships and externships. a teacher preparation program. See specific Education, these test scores must be on file Student teachers and graduate intern criteria under the “Admission to the with the School of Education’s Office of teachers are placed primarily in school divi- Extended Teacher Preparation Programs” Academic Services. heading in this section. sions and other educational facilities in the Credits accepted from two-year institu- greater Richmond metropolitan area. tions may meet liberal arts and sciences Approved programs and Scholarship applications and information available to School of Education stu- requirements, but will not meet professional certification reciprocity requirements considered upper-division dents can be obtained at the Office of Academic Services. Information on finan- course work. The VCU Transfer Guide for All of VCU’s initial teacher preparation Virginia Community Colleges lists, in full, cial aid administered by the university is programs are approved by the Virginia found in the Expenses and Financial Aid credits accepted by VCU, but earned in Department of Education and accredited by one of the state’s community colleges. chapter of this bulletin. the Southern Association of Colleges and Licensure and endorsement information, After the initial student transcript evalu- Schools and the National Council for ation, the assigned adviser reviews the materials and applications for Virginia edu- Accreditation of Teacher Education. VCU’s cation personnel are available in the Office accepted transfer credits with the student, School of Education also holds membership determining what additional course work at of Academic Services. Licensure and in the American and Virginia Associations endorsement are based in part on the suc- VCU will be necessary. An adviser is not of Colleges of Teacher Education and the required to use all the accepted transfer cessful completion of an approved program Holmes Partnership. that complies with national standards. credits in a student’s program of study. Only Based on the National Association of those credits approved for transfer can be State Directors of Teacher Education and applied toward the chosen degree. Certification agreement, VCU graduates Instructional Technology Center can receive teacher licensure reciprocity The Instructional Technology Center, a with other states. Students interested in Teacher licensure multimedia facility, is used by faculty and licensure reciprocity should contact the students in the School of Education. The School of Education’s Office of Academic Upon completion of degree requirements center houses microcomputers with sophis- Services. in any of VCU’s teacher preparation pro- ticated graphics capabilities, educational grams and with the recommendation of the software and many similar resources for the development of instructional materials. It School of Education, students are eligible Resources to receive initial teacher licensure from the also provides access to the School of Virginia State Department of Education. Education’s Local Area Network, VCU The School of Education has developed Libraries, the Internet and the Web. For additional information on licensure, various resources to provide support licensure renewal or an add-on endorse- services to students, faculty and the aca- ment, contact the School of Education’s demic programs. These resources are the Computer laboratories Office of Academic Services. Office of Academic Services, the Office of The Instructional Laboratory, housed in In Virginia, initial licensure requires Continuing Education and the Instructional the Instructional Technology Center, gives successful completion of the PRAXIS Technology Center, which houses state-of- students many opportunities to learn about Examinations. Students may meet the the-art computer laboratories. computer-assisted instruction in the PRAXIS I assessment requirement by classroom setting. It also lends support achieving passing scores on the Reading, to students enrolled in the computer sci- Writing and Mathematics tests or by ence basic literacy course and other tech- achieving the established composite score nology courses offered by the school. The

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 243 School of Education laboratory equipment includes Macintosh Arnold, Brent L. (2001) Assistant Professor and Director Clinical faculty and IBM-compatible multimedia comput- of Athletic Training Education Program Todd A. Craft Hunter L. Durvin ers. Laptop computers, laser printers, B.S. Indiana University Barb Grooms Chris Hart color laser printers and scanners also M.S. University of Arizona Takato Ichige Chris Jones are available. Ph.D. 1994 University of Virginia David Jaconski Aimee M. Struk The INFUSIO Distance Learning Bond, Dale S. (2002) Assistant Professor * Department in parentheses indicates department of Technology Laboratory, also housed in the B.A. Western Oregon University joint appointment. Instructional Technology Center, is a new M.S. Purdue University technology facility designed to provide Ph.D. 2002 University of Utah Borden, George L. (1975) Instructor and Director of assistance to faculty, preservice teachers Division mission and vision Sports Medicine and associates in the School of Education. B.S. Virginia Commonwealth University The division’s vision is prominence in The lab presently houses a Polycom two- M.S. Virginia Commonwealth University the professions of physical education, way video conferencing system, interactive Davis, Robert G. (1973) Professor health, exercise science, and leisure services Smart and Softboards, and Mimeo digital B.S. West Chester State College and resources through quality instruction, meeting assistant technology for electronic M.Ed. Pennsylvania State University meaningful service and recognized scholarly note taking. There are several high-end Ph.D. 1973 University of Maryland inquiry. multimedia PC stations and a Macintosh Gayle, Richard C. (1986) Associate Professor The Division of Health, Physical computer with a variety of the latest soft- B.S. The College of William and Mary Education and Recreation: ware programs. Computers are equipped M.S. University of Tennessee • provides an exemplary level of instruc- with headphones, microphones and digital Ed.D. 1979 University of Tennessee tion that encourages diversity of cams for use in audio and video recording. Getty, Deborah (1982) Assistant Professor thought and fosters a desire and will- The INFUSIO Lab includes a number of B.S. State University of New York, College at ingness to engage in lifelong learning; assistive technologies designed to enhance Cortland • facilitates the development and the concept of universal learning. M.S. University of Arizona implementation of programs that A university computer laboratory open to Ph.D. 1996 University of California, Berkeley foster healthy lifestyles for individuals Mills, Allan S. (1987) Associate Professor all students is housed in Oliver Hall. The from diverse backgrounds and physical B.S. University of Montana laboratory is equipped with 24 IBM- and abilities; Mac-compatible computers that permit stu- M.S. University of Minnesota Ph.D. 1975 University of Minnesota • promotes the use and preservation of dents to access the Internet and MS Office Ready, Keith F. (1976) Associate Professor leisure resources; software. B.S. Massachusetts State College • develops effective leaders who will M.A. Miami University provide quality physical activity and Ph.D. 1981 Michigan State University recreational programs for individuals Organization Richardson, Joann (1998) Assistant Professor of all ages and abilities; B.S. Old Dominion University • engages in collaborative grant writing The chief administrative office for the M.S. Old Dominion University and research using applied strategies to School of Education is the Office of the Dean. Ph.D. 1993 Virginia Commonwealth University promote health, leisure and human The school itself is separated into three Schiltz, Jack H. (1969) Professor and Program Head, performance; divisions: the Division of Health, Physical Teacher Education • impacts public policy decision making Education and Recreation, the Division of B.S. Southern Illinois University to advance positive health practices; Teacher Education and the Division of M.S. Southern Illinois University • establishes partnerships that share Educational Studies. Detailed requirements Ed.D. 1968 Columbia University knowledge and expertise toward the for each of the programs in these divisions Wiegardt, Pamela A. (2001) Director of Undergraduate improvement of activity, health and are outlined on the following pages. Advising and Field Experiences leisure services for all; B.S. James Madison University Organized for the management of • anticipates the technological chal- M.A. Sam Houston State University instruction and degree programs, these divi- lenges of the future by using current sions are headed by a chairperson, while Ed.D. 1997 University of Virginia Wilder, Allison W. (2001) Instructor applications and by cultivating cre- faculty assume responsibility for curriculum ative and imaginative thinking; and advise by program cores. B.S. Ithaca College M.S. State University of New York, Cortland • utilizes the opportunities within the Wise, Michael S. (1972) Associate Professor and urban environment to enrich programs Program Head, Recreation, Parks and Sport and services; and Division of Health, Physical Management • meets the needs of a diverse student Education and Recreation B.S. North Carolina State University population. M.S. Indiana University The Division of Health, Physical Beverly J. Warren Ed.D. 1972 University of Georgia Education and Recreation offers two under- Professor and Division Chair (2000) graduate degree programs: Bachelor of B.S. University of North Carolina, Greensboro Emeriti faculty Science in Health, Physical Education and M.S. Southern Illinois University George Dintiman Barney Groves Exercise Science and Bachelor of Science Ed.D. University of Alabama Charles E. Hartsoe LeEtta Pratt in Recreation, Parks and Sport Ph.D. 1990 Auburn University Management. Each of these degree programs provides students with options concerning the program of study they choose

244 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Education to pursue. Those options are listed below Applications should be sent to the General education credits and will be described in greater detail under Athletic Training Program Director, P.O. ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 the specific headings. Box 842037, Richmond, VA 23284-2037. ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 3 The following also should be forwarded Oral communication elective 3 American studies elective 3 Bachelor of Science in Health, Physical Education to the athletic training program director: Global studies elective 3 and Exercise Science • a letter to the director stating the rea- PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 athletic training sons for wanting to pursue a major in Social sciences elective 3 concentrations athletic training Humanities or social sciences elective 3 applied health science • an official copy of all transcripts; a MATH 131 Introduction to Contemporary clinical exercise science Mathematics or equivalent 3 community health education minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 is STAT 210 Basic Practice of Statistics 3 teacher education in health and physical education required • three letters of recommendation BIOL 101, BIOZ 101L Biological Concepts and Laboratory 4 Bachelor of Science in Recreation, Parks and Sport • proof of valid First Aid and CPR Visual and performing arts elective(s) 2 Management certifications _____ recreation and park management • evidence of immunization for 37 sport management Hepatitis B therapeutic recreation • proof of health examination from Allied professional core physician which verifies that the stu- BIOL 205 and BIOZ 205L Human Anatomy 4 Faculty adviser dent can safely meet the physical and BIOL/PHIS 206 and BIOZ/PHIZ 206L Human technical skills required by a student Physiology 4 Students admitted to one of the degree athletic trainer _____ programs in Health, Physical Education 8 • successful completion of BIOL 205 and Recreation will be advised by the and BIOZ 205L Director of Undergraduate Advising until a General electives 8 • successful completion of PHIS 206 minimum of 45 hours are completed. and PHIZ 206L Students with accumulated hours beyond HPEX required core In addition, an interview with the HPEX 200 Strength, Endurance and FlexibilityTraining 3 45 will be assigned an adviser in the stu- athletic training major admissions commit- HPEX 271 Safety, First Aid and CPR 3 dent’s declared program choice. Although tee may be required. If an interview is HPEX 350 Nutrition 3 advisers will provide timely and accurate required, interviews will be scheduled HPEX 352 Substance Abuse 3 assistance, the student is responsible for sat- through the HPER administrative office, HPEX 353 Trends in Modern Disease 3 isfying degree requirements. HPEX 354 Coping and Adaptation 3 (804) 828-1948. HPEX 355 School and Community Health Resources 3 The selection of students for the athletic HPEX 371 Psychology of Physical Activity 3 Computer account training major is competitive, but is open HPEX 373 Structural Kinesiology 3 All students are expected to obtain a per- until all available positions in each class are HPEX 375 Physiology of Exercise 3 sonal computer account and an e-mail filled. HPEZ 375L Physiology of Exercise Laboratory 1 address through University Computing GPA. Students admitted to the athletic _____ 31 Services that will enable them to commu- training major must maintain a 2.5 GPA in their program of study. nicate through electronic mail with their Professional core advisers and course instructors. Certification. Students who successfully complete the athletic training major are HPEX 220/HPEZ 220L Introduction to Athletic Applications for computer accounts and Training and Laboratory 4 required to pass an entry-level examination e-mail addresses can be submitted at the HPEX 320/HPEZ 320L Upper Extremity Assessment Customer Service window located in administered by the National Athletic and Laboratory 4 Cabell Library, Room B-9 or via the Web Trainers’ Association Board of Certification HPEX 321/HPEZ 321L Lower Extremity Assessment at http://www.vcu.edu/vcsac/accounts.html. (NATABOC) to become a certified ath- and Laboratory 4 letic trainer. All applicants for NATABOC HPEX 322/HPEZ 322L Therapeutic Exercise certification must be graduates of an and Laboratory 4 B.S. in health, physical education accredited program by the year 2004. The HPEX 324/HPEZ 324L Therapeutic Modalities and exercise science commonwealth of Virginia, by the year and Laboratory 4 2002, will require state certification to HPEX 325 Pathology and Pharmacology Athletic Training major in Athletic Training 3 serve as an athletic trainer. HPEX 420 Athletic Training Administration 3 Students who are interested in pursuing The athletic training major has been the B.S. in health, physical education and _____ accepted to Candidacy by the Commission 26 exercise science/athletic training major of on Accreditation of Allied Health Education study must complete an application to the Programs (CAAHEP); however, candidacy is Clinical experiences Athletic Training Education Program in not accreditation nor is it a guarantee that HPEX 395 Clinical Experience I 4 addition to the application for admission to the program will be accredited. HPEX 396 Clinical Experience II 4 the university. HPEX 495 Clinical Experience III 4 Application process. Application Program of study: Athletic Training HPEX 496 Clinical Experience IV 4 forms for the athletic training major are Note: A 2.5 cumulative GPA is required for entry into the _____ available at http://www.soe.vcu.edu/hper B.S. in health, physical education and exercise 16 /degreeAthleticTraining. science/athletic training major and clinical experiences. Total credits 126

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 245 School of Education

Optional concentrations in athletic Other recommended pre-medical courses HPEX 240 Introduction to Health Professions 3 training BIOL 218 Cell Biology 3 HPEX 334 Measurement and Analysis in BIOL 308 Vertebrate Histology 3 Teaching and Exercise Science 3 Pre-physical therapy option BIOL 311 Animal Physiology HPEX 350 Nutrition 3 For athletic training students interested in pursuing (Prerequisite: BIOL 218) 3 HPEX 375 Physiology of Exercise 3 graduate study in physical therapy, the following courses CHEM 403 Biochemistry HPEZ 375L Physiology of Exercise Laboratory 1 should be taken in addition to the courses specified in the (Prerequisites: CHEM 301 and 302) 3 HPEX 440 Chronic Disease and Exercise above program of study: Management 3 ** These courses must be completed prior to taking the HPEX 445 Organization and Administration of General education credits MCAT exam. Health Professions 3 PSYC 304 Life Span Developmental Psychology 3 _____ MATH 151 or higher 4 22 PHIL 213 Ethics in Health Care 3 Health, physical education and exercise science concentrations Applied health science core PPT professional core HPEX 332 Motor Learning and Performance 3 BIOL 102 Science of Heredity Applied Health Science HPEX 353 Trends in Modern Diseases 3 or BIOL 152 Introduction to Biological Science II 3 Concentration HPEX 371 Psychology of Physical Activity 3 BIOZ 102L Science of Heredity Laboratory The applied health science program of HPEX 373 Structural Kinesiology 3 or BIOZ 152L Introduction to Biological study prepares students to serve as adminis- HPEX 375 Biomechanics 3 Science Laboratory II 1 HPEX 441 Assessment and Exercise Intervention CHEM 101 General Chemistry 3 trative leaders of health, fitness and conditioning programs in the corporate, commer- in Health and Disease 3 CHEZ/FRSZ 101L General Chemistry Laboratory 1 HPEX 470 Exercise Programming and Leadership 3 cial or university setting in which appar- CHEM 102 General Chemistry 3 PSYC 412 Health Psychology 3 CHEZ/FRSZ 102L General Chemistry Laboratory 1 ently healthy and individuals with con- _____ PHYS 201 General Physics 4 trolled disease participate in health promo- 24 PHYZ 201L General Physics Laboratory 0 tion, fitness and conditioning activities. PHYS 202 General Physics 4 Career paths include corporate fitness direc- Applied health science selectives 13 PHYZ 202L General Physics Laboratory 0 tor, strength and conditioning specialist, Select 13 credits from the following courses: PSYC 407 Psychology of the Abnormal 3 wellness director and exercise physiologist. HPEX 250 Medical Terminology 1 In addition students are encouraged to complete HPEX 271 Safety, First Aid, and CPR 3 BIOL 218 Cell Biology and BIOL 308 Vertebrate A 2.5 cumulative GPA is required for entry into practicum and clinical experiences. HPEX 345 Coping and Adaptation 3 Histology. PSYC 304 Life Span Developmental Psychology 3 Program of study: Applied Health Science PSYC 401 Physiological Psychology 3 Total credits 145 HEMS 505 Contemporary Issues in Health 3 General education credits HEMS 521 Pathomechanics of Sports Injuries 3 ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 Pre-medicine option HEMS 550 Exercise, Nutrition and Weight ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 3 For athletic training students who are interested in pre- Management 3 Oral communication elective 3 medicine, the following courses should be taken in addi- SOCY 445 Medical Sociology 3 American studies elective 3 tion to the requirements listed in the athletic training pro- (selective or cognate with adviser’s approval) gram of study: Global studies elective 3 Psychology 101 4 Clinical experiences Social sciences elective 3 General education credits HPEX 393 Field Practicum III 3 Psychology elective 3 MATH 151 or higher** HPEX 495 Clinical Experience III 6 MATH 131 Introduction to Contemporary (replaces MATH 131) 4 HPEX 496 Clinical Experience IV 6 Mathematics or equivalent 3 BIOL 151 Introduction to Biological Science I** _____ STAT 210 Basic Principles of Statistics 3 (replaces BIOL 101) 3 15 BIOZ 151L Introduction to Biological Science I** BIOL 101, BIOZ 101L Biological Concepts and Laboratory 4 Laboratory (replaces BIOZ 101L) 1 Total credits 126 Visual and performing arts elective(s) 2 Pre-medicine core _____ BIOL 152 Introduction to Biological Science II** 3 37 Optional concentrations in applied BIOZ 152L Introduction to Biological health science Science Laboratory II** 1 General electives Pre-physical therapy option MATH 151 Pre-calculus** 4 Select electives with adviser 3 For applied health science students interested in pursu- CHEM 101 General Chemistry** 3 ing graduate study in physical therapy, the following CHEZ/FRSZ 101L General Chemistry Laboratory** 1 Allied professional core courses should be taken in addition to the courses speci- CHEM 102 General Chemistry** 3 BIOL 205, BIOZ 205L Human Anatomy and fied in the above program of study: CHEZ/FRSZ 102L General Chemistry Laboratory** 1 Laboratory 4 CHEM 301 Organic Chemistry** 3 BIOL/PHIS 206, BIOZ/PHIZ 206L Human General education credits CHEZ 301L Organic Chemistry Laboratory** 1 Physiology and Laboratory 4 PSYC 304 Life Span Developmental Psychology 3 CHEM 302 Organic Chemistry** 3 CHEM 110 and CHEZ 110L Chemistry and Society PSYC 407 Psychology of the Abnormal 3 CHEZ 302L Organic Chemistry Laboratory** 2 and Laboratory 4 MATH 151 or higher 4 Physics – one of the following groups:** 8 _____ PHYS 201 Physics 4 12 Applied health science selectives PHYZ 201L Physics Laboratory 0 Physical therapy cognate PHYS 202 Physics 4 HPEX required core BIOL 102 Science of Heredity or BIOL 152 HPEX 200 Strength, Endurance and Flexibility PHYZ 202L Physics Laboratory 0 Introduction to Biological Science II 3 Training 3

246 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Education

BIOZ 102L Science of Heredity Laboratory or BIOZ 152L Electives Clinical Exercise Science Introduction to Biological Science Laboratory II 1 Select electives with adviser 3 Concentration CHEM 101 General Chemistry 3 _____ CHEZ/FRSZ 101L General Chemistry Laboratory 1 3 The clinical exercise science program of CHEM 102 General Chemistry 3 Allied professional core study prepares students to serve as allied CHEZ/FRSZ 102L General Chemistry Laboratory 1 BIOL 205/BIOZ 205L Human Anatomy and health professionals who will provide serv- PHYS 201 General Physics 4 Laboratory 4 ices in the application of exercise and phys- PHYZ 201L General Physics Laboratory 0 BIOL/PHIS 206, BIOZ/PHIZ 206L Human ical activity for those clinical and patholog- PHYS 202 General Physics 4 Physiology and Laboratory 4 ical situations where it has been shown to PHYZ 202L General Physics Laboratory 0 _____ provide therapeutic or functional benefit. 8 Career paths include kinesiotherapy, car- Applied health science core diopulmonary rehabilitation, industrial PHIL 213 Ethics in Health Care substituted for PSYC 412 HPEX required core In addition, students are encouraged to complete BIOL 218 HPEX 200 Strength, Endurance and Flexibility rehabilitation, clinical exercise physiology. Cell Biology and BIOL 308 Vertebrate Histology Training 3 With minor adjustments, this program of HPEX 240 Introduction to Health Professions 3 study is excellent preparation for graduate Total credits 130 HPEX 334 Measurement and Analysis in study in physical therapy and clinical exer- Teaching and Exercise Science 3 cise physiology. Pre-occupational therapy option HPEX 350 Nutrition 3 For applied health science students interested in pursu- HPEX 375/HPEZ 375L Physiology of Exercise and Program of Study: Clinical Exercise Science ing graduate study in occupational therapy, no additional Laboratory 4 General education course work is required. All prerequisite courses for occu- HPEX 440 Chronic Disease and Exercise ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 pational therapy are included in the applied health science Management 3 ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 3 curriculum. The VCU master of science in occupational HPEX 445 Organization and Administration of Oral Communication elective 3 therapy is designed for persons who have at least 90 cred- Health Professions 3 American Studies elective 3 its toward a bachelor’s degree, or an undergraduate _____ Global Studies elective 3 degree. Students should consult with their adviser if they 22 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 plan to complete this program option. PSYC 304 Life Span Developmental Psychology 3 Community health education core MATH 131 Introduction to Contemporary Community Health Education HPEX 250 Medical Terminology 1 Mathematics or equivalent 3 Concentration HPEX 291 Professional Conference 1 STAT 210 Basic Practice of Statistics 3 HPEX 353 Trends in Modern Diseases 3 BIOL 101, BIOZ 101L Biological Concepts and The community health education program HPEX 355 School and Community Health Laboratory 4 of study prepares students for health related Resources 3 Visual and Performing Arts elective 2 careers in private, public, medical and corpo- HPEX 356 Community Health Education: Theory _____ rate sectors. Students in this program track and Practice 3 34 are prepared to assist in the development of HPEX 450 Program Planning and Evaluation 3 healthy communities through the implemen- PSYC 412 Health Psychology 3 General electives tation of dynamic and ongoing health educa- SOCY 445 Medical Sociology 3 Select electives with adviser 3 PHIL 213 Ethics in Health Care 3 tion/health promotion programs across the ______3 life span. Career opportunities include com- 23 munity health educator, public health spe- Allied professional core cialist, health promotion specialist and Community health education selectives BIOL 205, BIOZ 205L Human Anatomy and health related research. A 2.5 cumulative Select 18 hours within the following courses: Laboratory 4 GPA is required for entry into practicum HPEX 270 Personal Health 3 PHIS 206, PHIZ 206L Human Physiology and and clinical experiences. HPEX 271 Safety, First Aid, and CPR 3 Laboratory 4 HPEX 351 Issues in Sexuality 3 CHEM 110, CHEZ 110L Chemistry and Society and Program of study: Community Health HPEX 352 Substance Abuse 3 Laboratory 4 Education HPEX 354 Coping and Adaptation 3 PHYS 101/PHYZ 101L Foundations of Physics or General education credits HPEX 371 Psychology of Physical Activity 3 PHYS 107 Wonders of Technology 4 ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 HPEX 431 Adapted Physical Activity 3 PSYC 401 Physiological Psychology 3 ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 3 HPEX 441 Assessment and Exercise Intervention PSYC 407 Psychology of the Abnormal 3 Oral communication elective 3 in Health and Disease _____ American studies elective 3 (Selective or cognate with adviser’s approval) 22 Global studies elective 3 _____ PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 18 HPEX required core Psychology elective 3 HPEX 200 Strength, Endurance and Flexibility Social Sciences elective 3 Clinical experiences Training 3 MATH 131 Introduction to Contemporary HPEX 393 Field Practicum III 3 HPEX 240 Introduction to Health Professions 3 Mathematics or equivalent 3 HPEX 495 Clinical Experience III 6 HPEX 334 Measurement and Analysis in Teaching STAT 210 Basic Practice of Statistics 3 HPEX 496 Clinical Experience IV 6 and Exercise Science 3 BIOL 101, BIOZ 101L Biological Concepts and _____ HPEX 350 Nutrition 3 Laboratory 4 15 HPEX 375/HPEZ 375L Physiology of Exercise and Visual and performing arts elective(s) 2 Laboratory 3 _____ Total credits 126 37

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 247 School of Education

HPEX 440 Chronic Disease and Exercise Teacher Education Concentration Procedures Management 3 The Teacher Education Program in health a) complete application for Student Teaching Form HPEX 445 Organization and Administration of (obtain from Office of Academic Services) Health Professions 3 and physical education prepares students for b) request VCU transcript (obtain from Office of ____ positions in school settings where state Records and Registration; allow two weeks) 22 teacher licensure is required. Students who c) review completed application with adviser and complete the program are eligible for licen- obtain adviser’s signature Clinical exercise science core sure by the commonwealth of Virginia in d) submit completed application packet (to supervisor HPEX 270 Introduction to Personal Health 3 health and physical education. of student teaching within the department) HPEX 320/ HPEZ 320L Upper Extremity The Teacher Education Program in health Assessment and Laboratory 4 and physical education emphasizes the Requirements HPEX 321/HPEZ 321L Lower Extremity development of critical thinking and prob- a) 2.5 overall GPA and 2.5 GPA in professional course Assessment and Laboratory 4 lem solving skills. Students develop into work HPEX 322/HPEZ 322L Therapeutic Exercise in effective decision makers through a combi- b) prior admission to the Professional Preparation or AT and Laboratory 4 completion of HPEX 393 with a grade of “C” or HPEX 332 Motor Learning and Performance 3 nation of theoretical course work and early better HPEX 373 Structural Kinesiology 3 and sequential field experiences. c) successful completion of all professional course HPEX 374 Biomechanics 3 Students wishing to pursue the teacher edu- work prior to placement HPEX 431 Adapted Physical Activity 3 cation program should follow the outlined HPEX 441 Assessment and Exercise series of steps to meet program expectations. Program of study: Teacher Education Intervention in Health and Disease 3 General education credits _____ Step 1: Admission to Teacher Education Preparation ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 30 Program ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 3 Students should apply for admission during the semester of Oral communication elective 3 Clinical experiences their 45th credit hour and meet the following requirements. American studies elective 3 HPEX 393 Field Practicum III 3 Global studies elective 3 HPEX 495 Clinical Experience III 6 Procedures Social sciences elective 3 HPEX 496 Clinical Experience IV 6 a) complete Admission to Teacher Education form Humanities elective 3 _____ (obtain from Office of Academic Services) Humanities or social sciences elective 3 15 b) request VCU transcript (obtain from Office of MATH 131 Introduction to Contemporary Records and Registration) Mathematics or equivalent 3 Total credits 126 c) return completed form with VCU transcript to Office BIOL 101, BIOZ 101L Biological Concepts and of Academic Services Laboratory 4 Optional concentrations for clinical Visual and performing arts elective 0 exercise science Requirements (HPEX 211, HPEX 214) Pre-physical therapy option a.) 2.5 GPA or better _____ b.) successful completion of 31 For clinical exercise science students who are 6 hours of English interested in pursuing graduate study in physical 4 hours of laboratory science Allied professional core therapy, there are additional course requirements. The 3 hours of math BIOL 205/BIOZ 205L Human Anatomy pre-physical therapy focus requires 142 credit hours and 6 hours of social science and Laboratory 4 these must include the following courses in addition to c.) students in Teacher Education must obtain passing PHIS 206/PHIZ 206L Human Physiology requirements specified in the clinical exercise science scores on the PRAXIS Examination I: PPST Subtests or and Laboratory 4 program of study: obtain the established composite score for the three EDUS 300 Foundations of Education 3 tests (obtain information from the Office of Academic EDUS 301 Human Development and Learning 3 General education credits Services in Oliver Hall, 1015 W. Main St., Room 2087) _____ Students may substitute BIOL 151 and BIOZ 151L 14 for BIOL 101 and BIOZ 101L 4 Note: Students not admitted will be informed and asked to MATH 151 or higher 4 consult with their adviser for counseling. Students HPEX core must be admitted to Teacher Preparation in order to HPEX 230 History and Philosophy of Health and PPT professional core be eligible for practicum placement. Physical Education 3 BIOL 102/BIOZ 102L or BIOL 152/BIOZ 152L 4 HPEX 330 Movement Education 3 CHEM 101, CHEZ/FRSZ 101L General Chemistry I 4 Step 2: Admission to practicum experience HPEX 332 Motor Learning and Performance 3 (replaces CHEM 110/CHEZ 110L) Students must meet the following requirements to enroll HPEX 333 Psychosocial Aspects of Sport and CHEM 102, CHEZ/FRSZ 102L General Chemistry II 4 in HPEX 393. Physical Activity 3 PHYS 201/PHYZ 201L General Physics 4 HPEX 334 Measurement and Analysis in (replaces PHYS 101/PHYZ 101L or 107) Requirements Teaching Exercise Science 3 PHYS 202/PHYZ 202L General Physics 4 a) 2.5 GPA or better HPEX 335 Elementary Physical Education for PHIL 213 Ethics in Health Care 3 b) admission to Professional Preparation or Teacher Physical Education Majors 3 In addition, students are encouraged to complete Preparation HPEX 350 Nutrition 3 BIOL 218 Cell Biology and BIOL 308 Vertebrate HPEX 352 Substance Abuse 3 Histology Step 3: Admission to student teaching placement HPEX 353 Trends in Modern Diseases 3 Deadline for application is early in the preceding HPEX 355 School and Community Health Total credits 142 spring/fall semester prior to enrolling in placement. Check Resources 3 with the Office of Academic Services for deadline dates. HPEX 354 Coping and Adaptation or HPEX 351 Issues in Sexuality 3

248 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Education

HPEX 373 Structural Kinesiology or agement. The curriculum is recognized as an RPSM 465 Park Operations/Maintenance 3 HPEX 374 Biomechanics 3 accredited professional program by the RPSM 490 Seminar* 3 + HPEX 375/HPEZ 375L Physiology of Exercise and Council of Accreditation of the National RPSM 493 Internship 8 Laboratory 4 Recreation and Park Association/American HPEX Electives 6 HPEX 431 Adapted Physical Activity 3 _____ Association for Leisure and Recreation. The HPEX 432 Methods and Curriculum in Physical 29 Education 3 importance of supervised field placement is HPEX 433 Methods and Curriculum in Health recognized as part of professional develop- Open electives 13-19 Education 3 ment. Class practica and projects and a min- _____ imum 400-hour internship create opportuni- Concentration or minor 18-24 49 ties to transform classroom knowledge into With approval of adviser, students can select program service delivery. an 18 hour concentration of upper-division Professional activity core Courses in the various programs of study course work or one of the following minors: HPEX 200 Endurance, Strength and Flexibility denoted with an asterisk (*) require a mini- Criminal justice 18 Training 3 mum cumulative GPA of 2.0 and a 2.0 Social welfare 18 HPEX 201 Individual Sports and Lifelong Leisure Urban studies 18 GPA in the major to enroll in the class. A Activities 3 General business 21 HPEX 202 Team Sports 3 minimum 2.5 GPA in the recreation, parks Environmental studies 24 HPEX 211 Tumbling and Elementary Rhythmics 1 and sport management core and profes- HPEX 214 Social Rhythmics 1 sional core is required to enroll in the Total credits 120 RPSM 300 Wilderness Education 1 RPSM 493 Internship in all programs. _____ * A minimum 2.0 cumulative GPA and a 2.0 major GPA 12 Program of study: Recreation and are required to be eligible to enroll in this course. + Park Management A minimum 2.5 GPA in recreation, parks and sport Clinical experiences management core and professional core is required HPEX 291 Topical Seminar: Professional Conference 1 The Recreation and Park Management to be eligible to enroll in this course. HPEX 393 Field Practicum I 3 option prepares students for leadership and HPEX 493 Field Experience III 6 mid-management positions in a variety of Program of study: Sport Management HPEX 494 Field Experience IV 6 settings that provide recreation opportuni- The Sport Management option prepares _____ ties. Students will gain competence in lead- students for career positions associated with 16 ership skills, program planning, park opera- creating and implementing quality sports tions and agency administration. Additional requirements programs. Students complete a core curricu- PRAXIS I (Reading, Writing, Mathematics) General education credits lum in recreation and parks blended with PRAXIS II: Specialty Area (Health and PE K-12) ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 concentrations from business and mass Application to Professional Preparation (2.5 GPA required) ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 3 communications. The option is designed Application to Student Teaching (2.5 GPA required) Writing intensive elective 3 for the management and marketing of sport (see division for deadlines) MATH 131 Introduction to Contemporary facilities and services. Current First Aid and CPR certifications required to enroll Mathematics or equivalent 3 in HPEX 393, 493 and 494 STAT 208 Statistical Thinking or equivalent 3 General education credits Successful completion of the Computer Literacy Natural/physical science with laboratory 4 ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 Examination required for entry into clinical experiences. Social science elective 3 ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 3 Social science elective 3 Writing intensive elective 3 Note: A 2.0 cumulative GPA is required for entry into the American studies elective 3 Oral communication elective 3 Health and Physical Education/Teacher Education track and Global studies elective 3 American studies elective 3 a cumulative 2.5 GPA and successful completion of Oral communication elective 3 Global studies elective 3 PRAXIS I is required for field experiences. Visual and performing arts elective(s) 2 Social sciences elective 3 _____ Social sciences elective 3 Total credits 123 36 MATH 131 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics or equivalent 3 Recreation, parks and sport Recreation, parks and sport management core STAT 208 Statistical Thinking or equivalent 3 RPSM 195 Recreation Leadership 3 Natural science elective with laboratory 4 management programs RPSM 261 Recreation, Parks and Sport Management Visual and performing arts elective(s) 2 The programs in recreation, parks and in Modern Society 3 _____ sport management prepare individuals for RPSM 303 Leisure Delivery Systems 3 36 exciting professional careers in various RPSM 320 Recreation Analysis* 3 recreation and sport settings. Employment RPSM 395 Recreation Program Development* 3 Recreation, parks and sport management core opportunities are found in hospital and RPSM 403 Recreation, Parks and Sport RPSM 195 Recreation Leadership 3 Management Administration* 3 other health care settings, community- RPSM 261 RPSM in Modern Society 3 _____ RPSM 303 Leisure Delivery Systems 3 based therapeutic recreation programs, pub- 18 RPSM 320 Recreation Analysis* 3 lic park and recreation agencies, commer- RPSM 395 Recreation Program Development* 3 cial recreation businesses, sport complexes, Professional core _____ campus and military operations and non- RPSM 331 Facility/Site Selection/Analysis 3 15 profit agencies. RPSM 332 Facility/Site Design/Development 3 Three programs of study are currently RPSM 404 Revenue Sources in Recreation, available in recreation, parks and sport man- Parks and Sport Management* 3

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 249 School of Education

Sport management core to pursue graduate studies in either physical * A minimum 2.0 cumulative GPA and a 2.0 major GPA RPSM 340 Introduction to Sport Management or occupational therapy. are required to be eligible to enroll in this course. (prerequisite: MASC 101) 3 + A minimum 2.5 GPA in recreation, parks and sport RPSM 440 Administration of Sport Facilities* General education credits management core and Professional core is required (prerequisite: RPSM 340) 3 ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 to be eligible to enroll in this course. RPSM 441 Law and Sport (Prerequisite: RPSM 340)* 3 ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 3 RPSM 371 Psychology of Physical Activity or HPEX Writing intensive requirement 3 Optional concentrations in 333 Psychosocial Aspects of Sport and MATH 131 Introduction to Contemporary Physical Activity 3 therapeutic recreation Mathematics or equivalent 3 Pre-occupational therapy option RPSM 490 Seminar* 3 STAT 208 Statistical Thinking or equivalent 3 + For therapeutic recreation students interested in pursu- RPSM 493 Internship 8 BIOL 101, BIOZ 101L Biological Concepts and ing graduate study in occupational therapy, the following _____ Laboratory 4 courses should be taken in addition to the courses speci- 23 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 fied the therapeutic recreation track. Social sciences elective 3 Business core American studies elective 3 General education ECON 203 Introduction to Economics 3 Global studies elective 3 STAT 210 Basic Practice of Statistics (replaces STAT 208) ACCT 202 Accounting for Non-business Majors 3 Oral communication elective 3 MRBL 308 Introduction to Marketing (JR) 3 Visual and performing arts elective(s) 2 Allied professional core MRBL 323 Legal Environment of Business (JR) 3 _____ Psychology or sociology elective FIRE 333 Risk and Insurance 3 37 MGMT 331 Personnel Management (JR) 3 MGMT 421 Introduction to Entrepreneurship 3 Allied professional core Total credits 120 _____ BIOL 205/BIOZ 205L Human Anatomy and 21 Laboratory 4 The VCU Master of Science in PHIS/BIOL 206 and PHIZ/BIOZ 206L Human Occupational Therapy is designed for per- Mass communications core and Laboratory 4 sons who have at least 90 credits toward a MASC 101 Mass Communications (FR) 3 PSYC 304 Life Span Development Psychology 3 bachelor’s degree, or an undergraduate MASC 151 Communications Technology and Global PSYC 407 Psychology of the Abnormal 3 degree. Students should consult with their Studies 3 _____ adviser if they plan to complete this track. Select two of the following three: 6 14 MASC 323 Public Relations (3) Pre-physical therapy option MASC 361 Principles of Broadcasting (3) Recreation, parks and sport management core For therapeutic recreation students interested in pursu- MASC 380 Introduction to Advertising (3) RPSM 195 Recreation Leadership 3 ing undergraduate study in physical therapy, the following _____ RPSM 261 Recreation, Parks and Sport courses should be taken in addition to the courses speci- 12 Management in Modem Society 3 fied in the therapeutic recreation track. RPSM 303 Leisure Delivery Systems 3 General electives 13 RPSM 320 Recreation Analysis* 3 General education RPSM 395 Recreation Program Development* 3 MATH 151 Pre-calculus Mathematics or higher (replaces Total credits 120 RPSM 403 Recreation, Parks and Sport MATH 131) Management Administration* 3 STAT 210 Basic Practice of Statistics (replaces STAT 208) * A minimum 2.0 cumulative GPA and a 2.0 major GPA _____ are required to be eligible to enroll in this course. 18 + A minimum 2.5 GPA in Recreation, Parks and Allied professional core BIOL 102/BIOZ 102L Science of Heredity Tourism core and Professional core is required to be Therapeutic recreation PHYS 201/PHYZ 201L General Physics I eligible to enroll in this course. RPSM 371 Introduction to Therapeutic Recreation 3 PHYS 202/PHYZ 202L General Physics II RPSZ 371L Introduction to Therapeutic CHEM 101/CHEZ/FRSZ 101L General Chemistry and Recreation Laboratory 1 Program of study: Therapeutic Laboratory I RPSM 471 Clinical Assessment* 3 Recreation CHEM 102/CHEZ/FRSZ 102L General Chemistry and RPSM 472 Therapeutic Recreation Laboratory II The Therapeutic Recreation option pre- Program Development* 3 PHIL 213 Ethics and Health Care pares future practitioners for employment RPSM 493 Internship+ 8 In addition, students are encouraged to complete BIOL 218 in community, clinical and residential set- RPSM 506 Contemporary Issues* 3 Cell Biology and BIOL 308 Vertebrate Histology. tings that provide leisure services and ther- ______21 apeutic interventions to persons with dis- Total credits 135 abilities. The curriculum meets the stan- Electives 12 dards prepared by the National Council for Students should inform their adviser if Therapeutic Recreation Certification. they plan to complete this track. Graduates are qualified to sit for the Concentration or minor 18 With approval of adviser, students can select Certified Therapeutic Recreation Specialist an 18 hour concentration of upper-division exam. Career opportunities in rehabilita- course work or one of the following minors: Minor in recreation, parks and sport tion, psychiatric, child life, assisted living Criminal Justice 18 management and community recreation settings exist. Psychology 18 RPSM 195 Recreation Leadership 3 With slight modifications, the therapeu- Social Welfare 18 RPSM 261 Recreation, Parks and Sport tic recreation option meets the curriculum Management in Modern Society 3 requirements for those students who wish Total credits 120 RPSM 303 Leisure Delivery Systems 3 RPSM 395 Recreation Program Development* 3

250 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Education

Recreation electives selected in consultation Boyle, Joseph R. (1997) Assistant Professor of Special Rossi, John A. (1993) Associate Professor with the recreation program head 6 Education B.A. University of California ______B.S. Pennsylvania State University M.Ed. University of Washington 18 M.S. Pennsylvania State University Ph.D. 1993 University of Wisconsin Ph.D. 1993 University of Kansas Sarkozi, Gary W. (1999) Assistant Professor * At least a 2.0 cumulative GPA and a 2.0 major GPA Christenbury, Leila (1986) Professor of English B.A. Mary Baldwin College is required in order to be eligible to take this course. Education M.Ed. University of Virginia B.A. Hollins College Ph.D. 2001 Virginia Commonwealth University Master of science in health and M.A. University of Virginia Simon, Diane J. (1988) Associate Professor of Special movement sciences or recreation, Ed.D. 1980 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State Education and Associate Dean University B.S. Hampton University parks and sport leadership Davis, Michael D. (1979) Professor M.A. New York University The master of science in health and B.S. Buffalo State College Ph.D. 1981 New York University movement sciences and the master of sci- M.Ed. University of Buffalo Sutherland, Kevin (2000) Assistant Professor ence in recreation, parks and sport leader- Ph.D. 1975 University of Illinois B.A. Wake Forest University ship are designed to provide advanced edu- Fox, Jill E. (1994) Associate Professor M.Ed. The College of William and Mary cational preparation for practitioners and B.S. Western Kentucky University Ph.D. Vanderbilt University students pursuing careers in public school M.Ed. Texas Women’s University Van de Walle, John A. (1973) Professor health and physical education, exercise sci- Ph.D. 1993 University of North Texas B.A. Bellarmine College ence, and diverse leisure settings and agen- Gerber, Paul J.* M.S. St. Louis University cies. All programs focus on the exploration Giacobbe, George A. (1975) Associate Professor Ph.D. 1972 Ohio State University B.A. University of Tulsa Wehman, Paul H.* of theoretical foundations and the develop- M.Ed. American University White, Doris A. (1978) Associate Professor ment and application of specialized profes- Ph.D. 1973 University of Georgia B.S. Tennessee A & I State University sional knowledge, skills and abilities. These Gross, Ena (1979) Associate Professor Ed.M. University of Illinois master’s degrees require 36 credit hours. See B.S. Taylor University Ed.D. 1971 University of Illinois the Graduate and Professional Programs M.Ed. Georgia State University Bulletin for a more detailed description of Ph.D. 1980 Georgia State University Emeriti faculty these programs. Karchmer, Rachel A. (1999) Assistant Professor Nancy Boraks Mary Brittain B.A. Ithaca College London Center Patricia Duncan Nancy Fallen Program changes M.Ed. Mount Saint Mary College Arnold Fleshood Howard Garner Ph.D. 1999 Syracuse University Ada Hill James O. Hodges All programs in the Division of Health, Kregel, John J. (1983) Professor of Special Education William Judd Jean Lokerson Physical Education and Recreation are B.A. Coe College Alice Pieper Daisy Reed evaluated on a continual basis to ensure M.S. University of Kansas Howard Sparks Martin Tarter that the curriculum meets university guide- Ed.D. 1983 University of Georgia John A. Van de Walle Rizpah Welch lines and the standards of the division’s var- Oehler Jr., John S. (1970) Professor and Executive Judy Wood Esther Zaret ious accrediting agencies. In order to main- Director, Center for School and Community tain the highest standards, curriculum revi- Collaboration Clinical faculty sions are often necessary. Students should B.A. Davidson College Stacy Branch Marshall Brannon check with their adviser to obtain a copy of M.A.T. University of North Carolina Clarice Christian Mary Fulghum the current program requirements. Ed.D. 1973 University of North Carolina Barbara Goehle Rebecca Goshern Orelove, Fred P. (1981) Professor of Education and Cory Hall Hilda Kelly Director, Virginia Institute for Developmental Patricia Lindstrom Brenda Lucas Division of Teacher Education Disabilities Gregory Muzik Calvin Parham B.S. University of Illinois Gabe Pascarella Alease Patterson Alan M. McLeod A.M. University of Illinois Betty Pinn Kathleen Pugh Professor and Division Chair (1969) Ph.D. 1978 University of Illinois Audrey Reynolds Oneida Rozier B.A. Washington and Lee University Reed-Victor, Evelyn (1998) Assistant Professor Thomas Stavredes Patricia Taylor M.Ed. University of Virginia B.A. University of Florida Ed.D. 1969 University of Virginia M.Ed. Salem State College * Joint or secondary appointment Ph.D. 1998 The College of William and Mary Adeyemi, Cheryl H. (2001) Assistant Professor Rezba, Richard J. (1976) Professor and Interim Dean Division mission B.S. Ohio State University B.A. University of Florida M.A. Ohio State University M.S.T. University of Florida The Division of Teacher Education is Ed.S. University of District of Columbia M.A.T. Indiana University committed to excelling in the initial and Ph.D. Illinois State University (pending) Ph.D. 1971 Indiana University continuing preparation of teachers for the Alder, Nora (1996) Assistant Professor of Teacher Richardson, Judy S. (1979) Professor commonwealth, with particular emphasis Education B.A. University of North Carolina, Greensboro on early childhood through secondary edu- B.A. Oklahoma City University M.Ed. University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill cation in diverse settings; to collaborating M.A. Oklahoma City University Ph.D. 1975 University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill with colleagues in educational agencies; Ed.D. 1996 University of Nevada Rogers, Antoinette, Library Media Specialist to applying research about learning in B.S. Hampton University classrooms; to undertaking scholarly M.Ed. Virginia Commonwealth University endeavors that examine learning and

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 251 School of Education teaching processes; and to providing tech- Prospective secondary school teachers General requirements and nical assistance to special populations and earn their bachelor’s degree in a specific procedures service to school divisions and agencies. field in which they plan to teach — Students who pursue one of the extended The division values: English, foreign language, science, mathe- teacher preparation programs follow a series • providing the highest quality teaching matics or history. of steps as noted in order to meet all and opportunities for learning. Similarly, prospective middle school requirements, including the 156 credits. • integrating academic disciplines, teachers most often specialize in English, professional studies and clinical experi- history, mathematics, science or social sci- Step 1: Admission to the university ences as program components for ence. For students planning to become student learning. early childhood/elementary or special edu- Requirements • collaborating in the preparation of cation teachers, any major in the humani- a.) Scores from Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or American teachers and in the continuing devel- ties or the sciences is acceptable. College Test (ACT) opment of faculty both within the uni- In the extended program, a student gen- b.) Minimum 2.0 GPA from high school or previous college versity and in public and private edu- erally begins work on the professional stud- cational settings. ies component in his or her third year of Procedures • enabling teachers and intending teach- study. a.) Declare an undergraduate major in the College of Humanities and Sciences ers to work effectively with students Information on specific requirements for b.) Declare an education specialization in early from diverse populations and those all academic majors is available at the childhood/elementary, middle, secondary or special with special need. Division of Teacher Education, in the education • helping intending teachers become College of Humanities and Sciences’ associ- effective decision makers and practic- ate dean’s office or through the department Step 2: Admission to teacher preparation ing teachers refine their decision-mak- of the chosen major. Students may visit ing skills in the roles for which they http://www.soe.vcu.edu/home- Complete before enrolling in the first practicum (upon com- are preparing. department/ted for information about pro- pletion of 60 credits of liberal arts and prior to completion • effectively modeling the use of tech- grams in the Division of Teacher of 90 credits). nology to enhance and foster learning. Education. A student in the extended pro- Requirements • incorporating, among others, develop- gram must maintain a minimum cumulative a.) 2.5 GPA or better mental, cognitive and functional GPA of 2.5 for admission to teacher prepa- b.) Completion of six hours of English, three hours of math- approaches and content areas in the ration and clinical experience, and prior to ematics, four hours of laboratory science, and six hours preparation of personnel in early child- the fifth year a minimum GPA of 2.8 for of social science and/or history hood/elementary, middle, secondary admission to the graduate study portion of c.) Meet Virginia scores required for PRAXIS I or meet the and special education programs. the program. established composite score • serving the university through faculty Candidates must have a major or its d.) Confirmation of education specialization. Undecided participation in institutional commit- equivalent in the subject they wish to majors must decide tees and task forces, programs and sup- teach; in addition, they should have an e.) Enroll in or have completed EDUS 300 portive research and service institutes advanced degree. Procedures and centers within the university. a.) Complete Admission to Teacher Preparation Application • serving the community through tech- Admission to the Extended Teacher Form (obtain in Office of Academic Services) and sub- nical assistance, workshops, consulting, Preparation Program mit a current transcript continuing education activities, profes- Any undergraduate admitted to VCU who b.) Complete EDUS 300; submit required PRAXIS scores sional development schools and other declares a major in the College of Humanities c.) Register in dean’s office for interview upon returning Admission for Teacher Preparation Application Form; partnerships. and Sciences is eligible to declare a specializa- complete required interview with education program tion in early childhood/elementary, middle, faculty Extended Teacher Preparation secondary or special education. programs Transfer students and students currently Note: Students must be admitted to Teacher Preparation attending VCU who wish to change their Program to be eligible for practicum placement and The School of Education, in cooperation majors to this program must have a mini- accompanying courses. Applications for practicum with the College of Humanities and mum GPA of 2.0; however, note the much are available at the Office of Academic Services. (In Sciences, offers extended teacher prepara- higher GPA requirement for admission to secondary education, such applications may be dis- tion programs in early childhood/elemen- teacher preparation and then to graduate tributed at the initial class meeting.) tary education (pre-kindergarten through study. All students in the program, upon d.) Register for, take and submit required PRAXIS I scores. grade six); middle education (grades six completion of 60 hours of undergraduate through eight); secondary education (grades course work and prior to completion of 90 Step 3: Application to graduate studies six through 12); and special education hours, must apply for admission to teacher (kindergarten through grade 12). The suc- education. To be accepted, a student must cessful completion of these programs results Requirements have a minimum GPA of 2.5 and must a.) 2.8 GPA or better. Students with GPAs of 2.6 to 2.75 in the simultaneous awarding of both a have achieved the required commonwealth may be considered for provisional admission bachelor’s and a master’s degree. The proof Virginia scores on the PRAXIS I tests or b.) Acceptable scores on the Graduate Record Examination gram requires 156 credits, at least 33 of must have achieved the established com- (GRE) or Miller Analogies Test (MAT) which must be at the graduate level. posite score for the three tests. .

252 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Education c.) Personal statement addressing reasons for seeking Procedures Teacher as decision maker graduate education, including career goals; experience a.) Complete applications for undergraduate degree in The guiding theme of the program is working with age group to be taught; reasons for enter- humanities and sciences with academic major adviser, ing teaching; and success in organizing, planning and and graduate degree in education with professional “teacher as decision maker.” Virtually all implementing work with other individuals studies adviser courses and experiences in the program d.) Three references: it is suggested that these be instruc- b.) Submit application for initial teacher licensure with uni- either implicitly or explicitly prepare the tors or advisers in the College of Humanities and versity supervisor or professional studies adviser signa- prospective teacher with appropriate Sciences and the School of Education; use Graduate ture to the Office of Academic Services knowledge on which instructional decisions Studies Reference Forms may be made. Faculty advisement Courses in specific areas, such as the Procedures teaching of mathematics, science, social a.) Obtain Graduate School Admissions packet from the An academic adviser is assigned to a student by the department of that student’s studies and English address the processes and Office of Academic Services in Room 3106, Oliver Hall skills, which permit teachers to transmit the b.) Return completed application packet, along with up-to- chosen major in the College of Humanities date transcripts, to VCU Office of Graduate Studies and Sciences. A professional studies adviser content in meaningful and effective ways. is similarly assigned by the Division of Courses in process areas, such as reading, Note: Students must be admitted to the School of Teacher Education according to the stu- give teachers the competencies required to Graduate Studies to be eligible to enroll in graduate- dent’s proposed teaching endorsement. assist children in developing skills, which level courses. Note School of Graduate Studies This adviser-student relationship continues undergird instruction in all other areas. requirement that no more than six graduate credits throughout the course of study at VCU. General curriculum courses help teachers taken prior to admission to graduate study may be Student and adviser jointly develop the stu- to understand the relationship of philoso- accepted toward the degree. dent’s individual program. During the plan- phies and theories of learning to the devel- ning process, the student identifies, clarifies opmental growth of students. These courses Application deadlines help teachers to integrate their understand- May 15 for fall semester and explores his or her personal and profes- Nov. 15 for spring semester sional goals. ing of students’ physical, emotional, social March 15 for summer session and mental growth with their knowledge of Clinical experiences the content of the discipline. Strategies for Step 4: Internship instructional planning and classroom man- Programs in elementary, middle, secondary agement are essential components. All programs require during the fifth year a graduate-level and special education encompass planned experiences in the field or clinical settings, internship (TEDU 672). Applications for internship can be Demographics consideration in obtained in the Office of Academic Services in Room 3106, including guided practica experiences. These Oliver Hall. Individuals choosing special education are direct experiences lead to an internship. teaching placed in two different settings, one for emotional distur- With the guidance of a mentor, the The demographics of elementary, middle bance and one for mental retardation, each in a different intern assumes more independence in the and high school students are changing: semester. Individuals in early childhood/elementary educa- field setting. Satisfactory completion of the increasing numbers of students for whom tion are placed in a kindergarten and a grade one through internship and the preceding training is English is not the first language, of minority six in the same semester. Individuals in middle and sec- charted through evaluations made by the students, of students who do not all learn or ondary education typically have a single placement, university supervisor, colleague-teacher and respond in similar ways and of students who although perhaps with two different teachers. school administrator. may be identified as possessing a disability. Future teachers are encouraged to take Requirements a.) 3.0 GPA or better on graduate courses Professional Development Schools advantage of opportunities through formal b.) Admission to teacher preparation and to graduate study A Professional Development School courses and other experiences to gain c.) Completed application and transcripts submitted by (PDS) is one where substantial numbers of greater insight and ability addressing learn- established deadlines the faculty are: interested in working with ers from differing cultural backgrounds, and future teachers, participating regularly in considering the needs of learners with dif- Procedures staff development, willing to research the ferent learning styles, participation styles a.) Obtain application form from the Office of Academic and special abilities or disabilities. Services answers to questions that concern them b.) Submit copies of transcripts and required statement to about teaching, learning and students. A a professional studies adviser for review VCU faculty liaison is in the school on a Scholarships and awards c.) Obtain approval signature of professional studies adviser weekly basis working with teachers, stu- In addition to other awards, students in d.) Submit completed application to Office of Academic dents and administrators, and significant the Division of Teacher Education are eligi- Services by Sept. 15 for the following spring semester; numbers of VCU students are placed there ble for the following scholarships. by March 1 for the following fall semester for various clinical experiences. PDSs in • the Virginia Arnold Scholarship 2002-03 included: Step 5: Admission to the profession (elementary and middle) (during the final semester of enrollment) • the Pearl Burford Scholarship Elementary Mary Munford Elementary (Richmond City) (elementary) Requirements • the N. Thelma Jones Scholarship a.) Completion of all degree requirements High (secondary) b.) Acceptable scores on applicable PRAXIS II Specialty Maggie L. Walker Governor’s School for Government • the Ann Elizabeth Marston Scholarship Test and International Studies (a regional high school (elementary and secondary) c.) Completion of application for initial teacher licensure located in Richmond and serving more than a dozen (obtain from Office of Academic Services) school divisions)

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 253 School of Education

• the Virginia and Berta M. Newell eight standards in Virginia’s Technology mathematics. Choosing among these Endowed Scholarship Standards for Instructional Personnel. These courses is recommended: (elementary and middle) standards may be reached through the • the Teacher Education Scholarship Division of Teacher Education Web page. MATH 131 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics (funded by division faculty; elemen- Students are advised to consult with the STAT 208 Statistical Thinking tary, middle, secondary and special professional studies adviser regarding the STAT 210 Basic Practice of Statistics education students are eligible) program’s requirements for demonstrating • the Patricia H. Duncan Scholarship competence. Several of the standards may Program requirements – natural (language arts education) be documented as met by passing the sciences • Arnold P. Fleshood Scholarship (read- Computer Literacy Examination offered The general education requirement is ing education) online through SmartForce. Please see the seven to nine credits, with one course each • the Howard G. Garner Scholarship for General Education Requirements for bach- from the physical sciences and the biologi- Developmental and Interdisciplinary elor of arts and bachelor of science degrees cal sciences, with at least one laboratory; Studies under the College of Humanities and the program requirement is 12 credits, • Phi Delta Kappa Scholarship Sciences chapter of this bulletin. again with at least one course each in the • John Van de Walle Scholarship (math- physical sciences and the biological sci- ematics education) Early Childhood/Elementary ences, and two laboratories. Choosing • Rizpah Welch Scholarship (special among these courses is recommended: education) Education Program, P-6 This program focuses on the preparation credits Honors study of the teacher planning to work with chil- Biological sciences dren from infancy through age 11, covering BIOL 101, BIOZ 101L Biological Concepts and Students who qualify can participate in nursery school and kindergarten through Laboratory 4 the University Honors Program and are eli- grade six. BIOL 102, BIOZ 102L Science of Heredity gible to take course sections and special After completing this program, the stu- and Laboratory 5 BIOL 103, BIOZ 103L Environmental Science seminars designated “honors.” dent is eligible for licensure in teaching and Laboratory 5 Honors sections of the Foundations of preschool and elementary grades. Education and Human Development and Physical sciences Learning courses are offered to qualified Program requirements – liberal arts CHEM 110, CHEZ 110L Chemistry and Society students, providing them with opportuni- and sciences and Laboratory 3 ties for critical investigation in areas of spe- Individuals choosing the early child- CHEM 112 Chemistry in the News 3 cial professional interest. PHYS 101, PHYZ 101L Foundations of Physics hood/elementary education specialization and Laboratory 4 may select almost any major offered by the PHYS 107, PHYZ 107L Wonders of Technology Standards of learning College of Humanities and Sciences. A and Laboratory 4 Much of the pre-kindergarten through major in one of the content areas typically grade 12 curriculum is based on the taught (mathematics, science, English, his- Program requirements – Commonwealth of Virginia’s current tory or perhaps social science) is particu- interdisciplinary science larly appropriate, but majors in other liberal Standards of Learning (SOLs). Students The program further requires three cred- arts areas are acceptable. preparing to be teachers are advised to its of interdisciplinary mathematics and The program seeks, among other goals, to examine the SOLs for the grade levels and science. Choosing among these courses is prepare teachers to be more comfortable with content areas they plan to teach. The recommended: and better able to teach mathematics and sci- Division of Teacher Education Web site has INSC 300 Experiencing Science a link to the SOLs. ence effectively in kindergarten through grade INSC 301 Investigating Mathematics and Science In some instances the content and con- six. Within or in addition to the general edu- MATH 303 Investigations in Geometry cepts associated with one or more SOLs cation and academic major requirements in may be incorporated in a course in the the College of Humanities and Sciences, can- Program requirements – applied arts didates in the early childhood/elementary edu- College of Humanities and Sciences or in Three credits in applied arts to be desig- cation (pre-kindergarten through grade six) the School of Education, but as the SOLs nated with the professional studies adviser. are for a kindergarten through grade 12 cur- specialization are expected to meet these liberal studies requirements. riculum and not a college curriculum, one Program requirements – may need to study several of these on her professional studies or his own. Program requirements – mathematics and statistical reasoning Undergraduate credits EDUS 300 Foundations of Education 3 Technology standards The general education requirement is PSYC 301 Child Psychology 3 three to six credits; the Early Childhood/ EDUS/PSYC 305 Educational Psychology 3 The use of computers, graphing calcula- Elementary Program requirement is six TEDU 310 Practicum I (with TEDU 414 tors, science probeware and other technolo- credits, including three credits in mathe- and TEDU 426) 2 gies is integral to successful teaching in matics at the college algebra level or higher TEDU 310 Practicum II (with TEDU 522)* 2 today’s schools. Individuals preparing to and three credits in a statistics course typi- TEDU 351 Children’s Literature I 3 teach must be competent on each of the the cally taught by a college department of HPEX 390 Physical Education for Elementary Teachers 3

254 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Education

TEDU 414 Curriculum and Methods both for the general education requirement TEDU 626 Home-School Communication for Young Children 4 and their own edification, such as these: and Collaboration TEDU 426 Teaching Reading and Other EDUS 660 Research Methods in Education Language Arts 3 credits ENED 601 Young Adult Literature ______MATH 131 Introduction to Contemporary ______26 Mathematics 3 33 MATH 303 Investigations in Geometry 3 Graduate STAT 208 Statistical Thinking 3 * Pertinent subject section (e.g., English, mathematics, TEDU 517 Science Education in the STAT 210 Basic Practice of Statistics 3 science or social studies) Elementary School 3 BIOL 101, BIOZ 101L Biological Concepts and TEDU 522 Teaching Mathematics for Laboratory 4 Elementary Education 3 BIOL 102, BIOZ 102L Science of Heredity and Secondary Education Program, 6-12 TEDU 566 Diagnosis and Remediation in Reading 3 Laboratory 5 These programs prepare the student for a TEDU 591 Social Studies Education in the BIOL 103, BIOZ 103L Environmental Science and career as a secondary school teacher — Elementary School 3 Laboratory 5 grades six through 12. Teaching endorse- TEDU 605 Theory and Practice of Educating CHEM 110, CHEZ 110L Chemistry in Context and ments are available in drama, English, Individuals with Special Needs 3 Laboratory 4 EDUS 607 Advanced Educational Psychology 3 CHEM 112 Chemistry in the News 3 French, German, Spanish, economics, TEDU 626 Home-School Communication and PHYS 101, PHYZ 101L Foundations of Physics and geography, history, history and social Collaboration 3 Laboratory 4 sciences, political science, mathematics, TEDU 672 Internship I and II PHYS 107 Wonders of Technology 4 biology, physics, chemistry and general (P and grades 1-5 placements) 9 INSC 300 Experiencing Science 3 science. Added endorsements are available EDUS 673 Seminar on Educational Issues, Ethics INSC 301 Investigating Mathematics and Science 3 in English as a second language and earth and Policy 3 science. ______Program requirements – 33 professional studies Program requirements – Liberal arts * TEDU 310 Practicum II must be taken concurrently Undergraduate credits and sciences with TEDU 522; TEDU 517 and 591 must have been EDUS 300 Foundations of Education 3 In addition to satisfying the general EDUS 301 Human Development and Learning 3 completed; TEDU 566 also must have been com- education requirements of the College of pleted or taken concurrently with TEDU 310. TEDU 310 Practicum A (concurrent with TEDU 544) 1 TEDU 310 Practicum B (concurrent with Humanities and Sciences, candidates TEDU 521 or 540) 1 selecting secondary education as the spe- Middle Education Program, 6-8 TEDU 310 Practicum C (concurrent with one of: cialization must choose a major in one of TEDU 550 or the course not taken with these subjects taught in high schools (biol- The Middle Education Program prepares Practicum B) 1 ogy, chemistry, English, French, German, the prospective teacher to instruct children TEDU 407 Educational Media: Utilization 3 history, mathematics, physics, political sci- between the ages of 11 and 14, grades six ______ence or Spanish). through eight. A graduate of this program 12 can be licensed to teach in elementary and middle school grades. Graduate Program requirements – Choose two of the courses from: 6 professional studies Program requirements – liberal arts TEDU 521 Teaching Mathematics for Middle Undergraduate credits Education (3) EDUS 300 Foundations of Education 3 and sciences TEDU 540 Teaching Middle and High School EDUS 301 Human Development and Learning 3 In addition to satisfying the general edu- Sciences (3) TEDU 310 Practicum A (concurrent with TEDU 537) 2 cation requirements of the College of TEDU 550 Teaching Interdisciplinary Language Arts TEDU 310 Practicum B (concurrent with TEDU 540, Humanities and Sciences, candidates and Social Studies in the Middle School (3) 543, 545, 547 or 548) 1 selecting middle education as the special- ______ization must (1) choose a major in one of Complete each of these courses: 9 TEDU 544 Introduction to the Middle School 3 the subjects taught in middle schools TEDU 562 Reading Instruction in the Content Areas 3 Graduate (mathematics, one of the sciences, English, EDUS 607 Advanced Educational Psychology 3 history or a social science such as political TEDU 537 Secondary School Curriculum 3 TEDU 672 Internship I and II 9 One of: 3 science). Other liberal arts majors may be EDUS 673 Seminar on Educational Issues, Ethics TEDU 540 Teaching Middle and High School Sciences chosen, but an individual with such a major and Policy 3 TEDU 543 Teaching Secondary School Foreign Languages TEDU 681 Investigations and Trends in Teaching* 3 will likely not be as “marketable”; (2) TEDU 545 Teaching Secondary School Mathematics choose an additional concentration of 18 TEDU 547 Teaching Secondary School Social Studies Graduate selective chosen from: 3 semester credits in another of the content TEDU 548 Teaching Secondary School English CMSC 554 Applications of Technology in the areas in 1 (most middle schools organize EDUS 607 Advanced Educational Psychology 3 Teaching of Mathematics into teams, with a teacher typically respon- TEDU 672 Internship I and II† 9 sible for two subjects); and (3) individuals TEDU 556 Computer Applications in Education EDUS 673 Seminar on Educational Issues, Ethics planning to major in English, history or a TEDU 600 Organizing for Effective and Policy 3 Classroom Instruction social science may wish to consider credits TEDU 605 Theory and Practice of Educating in mathematics and science from courses, Individuals with Special Needs

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 255 School of Education

TEDU 681 Investigations and Trends in Teaching:* bance in public school, residential and cor- TEDU 533 Educational Assessment of Individuals with English; Foreign Language; Mathematics; rectional settings. The student learns to Exceptionalities Science; Social Science 3 SELD 530 Language Disabilities: Assessment and ∆ apply a variety of interventions because of Graduate selective 9 the integration of didactic course work and Teaching or MNRT 500 Language Intervention for ______Young Children and Learners with Severe clinical experience. The program empha- 33 Disabilities sizes the development of a wide range of TEDU 631 Behavior Management of Students with * Select section matching content area to be taught teaching competencies derived from a num- Disabilities † A minimum of 21 credits, including EDUS 300, 301, ber of theoretical models to promote social, TEDU 632 Secondary Programming for Students with TEDU 310, 537, one of (TEDU 540, 543, 545, 547 or behavioral and academic growth in children Disabilities 548), EDUS 607 or 673 and the required selective and youth with emotional disturbance. (see 1 below), must be completed prior to the Selectives 9 internship. Mental retardation Social/cultural foundations selective (one of the following ∆ Graduate selectives are to be chosen from: is chosen with adviser.) 1. Three credits from: This phase prepares the student to teach EDUS 601 Philosophy of Education Technology: children and youth with mental retardation EDUS 608 History of Western Education TEDU 556 Computer Applications in Education in public, private and community settings. EDUS 610 Social Foundations of Education CMSC 554 Applications of Technology in the The program stresses assessment, curriculum, EDUS 612 Education and the World’s Future Teaching of Mathematics (required in mathe- service delivery and adaptational techniques. EDUS 614 Contemporary Educational Thought matics) EDUS 673 Seminar on Educational Issues, Ethics OR Learning disabilities and Policy Reading: Educational/psychological foundations selective (one of TEDU 562 Reading Instruction in the Content This phase prepares the student to teach the following is chose with adviser.) Areas children and youth with learning disabili- Non Psychology Majors OR ties in school settings. The program accen- Must take EDUS/PSYC 607 Advanced Educational Classroom management: tuates the development of a broad range of Psychology TEDU 600 Organizing for Effective Classroom teaching competencies allowing for wide Psychology Majors may select one of the following: Instruction latitude in the application of a prolific vari- EDUS 602 Adolescent Growth and Development TEDU 631 Behavior Management of Students ety of academic interventions. EDUS 603 Seminar in Child Growth and Development with Disabilities EDUS/PSYC 607 Advanced Educational Psychology OR EDUS 609 Learning Theories in Education Special education: Program requirements – liberal arts Option: With adviser’s permission, students with a TEDU 605 Theory and Practice in Educating and sciences strong background in educational psychology Individuals with Special Needs In addition to satisfying the general edu- and/or child development may select: EDUS 660 SELD 600 Characteristics of Persons with cation requirements of the College of Research Methods in Education Learning Disabilities Humanities and Sciences, candidates Graduate or undergraduate selective 2. Six credits from other courses in 1 above, selecting special education as the specializa- This (one) selective is a course (at the 600 level or from the academic major, or from courses tion may choose almost any College of below) chosen with adviser from the following list: such as these: TEDU 542 Parent/Professional Partnership Humanities and Sciences major offered. TEDU 521 Teaching Mathematics for Middle A second language course Education (required in math) One in the social sciences, such as psychol- A second reading course TEDU 626 Home-School Communication and ogy or sociology, may be especially useful, A course in the third special education area (Emotional Collaboration but so are ones in English, a science, math- Disturbance, Learning Disabilities or Mental EDUS 660 Research Methods in Education ematics, history or similar major. Retardation) ENED 601 Young Adult Literature A course in Early Childhood Special Education (ECSE) Program requirements – A course in Counselor Education (CLED) All selectives should be chosen in consulta- A course in Rehabilitation Counseling (RHAB) tion with the professional studies adviser. professional studies A course approved by the program faculty All courses listed below are three semes- Special Education Program, K-12 ter credit hours unless otherwise indicated. Concentration courses 28 Two of the following three special education areas (12 This two-pronged program is designed to credits semester credit hours – courses, 16 semester credit develop competencies in the prospective Required courses 30 hours – clinical experiences) teacher to teach children and youth in two Undergraduate of these three special education areas: emo- EDUS 300 Foundations of Education Emotional Disturbance tional disturbance, learning disabilities or TEDU 330 Survey of Special Education EMOD 400 Characteristics of Children/Adolescents mental retardation. The Master of Teaching EDUS 301 Human Development and Learning or PSYC with Emotional Disturbance in Special Education Program leads to dual 305 Educational Psychology EMOD 501 Teaching Students with Emotional TEDU 426 Teaching Reading and Other Language Arts Disturbance endorsement in two areas of special educa- Graduate Clinical experience: tion in kindergarten through the 12th TEDU 521 Teaching Mathematics for Middle Education TEDU 310 Practicum: Emotional Disturbance (2) grade. or TEDU 522 Teaching Mathematics for Elementary EMOD 672 Internship: Emotional Disturbance (6) Education Emotional disturbance TEDU 531 Collaborative/Consultation Skills for Working This phase prepares the student to teach with Families and Professionals children and youth with emotional distur

256 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Education

Learning Disabilities Special education Craver, Samuel M. (1971) Professor TEDU 444 Introduction to Learning Disabilities Early childhood special education (birth to age 5) B.A. 1963 University of North Carolina SELD 501 Methods of Clinical Teaching Emotional disturbance M.A.T. 1964 University of North Carolina Clinical experience: Learning disabilities Ph.D. 1971 University of North Carolina TEDU 310 Practicum: Learning Disabilities (2) Mental retardation Dilworth, Robert L. (1993) Associate Professor SELD 672 Internship: Learning Disabilities (6) Severe disabilities B.S. University of Florida M.S. United States Army Command and General Mental Retardation Curriculum and instruction Staff College MNRT 400 Characteristics of Children and Youth with Early, middle or secondary education M.P.A. 1975 University of Oklahoma Mental Retardation Instructional technology M.Ed. 1992 Columbia University MNRT 560 Curriculum Design for Students with Mental Library/media Ed.D. 1993 Columbia University Retardation Fiore, Doug (2001) Assistant Professor Clinical experience: Reading TEDU 310 Practicum: Mental Retardation (2) B.A. 1988 Hofstra University M.A. 1992 Purdue University MNRT 672 Internship: Mental Retardation (6) These programs typically require 36-42 Ph.D. 1999 Indiana State University credits. See the Graduate and Professional Total 67 Gerber, Paul J. (1988) Professor of Special Education Programs Bulletin for a more detailed B.A. 1972 Adelphi University description of each program. * A minimum of 33 semester credit hours must be M.A. 1975 University of Michigan taken at the graduate level. Ph.D. 1978 University of Michigan Post-baccalaureate Certificate in Leone, Susan D. (1986) Associate Professor Minor in foundations of special Teaching Program B.A. 1966 University of Northern Iowa M.Ed. 1974 Virginia Commonwealth University education The Post-baccalaureate Certificate in Ed.D. 1994 University of Virginia The minor provides an opportunity to Teaching Program is designed for the stu- Linder, Fredric (1973) Assistant Professor explore the field of special education and dent holding a bachelor’s degree in a field A.B. University of Miami disabilities, for focused investigation of other than education, who wishes to teach M.A. New School of Social Research, New York human behavior within the context of in secondary schools, and for whom a mas- Ph.D. 1971 State University of New York, Buffalo educational institutions or explorations ter’s degree is not a priority. Those candi- Londoner, Carroll A. (1972) Professor of Adult Education related to possible or real career needs. dates planning to teach at the secondary- B.A. University of California, Los Angeles Completion of this minor does not result level must have a major or its equivalent in B.D. San Francisco Theological Seminary in licensure or endorsement for teaching the subject they wish to teach. Candidates M.A. 1968 Indiana University in the commonwealth of Virginia. also should have an advanced degree. Ph.D. 1970 Indiana University The minor requires a minimum of 21 Candidates are required to complete a McCay, ElizaBeth (1998) Assistant Professor semester hours. If one or more of these minimum of 24 designated hours beyond B.S. 1982 Wheelock College, Boston M.Ed. 1990 University of Virginia courses is taken to satisfy a general studies the bachelor’s level. The minimum number Ph.D. 1998 University of Virginia requirement or a major requirement, it may of hours, including those at the undergradu- McDavis Jr., Roderick J. (1999) Provost and Vice ate-level, varies by certificate track. For also be counted toward the minor. President for Academic Affairs instance, 30 hours are required for the sec- B.S. 1970 Ohio University credits ondary education track, whereas 38 hours M.S. 1971 University of Dayton EDUS 300 Foundations of Education 3 are required for a student in the middle Ph.D. 1974 University of Toledo EDUS 301 Human Development and Learning education track. (See the Graduate and McMillan, James H. (1979) Professor or EDUS/PSYC 305 Educational Psychology 3 Professional Programs Bulletin for a more B.A. Albion College TEDU 330 Survey of Special Education 3 detailed description). Selectives (select any four): 12 M.A. Michigan State University TEDU 444 Introduction to Learning Disabilities (3) Ph.D. 1976 Northwestern University TEDU 531 Collaborative/Consultation Skills for Working Philipsen, Maike I. (1993) Associate Professor with Families and Professionals (3) Division of Educational Studies B.A. 1984 Rhinische Frederick-Wilhelms University EMOD 400 Characteristics of Children/Adolescents M.A. 1989 Free University of Berlin with Emotional Disturbance (3) Rosemary Ann Lambie Ph.D. 1993 University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill MNRT 400 Characteristics of Children and Youth with Professor and Division Head (1978) Sandkam, Sherry T. (1981) Associate Dean, School of Mental Retardation (3) A.B. 1968 Loyola University Graduate Studies HPEX 431 Adaptive Physical Education (3) M.A. 1971 University of North Colorado B.A. 1970 Longwood College TEDU 541 Infants and Young Children with Ed.D. 1978 University of Kansas Medical Center M.B.A. 1988 Virginia Commonwealth University \Special Needs Ph.D. 1996 Virginia Commonwealth University Beale, Andrew V. (1969) Professor Wergin, Jon F. (1973) Professor A.B. University of North Carolina Master of Education programs B.A. University of Nebraska M.S. University of North Carolina M.A. University of Nebraska The division offers Master of Education Ed.D. 1969 University of Virginia Ph.D. 1973 University of Nebraska programs designed to provide advanced Cauley, Kathleen M. (1985) Associate Professor Wright, Mary Ann (1999) educational preparation for practitioners. B.A. 1977 Pennsylvania State University B.A. The College of William and Mary These programs are: Ph.D. 1985 University of Delaware M.Ed. Virginia Commonwealth University Ph.D. Virginia Commonwealth University

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 257 School of Education

Emeriti faculty EDUS 300 Foundations of Education Courses in health, physical educa- James Bailey William Bost Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The histori- tion and exercise science (HPEX) Jack Duncan Vivien Ely cal, sociological and philosophical backgrounds of edu- Gordon Keesee John Mapp cational theories and practices. The aim of the course HPEX 200 Strength, Endurance and Flexibility Howard Ozmon John Seyfarth is to help the student develop a basic understanding of education in the modern world. Training Charles Sharman Ronald Sherron Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Presents Gaynelle Whitlock EDUS 301 Human Development and Learning the knowledge-base and pedagogical principles of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of strength, flexibility, aerobic and anaerobic training pro- The Division of Educational Studies human development through the life span with special grams; enables students to develop and apply condi- offers the student undergraduate courses in emphasis on child and adolescent psychology, the nature tioning programs or modify existing programs to foundational studies necessary for special- of learning, and basic concepts of learning theories. accommodate specific individual needs; emphasizes the acquisition of training and conditioning principles ized work in education degree programs. All EDUS 305/PSYC 305 Educational Psychology and assists students in developing independent prob- degree-seeking undergraduate students in Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The appli- lem-solving and decision-making skills. Includes practi- education are required to take EDUS 300 cation of psychological principles to the teaching-learn- cal application of theory. Foundations of Education and either EDUS ing process, with special emphasis on theories of 301 Human Development and Learning or learning and development. HPEX 201 Individual Sports and Lifelong Leisure EDUS/PSYC 305 Educational Psychology. Activities EDUS 400 Independent Study Semester course; 3 lecture/laboratory hours. 3 credits. Other foundations requirements are listed Semester course; 1-6 hours. 1-6 credits. Opportunities Health, Physical Education and Exercise Science majors under each specific program of study. are provided for supervised research and independent only. Prepares students to develop educational skills study in selected areas. Designed for advanced stu- and methodology for instruction of individual sports in dents. All work offered on an individual basis with the the classroom, gymnasium and outdoor field settings; Course descriptions approval of instructor and departmental chair. students acquire skills needed to teach individual sports in middle and high school environments. EDUS 401 Pupil Evaluation Courses in adult education (ADLT) Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Principles HPEX 202 Team Sports and procedures of evaluation of pupil growth in cogni- Semester course; 3 lecture/laboratory hours. 3 credits. tive, affective, and psychomotor domains for a prospec- Health, Physical Education and Exercise Science majors ADLT 402 How Adults Learn tive classroom teacher; construction and analysis of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Overview only. Develops educational skills and methodology for teacher-made tests and other formal and informal instruction of team sports in the classroom, gymnasium of the adult as a learner. Topics include how and what assessment procedures; interpretation and use of crite- adults learn, why adults participate in learning and and outdoor field settings; students acquire skills rion-referenced and norm-referenced standardized needed to teach team sports in middle and high school major barriers to learning for adults. Implications for tests in measuring group and individual achievement. teachers/trainers of adults are explored. environments. EDUS 476 Methods for Residence Hall Assistants ADLT 403 Human Resource Development HPEX 211 Tumbling and Elementary Rhythmics Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Prepares Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Course Prerequisite: Serve in VCU residence halls or permis- designed to improve qualifications of those seeking students to work with elementary children 4 to 12 sion of instructor. Course designed primarily to present years of age in rhythmic activities; includes elementary employment in the human resources field. Focuses on resident assistants and others with student develop- human resource development, organization develop- tumbling, activities and games designed to help a ment concepts, peer assistance and helping skills, and child’s rhythmic ability. ment and their relationship to human resource man- group techniques. Residence halls will be used as pri- agement (HRM). mary learning laboratories. HPEX 216 Lifeguard Training 1-2 credits. EDUS 494 Topical Seminar in Education Courses in educational studies Semester course; variable; 1-3 credits. May be HPEX 217 Water Safety Instruction (EDUS) repeated for a maximum of six credits. A seminar 1-2 credits. intended for group study by personnel interested in EDUS 200 Education in American Society examining topics, issues or problems related to the HPEX 218 Scuba Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An elective teaching, learning and development of students. 1 credit. course for non-education majors, including those who may be exploring careers in education. An examination HPEX 219 Organization and Administration of of the complex nature of our American educational sys- Course in emotional disturbance Aquatic Activities tem and various societal influences on that system. (EMOD) 1 credit. The course will include an exploration of some critical HPEX 220 Introduction to Athletic Training issues affecting the future of American education, on- EMOD 400 Characteristics of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. site visits to educational institutions, and other field Children/Adolescents with Emotional Prerequisites: BIOL 205 and BIOZ 205L. Corequisite: experiences in settings that will permit exploration of Disturbances HPEZ 220L. An introduction to the field of athletic train- career options. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Surveys ing. Includes the prevention and basic care of athletic the nature of children and adolescents with emotional EDUS 203 Focus on Choice injuries in the physically active. disturbances and behavior disorders with emphasis on Semester course; 3 lecture hours; 3 credits. A career- the psychological, biophysical, sociological and ecologi- HPEZ 220L Introduction to Athletic Training planning experience for adults focusing on discontinu- cal factors that related to their educational needs. Laboratory ity in life patterns and a review of current educational Related topics include definitions, classification, school Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. and occupational opportunities. Consideration of the identification, assessment procedures and intervention Corequisite: HPEX 220. Laboratory fee required. A labo- world of work, fields of education, volunteer service approaches. ratory to introduce the basic skills used by an athletic and the development of one’s own potential will be trainer in the prevention and care of athletic injuries in featured. the physically active.

258 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Education

HPEX 230 History and Philosophy of Health and HPEX 292 Independent Study in Health, Physical HPEZ 320L Upper Extremity Assessment Physical Education Education and Exercise Science of Athletic Injuries Laboratory Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An Semester course; 1-3 credits. Restricted to majors in Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. overview of the professional aspects of health and the Health, Physical Education and Recreation division. Corequisite: HPEX 320. Laboratory fee required. This physical education. Historical and philosophical con- May be repeated up to a maximum of three credits. laboratory course includes practice in the skills of cepts, evaluation and research methods, current issues Enables a student to create an individualized research assessment and management of upper extremity ath- and trends, and career opportunities are discussed. project or professional experience based on specific letic injuries in the physically active. Includes head, Field experiences allow exposure to various profession- professional needs and goals; must have adviser’s neck, thoracic, abdominal, shoulder, elbow, forearm, als and facilities related to the health and physical approval; experiences based on the student’s knowl- wrist, hand and finger injuries. education domains. edge base of general education and professional core introduction courses; credits determined by the number HPEX 321 Lower Extremity Assessment HPEX 231 Principles of Accident Prevention of contact hours and extensiveness of the project. of Athletic Injuries Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. is designed to provide information on the magnitude of HPEX 293 Field Practicum I Prerequisites: HPEX 320 and HPEZ 320L. Corequisites: the accident problem in the nation. Special attention is Semester course; variable practicum hours. 3-6 credits. HPEZ 321L and HPEX 396. This course is designed to given to concepts and theories of accident prevention, Restricted to majors in the Health, Physical Education acquaint the student with the proper assessment and particularly as they relate to use of highways. and Recreation division. Provides observational and treatment procedures for lower extremity athletic small group experiences for the pre-professional stu- injuries in the physically active. The course will include HPEX 232 Introduction to Driver Education dent; includes planned observations, tutorials and the prevention, care and treatment of lower back, hip, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A current small group involvement under the supervision of the thigh, knee, lower leg, ankle and foot athletic injuries. automobile operator’s permit is required. An introduc- faculty and field supervisor; summary papers, observation to the vehicle operator’s task within the highway tional logs, resumes and updated five-year plans are HPEZ 321L Lower Extremity Assessment transportation system: driver task analysis. completed in this writing intensive course; minimum of of Athletic Injuries Laboratory 50 contact hours per credit hour required; consult with Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. HPEX 240 Introduction to Health Professions adviser to obtain specific course requirements. Corequisite: HPEX 321. Laboratory fee required. This Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Offered: laboratory course is designed to acquaint the student Fall semester. Provides an overview of the state of HPEX 294 Field Practicum II with the proper assessment and treatment procedures kinesiotherapy and health promotion in the United Semester course; variable practicum hours. 3-6 credits. for lower extremity athletic injuries in the physically States; explores historic and current roles of kinesio- Restricted to majors in the Health, Physical Education active. The lab will include prevention, care and treat- therapists and other allied health professionals; career and Recreation division. Provides observational and ment of lower back, hip, thigh, knee, lower leg, ankle choices within health care presented through guest small group experiences for the pre-professional stu- and foot athletic injuries. lectures and structured visits to clinical sites. dent; includes planned observations, tutorials and small group involvement under the supervision of the HPEX 322 Therapeutic Exercise in Athletic HPEX 250 Medical Terminology faculty and field supervisor; minimum of 50 contact Training Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Self-directed hours per credit hour required; consult with adviser to Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. learning experience for students entering a medical or obtain specific course requirements. Prerequisites: BIOL 205, BIOZ 205L, PHIS 206 and PHIZ allied health profession. Presents medical terms by 206L. Corequisite: HPEZ 322L. Acquaints the student their root word, suffix and prefix. Develops skills to HPEX 295 Clinical Practicum I with the proper use of therapeutic exercise in the treat- build and decode medical terms by their word parts. Semester course; variable practicum hours. 3-6 credits. ment and rehabilitation of athletic injuries in the physi- Develops ability to recognize and use common medical Restricted to majors in the Health, Physical Education cally active. Includes the use of therapeutic exercise in abbreviations. and Exercise Science division. Provides observational the treatment of groin, thigh, hip, knee, lower leg, and small group experiences for the pre-professional ankle, foot, shoulder, elbow, wrist, hand, finger and HPEX 270 Introduction to Personal Health student; includes planned observations, tutorials and back athletic injuries. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An intro- small group involvement under the supervision of the duction to the five dimensions of health emphasizing faculty and clinical supervisor; summary papers, obser- HPEZ 322L Therapeutic Exercise in Athletic personal application and encouraging conscious deci- vational logs, resumes and updated five-year plans are Training Laboratory sions about a variety of behaviors that can make a dif- completed in this writing intensive course; a minimum Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. ference in one’s health status. of 50 contact hours per credit hour required; consult Corequisite: HPEX 322. This laboratory course is HPEX 271 Safety, First Aid and CPR with adviser to obtain specific course requirements. designed to acquaint the student with the proper use Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course of therapeutic exercise in the treatment and rehabilita- HPEX 296 Clinical Practicum II tion of athletic injuries in the physically active. The lab includes American Red Cross and/or American Heart Semester course; variable practicum hours. 3-6 credits. Association certification in Multimedia Standard First course will include the skills of the therapeutic exercise Restricted to majors in the Health, Physical Education used in the treatment of groin, thigh, hip, knee, lower Aid and Basic Life Support (cardiopulmonary resuscita- and Recreation division. Provides observational and tion). In addition, basic principles of accident causation leg, ankle, foot, shoulder, elbow, wrist, hand, finger and small group experiences for the pre-professional stu- back athletic injuries. and prevention are presented. dent; includes planned observations, tutorials and HPEX 291 Special Topic in Health, Physical small group involvement under the supervision of the HPEX 324 Therapeutic Modalities in Athletic faculty and clinical supervisor; a minimum of 50 con- Education and Exercise Science Training tact hours per credit hour required; consult with adviser Semester course; 1-3 credits. Restricted to majors in Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. to obtain specific course requirements. the Health, Physical Education and Recreation division. Prerequisites: BIOL 205, BIOZ 205L, PHIS 206 and PHIZ May be repeated up to a maximum of three credits. 206L. Corequisite: HPEZ 324L. Provides the student HPEX 320 Upper Extremity Assessment of with a knowledge of the proper use of therapeutic Offers students the opportunity to participate in an Athletic Injuries approved professional experience related to the stu- modalities in the treatment of athletic injuries in the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. physically active. dents’ knowledge base of general education and pro- Prerequisites: BIOL 205, BIOZ 205L, PHIS 206 and PHIZ fessional introduction courses; may include participa- 206L. Corequisite: HPEZ 320L. Includes the assessment HPEZ 324L Therapeutic Modalities in Athletic tory and experimental formats dictated by the faculty and management of upper extremity athletic injuries in Training Laboratory supervisor; credits determined by the number of con- the physically active. Includes the study of head, neck, Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. tact hours of the experience. thoracic, abdominal, shoulder, elbow, forearm, wrist, Corequisite: HPEX 324. Laboratory fee required. This hand and finger injuries. laboratory course will allow the student to develop the practical skills required to properly apply therapeutic

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 259 School of Education modalities used to treat athletic injuries in the physi- HPEX 350 Nutrition HPEX 370 Coaching Seminar cally active. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Provides Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. A lecture/dis- learning opportunities that enable the student to cussion course that identifies the practical administra- HPEX 325 Pathology and Pharmacology in acquire a practical and useful knowledge based on the tive and organizational responsibilities coaches Athletic Training sound principles of applied human nutrition. Emphasis encounter. Realistic problem solving is stressed. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. will be on nutritional needs through the cycles of life Prerequisites: HPEX 220, HPEZ 220L, PHIS 206 and providing information that will enhance the student’s HPEX 371 Psychology of Physical Activity PHIZ 206L. Acquaints the student with the pathology of own lifestyle and provide experience in interpreting Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Examines athletic injuries and the proper use of pharmacology in nutritional information for the public. psychological issues related to physical activity, exer- the treatment of athletic injuries. Includes the patho- cise and sport participation. Topics include individual mechanics of sports injuries and the use of medication HPEX 351 Issues in Sexuality and group motivation theory and techniques, leadership in the treatment of sports injuries. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An effectiveness, mental health, mental skills training, overview of content, principles, and strategies relating injury rehabilitation, eating disorders, exercise adher- HPEX 330 Movement Education to issues in human sexuality both in the community ence, addiction, overtraining and use of ergogenic aids. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. For teach- and school settings. Basic concepts of human sexuality Emphasizes examation of current research and applica- ers of early childhood elementary and physical educa- as they develop in today’s world are presented. Issues tion of psychological principles in a physical activity tion. Emphasis is given to the role of movement and include sexual maturity, reproductive systems, concep- setting. theory in the educational program and its implications tion, birth, abortion and varieties of sexual behavior for curriculum development and learning. Major consid- and sexual dysfunctions and disorders. HPEX 372 Survey of Kinesiology and Physiology eration is given to the development of movement com- of Exercise petency and self-awareness through creativity and HPEX 352 Substance Abuse Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Examines exploration. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of the basic concepts of human biomechanics and exer- drugs that are used and abused in contemporary soci- cise physiology. Includes basic and applied kinesiology HPEX 331 Methods in Driver Education ety. Multidisciplinary lectures and discussions include and metabolic, endocrinological, cardiovascular and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. the historical and sociological perspectives of drugs in respiratory responses and adaptations to exercise. Prerequisite: HPEX 232. This course is designed to pro- the school and community; the psychological and phys- Emphasizes the integration of kinesiological and physi- vide driver education instructional principles and iological effects of drug use; and the role of local and ological principles. methodology. regional resources. Designed for students, teachers, counselors, administrators and other interested per- HPEX 373 Structural Kinesiology HPEX 332 Motor Learning and Performance sons. Rehabilitation methods and prevention programs Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. This course also will be discussed. Prerequisite: BIOL 205. Presents the anatomical is designed to introduce the student to the major con- aspects of human motion with particular attention cepts of motor control and motor learning and the influ- HPEX 353 Trends in Modern Diseases given to application of anatomical structure and termi- encing conditions. It will provide a framework for Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. nology in analysis of physical activities; emphasizes understanding the structure and function of the nerv- Communicable disease, nutritional disease, prevention structure and function of the human musculoskeletal ous system in relation to perception and motor control. (immunizations), developmental abnormalities, congeni- system and qualitative analysis of motor skills. Other topics include the general nature of skill acquisi- tal defects, the handicapped child and adolescent med- tion and how learners interact with the environment icine are included. HPEX 374 Biomechanics while performing motor tasks. The theoretical frame- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Develops work underlying learning and memory are related to HPEX 354 Coping and Adaptation an understanding of the mechanical principles applied the acquisition of motor skills. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Focuses on to the analysis of a wide variety of motor skills; topics common stress factors in life such as death, personal include kinematics, kinetics and biomechanics instru- HPEX 333 Psychosocial Aspects of Sport and loss, life changes, divorce and emotional problems, mentation in the context of teaching, coaching and Physical Activity such as anger, loneliness and frustration. Strategies for rehabilitation. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The focus dealing with such stressors are discussed and applied of this course is the scientific study of the behavior of to both personal and professional settings. HPEX 375 Physiology of Exercise individuals and groups within sport and physical activ- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ity in terms of the psychological effects and factors of HPEX 355 School and Community Health Prerequisite: BIOL/PHIS 206. Corequisite: HPEZ 375L. sport participation, and in terms of the social relation- Resources Physiological changes in the human organism resulting ships and social settings within which sport participa- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Acquaints from exercise, investigation of recent research in diet, tion occurs. the student with current available school and commu- drugs, fatigue, cardiovascular/respiratory fitness, con- nity resources and educational materials for health ditioning programs for various age groups and the HPEX 334 Measurement and Analysis in Teaching information. Available services in a community health effects of exercise upon various components of physi- and Exercise Science program will be surveyed. cal fitness and health. Application of specific problems Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Topics to physical education programs. Laboratory experience include selecting, administering, scoring and evaluating HPEX 356 Community Health Education and in the use of research instruments. tests in the areas of general motor performance, health Promotion: Theory and Practice screening, fitness, sport skills and knowledge. Includes Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. HPEZ 375L Physiology of Exercise Laboratory scientific test construction and basic statistical analysis. Prerequisite: HPEX 355. Pre- or corequisites: HPEX 353, Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. HPEX 354. Introduces theories, roles and skills that are Prerequisite: BIOL/PHIS 206. Pre- or corequisite: HPEX HPEX 335 Elementary Physical Education for the foundation for the professional practice of commu- 375. Provides practical application of the physiological Physical Education Majors nity health education. Emphasizes the growing signifi- principles presented in HPEX 375; assists students in Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 cance of health education in preventing and/or treating the development of practical application competencies credits. Designed to enhance knowledge of elementary health problems, health promotion and improving qual- associated with assessment of acute and chronic physical education through an analysis of the aims, ity of life. Presents the historical evolution and devel- effects of exercise on the human body. goals, objectives, programs and teaching methods. opment of the profession and the various settings in Construction of year-round curriculum and daily lesson which health educators practice. Assists in the prepa- HPEX 390 Physical Education for the Elementary plans. Emphasis also placed upon the acquisition of ration of students for certification as health education Teacher administrative and organizational knowledge dealing specialists. Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 with facilities, equipment, teaching aids, testing, meas- credits. Methods and curriculum planning in physical urement and safety. education for the elementary school teacher and physical education specialist. Emphasis is placed on using

260 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Education activities and games to foster the growth and develop- HPEX 396 Clinical Experience II related to exercise management of persons with ment of the child with a focus on the psychomotor and Semester course; variable clinical hours. 3-6 credits. chronic disease and/or disability. Provides scientific affective domains. Restricted to majors in the Health, Physical Education knowledge of various chronic diseases and disabilities and Recreation division. Addresses required competen- that are commonplace and can be managed with physi- HPEX 391 Special Topic in Health, Physical cies in the athletic training, kinesiotherapy or commu- cal activity. General topics include cardiovascular and Education and Exercise Science nity wellness education programs; provides experi- pulmonary diseases, metabolic diseases, immunologi- Semester course; 1-3 credits. Restricted to majors in ences in an approved affiliate site under the supervi- cal and hematological diseases, orthopaedic diseases the Health, Physical Education and Recreation division. sion of faculty and approved clinical instructors; gains and disabilities, neuromuscular disorders, and cogni- May be repeated up to a maximum of three credits. practical experience in routine, basic and advanced tive, emotional, and sensory disorders. Focuses on the Offers students the opportunity to participate in an procedures associated with athletic training, kinesio- understanding of specific physical and physiological approved professional experience related to the stu- therapy or community wellness; a minimum of 50 con- characteristics associated with the various diseases dents’ knowledge base of general education, profes- tact hours per credit hour required; consult with adviser and disabilities. sional introduction and some core professional courses; to obtain specific course requirements and clinical may include participatory experiences in which the stu- competencies addressed. HPEX 441 Assessment and Exercise Intervention dent plays an active role in the experience; credits in Health and Disease determined by the number of contact hours of the HPEX 420 Athletic Training Administration Semester course; 2 lecture and 1 laboratory hours. 3 experience. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. credits. Prerequisite: HPEX 440. Provides in-depth infor- Prerequisites: HPEX 395 and 396. Acquaints the stu- mation of various concepts specifically related to exer- HPEX 392 Independent Study in Health, Physical dent with the proper organization and management cise assessment and prescription for healthy persons Education and Exercise Science techniques used in health care administration of ath- and those with chronic disease and/or disability. Semester course; 1-3 credits. Restricted to majors in letic training programs. Includes organization, manage- Examines the various concepts specifically related to the Health, Physical Education and Recreation division. ment and administration of health care of the physi- measurement of cardiorespiratory fitness, pulmonary May be repeated up to a maximum of three credits. cally active in the athletic setting. function, body composition, flexibility and muscular Enables a student to create an individualized research strength and endurance. Focuses on the development project or professional experience based on specific HPEX 430 The Organization, Administration and of exercise and physical activity prescriptions for professional needs and goals; must have adviser’s Supervision of the Intramural Sports Program healthy and diseased populations. approval; experiences based on the student’s knowl- Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 edge base of general education and professional intro- credits. Experiences in the organization and administra- HPEX 445 Organization and Administration for duction and some professional core courses; credits tion of an intramural sports program. Lecture will be Health Professions determined by the number of contact hours and exten- devoted to the theory, philosophy, history and plans for Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Offered: siveness of the project. the conduct of an intramural sports program. Spring semester. Prerequisite: HPEX 240 or permission of Laboratory experience will be obtained by working in instructor. Reviews the management of both human and HPEX 393 Field Experience I intramural programs. nonhuman resources in allied health professions. Semester course; variable hours. 3-6 credits. Restricted Emphasis placed on planning, organizing, staffing, direct- to majors in the Health, Physical Education and HPEX 431 Adapted Physical Activity ing and controlling health care options; addresses fiscal Recreation division. Precedes the in-depth student Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. management issues, human relations and resource man- teaching experience or the in-depth exercise science Prerequisites: BIOL 205, BIOZ 205L, PHIS/BIOL 206, agement, and standards of ethical practice. field experience; includes planned observations, tutori- PHIZ/BIOZ 206L. Prepares future teachers and profes- als, small group involvement under the supervision of sionals to meet the needs of persons with disabilities HPEX 450 Program Planning and Evaluation the faculty and field supervisor; practices routine, basic in organized health, physical education and rehabilita- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. and advanced procedures; minimum of 50 contact tion programs in the school, community or hospital set- Prerequisite: HPEX 356. Pre- or corequisites: SOCY 445, hours per credit hour required; consult with adviser to ting. Provides an overview of those disabilities found PSYC 412. Presents the foundations of planning, imple- obtain specific course requirements. most frequently in public school and rehabilitation set- mentation and evaluation of community health educa- tings. Service Learning course. tion programs. Exposes students to programming and HPEX 394 Field Experience II evaluation in a variety of community health settings, Semester course; variable hours. 3-6 credits. Restricted HPEX 432 Methods and Curriculum in Physical including schools, work sites, hospitals, state and local to majors in the Health, Physical Education and Education health departments and nonprofit agencies. Recreation division. Designed to provide supervised Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prepares practical experience in the teaching process or delivery students to become independent problem solvers and HPEX 470 Exercise Programming and Leadership of health education/health promotion programs; oppor- decision makers by applying previously acquired knowl- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. tunities to further abilities in physical education and edge to curriculum design and instruction in multiple set- Prerequisites: HPEX 200 and HPEX 375 and HPEZ 375L. exercise science through practical application of skills tings; students acquire pedagogical skills and gain Provides knowledge and skills necessary for assessing, in school or agency settings; a minimum of 50 contact insight into the development of a physical education cur- interpreting, and designing health and activity pro- hours per credit hour required; consult with adviser to riculum for elementary, middle and high school levels. grams for apparently healthy populations. Develops obtain specific course requirements. leadership skills through presentation of ACSM exer- HPEX 433 Methods and Curriculum in Health cise testing procedures and implementation of exercise HPEX 395 Clinical Experience I Education prescriptions. Semester course; variable clinical hours. 3-6 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prepares Restricted to majors in the Health, Physical Education students to become independent problem solvers and HPEX 491 Special Topic in Health, Physical and Recreation division. Addresses required competen- decision makers by applying previously acquired knowl- Education and Exercise Science cies in the athletic training, kinesiotherapy or commu- edge to curriculum design and instruction in a classroom Semester course; 1-3 credits. Restricted to majors in nity wellness education programs; provides experi- setting; students acquire pedagogical skills and gain the Health, Physical Education and Recreation division. ences in an approved affiliate site under the supervi- insight into the development of a health education cur- May be repeated up to a maximum of three credits. sion of faculty and approved clinical instructors; gains riculum for elementary, middle and high school levels. Offers students the opportunity to participate in an practical experience in routine, basic and advanced approved professional experience related to the stu- procedures associated with athletic training, kinesio- HPEX 440 Chronic Disease and Exercise dents’ knowledge base of general education, profes- therapy or community wellness; a minimum of 50 con- Management sional introduction and extensive core professional tact hours per credit hour required; consult with adviser Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. courses; may include research based projects or more to obtain specific course requirements and clinical Prerequisite: HPEX 375 and HPEZ 375L. Presents in- academically rigorous experiences; credits determined competencies addressed. depth information of various concepts specifically by the number of contact hours of the experience.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 261 School of Education

HPEX 492 Independent Study in Health, Physical Activity courses HPEX 150 Beginning Swimming Education and Exercise Science 1 credit. Semester course; 1-3 credits. Restricted to majors in HPEX 100 Experimental Health and Physical the Health, Physical Education and Recreation division. HPEX 151 Intermediate Swimming Education 1 credit. May be repeated up to a maximum of three credits. 1 credit. Enables a student to create an individualized research project or professional experience based on specific HPEX 156 Synchronized Swimming HPEX 101 Foundations of Healthful Living 1 credit. professional needs and goals; must have adviser’s 1 credit. approval; experiences based on the student’s knowl- HPEX 157 Springboard Diving edge base of general education, professional introduc- HPEX 102 Strength Training 1 credit. tion and extensive core courses; credits determined by 1 credit. the number of contact hours and extensiveness of the HPEX 158 Aquatic Sports and Games project. HPEX 104 Adapted Physical Activity 1 credit. 1 credit. HPEX 493 Field Experience III Semester course; variable hours. 3-12 credits. HPEX 106 Fencing Courses in mental retardation Restricted to majors in the Health, Physical Education 1 credit. and Recreation division. An in-depth field experience in (MNRT) a public school, health education/health promotion HPEX 107 Badminton agency or other approved setting; designed to provide 1 credit. MNRT 400 Characteristics of Children and Youth the pre-professional student with greater practical with Mental Retardation HPEX 108 Gymnastics application of skills culminating in full responsibility for Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of 1 credit. planning, implementing and evaluating the classroom, the nature and needs of children and youth with mental retardation. Explores medical, biological and physical agency or facility activities; a minimum of 50 contact HPEX 109 Racquetball aspects of mental retardation, cause of retardation and hours per credit hour required; consult with adviser to 1 credit. obtain a course syllabus regarding prerequisites and introductory assessment and instructional techniques. specific course requirements. HPEX 110 Handball 1 credit. HPEX 494 Field Experience IV Courses in recreation, parks and Semester course; variable hours. 3-6 credits. Restricted HPEX 112 Tennis sport management (RPSM) to majors in the Health, Physical Education and 1 credit. Recreation division. An in-depth field experience in a RPSM 195 Recreation Leadership public school, health education/health promotion HPEX 113 Wrestling Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Course pro- agency or other approved setting; designed to provide 1 credit. vides a study of the theories of leadership, group dynam- the pre-professional student with greater practical ics, and human relationships used in recreation delivery HPEX 114 Bowling application of skills culminating in full responsibility for systems. Students acquire and demonstrate practical 1 credit. planning, implementing and evaluating the classroom, skills in planning, organizing, leading, participating and agency or facility activities; a minimum of 50 contact HPEX 115 Rugby evaluating a wide variety of recreation activities hours per credit hour required; consult with adviser to 1 credit. selected from the basic areas of programming such as obtain a course syllabus regarding prerequisites and social recreation, music, dance, drama, arts and crafts, specific course requirements. HPEX 116 Archery environmental-outdoor recreation, special events, sports 1 credit. and games, linguistics and hobby clubs. HPEX 495 Clinical Experiences III Semester course; variable clinical hours. 3-6 credits. HPEX 117 Golf RPSM 200 Introduction to Outdoor Recreation Restricted to majors in the Health, Physical Education 1 credit. Activities and Recreation division. Addresses required competen- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A basic cies in the athletic training, kinesiotherapy or commu- HPEX 121 Self Defense: Karate or Judo introduction to the theory and practice of outdoor nity wellness education programs; provides experi- 1 credit. adventure recreation. Emphasis is given to knowledge ences in an approved site under the supervision of fac- and understanding of the theoretical and philosophical ulty and approved clinical instructors; practices routine, HPEX 125 Basketball foundations of participation in outdoor adventure recre- basic and advanced procedures associated with ath- 1 credit. ation programs. Students will be exposed to an experi- letic training, kinesiotherapy or community wellness; a ential approach to learning. Through involvement with HPEX 126 Flag Football minimum of 50 contact hours per credit hour required; activities, students will develop skills in planning, 1 credit. consult with adviser to obtain a course syllabus regard- administering, and evaluating outdoor adventure recre- ing prerequisites, specific course requirements and ation programs. clinical competencies addressed. HPEX 127 Field Hockey 1 credit. RPSZ 201L Backpacking HPEX 496 Clinical Experience IV Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Semester course; variable clinical hours. 3-6 credits. HPEX 128 Soccer 1 credit. Prerequisite: RECR 200 or permission of instructor. An Restricted to majors in the Health, Physical Education introduction to backpacking. Utilizing lectures, readings and Recreation division. Addresses required competen- HPEX 129 Lacrosse and hands-on-experience, emphasis will be given to cies in the athletic training, kinesiotherapy or commu- 1 credit. the skills and knowledge necessary for safe, low- nity wellness education programs; provides hands-on impact, short-to-moderate-duration travel through back experiences in an approved site under the supervision HPEX 137 Volleyball country areas. of faculty and approved clinical instructors; practices 1 credit. routine, basic and advanced procedures associated RPSZ 202L Flatwater Canoeing with athletic training, kinesiotherapy or community HPEX 138 Team Handball Semester course; 28 laboratory hours. 1 credit. wellness; consult with adviser to obtain course syl- 1 credit. Prerequisites: RECR 200 and ability to swim, or permis- labus regarding prerequisites, specific course require- sion of instructor. Introduction to flatwater canoeing. ments and clinical competencies addressed. HPEX 139 Track and Field Utilizing lectures, readings and on-the-water experi- 1 credit. ence, emphasis will be given to the skills and

262 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Education knowledge necessary for planning and implementing RPSM 320 Recreation Analysis methods and techniques of program implementation flatwater canoe trips. Topics include safety, locations Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Examines and program evaluation. for trips, equipment and portaging, as well as the various approaches to the study of leisure. Assesses issues of conservation and impact. the use of free time and the expenditure of time and RPSM 403 Management of Recreation, Park and money to fulfill leisure needs. Sport Management Agencies RPSZ 203L Whitewater Canoeing Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Principles Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. RPSM 331 Recreation Site Selection and of the administrative process. Deals with basic proce- Prerequisites: RECZ 202L and ability to swim or permis- Analysis dures of recreation administration, with particular sion of instructor. A basic introduction to whitewater Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An emphasis on legal foundations, organizational struc- paddling, utilizing lectures, readings and on-the-water overview of the site selection and development ture, management theory, personnel practices and poli- experience. Emphasis will be given to the skills and processes will be analyzed as individual elements and cies, legal liability, activity and liability insurance. knowledge necessary for planning and implementing the interrelationships among all the elements will be whitewater canoe trips, including communication and reviewed. Consideration will be given to the social, RPSM 404 Revenue Sources for Parks and the structure for leading group trips. Course is taught political, physical and legal aspects of the park plan- Recreation evenings and weekends as found in the Schedule of ning process. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Classes. Examination of the financing, budgeting and marketing RPSM 332 Recreation Site Design and techniques used to develop and operate leisure service RPSZ 204L Rock Climbing Development opportunities. Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. A basic Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. introduction to rock climbing, utilizing lectures, read- Prerequisite: RPSM 331. General principles of planning RPSM 431 Advanced Recreation Facilitation ings and rock climbing experiences. Emphasis will be and development of basic recreation areas and facili- Techniques placed on safety, equipment and conservation, as well ties; specific principles of design relating to outdoor Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The course as techniques of belaying, climbing and rappelling. recreation facilities; standards relative to space provides a study of advanced leadership, group dynam- Attention is given to the importance of communication requirements, location and programs; trends in site ics and human relationships used in leisure delivery and personal feelings of mastery and success in out- design and development. systems. Students acquire skills in facilitation tech- door adventure recreation. Course is taught evenings niques including decision making, problem solving, con- and weekends as found in the Schedule of Classes. RPSM 340 Introduction to Sport Management flict management and evaluation strategies. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Acquaints RPSM 261 Recreation, Parks and Sport Medicine the student with management principles, techniques RPSM 440 Administration of Sport Facilities in Modern Society and functions related to the business fundamentals of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. sport. Includes communications, personnel, finance, Prerequisite: RPSM 340. Examines the planning, con- Introduction to the historical and philosophical founda- public relations, legal aspects, facilities and program struction, programming, staffing and use of sport facili- tions of leisure and recreation; implications of contin- development. ties through classroom and field experiences. Studied ued growth of the leisure phenomenon in contemporary from the standpoint of the development process. society. RPSM 341 Introduction to Travel and Tourism Covers planning processes, and the maintenance of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. outdoor and indoor athletic, physical education, fitness RPSM 300 Wilderness Education I Examination of historical perspective, basic policy and sport facilities. Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Corequisite: issues and social and economic impact of the travel RPSZ 300L. Designed to examine the principal philo- and tourism field. Functions, programs and objectives RPSM 441 Law and Sport sophical foundations of adventure theory and wilder- of various types of travel and tourism organizations will Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: ness leadership. Concepts of judgment, decision mak- be studied. RPSM 340. Presents the legal aspects of sport/activity ing, leadership and environmentally correct practices service systems. Emphasizes regulations in amateur ath- are introduced. RPSM 371 Introduction to Therapeutic Recreation letics, liability for injury in sport activities, antitrust laws, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An intro- facility accommodation for persons with special needs RPSZ 300L Wilderness Education I Laboratory duction to services for special populations. Examines and strategies to prevent legal action. Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. the various agencies and institutions, which provide Corequisite: RECR 300. Designed to practice the princi- such services as well as the professional competency RPSM 442 Group Travel Management pal philosophical foundations of adventure theory and necessary for the delivery of leisure services to the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of wilderness leadership through field experiences. handicapped; the physically, socially and mentally dis- the processes and procedures involved in the planning abled; and the aged. Introduces the student to client and organization of group travel. Emphasis will be RPSM 301 Wilderness Education II assessment and programming. given to the economic and political dimensions of Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Prerequisites: travel, deregulation, how travel agencies function, pro- RPSM 300 and RPSZ 300L. Corequisite: RPSZ 301L. RPSZ 371L Introduction to Therapeutic fessional liability and future trends in the field. Explores the theoretical foundations involved in utiliz- Recreation Laboratory ing the wild outdoors with minimal impact. Principles 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Corequisite: RECR 371. RPSM 445 Conference and Convention Planning of wilderness ethics, land stewardship, expedition This laboratory requires a minimum of 36 contact hours Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The plan- behavior and technical skills are introduced. in three specified settings under supervision of certi- ning, organizing, promoting and implementing of con- fied therapeutic recreation specialists. An introduction ferences and conventions. Included will be the develop- RPSZ 301L Wilderness Education II Laboratory to field experience in therapeutic recreation settings. ment of conference programming, financing and public Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. The acquisition of field experience concurrent with relations as well as negotiations with meeting facili- Prerequisites: RECR 300 and RECZ 300L. Corequisite: classroom introductory material regarding leisure serv- ties, hotels and food services agencies. RECR 301. Designed to practice the principles and ices for populations with physical, mental, emotional or techniques of wilderness ethics, land stewardship, social limitations, offers professional practice, individu- RPSM 461 Recreation Resource Management expedition behavior and back country travel. alized feedback and a holistic view of therapeutic Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A compre- recreation service for students. hensive overview of recreation resource management RPSM 303 Leisure Delivery Systems institutions, both public and private. Emphasis is given Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Evaluation RPSM 395 Recreation Program Development to the public sector at the federal, state and local lev- of public, private and commercial agencies that provide Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. els. Professional, service and educational organizations recreation services. Particular emphasis is given the Prerequisite: RPSM 195. Principles of recreation pro- contributing to outdoor recreation are examined. The types of leisure activities offered in relationship to the gram development; intensive study of the recreation legal framework operating within recreation resource recreation market. program areas available to participants; analysis of the management also is covered.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 263 School of Education

RPSM 465 Park Operations and Maintenance RPSM 492 Independent Study in Recreation TEDU 310 Practicum Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The pur- Semester course; 16 credits. Prerequisite: Permission 1-3 credits. May be repeated for a maximum of six pose of this course is to gain an understanding of the of departmental chair. Under the supervision of a fac- credits. A field placement that precedes student teach- concepts, principles and practices of park operations ulty member, the student selects a topic of concern to ing, the nonschool supervised experience or the intern- and maintenance. Quantitative and qualitative resource investigate. Each student must present his/her findings ship. Includes planned observations, tutorials and small evaluation will be emphasized. Special consideration is in writing and pass an oral examination before a fac- group involvement. given to methods and techniques for determining man- ulty committee. agement and operations policies. TEDU 330 Survey of Special Education RPSM 493 Internship Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Pre- or RPSM 471 Clinical Practice and Procedures in Semester course; 8-12 variable credits. Prerequisites: corequisite for all other undergraduate special educa- Therapeutic Recreation Senior standing and a minimum of 21 credits in major. tion courses. For majors and nonmajors. An overview of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Designed Opportunities are offered for the student to gain practi- the field of special education. Includes current trends, to equip students with the knowledge and skills cal experience in a variety of public, private and com- legal issues, definitions, etiology, identification, charac- required of therapeutic recreation specialists in clinical mercial agencies. The student will complete a compre- teristics and appropriate services for children and practice. Exposure to standards of practice, activity hensive field placement in an approved setting that adults with a range of exceptionalities. analysis, documentation and holistic approaches to will consist of 40 hours per week for 10 to 16 weeks. delivering services will be included. Each 50 hours of supervised experience equals one TEDU 351/ENGL 351 Children’s Literature I credit hour. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Designed RPSM 472 Therapeutic Recreation Program to give students an appreciation of values of children’s Design literature; includes biography, fable, myth, traditional Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Courses in recreation, parks and and modern fanciful tales and poetry, as well as a sur- Prerequisites: RPSM 371; open to therapeutic recre- sport leadership (RPSL) vey of the history of children’s literature. ation option majors only. Instructs students in the techniques of assessment, planning, implementation and TEDU 407 Educational Media: Utilization RPSL 506 Contemporary Issues in Therapeutic Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The study evaluation of therapeutic recreation programs for a Recreation variety of clients with special needs. and use of audiovisual equipment and aids, and means Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. for using them for more effective presentations to RPSM 473 Leisure and the Aged Prerequisite: RPSM 371, 472 or equivalent. An exami- groups. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An analysis nation of contemporary issues affecting the delivery of of the leisure needs of the aged. The need for special- leisure services and programs to disabled persons. TEDU 414 Curriculum and Methods for Young ized leisure programs for the aged in a variety of com- Both the scope and nature of leisure opportunities Children munity and institutional settings will be explored. available to disabled individuals are considered. Semester course; 4 lecture hours. 4 credits. Preretirement counseling will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Admission to teacher preparation pro- RPSL 510 Tourism Policy gram. Corequisite: TEDU 310. A study of developmen- RPSM 475 Recreation in Correctional Settings Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The exami- tally appropriate curriculum and methods for young Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A survey of nation of tourism policy with emphasis upon compo- children, including diversity, behavior guidance and recreational needs of inmates in adult and juvenile cor- nents involved in the formulation and implementation management, planning, learning environments, curricu- rectional institutions, short-term institutions and com- of public policy. The course will include an analysis of lum and assessment of the whole child. Includes an munity-based correctional institutions. The develop- the legislative programs of regional and national overview of the history of early childhood education ment of specialized programming and the role of recre- tourism organizations. and issues currently facing the profession. ation in the rehabilitative process will be examined. TEDU 426 Teaching Reading and Other Language RPSM 476 Leisure Counseling Courses in reading and study skills Arts Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. An introduc- (RDSS) Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Presents tion to the theory and application of leisure counseling teaching strategies and materials in reading and the for the general public and those with special needs. The RDSS 100 Reading and College Study Skills other language arts based on current theory and use of leisure counseling as a means of client evalua- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A study of research. Emphasizes the interrelatedness of listening, tion and assessment also will be examined. effective reading and study skills at the college-level. speaking, reading and writing and the importance of Emphasis is placed on vocabulary development as well naturalistic language experiences. RPSM 480 Specialized Recreation Programs for as reading and study strategies. Handicapped Children TEDU 433/ENGL 433 Literature for Adolescents Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. RDSS 101 Advanced Reading, Study and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Designed Development of recreation programs for handicapped Communication Skills to acquaint the prospective middle and secondary children in schools, other institutions and community Semester course; 3 lecture and laboratory hours. 3 school English teacher with the nature, scope and uses settings. Consideration will be given to the develop- credits. Prerequisite: RDSS 100, adviser’s recommenda- of adolescent literature. The student is acquainted with ment of leisure skills and goal accomplishments. tion, or instructor’s permission. A study of advanced reading materials for meeting the varied needs and reading and study skills at the college-level. Students interests of adolescents. RPSM 490 Seminar develop and apply critical reading-thinking skills, library Semester course; 3 seminar hours. 3 credits. Advanced research skills and advanced vocabulary. TEDU 444 Introduction to Learning Disabilities seminar in recreation, parks and tourism that analyzes Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. in-depth special problem areas and current issues. Corequisite: TEDU 310. Provides a comprehensive view Independent research on special projects. Courses in teacher education (TEDU) of the field of learning disabilities with emphasis on the school-age years. Covers basic information pertain- RPSM 491 Topics in Recreation TEDU 307/ENGL 307 Teaching Writing Skills ing to causes, characteristics, assessment, parent and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Maximum Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Studies the family factors and laws pertaining to individuals with six credits per semester; maximum total of nine credits theory and methods for teaching writing to students in learning disabilities. in all departmental topics courses that may be applied middle and secondary schools. Teaches strategies for TEDU 461 Teaching Persons with Mental to the major. An in-depth study of specific content prewriting, composing, peer revision, evaluation and areas in recreation, park and tourism operations. See topic construction. Includes extensive journal and essay Disabilities the Schedule of Classes for specific topics to be writing. May not be used to satisfy the literature Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. offered each semester. requirements of the College of Humanities and Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. Taken concur- Sciences. rently with TEDU 310. Curriculum development and

264 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Education organization of activities for the mentally retarded at different maturational levels with specific attention to program content equipment, materials and resources.

TEDU 485 Directed Student Teaching I 6 credits. Prerequisites: Admission to TEDU 310 or equivalent with a grade of “C” or better and recommendation of practicum supervisor. A classroom teaching experience in a public school or other approved setting, which includes opportunities for increasing involvement with children. Culminates in full responsibility for planning, implementing and evaluating classroom activities.

TEDU 486 Directed Student Teaching II 6 credits. Prerequisites: Admission to TEDU 310 or equivalent with a grade of “C” or better and recommendation of practicum supervisor. A classroom teaching experience in a public school or other approved setting, which includes opportunities for increasing involvement with children. Culminates in full responsibility for planning, implementing and evaluating classroom activities.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 265 School of Education

266 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

School of Engineering

VCU’s Medical College of Virginia Campus Mission of the school and the cutting-edge developments to be 601 W. Main St. • P.O. Box 843068 generated by the Virginia Biotechnology Richmond, VA 23284-3068 Through teaching and research, VCU Research Park, the School of Engineering (804) 828-3647 • Fax (804) 828-4269 School of Engineering creates knowledge at VCU has innovative curricula that http://www.vcu.edu/egrweb and transforms ideas in engineering and life emphasize creativity and imagination. By sciences into technologies that enhance encouraging their interaction with practic- Robert J. Mattauch regional and global prosperity. The school ing professionals, students are continually prepares its students for leadership and Dean and Commonwealth Professor aware of the real-world application of their of Electrical Engineering entrepreneurship through collaborative and research and their studies. B.S. 1962 Carnegie Institute of Technology interdisciplinary partnerships. Serving the best and the brightest stu- M.E. 1963 North Carolina State University Founded in 1995 and graduating its first dents and supporting VCU’s dedication to Ph.D. 1967 North Carolina State University class in May 2000, the School of Engineer- diversity by opening doors of opportunity to Barton B. Cregger ing is the result of a collaboration rare in under-represented populations in the engi- the history of higher education in Virginia. Associate Dean and Assistant Professor neering and computer science professions, of Engineering Virginia Commonwealth University has, the school continually strives to enrich the with the support of Virginia Polytechnic B.S. 1980 University of Virginia technological and intellectual climate of M.S. 1982 University of Virginia Institute and State University, created a the metropolitan area. school that brings innovative engineering Discovering new knowledge is the goal of Nancy Neville and computer science education to central the best of the nation’s schools. The School Assistant Dean for Student Recruiting Virginia. Building reciprocal relationships of Engineering at VCU celebrates not only B.S. 1975 Lehman College of the City University of New York with business and industry in the greater the discovery of knowledge, but also the M.S. 1999 Rochester Institute of Technology Richmond area, contributing to the region’s creative integration and application of that manufacturing enterprises, and aggressively knowledge. L. Thomas Overby developing an international orientation, Assistant Dean for Graduate Affairs the school has developed programs of and Professor of Engineering research and study that are sensitive to the Curricula B.S. 1961 Virginia Polytechnic Institute unique demands of its time and culture. and State University In 1998, the undergraduate degree pro- Intellectual creativity and integration, M.Eng. 1966 Pennsylvania State University gram in biomedical engineering was added which are essential to a successful engineer- Ph.D. 1974 Virginia Polytechnic Institute to the original engineering disciplines of ing or computer science career in today’s and State University chemical, electrical and mechanical engi- marketplace, are central components of Sohi Rastegar neering. The long standing and accredited the School of Engineering’s mission. The Assistant Dean for Research degree program of computer science was curricula of the School of Engineering B.S. 1980 University of Texas – Austin assimilated into the School of Engineering offer students a unique opportunity to syn- M.S. 1982 University of Texas – Austin beginning with the fall 2001 semester. thesize intuitive thought with traditional Ph.D. 1987 University of Texas – Austin Students are offered an integrated and analytical approaches, and to mesh a recog- Susan F. Younce multidisciplinary curriculum in biomed- nition of global, social, political and envi- Assistant Dean for Administration and Finance ical/chemical/electrical/mechanical engi- ronmental concerns with traditional reduc- and Assistant Professor of Engineering neering or computer science. Supported by tionist thought. Practical application and B.A. 1974 University of Richmond the internationally recognized strengths of M.S. 1991 Virginia Commonwealth University

Table of contents Policy on change of major ...... 270 Policy for honors courses ...... 272 Mission of the school ...... 267 Appeals to the School of Engineering Transfer policies ...... 273 Curricula ...... 267 policies ...... 270 Courses in engineering (ENGR) ...... 273 Admissions ...... 269 Graduation requirements ...... 270 Biomedical Engineering Program ...... 274 STAR: Student Testing, Advising Accreditation ...... 270 Chemical Engineering Program ...... 277 and Registration ...... 269 General education requirements, Electrical Engineering Program ...... 280 Academic policies ...... 270 engineering disciplines ...... 270 Mechanical Engineering Program ...... 283 Scholarships ...... 270 Student advising ...... 272 Computer Science Program ...... 285 University Honors Program ...... 272

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 267 School of Engineering innovative theory are firmly joined in Mandatory engineering internships ments for the double major are the same as the school’s curricula. The programs are those for the bachelor of science in physics, A mandatory engineering related intern- designed to: where details are provided in the bulletin ship is a requirement for students of chemi- • develop breadth of expertise and indi- description for the Department of Physics. cal, electrical and mechanical engineering. viduality of method by encouraging Within the double major, a select number of Students in these degree programs must concentration in a second discipline engineering courses are acceptable substi- complete an engineering internship and sufficient for a minor, tutes for required physics courses, as follows: complete the course, ENGR 410 Review of • require study in international relations • ENGR 204 or 304 for PHYS 340 Internship, prior to receiving a bachelor’s and familiarity with culture, • EGRE 309 or 310 for PHYS 376 degree in one of these three engineering • require study in biological sciences, • Senior Design course sequence for disciplines. The Office of the Dean and, • address, via specialized presentations, PHYS 450/490 (see each major specifically, the associate dean, manages the complexity and pervasiveness of below) and organizes this required internship pro- contemporary issues, such as ethics and In addition, select engineering-related gram for the chemical, electrical and environmental impact, courses can be used to satisfy the required mechanical engineering programs. Ideally, • foster a student/faculty rapport highly nine credits of elective physics and physics- this internship experience is completed conducive to effective advising, net- related courses, as detailed in the physics during the summer between the junior and working and the development of pro- section of this bulletin. senior years. The required course, ENGR fessional interpersonal skills, and Listed below are the total credits and 410, offered each fall semester, provides the • include multidisciplinary study required courses necessary for biomedical, means by which students review the experi- throughout the curriculum. chemical, electrical and mechanical engi- ence, prepare written and oral presenta- In addition to the curriculum require- neering majors to complete a double major tions, and receive academic credit for the ments existing for each academic degree in physics. In addition, the courses that are internship. Many times, nontraditional stu- program, all students seeking a baccalaure- used from the primary engineering major dents employed in engineering related work ate degree within the School of Engineering toward fulfillment of the physics major also experiences may complete the internship are required to fulfill the general education are provided. and ENGR 410 prior to the senior year. requirements, as specified by that program. Most recently, traditional students have Biomedical Engineering (19 credits): PHYS 301, 320, garnered acceptable engineering internship 340, 376, 380, and PHYZ 320L (one credit), and MATH 307. Voluntary internships and work opportunities and completed the ENGR Necessary courses used from the biomedical experiences 410 course prior to the senior year. engineering major include: PHYS 207, PHYS 208, Students in biomedical engineering Practical applications of classroom and EGRE 224, EGRB 303, EGRB 427, MATH 310, EGRB 401 are not required to complete the course, and EGRB 402. instructional laboratory learning provide a ENGR 410. vital component to a graduating student’s Students in computer science are Chemical Engineering (19 credits): PHYS 301, 320, portfolio. The School of Engineering empha- not required to complete the course, 376, 380, and PHYZ 320L, MATH 307, and EGRC 412†. sizes and strongly encourages all undergradu- ENGR 410. Necessary courses used from the chemical engi- ate students to work in a field appropriate for neering major include: PHYS 207, PHYS 208, EGRC 204, the chosen degree program. These work ENGR 301, STAT 541, ENGR 402, ENGZ 402, ENGR 403 experiences may be filled in a variety of ways Undergraduate degree programs and ENGZ 403L. including part-time work, cooperative educa- The School of Engineering offers bache- Electrical Engineering (13 credits): PHYS 301, 320, tion experiences, or full-time work in a vari- lor of science degrees as follows: ety of technical, industrial, manufacturing or 340 and 380, and PHYZ 320L. Necessary courses used from the electrical engi- research environments. biomedical engineering neering major include: PHYS 207, PHYS 208, EGRE 224, A mandatory engineering-related intern- chemical engineering EGRE 303, EGRE 307, EGRE 309 or 310, STAT 541, ship is a requirement for students of chemi- computer science ENGR 402 and ENGR 403. cal, electrical and mechanical engineering electrical engineering Note: Electrical engineering majors choosing the (see “Mandatory engineering interniships”). mechanical engineering computer engineering track will need to take additional Biomedical engineering students receive courses listed for the electrical engineering major unique, practical experiences through the Students also may be admitted under (EGRE 303, EGRE 309 or 310, and STAT 541). freshmen rounds (EGRB 101) and the junior “Undeclared Engineering” for entrance to the School of Engineering. A field of study Mechanical Engineering (16 credits): PHYS 301, level practicum (EGRB 301) courses. Refer † to the Biomedical Engineering Program can be determined after the first semester. 320, 376, 380, and PHYZ 320L, and EGRM 436 . Necessary courses used from the mechanical engi- description for more details. Practical work neering major include: PHYS 207, PHYS 208, ENGR 301, experiences outside the classroom are Double majors (B.S.) in engineering EGRM 204, STAT 541, ENGR 402, ENGZ 402, ENGR 403 encouraged for biomedical engineering stu- and physics and ENGZ 403L. dents. These experiences are not a mandatory part of the curriculum for the bachelor’s This program provides biomedical, chemi- † Indicated course or any other three-credit degree in biomedical engineering. cal, electrical and mechanical engineering physics/physics-related elective course as listed in Part-time or co-op work experiences are majors the opportunity to earn a double the bulletin description for the department of encouraged for computer science students, major in physics, requiring an additional 13 physics. but are not a mandatory part of degree to 19 credits beyond the hours required for requirements. the primary engineering major. The require-

268 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Engineering

With regard to general education cuss their intentions with their adviser or Recommended academic background of requirements, students must fulfill the the program chair. applicants is as follows: requirements of their primary engineering A minor designation requires a minimum major. Any student interested in a physics number of credit hours and a minimum Minimum GPA: 3.3 (unweighted) double major should contact the physics GPA of 2.0 in the minor. The minor Minimum SAT: 1100 undergraduate adviser, Dr. Baski at becomes official only after the Office of Minimum class rank: top quarter (804) 828-8295 or [email protected]. Records and Registration has received the Change of Major/Minor form signed by the Transfer students should have a strong background in mathematics and sciences Minor in Physics chair of the appropriate program. Minors in mechanical engineering, elec- and should have a minimum GPA of 3.0 on If a student fulfills the B.S. degree trical engineering, chemical engineering a 4.0 scale. See the “Transfer Policies” sec- requirements for a biomedical, chemical, and computer science are offered by the tion for details. electrical or mechanical engineering major School of Engineering. Refer to each pro- A one-page essay on the topic “Why I and completes PHYS 320 Modern Physics gram’s description for a definition of a Have Chosen My Field of Study” should (three credits) and PHYZ 320L Modern minor for that program. accompany the application for admission. Physics Laboratory (one credit), then the A personal interview and/or letters of rec- requirements for a minor in physics are sat- ommendation from teachers might be isfied. At least two engineering courses Graduate studies requested at the discretion of the faculty. from each discipline are counted as physics- The School of Engineering offers related courses to fulfill the 20 credits nec- advanced education leading to the M.S. essary for a minor in physics. In March of degree in engineering, biomedical engineer- STAR: Student Testing, Advising the semester prior to graduation, the stu- ing and computer science. The Ph.D. is and Registration dent should bring a graduation with minor offered in engineering and biomedical engi- application form to the Department of neering. The Biomedical Engineering STAR is a one-day, mandatory program Physics for completion. Graduate Program, begun in 1984, is designed to assist entering VCU students to located on the MCV Campus and has well- begin their college careers. Business minor/pre-M.B.A. options established ties to the schools on that cam- STAR consists of a full day of orientation pus. It also participates in the M.D./Ph.D. for students new to the university, whether Students may elect to receive a business program with the School of Medicine. entering directly from high school or trans- minor or prepare for graduate study in busi- Authorized in 2000, the M.S. and Ph.D. ferring from a community college or a four- ness. With proper approval from adviser programs in engineering provide educa- year institution. and program chair, a student may replace tional and research experiences in the areas A typical STAR day begins with an certain technical electives with the of engineering, manufacturing and business introductory presentation given by a dean required business courses to receive a within a multidisciplinary program. from the school/college from which the stu- bachelor’s degree in engineering with a Participation in the Commonwealth dent has been admitted. This presentation business minor. Graduate Engineering program, coordi- typically consists of an overview of the aca- Other options include an approved program nated by VCU, enables students to take demic programs with special emphasis on leading to a bachelor’s degree in engineering additional graduate courses from the those of the freshman and sophomore years. and a master of business administration. University of Virginia, Virginia Tech and Issues associated with the transition to the For either option, a detailed course of Old Dominion University via interactive university are often reviewed as well as uni- study and schedule of classes must be pre- video telecommunications. For further versity policies and procedures. sented to and approved by the student’s information, see the Graduate and This presentation is followed by the stu- academic adviser and program chair. Professional Programs Bulletin for details dents taking required placement tests. A separate information flyer providing regarding these programs. These tests are typically in mathematics the details and specific required courses for and chemistry, as well as possibly a foreign these two programs, business minor or language and English test. Once the test M.B.A. foundation, is available in the Admissions results are available, students receive one- School of Engineering Office of Student on-one academic advising with a member Services, Room 433. It is mandatory that Applicants to the School of Engineering of the faculty, and finally, classes are sched- interested students also contact the School are required to submit at least 20 high uled and the students are registered for the of Business, Office of Graduate Studies, school units with the following minimum upcoming semester. (804) 828-4622, for official details and distribution of subjects: four units in During STAR, there are opportunities to requirements. English, three units of mathematics handle tasks essential to students, such as (through advanced algebra and trigonome- purchasing a parking permit, submitting Minor areas of concentration try), three units of science (which must immunization authorizations, opening a include biology, chemistry and physics), bank account, obtaining a VCUCard, etc. To augment career goals, students may and three units of history or social sciences The goal is to help the students accomplish choose, in addition to the major, to elect a or government. A rigorous high school pro- all these tasks in one day prior to the start minor area of concentration for the study of gram is recommended. of classes. a discipline of secondary interest. Students interested in pursuing a minor should dis-

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 269 School of Engineering

STAR is offered for four weeks in the who request a change of major to programs ments of the individual programs and must summer and during the week before each of the School of Engineering must meet the complete all of them to be eligible for the semester begins. No fees are assessed for same admission standards as other appli- granting of the degree sought. this program. A brochure with a registra- cants to the School of Engineering. tion form for STAR is mailed to all admit- Freshmen in other schools and the college ted students with their acceptance packets. are expected to meet the same requirements Accreditation as those students of the entering freshman class of the School of Engineering, preferably The Accreditation Board for Engineering Academic policies 1100 minimum SAT score, 3.3 minimum and Technology (ABET) is the premier GPA and class rank in the top quartile. organization in the United States that Students majoring in biomedical, chemi- Sophomores and upper division students are provides accreditation to engineering and cal, electrical or mechanical engineering, or required to have a cumulative GPA of “B” or computer science programs. Individual computer science must attain a grade of better with no grades below “C” and present programs (i.e., chemical engineering) are “C” or better in all major courses taken. If a an academic record including successful com- accredited at the bachelor’s level. student receives a grade below “C” in any pletion of courses in university physics and The Engineering Accreditation major course, that course must be retaken mathematics, including at least two semesters Commission (EAC) of ABET has recently until the student receives a grade of “C” or of calculus and analytic geometry. All applica- accredited the Chemical, Electrical and better. Program chairs also may identify tions for a change of major to the School of Mechanical Engineering programs at the other vital courses (i.e. math, physics) Engineering must be approved by the individ- VCU School of Engineering. within the major for which a grade of “C” ual program chair. The Computer Accreditation or better must be achieved. Commission (CAC) of ABET has provided Students majoring in computer science accreditation to the Computer Science must complete all required courses within Appeals to the School of Program for many years. the major with a minimum overall GPA of Engineering policies The Biomedical Engineering Program is 2.0 to receive the degree. Due to the rotat- on schedule to apply for accreditation with ing nature of higher-level technical elec- Students may appeal the above School of ABET. A site visit including a comprehen- tives in the computer science program and Engineering policies. In order to do so, they sive review of the Biomedical Engineering the student’s planned graduation date, com- must prepare a letter to the School of Program is planned for the fall of 2003. puter science students may not be able to Engineering Policy Appeals Committee stat- The State Council for Higher Education take advantage of the repeat course option ing why they should be given an exception of Virginia (SCHEV) has approved a offered by the university. Students should to these policies and providing any docu- degree program in Computer Engineering, be aware of this rotating schedule and plan mentation required. The letter should be currently a “track” within the accredited accordingly. delivered to the dean’s office, and will be for- Electrical Engineering program. A request In some cases, students may be required warded to the committee for consideration. for accreditation by ABET will be com- to take foundation courses as the result of pleted at an appropriate future date. placement tests in order to prepare themselves to enter the required courses in Graduation requirements mathematics, sciences or languages. Credit General education requirements, received for these foundation courses does Students in the majors of biomedical, engineering disciplines not count toward the baccalaureate degree. chemical, computer, electrical and mechanical engineering must complete a minimum All students seeking a baccalaureate of 130 credit hours to be eligible for the degree within the biomedical, chemical, Scholarships bachelor’s degree. electrical or mechanical engineering pro- Students in computer science must com- grams are required to fulfill the university Scholarships are available through the plete a minimum of 120 credit hours to be undergraduate general education require- university and through the School of eligible for the bachelor’s degree. ments in addition to the curriculum require- Engineering. University scholarship appli- Requirements for the bachelor’s degrees ments of the engineering degree program. cations are due by Jan. 1. All applicants to offered by the School of Engineering (engi- the School of Engineering will be consid- neering disciplines and computer science) 1. Communicating ered for merit-based engineering scholar- include university undergraduate require- Students should demonstrate effective oral and written ships. Please remember that although VCU ments (refer to the Academic and General communication skills. They should be able to communi- has a rolling admission policy, engineering Degree Requirements chapter in this bul- cate ideas clearly and effectively, consistent with the scholarship decisions will begin as soon as letin), general education requirements standards of the engineering profession. All engineering students will demonstrate compe- the university application deadline of (engineering and computer science) and Feb. 1 is reached. tence in English composition by successfully completing program-level degree requirements. ENGL 101-200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I and Students seeking the bachelor’s degree TWriting and Rhetoric Workshop II (3-3). for any of the programs within the School Both oral and written communication skills will be Policy on change of major of Engineering (computer science, biomed- stressed and developed in all engineering classes, as ical/chemical/computer/electrical/mechani- appropriate. In particular, the capstone design courses Students admitted to university academic cal engineering) are responsible for under- taught in the senior year of each of the four engineer- units outside the School of Engineering standing the specific and unique require- ing disciplines will be designated as writing intensive

270 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Engineering

courses. In these senior design classes, students will engineering by successfully completing one internation- MHIS 105-106 Introduction to Writing Music prepare written reports that will be critiqued from both ally focused course in the social sciences and one MHIS 243 Music Appreciation a technical and a writing standpoint. The reports sub- global culture course in the humanities, including for- Painting and printmaking mitted will be redone as required as the students write eign languages (at the intermediate level). PAPR 155-156 Drawing and Painting, Basic to learn and ultimately meet the standards of written Courses (3 credit minimum) will be selected Photography and film communication required in industry. Also, the reports from the following lists. (Other appropriate PHTO 243 Photography on the design projects will be presented orally to their courses may be selected with the approval of an Sculpture classmates and the public, using state of the art pres- adviser and program chair.) SCPT 209 Introduction to Sculpture entation techniques. Theatre Social sciences (choose one) THEA 107, 108 Introduction to Stage Performance 2. Ethics POLI/INTL 105 International Relations 3 Students will have an understanding of the ethical POLI/INTL 361 Issues in World Politics 3 B. Basic level courses open to both arts and non- characteristics of the engineering profession and prac- POLI/INTL 365 International Political Economy 3 arts majors. tice as well as a sensitivity to the socially related tech- ECON 325 Environmental Economics 3 nical problems that confront the profession and the MGMT 319 Organizational Behavior 3 Art education engineer’s responsibility to protect both occupational MRBL 378 International Marketing 3 ARTE 353 Art and Perceptual Communication and public health and safety. Students will be able to MGMT 418 International Management 3 Art foundation identify and analyze ethical issues in engineering. GEOG 322 World Political Geography 3 ARTF 101-102 Conceptualization and Presentation Engineering ethics will be introduced in the course AND (special permission required) ENGR 101 Introduction to Engineering, as well as all Humanities/languages (choose one) Art history other engineering courses, as appropriate. Engineering RELS 340/INTL 341 Global Ethics and the ARTH 103, 104 Survey of Western Art students also will take one of the following courses in World’s Religions 3 ARTH 145, 146 Survey of Oriental Art ethics offered by the Department of Philosophy and SPAN 201 Intermediate Spanish 3 ARTH 207 Introduction to Non-Western Art Religious Studies. Other ethics courses may be FREN 201 Intermediate French 3 ARTH 270, 271 History of the Motion Picture approved by the student’s adviser and program chair. GRMN 201 Intermediate German 3 Crafts PORT 201 Intermediate Portuguese 3 CRAF 201-202 Metalsmithing RELS 340/INTL 341 Global Ethics and the ITAL 201 Intermediate Italian 3 CRAF 211-212 Jewelry World’s Religions 3 RUSS 201 Intermediate Russian 3 CRAF 221 Woodworking Techniques PHIL 211 History of Ethics 3 CHIN 201 Intermediate Chinese 3 CRAF 241 Ceramics: Handbuilding PHIL 212 Ethics and Applications 3 CRAF 242 Ceramics: Wheelthrowing PHIL 213 Ethics and Health Care 3 6. Visual and performing arts CRAF 251, 252 Introduction to Glassworking Students should demonstrate an enhanced understand- CRAF 261, 262 Beginning Textiles 3. Quantity and form ing and experience of the various visual and performing Dance/choreography Students will demonstrate a good knowledge of the arts. They should understand the process of artistic DANC 105-106 Improvisation application of calculus and differential equations in the expression and be able to respond to artistic work from DANC 107 Contemporary Dance Perspectives analysis of engineering problems. They should develop a variety of perspectives and contexts. DANC 111-112 Ballet Technique I analytical skills and logical reasoning powers regarding Engineering students will take one course (1.5 DANC 114, 214, 314, 414 Summer Dance the application of these mathematical methods in credit minimum) in an appropriate area of the Workshops engineering. visual or performing arts from the following list. DANC 121, 122/AFAM 121, 122 Tap Technique I All engineering students will take MATH 200-201 (Other appropriate courses may be selected with DANC 126, 127/AFAM 126, 127 African-Caribbean Calculus with Analytic Geometry (4-4) and MATH 301 the approval of an adviser and program chair.) Dance I Differential Equations (3). Physics and engineering DANC 141, 142 Ballroom Dancing analysis courses will be calculus-based. A. Basic level courses designed specifically for DANC 243 Dynamic Alignment non-arts majors. DANC 291 Topics in Dance 4. Science and technology DANC 308 Dance History Engineering students will have an understanding of the Art education DANC 313 Dance in World Cultures process and concepts of modern experimental science ARTE 121-122 The Individual in the Creative Process Fashion design and merchandising including laboratory application of the fundamental ARTE 301-302 Art for Elementary Teachers FASH 290 Textiles for the Fashion Industry ideas and methods. ARTE 408 Two-dimensional Art Experiences FASH 319 20th Century Fashions All engineering students will successfully complete ARTE 409 Three-dimensional Art Experiences Music CHEM 101 General Chemistry and CHEZ/FRSZ 101L Art foundation APPM 300-level Private Instruction: Principal and General Chemistry Laboratory plus select a course in ARTF 121-122 Introduction to Drawing Secondary Performing Mediums the life sciences from the following list: (some engi- Communication arts and design APPM 370 Large Ensembles (auditions required for neering disciplines require the completion of CHEM 102 CARD 191 Studio Topics in Communication Arts and some sections) and CHEZ/FRSZ 102L also.) Design APPM 390 Small Ensembles (auditions required for Dance/choreography all sections) BIOL 101 Biological Concepts 3 DANC 171, 172 T’ai Chi MHIS 120 Introduction to Musical Styles BIOL 102 Science of Heredity 4 DANC 183-184 Introduction to Modern Dance MHIS 250/AFAM 250 Introduction to African- BIOL 103 Environmental Science 4 Technique American Music BIOL 151, 152 Introduction to Biological DANC 313 Dance in World Cultures MHIS 350/INTL 370/AFAM 350 Studies in the Sciences I, II 3,3 Interior design Music of the African Continent and Diaspora LFSC 101 Introduction to Life Sciences 3 IDES 103-104 Introductory Studio Course Photography and film Music PHTO 233 Elements of the Moving Image 5. Interdependence APPM 193 Class Lessons in Voice Theatre Students will develop an awareness of the strong APPM 195 Class Lessons in Guitar THEA 103 Stagecraft global interdependence of culture, economics and soci- THEA 104 Costume Construction ety and prepare for a possible international career in THEA 211-212 Introduction to Drama

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 271 School of Engineering

THEA 221 Basic Scene Design/THEZ 221L Basic Philosophy Scene Design Laboratory PHIL 104 Modern Western Philosophy 3 University Honors Program THEA 229 Introduction to Lighting Design PHIL 211 History of Ethics 3 THEA 303/AFAM 303 Black Theatre PHIL 212 Ethics and Applications 3 The School of Engineering provides, PHIL 213 Ethics and Health Care 3 through the University Honors Program, an C. Advance level courses open to both arts and non- PHIL 221 Critical Thinking 3 opportunity for academically superior stu- arts majors. dents to graduate with university honors. Some require special permission/audition. Religious studies Engineering students who maintain a GPA RELS 311, 312 Religions of the World 3, 3 of 3.5 or better and follow a program of Dance/choreography RELS 340/INTL 341 Global Ethics and the DANC 221, 222 Tap Technique II World’s Religions 3 study that includes completion of nine DANC 319, 320 Video/Choreography Workshop credits of honors modules, nine credits of DANC 343 Body Imagery Theatre honors courses — of which one must be THEA 307 History of the Theatre 3 from outside the major — and submission 7. Humanities and social sciences of an honors dossier prior to graduation Study in the humanities and social sciences is intended Recommended courses in the social sciences are: may graduate with university honors. A to make engineering students fully aware of cultural tra- complete description of the University ditions as well as relationships in society. As a minimum, Anthropology Honors Program is provided in the appro- students should successfully complete one approved ANTH/INTL 103 Cultural Anthropology 3 priate chapter of this bulletin. course in the humanities and one approved course in the social sciences. These courses should be selected to Economics broaden the cultural, historical and artistic perspectives ECON 210, 211 Principles of Economics 3, 3 of engineering students, or otherwise to widen their Policy for honors courses interests and to continue their intellectual growth, keep- Political science ing in mind that these courses are intended to serve per- POLI 103 U.S. Government 3 Engineering students admitted to the sonal development and not vocational needs. POLI 201 Introduction to Politics 3 University Honors Program derive the fol- Courses (1.5 credit minimum) will be selected from lowing benefits: the following lists. (Other appropriate courses may be Psychology • Honors students register first and selected with the approval of an adviser and program PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 therefore have their choice of class chair.) Some of these courses also may satisfy the other selections and times. general education requirements listed above. Sociology • Engineering students in the University SOCY 101 General Sociology 3 Honors Program may substitute honors Recommended courses in the humanities are: modules (1.5 credits each) for those Art history Student advising courses listed in the engineering gen- ARTH 103,104 Survey of Western Art 3, 3 eral education requirements — allow- ARTH 145,146 Survey of Oriental Art 3, 3 Every student admitted to the School of ing engineering students to free up ARTH 207 Introduction to Non-Western Art 3 Engineering is assigned a faculty adviser course credits for more challenging from his/her program of study. The faculty courses in the upper levels and in History adviser assists the student in planning preparation for graduate and profes- HIST 101, 102 Introduction to European History 3, 3 sional school. HIST 103, 104 Introduction to American History 3, 3 course work, becoming familiar with university services, interpreting university Each semester, the director of the HIST 105, 106 Introduction to African History 3, 3 University Honors Program will review HIST 107, 108 Introduction to Asian History 3, 3 rules and procedure, and defining career objectives. honors courses to be offered and recom- Interior design While the faculty of the School of mend those considered to be suitable to IDES 251, 252 History of Interior Engineering provide timely and accurate meet the School of Engineering general Environments I, II 3, 3 information and advice, the student is ulti- education requirements to the School of mately responsible for knowing and satisfy- Engineering Undergraduate Curriculum Literature ing the degree requirements of his/her pro- Committee for its consideration and ENGL 201, 202 Western World Literature 3, 3 gram. Students should be familiar with cur- approval. The list of those approved by the ENGL 203, 204 British Literature 3, 3 committee will, in turn, be forwarded to ENGL 205, 206 American Literature 3, 3 riculum requirements, appropriate course sequences, prerequisites and academic the engineering faculty advisers for their ENGL 215 Introduction to Literary Genre 3 use with the engineering honors students. ENGL 216 Stories 3 regulations. The following engineering courses are- ENGL 236/WMNS 236 Women in Literature 3 There are no “free” electives in the cur- ENGL 241 Introduction to Shakespeare 3 ricula of the School of Engineering. All designated honors for the purposes of meet- ENGL 291 Topics in Literature 3 courses taken by engineering students must ing the University Honors Program’s course be approved by an adviser. requirements: Music Additionally, the Office of Student • Biomedical Engineering – EGRB 403 MHIS 105 Introduction to Writing Music 3 Services provides a variety of advising and (Honors) Tissue Engineering and MHIS 201 Acoustics 3 assistance to all students. The Office of EGRB 406 (Honors) Artificial Organs MHIS 243 Music Appreciation 3 • Chemical Engineering – EGRC 325 MHIS 250/AFAM 250 Introduction to Student Services is located in Room 433 of the School of Engineering. (Honors) Bioengineering and EGRC African-American Music 3 445 (Honors) Microtechnology MHIS 303 Piano Literature 2

272 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Engineering

• Electrical Engineering – EGRE 364 porous membrane; packed bed; numerical simulation; (Honors) Microcomputers, EGRE 427 Courses in engineering (ENGR) applications to industrial processes. (Honors) Advanced Digital Design, ENGR 303 Junior Seminar EGRE 445 (Honors) Digital Signal ENGR 101 Introduction to Engineering Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Processing, EGRE 436 (Honors) Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 4 Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. This course pro- Advanced Semiconductor Fabrication credits. Prerequisites: Admission to the School of vides students an opportunity to explore business and and EGRE 429 (Honors) VLSI Design Engineering or permission of instructor. Introduces leadership topics. Topics include the fundamentals of • Mechanical Engineering – EGRM 420 basic circuits including resistors, diodes, transitors, dig- product design and new product development, manufacturing and quality systems, finances and financial (Honors) CAE Design and EGRM 303 ital gates and motors. Simple electromechanical systems are considered including motors, gears and reports, ethics in the workplace, intellectual property, (Honors) Thermal Systems Design wheels. The laboratory introduces fundamental circuit teamwork, leadership and communications. Students • Engineering courses – ENGR 402, testing and measurement, and proper laboratory note- will be assigned selected readings, written composi- ENGR 403, ENGR 410, ENGZ 402L, book writing; students are required to analyze, build tions and oral presentations. This course prepares the ENGZ 403L and test a digitally controlled robot. student to participate in the Engineering • Students may participate in the Laboratory/Manufacturing Internship. ENGR 102 Engineering Statics Guaranteed Admissions Program, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ENGR 305 Sensors/Measurements allowing highly qualified honors stu- Corequisite: MATH 200. The theory and application of Semester course; 3 lecture and 1 laboratory hour. 3 dents a variety of options for gaining engineering mechanics applied to the design and credits. Prerequisites: PHYS 208 and MATH 301 or per- admission to many of the professional analysis of rigid structures. Equilibrium of two and mission of the instructor. Introduction to sensors and health science and graduate programs of three dimensional bodies. The study of forces and their their utilization for measurement and control; sensor the university, including engineering. effects. Applications to engineering systems. types: electro-mechanical, electro-optical, electro- chemical; applications in medicine, chemical manufac- • Honors students may graduate with ENGR 115 Computer Methods in Engineering turing, mechanical control and optical inspection. university honors, receive a gold medal Semester course; 3 laboratory hours. 1 credit. This and the designation of university hon- introductory computer laboratory course is designed to ENGR 315 Process and Systems Dynamics ors on their diploma. provide students with proficiency in computer applica- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. tions of fundamental and practical importance to engi- Prerequisite: MATH 301. Undergraduate course cover- neering practice and to prepare students for advanced ing the analysis of chemical, fluid, mechanical and computing instruction. electrical dynamic systems. Pedagogically, a single Transfer policies approach is taught that applies to any of the systems ENGR 122/CHEM 122 Materials Chemistry II in any of these disciplines using conservation equa- Transfer students who plan to enroll in Semester course; 2 lecture and 1 recitation hours. 3 tions and constitutive relationships to build the sys- the undergraduate programs in the School credits. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 201. Defects in tems of differential equations needed for the analysis. of Engineering must meet the admission solids and their role in dictating mechanical and electri- The mathematical structures of the types of differential requirements of the university, keeping in cal properties; glasses; phase diagrams; time-tempera- equations typically generated in dynamic physical sys- ture-transformation diagrams; classes of materials tems are reviewed and both analytical and numerical mind the following: (metals, ceramics, polymers and semi-conductors); solution techniques are taught. Finally, the tools used 1. Calculation of the GPA for admittance technology of materials systems. to develop control components for systems in these into the School of Engineering is based areas are covered along with the mathematical tools on grades earned at all institutions ENGR 291 Special Topics in Engineering (e.g., Laplace transforms) needed for their analysis. attended. Semester course; variable 1-5 credits. Prerequisite: To be determined by the instructor. Specialized topics in 2. Transfers require a minimum GPA of ENGR 334 Introduction to Microelectronic engineering designed to provide a topic not covered by Fabrication 3.0 (on a 4.0 scale) with no grades an existing course or program. General engineering or Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 4 below “C.” All courses of “C” or better multidisciplinary. May be repeated with different con- credits. This course gives an overview of the integrated will transfer except that mathematics, tent. See the Schedule of Classes for specific topics to circuit fabrication and testing process for a general science, computer science and engi- be offered and prerequisites. Grade option: P/F or nor- audience. A wide variety of new terms, equipment and neering courses must be equivalent to mal letter grading. Option will be established by the processes are presented. Fundamentals of photolithog- instructor. those offered by the School of raphy, mask making, diffusion, oxidation, chemical vapor deposition and etching are covered. Laboratory Engineering. ENGR 301 Fluid Mechanics work consists of safety training, facility operation, 3. With the exception of general educa- Semester course; 3 lecture and 1 laboratory hours. 3 wafer cleaning, oxidation, photolithography, etching, tion requirements, transfer of courses credits. Prerequisites: PHYS 207 and MATH 301 or per- diffusion, metal deposition and electrical testing. A from all institutions is limited to mission of the instructor. Basic and applied fluid complete metal gate PMOS circuit will be fabricated in mechanics; fluid properties; application of Bernoulli the laboratory portion of the course. courses required by the School of and Navier-Stokes equations; macroscopic mass, Engineering in the freshman and soph- momentum and energy balances; dimensional analysis; ENGR 402-403 Senior Design Studio (Seminar) omore years. laminar and turbulent flow; boundary layer theory; fric- Continuous course; 1 lecture hour. 1-1 credits. The School of Engineering has articulation factors in pipes and packed beds; drag coeffi- Prerequisites: Senior standing and participation in a tion agreements with J. Sargeant Reynolds cients; compressible flow; flow measurements; numeri- senior design (capstone) project. This weekly seminar Community College, John Tyler cal simulation; applications to the operation and design presents and discusses topics relevant to senior-level of turbo machinery. Community College and Virginia Union engineering students in support of the capstone project University. The School of Engineering and upcoming graduation. A single course coordinator ENGR 302 Heat Transfer manages and administers the course and schedules accepts transfer credits from regionally Semester course; 3 lecture and 1 laboratory hours. 3 the various faculty lectures and guest speakers. accredited colleges and universities. credits. Prerequisite: ENGR 301 or permission of the Topics include, but are not limited to, the following: instructor. Basic and applied heat transfer; diffusion proposal writing, project planning and management, and rate concepts; evaporation; boiling and condensa- scheduling resources and budgeting for technical proj- tion; dispersion coefficients; stagnant film; falling film; ects, patents and intellectual property, quality systems (six sigma, ISO standards, statistical process control),

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 273 School of Engineering entrepreneurship, creativity and innovation and profes- will be treated. Topics include: an overview and brief sional registration. history of feedback control, dynamic models, dynamic Biomedical Engineering Program response, basic properties of feedback, root-locus, fre- ENGZ 402L-403L Senior Design Studio quency response and state space design methods. The Gerald E. Miller (Laboratory/Project Time) laboratory will consist of modeling and control demon- Professor and Program Chair (1996) Continuous course; 6-6 laboratory hours. 2-2 credits. strations and experiments single-input/single-output B.S. 1971 Pennsylvania State University Prerequisite: Senior standing and participation in a sen- and multivariable systems, analysis and simulation M.S. 1975 Pennsylvania State University ior design (capstone project). A minimum of six labora- using matlab/simulink and other control system analy- tory hours per week dedicated to the execution phase sis/design/implementation software. Ph.D. 1978 Pennsylvania State University of the senior design (capstone) project. Tasks include: team meetings, brainstorming, sponsor advising, ENGR 490 Engineering Seminar Bowlin, Gary Lee (1997) Assistant Professor and designing, fabrications, assembling, reviewing, study- Semester course; variable 1-3 credits. May be repeated Graduate Coordinator ing, researching, testing and validating projects. with different content. Prerequisite: Permission of the B.E. 1988 Youngstown State University instructor. A series of specialized topics in engineering M.S. 1990 University of New Hampshire ENGR 410 Review of Internship that are of general interest but not covered by an exist- Ph.D. 1996 University of Akron Semester course; 1 credit. Prerequisite: Chemical, elec- ing course or program. Lectures will be presented in Fei, Ding-Yu (1985) Associate Professor trical or mechanical engineering majors or research seminar format by speakers from business, industry, experience to satisfy the engineering internship. government and academia. Subjects will be multidisci- B.S. 1963 Tsinghua University Students complete oral presentations and written plinary in nature. Grade option: P/F or normal letter M.S. 1965 Tsinghua University reports summarizing the internship experience. grading. Option will be established by the instructor. Ph.D. 1986 Pennsylvania State University Hsia, Peng-Wie (1990) Associate Professor ENGR 411 Fundamentals of Engineering Exam ENGR 491 Special Topics in Engineering B.S. 1977 Chung-Yuan University Preparation Semester course; variable 1-5 credits. Prerequisite: M.S. 1981 Northeastern University Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Prerequisites: Determined by the instructor. Specialized topics in M.S.E. 1984 University of Michigan Senior standing or permission of instructor. This course engineering designed to provide a topic not covered by Ph.D. 1987 University of Michigan prepares students for taking the fundamentals of an existing course or program. General engineering or Engineering Exam. Passing the FE Exam is the first step multidisciplinary. May be repeated with different con- Lenhardt, Martin L. (1971) Professor to getting a Professional Engineering license. This tent. See the Schedule of Classes for specific topics to B.S. 1966 Seton Hall University course is not intended to teach the various subject be offered and prerequisites. Grade option: P/F or nor- M.A. 1968 Seton Hall University matters, but to review the subject areas and help stu- mal letter grading. Option will be established by the Ph.D. 1970 Florida State University dents prepare as well as possible for the examination. instructor. Lum, Peter S. (2002) Associate Professor B.S. 1987 George Washington University ENGR 412 Advanced Engineering Mathematics ENGR 492 Independent Study in Engineering M.S. 1988 California Institute of Technology Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; variable 1-5 credits. May be repeated Prerequisite: MATH 301 or equivalent. Advanced topics with different content. Prerequisite: Permission of the Ph.D. 1993 University of California at Berkeley in engineering mathematics. Topics include partial dif- instructor. Students must submit a written proposal to Rastegar, Sohi (2002) Harris Professor ferential equations, boundary value problems, infinite be approved by the supervising instructor prior to regis- B.S. 1980 University of Texas – Austin series, Fourier series, Sturm-Liouville theory, orthogonal tration. Investigation of specialized engineering prob- M.S. 1982 University of Texas – Austin functions and the theory of a function of a complex lems that are multidisciplinary or of general interest Ph.D. 1987 University of Texas – Austin variable. Engineering applications include heat and through literature search, mathematical analysis, com- Wayne, Jennifer Susan (1991) Associate Professor mass transfer, oscillations in plates and membranes, puter simulation and/or laboratory experimentation. B.S. 1983 Virginia Polytechnic Institute buckling of columns under axial loads, traveling waves Written and oral progress reports as well as a final M.S. 1984 Tulane University and electromagnetic fields. report and presentation are required. Grade option: P/F Ph.D. 1990 University of California at San Diego or normal letter grading. Option will be established by Wetzel, Paul A. (1999) Associate Professor ENGR 427 Robotics the instructor. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. B.S. 1974 University of Illinois – Chicago Prerequisite: Senior standing in the School of ENGR 526/CMSC 506 Computer Networks and M.S. 1979 University of Illinois – Chicago Engineering or permission of the instructor. Introduction Communications S.M. 1983 Massachusetts Institute of Technology to the state-of-the-art and technology of robotics and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Ph.D. 1988 University of Illinois – Chicago its applications for productivity gain in industry. Prerequisite: CMSC 312. Theoretical and applied analysis of basic data communication systems; design of ENGR 430 Process Modeling and Simulation Biomedical engineering applies engineer- networks in the framework of the OSI reference model; ing expertise to analyze and solve problems Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Local and Wide Area Networks; performance analysis Prerequisite: Senior standing in chemical engineering. of networks; error control and security. Students will in biology and medicine in order to Process modeling and simulation are an integral part of work in teams to design and implement a small com- enhance health care. Students involved process design and analysis. This course continues puter network. in biomedical engineering learn to work training in the derivation of steady-state and dynamic with living systems and to apply advanced mass and energy balances. Emphasis is placed on the ENGR 568 Robot Manipulators technology to the complex problems of use of student-written and commercially available soft- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ware to develop and analyze models for individual Prerequisite: ENGR 427 or permission of instructor. medical care. Biomedical engineers work process units (a single reactor or distillation column), Provides students with a basic knowledge in the with other health-care professionals process modules (combination of a reactor, crystallizer, dynamic analysis and control of robot manipulators. including physicians, nurses, therapists and centrifuge and dryer) and entire plant flowsheets. Topics include Jacobian analysis, manipulator dynam- technicians toward improvements in diag- ics, linear and nonlinear control of manipulators, force ENGR 454 Automatic Controls nostic, therapeutic and health delivery sys- control of manipulators, robot manipulator applications tems. Biomedical engineers may be Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 4 and an introduction to telemanipulation. credits. Prerequisites: EGRE 335 or ENGR 305 or ENGR involved with designing medical instru- 315. This course covers the design and analysis of lin- ments and devices, developing medical soft- ear feedback systems. Emphasis is placed upon the ware, tissue and cellular engineering, devel- student gaining mathematical modeling experience and oping new procedures or conducting state- performing sensitivity and stability analysis. The use of compensators to meet systems design specifications

274 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Engineering of-the-art research needed to solve clinical biomedical engineering program in the nation Senior year in biomedical engineering problems. and involves the cooperation of VCU Health There are numerous areas of specializa- System, one of the nation’s largest and most Fall semester credits tion and course work within biomedical prestigious medical centers. EGRB 401 Biomedical Engineering Senior Design Studio 3 engineering. These include (1) bioinstru- Technical elective 3 Freshman year in biomedical engineering mentation: the application of electronics Technical elective 3 and measurement techniques to develop STAT 541 Statistics for Engineers and Scientists 3 Fall semester credits devices used in the diagnosis and treatment General education elective 3 CHEM 101 General Chemistry 3 of disease, including heart monitors, inten- ______CHEZ/FRSZ 101L General Chemistry Laboratory 1 sive care equipment, cardiac pacemakers 15 MATH 200 Calculus with Analytical Geometry 4 and many other electronic devices; (2) bio- BIOL 152 Introduction to Biological Science II 3 Spring semester materials: the development of artificial and ENGR 101 Introduction to Engineering 4 EGRB 402 Biomedical Engineering Senior living materials used for implantation in the EGRB 101 Biomedical Engineering Practicum I 2 Design Studio 3 human body, including materials used for ______Technical elective 3 artificial heart valves, kidney dialysis car- 17 Technical elective 3 tridges, artificial arteries, artificial hips and General education elective 3 Spring semester artificial knees; (3) biomechanics: the study General education elective 3 CHEM 102 General Chemistry 3 of motion, forces and deformations in the ______CHEZ/FRSZ 102L General Chemistry Laboratory 1 human body, including the study of blood 15 flow and arterial disease, forces associated MATH 201 Calculus with Analytical Geometry 4 ENGR 102 Engineering Statics 3 Total minimum requirement 130 with broken bones and their associated PHYS 207 University Physics 5 repair mechanisms, mechanisms of blunt ______trauma including head injuries, orthopedic 16 Biomedical engineering students must systems, and the forces and movement asso- select all technical electives from one of ciated with human joints such as the knee Sophomore year in biomedical engineering the four technical elective tracks. and hip; (4) tissue and cellular engineering: the application of biochemistry, biophysics Fall semester credits Technical elective tracks and biotechnology toward the development MATH 301 Differential Equations 3 of new cellular and tissue systems and an EGRE 206 Electric Circuits 4 Pre-medical track BIOL 151 Introduction to Biological Science I 3 understanding of disease processes, includ- PHIS 309 Quantitative Physiology 4 PHYS 208 University Physics 5 BIOZ 151L Introduction to Biological Science ing development of artificial skin and ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 Laboratory I 1 organs, cell adherence to artificial materials ______BIOL 152 Introduction to Biological Science II 3 to prevent rejection by the body, and the 19 BIOZ 152L Introduction to Biological Science development of new genetic cellular systems Laboratory II 1 to treat diseases; (5) medical imaging: the Spring semester BIOL 218 Cell Biology 3 development of devices and systems to MATH 310 Linear Algebra 3 BIOL 302 Embryology 4 image the human body to diagnose diseases, PHIL 213 Ethics and Health Care 3 CHEM 301 Organic Chemistry I 3 including the development and data pro- PHIS 310 Quantitative Physiology 4 CHEZ 301L Organic Chemistry Laboratory I 2 cessing of the CAT scan, MRI (magnetic ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 3 CHEM 302 Organic Chemistry II 3 CHEZ 302L Organic Chemistry Laboratory II 2 resonance imaging), medical ultrasound, X- EGRM 202 Mechanics of Deformables 3 ______ray and PET (positron emission tomogra- 16 Biomechanics and biomaterials track phy); (6) rehabilitation engineering: the BIOL 218 Cell Biology 3 development of devices and prosthetics to Junior year in biomedical engineering EGRB 405 Finite Elements in Solid Mechanics 3 enhance the capabilities of disabled individ- EGRB 403 Tissue Engineering 3 uals, including design of wheelchairs, walk- Fall semester credits EGRB 406 Artificial Organs 3 ers, artificial legs and arms, enhanced com- EGRB 307 Biomedical Instrumentation 4 EGRM 420 CAE Design 3 munication aids and educational tools for EGRB 301 Biomedical Engineering Practicum III 2 EGRM 421 CAE Analysis 3 the handicapped. EGRB 427 Biomaterials 3 EGRM 428 Polymer Processing 3 A unique aspect to the biomedical engi- Technical elective 3 EGRM 436 Engineering Materials 3 EGRM 437 Introduction to Polymer Engineering 3 neering program is the practicum series, General education elective 3 ______EGRM 438 Tribology 3 EGRB 101 and 301 which involves bio- 15 PHYS 407 Mechanics of Solid Materials 3 medical engineering students participating in medical rounds at VCU Health System’s Spring semester Rehabilitation engineering track MCV Hospitals, in medical research labo- EGRB 308 Biomedical Signal Processing 4 EGRB 420 Rehabilitation Engineering 3 ratories throughout the MCV Campus and EGRB 303 Biotransport Processes 3 EGRB 421 Human Factors Engineering 3 the Virginia Biotechnology Research Park, EGRB 310 Biomechanics 4 EGRB 405 Finite Elements in Solid Mechanics 3 and in medical seminars, case studies and Technical elective 3 EGRM 420 CAE Design 3 medical laboratories. This unique opportu- General education elective 3 EGRM 421 CAE Analysis 3 nity is the only one of its kind at any ______HPEX 332 Motor Learning and Performance 3 17 HPEX 372 Kinesiology and Physiology of Exercise 3 HPEX 373 Structural Kinesiology 3 HPEX 374 Biomechanics 3

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 275 School of Engineering

Instrumentation and electronics track EGRB 307 Biomedical Instrumentation EGRB 405 Finite Element Analysis in Solid EGRB 407 Physical Principles of Biomedical Imaging 3 Continuous course; 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. Mechanics EGRB 408 Advanced Biomedical Signal Process 3 4 credits. Prerequisites: Junior standing in engineering; Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. EGRB 409 Microcomputer Applications in at least two courses in electrical circuits. A study of Prerequisites: EGRB 310 and MATH 301. Finite element Biomedical Engineering 3 the physical principles, design and clinical uses of bio- analysis as presented in this course is a numerical pro- EGRE 224 Electronic Circuits 4 medical instrumentation. Analysis and design of low cedure for solving continuum mechanics problems that EGRE 254 Digital Logic Design 3 frequency electronic circuits, which are most frequently cannot be described by closed-form mathematical solu- EGRE 303 Electronic Devices 3 used in biomedical instruments, will be conducted. tions. Emphasis will be placed on understanding the EGRE 307 Integrated Circuits 4 Analysis of biosensors, biopotential electrodes, the theoretical basis for the method, using a commercial measurements of biopotential signals including electro- EGRE 309 Electromagnetic Fields 3 software program, and understanding the volume of cardiogram (ECG), electroencephalogram (EEG) and information that can be generated. Applications to both EGRE 310 Microwaves and Photonics 3 electromyogram (EMG), blood pressure, blood flow and one- and two-dimensional problems in solid mechanics EGRE 335 Signals and Systems 3 respiratory system will be conducted. Laboratory work and biomechanics will be explored. EGRE 336 Communication Systems 3 on basic biomedical electronics and instrumentation EGRE 364 Microcomputers 4 will be performed. EGRB 406 Artificial Organs EGRE 426 Computer Organization and Design 3 Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. EGRE 427 Advanced Digital Design 3 EGRB 308 Biomedical Signaling Processing Prerequisites: PHIS 309 and 310 (or equivalents), EGRB EGRE 445 Digital Signal Processing 3 Continuous course; 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 303, EGRB 310 and EGRB 307. This course explores the EGRE 455 Control Systems Design 3 4 credits. Prerequisites: Calculus, differential equa- design, operating principles and practices regarding ENGR 454 Automatic Control 3 tions, PHIS 309 and 310. This course explores the basic artificial organs and their use in the human body. theory and application of digital signal processing tech- Analysis of dialysis systems for kidney replacement, niques related to the acquisition and processing of bio- artificial hearts and heart assist devices, cardiac pace- Courses in biomedical engineering medical and physiological signals. makers, sensory organ assist and replacement devices, (EGRB) and artificial liver and pancreas devices. Design EGRB 310 Biomechanics aspects, legal ramifications, regulatory issues and clini- Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. cal implantation issues will be addressed. EGRB 101 Biomedical Engineering Practicum I 4 credits. Prerequisites: EGRM 202 and MATH 301. Semester course; 2 lecture hour. 2 credits. This first course in biomechanics will analyze the EGRB 407 Physical Principles of Medical Prerequisites: Registration in Biomedical Engineering forces, stresses and strains in the human body during Imaging Program and permission of course coordinator. This normal function. Emphasis will be placed on certain Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. course involves the introduction of clinical procedures parts of the human body including hard (bone) and soft Prerequisites: Junior standing in engineering, at least and biomedical devices and technology to biomedical (cartilage, ligaments, tendons) tissues. A knowledge of two courses in electrical circuits. A study of the physi- engineering freshmen. Students will tour medical facili- statics and the mechanics of deformable bodies is cal principles and basic clinical uses of medical imag- ties, clinics and hospitals and will participate in med- required as is a knowledge of calculus and differential ing. Analysis of radiation and interaction of radiation, ical seminars, workshops and medical rounds. Students equations. Exposure to human anatomy and physiology generation and control of X-rays, X-ray diagnostic will rotate among various programs and facilities also is necessary, however, more in-depth anatomic methods, X-ray computed tomography (CT), magnetic including orthopaedics, cardiology, neurology, surgery, study of the different parts of the body will be part of resonance imaging (MRI) and ultrasonic imaging will otolaryngology, emergency medicine, pharmacy, den- the material covered. be conducted. Basic principle of radionuclide imaging tistry, nursing, oncology, physical medicine, ophthal- also will be introduced. A knowledge of basic electrical mology, pediatrics and internal medicine. EGRB 401-402 Biomedical Engineering Senior circuits is a prerequisite as is a knowledge of wave Design Studio propagation, calculus and differential equations. EGRB 301 Biomedical Engineering Practicum II Continuous course; 9 laboratory hours. 3-3 credits. Continuous course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. Prerequisites: Senior standing in the Biomedical EGRB 408 Advanced Biomedical Signal Prerequisites: Registration in Biomedical Engineering Engineering Program; EGRB 301, 307 and 308. A mini- Processing Program as a junior or higher classification and permis- mum of nine laboratory hours per week is dedicated to Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. sion of course coordinator. This course involves the the design, development and execution of the senior Prerequisite: EGRB 308. This course will briefly review introduction of biomedical and clinical issues relevant design (capstone) project for biomedical engineering the basic theory of discrete-time signal processing to research and design issues including economic, under the direction of a faculty research adviser in biotechniques in biomedical data processing. Advanced environmental, sustainability, manufacturability, ethi- medical engineering or an acceptable substitute as signal processing techniques including adaptive signal cal, health and safety, social and political topics. Also determined by the course coordinator. Tasks include processing, wavelets, spectral estimation and multirate included are topics related to protection of human sub- team meetings (for team projects), brainstorming, spon- signal processing will be employed. Specific examples jects. Students will tour relevant medical research sor advising, designing, fabrications, assembling, utilizing electrocardiogram (ECG) and other biological facilities, clinics and hospitals, and will participate in reviewing, studying, researching, testing and validating signals are provided. Topics covered are alternance medical seminars, workshops and medical research projects. Monthly progress reports are due to the phenomenon in biological systems, late potential in projects pertinent to the topics noted above. research adviser and course coordinator. A final project ECG, intrapotential in ECG and coherence analysis. report and presentation are due at the conclusion of EGRB 303 Biotransport Processes the two-semester design process. EGRB 409 Microcomputer Applications in Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Biomedical Engineering Prerequisites: PHIS 309 and 310 (or equivalents), EGRB EGRB 403 Tissue Engineering Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 3 310, PHYS 208, CHEM 102. This course involves the Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. credits. Prerequisite: EGRB 307. Covers microcomputer study of mass, momentum and heat transfer within the Prerequisites: Senior standing in engineering, at least applications (hardware and software) as applied to bio- human body, between the human body and the envi- one course in physiology or anatomy. Study of the medical science and biomedical engineering. Basic ronment, and in the design of devices and systems that design, development and clinical application of tissue hardware components of a microcomputer are dis- are involved with transport processes in a medical and engineered components for use in the human body. cussed with particular reference to configurations clinical setting. The underlying principles of mass, Analysis of biology, chemistry, material science, engi- needed for analyzing biomedical events. Software momentum and energy transfer will be addressed fol- neering, immunology and transplantation as pertains to applications including data encoding, data storage, lowed by a study of such processes that are ongoing in various tissue engineered components including blood graphical interfaces and real-time processing are the human body. The design of biomedical devices and vessels, bone, cartilage, pancreas, liver and skin. explored for analysis of physiological and biomedical systems that involve transport processes also will be signals. Students will develop algorithms using studied. Examples include cardiovascular blood flow, LabView and MatLab to solve problems in biomedical transport across cell membranes, respiration and ther- engineering in the laboratories. moregulation.

276 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Engineering

EGRB 420 Rehabilitation Engineering B.A. 1937 Berea College pharmaceuticals and every material one can Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Ph.D. 1940 Yale University think of. They design and build the reactors Prerequisites: PHIS 309 and 310 (or equivalents), EGRE Guiseppi-Eli, Anthony (1998) Professor used to make these materials and invent 206 (or equivalent), EGRB 310. This course explores the B.Sc. 1979 University of West Indies the processes used to separate and purify principles and practices regarding rehabilitation engi- M.Sc. 1980 University of Manchester Institute of neering and the interaction of biomedical engineering the products. They develop waste disposal Science and Technology with health care delivery to disabled individuals. processes and have a leading role in today’s Discussions of approaches to diagnosis and treatment Sc.D. 1983 Massachusetts Institute of Technology environmental protection research. of disorders involving motor and cognitive function will Gulla, Frank (1999) Adjunct Assistant Professor Chemical engineers are involved in all be included as will an analysis of the design of devices of Chemical Engineering and President, The facets of biotechnology, from research on Gulla Group and systems to aid the disabled. Chronic disabilities artificial kidneys to the design and control such as cerebral palsy, muscular dystrophy and spinal B.S. 1974 Massachusetts Institute of Technology of biofermentation reactors. Chemical engi- cord disorders will be used as examples as will acute Haas, Thomas W. (1983) Professor disabilities resulting from traumatic injuries. B.S. 1961 State University of New York, Buffalo neers devised the processes needed to produce the special plastics used for artificial EGRB 421 Human Factors Engineering M.S. 1962 Pennsylvania State University Ph.D. 1965 Princeton University joints and developed the membranes used Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. for skin grafts on severely burned patients. Prerequisites: PHIS 309 and 310 (or equivalents), and Huvard, Gary S. (1999) Associate Professor EGRB 310. This course explores the principles and prac- B.S. 1974 Campbell College They are doing research and development tices regarding ergonomics and human factors engi- Ph.D. 1979 North Carolina State University on recombinant DNA technology and neering and the interaction of biomedical engineering Licata, Mark (1999) Visiting Scholar and President, designing habitats for NASA space sta- with human function. Analysis of the functions of the BioTrack LLC tions. Chemical engineers help design and human body regarding motion, sensory mechanisms, B.S. 1982 Carnegie-Mellon University build nuclear power plants. They helped cognition and interaction with the environment will be M.S. 1988 Carnegie-Mellon University develop the microlithography processes included. Interactions of the human body with technol- Lohr, David (2000) Director of Business Development, ogy, workplaces, equipment and computers will be used to make computer chips and built the examined. Design of workplaces for optimal human per- Virginia Biotechnology Research Park and Affiliate plants where plastics used for compact discs formance will be discussed. Analysis of the design and Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering are produced. arrangement of controls and displays will be covered. B.S. 1976 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State The ability to work in such diverse fields University requires unusually extensive cross-discipli- EGRB 427 Biomaterials M.B.A. 1999 Xavier University Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. nary training. The chemical engineering McGee Jr., Henry A. (1995) Founding Dean, Emeritus degree requires students to develop profi- Prerequisites: Junior standing in engineering; at least and Professor of Chemical Engineering one course in physiology or anatomy. Analysis of physi- ciency in science, mathematics and biologi- B.Ch.E. 1951 Georgia Institute of Technology cal, chemical, thermal and physiological response fac- cal science as adjuncts to mastering chemi- Ph.D. 1955 Georgia Institute of Technology tors associated with materials and implant devices cal engineering course material on mass McGrath, James E. (1997) Ethyl Professor of Chemistry, used in the human body. Study of the properties of bio- and energy balances, unit operations, trans- Virginia Tech and Affiliate Professor of Chemical medical materials used as implants, prostheses, port phenomena, thermodynamics, reaction orthoses and as medical devices in contact with the Engineering human body. B.S. 1956 St. Bernadine of Siena College engineering, process control, and process M.S. 1964 University of Akron design and economics. Additionally, chemi- Ph.D. 1967 University of Akron cal engineering majors are expected to Chemical Engineering Program McHugh, Mark A. (1999) Professor develop considerable written and verbal B.S. 1975 Carnegie-Mellon University expertise so additional emphasis is placed Gary E. Wnek Ph.D. 1981 University of Delaware on learning composition and rhetoric skills. Professor and Program Chair (1996) Tepper, Gary C. (1997) Associate Professor B.S. 1977 Worcester Polytechnic Institute B.S. 1987 Pennsylvania State University Freshman year in chemical engineering Ph.D. 1980 University of Massachusetts, Amherst M.S. 1990 University of California, San Diego Ph.D. 1993 University of California, San Diego Fall semester credits Aubuchon, Steven R., Visiting Professor of Chemical Vance, Robert Leonard (1986) Associate Professor of CHEM 101 General Chemistry I 3 Engineering Preventive Medicine and Community Health and CHEZ/FRSZ 101L General Chemistry Laboratory 1 B.S. 1990 St. Louis University Affiliate Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering MATH 200 Calculus with Analytic Geometry 4 Ph.D. 1994 Duke University B.S. 1962 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 ENGR 101 Introduction to Engineering 4 Chen, Rachel (2000) Assistant Professor of Chemical University ENGR 115 Computer Methods in Engineering 1 Engineering Ph.D. 1969 University of Virginia ______B.S. 1984 East China University of Science and J.D. 1975 University of Richmond 16 Technology Wynne, Kenneth J. (2000) Professor M.S. 1987 East China University of Science and Spring semester B.S. 1961 Providence College CHEM 102 General Chemistry II 3 Technology M.S. 1965 University of Massachusetts, Amherst CHEZ/FRSZ 102L General Chemistry II Laboratory 1 Ph.D. 1994 California Institute of Technology Ph.D. 1965 University of Massachusetts, Amherst MATH 201 Calculus with Analytic Geometry 4 El-Shall, M. Samy (1989) Professor of Chemistry and PHYS 207 University Physics 5 Affiliate Professor of Chemical Engineering Chemical engineering is the most diverse ENGR/CHEM 122 Materials Chemistry II or B.Sc. 1976 Cairo University of the engineering disciplines. Chemical ENGR 102 Engineering Concepts – Statics 3 M.Sc. 1980 Cairo University engineers find employment in the manufac- ______Ph.D. 1985 Georgetown University turing of chemicals, metals, plastics, ceram- 16 Fenn, John B. (1994) Research Professor of Chemistry ics, foodstuffs, petrochemicals, fertilizers, and Affiliate Professor of Chemical Engineering Nobel Laureate 2002

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 277 School of Engineering

Sophomore year in chemical engineering Spring semester Manufacturing ENGR 403 Senior Design Studio II 1 EGRM 425 Introduction to Manufacturing Systems Fall semester credits ENGZ 403L Senior Design Studio II Laboratory 2 EGRM 426 Manufacturing Processes CHEM 301 Organic Chemistry I 3 Technical Elective 3 CHEZ 301L Organic Chemistry Laboratory I 2 Technical elective 3 Polymer science and materials engineering EGRC 201 Material, Energy and Economic General education requirement 3 BIOC 602 Physical Properties of Macromolecules Balances 4 General education requirement 3 CHEM 550 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry MATH 301 Differential Equations 3 ______CHEM 580 Mechanical Properties of Plastics and Polymers PHYS 208 University Physics 5 15 CHEM 691 Topics in Chemistry ______EGRM 428 Polymer Processing 17 Total minimum requirement 130 Pre-medicine and pre-dentistry Spring semester * EGRM 428 Polymer Processing, EGRM 437 BIOL 151, 152 Introduction to Biological Science CHEM/EGRC 322 Organic Chemistry II for Principles of Polymer Engineering, EGRC 325 BIOZ 151L, 152L Introduction to Biological Science Engineers 3 Bioengineering, EGRB 427 Biomaterials, EGRC 428 Laboratory EGRC 310 Chemical, Biochemical and Transport Introduction to Polymer Science and Engineering, BIOL/PHIS 206 Human Physiology Systems Laboratory I (Organic) 2 and EGRC 445 Microtechnology are thrust area BIOL 218 Cell Biology EGRC 204 Engineering Thermodynamics 3 undergraduate courses. Students must take any two ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 3 of the thrust area courses. BIOL 101, 102, 103 or 151 3 Chemical engineering policy on ECON 205 The Economics of Product Note: All chemical engineering students must complete a technical electives Development and Markets 3 minimum of 130 credit hours in order to graduate. A The chemical engineering program ______grade of “C” or better is required in all School of 17 Engineering courses. CHEM/EGRC courses are cross allows students to substitute technical or listed with the Department of Chemistry and co- business courses for two of the three Junior year in chemical engineering taught with their faculty. ENGR courses are multidis- required technical electives as an aid to ful- ciplinary courses within the School of Engineering; filling the requirements for a technical Fall semester credits several are co-taught with members from the other minor or second technical major, a business EGRC 301 Fluid Dynamics/Heat Transfer 3 School of Engineering faculty. EGRC courses are minor or concurrent business major, or as a ENGR 305 Sensors and Measurements 3 chemical engineering specific. Seniors may elect a pre-medicine or pre-pharmacy preparation. EGRC 205 Thermodynamics of Phase concentration in chemical process engineering, Thus, all chemical engineering majors are Equilibria and Chemical Reactions 3 biotechnology, materials/molecular engineering or required to complete three technical elec- EGRC 320 Chemical, Biochemical and Transport multidisciplinary studies (graduate school prepara- tives, one of which must be from the Systems Laboratory II (Instruments) 1 tion) by choosing appropriate technical electives. Core technical requirement* 3 EGRC technical electives list. Substitutions General education requirement 3 Technical electives for the other two technical electives require ______Some courses may have prerequisites. approval of the student’s academic adviser 16 and program chair. Completion of a minor Chemical engineering or concurrent major usually requires the Spring semester EGRC 350 Research in Chemical Engineering student to complete more than 130 credit EGRC 312 Chemical Reaction Engineering 3 EGRC 409 Chemical Process Control hours in order to fulfill both the require- ENGR 315 Process and Systems Dynamics 3 ENGR 412 Advanced Engineering Mathematics (Anchor for ments for the baccalaureate degree in CHEM/EGRC 306 Industrial Application of Multidisciplinary Studies Concentration) chemical engineering and the requirements Inorganic Chemistry 3 EGRC 525 Process Biotechnology with Laboratory (Anchor of a minor or concurrent major option. EGRC 330 Chemical, Biochemical and Transport for Biotechnology and Bioengineering Concentration) Systems Laboratory III (Inorganic) 1 EGRC 535 Characterization of Materials (Anchor for EGRC 302 Mass Transfer and Unit Operations 3 Molecular/Materials Engineering Concentration) Minor in chemical engineering General education requirement 3 EGRC 565 Mechanical Properties of Plastics and Polymers ______ENGR 430 Process Modeling and Simulation (Anchor for The minor in chemical engineering con- 16 Process Engineering Concentration sists of 19 credits and must include comple- ENGR 530 Nanostructured Materials tion of these courses: EGRC 201, EGRC Junior/senior summer internship 204, EGRC 205, EGRC 301, EGRC 302 Electrical engineering and EGRC 312. Senior year in chemical engineering ENGR 454 Automatic Controls

Fall semester credits Biosciences/biotechnology Courses in chemical engineering EGRC 340 Chemical, Biochemical and Transport BIOC 503 Biochemistry, Cell and Molecular Biology (EGRC) Systems IV – Unit OpsLaboratory 1 BIOC 504 Biochemistry, Cell and Molecular Biology Core technical requirement* 3 BIOC 505, 506 Experimental Biochemistry EGRC 201 Material, Energy and Economic ENGR 410 Review of Internship 1 Balances ENGR 402 Senior Design Studio I 1 Biomedical engineering Semester course; 3 lecture hours and 1 recitation hour. ENGZ 402L Senior Design Studio Laboratory I 2 BIOL/PHIS 206 Human Physiology 4 credits. Prerequisites: ENGR 115, CHEM 101/102 or STAT 541 Applied Statistics 3 EGRB 307 Biomedical Instrumentation equivalents. An introductory chemical engineering Technical elective 3 EGRB 310 Biomechanics course covering material and energy balances with General education requirement 3 EGRB 406 Artificial Organs attention given to economic aspects of chemical ______EGRB 427 Biomaterials processes. 17

278 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Engineering

EGRC 204 Engineering Thermodynamics EGRC 312 Chemical Reaction Engineering operations. Emphasis is on application of heat and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: mass transport theory to describe steady-state and Prerequisites: EGRC 201 and MATH 301. First, second EGRC 201, EGRC 205; EGRC 302 is to be taken concur- dynamic behaviors observed for a variety of different and third laws of thermodynamics, volumetric proper- rently. Introduces the student to the analysis of reactors batch and continuous unit operations and transport ties of pure fluids, heat capacities of solids, liquids and via coupling of empirical reaction rates and thermody- systems. gases, heat of reaction, heat of formation, heat of com- namic constraints with reactor material and energy bal- bustion, heat effects in industrial reactions, tempera- ances. The behavior of the ideal reactor types (batch, EGRC 350 Research in Chemical Engineering ture scales, entropy and irreversible processes, thermo- CSTR and PFR) is emphasized with attention given to Semester course; up to six credits. Undergraduate dynamics of flow processes, refrigeration and liquefac- departure from these ideals by real systems. research under the supervision of a faculty member. tion, Carnot cycle, engines and work, thermodynamic Specific topics vary depending on the interests of the analysis of steady-flow processes and power cycles. EGRC 320 Chemical, Biochemical and Transport student and the adviser. Registration requires approval Systems Laboratory II of the student’s academic adviser and research adviser. EGRC 205 Thermodynamics of Phase Equilibria Semester course; 1 laboratory period. 1 credit. and Chemical Reactions Prerequisites: EGRC 201, 310; EGRC 204; to be taken EGRC 409 Chemical Process Control Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. concurrently with EGRC 301. The second of a four-part Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: EGRC 204. Continuation of EGRC 204. laboratory sequence introducing students to the plan- Prerequisites: EGRC 205, EGRC 302 and EGRC 312. Thermodynamic properties of fluids and mixtures, par- ning and implementation of experiments that are repre- Covers process control as applied to chemical engi- tial molar quantities, phase equilibria, activity coeffi- sentative of modern chemical engineering operations. neering with many practical examples. Topics include cients and correlations, equations-of-state, chemical This course focuses on the measurement of selected time and frequency domain analysis, multivariable reaction equilibria for liquid, vapor and multiphase process parameters (pressure drop, temperature and processes and applications to chemical and biochemi- reactions, and the use of equations-of-state and activ- temperature gradients, time-varying concentrations) cal production and processing. ity/fugacity correlations to obtain the thermodynamic and the working and construction of selected sensors. functions required for the calculation of chemical reac- EGRC 415 Special Topics in Chemical tion equilibrium constants. EGRC 322/CHEM 322 Organic Chemistry II for Engineering Chemical Engineers Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: EGRC 301 Fluid Dynamics and Heat Transfer Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Required Junior or senior standing in chemical engineering. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. course. Prerequisite: CHEM 301 or equivalent. Opportunities frequently arise where VCU faculty, Prerequisites: EGRC 201 and EGRC 204. Basic concepts Introduction to industrial organic chemistry with adjuncts and/or visiting faculty wish to offer a course of momentum and heat transfer as applied to chemical emphasis on chemical feedstocks and petrochemicals, that draws on a particular area of expertise with broad engineering. Topics include fluid statics, flow of com- monomers and polymers, biotechnology and fermenta- appeal to our undergraduates. This course is reserved pressible and incompressible fluids, flow past tion, and fine chemicals and pharmaceuticals. Ideas for those situations and offers an in-depth treatment of immersed bodies, transport and metering of fluids, from chemical process design and economics are intro- a selected area of contemporary interest in chemical heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, duced through selected case studies. engineering. The topic for a given course will vary and heat flow with and without phase changes. depending on interest. Examples of topics that might be EGRC 325 Bioengineering offered include colloid and surface science, biotechnol- EGRC 302 Mass Transfer and Unit Operations Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ogy, diffusion in polymers, numerical analysis, supercriti- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: BIOL 101, 102, 103 or 151 and EGRC 201. cal fluids, microtechnology, process safety, materials Prerequisites: EGRC 204, EGRC 301. Basic concepts of An introductory and survey level course required for all synthesis and processing, polymer processing and oth- mass transfer as applied to chemical engineering. chemical engineering students. This course introduces ers. Students should discuss selection of this course Topics include a review of staged equilibria, diffusion, concepts and principles of chemical engineering to with their adviser prior to registration. gas absorption, liquid-liquid extraction and mass trans- problems and issues in the life sciences, biotechnology port limitations in chemical reactions. The course con- and medicine. Students apply heat and mass transfer EGRC 428 Introduction to Polymer Science and cludes with an integrated view of momentum, heat and concepts, separations and controls to topics that Engineering mass transport in unit operations. include clinical diagnostics, bioanalytical instrumenta- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. tion, biosensors and biochips, bioprocess engineering Prerequisites: EGRC 301 and CHEM/EGRC 322 or equiv- EGRC 306/CHEM 306 Industrial Applications of including fermentation, biochemical pathway engineer- alents. This course offers an introduction to the chem- Inorganic Chemistry ing, protein folding and aggregation, bioreactors and istry, physical properties and processing of polymers. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. tissue engineering. Topics include step and chain polymerization, chemical Prerequisites: Chemical engineering students: EGRC reactions on polymers, structure/property relationships, 201, EGRC 205 or permission of the instructor; chem- EGRC 330 Chemical, Biochemical and Transport mechanical properties of plastics and elastomers, and istry students: CHEM 302 and CHEZ 302L. A study and Systems Laboratory III processing techniques. analysis of the most important industrial applications Semester course; 1 laboratory period. 1 credit. of inorganic chemistry, with emphasis on Prerequisites: EGRC 310, 320 and EGRC 205; to be taken EGRC 445 Microtechnology structure/properties correlation, material and energy concurrently with EGRC/CHEM 306. The third of a four- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. balances, availability and logistics of starting materials, part sequence introducing students to the planning and Prerequisite: Senior standing or permission of instruc- economic impact and environmental effects. implementation of experiments that are representative tor. This course presents an introduction to microscale of modern chemical engineering operations. Focuses on manufacturing technology and devices. Topics include EGRC 310 Chemical, Biochemical and Transport industrial inorganic chemistry and builds on concepts cleanroom processes, electronic materials, lithographic Systems Laboratory I and operations introduced in EGRC 310 and 320. techniques, oxidation, diffusion, ion implementation, Semester course; 2 laboratory periods. 2 credits. vacuum technology, thin film deposition, etching tech- Prerequisites: EGRC 201, CHEM 301 and CHEZ 301L; EGRC 340 Chemical, Biochemical and Transport niques, bonding techniques, thermal management, EGRC 204 and CHEM 302 are to be taken concurrently. Systems IV - Unit Ops Laboratory stress analysis, injection molding, electronic packaging The first of a four-part laboratory sequence introducing Semester course; 1 laboratory period. 1 credit. and process integration, micromachines, microelectro- students to the planning and implementation of experi- Prerequisites: EGRC 301, EGRC 302. Student teams mechanical systems (MEMS), microsensors, microfiltra- ments that are representative of modern chemical carry out experiments with reactors, crystallizers, fil- tion and microreactors (lab-on-a-chip). engineering operations. This course focuses on the ters, dryers, heat exchangers, membrane separation synthesis, separation and purification of organic com- systems, extraction systems, fuel cells, bioseparations pounds. systems and other conventional and high tech unit

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 279 School of Engineering

In the subarea of microelectronics, elec- Electrical engineering Electrical Engineering Program trical engineers design and fabricate electronic materials such as semiconductors, Ashok Iyer Freshman year in electrical engineering conductors and superconductors used in the See below for computer engineering track. Professor and Program Chair (2000) manufacture of electronic devices. As a nat- B.E. 1978 Bangalore University India ural progression, electrical engineers design Fall semester credits M.S. 1980 Texas Tech University and fabricate electronic devices such as CHEM 101 General Chemistry 3 Ph.D. 1982 Texas Tech University transistors, which control or modulate the CHEZ/FRSZ 101L General Chemistry Laboratory 1 flow of energy; sensors of light, mechanical MATH 200 Calculus I 4 Atkinson, Gary M. (2001) Associate Professor of ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 Electrical Engineering force, chemicals, etc.; electromagnetic radiation sources such as lasers, light emitting ENGR 101 Introduction to Engineering 4 B.S. 1980 Cornell University ______M.S. 1982 University of California, Berkeley diodes and microwave power sources. 15 Ph.D. 1985 University of California, Berkeley Following this progression, we find electrical Bandyopadhyay, Supriyo (2001) Professor of Electrical engineers designing and fabricating inte- Spring semester Engineering grated circuits such as microprocessors and EGRE 150 Introduction to Electrical Engineering 3 B.S. 1980 Indian Institute of Technology memory elements; flat panel displays, etc., MATH 201 Calculus with Analytic Geometry 4 M.S. 1982 Southern Illinois University which are found in applications ranging PHYS 207 University Physics I 5 Ph.D. 1985 Purdue University from supercomputers to watches, clocks and ENGR 115 Computer Methods 1 Docef, Alen (2000) Assistant Professor toys. Further in this progression we find General education elective 3 Dipl.Eng. 1991 Polytechnic Institute, Bucharest electrical engineers designing and fabricat- ______M.S. 1992 Georgia Tech ing today’s and tomorrow’s computers. 16 Ph.D. 1998 Georgia Tech Computer systems and Application Sophomore year in electrical engineering Hobson, Rosalyn S. (1996) Associate Professor Specific Integrated Circuits, ASICs, are the B.S.E.E. 1991 University of Virginia elements which enable the existence of Fall semester credits M.S.E.E. 1995 University of Virginia today’s communication systems such as the PHYS 208 University Physics II 5 Ph.D. 1998 University of Virginia Internet, satellite systems, telemedicine, wired MATH 301 Differential Equations 3 Hughes, Esther (2000) Assistant Professor and wireless (cellular) telephones, along with EGRE 206 Electric Circuits 4 B.S. 1984 N.C. A&T University standard and high definition television. In CMSC 245 Introduction to Programming Using C++ 3 M.S. 1986 N.C. A&T University addition, they, along with sensors, microwave General education elective 3 Ph.D. 1995 Cornell University power sources and actuators, permit our pres- ______Klenke, Robert H. (1998) Associate Professor 18 B.S.E.E. 1982 Virginia Military Institute ent and future automated manufacturing M.S.E.E. 1989 University of Virginia lines, air and traffic control systems, and auto- Spring semester Ph.D. 1993 University of Virginia motive safety and traffic control through col- EGRE 224 Introduction to Microelectronics 4 Morkoc, Hadis (1997) Founders Professor of Electrical lision avoidance radar systems, antilocking EGRE 254 Digital Logic Design 3 Engineering and Professor of Physics brake systems (ABS), air bag actuators, auto- EGRE 335 Signals and Systems 4 B.S.E.E. 1968 Istanbul Technical University matic traffic routing and the “smart highway” ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 3 M.S.E.E. 1969 Istanbul Technical University of the future. MATH 307 Multivariate Calculus 3 Ph.D. 1975 Cornell University Electrical engineers play an ever increas- ______Pearson, Robert E. (1997) Associate Professor ing role in the design and building of major 17 B.S.E.E. 1981 Rochester Institute of Technology facets of today’s and tomorrow’s health care M.S.E.E. 1986 Rochester Institute of Technology systems and medical research through the Junior year in electrical engineering Ph.D. 1995 State University of New York, Buffalo application of microelectronic instrumenta- Fall semester credits Tait, Gregory B. (1996) Associate Professor of Electrical tion and diagnostic tools such as MRI and EGRE 307 Integrated Circuits 4 Engineering and Physics CATSCAN systems. The field of electrical EGRE 310 Microwave and Photonic Engineering 3 B.A. 1982 Amherst College engineering truly permeates every facet of EGRE 337 Signals and Systems II 3 M.S.E.E. 1984 University of Maryland our lives and thus provides excellent EGRE 364 Microcomputers 4 Ph.D. 1991 John Hopkins University employment opportunities to the general General education elective+ 3 Tucker, Jerry (1999) Associate Professor practitioner or the specialist in over 35 dif- ______B.S. 1963 Mississippi State University ferent subspecialties. 17 M.E. 1969 University of Virginia The curriculum of the Electrical Ph.D. 1974 Virginia Polytechnic Institute Engineering Program provides a strong Spring semester EGRE 303 Electronic Devices 3 The profession of electrical engineering foundation in the fundamentals of the EGRE 336 Introduction to Communication 3 touches all aspects of our lives in that elec- profession including engineering problem Technical elective* 3 trical engineers design and fabricate devices solving, breadth in the major facets of the Technical elective* 3 + and systems critical in applications such as profession, and the opportunity to specialize General education elective 3 computing, communications, health care, in today’s critical areas of computer engi- ______15 manufacturing and automation, power gen- neering, communication systems and eration and utilization, transportation and microelectronics. Graduates of this program will be well prepared for constant techno- Summer between junior and senior years entertainment. An element very important The summer between the junior and senior years is to these and many other applications is the logical change and growth through lifelong learning. devoted to either a full-time university, industrial manufac- microelectronic device or system. turing floor, or industrial research laboratory internship.

280 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Engineering

This summer experience is intended to be intense and to Computer engineering EGRE 364 Microcomputers 4 have a major component of “hands-on” practice of engi- EGRE 426 Computer Organization and Design 4 EGRE 365 Digital Systems 3 neering which will bring the life of “real-world” engineer- EGRE 427 Advanced Digital Design 3 General education electives+ 3 ing practice to the classroom. EGRE 429 VLSI Design 4 _____ 17 Senior year in electrical engineering Controls engineering ENGR 315 Process and Systems Dynamics 3 Spring semester Fall semester credits ENGR 427 Robotics 3 Technical elective* 3 ENGR 402 Senior Design Studio I 1 ENGR 454 Automatic Controls 4 Technical elective* 3 ENGR 410 Review of Internship 1 EGRE 455 Control Systems Design 3 CMSC 312 Operating Systems 3 General education elective 3 EGRM 410 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory 3 General education elective 3 SPCH 321 Speech for Business and the Professions General education elective 3 or MGMT 325 Oral Communications 3 Microelectronics _____ Technical elective* 3 ENGR 334 Introduction to Microelectronic Fabrication 4 15 Technical elective* 3 EGRE 309 Electromagnetic Fields 3 Technical elective* 3 EGRE 435 Semiconductor Processes 4 Summer internship between junior and senior year ______EGRE 436 Advanced Semiconductor Fabrication 4 17 Senior year in computer engineering

Spring semester Computer engineering Fall semester credits ENGR 403 Senior Design Studio II 1 ENGR 402 Senior Design Studio I 1 Technical elective* 4 Freshman year in computer engineering track of ENGR 410 Review of Internship 1 Technical elective* 4 electrical engineering EGRE 426 Computer Organization and Design 3 General education elective 3 CMSC 419 Software Development Methods 3 General education elective 3 Fall semester credits Technical elective* 3 ______CHEM 101 General Chemistry 3 General education elective 3 15 CHEZ/FRSZ 101L General Chemistry Laboratory 1 SPCH 321 Speech for Business and the MATH 200 Calculus with Analytical Geometry 4 Professions or MGMT 325 Oral Total credits 130 ENGR 101 Introduction to Engineering 4 Communications 3 ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 _____ + Students should consider ECON 205 as a general _____ 17 education elective before their internship. 15 * Technical electives (23 credits): the program requires Spring semester a total of 23 credits of technical electives that must Spring semester ENGR 403 Senior Design Studio II 1 include four credits of a capstone project. EGRE 150 Introduction to Electrical Engineering 3 EGRE 427 Advanced Digital Design 4 Capstone project (four credits): the capstone project ENGR 115 Computer Methods 1 Technical elective* 4 requirement can be satisfied by successfully completing PHYS 207 University Physics I 5 General education elective 3 one of the following courses: MATH 201 Calculus with Analytic Geometry 4 General education elective 3 • EGRE 427 Advanced Digital Design General education elective 3 _____ • EGRE 436 Advanced Semiconductor Fabrication _____ 15 • ENGZ 402L and ENGZ 403L. Students choosing this 16 option must have a project and project adviser (any Total credits 130 electrical engineering faculty member) chosen by the Sophomore year in computer engineering (Seven general education electives are required.) first week of the fall semester. Of the remaining 19 credits of technical electives existing in the junior and Fall semester credits * Technical electives (13 credits): the program requires senior year, each student must choose courses such PHYS 208 University Physics II 5 a total of 13 credits of technical electives. The cap- that the following criteria are met: MATH 301 Differential Equations 3 stone project is contained in the EGRE 427 course • Please refer to the approved department elective list EGRE 206 Electric Circuits 4 that is required for this track. The technical electives for eligible technical elective courses. CMSC 245 Introduction to Programming Using C++ 3 must be chosen from courses such that the follow- • At least 12 credits must come from the Electrical ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 3 ing criteria are met: Engineering Program (EGRE courses). _____ • Please refer to the approved program elective list • At least six credits must come from one concentra- 18 for eligible technical elective courses. tion area in electrical engineering. • At least three credits must come from a different • At least one course in the concentration area within Spring semester concentration area within electrical engineering. electrical engineering must have an associated EGRE 254 Digital Logic Design 3 • At least three credits from outside the Electrical laboratory. EGRE 224 Introduction to Microelectronics 4 Engineering Program (non-EGRE courses). • At least three credits must come from a second EGRE 335 Signals and Systems 4 concentration area within electrical engineering. CMSC 246 Advanced Programming Using C++ 3 Computer engineering concentration areas • At least three credits must come from outside the MATH 211 Mathematical Structures 3 Electrical Engineering Program (non-EGRE courses). _____ Communication systems 17 EGRE 444 Communications Systems 3 Electrical engineering concentrations EGRE 445 Digital Signal Processing 3 Junior year in computer engineering EGRB 408 Advanced Biomedical Signal Processing 3 Communication systems Computer engineering EGRE 444 Communications Systems 3 Fall semester credits EGRE 426 Computer Organization and Design 4 EGRE 445 Digital Signal Processing 3 EGRE 307 Integrated Circuits 4 EGRE 427 Advanced Digital Design 3 EGRB 408 Advanced Biomedical Signal Processing 3 EGRE 337 Signals and Systems II 3 EGRE 429 VLSI Design 4

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 281 School of Engineering

Controls engineering through a series of relevant projects. The projects will cuits. Topics include active filters, differential ampli- ENGR 315 Process and Systems Dynamics 3 focus on the fundamental building blocks: signals (ana- fiers, frequency response and feedback topologies. ENGR 427 Robotics 3 log, digital, one- and multidimensional), systems (ana- Operational amplifier circuit topologies are used as a ENGR 454 Automatic Controls 4 log, digital, one- and multidimensional), implementa- means of studying input, gain, level shift and output EGRE 455 Control Systems Design 3 tion platforms (analog, digital, hardware, software) and stages. Circuit design techniques are explored for EGRM 410 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory 3 implementation tools (design, tools, simulators, compil- mixed signal analog-digital circuits. This course pro- ers, debuggers, testing tools). For each project, the stu- vides the opportunity for a group design project of an Microelectronics dents will be introduced to the problem, the relevant integrated circuit chip, using advanced software tools ENGR 334 Introduction to Microelectronic Fabrication 4 theory, the possible implementation platforms and the for simulation and physical layout. The Myers-Briggs proper development tools. type indicator is administered to the students to be EGRE 309 Electromagnetic Fields 3 used in conjunction with the group project. EGRE 435 Semiconductor Processes 4 EGRE 206 Electric Circuits EGRE 436 Advanced Semiconductor Fabrication 4 Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 4 EGRE 309 Electromagnetic Fields credits. Prerequisite: ENGR 101. An introduction to Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. electrical circuit theory and its application to practical Prerequisites: MATH 301 and MATH 307 or consent of Program options direct and alternating current circuits. Topics include: chair. Fundamentals of engineering electromagnetics, Students in the Electrical or Computer Kirchhoff’s Laws (review from ENGR 101), fundamental including electrostatics, magnetostatics, electrodynam- Engineering Program may elect one of the fol- principles of network theorems, transient and steady- ics and conditions that permit the use of circuit theory. lowing programs/options. These options may, state response of RC, RL and RLC circuits by classical Analysis and understanding of the phenomena associ- methods, time-domain and frequency-domain relation- ated with electric and magnetic fields. Wave dynamical however, require more than 130 credit hours ships, phasor analysis and power. Laboratory work, solutions of Maxwell’s equations that will include: in order to fulfill the requirements for both the practical applications and integral laboratory demon- reflection and transmission in dielectric materials, baccalaureate degree in electrical engineering strations emphasize and illustrate the fundamentals waveguiding and transmission structures, and radiation and those of the program/option listed below. presented in this course. from antennas. Computer simulation techniques such as finite-difference time-domain solutions of propagat- Pre-medicine/dentistry EGRE 224 Introduction to Microelectronics ing waves will reinforce lecture material. Practical BIOL 151, 152 Introduction to Biological Science 3, 3 Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 4 engineering applications will be investigated in a wave BIOZ 151L, 152L Introduction to Biological credits. Prerequisites: EGRE 206 and MATH 301. This propagating laboratory exercise. course covers the analysis, modeling and design of Science Laboratory 1, 1 electrical circuits which contain electronic devices. EGRE 310 Microwave and Photonic Engineering BIOL/PHIS 206 Human Physiology 3 Topics include: electrical behavior of devices such as p- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. BIOL 218 Cell Biology 3 n junction diodes, field effect transistors and bipolar Prerequisite: EGRE 224. Wireless and optical communi- CHEM 102 General Chemistry 4 junction transistors along with operational amplifiers. cations applications of electromagnetic fields. Theory CHEZ/FRSZ 102L General Chemistry Laboratory 1 Common concepts such as input and output imped- of microwave transmission line and waveguiding struc- CHEM 301-302 Organic Chemistry 3-3 ances, amplification, frequency response and circuit tures including impedance transformation and match- CHEZ 301L Organic Chemistry Laboratory 2 typologies tie together the chapters on individual ing. Scattering parameters and techniques of low-noise devices. Students will learn to design analog circuits to microwave amplifier design, essential concepts from Business minor specifications through laboratory problems, a design geometrical and physical optics and the interaction of (See previous discussion of combination engineering/ project and circuit simulation using SPICE. photons with materials will be studied. Operating prin- business degrees.) ciples and design considerations of photoemitters EGRE 254 Digital Logic Design (lasers and LEDs), photodetectors and optical fiber are Semester course; 3 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 considered. Minor in electrical engineering credits. Prerequisites: ENGR 101 and MATH 201 or A student may earn a minor in electrical equivalents. An introduction to digital logic design with EGRE 335 Signals and Systems I an emphasis on practical design techniques and circuit Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 4 engineering with an emphasis in computer implementations. Topics include number representation credits. Prerequisites: EGRE 206, MATH 301 and CMSC engineering, microelectronic fabrication, in digital computers, Boolean algebra, theory of logic 245. This class presents the concept of linear continu- communications, control or signal process- functions, mapping techniques and function minimiza- ous-time and discrete-time signals and systems, their ing. Each emphasis has a required set of tion, design of combinational, clocked sequential and classification, and analysis and design using mathe- courses. interactive digital circuits such as comparators, coun- matical models. Topics to be covered: the concepts of • Computer engineering emphasis (20 credits): CMSC 245 ters, pattern detectors, adders and subtractors. linear systems and classification of these systems, con- or 255, EGRE 254, EGRE 364, EGRE 365, EGRE 426 and Asynchronous sequential circuit concepts are intro- tinuous-time linear systems and differential and differ- duced. Students will use the above basic skills in the ence equations, convolution, frequency domain analy- EGRE 427. laboratory to design and fabricate digital logic circuits. sis of systems, Fourier series and Fourier transforms • Microelectronic fabrication emphasis (19 credits): EGRE and their application to continuous-time to discrete- 206, EGRE 224, EGRE 303, ENGR 334 and EGRE 435. EGRE 303 Electronic Devices time conversion. • Communications emphasis (18 credits): EGRE 206, EGRE Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. 224, EGRE 335, EGRE 336, EGRE 444. Prerequisites: EGRE 224 and MATH 301. An introduc- EGRE 336 Introduction to Communication Systems • Control emphasis (19 credits): EGRE 206, EGRE 224, tion to solid state electronic devices which will take Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. EGRE 335, ENGR 315 and EGRE 454. students from their understanding of basic quantum Prerequisite: EGRE 337. Introduction to the theory and • Signal Processing emphasis (18 credits): EGRE 206, mechanical principles through the fundamentals of application of analog and digital communications EGRE 224, EGRE 335, EGRE 337 and EGRE 445. atomic structure, band theory, charge transport in including signal analysis, baseband transmission, solids and terminal electrical characteristics of semi- amplitude and angle modulation, digital modulation, conductor devices including p-n junction and Schottky baseband digital communication, and design considera- Courses in electrical engineering diodes, bipolar junction and insulated gate field-effect tions. transistors. (EGRE) EGRE 337 Signals and Systems II EGRE 307 Integrated Circuits Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Fall semester. EGRE 150 Introduction to Electrical Engineering Semester course; 3 lecture hours and 3 laboratory Prerequisite: EGRE 335. This class presents the Laplace Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 3 hours. 4 credits. Prerequisite: EGRE 224 or consent of and Z transforms and their application to electrical circuits credits. Prerequisite: MATH 200. Students will develop chair. Analysis, modeling, design and measurement of and discrete-time systems, an introduction to probability, a preliminary understanding of electrical engineering advanced MOSFET and bipolar analog integrated cir-

282 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Engineering random variables and random processes with applica- designs will be submitted for fabrication using the compensators to meet systems specifications. Topics tions in electrical engineering. MOSIS process. treated will include a review of root locus and frequency design methods, linear algebraic equations, EGRE 364 Microcomputer Systems EGRE 435 Semiconductor Processes state variable equations, state space design and digital Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 4 Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 4 control systems (principles and case studies). The stu- credits. Prerequisites: EGRE 254 and CMSC 245. Basic credits. Prerequisites: EGRE 303 and ENGR 334 or the dents will use complex dynamic systems for analysis computer organization, microprocessor instruction sets consent of the instructor. This course presents a and design. and architectures, assembly language programming detailed analysis of the physics and modeling of the and the function of computer memory and I/O subsys- basic processes used in semiconductor processing. EGRE 491 Special Topics tems will be discussed. The laboratory is designed to Emphasis is placed on the non-ideal effects that cause Semester course; 3 lecture/laboratory hours. 3 credits. reinforce the lectures by providing the opportunity to realistic processes to deviate from first order models, May be repeated up to a maximum of nine credits (in study the workings of a simple computer system in including second order effects such as interactions on three separate topics) applicable toward the electrical detail using simulation models and real hardware. the atomic level and the influence of crystal defects. engineering major elective requirement. Advanced Students will write and execute assembly language After developing a theoretical understanding, a higher study of a selected topic in electrical engineering. See programs and make use of commercial design automa- order physical modeling approach is derived. These Schedule of Classes for specific topic to be offered and tion tools. models are implemented and explored in the laboratory for prerequisites. section of the course using computer simulation and EGRE 365 Digital Systems are used as a basis for designing a realistic semicon- Semester course; 3 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 ductor device process. Circuit layout software is used Mechanical Engineering Program credits. Prerequisite: EGRE 254. Corequisite: EGRE 364. in the laboratory portion of the course to design a test Focuses on the design of modern digital systems. chip specifically for the lab device process. This device Mohamed Gad-el-Hak Topics covered include: introduction to modeling, simu- and process design accomplishes the design phase of Inez Caudill Professor and Program Chair (2002) lation, synthesis and FPGA design techniques using the senior design project, which is then completed in VHDL; microprocessor peripherals and interfacing; EGRE 436. B.Sc. 1966 Ain Shams University, Egypt embedded system hardware and software design Ph.D. 1973 Johns Hopkins University issues. EGRE 436 Advanced Semiconductor Fabrication Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 4 Cameron, Timothy M. (1999) Associate Professor EGRE 426 Computer Organization and Design credits. Prerequisite: EGRE 435 or consent of instructor. B.S. 1981 Cornell University Semester course; 3 lecture and 1 laboratory hours. 3 This course covers process integration into functional M.Eng. 1985 Carnegie-Mellon University credits. Prerequisites: EGRE 364 and EGRE 365. This modules such as trench or LOCOS isolation, retrograde Ph.D. 1988 Carnegie-Mellon University course presents the foundation for computer design at well formation, shallow junction formation, channel the register transfer level. Starting from an instruction engineering, advanced gate structures and multilevel Cook, Dan (1999) Assistant Professor set architecture, students will learn the process used metal interconnects. This course covers low-pressure B.S. 1986 Ohio State University to design a data path and control unit to implement chemical vapor deposition, silicide formation, plasma M.S. 1989 University of California, Berkeley that instruction set. In addition, the topics of computer etching of thin films and chemical mechanical polish- Ph.D. 1993 University of California, Berkeley components and structures, data paths and control unit ing. A polysilicon gate CMOS process is used as the McLeskey Jr., James T., (2001) Assistant Professor organizations, I/O and memory systems, interrupt sys- basis for studying many of the topics covered in lec- B.S. 1986 The College of William and Mary tems, pipelining and multiprocessing will be discussed. ture. Electrical characterization of devices and circuits M.S. 1989 University Illinois – Urbana, Champaign In addition to reinforcing the lecture material, the labo- also are included in the lab work. Ph.D. 2003 University of Virginia ratory exercises will teach the students the art of modeling and designing computer system components EGRE 444 Communication Systems Mossi, Karla M. (2000) Assistant Professor using a hardware description language. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. B.S.M.E. 1988 Universidad Nauonal Autonoma de Prerequisite: EGRE 336. Design and analysis of analog Honduras EGRE 427 Advanced Digital Design and digital communication systems, pulse modulation, M.S. 1992 Old Dominion University Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 4 information and digital transmission, digital modula- Ph.D. 1998 Old Dominion University credits. Prerequisite: EGRE 426. This course provides tion, information theory and coding will be treated. Ounaies, Zoubeida (2001) Assistant Professor students with practical foundations for the design, Emphasis is placed on the student gaining an apprecia- B.S. 1989 Pennsylvania State University implementation and testing of digital systems. It tion for and an understanding of the role of optimiza- M.S. 1991 Pennsylvania State University expands on the digital and computer system theory pre- tion and trade-offs by considering bandwidth require- Ph.D. 1996 Pennsylvania State University sented in prerequisite courses. Topics covered include: ments, signal-to-noise ratio limitations, complexity and microcontrollers and embedded processors, application cost of analog and digital communication systems. Speich, John (2001) Assistant Professor specific IC (ASIC) architectures and implementing digital B.S. 1995 Tennessee Technological University systems with ACISs, logic families and high-speed EGRE 445 Digital Signal Processing M.S. 1997 Vanderbilt University interfacing, logic synthesis, design methodologies, hard- Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 3 Ph.D. 2001 Vanderbilt University ware/software codesign, production testing and design credits. Prerequisite: EGRE 337. The course focuses on for testability, and construction, testing and debugging digital signal processing theory and algorithms, includ- Mechanical engineering, the art and sci- of digital system prototypes. In the laboratory, the stu- ing sampling theorems, transform analysis and filter ence of making things that move, is one of dents will design, construct, test and debug a multidis- design techniques. Discrete-time signals and systems, ciplinary, computer-based hardware/software system sampling of continuous time signals, the Z transform, the oldest and broadest fields of engineer- for their senior design project. transform analysis of linear time-invariant systems, ing endeavors. In nature, molecules and structures for discrete-time systems and filter design atoms and their even smaller constituents EGRE 429 VLSI Design techniques are treated. Several applications of DSP in are nanoscale machines. The universe and Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 4 telecommunications, image and video processing, and galaxies and their constituents are gargan- credits. Prerequisites: EGRE 307 and EGRE 364. speech and audio processing are studied. Analysis of NMOS and PMOS transistor design and tuan machines. Man-made machines fall their use in implementing digital logic. Implementation EGRE 455 Control Systems Design somewhere in between those two extreme and layout of simple and complex digital logic cells Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. scales. Fabricated machines include air, using CMOS and other techniques. Fabrication design Prerequisite: ENGR 454. This course covers the use of land and sea vehicles such as airplanes, rules and design technology. VLSI chip layout and state space methods to model analog and digital linear trains, automobiles and ships; energy con- implementation. Students will design a complete VLSI and nonlinear systems. Emphasis is placed on the stu- version systems such as nuclear and fossil- chip using commercial design tools. The resulting dent gaining mathematical modeling experience, performing sensitivity and stability analysis and designing fuel power plants, internal combustion

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 283 School of Engineering engines, jet engines, wind turbines and fuel Sophomore year in mechanical engineering General education requirement 6 cells; environment-control systems such as Technical electives 6 heating, ventilation and air-condiitoning Fall semester credits ______equipments; machines used in the construc- PHYS 208 University Physics 5 15 MATH 301 Differential Equations 3 tion, mining, chemical, textile, electronics ENGR102 Engineering Statics 3 Minimum total requirement 130 and other industries; and, finally, machines ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 3 used to make other machines. Another General education requirement 3 Mechanical engineering students must important application of mechanical engi- ______select a total of four technical electives neering is in the medical field where artifi- 17 from the three lists of courses below. Other cial organs, surgical tools and drug delivery technical electives may be taken with the systems are vital to the well-being of Spring semester approval of the program chair. Students humans. Areas of robotics, automation and EGRM 201 Dynamics and Kinematics 3 EGRM 202 Mechanics of Deformables 3 must take BIOL/PHIS 206 before taking a “smart” materials are areas of significant course in biomedical engineering. growth and opportunity. MATH 307 Multivariate Calculus 3 EGRE 206 Electric Circuits 4 Only in the last century, mechanical engi- EGRM 204 Thermodynamics 3 Technical electives neering has been largely based on the sciences ______of mechanics and thermodynamics. Engineers 16 Mechanical design use mathematics and computers to analyze EGRM 436 Engineering Materials 3 and synthesize complex systems. Mechanical Junior year in mechanical engineering EGRM 437 Principles of Polymer Engineering 3 engineering students at VCU will first acquire a strong foundation in physics and mathemat- Fall semester credits Manufacturing ics, followed by engineering courses in design, ENGR 301 Fluid Mechanics 3 EGRM 425 Introduction to Manufacturing Systems 3 EGRM 426 Manufacturing Processes 3 control and measurements that will enable ENGR 305 Sensors/Measurements 3 EGRM 427 Robotics 3 them to design, fabricate, control, operate, EGRM 300 Mechanical Systems Design 3 EGRM 309 Material Science for Engineers 3 EGRM 428 Polymer Processing 3 test, and maintain present as well as yet-to- EGRM 420 CAE Design 3 be-invented machines. Society values MGMT 319 Organizational Behavior 3 Biomedical engineering mechanical engineers for their ability to solve ______BIOL/PHIS 206 Human Physiology 3 complex problems and for their constant 18 EGRB 310 Biomechanics 3 drive to improve the living quality and stan- EGRB 307 Bioinstrumentation 3 dard of all people. Mechanical engineers can Spring semester EGRB 406 Artificial Organs 3 play a vital role in improving the environ- EGRM 302 Heat Transfer 3 EGRB 427 Biomaterials 3 ment as well. Factories, vehicles and power ENGR 315 Process and System Dynamics 3 plants inevitably generate undesired pollu- EGRM 303 Thermal Systems Design 3 In lieu of the above technical electives, tion. Mechanical engineers work creatively to EGRM 421 CAE Analysis 3 mechanical engineering majors may select a General Education Requirement 3 provide the world with its energy and trans- minor in business, physics, mathematical General Education Requirement 3 portation needs at the minimum possible sciences, physiology, electrical engineering, ______chemical engineering or one of the follow- release of pollutants. 18 Undergraduate studies in the Mechanical ing programs/options. However, this may Engineering Program at VCU will prepare Summer require more than 130 credits in order to students for challenging careers in mechani- The summer between the junior and senior years is fulfill both the requirements for the bac- cal engineering. The curriculum also will devoted to either a full-time university, industrial manufac- calaureate degree in mechanical engineer- prepare you for further studies (and careers) turing floor, or industrial research laboratory internship. ing and those of the minor or program/ in law, business, management and medicine. This summer experience is intended to be intense and to option selected below: have a major component of “hands-on” practice of engineering which will bring the life of “real-world” engineer- Freshman year in mechanical engineering Pre-medicine/dentistry option ing practice to the classroom. CHEM 301-302 Organic Chemistry 3-3 Fall semester credits BIOL 151, 152 Introduction to Biological Sciences 3, 3 Senior year in mechanical engineering CHEM 101 General Chemistry 3 BIOZ 151L, 152L Introduction to Biological CHEZ/FRSZ 101L General Chemistry Laboratory 1 Sciences Laboratory 1, 1 Fall semester credits MATH 200 Calculus with Analytic Geometry 4 BIOL 218 Cell Biology 3 ENGR 402 Senior Design Studio I 1 ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 One additional upper level course is to be ENGZ 402L Senior Design Laboratory I 2 ENGR 101 Introduction to Engineering 4 selected with the approval of an adviser. ENGR 410 Review of Internship 1 ______EGRM 410 Engineering Synthesis Laboratory 3 15 STAT 541 Applied Statistics or MGMT 524 3 Minor in Mechanical Engineering Technical electives 6 Spring semester The minor in mechanical engineering ______ECON 205 Economics of Product Development 3 consists of 21 credits and successful comple- 16 MATH 201 Calculus with Analytic Geometry 4 tion of the following courses: ENGR 102 PHYS 207 University Physics 5 Spring semester Engineering Statics, EGRM 201 Dynamics EGRM 215 Engineering Visualization 2 ENGR 403 Senior Design Studio II 1 and Kinematics, EGRM 202 Mechanics of ENGR 115 Computer Methods in Engineering 1 ENGZ 403L Senior Design Laboratory II 2 Deformables, EGRM 204 Thermodynamics, ______ENGR 301 Fluid Mechanics, EGRM 300 15

284 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Engineering

Mechanical Systems Design and ENGR EGRM 308 Automatic Controls molding, thermoforming and compression molding 302 Heat Transfer. A maximum of nine Semester course; 3 lecture and 1 laboratory hour. 3 machinery. credits of comparable course work may be credits. Prerequisites: PHYS 207, MATH 301, ENGR 102 or permission of the instructor. Mathematical modeling EGRM 435 Design for Manufacturing and substituted with approval of the program of automatic control systems; transfer functions, stabil- Assembly chair in Mechanical Engineering. ity theory; open-loop and closed-loop control; root locks Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. plots; application to control system design. Prerequisites: Senior standing in the School of Engineering or permission of the instructor. Courses in mechanical engineering EGRM 309 Material Science for Engineers Methodologies used in the synthesis and analysis of (EGRM) Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Fall. product design in order to optimize manufacturing and Prerequisites: CHEM 101, EGRM 202. The study of assembly; relationship of design to the production EGRM 201 Dynamics and Kinematics materials from a microscopic or atomic level. processes, materials handling, assembly, finishing, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Consideration of mechanical, electrical, thermal, mag- quality and costs with emphasis on both formed and Prerequisites: PHYS 207. Corequisite: MATH 201. netic and optical properties of metals, ceramics, poly- assembled products. Kinematics and kinetics of particles. Kinematics of rigid mers and composites. Thermal processing for modifica- EGRM 436 Engineering Materials bodies; translation and fixed-axis rotation relative to tion of properties, dislocation and phase transforma- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. translating axes, general planar motion, fixed-point tion. Material selection for design with consideration Prerequisites: Senior standing in the School of rotation and general motion. Kinetics of rigid bodies: of economic, environmental and societal issues. Engineering or permission of the instructor. Materials center of mass, mass moment of inertia, product of EGRM 410 Engineering Synthesis Laboratory properties and their modification as related to engi- inertia, principal-axes, parallel-axes theorems. Planar Semester course; 2 lecture hours and 3 laboratory hours. neering properties and design; elastic and plastic motion, work-energy method. Design of cams, gears 3 credits. Prerequisites: Senior standing in the School of stress-strain behavior of materials along with diffusion and linkages. Engineering or permission of the instructor. Students in solids, phase equilibria, and phase transformations; EGRM 202 Mechanics of Deformables perform design-oriented experiments in the area of materials selection considerations include design, fab- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. mechanical systems, with a focus on motor controls and rication, mechanical failure, corrosion, service stability Prerequisites: ENGR 102, MATH 200-201. An introduc- mechatronics, and in the area of thermal-fluid systems, as well as compatibility and function in the human tory course covering the mechanics of deformable with a focus on refrigeration and air-conditioning. body. solids. Subjects include stress, strain and constitutive EGRM 420 CAE Design EGRM 437 Principles of Polymer Engineering relations; bending of beams; torsion; shearing; deflec- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture and 1 laboratory hour. 3 tion of beams; column buckling; fatigue; failure theory; Prerequisites: Junior standing in the School of credits. Prerequisite: EGRM 202 or permission of the analysis and design of bar-type members. Engineering or permission of the instructor. instructor. Basic principles of mechanics applied to the EGRM 204 Thermodynamics Fundamentals of geometric modeling and graphics the- mechanical design and fabrication of polymers; intro- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ory; basic structure of commercial CAD/CAM systems; duction to polymer structure, rubber elasticity, and vis- Prerequisites: PHYS 207 and MATH 301 or permission design and manufacturing applications, mechanism coelasticity; mechanical properties, plastic part design of the instructor. Fundamental concepts of thermody- analysis, computer programming. and plastic materials selection; fabrication processes. namics; first and second law of thermodynamics; EGRM 421 CAE Analysis entropy and equilibrium; equations of state; properties Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. of pure fluids; molecular interpretation of thermody- Prerequisites: Junior standing in the School of Computer Science Program namic properties; phase equilibria; work and heat; Engineering or permission of the instructor. Application power cycles; chemical reactions. of computer-based techniques to the analysis of James E. Ames IV Associate Professor and Chair (1985) EGRM 215 Engineering Visualization mechanical devices and systems; finite element analy- B.S. 1973 Hampden-Sydney College Semester course; 1 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 2 sis; application to design; computer programming; credits. Prerequisite: Mechanical engineering major or analysis software (Excel, MathCad, MATLAB). M.A. 1975 Duke University Ph.D. 1977 Duke University permission of instructor. The creation and interpreta- EGRM 425 Introduction to Manufacturing Systems tion of graphical communication for engineering stu- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Brilliant, Susan S. (1989) Associate Professor dents. Two- and three-dimensional part and assembly Prerequisites: Senior standing in the School of representations. Dimensioning and tolerancing as a link Engineering or permission of the instructor. Basic prin- B.S. 1972 Wake Forest University between design and manufacturing. An introduction to ciples of systems analysis and modeling applied to M.S. 1977 Virginia Commonwealth University solid modeling, virtual prototyping and extension of manufacturing processes and operations; numerical Ph.D. 1988 University of Virginia student programming skills. control, programmable controllers, flexible manufactur- Cheng, Chao-Kun (1984) Associate Professor EGRM 300 Mechanical Systems Design ing systems, group technology, process planning and B.A. 1964 National Taiwan University Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. control, modeling and simulation of factory operations. Ph.D. 1970 Notre Dame University Ph.D. 1979 Clarkson University Prerequisites: EGRM 201, EGRM 202 and MATH 301, EGRM 426 Manufacturing Processes Choi, Hongsik (2003) Assistant Professor or permission of the instructor. Basic principles of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: applied mechanics and materials employed for the Senior standing in the School of Engineering or permis- B.Sc. 1987 Hallym University, Korea design of machine elements and mechanical systems; sion of the instructor. Introduction to the operation and M.Sc. 1992 Michigan State University state of stress, deformation and failure criterion is design of metal fabrication processes; analysis of metal Ph.D. 1997 George Washington University applied to bearings, brakes, clutches, belt drives, gears, casting, extrusion, rolling, forging, wire and rod drawing; Murrill, Branson W. (1984) Associate Professor chains, springs, gear trains, power screws and trans- review of metal removal and joining methods; economic B.S. 1974 The College of William and Mary missions. and business considerations. M.S. 1977 University of Virginia Ph.D. 1991 The College of William and Mary EGRM 303 Thermal Systems Design EGRM 428 Polymer Processing Parker, Lorraine M. (1981) Associate Professor Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: MATH 301, ENGR 301 and ENGR 304 or Prerequisites: ENGR 301, ENGR 302 or permission of B.Sc. 1978 University of Bath permission of the instructor. Fundamentals of heat the instructor. Basic principles of momentum and heat Ph.D. 1981 University College of Swansea transfer, thermodynamics and fluid mechanics applied transfer applied to the analysis of polymer processing Primeaux, David (1996) Associate Professor to the analysis, design, selection and application of operations; introduction to polymer rheology; operation M.S. 2000 University of Tennesee energy conversion systems. and design aspects of extruders, blown film, injection Ph.D. 1975 University of Louvain

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 285 School of Engineering

Resler, Daniel R. (1992) Associate Professor practice as well as sensitivity to the socially related Humanities/languages B.S. 1978 Illinois State University technical problems that confront the profession and the CHIN 201 Intermediate Chinese M.S. 1985 University of Colorado computer scientist’s responsibility to protect public FREN 201 Intermediate French Ph.D. 1991 Queens University of Belfast health and liberties. Students will be able to identify GRMN 201 Intermediate German Wang, Ju (2003) Assistant Professor and analyze ethical issues in computer science. Ethics ITAL 201 Intermediate Italian B.S. 1995 Ocean University of Qingdao will be discussed in several computer science courses PORT 201 Intermediate Portuguese M.S. 1998 Chinese Academy of Sciences, including CMSC 490 Research Seminar. Computer sci- RELS 340/INTL 341 Global Ethics and the World’s Institute of Computation Technolgy ence students also will take one of the following Religions Ph.D. 2003 University of Florida courses in ethics offered by the Department of RUSS 201 Intermediate Russian Philosophy and Religious Studies: SPAN 201 Intermediate Spanish The bachelor of science in computer sci- RELS 340/INTL 341 Global Ethics and the World’s 6. Visual and performing arts ence is a rigorous, highly concentrated cur- Religions Students should demonstrate an enhanced understand- riculum of computer science courses, PHIL 211 History of Ethics ing and experience of the various visual and performing accredited by the Computer Accreditation PHIL 212 Ethics and Applications arts. They should understand the process of artistic Commission of ABET, 1111 Market Place, PHIL 213 Ethics and Health Care expression and be able to respond to artistic work from Suite 1050, Baltimore, MD 21202-4012; a variety of perspectives and contexts. telephone, (410) 347-7700. The program 3. Quantity and form Computer science students will take one course (1.5 includes advanced study in several impor- Students will demonstrate a good knowledge of the credit minimum) in an appropriate area of the visual or tant areas of computer science and provides application of calculus and discrete mathematics in the performing arts from the following list. (Other appropri- a strong foundation in the discipline. analysis and implementation of computer science prob- ate courses may be selected with the approval of an lems. They should develop analytical skills and logical adviser.) reasoning powers regarding the application of these Computer science graduation mathematical methods in computer science. A. Basic level courses designed specifically for All computer science students will take MATH 200- non-arts majors. requirements 201 Calculus with Analytical Geometry, MATH 211 The bachelor of science curriculum in com- Mathematical Structures and STAT 212 Concepts of Art education puter science requires a minimum of 120 Statistics. Physics, if taken, will be calculus based. ARTE 121-122 The Individual in the Creative Process credit hours and includes undergraduate ARTE 301-302 Art for Elementary Teachers requirements, general education requirements 4. Science and technology ARTE 408 Two-dimensional Art Experiences for computer science and major requirements. Computer science students will have an understanding ARTE 409 Three-dimensional Art Experiences of the process and concepts of modern experimental Art foundation science, including laboratory application of fundamen- ARTF 121-122 Introduction to Drawing Computer science general tal ideas and methods. All computer science students Communication arts and design education requirements will successfully complete: CARD 191 Studio Topics in Communication Arts and a. CHEM 101-102 and CHEZ/FRSZ 101L and 102L Design All students seeking a baccalaureate General Chemistry and laboratory, or PHYS 207-208 Dance/choreography degree in computer science within the University Physics. DANC 171, 172 T’ai Chi School of Engineering are required to fulfill b. BIOL 101 Biological Concepts, BIOL 151 Introduction DANC 183-184 Introduction to Modern Dance general education requirements, as follows. to Biological Sciences I, or BIOL 152 Introduction to Technique Biological Sciences II. DANC 313 Dance in World Cultures 1. Communicating c. an additional three-credit course in science that Interior design Students should demonstrate effective oral and written counts toward a major in chemistry, biology or IDES 103-104 Introductory Studio Course communication skills. They should be able to communi- physics. Music cate ideas clearly and effectively, consistent with the stan- APPM 193 Class Lessons in Voice dards of the computer science profession. All computer 5. Interdependence APPM 195 Class Lessons in Guitar science students will demonstrate competence in English Students will develop an awareness of the strong MHIS 105-106 Introduction to Writing Music composition by successfully completing ENGL 101 Writing global interdependence of culture, economics and soci- MHIS 243 Music Appreciation and Rhetoric Workshop I and ENGL 200 Writing and ety to prepare for a possible international career in Painting and printmaking Rhetoric Workshop II with a “C” grade or above, and one computer science by successfully completing one inter- PAPR 155-156 Drawing and Painting, Basic writing intensive course outside the major. nationally focused course in the social sciences and Photography and film Both oral and written communication skills will be one global culture course in the humanities, including PHTO 243 Photography stressed and developed in computer science courses, foreign languages at the intermediate level. Sculpture as appropriate. In particular, the research seminar Courses (three credit minimum) will be selected SCPT 209 Introduction to Sculpture course (CMSC 490) will be designated as writing inten- from the following lists. (Other appropriate courses may Theatre sive. In this class, students will prepare written reports be selected with the approval of an adviser.) THEA 107, 108 Introduction to Stage Performance that will be critiqued from both a technical and a writing standpoint. The reports submitted will be revised as Social sciences B. Basic level courses open to both arts and non- required, as the students write to learn and ultimately POLI/INTL 105 International Relations arts majors. meet the standards of written communication required POLI/INTL 361 Issues in World Politics in industry. Also, the reports will be presented orally to POLI/INTL 365 International Political Economy Art education classmates and the public, using state-of-the-art pres- ECON 325 Environmental Economics ARTE 353 Art and Perceptual Communication entation techniques. GEOG 322 World Political Geography Art foundation MGMT 318 Organizational Behavior ARTF 101-102 Conceptualization and Presentation 2. Ethics MGMT 418 International Management (special permission required) Students will have an understanding of the ethical MRBL 378 International Marketing Art history characteristics of the computer science profession and AND ARTH 103, 104 Survey of Western Art

286 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Engineering

ARTH 145, 146 Survey of Oriental Art 7. Humanities and social sciences credits must include at least one course ARTH 207 Introduction to Non-Western Art Study in the humanities and social sciences is intended from each of the following lists: ARTH 270, 271 History of the Motion Picture to make computer science students fully aware of cul- A: CMSC 502, CMSC 519, CMSC 520, CMSC 525 Crafts tural traditions as well as relationships in society. B: CMSC 504, CMSC 508, CMSC 511, CMSC 526 CRAF 201-202 Metalsmithing Students must complete 30 credit hours from the fol- C: CMSC 505, CMSC 506, CMSC 509, CMSC 521 CRAF 211-212 Jewelry lowing programs: African-American Studies (AFAM), CRAF 221 Woodworking Techniques American Studies (AMST), Anthropology (ANTH), Art Curriculum for computer science CRAF 241 Ceramics: Handbuilding History (ARTH), Criminal Justice (CRJS), Economics CRAF 242 Ceramics: Wheelthrowing (ECON), English (ENGL), Geography (GEOG), History Freshman year CRAF 251, 252 Introduction to Glassworking (HIST), Management (MGMT), Mass Communications CRAF 261, 262 Beginning Textiles (MASC), Philosophy (PHIL), Political Science (POLI), Fall semester credits Dance/choreography Psychology (PSYC), Religious Studies (RELS), Social MATH 211 Mathematical Structures 3 DANC 105-106 Improvisation Sciences (SOCS), Sociology (SOCY), Urban Studies CMSC 255 Introduction to Programming 3 DANC 107 Contemporary Dance Perspectives (URSP) and Women’s Studies (WMNS). Some courses ENGL 101 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop I 3 DANC 111-112 Ballet Technique I in other programs may be counted toward this require- Humanities electives 6 DANC 114, 214, 314, 414 Summer Dance Workshops ment with Computer Science Program approval. Some _____ DANC 121, 122/AFAM 121, 122 Tap Technique I of the courses chosen to satisfy previous requirements 15 DANC 126, 127/AFAM 126, 127 African-Caribbean also may be used to satisfy this requirement (e.g., Dance I ENGL 200). These courses should be selected to Spring semester DANC 141, 142 Ballroom Dancing broaden the cultural, historical and artistic perspectives CMSC 256 Data Structures and Object Oriented DANC 243 Dynamic Alignment of computer science students — or otherwise to widen Programming 3 DANC 291 Topics in Dance their interests and to continue their intellectual growth CMSC 301 Introduction to Discrete Structures 3 DANC 308 Dance History — keeping in mind that these courses are intended to Interdependence elective 3 DANC 313 Dance in World Cultures serve personal development and not vocational needs. Arts elective 2 or 3 Fashion design and merchandising Humanities elective 3 FASH 290 Textiles for the Fashion Industry _____ FASH 319 20th Century Fashions Degree requirements – bachelor of 14 or 15 Music science in computer science APPM 300-level Private Instruction: Principal and The bachelor of science curriculum in Sophomore year Secondary Performing Mediums APPM 370 Large Ensembles (auditions required for computer science requires a minimum of 40 credits in courses labeled CMSC. Fall semester some sections) CMSC 311 Computer Organization and Assembler APPM 390 Small Ensembles (auditions required for Computer science majors are required to Language Programming 3 all sections) complete all of the following courses: CMSC 355 Program Design 3 MHIS 120 Introduction to Musical Styles • One of: MATH 301 Differential Ethics elective 3 MHIS 250/AFAM 250 Introduction to African- Equations, MATH 310 Linear Algebra or MATH 200 Calculus with Analytic Geometry 4 American Music MATH 351 Applied Abstract Algebra. ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 3 MHIS 350/INTL 370/AFAM 350 Studies in the • All of the following computer science _____ Music of the African Continent and Diaspora courses: 16 Photography and film CMSC 255 Introduction to Programming PHTO 233 Elements of the Moving Image CMSC 256 Data Structures and Object Oriented Spring semester Theatre Programming CMSC 312 Introduction to Operating Systems 3 THEA 103 Stagecraft CMSC 301 Introduction to Discrete Structures CMSC 401 Algorithm Analysis With Advanced THEA 104 Costume Construction CMSC 311 Computer Organization and Assembler Data Stuctures 3 THEA 211-212 Introduction to Drama Language Programming Humanities elective 3 THEA 221 Basic Scene Design/THEZ 221L Basic CMSC 312 Introduction to Operating Systems MATH 201 Calculus With Analytic Geometry 4 Scene Design Laboratory CMSC 355 Program Design Writinig intensive course outside the major 3 THEA 229 Introduction to Lighting Design CMSC 401 Algorithm Analysis with Advanced Data _____ THEA 303/AFAM 303 Black Theatre Structures 16 CMSC 403 Programming Languages C. Advance level courses open to both arts and non- CMSC 490 Research Seminar Junior year arts majors. • All students must complete a senior Some require special permission/audition. team project experience. In order to Fall semester fulfill this requirement, all students CMSC 403 Programming Languages 3 Dance/choreography CMSC upper-level elective 3 DANC 221, 222 Tap Technique II must complete one 500-level course STAT 212 Concepts of Statistics 3 DANC 319, 320 Video/Choreography Workshop involving a team project. Currently, CHEM 101 and CHEZ/FRSZ 101 General DANC 343 Body Imagery the following courses satisfy this Chemistry and Laboratory or PHYS 207 requirement: CMSC 502, CMSC 506 University Physics I 4 or 5 C. Advance level courses open to both arts and CMSC 519. _____ and non-arts majors. Some require special • In order to provide breadth and depth 13 or 14 permission/audition. of knowledge, 15 upper-level computer science credits must be completed. Spring semester Dance and choreography CMSC 490 Research Seminar 1 DANC 221, 222 Tap Technique II The team project course may be counted toward these 15 credits. These CMSC upper-level elective 3 DANC 319, 320 Video/Choreography Workshop MATH elective 3 DANC 343 Body Imagery

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 287 School of Engineering

CHEM 102 and CHEZ/FRSZ 102L General Up to six credits of approved electives in techniques. Students may not receive credit for both Chemistry II or Laboratory or PHYS 208 mathematics or statistics may be counted CMSC 256 and INFO 350. University Physics II 4 or 5 toward the certificate. CMSC 301 Introduction to Discrete Structures General elective 3 Upon successful completion of all course _____ Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. work in five years or less, with a GPA of 2.5 14 or 15 Prerequisites: CMSC 255 with a grade of “C” or better or better, the student is awarded the com- and MATH 211 with a grade of “C” or better. A continuation of MATH 211. Recursion and induction. Operations Senior year puter science certificate. Successful completion of this program does not guarantee on sets and relations. Formal languages with an emphasis on finite state automata and grammars. Monoids and Fall semester admission to the master’s degree program in graphs (trees in particular). Elementary combinatorics CMSC upper-level elective 3 computer science. and advanced Boolean algebra. Humanities electives 6 Biology elective 3 CMSC 311 Computer Organization and Assembler General electives 1 to 4 Courses in computer science Language Programming _____ Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: 13 to 16 Students registering for CMSC 245 or 255 must have CMSC 256 with a grade of “C” or better. Registers, taken the VCU Mathematics Placement Test within instruction set issues, data representation, data storage Spring semester the one-year period immediately preceding the and processing, subprograms and parameter passing, CMSC upper-level elective 3 beginning of the course. An exception to this policy macros and conditional assembly, interrupts, I/O, and CMSC upper-level elective 3 is made in the case in which the stated alternative arithmetic, logical and control operations. General electives 6 prerequisite course has been completed at VCU. CMSC 312 Introduction to Operating Systems Science elective 3 CMSC 191 Topics in Computer Science Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ––––– Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be Prerequisite: CMSC 311 or EGRE 364. Computer sys- 15 repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Permission of the tems design, I/O processing, secondary memory organi- instructor. This course will teach selected topics in zation, command languages, memory management and Minor in computer science computer science. See the Schedule of Classes for spe- job scheduling. Students will work in teams to design cific topics and prerequisites. and implement an operating system simulation. A minor in computer science consists of at least 18 credits including CMSC 255, CMSC 245 Introduction to Programming CMSC 355 Program Design CMSC 256, MATH 211 and nine upper- Using C++ Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CMSC 256 with a grade of “C” or level credits in computer science. A mini- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: MATH 151 or satisfactory score on the better. Overview of the software design process includ- mum GPA of 2.0 must be achieved in the Mathematical Placement Test. Students are expected ing analysis, design and life cycle models. Students minor. to have fundamental computer skills. Introduction to will work in teams to develop the design of a large sys- the concepts and practice of structured programming tem. Additionally, students will design smaller projects. using C++. Problem solving, top-down design of algo- These projects will involve the analysis and reworking Certificate in computer science rithms, objects, basic C++ syntax, control structures, of designs as well as their implementation. The certificate in computer science is functions and arrays. This course is intended for Engineering majors. CMSC 391 Topics in Computer Science available to students who have received Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be bachelor’s degrees in other subject areas CMSC 246 Advanced Programming Using C++ repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Permission of the and wish to pursue the study of computer Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. instructor. This course will teach selected topics in science. Students who receive certification Prerequisite: CMSC 245. Advanced programming in computer science. See the Schedule of Classes for spe- through this program equip themselves for C++. Topics include program design, objects, classes, cific topics and prerequisites. inheritance, files, strings, linked lists, stacks, queues, many professional opportunities in the sci- CMSC 401 Algorithm Analysis with Advanced entific community and with government binary trees, recursion, and basic searching and sorting techniques. This course is intended for engineering Data Structures agencies. The certification also is designed majors. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. to allow interested students to prepare for Prerequisites: CMSC 256 with a grade of “C” or better graduate study in computer science. CMSC 255 Introduction to Programming and CMSC 301 with a grade of “C” or better. Certification through this program Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Introduction to algorithm analysis and complexity classes. Advanced data structures topics including mul- requires a minimum of 30 credits in com- Prerequisite: MATH 151 or equivalent. Students are expected to have fundamental computer skills. tiple linked lists, height-balanced trees, B-trees, file puter science at the 200 level or higher. Introduction to structured programming using Java. organization and graphs. Analysis of various searching Course work completed before or after Topics include problem solving, top-down design of and sorting algorithms. Algorithm design topics include receiving the bachelor’s degree can be algorithms using control structures, functions, arrays, divide-and-conquer, dynamic programming, greedy applied to the certification. basic I/O, basic concepts of objects and classes in methods and heuristic search. Java, and the Java classes, String and String Tokenizer. At least 18 credits must be from courses CMSC 403 Programming Languages in computer science at the 300 level or Students may not receive credit for both CMSC 255 and INFO 250. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. higher and earned at VCU after the candi- Prerequisites: CMSC 301 with a grade of “C” or better date has received a bachelor’s degree. At CMSC 256 Data Structures and Object Oriented and CMSC 311. Survey of representative modern pro- least six of these credits must be at the 400 Programming gramming languages. Formal definition of programming level or higher. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. languages including specifications of syntax and CMSC 311 Computer Organization and Prerequisites: CMSC 255 with a grade of “C” or better semantics. Precedence, infix, prefix and postfix notation. Global properties of algorithmic languages. Sub- Assembler Language Programming and and MATH 211 with a grade of “C” or better. Advanced programming using Java. Topics include introduction to routines, co-routines and tasks. List processing, string CMSC 401 Algorithm Analysis with object oriented design, inheritance, polymorphism, manipulation, data description and simulation lan- Advanced Data Structures are required exceptions, interfaces, linked lists, stacks, queues, guages. Run-time representation of program and data courses for certificate students. binary trees, recursion, and basic searching and sorting structures.

288 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Engineering

CMSC 419 Software Development Methods and CMSC 311. Basic digital circuits combinational CMSC 521 Introduction to the Theory of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. logic, data transfer and digital arithmetic. Memory and Computation Prerequisites: CMSC 246, EGRE 364. An introduction to memory access, control functions, CPU organization, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. the methodologies required to control the complexity microprogramming, input/output interfaces. Prerequisite: CMSC 301 or the equivalent with a grade involved in the development of large software systems. of “C” or better. An introduction to automata theory, Students will apply software engineering techniques to CMSC 506/ENGR 526 Computer Networks and formal languages and computability. Topics include an engineering problem. Students may not receive Communications finite automata, pushdown automata, Turing machines, degree credit for both CMSC 419 and either CMSC 519 Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. decidability and computational complexity. or CMSC 520. Not applicable toward the computer sci- Prerequisite: CMSC 312. Theoretical and applied analy- ence major requirements. sis of basic data communication systems; design of CMSC 525 Introduction to Software Analysis, networks in the framework of the OSI reference model; Testing, and Verification CMSC 490 Research Seminar Local and Wide Area Networks; performance analysis Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Prerequisites: of networks; error control and security. Students will Prerequisites: CMSC 401 and 403. An introduction to CMSC 312, 401, 403 and a writing intensive course work in teams to design and implement a small com- concepts and techniques used in the analysis of soft- outside the major. Discussion of research and presenta- puter network. ware for certain properties. Using analytic results to tion methods in computer science; and ethics in com- derive test data and verify the correct implementation puter science. Each student will write a research paper CMSC 508 Data Base Theory of programs. Flow graphs, fault/failure model, theoreti- and give at least one oral presentation. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. cal and practical limitations. Control flow, data flow Prerequisite: CMSC 401. Design and implementation of and error flow analyses. Testing strategies including CMSC 492 Independent Study hierarchical, network and relational data base systems. random, structural, mutation and error flow. Software Semester course; variable; 2, 3, 4 credits per semester. Relational algebra, normal forms and normalization. metrics. Maximum four credits per semester; maximum total of six credits. Generally open only to students of junior or CMSC 509 Artificial Intelligence CMSC 526 Theory of Programming Languages senior standing who have acquired at least 12 credits Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. in the departmental discipline. Determination of the Prerequisites: CMSC 401 and CMSC 403. Problem Prerequisite: CMSC 403. An introduction to the formal amount of credit and permission of instructor and spaces, problem-solving methods, game playing, semantics of programming languages, logic program- department chair must be procured prior to registration knowledge representatives, expert systems, natural ming and functional programming. Topics include deno- of the course. The student must submit a proposal for language understanding. tational semantics, attribute grammars, Backus Formal investigating some area or problem not contained in Functional Programming, fixed point semantics, model- the regular curriculum. The results of the student’s CMSC 511 Computer Graphics theoretic semantics and PROLOG. study will be presented in a report. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: CMSC 401 and MATH 310. Presents CMSC 554 Applications of Computers in the CMSC 502 Parallel Programming mathematical techniques for picture development and Teaching of Mathematics I Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. transformation, curve and surface approximation and Semester course; 2 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 Prerequisites: CMSC 312 and CMSC 401. Software and projections, graphical languages and data structures credits. Prerequisites: 17 credits at the 200 level or hardware mechanisms for providing mutual exclusion and their implementation, graphical systems (hardware above in mathematics or permission of the instructor. in uniprocessor and multiprocessor environments. and software). Introduction to computers and programming language, Architectures of multiprocessor systems and metrics BASIC. Applications of the computer in algebra, geom- CMSC 519 Software Engineering: Specification for their evaluation. Design and uses of parallel algo- etry, trigonometry, statistics and calculus. Not applica- rithms to solve concurrency problems in a distributed and Design ble toward certificate program, B.S. or M.S. degrees in environment including message passing and remote Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. mathematical sciences or computer science. procedure calls. Students will work in teams to design Prerequisites: CMSC 256 and 301, both with a grade of and implement parallel algorithms. “C” or better, and CMSC 355. Overview of the software CMSC 591 Topics in Computer Science engineering process and software life cycle models. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be CMSC 504 Compiler Construction Detailed study of planning, analysis, specification and repeated for credit. Prerequisites may vary. Permission Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. design phases. Students will work in teams to gain of the instructor required. Course is open to qualified Prerequisites: CMSC 401 and CMSC 403. Review of experience in prototyping and in developing specifica- undergraduates. Selected topics in computer sciences programming language structures, translation, loading, tion and design documents and user documentation. such as: Theory of data bases, information retrieval execution and storage allocation. Compilation of simple and artificial intelligence. expressions and statements. Organization of a compiler. CMSC 520 Software Engineering Practicum Use of bootstrapping and compiler writing languages. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: CMSC 401 and 519. Students participate CMSC 505 Computer Architecture as part of a team in the detailed design, implementa- Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. tion and evaluation of a software system. Prerequisites: CMSC 301 with a grade of “C” or better

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 289 School of Engineering

290 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

School of Graduate Studies

Before enrolling in graduate courses, graduate student. Such students are students should consult with the graduate required to verify residency and eligibility 1001 Grove Ave. • P.O. Box 843051 director of the program of interest. In some and obtain written permission from the Richmond, VA 23284-3051 programs, credits for courses will not apply school or schools in which they intend to (804) 828-6916 • Fax (804) 828-6949 to a VCU graduate degree until the student take courses. A nondegree-seeking graduate http://www.vcu.edu/graduate has been admitted to a graduate degree student must hold a baccalaureate degree. program. Enrollment in some graduate courses is F. Douglas Boudinot limited to degree-seeking students or Dean, School of Graduate Studies, majors. In courses where enrollment is Professor of Pharmaceutics Degree-seeking graduate students restricted, first priority is given to students B.S. 1978 Springfield College admitted to the program, and then to other Ph.D. 1985 State University of New York in For information about graduate study at VCU graduate degree-seeking students. Buffalo VCU, see the Graduate and Professional Nondegree-seeking students are not exempt Programs Bulletin or contact the School of from taking prerequisites for a course. Sherry T. Sandkam Graduate Studies at 1001 Grove Ave., P.O. There is no limit to the number of credits a Associate Dean, School of Graduate Box 843051, Richmond, VA 23284-3051, nondegree-seeking student may take, as Studies and Assistant Professor, Division of Educational Studies, School of Education (804) 828-6916. The Graduate and long as the student’s academic performance B.A. 1970 Longwood College Professional Programs Bulletin is available is credible. However, a nondegree-seeking for purchase at the VCU Bookstores, or may M.B.A. 1986 Virginia Commonwealth University student who is later admitted as a degree- Ph.D. 1996 Virginia Commonwealth University be accessed, in its entirety, via the Web: seeking student may apply only six credit http://www.vcu.edu/graduate. hours earned as a nondegree-seeking student toward the degree. For information about admission as a nondegree-seeking Nondegree-seeking graduate student, contact the Graduate School at students (804) 828-6916.

A student who takes graduate courses without formal admission into a degree program is classified as a nondegree-seeking

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 291 School of Graduate Studies

292 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

School of Medicine

The School of Medicine is located on biomedicine including applications provid- the Medical College of Virginia Campus of ing a constant improvement of the quality 1101 E. Marshall St. • P.O. Box 980565 Virginia Commonwealth University. of health care for citizens of Virginia. By Richmond, VA 23298-0565 Housing 26 basic health science and clini- using innovative, scholarly activity to cre- (804) 828-9790 • Fax (804) 828-5115 cal departments that collectively address ate new knowledge, providing better sys- http://www.medschool.vcu.edu the varied missions of the school in educa- tems of medical and science education and Heber H. Newsome tion, research, service and the delivery of developing more effective health-care Dean, School of Medicine health care as a component of the VCU methods, the School of Medicine seeks to M.D. Medical Center. The school offers graduate enhance the training of physicians and bio- and professional degrees including the medical scientists. The School of Medicine M.D., certificate, M.S., M.P.H. and Ph.D. shares the general objectives of VCU. as well as advanced professional training 1. To maintain an environment of educa- (Graduate Medical Education, Continuing tional excellence that will attract stu- Faculty and facilities Medical Education). Interdisciplinary dents and faculty interested in an insti- The School of Medicine consists of 700 degree programs also are offered including tution maintaining the highest aca- full-time faculty, including affiliates, those offered in conjunction with other demic standards. assisted by 630 residents and fellows and schools within the university. Refer to the 2. To promote an educational atmosphere over 700 clinical voluntary faculty. Graduate and Professional Programs that will develop in students: (a) desire Programs of instruction and research are Bulletin for more information regarding and interest in lifelong learning, (b) conducted on campus, at the McGuire admission standards as well as curricula out- intellectual curiosity and (c) excel- Veterans Affairs Medical Center and at lines. In addition to these offerings, the lence in skills and knowledge required affiliated hospitals in an effort to expose the basic health science departments provide for the solution of problems of health students to the variety of clinical disorders instruction in appropriate disciplinary areas and disease. encountered in the eastern United States. in programs offered by the college and 3. To provide standards of clinical Hospital facilities on the MCV Campus schools on both campuses of the university, practice and scientific investigation include both inpatient and outpatient facil- including undergraduate and other profes- that will serve students as examples ities. The MCV Campus is licensed for 902 sional training programs. throughout their professional careers. beds. In addition, the hospital at the The breadth of these educational activi- The primary aim of the School of McGuire Veterans Affairs Medical Center ties provide added opportunities, the devel- Medicine is to provide an academic envi- (600 beds) provides excellent patient care, opment of collaborative activity in research ronment appropriate for the education of training and research opportunities for the as well as teaching excellence across depart- its students, including undergraduate med- School of Medicine through its associated mental lines. The scope of research activity ical students, advanced degree (graduate) programs. within the school provides a continuum of students and graduate physician house offi- scholarship from the discovery of fundamen- cers, as well as continuing education tal knowledge in biomedicine to the transla- directed toward the needs of practicing Courses in anatomy tion of such knowledge into effective modal- physicians. In the classroom, laboratory, ities of treatment to improve health care and clinic and hospital, the faculty and students health-care delivery. Programmatic outreach are brought together in teaching-learning ANAT 301 Head and Neck Anatomy extends beyond institutional boundaries to experiences that promote scientific scholar- for Dental Hygienists include programs that join the faculty with ship and personal growth in knowledge and 2 lecture and 1 seminar hours. 3 credits. Offered: Fall community schools and other educational professional skills. semester. Prerequisite: Admission to the Dental Hygiene Program. An overview of head and neck programs that partner the school with The School of Medicine and its faculty anatomy that examines the major osteological, neural, Virginia Union University, Virginia State have vested responsibilities for the advance- muscular, vascular and visceral features. Lectures will University and Hampton University, histori- ment of knowledge through research and for be supplemented by textbook, self-study packages and cally black universities in the region. service to the community through applica- by brief laboratory exercises that provide hands-on tion of skills in biomedical knowledge, exposure to these major anatomical features. health-care leadership and patient care. ANAT 302 Microscopic Anatomy (Dental Hygiene) Mission Therefore, the school shares with teaching Semester course; 2 lecture hours and 2 laboratory the interdependent and almost inseparable hours. 3 credits. Offered: II. A lecture course in the The mission of the School of Medicine objectives of research and service. microscopic anatomy of general body tissues and the encompasses education and research in oral cavity.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 293 School of Medicine

the immune system of man with emphasis on the dis- Courses in biochemistry and tribution properties and roles of pathogenic microor- Courses in physiology (PHIS) molecular physics (BIOC) ganisms and the varied responses of the host, with emphasis on oral pathologies. Principles of prevention, control, and chemotherapy of infectious diseases are PHIS 206 Human Physiology Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. BIOC 403/CHEM 403 Biochemistry major components of the course. Microbiological pro- Prerequisite: A “C” grade or better in BIOL 101 and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. cedures that relate to nursing and dental hygiene prac- 101L or equivalent. Functioning of the human body with Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102, CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L tice are demonstrated, practiced, and evaluated in lab- emphasis on experimental procedures. Not applicable and CHEM 301-302, or equivalents with permission of oratory exercises and conferences. to the biology major. instructor. A presentation of structural biochemistry, enzymology, biophysical techniques, bioenergetics and PHIZ 206L/BIOZ 206L Human Physiology an introduction to intermediary metabolism. Courses in pathology (PATH) Laboratory BIOC 404/CHEM 404 Advanced Topics in Semester course; 2 laboratory hours. 1 credit. Pre- or corequisites: PHIS 206. Functioning of the human body Biochemistry PATH 445/FRSC 445 Forensic Toxicology with emphasis on experimental procedures. Not appli- Semester course; 2 lecture hours. 2 credits. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. cable to the biology major. Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102, CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L Prerequisites: CHEM 101-102, CHEZ/FRSZ 101L; CHEM and CHEM 301-302, and CHEM/BIOC 403, or equiva- 301-302 and CHEZ 301L. Provides a comprehensive PHIS 309 Introductory Quantitative Physiology I lents with permission of instructor. Presentations of overview of the basic principles of toxicology and the Semester course; 3 lecture hours and 3 laboratory cellular, molecular and structural aspects of biochem- practical aspects of forensic toxicology. Students will hours. 4 credits. Offered: Fall semester. Prerequisite: istry. Selected topics of biomedical research. learn to define the toxic agents most commonly result- Calculus at the level of MATH 200 and MATH 201. The ing in legal problems in U.S. society and also the course is intended for majors in Biomedical BIOC 501 Biochemistry (Dentistry) process by which the U.S. judicial system is aided by Engineering. Other students may enroll with permission Semester course; 5 lecture hours plus clinical correla- scientific investigation. of the instructor. This course is a survey course in phys- tions. 5 credits. Offered: I. Prerequisite: Organic chem- iology with emphasis on physical principles. It is a sys- istry, three credits of physical chemistry, or permission tems analysis of cellular anatomy, physiology and bio- of instructor. A presentation of structural biochemistry, chemistry which leads into analysis of the nervous sys- intermediary metabolism, physiological chemistry, and Courses in pharmacology and tem, musculoskeletal system and the digestive system. nutrition as part of the fundamental background of toxicology (PHTX) It is meant to be taken as part of a two-semester modern dentistry. Four clinical correlation workshops series with PHIS 310. complement the lecture presentations. PHTX 400 Drugs and their Actions PHIS 310 Introductory Quantitative Physiology II Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Offered: II. Semester course; 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 4 Prerequisites: Junior or senior or permission of instruc- Courses in human genetics (HGEN) credits. Offered: Spring semester. Prerequisites: tor. This course is a general survey of pharmacology Calculus at the level of MATH 200 and MATH 201 and and related disciplines. The history and basic principles PHIS 309. The course is intended for majors in biomed- are presented followed by discussions of neuropharma- HGEN 516/BIOL 516 Population Genetics ical engineering. Other students may enroll with per- cology, psychoactive drugs, drugs of abuse, Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Offered: II. mission of the instructor. This course is the second immunopharmacology, basic toxicology, drug design, Genetic and ecological factors affecting normal and semester of a survey course in physiology with empha- drug development, autonomic pharmacology, cardiovas- abnormal variation within and between populations of sis on physical principles. It includes a systems analy- cular pharmacology, and endocrine pharmacology, as organisms. sis of the cardiovascular, respiratory, renal and well as selected topics including scientific ethics, endocrine systems. It is meant to be taken as part of a molecular pharmacology, and behavioral pharmacology. two-semester series with PHIS 309. Courses in microbiology and PHTX 441 Pharmacology (Dental Hygiene) immunology (MICR) Semester course; 5 lecture hours. 5 credits. A didactic course designed to emphasize the principles of pharmacology and pain control and the rationale of drug MICR 365 Infection and Immunity (Dental actions, uses, and adverse effects. Hygiene) Semester course; 3 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 credits. Offered: I. A study of infectious diseases and

294 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

School of Nursing

The School of Nursing originated in 1893 as part of the University College of Accreditation 1220 E. Broad St. • P.O. Box 980567 Medicine. Since then, the educational pro- Richmond, VA 23298-0567 gram evolved to multiple programs at the The baccalaureate degree program in (804) 828-5171 • Fax (804) 828-7743 baccalaureate-, master’s- and doctoral- nursing is accredited by the National http://www.nursing.vcu.edu degree levels. The undergraduate program League for Nursing Accrediting contains bachelor of science degree options Commission, 61 Broadway, 33rd Floor, for traditional students and for registered New York, NY 10006, (800) 669-1656, ext. Nancy F. Langston nurses seeking completion of a bachelor of 153. The undergraduate program is Dean (1991) science degree. The School of Nursing is a approved by the Virginia Board of Nursing, B.S.N. 1966 University of Arkansas leader in nursing education in Virginia. and graduates are eligible to take the M.N. 1972 Emory University NCLEX RN registered nurse licensing Ph.D. 1977 Georgia State University examination. Inez Tuck Programs The master’s degree program is accredited Associate Professor and by the National League for Nursing Associate Dean of Doctoral Programs (1997) Bachelor of science, certificate, master of Council of Baccalaureate and Higher B.S.N. 1970 A&T State University, N.C. science, post-master’s certificate and doctor Degree Programs. M.N. 1972 University of Florida, Gainesville of philosophy degree programs are offered Ph.D. 1980 University of North through the School of Nursing. For informa- Carolina, Greensboro tion regarding the graduate programs, see the Nursing alumni M.B.A. 1995 University of Tennessee, Knoxville Graduate and Professional Programs Bulletin available on the Web: www.vcu.edu/bulletins. All graduates are eligible for membership Janet B. Younger Complete information regarding curricu- in the Nursing Alumni Division of the Professor and Associate Dean for Master’s lum and admissions may be obtained by Medical College of Virginia Alumni and Undergraduate Programs (1984) writing to the Office of Enrollment and Association of VCU. The purpose of the B.S. 1967 Medical College of Virginia Student Services, School of Nursing, division is to support and promote the M.Ed. 1970 University of Virginia Virginia Commonwealth University, P.O. School of Nursing. The division also pro- M.S. 1972 Virginia Commonwealth University Box 980567, Richmond, VA 23298-0567. vides support within the university to pro- Ph.D. 1984 University of Virginia mote and encourage the development of Anthony J. DeLellis nursing services of the highest possible Assistant Dean for Administration (1985) quality, to stimulate professional growth, Facilities and resources B.A. 1970 University of Delaware and to promote cooperation and fellowship M.A. 1973 Central Michigan University among nursing alumni and students. The faculty and administrative offices of Ed.D. 1977 University of Virginia the school are housed in the Nursing Education Building, 1220 E. Broad St. Additionally, this building has a nursing Annual lectureships Table of contents clinical resource laboratory, computer labo- Programs ...... 295 ratory and classrooms equipped with a full Outstanding scholars are brought to the campus through a variety of resources. Facilities and resources ...... 295 range of audiovisual equipment. Both Accreditation ...... 295 graduate and undergraduate courses also Students in the School of Nursing have access to special programs of an intellectual Nursing alumni ...... 295 are scheduled in other classrooms on Annual lectureships ...... 295 and cultural nature on both campuses of campus. School honors and awards ...... 296 the university. The clinical laboratories for nursing Financial assistance ...... 296 courses are conducted in VCU Health The Annual Nursing Lectureship, estab- Critical Care Nursing Certificate Program . . .296 System’s MCV Hospitals and in numerous lished in 1966 by contributions from Bachelor of Science in Nursing Program . . . .296 other hospitals and health agencies in the alumni and friends of the School of Admissions ...... 297 area. Students are given a diversity of expe- Nursing, brings to the campus each year a Curriculum ...... 297 riences in hospital and community-oriented person of national stature in the field of Academic regulations ...... 298 nursing. nursing. Alumni and faculty plan and Graduate degree programs ...... 299 implement the lectureship, which serves as Department of Adult Health Nursing ...... 300 an open forum to many public speakers in Department of Maternal Child Nursing . . . . .300 the health fields. Department of Integrative Systems ...... 301 Courses in nursing (NURS) ...... 302

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 295 School of Nursing

The Yingling Visiting Scholar Program sonal qualities are considered in selecting the increasing number of registered nurses was established in 1981 by alumni and the recipients. returning for baccalaureate degrees. friends of Dr. Doris B. Yingling, upon her retirement, in recognition of her many Marguerite G. Nicholson Award Student Nurses’ Association Award years of service as dean of the School of Nursing. The fund supports visits by emi- This award was established by alumni Initiated by members of the organization, nent scholars to the School of Nursing. and friends of the school to honor a this award is given in recognition of out- beloved alumna and former faculty mem- standing participation in the Student ber. The award is presented annually to a Nurses’ Association. The award is presented School honors and awards graduating senior student who best demon- to a senior NSA member who has demonstrates the humanitarian qualities of strated leadership, dedication and enthusi- Sigma Theta Tau unselfishness, helpfulness to others, consid- asm for the nursing profession through eration, humility and loyalty to the school. involvement in the organization. The School of Nursing inducted its first members in the fall of 1976. This local honor society was accepted as a chapter of Mayme B. Wilson Lacey Award Financial assistance the international nursing honor society, Established by alumni of the former St. Sigma Theta Tau, in fall 1977. The chapter, Philip School of Nursing, this award honors Financial assistance is available. known as Gamma Omega, installed its first an outstanding alumna of the school who Information may be obtained from the Web at members in fall 1978. The purposes of served for many years as assistant director of http://www.vcu.edu/enroll/finaid or by writing Sigma Theta Tau are to recognize superior nursing services for VCU Health System’s to the VCU Office of Financial Aid, Virginia achievement and leadership qualities, to MCV Hospitals. The recipient, a senior Commonwealth University, P.O. Box 980244, foster high professional standards and to nursing student, must be a well-rounded Richmond, VA 23298-0244. strengthen commitment to the ideals and individual committed to nursing as a pro- purposes of the profession. fession, who gives consistently good nursing care, has the ability to work well with the Critical Care Nursing Certificate Becky Godwin Fund health team and shows promise of support- Program ing professional organizations. This fund was established by former The Critical Care Nursing Certificate Dean Yingling in 1978 following comple- Temple Memorial Award program is composed of four courses, tion of the Honorable Mills E. Godwin Jr.’s Critical Care Nursing I and II, Critical second term as governor of Virginia. The The senior and junior classes, 1976-77, Care Nursing Technologies, and Critical fund was established in memory of former and the alumni from the School of Nursing Care Nursing Practicum. The program con- governor and Mrs. Godwin’s only daughter, established this award in memory of sists of 12 credit hours. Certificate-seeking Becky. The interest on the endowment President and Mrs. T. Edward Temple. The students will be admitted in the fall. Nurses contributed to the School of Nursing by award is given annually to a graduating stu- with R.N. licensure may enroll as special Yingling provides funds to enhance student dent in the master’s degree program. The students up to a maximum of six credits. professionalism in nursing for individuals recipient must possess characteristics that enrolled in the undergraduate and graduate demonstrate exemplary performance in the programs. Awards from the fund are made advocacy role for the consumer of health Admission requirements on an annual basis by the dean. care services and for the nursing profession. Applicants must (1) have R.N. licensure or senior status in the VCU School of Yingling Senior Achievement Award Martha M. Borlick Research Award Nursing, (2) be eligible for re-admission to or be in good standing at the last college Gifts to the institution to honor former This award was established in 1980 by an attended and (3) have a minimum GPA of Dean Yingling have been used to establish alumna in honor of Dr. Borlick, who served 2.5 based on a 4.0 scale. Applicants should an annual award to a senior student in the as chair of the Department of Community submit a VCU undergraduate application School of Nursing. Recognition is based on Health Nursing from 1970-78. The annual containing (1) post-secondary transcripts, outstanding leadership ability and potential award honors a graduate student in nursing (2) resume and (3) three professional refer- professional growth as determined by a research. ences including one from a direct supervisor. selection of faculty and students. Preference will be given to VCU Health Registered Nurse Student Award System employees and applicants with at least one year acute care experience. Mable Montgomery Award The Registered Nurse Student Award is This award was established through gifts given in recognition of performance and of faculty and students in honor of Miss achievement within the School of Nursing. Bachelor of Science in Nursing Mable E. Montgomery, executive secretary The award is presented annually to a gradu- of the Virginia Board of Nursing, 1949-70. ating senior who demonstrates excellence Program The award is given annually to a senior stu- in clinical expertise, leadership and per- The School of Nursing has three tracks dent and a faculty member. Leadership, sonal qualities. This award is given with in the baccalaureate program: (1) the excellence in nursing and outstanding per- funds provided by faculty in recognition of

296 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Nursing traditional and (2) the accelerated B.S. and the R.N.-B.S. Completion Program. In 3. Quantity and form (3) the R.N.-B.S. completion. addition to traditional admission criteria, Prerequisite: College-level math, statistics or algebra 3 applicants must meet the following require- credits ments to be considered: (1) be graduates of 4. Science and technology Prerequisite: Biology 4 credits, anatomy 4 credits, phys- Admissions state-approved diploma or associate degree iology* 4 credits, microbiology* 4 credits, nutrition 3 programs in nursing and (2) hold a current credits, laboratory science** 4 credits Applications for admission are welcome Virginia license to practice professional from men and women from any cultural or nursing. 5. Interdependence ethnic background who are interested in a In addition to taking courses, R.N. stu- Prerequisite: Sociology 3 credits; humanities elective career in professional nursing. Admission dents may establish credit toward the bac- (e.g., foreign language, history) 6 credits into the School of Nursing is competitive. calaureate degree in several ways: (1) by Freshmen should follow the university portfolio; (2) through transfer of credit 6. Visual and performing arts guidelines in the Admission to the from other colleges; and (3) through profi- Prerequisite: A course in the arts from the approved list University chapter of this bulletin. ciency examinations using the College for non-School of the Arts majors provided in the School of the Arts chapter of this bulletin; 3 credits Minimum admission criteria require that Level Examination Program for general an applicant must be eligible for re-admis- education and through National League for 7. Humanities and social sciences sion to or in good standing at the last col- Nursing standardized examinations for Prerequisites: Psychology 3 credits, developmental psy- lege attended; have a minimum TOEFL anatomy, physiology, microbiology and chology 3 credits, and general electives 3 credits score of 550 if they do not use English as nutrition. Information about the CLEP their natural language; and have a mini- tests may be obtained from the Web, * Physiology and microbiology credits must be earned mum GPA of 2.5 based on a four-point www.clep.org, or from the CLEP within 10 years preceding admission. scale. Grades lower than “C” in any of the Administrator, Office of Interdisciplinary ** If high school chemistry or its equivalent is not required courses are not acceptable. Studies and Special Student Advising, passed with a “C” or better, the laboratory science Admission GPA is calculated on courses Virginia Commonwealth University, P.O. must be chemistry. required for the School of Nursing. Box 843079, Richmond, VA 23284-3079, Applicants should submit SAT, ACT, MAT (804) 828-8420. CLEP tests are given on a Traditional program or GRE scores. All applicants to the under- monthly schedule, and arrangements to be Honors sections are available for a num- graduate program must have a minimum of tested may be made one month prior to the ber of courses. A typical curriculum for the 700 (combined original norm) or 830 testing date. Subject examinations are traditional program is as follows: (recentered norm) on the SAT or a compa- available in multiple areas as listed in infor- rable score on the GRE, MAT or ACT to mation available for the College Entrance Freshman year, fall semester credits be considered for admission to the program. Examination Board. Students may earn full Composition 3 Applicants are required to complete an course credit by examination for general Biology 4 application and submit the required tran- education courses. Mathematics or statistics 3 scripts, references and standardized test Registered nurses who have achieved Psychology 4 scores by Dec. 1 for the accelerated B.S. baccalaureate degrees in another discipline Sociology 3 program, Jan. 15 for the traditional program may apply to the master of science program VCU 101 1 and March 15 for the R.N.-B.S. program. in nursing. ______Applications may be obtained from the 18 Office of Undergraduate Admissions, P.O. Freshman year, spring semester Box 980632, Virginia Commonwealth Curriculum NURS 101 Introduction to Nursing 1 University, Richmond, VA 23298-0632, Nutrition 3 (804) 827-0152 or 1-800-828-9451. The applicant is responsible to seek advice Humanities 3 Applicants to the R.N.-B.S. program may from the School of Nursing on courses taken Second laboratory science or LFSC 101 submit California Critical Thinking scores prior to admission. Students transferring Introduction to Life Sciences* 3-5 in lieu of the above tests. from another college or university will enter Anatomy 4 Applicants for admission to the under- the program as sophomores or, on a very lim- ______graduate program who wish to be consid- ited basis, as juniors, which requires attend- 13-16 ered for early acceptance will be considered ing a 10 week summer session. if the following criteria are met: (1) submis- Fifty-six semester hours of general educa- Sophomore year, fall semester NURS 261 Health Assessment for Nursing Practice 3 sion of the complete application by Nov. 1, tion courses are required for graduation. Developmental psychology 3 (2) GPA of at least 3.4 and (3) SAT (or Physiology 4 equivalent) scores of at least 1100 on General education requirements Philosophy/ethics/logic/critical thinking 3 recentered scores. NURS 201 Concepts of Nursing 3 Applicants who hold a baccalaureate ______1. Communicating degree from an accredited institution in 16 Prerequisites: English composition 3 credits and ENGL another discipline, but are not registered 200 or its equivalent nurses, may apply to either the traditional Sophomore year, spring semester Visual/performing arts 3 or accelerated B.S. program. 2. Ethics NURS 202 Technologies of Nursing Practice 3 Applicants who are registered nurses and Prerequisite: Ethics or philosophy 3 credits Microbiology 4 who seek a baccalaureate degree apply to

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 297 School of Nursing

ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II 3 Fall 1 should apply to the Office of Financial Aid NURS 370 Theory and Research in Clinical Practice 3 NURS 325/NURS 355 or NURS 335/NURS 345 in advance. ______(Junior-level clinical courses) 12 16 NURS 365 Nursing Science I 3 NURS 485 Managerial Theory for Nursing Practice 3 Academic regulations Junior year, fall semester NURS 365 Nursing Science I 3 Spring 1 NURS 335 Nursing of Women 6 NURS 335/NURS 345 or NURS 325/NURS 355 12 Progression NURS 345 Nursing of Children 6 NURS 366 Nursing Science II 3 Humanities 3 NURS 370 Theory and Research in Clinical Practice 3 The minimum passing grade in the general ______education courses and the nursing major is a 18 Summer 2 “C.” Any nursing student who receives less NURS 425 Nursing of Adults II 6 than a “C” in any course required for the B.S. Junior year, spring semester NURS 486 Nursing Leadership and Management degree must repeat the course with a “C” or NURS 366 Nursing Science II 3 Practicum 2 better. Progression to the next level of clinical NURS 325 Nursing of Adults I 6 courses is based upon satisfactory completion NURS 355 Psychiatric-mental Health Nursing 6 Fall 2 of courses of the current year and a cumula- ______NURS 415 Community Health Nursing 6 tive GPA of not less than 1.91. Courses at the 15 NURS 496 Clinical Practicum 3 next level in the nursing major without a NURS 405 Nursing in Long-term Care 3 Senior year, fall semester NURS 475 Professional Issues in Nursing 3 clinical component may be taken before stu- NURS 425 Nursing of Adults II 6 ______dents officially progress to that level. Appeal NURS 485 Managerial Theory for Nursing Practice 3 Total credits 68 of all progression issues is made to the NURS 486 Nursing Management Practicum 2 Undergraduate Admission, Policy and NURS 405 Nursing Management of the Progression Committee. The clinical labora- Long-term Care Client 3 R.N.-B.S. Completion Program tory grading system is satisfactory or unsatis- ______The general education requirements are factory. Unsatisfactory clinical application 14 the same for the R.N.-B.S. Completion results in a grade of “F” for the course. Program. Fifty-six semester-hours of general A student may fail a clinical course prior Senior year, spring semester education courses are required for gradua- to the completion of the course under cer- Upper division or nursing elective 3 tion. The following is a typical curriculum NURS 415 Community Health Nursing 6 tain circumstances. A student whose con- NURS 475 Professional Issues in Nursing 3 plan for the R.N.-B.S. completion student: duct is judged to be clinically unsafe may NURS 496 Clinical Practicum 3 be dismissed at any time from a clinical ______Fall semester unit. Unsafe clinical performance is defined 15 NURS 302 Dynamics of Professional as behavior that is actually or potentially Nursing Practice 4 injurious to patients or staff and is out of * Students who have not satisfactorily (grade of “C” NURS 261 Health Assessment for Nursing Practice 3 the range of ordinary student mistakes. NURS 370 Theory and Research in Clinical Practice 3 or above) completed high school or developmental Dismissal for the remainder of the course chemistry are not eligible to take the LFSC course Spring semester results in a failing grade for the course as but must take a general chemistry course with a lab- does any failure to meet course objectives. oratory to meet the science requirements. NURS 415 Community Health Nursing 6 NURS 405 Nursing Practice in Long-term Care 3 Further, any student who has been con- Upper division elective 3 victed of a felony may be ineligible for Accelerated B.S. Program licensure as a registered nurse in Virginia. Cirriculum Plan Fall semester Students or applicants should address any NURS 485 Managerial Theory for Nursing Practice 3 questions of this nature directly to the Prerequisites include a baccalaureate NURS 486 Nursing Management Practicum 2 Virginia Board of Nursing. degree from an accredited college or uni- NURS 475 Professional Issues in Nursing 3 There are additional requirements for versity. The general education requirements Upper-division credits will be awarded after satisfactory progression in the School of are the same as for the traditional B.S. pro- successful completion of NURS 302 36 Nursing and all students are responsible for gram, but will be met with the previous ______compliance with additional school policies, degree. Additional prerequisites include Total required nursing courses 66 listed in the School of Nursing Policy Microbiology 4 credits, Anatomy and Manual, available on the School of Nursing Physiology 5-8 credits, English 6 credits, Commuting and community practice home page (http://www.nursing.vcu.edu). and Developmental Psychology 3 credits. Students are assigned to a variety of hospitals and health agencies. Occasionally, The following is a typical curriculum these assignments may be during evening Re-admission plan for the accelerated B.S. student: hours. Transportation is sometimes avail- Students dismissed from the school or able to reach these assignments, but use of university who wish to return must re-apply Summer 1 an automobile is often necessary, especially for admission and be considered in relation NURS 201 Concepts of Nursing 3 in community health nursing. Transporta- NURS 202 Technologies of the Nursing Practice 3 to all other applicants. The applicant must NURS 261 Health Assessment for Nursing Practice 3 tion costs vary widely each semester and then meet all criteria for admission and may range from very little to more than graduation that apply at re-admission. $100. Students who anticipate need of financial assistance for transportation costs

298 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Nursing

Completion of degree plans with the associate dean for the mas- M.S. program course work. The student requirements – time limit ter’s and undergraduate programs. Before completes the general education require- leaving the school, the proper forms must ments for the baccalaureate degree prior to Once the student enrolls in the School be obtained from the registrar and com- entering the R.N.-M.S. track. The track of Nursing, the degree requirements must pleted by the student. Failure to follow this provides the additional courses in the major be completed within six calendar-years. procedure may prevent readmission to the required for the degree and a B.S. degree is The credentials and programs of a candi- School of Nursing at a later date. awarded after the completion of 30 credit date unable to meet this requirement may hours of specified course work. All master’s be evaluated by the Undergraduate program concentrations are available to Admission, Policy and Progression Graduate degree programs students admitted to this track. Committee upon request. Such a candidate may have to meet additional requirements The School of Nursing offers programs of Admission requirements established during the interval since study leading to the master of science, post- matriculation. All students must be To be considered for admission, appli- master’s certificate and doctor of philosophy cants must have: enrolled in the School of Nursing for the degrees. See the Graduate and Professional final semester of study in order to graduate. • an associate’s degree or diploma in Programs Bulletin for a detailed description nursing from an accredited program. of all graduate programs. • transcripts reflecting completion of a CPR health assessment course comparable Students entering the School of Nursing Master’s program to NURS 261 and a community must be certified in cardiopulmonary resus- The master’s program is designed to offer health nursing course comparable citation (CPR) before they begin their first general core content requisite for advanced to NURS 415. clinical nursing course prior to matricula- practice in nursing as well as content aimed • acceptable scores on the Graduate tion in the sophomore year. CPR certifica- at preparation in a specialty concentration. Record Examination, including all tion must include: The program is designed to prepare individ- three components: verbal, quantitative • one- and two-rescuer CPR, uals for certification as nurse practitioners and analytical. • CPR for infants, children and adults, and/or clinical nurse specialists. The spe- • TOEFL scores of greater than 550 for and cialty areas are: adult health acute care, international applicants. • rescue breathing for choking infants, adult health primary care, child health, • a current, unrestricted registered nurse children and adults. family health, nursing administration and license in state, the District of Students are required to show evidence leadership, integrative psychiatric mental Columbia, or a U.S. possession or ter- of CPR certification valid to the end of health and women’s health. ritory, or an equivalent credential in academic year to the Office of Enrollment another country. and Student Services before the first clini- • passing scores on the Qualifying Exam cal day. Those who are not certified will Accelerated Second Degree of the Commission on Graduates of not be allowed to participate in the clinical Program Foreign Nursing Schools (CGFNS) laboratory and will be considered to have In response to the growing number of prior to applying if the applicants are an unexcused absence. individuals with bachelor’s degrees in other graduate of foreign nursing schools and disciplines who are now seeking a career in are licensed outside of the United States. Applicants must include the TB screening nursing, the school offers a graduate program whereby an individual can earn a exam report with their application All nursing students will have an annual bachelor’s and master’s degree in nursing. materials. TB screening. Students are required to show Students in the Accelerated Second Degree • professional liability insurance (not evidence of this annual screening. Those stu- Program take courses in the undergraduate required but highly recommended). dents who have not had their annual screen- and master’s program until licensure as a ing will not be allowed to participate in the R.N. is obtained. It is anticipated that this Prerequisite courses clinical laboratory and will be considered to will occur at the end of the fifth semester. The following will be accepted in trans- have an unexcused absence. The master’s degree is awarded after two to fer only upon a rigorous evaluation of each four semesters of additional study depend- course for comparability to the B.S. pro- Hepatitis B vaccination ing on the area of concentration. This program using defined criteria developed by expert faculty in community health and All nursing students enrolled in clinical gram begins in the summer (see section entitled, “Master’s Program”). health assessment. Applicants must provide courses are required to complete the Hepatitis a copy of the course syllabi and a written B vaccination series or to provide proof of a statement of how the course met the objec- positive antibody titer. The first injection of R.N.-M.S. Track tives of the VCU courses. VCU course the series must be received prior to matricula- The School of Nursing offers a track in objectives will be provided to applicants. tion into the School of Nursing. the master’s program designed for students Otherwise the following courses will be who have their R.N. but have not com- taken prior to beginning the R.N.-M.S. Separation from the school pleted the baccalaureate degree. The track track: A student who wishes to withdraw from includes elements of the R.N.-B.S. program the School of Nursing should discuss the and moves the student expeditiously into

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 299 School of Nursing

credits Post-master’s Certificate Program Munro, Cindy L. (1992) Associate Professor NURS 261 Health Assessment or B.S.N. 1983 Millersville University of Pennsylvania comparable course 2-3 Individuals with a master’s of science M.S. 1984 University of Delaware NURS 415 Community Health Nursing or degree in nursing may take courses in the Ph.D. 1992 Virginia Commonwealth University comparable course 3 master’s program in order to be eligible for Salyer, Jeanne (1986) Associate Professor the certification exam for advanced nursing B.S.N. 1972 University of Alabama Courses required for the B.S. degree practice as a nurse practitioner. The plan of M.S.N. 1975 University of Alabama General education requirements (taken prior to admission study is dependent on prior master’s work. Ph.D. 1992 Virginia Commonwealth University to the R.N.-B.S. track) Areas of study offered are: adult health, Taliaferro, Donna (2001) Associate Professor child health, family health, women’s B.S.N. 1973 Murray State University Communications credits health, nursing systems, psychiatric mental M.S.N. 1977 Medical College of Georgia Writing or compositions 6 health and spirituality. Ph.D. 1991 Texas Women’s University Humanities Adjunct faculty Philosophy, ethics, logic or critical thinking 3 Doctoral Program General humanities 6 Kevin Brigle Beth Herndon-Spitzer The goal of the doctoral program in nurs- Jane Ingalls Susan H. Jones Arts ing is the preparation of scholars to develop Kathleen Lanigan Laura Larue Visual or performing art 3 knowledge in the discipline of nursing. Margaret Mountcastle Gloria Myers Substantive areas of study are: healing, risk Juan Quintero Linda Radford-Goad Social sciences and resilience, health systems and immuno- Linda Williamson Psychology 3-4 competence. Developmental psychology 3 Clinical faculty Sociology 3 Kathleen Akridge Kathleen M. Anderson Mathematics Department of Adult Health Nursing Kathy Baker Cathy M. Boze Statistics 3 Denise Coleman Courtney Cosby Suellen DeWitt Kenneth Edmission Sciences D. Patricia Gray Associate Professor and Department Chair (1996) Laura Finch Julie Fitch Laboratory sciences* 8 Patricia Garey Marie Gerardo Anatomy and physiology 8 B.S. 1974 University of North Carolina, Charlotte M.S. 1976 University of North Carolina, Cynthia J. Gifford Diane L. Hanna Microbiology 4 Janet K. Herr Jane Kaatz Nutrition 3 Chapel Hill Ph.D. 1982 University of Utah Ann Kaplan Janice Keitz Norah R. Knutsen Catherine D. Lantz Electives Jill M. Mercier Wanda H. Miller Any extra credit from required areas, computer science Al’Majid, Sadeeka (2000) Assistant Professor Deborah S. Mobley Mary Ann Mugel or other liberal arts courses. Not more than three cred- B.S.N. 1998 College of Health Sciences, Bahrain Janet Pinson Jo Lynn Robbins its in physical education or activity courses. 2-3 M.S.N. 1992 University of Wisconsin Audrey Roberson Barbara Jo Roberson Total general education 56 Ph.D. 2000 University of Wisconsin Renata C. Sampson Jane T. Settle Boyle, Anne H. (1991) Collateral Assistant Professor Lynette D. Short Katharine K. Spiegel Nursing courses B.S.N. 1971 Duke University Denise C. Thornby NURS 302 Dynamics of Professional Nursing 4 M.N. 1977 University of South Carolina NURS 370 Nursing Theory and Research 3 Ph.D. 1996 University of Virginia Emeriti faculty NURS 475 Professional Issues in Nursing 3 Grap, Mary Jo E. (1984) Associate Professor Exley, Ethelyn E., Associate Professor Emerita NURS 485 Managerial Theory 3 B.S.N. 1972 Kent State University Kissinger, Jeanette F., Professor Emerita Total undergraduate nursing credit 13 M.S. 1977 University of Colorado B.S. 1953 College of St. Catherine Ph.D. 1986 Georgia State University M.Ed. 1955 University of Minnesota M.S. core curriculum Jablonski, Rita A. (1997) Collateral Associate Professor (credits shared for B.S. and M.S. degrees) Ed.D. 1979 University of Virginia B.S.N. 1986 Holy Family College NURS 501 Advanced Professionalism I 1 Olgas, Marya, Associate Professor Emerita M.S.N. 1992 LaSalle University NURS 502 Pharmacotherapeutics 3 N.P. 1997 University of Pennsylvania NURS 503 Advanced Nursing Practice: Psychosocial 3 Langston, Nancy F. (1991) Professor and Dean NURS 504 Advanced Nursing Practice: Biological 3 Department of Maternal Child NURS 508 Advanced Nursing Practice: Systems 3 B.S.N. 1966 University of Arkansas NURS 511 Health Assessment for Advanced M.N. 1972 Emory University Nursing Nursing Practice 3 Ph.D. 1977 Georgia State University NURS 512 Advanced Nursing Science 3 Lipp, Susan L. (1987) Instructor Sharron Humenick Total master’s credits applied to B.S. degree 22* B.S.N. 1974 University of Virginia Professor and Department Chair (1999) M.S.N. 1979 University of North Carolina, B.S.N. University of Michigan * Not all of these courses are required in each mas- Chapel Hill M.P.H. University of California at Berkeley ter’s program concentration. However, a student Mallinson, Kevin (2001) Assitant Professor Ph.D. University of Texas at Austin must take at least 17 of these credits to meet B.S. B.S.N. 1989 University of Miami Florida degree requirements. M.S.N. 1997 Johns Hopkins University Amankwaa, Linda (2001) Assistant Professor Ph.D. 2000 Johns Hopkins University A.D. 1977 Santa Fe Community College Remainder of curriculum (at least 30 credits) is consistent McCain, Nancy L. (1995) Associate Professor B.S.N. 1981 University of Florida with all requirements of current M.S. program and spe- B.S.N. 1973 University of Mississippi M.S.N. 1990 Florida State University cific to the concentration chosen. M.N. 1976 University of Mississippi N.P. 1983 University of Pennsylvania and Planned D.S.N. 1983 University of Alabama, Birmingham

300 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Nursing

Parenthood Federation of America Stephanie G. Metzger Michelle Meyer-Ban M.S. 1979 Virginia Commonwealth University Ph.D. 2000 Georgia State University Kathy Morris Natalie Moses Ph.D. 1983 New York University Cox, Ann W. (1981) Collateral Assistant Professor Shirley Napier Christy Neill Cutler, Carol (2001) Assistant Professor A.D. 1967 Oxford College of Emory University Aimee Radford Linda Radford-Goad B.S.N. 1963 University of Virginia B.S.N. 1970 Emory University Debra Seegers Kelly Spann M.S.N. 1981 University of Virginia M.N. 1971 Emory University Stacie Stevens Linda Stones D.N.Sc. 1998 The Catholic University of America Ph.D. 1992 Virginia Commonwealth University Sue Taylor Harry Tillman DeLellis, Anthony J. (1985) Assoicate Professor and Chapin, Marie (1999) Collateral Assistant Professor Assistant Dean for Administration A.A.S. 1983 Germanna Community College Clinical faculty B.A. 1970 University of Delaware B.S. 1978 Mary Washington College Elizabeth W. Astin Annette Backus M.A. 1973 Central Michigan University M.S. 1993 Virginia Commonwealth University Betsy A. Bampton Jacqueline G. Broyles Ed.D. 1977 University of Virginia Hearington, Debra K. (1995) Assistant Professor Valerie Burkholtz-Welch Elizabeth Chaisson-Ricker Kirsch, Phyllis (1998) Collateral Assistant Professor B.S. 1979 Mary Washington College Valerie Coleman Jennifer C. Condrey B.S. 1973 Old Dominion University B.S. 1981 Virginia Commonwealth University Sharon A. Cone Joan Corder-Mabe M.S. 1990 Virginia Commonwealth University M.S. 1985 Virginia Commonwealth University Marcia S. Davis Barbara H. Dunn M.P.H. 1998 Virginia Commonwealth University N.P. 1995 Virginia Commonwealth University Sarah Eissler Karen M. Hill-Holliday Kritek, Phyllis B. (2002) Professor Henry, JoAnne K. (1978) Associate Professor Gail W. Johnson Nancy P. Mason B.S.N. 1967 Marillac College B.S.N. 1968 University of Virginia Yvonne G. Newberry Judith Parker-Falzoi M.S.N. 1971 University of Illinois M.A. 1971 New York University Nancy Pridgen Barbara Reyna Ph.D. 1980 University of Illinois Ed.D. 1979 University of Virginia Wanda Rivadeneira Debra P. Shockey Moon, Martha W. (1998) Assistant Professor Lewis, Judith A. (1993) Associate Professor Barbara V. Terrell B.S. 1974 The College of William and Mary A.B. 1966 Brandeis University B.S. 1979 Virginia Commonwealth University B.S. 1968 Boston University Emeriti faculty M.S. 1984 Virginia Commonwealth University M.S. 1977 University of California, San Francisco Bampton, Betsy A., Associate Professor Emerita Ph.D. 1995 University of California at San Francisco Ph.D. 1985 Brandeis University A.A. 1957 Frostburg State College M.P.H. 1996 University of California at Berkeley Pickler, Rita H. (1990) Associate Professor B.S. 1960 Medical College of Virginia Post Doctoral Fellowship 1998 University of B.S.N. 1979 University of North Carolina, Greensboro M.S. 1965 University of Maryland California at San Francisco M.S.N. 1981 University of North Carolina, Greensboro Ed.D. 1987 The College of William and Mary Ph.D. 1990 University of Virginia Clarke, Bernadine A., Associate Professor Emerita Adjunct faculty Roux, Gayle M. (2001) Associate Professor B.S. 1953 Duke University Karen Carter Darlene Edwards A.D. 1972 Creighton Memorial St. Joseph School M.S. 1975 Virginia Commonwealth University Vickie Fisher Kathy Fornili of Nursing Collins, Judith B., Associate Professor Emerita Eleanor Garrett Lauren Goodloe B.S.N. 1980 University of Nebraska B.S. 1962 University of North Carolina Neil Horton Carlene Jean-Gilles M.S. 1988 MS Texas Women’s University M.S. 1968 Boston University Brenda Krohn Anthony Mangiafico Ph.D. 1993 Texas Women’s University Crowder, Dorothy S., Associate Professor Emerita Monica S. Markowitz Lucy Smith Sawin, Kathleen J. (1987) Associate Professor B.S. 1974 Virginia Commonwealth University Margaret Supensky Harry Tillman B.S. University of North Dakota M.S. 1976 Virginia Commonwealth University Shirley Wampler M.S. 1976 University of Minnesota Crummette, Beauty D., Associate Professor Emerita D.N.S. 1988 Indiana University B.S. 1958 Medical College of Virginia Clinical faculty M.S. 1989 University of Wisconsin M.A. 1962 Columbia University Paula N. Allocca James E. Ames IV Scaringi, Eileen (2000) Collateral Assistant Professor Ph.D. 1978 University of Pittsburgh Jan Dalby Sarah P. Farrell B.S. 1987 University of Sioux Falls Youngkin, Ellis Q., Associate Professor Emerita Pamela R. Faulkner Stacie W. Fisher M.S.N. 1992 Massachusetts General Hospital Nancy C. Ford Stephanie Johnston Institute of Health Professions Connie L. Thompson-Bodkin Smith, Sheila A. (1991) Instructor Department of Integrative Systems A.A.S. 1964 Jeanne Mance Emeriti faculty B.S.N. 1979 Stephen Austin Inez Tuck Barrell, Lorna K. M., Associate Professor Emerita M.S.N. 1982 Northwestern University Associate Professor and Department Chair (1997) B.S. 1955 University of Minnesota Younger, Janet B. (1984) Professor and Associate Dean B.S.N. 1970 Agricultural & Technical State M.S. 1970 University of Illinois for Undergraduate and Master’s Programs University, Greensboro Ph.D. 1980 University of Illinois B.S. 1967 Medical College of Virginia M.N. 1972 University of Florida, Gainesville Bobbitt, Katherine C., Associate Professor Emerita M.Ed. 1970 University of Virginia Ph.D. 1980 University of North Carolina, B.S. 1956 Medical College of Virginia M.S. 1972 Virginia Commonwealth University Greensboro M.S. 1965 University of North Carolina Ph.D. 1984 University of Virginia M.B.A. 1995 University of Tennessee, Knoxville Ed.D. 1987 Nova University Francis, Gloria M., Professor Emerita Adjunct faculty Abraham, Isaac (1991) Instructor B.S. 1959 Ohio State University Ron Alligood Diane Beiring B.S.N. 1980 Virginia Commonwealth University M.S. 1960 Ohio State University Julie Campbell Tammy Cauthorne-Burnette M.S.N. 1990 University of Virginia M.S. 1970 University of Pennsylvania Margaret Clarke Shelley F. Conroy Coleman, Christopher (2001) Assistant Professor Ph.D. 1972 University of Pennsylvania Denise Crosson Kathryn P. Davis B.S.N. 1980 Walla Walla College Munjas, Barbara A. (1972) Professor Emerita Liza Del Muro Leslie Fehan M.S.N. 1991 Oregan Health Sciences University B.S. 1959 Ohio State University Elaine M. Ferrary Norma Geddes Cowling III, W. Richard (1993) Associate Professor M.S. 1962 Ohio State University Martha Hart Karen Hill-Holliday B.S.N. 1972 University of Virginia M.A. 1970 University of Pennsylvania Faye Lemon Stephanie Marangoni Ph.D. 1972 University of Pennsylvania

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 301 School of Nursing

NURS 305 Knowledge Validation by Portfolio derived from pathophysiology, biochemistry and phar- Courses in nursing (NURS) Semester course; 3 credits. Offered: II. Culminates in macology for selected human systems. submission of a portfolio for validation of course-spe- The following list is of courses in the nursing major. cific knowledge and evaluation for full or partial credit. NURS 366 Nursing Science II For all courses with a clinical laboratory, the labo- Elective. RN students only. Involves self-assessment of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. ratory is designed to develop the clinical and criti- prior learning for RN. Requires correlation of experien- Prerequisites: Anatomy and physiology. Integrates the cal thinking skills needed to use the nursing tial and theoretical knowledge with objectives of foundations of nursing diagnoses and interventions process with specific population groups. selected nursing courses. derived from pathophysiology, biochemistry and pharmacology for selected human systems. NURS 101 Introduction to Nursing NURS 325 Nursing of Adults I Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Offered: Semester course; 3 lecture and 6 clinical laboratory NURS 370 Theory and Research in Clinical Spring. Introduces future nurses to the process and hours. 6 credits. Prerequisite: Completion of 200-level Practice practice of nursing in the modern health care environ- required nursing courses. Focuses on the client with Semester course; 3 lecture hours for undergraduate ment. Interaction with staff nurses in multiple practice acute and chronic physical illnesses that have relatively nursing students; 2 lecture hours for graduate students environments illuminates “real world” nursing in the stable trajectories. Examines principles of rehabilitation who have not taken a research undergraduate course. “ideal” learning environment. Combines discussions and concepts relevant to the care of the elderly. Variable credit: 3 credits for undergraduates; 2 credits and field experiences. Provides theoretical foundations for nursing manage- for graduate students. Designed to promote under- ment and relates therapeutic regimens. Develops standing of the role of theory and research in the NURS 201 Concepts of Nursing clinical decision making and selected specialized development of nursing as a profession. Focus on three Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Offered: II, technical skills in the provision of care to adults in a primary areas: (1) developing the language necessary S. Pre- or corequisite: NURS 261. Provides a foundation variety of settings including specialty areas such as to understand theory and research; (2) analyzing the for all clinical nursing courses. Content focuses on the operating room. relevance of theory and research to nursing practice; human responses to health and illness and those con- and (3) beginning to understand the research process. cepts basic to a caring relationship including nursing NURS 335 Nursing of Women Skill in the ability to critically read and evaluate nurs- process, communication, patient teaching, professional Semester course; 3 lecture and 6 clinical laboratory ing research literature for application to clinical prac- responsibility and systems. Introduces roles of technol- hours. 6 credits. Prerequisite: Completion of 200-level tice also will be emphasized. ogy in modern health-care environments, including nursing course. Examines the health needs of women management of patient information. across the life span with an emphasis on the health NURS 396 Nursing Internship needs of the childbearing family. Applies nursing Semester course; 120 clinical hours per credit. Variable NURS 202 Technologies of Nursing Practice process, theory and research with an emphasis on the credit. Pre- or corequisites: Completion of junior-level Semester course; 6 laboratory hours. 3 credits. Offered: development of critical thinking skills in the diagnosis clinical course or equivalent. Some units may require II, S. Pre- or corequisites: NURS 201, NURS 261. and treatment of human responses to health needs of enrollment for three credits. Enrolled students must Studies and applies techniques basic to all nursing women, neonates and families. Practices clinical skills meet requirements for employment at the VCU Medical practice. Includes cognitive, psychomotor affective and and applies theoretical knowledge in selected ambula- Center, including one week of paid orientation. interpersonal techniques organized through the nursing tory care settings for women’s health and post-dis- Provides combination supervised clinical experience process to provide nursing care based on health needs charge care, and hospital settings for antenatal, intra- and paid work experience in selected settings of the and human responses. Also, focuses on application of partum, post-partum and neonatal experiences. VCU Medical Center. Many of these settings are not principles and demonstration of beginning skills in car- available in traditional curriculum. Introduces students ing relationships; provides opportunities for practice NURS 345 Nursing of Children to the work life of a nurse. and demonstration of selected skills in the laboratory Semester course; 3 lecture and 6 clinical laboratory and in clinical settings; and introduces tools of patient hours. 6 credits. Prerequisite: Completion of 200-level NURS 405 Nursing in Long-term Care information management and patient monitoring. required nursing courses. Examines the health needs of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. children within the context of the family system, envi- Prerequisite: Senior status. Focuses on the care man- NURS 261 Health Assessment for Nursing ronment, developmental capability, stress and adapta- agement of patients across the life span who require Practice tion. Focuses on application of the nursing process, long-term care. Integrates pathophysiologic presenta- Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 3 development of communication skills, and critical think- tion of selected chronic, long-term conditions with psy- credits. Offered: I, S. Prerequisite: Admission to the ing when giving nursing care to well and ill children. chophysiologic aspects of patient care, including phar- nursing program. Pre- or corequisite: Anatomy. Provides Reinforces current theory and research on children and macologic and non-pharmacologic treatments. Includes the student with the knowledge and skills necessary to their families in clinical experiences. Reinforces stan- interdisciplinary management of the disease process enact the first phase of the nursing process, assess- dards of care for both well and ill children and their and the patient, family and community response. ment or the collection of patient specific data and the families. Addresses financial impact, health care delivery sys- formulation of a patient database as the foundation of tems and health policy implications. Incorporates long- the care planning process. Demonstrates specific tech- NURS 355 Psychiatric-mental Health Nursing term therapeutic regimens into the illness trajectory. niques of patient interview and physical examination Semester course; 3 lecture and 6 clinical laboratory skills. Focuses on the healthy adult client. Introduces hours. 6 credits. Prerequisite: Completion of 200-level NURS 415 Community Health Nursing students to a variety of assessment framework to be required nursing courses. Presents a systems approach Semester course; 3 lecture and 6 clinical laboratory used with a diversity of patient populations in acute to understanding psychiatric-mental health nursing. hours. 6 credits. Pre- or corequisite: Completion of all care, ambulatory and community settings. Emphasizes the art of psychiatric nursing by developing 300-level required nursing courses. Builds on knowl- therapeutic relationships with persons who are in the edge and practice skills from prior nursing education NURS 302 Dynamics of Professional Nursing mental health system. Applies science of psychiatric and develops nursing competencies for care of commu- Practice nursing by identifying theories used in nursing interven- nities and targeted populations based on the core func- Semester course; 3 lecture and 1 clinical laboratory tions. Focuses upon principles and techniques of com- tions of public health. Concentrates on an epidemiolog- hour. 4 credits. Offered: I. Prerequisite: Admission to munication with individuals and groups. Recognizes ical approach to population-focused nursing through undergraduate nursing program. Provides a transition human responses to selected major mental disorders. community assessment, evaluation of the effects of from the student’s initial education into the baccalaure- Identifies intervention strategies for primary, secondary contemporary issues and health policy on the public’s ate program. Expands knowledge of concepts and theo- and tertiary levels of prevention. health. Directs service-learning projects to prevent dis- ries of nursing practice using a process aimed at evalu- ease and promote and preserve the health of popula- ating and validating clinical practice in the student’s NURS 365 Nursing Science I tions at risk. work setting. Introduces information technology in Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. modern health care and academic environments. Prerequisites: Anatomy and physiology. Integrates the NURS 425 Nursing of Adults II foundations of nursing diagnosis and interventions Semester course; 3 lecture and 6 clinical laboratory hours. 6 credits. Pre- or corequisite: Completion of all

302 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Nursing

300-level required nursing courses. Focuses on the client Focuses on the client in the critical phase of physical ill- NURS 491 Special Topics Course in acute phases of physical illnesses and with compli- ness with complicated multisystem health problems. It This course has several sections, one is a Military cated multisystem health problems. Provides theoretical provides an opportunity for practice in a critical care area. Science section related to ROTC requirements. Military foundations for nursing management and related thera- Science majors may take the course. peutic regimens. Focuses on the development and appli- NURS 475 Professional Issues in Nursing cation of clinical decision making in the provision of care Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Focuses on NURS 492 Elective Study to acutely ill adults in a variety of settings. issues of professional practice by exploring the history 1 to 5 credits. Prerequisite: Consent of department. of nursing, health care policy, codes of ethics and legal Independent study projects planned to meet the learn- NURS 426 Critical Care Nursing I and economic implications for nursing. Provides oppor- ing objectives of the student. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Offered: tunities for students to demonstrate competence in Fall semester. Prerequisite: Licensure as a registered group process. NURS 496 Clinical Practicum nurse or senior undergraduate nursing student with Semester course; 9 clinical laboratory hours. 3 credits. permission of instructor. Focuses on nursing care of the NURS 476 Professional Transitions Pre- or corequisite: Completion of all 300-level required critically ill adult with health care needs in the follow- Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Prerequisite: nursing courses. Facilitates transition into the profes- ing systems: cardiovascular, endocrine, pulmonary, NURS 201. Focuses on the development of the second- sional role using a faculty-student-practicing nurse immunology and hematology. Focuses on the develop- degree student as a professional nurse within the con- mentorship model. Provides opportunities for practice ment and application of clinical decision making in the text of prior education. Analyzes social forces, issues in a student-selected specialty area. provision of care to critically ill or injured adults in a and trends that have shaped the profession. variety of settings. NURS 497 Specialty Clinical Practice NURS 485 Managerial Theory for Nursing Semester course; variable; 1-3 credits. Offered: I, II. NURS 427 Critical Care Nursing Technologies Practice Prerequisites: RN licensure and enrollment in R.N.-B.S. Semester course; 2 lecture and 3 laboratory hours. 3 Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Focuses on track or graduate nursing program. Completion or credits. Offered: Fall semester. Prerequisite: Licensure principles of management as applied to nursing service enrollment in 200 and 300-level courses or permission as a registered nurse or senior undergraduate nursing units, organization of nursing services and health care of instructor is required. Advances professional nursing student with permission of instructor. Focuses on criti- systems. clinical competence using a faculty-student-preceptor cal care technologies that are commonly used in care mentorship model in a student selected area of spe- of the critically ill. Course content will include the theo- NURS 486 Nursing Leadership and Management cialty clinical nursing practice. retical principles on which the selected technologies Practicum are based as well as discussions of the practical use 6 clinical laboratory hours. 2 credits. Pre- (by one NURS 514/INTL 514 International Perspectives on and troubleshooting of the technologies presented. semester) or corequisite: NURS 485 and completion of Community Health in Developing Countries 300-level required nursing courses. Provides opportuni- Semester course; 1 lecture and 2 laboratory hours. 3 NURS 428 Critical Care Nursing II ties to apply management principles to nursing practice credits. This course may be taken for a maximum of six Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Offered: in a variety of settings and specialty areas. credits in two different world areas. Open to under- Spring semester. Prerequisite: Licensure as a registered graduate (junior or senior level) and graduate students. nurse or senior undergraduate nursing student with per- NURS 487 Leadership in Today’s Health-care Explores the impact of national and international policy mission of instructor. Focuses on nursing care of the criti- Environment decisions on the health and well-being of individuals cally ill adult with health care needs in the following sys- Semester course; 2 independent study and 3 clinical and communities (country varies semester to semes- tems: neurology, gastrointestinal and renal. Focuses on laboratory hours. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Completion of ter). Examines the relationship of cultural beliefs and the development and application of clinical decision mak- NURS 302 or senior status. Provides an opportunity for values on health-seeking behaviors. Allows students to ing in the provision of care to critically ill or injured adults preceptorship with a nurse who is leading the profes- become immersed in a culture different than their own. in a variety of settings. sion. Leadership may be in service, education, health Evaluates the impact of international conflict and eco- NURS 429 Critical Care Nursing Practicum policy or research and is not defined by position but by nomic development on the health status of the commu- Semester course; 9 clinical laboratory hours. 3 credits. its influence in the discipline. Observation of the leader nity. See Schedule of Classes for location. Offered: Spring semester. Prerequisites: Completion of planning and delivering effective innovation and ana- Critical Care Nursing I and Critical Care Nursing lyzing the effectiveness leadership behaviors. Construct Technologies. Completion of Critical Care Nursing II or a personal leadership development plan. may be taken concurrently with Critical Care Nursing II.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 303 School of Nursing

304 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

School of Pharmacy

The School of Pharmacy was established and responsible citizens. These individuals officially in 1898; the University College of are committed to shaping the health-care 410 N. 12th St. • P.O. Box 980581 Medicine had a school of pharmacy when it world of tomorrow while serving society’s Richmond, VA 23298-0581 opened in 1893. The two-year curriculum health-care needs today. (804) 828-3000 • Fax (804) 828-7436 gave way to a three-year program in 1925, http://www.pharmacy.vcu.edu and in 1932 the school required four years Mission statement of college work and a bachelor of science Victor A. Yanchick degree was awarded. In 1960, the program Professor and Dean (1996) The mission of the VCU School of lengthened to a five-year course leading to B.S. 1962 University of Iowa Pharmacy fully supports the mission and a bachelor of science in pharmacy degree. M.S. 1966 University of Iowa In 1975, authority was granted to offer to goals of the university and the Medical Ph.D. 1968 Purdue University selected students a six-year program leading College of Virginia Campus. The mission of to the doctor of pharmacy degree and this the School of Pharmacy is to provide pro- Thomas P. Reinders degree program was adopted as the only fessional, graduate and postgraduate educa- Associate Professor and Associate Dean for professional offering by the school in 1995. tion, to conduct pharmaceutical and bio- Admissions and Student Services (1974) The authority to award graduate degrees medical research, and to provide patient B.S. 1970 University of Cincinnati Pharm.D. 1972 University of Cincinnati in the pharmaceutical sciences was granted care and public service. by the Graduate Council in 1952. Depart- The School of Pharmacy strives to pro- William E. Smith ments in the school have the responsibility vide an educational environment that Associate Professor and Associate Dean for administering a graduate program lead- encourages the following characteristics: for Administrative Affairs (1997) ing to the M.S. and Ph.D. in pharmaceuti- • excellence in scholarship Pharm.D. 1965 University of California cal sciences. This program includes areas of • excellence in teaching M.P.H. 1976 University of California specialization in medicinal chemistry, phar- • diversity and respect among students Ph.D. 1994 Auburn University maceutics, pharmacotherapy and pharmacy and faculty Andrew L. Wilson administration. These programs provide the • commitment to meeting the diverse Associate Professor and Associate Dean for preparation and research experience for needs of students Institutional Program Development (1998) academic, governmental and industrial • commitment to service within the B.S. 1976 University of Connecticut careers. school, university, the profession and Pharm.D. 1978 Wayne State University Graduate degrees in pharmaceutical sci- the community ences do not provide eligibility for licensure • quality direct patient-care experiences as a pharmacist. Persons interested in pro- within the curriculum Table of contents • promotion and development of life- grams leading to licensure as a pharmacist Statement of purpose ...... 305 long learning or in advanced professional programs in Mission statement ...... 305 pharmacy are referred to the School of Therefore, we share with teaching the Philosophy ...... 305 Pharmacy Professional Programs section of interdependent and almost inseparable objec- Accreditation ...... 306 the Graduate and Professional Programs tives of research, service and patient care. Programs ...... 306 Bulletin where the Doctor of Pharmacy Career opportunities ...... 306 (Pharm.D.) Program is described. Students Course in medicinal chemistry ...... 306 may elect to pursue a joint Pharm.D./M.S., Philosophy Pharm.D./M.B.A. or Pharm.D./Ph.D. program. Such students must apply to, and be In developing the curriculum of the on the pharmacist’s attitudes, behaviors, accepted by, both programs separately. School of Pharmacy, the faculty recognizes commitment, concerns, ethics, functions, that an educated person should be prepared knowledge, responsibilities and skills in the to assume a responsible and rewarding role provision of drug therapy, which achieves Statement of purpose in society. The new paradigm of pharmaceu- outcomes that yield improvement in a tical care guides the school’s curriculum patient’s quality of life. The educational The School of Pharmacy at Virginia committee and faculty in the design and program is designed to provide a sound, sci- Commonwealth University exists to pro- implementation of the curriculum. Pharma- entific and professional background for both vide exceptional programs benefiting the ceutical care is the responsible provision of those who will enter the practice of phar- commonwealth of Virginia and society by drug therapy by the pharmacist for the pur- macy directly and those who wish to con- offering the highest quality education and pose of achieving definite outcomes that tinue graduate education in the pharmaceu- training for the development of health-care improve a patient’s quality of life. In profes- tical sciences. It also includes courses in the practitioners, scientists, professional leaders sional practice pharmaceutical care focuses arts and humanities in order to provide the

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 305 School of Pharmacy student with a broad educational base that Graduate and as medical service representatives who will permit participation in community life, call on physicians. Opportunities also are The school offers programs of graduate not only as a professional, but also as an available in various government services, study leading to the degrees of master of informed, concerned citizen. The profes- including the public health service and science and doctor of philosophy. Students sional curriculum is rigorous and highly Veterans Affairs as well as in government- may specialize in pharmaceutics, medicinal demanding of the student’s time; concurrent operated laboratories. In most cases, those chemistry, pharmacotherapy or pharmacy employment is discouraged as it tends to who aspire to engage in independent administration. Interested students with interfere with the educational process. The research or to teach seek graduate degrees graduate-study potential should consult the faculty has adopted a document entitled in the pharmaceutical sciences or in spe- appropriate department chair. Information “Expected Competencies of Doctor of cialty fields related to pharmacy. on procedures and policies for graduate Pharmacy Graduates” and has expanded studies can be found in the Graduate and these competencies into knowledge, skills Professional Programs Bulletin. and attitudes that have been implemented Course in medicinal chemistry in the curriculum. Career opportunities MEDC 310/CHEM 310 Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Design Accreditation Graduation from the School of Pharmacy Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. affords the opportunity to pursue one of Prerequisite: One year of organic chemistry. This course The Doctor of Pharmacy program is fully several career paths. The most familiar role is designed to expose undergraduate chemistry, biology accredited by the American Council on and pre-medicine majors to the history, theory and is as a provider of pharmaceutical care to Pharmaceutical Education. The school is a practice of medicinal chemistry. The course will ambulatory patients in a community set- member of the American Association of emphasize a combination of fundamentals and applica- ting. In this setting the pharmacist may be tions of drug design. In particular, the molecular Colleges of Pharmacy. self-employed or may be an employee of an aspects of drug action will be discussed. Special organization such as an independent phar- emphasis will also be placed on the methods used by medicinal chemists to design new drugs. Programs macy, a corporate chain of pharmacies or a managed-care pharmacy in a health maintenance organization. Many pharmacists Professional also practice in institutional settings such as The school offers the doctor of pharmacy hospitals or other health-care institutions. degree.Interested students should refer to The pharmaceutical industry also employs the Graduate and Professional Programs pharmacists in several areas including man- Bulletin. ufacturing, quality control, research, sales

306 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

School of Social Work

Koerin, Beverly B. (1979) Associate Professor Faculty B.S. 1969 Virginia Commonwealth University 1001 W. Franklin St. • P.O. Box 842027 M.S.W. 1974 Virginia Commonwealth University Richmond, VA 23284-2027 Abell, Melissa L. Assistant Professor Ph.D. 1982 University of Virginia (804) 828-0703 • Fax (804) 828-0716 Ph.D. University of North Carolina Kovacs, Pamela J. (1996) Associate Professor http://www.vcu.edu/slwweb Beckett, Joyce O. (1985) Professor B.S.W. 1973 University of Vermont B.A. 1967 Temple University M.S.W. 1979 Boston College M.S.S. 1969 Bryn Mawr College Ph.D. 1996 Florida International University Frank R. Baskind Ph.D. 1977 Bryn Mawr College Matto, Holly C., Assistant Professor Dean and Professor of Social Work (1992) Berry-Edwards, Janice, Assistant Professor Ph.D. University of Maryland A.B. 1967 Fordham University D.S.W. Catholic University of America Miller, Jaclyn (1978) Associate Professor and Director, M.S.W. 1971 University of Connecticut Biggerstaff, Marilyn A. (1977) Professor Field Instruction Ph.D. 1978 University of Connecticut B.A. Baker University B.A. University of California Ann M. Nichols-Casebolt M.S.W. University of Kansas M.S.S.W. University of Texas, Austin Associate Dean and Professor D.S.W. 1976 University of Southern California Ph.D. 1982 University of Texas, Austin of Social Work (1993) Bryant, Shirley A. (1995) Associate Professor Naleppa, Matthias J. (1996) Associate Professor B.A. 1971 University of Wisconsin B.A. 1965 Hanover College B.S.W. 1988 Catholic University of America M.S.S.W. 1978 University of Wisconsin M.S.W. 1969 Fordham University M.S.W. 1991 Catholic University of America Ph.D. 1984 University of Wisconsin D.S.W. 1985 Howard University Ph.D. 1995 University of New York, Albany Corcoran, Jacqueline, Assistant Professor Netting, F. Ellen (1993) Professor Kia J. Bentley Ph.D. University of Texas, Austin B.A. 1971 Duke University Professor and Cramer, Elizabeth P. (1995) Associate Professor M.S.S.W. 1975 University of Tennessee, Knoxville Director, Ph.D. Program (1989) B.A. 1983 State University of New York, Binghampton Ph.D. 1982 University of Chicago B.A. 1978 Auburn University M.S.W. 1984 University of Michigan O’Connor, Mary K. (1987) Professor M.S.S.W. 1979 University of Tennessee Ph.D. 1995 University of South Carolina B.A. 1967 Immaculate College Ph.D. 1987 Florida State University Dattalo, Patrick V. (1985) Associate Professor M.S.W. 1978 University of Kansas B.S. 1973 Brooklyn College Ph.D. 1988 University of Kansas Humberto E. Fabelo M.S.W. 1980 Virginia Commonwealth University Peay, Robert W. (1978) Assistant Professor Associate Professor and D.P.A. 1993 Virginia Commonwealth University B.S. Virginia Union University Director of Baccalaureate Davey, Timothy L. Assistant Professor M.S.W. 1974 Virginia Commonwealth University Social Work Program (1995) Ph.D. Florida State University Rosenblum, Amy C. (1977) Assistant Professor and B.S. 1981 Florida State University Dungee-Anderson, Elizabeth D. (1985) Associate Assistant Director, Field Instruction M.S.W. 1989 Florida International University Professor B.A. Barnard College, Columbia University Ph.D. 1995 Florida International University B.A. 1967 Virginia Union University M.S.W. 1960 Columbia University, New York School Marcia P. Harrigan M.S.W. 1976 Virginia Commonwealth University of Social Work Director of the Master of Social Work Program D.S.W. 1985 Howard University Rosenblum, Phillip L. (1992) Assistant Professor and Associate Professor of Social Work (1979) Farmer, Rosemary L. (1989) Associate Professor B.A. University of Pittsburgh B.A. Muskingum College B.A. 1966 State University of New York, Harpur M.S.W. University of Pittsburgh M.S.W. 1974 Virginia Commonwealth University College Schneider, Robert L. (1974) Professor Ph.D. 1989 Virginia Commonwealth University M.S.W. 1972 Hunter College B.A. 1965 Catholic University of America Ph.D. 1993 Virginia Commonwealth University M.S.W. 1972 Tulane University Fauri, David P. (1983) Professor D.S.W. 1975 Tulane University Table of contents A.B. University of Michigan Schwartz, Sanford (1987) Associate Professor Faculty ...... 307 M.P.A. University of Michigan B.A. 1970 Washington University Accreditation ...... 308 M.S.W. University of Illinois M.S.W. 1972 Washington University Baccalaureate Social Work Program ...... 308 Ph.D. 1972 Syracuse University Ph.D. 1982 Washington University B.S.W. Academic Policies ...... 309 Green, Robert G. (1975) Professor Sheridan, Michael J. (1984) Associate Professor Minor in social welfare ...... 309 B.S. Virginia Commonwealth University B.S. 1971 Virginia Commonwealth University Honors in social work ...... 309 M.S.W. Virginia Commonwealth University M.S.W. 1979 Virginia Commonwealth University Student association ...... 309 Ph.D. 1980 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State Ph.D. 1988 Virginia Commonwealth University Graduate Social Work programs ...... 310 University Stoesz, David P. (1995) Professor Advanced-standing Program ...... 310 Hutchison, Elizabeth D. (1987) Associate Professor B.S. 1969 Springfield College Courses in social work (SLWK) ...... 310 B.A. 1967 Maryville College M.S.W. 1976 Ohio State University M.S.W. 1969 Washington University D.S.W. 1980 University of Maryland, Baltimore Ph.D. 1988 State University of New York, Albany

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 307 School of Social Work

Walsh, Joseph F. (1993) Associate Professor has expanded activity into all areas of human 1. to provide an integrated curriculum B.A. Ohio State University service. based on the knowledge, skills, ethics M.S.W. Ohio State University With the creation of VCU in 1968, the and values essential for beginning gen- Ph.D. 1992 Ohio State University School of Social Work became a unit of the eralist social work practice. university’s Academic Campus. The Raleigh 2. to offer an educational experience that Emeriti faculty Building at 1001 W. Franklin St. houses facilitates the critical analysis of social Barber, Alice, Associate Professor Emerita faculty offices, a student lounge and confer- work knowledge and practice. B.A. Southeastern Louisiana College ence rooms. 3. to provide classroom and field instruc- M.S.W. Tulane University Social workers are committed to the tion experiences designed to promote Beverly, David P., Associate Professor Emeritus enhancement of social functioning and the culturally sensitive practice with B.A. University of Richmond M.S.S.W. Virginia Commonwealth University promotion of social justice. To achieve these diverse and oppressed groups. D.S.W. Catholic University of America goals, social workers provide services to indi- 4. to provide an environment that Dahlke, H. Otto, Professor Emeritus viduals, families, groups, communities and encourages lifelong learning and B.A. University of Illinois organizations. They also plan and administer prepares students for professional M.A. University of Illinois the delivery of social services and advocate growth and development. Ph.D. University of Wisconsin positive social and institutional change. Social Falck, Hans S., Professor Emeritus work education provides the knowledge, skills Degree requirements B.A. Case Western Reserve University and value base for these professional activities. M.A. Syracuse University Social work education at VCU is highly The bachelor of social work degree M.S.W. University of Buffalo individualized and is characterized by a close requires completion of 121 credits, including Ph.D. Syracuse University relationship between faculty and students. 42 credits in the major. The curriculum of Jones, Jean Boyd, Associate Professor Emerita Faculty members help students learn the form the Bachelor of Social Work Program is A.B. Oberlin College and method of social work practice and stu- specifically designed to prepare students for M.S.S.A. Case Western Reserve University dents are encouraged to discover their own beginning-level generalist social work prac- Roth, Edna T., Professor Emerita unique style of helping others. The school’s tice. This practice model requires a broad B.A. Case Western Reserve University educational programs are designed to prepare base of knowledge about individuals, fami- M.S.S.A. Case Western Reserve University students for practice in many different kinds of lies, groups, communities and organizations D.S.W. Smith College social agencies. A combination of classroom and an appreciation of cultural diversity. Russell, Dojelo C., Professor Emeritus courses and concurrent fieldwork experiences General education courses provide an essen- B.A. University of Arkansas facilitates integration of knowledge, attitudes tial foundation for the upper-level profes- M.S.W. Tulane University and skills necessary for professional practice. sional curriculum and are required for admis- D.S.W. Catholic University of America sion to junior and senior social work courses. Schrieberg, Charlotte S., Associate Professor Emeritus The integrated class and fieldwork curriculum offers students the opportunity to acquire a B.S. Westhampton College Freshman and sophomore year curricula M.S.S.W. Virginia Commonwealth University substantial base in social work practice, pat- Course credits Schwartz, Martin S., Professor Emeritus terns of human behavior and development, organization and operation of social welfare ANTH103 3 B.A. University of Wisconsin BIOL 101 and Lab 4 M.S. Boston University programs and policies, the methods of scien- ENGL 101 and ENGL 200 6 Ed.D. 1968 Columbia University tific inquiry in social work, and the needs of MATH 131 or higher 3 Scotch, Charles Bernard, Professor Emeritus special populations. STAT 208 or higher 3 B.A. Boston University PHIL 212, 213, 221, or 222 3 M.S.W. University of Pittsburgh PSYC 101 and PSYC 304 7 Ph.D. Brandeis University Accreditation SOCY 101 3 Segal, Florence Z., Associate Professor Emeritus SLWK 201 and SLWK 230 6 B.A. Queens College VCU’s Bachelor of Social Work Program General requirements and electives 23 M.A. University of Chicago is accredited by the Commission on Wells, Mabel G., Associate Professor Emerita Accreditation of the Council on Social Junior year: 1st semester (fall or spring) B.A. Howard University Work Education — the accrediting body SLWK 311 3 M.S.W. Howard University for all schools of social work at both the SLWK 313 3 Ph.D. Bryn Mawr College SLWK 390 3 baccalaureate and master’s levels. Copies of General requirements or electives 6 the Accreditation Standards and The oldest of its kind in the South, Virginia Curriculum Policy Statement are available Junior year: 2nd semester (fall or spring) Commonwealth University’s School of Social in the Office of the Dean. SLWK 330 3 Work was established in 1917 as the SLWK 332 3 Richmond School of Social Economy. Later SLWK 393 3 renamed the School of Social Work and Baccalaureate Social Work General requirements or electives 6 Public Health, it became the first unit of Program Richmond Professional Institute. The school Senior year: fall semester only SLWK 441 and SLWK 494 6 was created initially in response to community Guided by the principle of promoting manpower needs in working with World War SLWK 422 or SLWK 431 3 social justice, the goals of the B.S.W. General requirements or electives 6 I veterans and their social and health prob- Program are: lems. Subsequent development of the school

308 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Social Work

Senior year: spring semester only meeting the above requirements and com- Course restrictions SLWK 442 and SLWK 495 6 pletion of 15 credits at VCU. SLWK 422 or SLWK 431 3 Practice (SLWK 332, 441 and 442) and General requirements or electives 6 field education (SLWK 393, 494-495) ______Continuing in the program and courses are restricted to majors only. Social Total credits 121 graduation welfare minors, or other students with permission of program director or course All students must successfully complete instructor may take SLWK 311, 313, 330, General Requirements and the following courses. Students must earn a 390, 422, and 431 may be taken by social “C” or better in all 300-level social work Electives welfare minors, or other students with per- courses before entering the 400-level Course credits mission of program director or course courses. Students must have a “C” or better Art* 2 minimum instructor. In all cases, however, prerequi- in all required social work courses before PSYC 407 3 sites must be satisfied. BIOL** 3 graduation. Humanities** 6 A student who earns a grade of “D” or Social-behavioral Sciences** 12 “F” in any 300- or 400-level social work Minor in social welfare Foreign Language (101-102 level) 8 minimum course may repeat the course once. If a General electives*** 13 minimum grade of “D” or “F” is earned in the A minor in social welfare is available to repeated course, the student will be termi- * From the College of Humanities and Sciences non-social work majors. This minor con- nated from the B.S.W. program. sists of 18 credits, including SLWK 201 approved list of art courses for non-School of the Transfer of credits from other colleges or Arts majors. Introduction to Social Work and SLWK ** From the School of Social Work approved list for universities or from other programs at VCU 422 Social Welfare Legislation and these requirements. Students should consult with is determined on an individual basis. Credit Services. The remaining 12 credits can be their academic advisor to make appropriate choice. is not given for life experiences. A mini- fulfilled by completing SLWK 230, 311, *** General electives are courses of the student’s mum of 121 credits is required for the 313, 330, 390 or 431. Practice and field choosing. B.S.W. degree. courses are restricted to majors. Application for the field practicum must be made through the School of Social Work B.S.W. Academic Policies Field Department and must be received by Honors in social work the eighth week of the spring or fall semester. Admission requirements Field placements require students to spend 14 Baccalaureate social work majors may hours a week in an agency and cannot be earn honors in social work. Eligible stu- For admission to the professional prepa- completed on nights and weekends. Students ration program (300-and 400-level social dents may apply in the second semester of may request a placement with some evening their junior year. Students must have com- work courses) offered in the junior and sen- and/or weekend hours. These placements are ior years, students must complete at a mini- pleted at least 12 credits in social work at scarce and the granting of such a request VCU and have earned a 3.3 overall GPA mum 54 credits, including the specified depends on the availability of appropriate requirements in the freshman and sopho- and a 3.6 GPA in social work courses. agencies and resources. To graduate with honors in social work, stu- more curricula above. In addition, to gain As a condition for graduation, students admission to the professional preparation dents must have earned three credits of must submit in the spring term of their senior approved honors modules with a grade of “B” program, students must achieve a minimum year a portfolio of selected assignments. grade of “C” in ENGL 101-200 and “B” in or better. Students who meet these require- Assignments are to be selected according to ments and all other graduation requirements SLWK 201 and SLWK 230, and must have the specific instructions in each 200-, 300- a minimum GPA of 2.5 in all course work of the university will have honors in social and 400-level social work course syllabus. work noted on their transcripts. completed. Portfolios are reviewed by B.S.W. program to assess the degree to which the B.S.W. pro- Application process gram outcomes have been achieved and not Student association Students eligible to register for upper- to assess the individual student’s performance, level social work courses need to make an although students may request feedback from The Baccalaureate Social Work Student appointment with their advisor to review their academic advisor as to the quality and Association, an organization of students in and complete the “Application for completeness of their portfolio. the Bachelor of Social Work Program, was Admission to the B.S.W. Professional Prior to graduation all students must pass established to facilitate communication Preparation Program” form. This form is the Computer Proficiency Examination. among students and between the student available from the Office of Student There are additional policies that affect body and the school faculty and staff. This Services, Room 107, Raleigh Building. students’ progression in the professional organization plays a vital role in the educa- Although the Bachelor of Social Work pro- degree program. Students are responsible tional process. Through student representa- gram can be completed on a part-time for compliance with these policies. They tion on committees within the school, basis, it cannot be completed exclusively in are listed in the B.S.W. Handbook, which BSWSA members participate in decision- the evening because of field practicum is available on the School of Social Work making processes. In addition, the associa- requirements and the scheduling of some Web site. To access the school’s Web site, tion enables students to conduct a variety classes. Transfer students may be granted please go to http://www.vcu.edu and follow of social and professional activities provisional admission contingent on their the links to the academic programs. throughout the year.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 309 School of Social Work

SLWK 311 Social Work and Oppressed Groups SLWK 393 Junior Field Instruction Graduate Social Work programs Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Open only Semester course; 3 credits. Prerequisite: SLWK 313. to majors or minors in social welfare with junior status Corequisite: SLWK 332. Open only to majors with junior The school offers a Doctor of Philosophy or by permission of program director or course instruc- status. Fourteen hours per week (spring semester) or in Social Work program and a two-year, tor. Examines forces leading to individual prejudice and 20 hours per week (summer session) in a community full-time or four-year, structured part-time institutional oppression. Focuses on impact of oppres- agency under the supervision of an agency-based field sion. Provides students with an understanding of diver- instructor. Intended to facilitate student’s understand- professional program in social work leading sity and a general knowledge of social work strategies ing of agency structure and community context, ability to the master of social work (M.S.W.) to alleviate oppression and to empower the oppressed. to engage in professional relationships, to assess degree. For a detailed description of the strengths, define problems, set goals and utilize begin- Master of Social Work and Doctor of SLWK 313 Person In Society I ning-level practice skills with individuals, families, Philosophy programs see the Graduate Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. groups, organizations and communities. Promotes iden- Prerequisite: ANTH 103, BIOL 101, PSYC 304 and SOCY tification as a professional social worker. and Professional Programs Bulletin. 101. Open only to majors or minors in social welfare A copy may be obtained from the Web: with junior status or by permission of program director SLWK 422 Social Welfare Legislation and www.vcu.edu/bulletins. or course instructor. First of a three-semester sequence Services on human behavior and the social environment. Uses Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Open only theoretical concepts and research findings from the to majors or minors in social welfare with junior status Advanced-standing Program behavioral sciences as background for understanding or by permission of program director or course instruc- and assessing the functioning of individuals and fami- tor. Analyzes social welfare policy as related to social lies in their social environment. Facilitates integration Open to a selected group of students, this values, social problems, and social structures. of theory and research with assessment skills associ- Examines frameworks for policy analysis and for evalu- program leads to an master of social work ated with basic social work practice. Emphasizes the ation of programmatic outcomes of policy, with appli- degree upon completion of at least 39 cred- social systems approach for analyzing the impact of cation to contemporary social service and income its which must be completed in a summer various social problems on individual and family maintenance policies and delivery systems. Considers session followed by an academic year. dynamics. Writing intensive. the economic, political and ideological factors and For admission to this program, each processes that affect social welfare legislation, financ- SLWK 330 Person in Society II ing and implementation. applicant must hold a bachelor’s degree Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. from an undergraduate social work program Prerequisite: SLWK 313. Open only to majors or minors SLWK 431 Person in Society III accredited by the Commission on in social welfare with junior status or by permission of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Accreditation of the Council on Social program director or course instructor. Second of three Prerequisite: SLWK 313. Open only to majors or minors Work Education. The bachelor of social courses on human behavior in the social environment. in social welfare with junior status or by permission of work degree must have been conferred no Uses theoretical concepts from the behavioral sciences program director or course instructor. Third of three to understand the family and small groups as social courses on human behavior in the social environment. more than five years prior to application for institutions and social groups as context for human Builds on the theoretical concepts from the behavioral the Advanced-standing Program. The behavior over the life cycle. Designed to provide a the- sciences discussed in SLWK 230 and 313. Focus on Advanced-standing Program begins in early oretical foundation for practice with families and small understanding organizations and how their purposes, June, continues through the summer and groups. auspices, structure, processes and environment affect culminates in graduation the following the delivery of social services to diverse groups. The SLWK 332 Social Work Practice: Fundamentals May. Successful candidates for this program community context of social services, including that of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. the consumer, is emphasized from an open systems must earn a minimum GPA of 3.2 for the Prerequisites: SLWK 313. Corequisite: SLWK 393. Open theoretical perspective. Students will be expected to last 60 hours of academic work and go only to social work majors with junior status. First of integrate course content with their field experience or through a structured interview on campus. three semester practice sequence. Introduces students other agency with which they are familiar. Required of Deadline for application is Dec. 1. to basic concepts and skills of beginning-level profes- all undergraduate social work majors. sional generalist social work practice. Emphasizes application of concepts to the concurrent fieldwork SLWK 441 Social Work Practice I experience. Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Pre- or Courses in social work (SLWK) corequisite: SLWK 390. Prerequisites: SLWK 332, 393. SLWK 390 Foundations of Social Work Research Open only to majors with senior standing. Second of a Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. three-semester practice sequence. Review of inter- SLWK 201 Introduction to Social Work Prerequisite: STAT 208. Open only to majors or minors viewing and problem solving for generalist social work Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Systematic in social welfare with junior status or by permission of practice with diverse populations. Emphasis on agency overview of the social work profession. Begins the program director or course instructor. Designed to pro- structure and function, skills of engagement and prob- process of professional socialization, both through vide an understanding and appreciation of a scientific, lem definition, assessment, planning for intervention class content and required service experience. analytic approach to building knowledge for practice and evaluation. Use of material from concurrent field- Knowledge of the nature of social work, the fields of and for evaluating multilevel service delivery. Provides work practice to facilitate integration of learning. social work practice, target populations, overview of an overview of the research process, including problem social work methods. formulation, sampling, design, measurement, data col- SLWK 442 Social Work Practice II lection, data analysis and dissemination of findings. 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. Prerequisites: SLWK 441, SLWK 230 Communication in the Helping Process Presents ethical standards of scientific inquiry with 494. Open only to majors with senior standing. Third of Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. The study special attention to research with vulnerable and a three-semester practice sequence. Emphasizes plan- of the knowledge, skills and values of effective human oppressed populations. ning and implementing change with diverse popula- communication and interpersonal relations. Includes tions, professional ethics, professional development, observation, collection and description of data, verbal SLWK 391 Topics in Social Work termination and evaluation of generalist social work and nonverbal communication and the relevance of the Semester course; variable hours. 1-3 credits. An in- practice. Use of case material from concurrent field- above to social work practice. Integrates issues of depth study of a selected topic relevant for professional work practice to facilitate integration of learning. human diversity in all course content. Emphasizes the social work practice. See the Schedule of Classes for demonstration and practice of communication through the specific topic to be offered each semester. structured exercises.

310 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 School of Social Work

SLWK 492 Independent Study Semester course; 1, 2, 3 lecture hours. 1, 2, 3 credits. Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing and permission of instructor. Under supervision of a faculty adviser, whose consent is required to register, study of a topic of concern to the student. Each student must present his/her findings in writing or pass an oral examination.

SLWK 494-495 Senior Field Instruction I and II Continuous course; 3-3 credits. Corequisites: SLWK 441, 442. Open only to majors with senior status. Fourteen hours per week in a community agency under the supervision of an agency based field instructor. Intended to develop knowledge, values and social work practice skills appropriate to entry-level generalist practice in human service agencies.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 311 School of Social Work

312 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

Office of Community Programs

The Office of Community Programs works in partnership with Richmond City seeks to engage Virginia Commonwealth Schools as well as schools in the surround- 920 W. Franklin St. • P.O. Box 843062 University (VCU) with its community to ing counties to identify elementary school Richmond, VA 23284-3062 enhance the quality of life for all who work, children who are in need of extra assis- (804) 828-1831 • Fax (804) 828-2756 live and study in the Richmond metropoli- tance. Reading support is provided at part- http://www.vcu.edu/ocp tan area. The Office of Community ner schools during the normal school day as Programs provides VCU with a centralized well as during academically focused after- Catherine W. Howard administrative unit focused on community school programs. Program applications are Director, Office of Community Programs and engagement and nontraditional programs. available throughout the year at the follow- Associate Professor of Psychology In keeping with VCU’s mission, the office: ing locations: B.A. 1979 Davidson College • facilitates and coordinates innovative • Office of Community Programs located M.S. 1983 University of Maryland academic programs, on and off campus, at 1103 W. Marshall St. Ph.D. 1988 Pennsylvania State University to enhance the community’s access to • Office of Community Programs located VCU. at 920 W. Franklin St. • supports the involvement of faculty and • VCU Career Center and Student Table of contents students on the academic and medical Activities Center located in the VCU America Reads Program ...... 313 campuses in community partnerships. Student Commons American Humanics ...... 313 • creates opportunities for multidiscipli- • VCU Office of Financial Aid located VCU AmeriCorps ...... 313 nary, community-based collaborations at 901 W. Franklin St. Carver-VCU Partnership ...... 314 that integrate research, teaching and Applications also may be downloaded Community Service Associates Program . . . .314 service. at http://www.vcu.edu/ocp or by visiting Especially for Nonprofit Organizations . . . . .314 The Office of Community Programs the America Reads Web site at Intersession ...... 314 resides within Academic Affairs and http://www.ed.gov/inits/americareads Off-campus Academic Programs ...... 314 assumes administrative responsibility for or they can be mailed upon request by Off-campus Graduate Art ...... 314 the following academic programs: winter calling (804) 828-8850. Master of Interdisciplinary Studies in intersession classes, summer studies, off- Interdisciplinary Art ...... 315 campus courses, off-campus graduate art Service Learning ...... 315 courses, including the Master of American Humanics Summer Studies ...... 315 Interdisciplinary Studies degree, service- learning including the Service-Learning Tisha S. Colvin Associates Program, Especially for B.S. 1990 University of Colorado For more information contact Tish Colvin Nonprofit Organizations, the Retired M.A. 1999 George Washington University at (804) 828-8824, [email protected] or visit Faculty Council and American Humanics. http://www.vcu.edu/ocp. In addition, the office administers various American Humanics, Inc. (AH) is a outreach initiatives that address pressing national organization that collaborates with social concerns in the community. Among affiliated university programs and nonprofit VCU AmeriCorps these programs are the Community Service agencies to recruit, prepare and place stu- Franklin R. Wallace Associates Program, VCU AmeriCorps, dents in meaningful careers with nonprofit B.F.A. 1987 Virginia Commonwealth University America Reads, Project Tutor, the Carver- organizations. The AH certificate program VCU Partnership and the Virginia provides both curriculum and applied expe- Established in 1995, the AmeriCorps Mentoring Program. rience to equip students from any major with the necessary skills for employment in program at Virginia Commonwealth the nonprofit field. University has an educational focus with VCU America Reads Program VCU students interested in working in the goal of helping improve the literacy nonprofit organizations who participate in skills of local children and families. Franklin R. Wallace the American Humanics program gain: Reading by third grade has been identified B.F.A. 1987 Virginia Commonwealth University • exposure to national nonprofit net- by the Richmond community as a critical work of partners and career options. preventative strategy in addressing the The VCU America Reads Program • increased sense of being connected health and safety needs of children in the places college work-study students in local and belonging to the community. metro area. VCU AmeriCorps members elementary schools to provide comprehen- • opportunity for potential internship address this need by providing comprehensive reading support to students who are scholarships. sive reading support to elementary school below grade level in reading. The program students who are struggling academically.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 313 Office of Community Programs

Members also enhance family literacy skills agency and the faculty member. As an asso- classes meet from 9 a.m. to 2 p.m. with an and parent involvement at partner schools by ciate, the faculty member brings expertise to hour break for lunch. It is possible to take lending support to existing services as well as bear on a problem or issue of importance to one undergraduate three-credit class during developing new programs to meet specific the community while concurrently receiving this time period in subjects as diverse as art needs. Applications are available beginning the benefits of “hands-on” experience. history, business, literature, philosophy, in March at the following locations: Although the primary focus of this program political science and speech. Students regis- • Office of Community Programs located is on community service, experience and ter as part of spring registration and the at 1103 W. Marshall St. perspective gained by associates often trans- Intersession fee is tuition only — no addi- • Office of Community Programs located late into enhanced teaching and scholarship. tional fees are assessed. Registration is open at 920 W. Franklin St. For more information contact Tish Colvin at to all qualified students. Visiting students • VCU Career Center and Student (804) 828-8824, [email protected] or visit home for the holidays are encouraged to Activities Center located in the http://www.vcu.edu/ocp. take one of these Intersession courses and Student Commons earn three transferable credits. For more • VCU Office of Financial Aid located information visit http://www.vcu.edu/ocp. at 901 W. Franklin St. Especially for Nonprofit Organizations Applications also can be downloaded Off-campus Academic Programs at http://www.vcu.edu/ocp or by visiting Rebecca M. Halloran the AmeriCorps Web site at B.A. 1997 University of North Carolina Edward Howard http://www.americorps.org or applications at Chapel Hill B.S. 1995 Virginia Commonwealth Unversity can be mailed upon request by (804) 828- 8850. Since 1997, the university has been a The university provides numerous oppor- leading partner in a community collabora- tunities for off-campus study in the tive that sponsors the Especially for Richmond metropolitan area and through- Carver-VCU Partnership Nonprofit Organizations program. In addi- out the state. Off-campus credit classes fea- tion to being a sponsoring partner, VCU ture the same course work available on cam- Leah S. Lamb also manages the program. Especially for pus and the courses are fully degree-applica- B.A. 1997 Prescott College Nonprofit Organizations provides educa- ble within the normal standards of the col- M.S.W. 2002 Virginia Commonwealth University tional and networking opportunities as well lege and schools within the university. as capacity building for the vast network of Many of VCU’s off-campus courses are In the spirit that partnerships, not fences, nonprofit organizations in the greater offered in response to an expression of need promote safe and nurturing communities, Richmond area. The program is open to from various groups in the state. VCU Virginia Commonwealth University has cre- any paid or volunteer staff member of a offers, for example, courses in education for ated a partnership with its northern boundary nonprofit organization and offers the public school teachers at a number of local neighbor, the Carver community. The chance to earn both academic credit and high schools and serves employees of local Carver-VCU Partnership strives to create a certificate of achievement in nonprofit business organizations with on-site credit shared urban community with a commitment management (after twelve courses). Classes instruction. For more information visit to improving the neighborhood’s quality of usually meet for two days, one week apart, http://www.vcu.edu/ocp. life including its health, community develop- from 9 a.m. to 3 p.m. throughout the city ment, youth development, safety, and com- of Richmond. An annual conference and munity school, while extending the experi- certificate awards ceremony are held each Off-campus Graduate Art ence of the community into the classroom fall. Class and conference topics include, and the university. For more information con- but are not limited to, strategic manage- Sue F. Munro B.A. 1965 Wheaton College tact Leah Lamb at (804) 828-8850 or visit ment, communications, legal issues for M.A. 1966 University of Tennessee http://www.vcu.edu/ocp. nonprofits, and technology skills. For more information contact Rebecca Halloran at Since 1993, VCU has offered off-campus (804) 827-0246, [email protected], or graduate classes in both studio art and art edu- Community Service Associates visit http://www.vcu.edu/ocp. Program cation in locations from the Washington, D.C. area to Tidewater. Classes are open to all Tisha S. Colvin Intersession qualified students (persons with undergraduate B.S. 1990 University of Colorado degrees in art or equivalent experience), but M.A. 1999 George Washington University Sue F. Munro are particularly designed for art teachers inter- B.A. 1965 Wheaton College ested in license renewal, a graduate degree The Community Service Associates M.A. 1966 University of Tennessee program or personal enrichment. During the Program (CSAP) provides opportunities for fall and spring semesters, classes meet one faculty to assist with projects of neighbor- VCU schedules a winter Intersession night a week, usually from 4:30 to 8:30 p.m. In hood groups, civic associations, governmen- between the fall and spring semesters. The the summer semester, classes are scheduled for tal or professional organizations, and non- session normally begins on Dec. 27 and 10 all-day workshops over a two or three week profit agencies. Each project is individually meets on 11 days, including university holi- period. Two degree programs are offered: the designed to be of mutual benefit to the days and Saturdays. During Intersession, master of art education and the master of

314 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Office of Community Programs interdisciplinary studies in interdisciplinary are scheduled in nine different sessions, art, but students need not be in a degree pro- Service Learning including evening. This flexibility in sched- gram in order to take classes. For more infor- uling seeks to maximize enrollment oppor- mation visit http://www.vcu.edu/ocp. Catherine W. Howard tunities for students and, with careful B.A. 1979 Davidson College scheduling, students may earn up to 15 M.S. 1983 University of Maryland credits during summer. Classes are available Ph.D. 1988 Pennsylvania State University Master of Interdisciplinary in all departments of the College of Humanities and Sciences and in most Studies in Interdisciplinary Art Service learning integrates community departments within the schools of the Arts, service with traditional academic courses in Business and Education. Selected courses Sue F. Munro order to enhance academic learning, facili- are offered by the schools of Social Work B.A. 1965 Wheaton College tate the development of students into fully M.A. 1966 University of Tennessee and Engineering. Classes are open to all engaged community members and meet qualified students, including professionals community identified needs. Each student The master of interdisciplinary studies from the community, students visiting from participates in an organized community degree in interdisciplinary art is jointly other universities and colleges, and special service project that directly relates to the administered by the School of the Arts and students updating skills, preparing for a subject matter of the course and which the Office of Community Programs. This career change or developing a personal meets community-identified needs. The program enables off-campus students to interest. students then participate in reflection earn a graduate degree by combining art The Office of Community Programs activities, which are facilitated in such a courses, both studio and academic, within works with university departments to estab- way as to increase their understanding and established guidelines. It is not the equiva- lish and publish the summer Schedule of application of course content and enhance lent of a master of fine arts degree, but is an Classes, manages the faculty contract and their sense of civic responsibility. The com- additional option for qualified persons, payment process, and problem solves for munity organization defines the service especially art teachers, who are interested summer students and faculty. For additional need and the students learn and grow from in studio art classes. Classes are offered in information or help, call (804) 828-1831 or the service through reflection on their high school art rooms from Fairfax County visit http://www.vcu.edu/ocp. experience. A listing of service-learning to Virginia Beach, in the late afternoon courses is provided in the Schedule of during the regular school year and in all- Classes each semester. For more informa- day workshops during the summer. The tion visit http://www.vcu.edu/ocp. M.I.S. degree requires the completion of 39 graduate credits including at least nine and no more than 15 credits in each of two Summer Studies focus areas. Focus areas include, but are not limited to, crafts, computers and the arts, Sue F. Munro painting, photography, printmaking/draw- B.A. 1965 Wheaton College ing (may not be selected in combination M.A. 1966 University of Tennessee with painting), and sculpture. In addition, the student must complete from three to 15 Summer Studies at Virginia credits of art electives, and six credits of an Commonwealth University is an important approved final project, including a graduate part of the total educational program of the exhibition and a final paper. For more university. VCU continues to offer the information visit http://www.vcu.edu/ocp. largest, most comprehensive summer school in the commonwealth of Virginia. Classes

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 315 Office of Community Programs

316 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

Office of International Education

The Office of International Education pro- To accomplish these goals successfully, stu- motes a variety of faculty and student activi- dents are encouraged to study in another cul- 916 W. Franklin St. • P.O. Box 843043 ties in a global context. OIE’s mission is to tural setting for a summer, semester or full aca- Richmond, VA 23284-3043 advance the internationalization of the uni- demic year within their degree. VCU (804) 828-8471 • Fax (804) 828-2552 versity in cooperation with the schools and Education Abroad was established to assist http://www.vcu.edu/oie the college, as well as other administrative students in accomplishing these goals by pro- offices. OIE currently offers programs and serv- viding the following services: information, Peter S. Kirkpatrick ices in faculty exchanges, university overseas advising, and administration. VCU offers the B.A. 1986 University of Richmond linkages and agreements of cooperation, edu- following programs to encourage students to M.A. 1988 University of Virginia cation abroad and student exchanges, interna- participate in overseas and external study. Ph.D. 1992 University of Virginia tional student and scholar advising, interna- Participants must be in good standing with tional student recruitment and admissions. the university with two full semesters of con- Additionally the Office of International secutive, successful full-time enrollment prior Table of contents Education offers and instensive English as a to participation. Please not that individual Education Abroad ...... 317 Second Language Program. program requirements may be different. As Immigration Services ...... 317 The executive director advises faculty, always, the safety of our students comes first. English Language Program ...... 318 departments, schools and the college in their Therefore, VCU does not support study International Admissions ...... 318 efforts to expand their international activities abroad options in countries where the U.S. and linkages. The executive director serves as State Department has issued a Travel the initial contact for off-campus groups and Warning. specific interest in the university commu- agencies requesting information on interna- nity. You pay your tuition and fees at VCU, tional activities at the university as well as Program offerings and enroll directly in your host university. drafts, in consultation with the appropriate VCU constituencies, agreements with over- VCU Summer Abroad Independent Study Abroad seas institutions. Each year faculty members lead short-term Independent Study Abroad is for stu- For further information write to OIE, 916 summer study with intensive instruction in dents who wish to study in a field not cov- W. Franklin St., P.O. Box 843403, Richmond, an international context. Students may elect ered by any of the above study abroad VA 23284-3403, call (804) 828-8471 or fax courses ranging from intensive foreign lan- options. Students may elect to participate (804) 828-2552. guage program, to art and business programs. in a program offered by another university New programs are created every year in or organization. VCU Education Abroad countries as diverse as Barbados, Spain, will assist you in identifying and applying Education Abroad Guatemala, Peru, Italy, Germany, Mexico to the program, maintaining your VCU sta- and France. Jennifer L. Ludovici tus while away, and securing financial aid where appropriate. B.A. 1993 James Madison University International Student Exchange M.Ed. 1995 James Madison University Except summer programs offered for Program (ISEP) VCU credit, all credit received through Founded in the belief that an interna- ISEP is a network of 85 institutions and education abroad is transfer credit. Grades tional and multicultural perspective is 40 countries, providing a full immersion, will not transfer and are not calculated into invaluable to university students today, direct enrollment experience for a summer, the GPA. VCU encourages students from all majors semester or academic year. Although partic- and fields of interest to include study abroad ularly suited for the student interested in and international exchange as part of their foreign language acquisition, courses Immigration Services educational career. The benefits of educa- instructed in English in a variety of aca- tion abroad are many. Students will be able demic areas are now widely available. Some Susan S. Rose to: understand and function in different cul- locations’ program charges are based on B.A. 1992 Virginia Commonwealth University tures, thereby developing a broader under- VCU in-state tuition, room and board, and standing in the ways the world works; university fees, resulting in the most afford- Ingrid A. Mercer increase knowledge of and facility in a for- able option for study abroad. B.A. 1998 University of Pittsburgh eign language; understand differences in This office provides assistance and infor- educational styles and systems; and increase University Wide Exchanges mation to all students (F-1 and J-1), scholars/faculty/researchers (J-1), temporary employment marketability upon graduation. VCU has negotiated a number of direct employees (H-1 B, TN) and dependents. student exchange agreements arising out of

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 317 Office of International Education

Immigration Services of the Office of undergraduate students. The university International Education offer international International Admissions reserves the right to require additional test- student advising to assist international stu- ing and study in the VCU English dents with personal, financial, cultural and Bella Anand Language Program prior to full-time enroll- social adjustment issues, and to help guide B.A. 1982 Schiller International University in ment in university courses. them within the university community so London M.B.A. 1997 Schiller International University in they may successfully pursue their academic Florida Nonimmigrants (students with goals. The international student advisers assist temporary U.S. visas) international students and scholars in main- VCU encourages qualified international Because of time constraints involved in taining their nonimmigrant student status by students, to seek admission to the university processing international applications and issuing and processing the necessary immigra- through the International Admissions obtaining visas, prospective international tion documentation in accordance with rele- office. For complete information and appli- undergraduate applicants should submit the vant immigration rules and regulations. cation materials write, fax, e-mail or down- application for admission at least four The Immigration Services Department is load the application from the Web and con- months before they plan to enroll. In order housed at 916 W. Franklin St. tact International Admissions, Virginia for immigration documents to be issued, all Commonwealth University, 916 W. required admission and financial credentials English Language Program Franklin St., P.O. Box 843043, Richmond, must be submitted no later than eight VA 23284-3043, USA; call (804) 828-6016 weeks before registration for classes. Nancy A. Beasley or e-mail [email protected]/ or access the Web Applicants who are unable to meet the B.A. 1979 University of Massachusetts at http://www.vcu.edu/oie/ia/welcome.html. document submission deadline should plan M.A. 1981 Gordon-Conwell Theological Seminary Applicants must complete the to defer the intended semester of entry. M.A. 1988 University of Massachusetts Application Form and submit academic Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration records that demonstrate successful comple- Services regulations usually do not allow The English Language Program (ELP) tion of secondary school education — usu- nonimmigrant students to study at VCU as offers an intensive university preparation ally 12 years of pre-university study in their special, nondegree-seeking students. The language program for nonnative speakers of own country. university registers international students English and serves international students, As required by U.S. regulations and by only if they present a current and valid visa U.S. citizens, permanent residents and VCU admission policies, non-immigrant that permits enrollment in a university. refugees. applicants must demonstrate satisfactory Proof of current visa-type must be sub- Core courses are offered at 10 levels of academic achievement, adequate English mitted to the International Admissions instruction — beginning through advanced proficiency through evaluation and the Office before enrollment, unless the appli- — in five eight-week sessions per year. ability to finance all educational and living cant is requesting an F-1 or J-1 visa. Core courses include writing and grammar, expenses. Refer to the freshman admission Students possessing these visas admitted to speaking, listening, reading and vocabulary, guidelines, transfer admission guidelines, VCU must submit copies of all immigration pronunciation, and accent reduction. and admission procedures for specific pro- documents to the international student Additional electives in American language gram requirements in the Admission to the adviser before enrolling in classes. and culture, conversation partners and cul- University chapter of this bulletin. tural/educational activities also are avail- VCU is unable to provide financial sup- Immigrants (permanent residents, able to students. port for international undergraduate stu- resident aliens and asylum applicants) Admission to the ELP may be recom- dents. Therefore, applicants who need a Since immigrant applicants usually are in mended by the VCU Undergraduate and student visa must present documented evi- the United States at the time an application International Admissions Offices at the time dence of available financial support to is submitted, these students must meet the of the application review. Students who want cover living and educational expenses same application deadlines as American citi- only English as a second language courses may while studying at VCU. zens. Immigrants should submit their applica- apply directly to the program. tions to the Office of Undergraduate admis- Placement in the ELP is based on the English language proficiency sions. If educated in the United States, immi- results of the English Language Placement requirements grant applicants are considered under the Examination, a three-hour test in four same academic policies applicable to U.S. parts: listening, reading, writing and an oral To ensure maximum benefits from aca- citizens. If educated outside this country, the interview. Students receive their test results demic study at VCU, all nonnative English- same academic records are required as those by meeting individually with an adviser, speaking applicants, regardless of immigration for nonimmigrant applicants. who makes recommendations, answers status, must provide evidence of English lan- VCU requires detailed information about questions and registers students in the guage proficiency before admission and/or U.S. immigration status. Proof of perma- appropriate ELP course(s). before enrollment in the university. English nent residency must be submitted with the For more information, contact the language proficiency is evaluated on factors admission application. English Language Program Office in Room such as amount and type of formal American 205 at 916 W. Franklin St.; by phone at education, TOEFL scores and Scholastic (804) 828-2551; by fax at (804) 828-2552 Aptitude Test (SAT) scores. or by e-mail at [email protected]. In general, VCU requires a minimum score of 550 on TOEFL for admission for

318 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University Division of Student Affairs and Enrollment Services

The university offers students a wide Campus life departments of the division variety of services, facilities and resources, are the Office of the Dean of Student 901 Floyd Ave. • P.O. Box 843017 many of which are the administrative Affairs; the Office of the Dean of Student Richmond, VA 23284-3017 responsibility of the Division of Student Affairs, MCV Campus; Larrick Student (804) 828-1244 • Fax (804) 828-2180 Affairs and Enrollment Services. Center; University Student Commons and http://www.students.vcu.edu Activities; the Career Center; Cooperative Education; University Counseling Services; Henry G. Rhone Office of the Vice Provost for University Student Health Services; Vice Provost for Student Affairs and Student Affairs and Enrollment Recreational Sports; and University Enrollment Services (1989) Services Housing and Residence Education. The B.A. 1968 Amherst College enrollment services areas of the division are M.Ed. 1973 Virginia Commonwealth University Dr. Henry G. Rhone Financial Aid; Student Accounting; Ph.D. 1977 University of Virginia Vice Provost for Student Affairs (1989) Records and Registration; and Undergraduate Admissions. Martha L. Green B.A. 1968 Amherst College Interim Dean, Associate Dean and Assistant M.Ed. 1973 Virginia Commonwealth University Special programs in supports of student’s academic success are First Year Student to the Vice Provost for Student Affairs Ed.D. 1977 University of Virginia and Enrollment Services (2002) Services, and the Offices of the Disability B.A. 1968 University of North Carolina, Support Services, Student Academic Carmen Bell Greensboro Administrative Assistant (1970) Support Services (MCV Campus) and the M.S. 1971 Virginia Commonwealth University B.G.S. 1986 Virginia Commonwealth University Office of Multicultural Student Affairs. Ed.D. 1994 North Carolina State University M.Ed. 1999 Virginia Commonwealth University In addition, the division provides administrative support for the key policies of the Robert L. Clifton Rachel R. Maddux university, including the VCU Honor Dean of Student Affairs, MCV Campus (1981) Fiscal Administrator (1989) System and the Rules and Procedures. A.B. 1963 University of Michigan B.S. 1983 Virginia Commonwealth University M.A. 1969 East Michigan University M.Ed. 1999 Virginia Commonwealth University Ed.D. 1977 Wayne State University Office of the Associate Vice Martha L. Green Provost and Dean of Student Interim Dean, Associate Dean and Assistant to Table of contents the Vice Provost for Student Affairs and Affairs Office of the Vice Provost for Student Enrollment Services (2002) Affairs and Enrollment Services ...... 319 Dr. Martha L. Green B.A. 1968 University of North Carolina, Office of the Associate Vice Provost Interim Dean, Associate Dean and Assistant to Greensboro and Dean of Student Affairs ...... 319 the Vice Provost for Student Affairs and M.S. 1971 Virginia Commonwealth University Office of the Dean of Student Affairs, Enrollment Services (2002) Ed.D. 1994 North Carolina State University MCV Campus ...... 320 B.A. 1968 University of North Carolina, University Student Commons and Greensboro The Office of the Vice Provost for Activities, Academic Campus ...... 320 M.S. 1971 Virginia Commonwealth University Student Affairs and Enrollment Services is Honor societies ...... 321 Ed.D. 1994 North Carolina State University located in the Sitterding House at 901 Student and university governance ...... 322 Floyd Ave., P.O. Box 843017, Richmond, Student media (Academic Campus) ...... 323 VA 23284-3017. The telephone number is Caroll Ann O’Donnell University Career Center ...... 323 (804) 828-1244. Communications Coordinator (1998) University Counseling Services ...... 324 The mission of the Division of Student B.A. 1972 University of Richmond University Student Health Services ...... 324 Affairs and Enrollment Services is to help M.A. 1981 St. Mary’s Seminary and University University Housing and Residence VCU students learn and develop from their Education ...... 326 Vacant educational experiences, to improve the Recreational sports ...... 326 Student Media Director quality of student life through attention to University policies and procedures ...... 327 the varied aspects of the campus environ- First Year Student Services ...... 328 Vacant Office of Multicultural Student Affairs . . . . .328 ment, to provide quality services that are Public Relations Assistant Specialist responsive to student needs, and to effec- Student Academic Support Services, tively communicate and collaborate with MCV Campus ...... 328 The Office of the Associate Vice Provost Disability Support Services ...... 328 students, faculty, alumni, families and other and Dean of Student Affairs serves as a publics. resource for students, parents of students,

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 319 Division of Student Affairs and Enrollment Services faculty and staff who have problems or con- Jonah L. Larrick Student Center Keri Danna-Link cerns with their interaction with one (MCV Campus) Assistant Director for Leadership and Greek another or with the university. The dean’s Life (2001) office assists in resolving issues or refers James W. Miller B.S. 1995 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State Director, Larick Student Center (1985) inquirers to the appropriate person else- University B.S. 1991 Radford University where at VCU. M.A.Ed. 1997 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and The dean’s office also is actively involved State University The Jonah L. Larrick Student Center, in understanding students and their needs, located at 641 N. Eighth St., is a circular improving the quality of student life, and Yolanda Jackson building with dining facilities on the first collecting and disseminating information Assistant Director for Student Organizations and level and activity areas on the second level. Community Service (1981) important to students. Printed publications The first floor cafeteria is available to B.S. 1975 Virginia Union University of this office include the VCU Resource boarding students as well as others on a M.Ed. 1991 Virginia Commonwealth University Guide and the Handbook for Parents. Most cash basis. The lounge upstairs accommo- Division of Student Affairs and Enrollment dates up to 375 people and is used for Vacant Services publications are available on the movies, dances, lectures, receptions, art Assistant Director for Programs and Events World Wide Web at www.students.vcu.edu. exhibitions and other events. Offices are The dean sits on a number of university provided for the MCV Campus Student Melinda Anderson committees, participates in orientation Government Association, the X-Ray year- Program Coordinator (2002) activities, provides supervision for several book and the MCV Campus Honor B.S. 1999 Virginia Commonwealth University departments of the Division of Student Council. Also available are separate areas M.Ed. 2002 Virginia Commonwealth University Affairs and Enrollment Services and serves for billiards and table tennis, television and as a key administrator for several major pol- Vacant listening to music. icy statements of the university including Leadership Coordinator The Student Center Board, composed of the VCU Honor System. students, faculty and administrators, deter- Students, parents of students and staff Janet Howell mines procedures, programs and priorities who have issues they wish to discuss or who Reservations and Events Manager for the Larrick Center and helps determine are interested in various programs and student interests and needs. opportunities should visit the dean’s office, The facilities, services and programs of To reserve activity space or for more located in the Sitterding House, 901 Floyd the University Student Commons and information, telephone (804) 828-3438. Ave., P.O. Box 843017, Richmond, VA Activities are designed and implemented to 23284-3017. Telephone (804) 828-8940 or bring together all members of the VCU Larrick Center hours community, thereby contributing to intel- send e-mail to [email protected]. Monday – Friday 8:30 a.m. – 11 p.m. Saturday and Sunday 1 p.m. – 11 p.m. lectual, emotional and social growth through informal interaction. A diverse Office of the Dean of Student offering of educational, social, cultural and Affairs, MCV Campus University Student Commons and recreational programs represents an invita- Activities, Academic Campus tion to make use of personal time as an Dr. Robert L. Clifton integral part of the college experience. Students develop and refine citizenship, Dean of Student Affairs, MCV Campus (1981) Dr. Timothy A. Reed A.B. 1963 University of Michigan Director (1998) leadership, management and interpersonal M.A. 1969 Eastern Michigan University B.S. 1982 University of Evansville skills through participation in programs, Ed.D. 1977 Wayne State University M.A. 1985 The Ohio State University events and organizations with administra- Ph.D. 2001 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and tive and advising support from staff. The Office of the Dean of Student State University Affairs, MCV Campus, provides supervision University Student Commons for the operation of Larrick Student Center, John P. Leppo advises the MCV Campus Student Associate Director, Building Services (1992) 907 Floyd Ave. Government Association, participates in B.S. 1976 Duquesne University P.O. Box 842032 Richmond, VA 23284-2032 M.Ed. 1978 University of South Carolina orientation sessions for each school on the (804) 828-6500 MCV Campus and is the primary adminis- http://www.students.vcu.edu/commons trator of the Rules and Procedures of Henrietta Brown Assistant Director for Business Services (1971) Virginia Commonwealth University. The University Student Commons is a The dean’s office is located in Bear Hall, A.A.S. 1988 J. Sergeant Reynolds B.G.S. 1998 Virginia Commonwealth University gathering place for the VCU community on 10th and Leigh streets, P.O. Box 980243. the Academic Campus — students, faculty, Telephone (804) 828-0525 or send e-mail staff, alumni and guests. The Commons pro- to [email protected]. Kirsten Hirsch Assistant Director for Information and Off vides an array of programs, facilities and Campus Student Services (1992) services to meet the needs of daily life on B.F.A. 1993 Virginia Commonwealth University campus. All the facilities and services in the Commons are conveniently accessible to

320 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Division of Student Affairs and Enrollment Services people with mobility impairments. Building Off-campus Student Services Association and its subcommittees (see hours during the academic year: “Students and University Governance”). Off-campus Student Services is located Other student groups include the Black on the first floor of the Commons at the Monday – Thursday 7 a.m. – midnight Caucus, fraternities and sororities, and Information Center, 907 Floyd Ave., P.O. Friday 7 a.m. – 1 a.m. more than 200 other departmental, reli- Box 842032, Richmond, VA 23284-2032; Saturday 10 a.m. – 1 am. gious, political, ethnic/cultural and special telephone (804) 828-6492. Sunday Noon – 11 p.m. interest clubs and organizations. A com- The Commons provides several services (Holiday and Summer Session hours are posted.) plete directory of student organizations and designed to reduce the challenges that non- information about how to become involved residential students face. The Common Information services are available both online and in print. Information Services is staffed by stu- Ground, located on the lower lever, dents ready to field any VCU-related ques- includes a Ride Board to connect drivers Programs and events tion. Stop by, or call (804) 828-1981. Stay- and riders for local and long-distance car- Students and staff collaborate to bring a In-Touch Television (SIT-TV), a system pooling, LAN ports to the campus network wide variety of programs including of video monitors located throughout the for students’ laptop computers, a microwave Welcome Week, First Friday, the Student Commons, displays up-to-the-minute infor- for heating sack lunches and vending Organization and Volunteer Opportunities mation about campus services and events as machines. Rental lockers, available per rent Fair, Fall Block Show and Homecoming. well as local weather, national news and by semester or academic year, also are avail- Cultural events created by students and sports. able on the lower level. (Coin-operated staff include the VCU Celebrates the lockers for short-term storage of personal Holidays, Kwanzaa, Black History Month, Lounges, meeting rooms and event belongings are located in Room 141.) Women’s History Month and the spaces Intercultural Festival. Student activities Off-campus Housing staff and students also produce the Summer The Main Lobby is the crossroads of the This service offers assistance in locating Programs series to keep things going Academic Campus — a great place to meet residences in facilities that are not con- through summer break. friends or watch people. The Plaza and trolled by the university and are available North Lounge offer quieter atmospheres. to students on a nondiscriminatory basis. Student art is featured in the Art Gallery Leadership (The university does not control or moni- on the first floor. Meeting and event facili- Student Activities invites students to tor privately operated off-campus housing ties include three conference rooms, the develop crucial leadership experiences facilities.) A free computerized listing for Forum Room, the Commons Theater, the through workshops, retreats and a resource roommate requests and for rental apart- Alumni Association Board Room and the library. Rambunctious Weekend, Polaris ments, rooms and houses is available Commonwealth and Capital Ballrooms. leadership Society and the Virginia Student online at http://www.students.vcu.edu The Common Ground, on the lower level, Leadership Conference are some of the /commons/services/offcampus/. The Off offers students lounge space, large-screen opportunities available for student leaders Campus Student Handbook, covering valu- television, vending machines and free to develop skills and network with peers. able information regarding off-campus liv- access to the university network via LAN ing is also available. It is advisable for the ports. A regular schedule of, concerts, com- Community Service student to inspect off-campus accommoda- edy shows and other entertainment takes tions before leasing. Good quality apart- Service programs provide a link between place in the Common Ground. Break ments and rooms are limited, and students VCU and the Richmond community Point, the Commons game room, features should make arrangements early. through both one-time service initiatives pool tables, table tennis, board games, the and ongoing volunteer opportunities. latest video games and regularly scheduled Activities include blood drives, sponsorship special events and tournaments. The Student Activities of mentoring programs (Carver Promise Reservations and Events Office schedules The Student Activities Center is located and Book Buddies at Carver Elementary the use of space in the Commons as well as in Room 018, University Student School, 60 Minutes Service and the noninstructional use of some other Commons, 907 Floyd Ave., P.O. Box Alternative Spring Break programs. An Academic Campus facilities. To contact 842035, Richmond, VA 23284-2035; tele- annual fair provides opportunities to meet this office, telephone (804) 828-9502. phone (804) 828-3648. representatives from community agencies Student Activities supports and encour- seeking volunteers. Staff members provide General services ages numerous opportunities for students to interested students with a list of service Dining and retail services include the participate and provide leadership in social, opportunities, help identify programs of first-floor food court, open for breakfast, cultural, service and recreational activities interest, and facilitate contact with those lunch and dinner, hot meals and fast food and organizations. Students determine their agencies. on a cash or credit debit basis. A technol- own level of involvement, bearing in mind ogy store, Online@VCU offers computer the need for balance between academic and hardware and software. Other facilities of cocurricular commitments. Honor societies the Commons include a self-service U.S. Post Office station, two Wachovia ATM Student organizations Chapters of the following national honor societies are located at VCU and annually locations, pay telephones, a coin-operated Involvement opportunities include the photocopier and vending machines. recognize students and faculty for their Academic Campus Student Government service and scholarship:

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 321 Division of Student Affairs and Enrollment Services

Honorary Pre-pharmacy Club Alpha Kappa Delta – sociology Pre-physical Therapy Club Student and university governance Golden Key International Honor Society Professional and Academic Writers Association Order of Omega – fraternities and sororities Public Relations Student Society of America The University Council, an advisory Phi Eta Sigma – freshman honor society Ranger Challenge Club ROTC body to the university president, is the Phi Sigma Pi National Honor Fraternity – Alpha Sigma Religious Studies Society highest internal governance body at VCU. Chapter Rho Chi (Pharmacy) The council is made up of 27 faculty mem- Pi Theta Epsilon, Phi Chapter – occupational therapy Siggraph Student Chapter – VCU bers, 10 students, 10 administrators, 10 honor society Society for Advancement of Management classified staff members and four subcom- Psi Chi, National Honor Society in Psychology Society for Human Resource Management – Sigma Phi Omega, Epsilon Chapter student chapter mittees — the Committee on Student Tau Beta Phi Engineering Honor Society Society of Professional Journalists – VCU chapter Affairs, the Committee on Academic Society of Women Engineers Affairs, the Committee on Faculty Affairs Discipline societies Student Association of Community Pharmacists and the Committee on Classified Staff Alexandrian Society –History Club Student Chapter of Physicians for Human Rights at Affairs. American Criminal Justice Association VCU/VCU Medical Center American Institute of Graphic Arts Student Chapter of Virginia Society of Health-system American Marketing Association (AMA) Pharmacists Academic Campus Student American Society for Interior Design Student National Pharmaceutical Association Government Association Student Nurses’ Association American Society for Mechanical Engineers – The Academic Campus Student student chapter Student Occupational Therapy Association of VCU Anthropology Club The Gogs (Theater and Performance) Government Association is composed of Association for Information Technology Professionals Theta Tau Kappa Gamma Chapter – engineering senators elected from the college and each Bachelor of Social Work Association Urban and Regional Planning Student Association of the six schools on the Academic Campus Beta Alpha Psi (Accounting) Urban Studies Student Association and an elected student body president and Biomedical Engineering Society Virginia Academy of Students of Pharmacy vice president. Black Data Processing Association VCU School of Pharmacy – Classes of 2003-06 The Academic Campus SGA provides Black Master of Social Work Association Zeta Phi Sigma Engineering Sorority opportunities for students to express them- CARD Senior Exhibition selves in the development and implementa- Contemporary Crafts Society MCV Campus students who excel in tion of VCU policies, to develop and coor- Counselor Education Student Networking Association scholarship and leadership may be eligible dinate services and activities for students, Delta Epsilon Chi for membership in honor societies related Delta Sigma Pi – business and to budget and allocate student activi- to their fields of study. In addition, MCV ties fees. Elections for student senators, stu- Dental Club VCU, ASDA Campus students who meet established cri- Emergency medicine Student Association dent body president and student body vice Engineering Student Council teria may be elected to one or more of the president are held each spring. Appoint- Financial Management Association following societies: ments of at-large senators and student rep- Forensic Science Student Club • Phi Kappa Phi is a national honor resentatives to university committees are Gamma Iota Sigma – insurance society that recognizes and encourages made as vacancies occur throughout the Gamma Theta Upsilon Theta Omega Chapter – geography superior scholarship. It accepts mem- year. Graduate Artists Association bers from applied and professional The Student Government Association is Graduate Organization of Biology Students fields of study as well as from letters, organized into standing committees — Graduate Research Association of Students in Pharmacy arts, sciences and humanities. The Health, Physical Education and Recreation Majors Club Steering, Appointments, Appropriations, VCU chapter was installed in 1977. Elections, Human Relations, Legislative Inter Fraternity Council (Pharmacy) • Sigma Xi Society is a national honor International Society for Pharmacoeconomics and Issues, Publicity and Student Services — Outcomes Research society founded for the encouragement and non-elected at-large members are Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers of research in science and recognizes encouraged to join most of these commit- Jennings Society – economics individuals for research achievement tees. All meetings of the senate are open to Kappa Epsilon (Pharmacy) or promise. the public. Kappa Kappa Psi • Alpha Sigma Chi is a MCV Campus Additional information about the Kappa Psi (Pharmacy) organization founded in 1938. It recog- Academic Campus SGA is available from Le France Club nizes those individuals who excel in the SGA office in the Student Activities Life Sciences Club leadership and service to colleagues, Master of Social Work Student Association Center or by calling (804) 828-7551. school and the university. Many other opportunities to participate Master’s Society in Business • Sigma Zeta is an honorary science fra- Minority Association of Pre-medical Students in departmental and/or school decision- National Art Education Association – student chapter ternity that encourages and fosters making exist for students on the Academic National Association of Black Accountants knowledge of the sciences and recog- Campus. Contact department or deans’ National Society of Black Engineers nizes attainment of high scholarship in offices for more information on committee Phi Beta Lambda the sciences. Gamma Chapter was participation. Phi Delta Chi (Pharmacy) installed at MCV in 1926. Phil Lambda Sigma (Pharmacy) Philosophy Club (The) Pre-dental Club at VCU, ASDA Pre-law Society of Virginia Commonwealth University Pre-med Society

322 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Division of Student Affairs and Enrollment Services

MCV Campus Student Government ing news, features, editorials and reviews of Shajuana Payne Association timely topics. The offices are located in Recruitment Coordinator (1998) Room 1149 of the Temple Building, 901 W. B.A. 1995 Virginia Commonwealth University The student body organization on the Main St., P.O. Box 842010, Richmond, VA M.Ed. 2003 Virginia Commonwealth University MCV Campus was formed to promote col- 23284-2010; (804) 828-1058. lege activities; to promote a concern among Cara Thorpe students for each other and a greater identi- Assistant Director (1998) fication with the university; to express a The Vine B.S. 1994 University of Rhode Island unified voice in matters that affect the best This news magazine presents news of M.Ed. 2002 Virginia Commonwealth University interest of the student body; and to foster a VCU’s African-American and other multi- constructive relationship between the uni- cultural students. The office is located in the Darlene Ward versity and the community and state. Temple Building, Room 1140, telephone Assistant Director (1998) Representatives to the MCV Campus (804) 827-0646. B.S. 1987 Hampton University Student Government Association are M.B.A. 1992 Hampton University elected from each class in each health science school on the basis of one representa- Millennium The University Career Center assists tive per 40 students. SGA meetings are held This literary magazine, published annually, students and recent alumni identify and monthly from September through April, showcases creative writing by VCU students. achieve their career goals. Career Center except December and are open to all MCV staff work with students to help them Campus students. The association sponsors explore career options, decide on career such projects as blood drives and University WCVW directions and to develop sound strategies Guest Day and provides a forum for discus- The student-operated radio station can for realizing their career goals. sion of student ideas and suggestions. be heard at WCVW-AM 640 on campus, The Career Center, located in Room 130 online or via cable radio. Programming of the Student Commons, offers a career includes music, information, news, public library of more than 600 printed books and Programming Commission affairs and public service announcements. publications. Students have access to (Academic Campus) WCVW studios and offices are located in employer literature such as annual reports, The newly formed Programming the Temple Building, Room 1123, 901 W. recruiting brochures, and graduate and pro- Commission coordinates programs and Main St., P.O. Box 841961, Richmond, VA fessional school publications. events planned by student organizations, 23284-1961; telephone (804) 828-1057. Career counseling sessions are offered by which specialize in major event planning. appointment using assessment tools, such as Campbell Interest and Skill Surveys, the University Career Center Strong Interest Inventory, the Self-directed Activities Program Board Search and the Myers-Briggs Type The committees of APB plan and imple- Veronique Bowers Indicator. Students may receive assistance ment social, educational and cultural activ- Office Manager (1999) with resume development, job search skills ities for students. Subcommittees are open B.I.S. 2000 and interviewing techniques. to all VCU students. Contact the program The Career Center maintains job post- committee chairpersons for involvement Cheryl Melton ings of part-time, internship and off- and information at (804) 828-7550. Director (1981) on-campus Work-study positions for students B.S. 1971 Virginia Commonwealth University who are eligible. These postings may be M.Ed. 1987 Virginia Commonwealth University accessed 24 hours a day through the Career Traditional Events Board Center Web site at www.students.vcu.edu/ Susan Story This board coordinates the various com- careers or in the Career Center computer lab. Associate Director (1990) mittees that plan and implement annual The Career Center also offers a compre- B.S. 1968 State University of New York at Stony events such as VCU Homecoming, Annual hensive Cooperative Education Program Brook Fall Step Show and the Intercultural M.Ed. 1988 Virginia Commonwealth University that blends traditional academics with paid Festival. work assignments in industry, business, gov- Alicia K. Aroche ernment and nonprofit organizations. This RAM Productions Assistant Director (2001) combination enhances the student’s aca- B.A. 1995 Virginia Commonwealth University demic knowledge, personal development Students work with promoters and staff M.Ed. 1998 Virginia Commonwealth University and preparation for a professional career, to bring big name concerts or other major and provides broad exposure to one’s aca- events to campus. Joseph Lyons demic major. Students may work part time Assistant Director (1989) while taking classes or alternate semesters B.A. 1985 Norfolk State University of work and study. Student media (Academic Campus) M.A. 1998 Western Kentucky University The Cooperative Education Program is open to undergraduate and graduate stu- Commonwealth Times Monyette Martin dents in most majors. To be eligible, stu- Assistant Director (1998) dents must: Students write and edit the Common- B.B.A. 1993 James Madison University • have declared a major. wealth Times, a campus newspaper contain- M.Ed. 1996 James Madison University • have completed at least 24 credits.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 323 Division of Student Affairs and Enrollment Services

• have a 2.5 GPA or better for sopho- Jihad Aziz MCV Campus mores. Associate Director (2001) Hunton Hall • have a 2.0 GPA or better for juniors B.A. 1992 South Carolina University 302 N. 12th St., 3rd Floor and seniors. M.S. 1994 South Carolina University P.O. Box 980238 Prior to placement, a student must have eli- Ph.D. 1999 Pennsylvania State University Richmond, VA 23298-0238 gibility verified and must complete a (804) 828-3964 Cooperative Education orientation session. Joy G. Bressler Associate Director (1992) M, W, Th, F 8 a.m. – 5 p.m. Once placed, a student must enroll in the Tuesday 11 a.m. – 8 p.m. appropriate noncredit Cooperative Education A.S. 1971 Marshall University course. Special administrative fees are shown B.S. 1982 Virginia Commonwealth University M.S.W. 1986 Virginia Commonwealth University University Counseling Services can meet in the Schedule of Classes each semester. students’ needs in a variety of ways: Some credit arrangements are available Claudia Carroll through the academic departments. Staff Psychologist (2002) Counseling and psychotherapy Students that are graduating within the aca- B.A. 1993 University of Texas at Austin Individual and couples work is designed demic year use the Career Center to interview M.A. 1997 University of Illinois at Urbana- to deal with personal and interpersonal with business, industry, government and edu- Champaign issues. cation representatives who visit on campus to Ph.D. 2000 University of Illinois at Urbana- recruit prospective graduates for permanent Champaign positions in their respective organizations. Group counseling Students are encouraged to sign up as partici- James Hardiman Ongoing psychotherapy groups focus on pants in the Career Center’s Web-based Staff Social Worker, Certified Substance Abuse personal and social concerns. resume referral system called Counselor (2001) CareerConnections in order to be referred to B.A. 1991 Mary Baldwin College Psychiatric services employers and have access to job listings. M.S.W. 1994 Virginia Commonwealth University Limited services include medical evaluation, diagnosis and treatment with psy- Jinhee Kang chotropic medication. Courses in cooperative education Staff Psychologist (2001) (COOP) B.A. 1990 Yonsei University, Seoul, Korea Consultation and outreach M.A. 1995 University of Missouri – Columbia COOP 298 Cooperative Education Experience Ph.D. 2001 University of Missouri – Columbia Presentations, workshops and staff con- Semester course; the student works a maximum of 20 sultation are available to student organiza- hours per week, completes all off-campus/on-campus Kristi M. Vera tions, academic departments and other assignments. No credit. Open to students who have Staff Social Worker (1998) groups on issues relevant to each group’s been placed in an approved co-op position with an B.A. 1982 The College of William and Mary needs. agency, business, industry or institution. M.A. 1993 The College of William and Mary COOP 398 Cooperative Education Experience M.S.W. 1997 Virginia Commonwealth University Safe Zone Semester course; the student works a maximum of 40 Workshops for faculty and staff designed hours per week, completes all off-campus/on-campus Students with personal, social, psycho- to reduce homophobia and heterosexism. assignments. No credit. Open to students who have logical or educational needs may find help been placed in an approved co-op position with an from University Counseling Services. The agency, business, industry or institution. Career counseling goals of UCS are to promote students’ aca- Individual sessions designed to clarify demic success and personal growth as well career direction and satisfaction. as to assist students who are experiencing University Counseling Services Counseling services are free except for stress or crisis. small fees associated with some assessment The University Counseling Service Charles Klink measures. Director (2001) offers services from two offices, one on each B.A. 1978 Goshen College campus. The contact information for each M.A. 1984 The Ohio State University follows. University Student Health Services Ph.D. 1993 The Ohio State University Academic Campus Dr. Betty Anne Johnson Janice H. Altman University Student Commons Director (1985) Staff Psychologist (1998) 907 Floyd Ave., Room 225 B.A. 1973 Colorado Women’s College B.A. 1977 Hofstra University P.O. Box 842525 Ph.D. 1981 University of Iowa M.A. 1989 University of Maryland – College Park Richmond, VA 23284-2525 M.D. 1982 Harvard Medical School Ph.D. 1997 University of Illinois at Urbana – (804) 828-6200 Champaign Monday – Friday 8 a.m. – 5 p.m. Betty Reppert Associate Director for Health Promotion (1983) D. Craig Anderson B.S. 1978 Wake Forest University Staff Psychologist (1999) During semester break, spring break and summer, the office closes at 4:30 p.m. daily on both cam- P.A. Certificate 1978 Wake Forest University B.A. 1978 Colgate University puses. M.P.H. 1997 Virginia Commonwealth University M.Ed. 1986 The College of William and Mary Ph.D. 1997 Pennsylvania State University

324 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Division of Student Affairs and Enrollment Services

Doris Rice registered nurses, pharmacists and health Rubeola (Red Measles): Two doses, both Assistant Director for Administration (1988) educators. given after the first birthday at least one B.B.A. 1980 University of Houston Services offered by USHS include gen- month apart and after 1967, or physician eral medical, allergy and gynecology clinics; certification of diagnosis of Rubeola, Dr. Linda Hancock pharmacy and laboratory; after-hours emer- including the month and year of occur- Assistant Director for Health Promotion (1987) gency care; and health education and pub- rence, or documentation of positive B.S. 1974 University of Maryland lic health programs. Rubeola titer with copy of lab result. M.S. 1984 Virginia Commonwealth University All educational activities sponsored by Mumps: One dose given after first birth- Ph.D. 2001 Virginia Commonwealth University USHS are available to all students. day and after 1967, or physician certifica- Treatments for injury and hospitalization tion of diagnosis of Mumps, including Nancy L. Harris are not covered by USHS, and students are month and year of occurrence, or docu- Women’s Health Coordinator (1997) urged to join the university-sponsored mentation of positive mumps titer with B.S. 1982 American University M.S. 1986 Virginia Commonwealth University group health plan. copy of lab result. Rubella (German Measles): Diane Gay Cutchin Immunization requirements Documentation of Rubella vaccination Sexual Assault Services Coordinator (1996) given after the first birthday and after June B.S. 1987 Virginia Commonwealth University Virginia law requires all full-time stu- 9, 1969, or documentation of positive M.S. 1995 Virginia Commonwealth University dents to submit an official certification of Rubella titer with copy of lab result. immunization to University Student Health NOTE: MMR given after first birthday Sandra L. McGinnis Services prior to registration. Immunization and after April 30, 1971, may be used to Health Educator (1998) records may be mailed, faxed or brought to document Rubeola, Mumps and/or Rubella B.A. American University Student Health Services at the Academic immunization. Two MMRs would be M.P.H. 1998 University of North Carolina at Campus as listed previously. needed to fulfill Rubeola requirement. Chapel Hill All students whose birth country is not Tuberculosis screening: Required of all the United States or Canada, regardless of entering students. Not all students will James Hardiman enrollment status, are required to complete require placement of the TB skin test, how- Substance Abuse Services Coordinator (2001) tuberculosis screening at University ever. Refer to Immunization Certificate. B.A. 1991 Mary Baldwin College Student Health Services upon arrival to Meningococcal Vaccine: Vaccine or M.S.W. 1994 Virginia Commonwealth University campus. signed waiver required by Virginia State law. Do not mail, fax or turn in your immu- Academic Campus nization record anywhere else. (If record Students born prior to Jan. 1, 1957 Sport Medicine Building is turned in at STAR, put it in the box For students born prior to Jan. 1, 1957, 1300 W. Broad St., Suite 2200 marked immunizations.) Do not send P.O. Box 842022 only, the student must provide: immunization records to Office of Richmond, VA 23284-2022 Tetanus: Documentation of Tetanus Undergraduate Admissions. (804) 828-8828 booster within the last 10 years. Fax: (804) 828-1093 It is strongly recommended that all stu- Rubella (German Measles): dents make copies of their immunization Documentation of Rubella vaccination Monday – Thursday 8 a.m. – 5 p.m. record form. For questions or a copy of the given after the first birthday and after June Friday 10 a.m. – 5 p.m. immunization certificate, call the Academic 9, 1969, or documentation of positive Campus as listed previously. MCV Campus Rubella titer with copy of lab result. The immunization form can be signed by Tuberculosis screening: Required of all VMI Building the student’s health care provider after all the 1000 E. Marshall St., Room 305 entering students. Not all students will necessary information has been transferred require placement of the TB skin test, how- P.O. Box 980201 onto the form. Copies of immunization dates Richmond, VA 23298-0201 ever. Refer to Immunization Certificate. from military records, health department (804) 828-9220 Meningococcal Vaccine: Vaccine or signed records, and high school records may be sub- waiver required by Virginia State law. Monday – Thursday 8 a.m. – 4:30 a.m. mitted. An immunization form can be found Friday 10:30 a.m. – 4:30 p.m. in the Handbook for Admitted Students and on the Web at www.students.vcu.edu Health insurance University Student Health Services /health/immunizations. The university is not responsible for acci- offers quality primary health care for treatment If documented evidence of required immu- dents occurring to students in connection of acute and chronic illness. In addition to nization proof cannot be provided, students with class, laboratory, shop, fieldwork, athlet- diagnosis and treatment, the service empha- must get the necessary immunizations from ics, student activities, travel or any other sizes prevention of illness through screening, their health care provider, local health depart- activity. counseling and health education. Full-time ment or through Student Health. The university offers its students an students are required to participate and must approved insurance plan providing substan- pay the student health fee. Part-time students Students born after Dec. 31, 1956 tial benefits at group rates. The insurance who elect to participate in the service must For all students born after Dec. 31, 1956, extends for a 12-month period beginning pay the full student health fee. student must provide: Aug. 18, or from the beginning of the sec- The service is staffed by physicians, Tetanus: Documentation of Tetanus ond semester to the next Aug. 18, and physician assistants, nurse practitioners, booster within the last 10 years.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 325 Division of Student Affairs and Enrollment Services includes coverage for accidents, hospitaliza- residence hall, governmental, social and tion, medical, surgical and other benefits University Housing and Residence judicial organizations. for illnesses. Married students may enroll Education Residence education staff members facili- spouses and children. The university tate these objectives and are always avail- strongly recommends but does not require Bernard A. Mann able to assist students in the residence that all students enroll in student group Director of Housing (1970) areas. Although acceptance for admission health insurance. M.S.Ed. 1973 Virginia Commonwealth University to the university does not guarantee hous- Complete information about enrolling is ing facilities to the new student, all stu- available from University Student Health Jane M. Grassadonia dents in past years desiring student housing Services at both locations. Director of Residence Education (1993) have been accommodated. See the “Room B.A. 1983 Washington State University and Board Fees” section in the Expenses M.S.Ed. 1991 University of Rochester Health promotion and Financial Aid chapter of this bulletin. Rooms in university-operated housing are Gregory V. Primavera The Office of Health Promotion, located in rented for the entire academic year of nine Coordinator of Residence Education (2002) the Sports Medicine Building, Suite 2200 pro- months or for 12 months. Single-semester vides information, programming and other B.A. 1988 St. John’s University M.A. 1994 N.Y.I.T. (New York Institute of contracts are available only to new students resources in support of students’ continuing Technologies) who enter the university and sign contracts health and well being. The resource library to enter the residence hall beginning in the includes videotapes and Internet access as well Jane Firer spring semester. The student, parent of the as printed publications. The staff is available West Broad Apartments Complex Manager student or student guardian contracts to for presentations to classes and student organi- (2001) pay the rent for this period. zations on a variety of topics related to college B.A. 1978 Virginia Commonwealth University All rooms are furnished adequately and student health issues. The staff also supports M.A. 1980 Virginia Commonwealth University are wired for data and telephone. As the and trains a peer-education program called buildings vary in age and occupancy, it is Project REACH (Rams Educating About Catherine Green best to wait until arrival to decide on any Campus Health). This peer program addresses Coordinator of Residence Education (1999) extra personal items. Students should pro- substance abuse, nutrition, sexuality and stress B.A. 1990 University of California, Santa Barbara vide their own pillows, bedspreads, linens management. M.S. 1997 Iowa State University and blankets. Coin-operated washers and dryers are located in each building. Augusta Pool Sexual Assault/Substance Abuse For more information, contact the Housing Manager (1999) Central Housing/Residence Education Education programs Office, Gladding Residence Center, 711 W. A component of the Office of Health Roderick Burke Main St., P.O. Box 842517, Richmond, VA Promotion is Sexual Assault/Substance Housing Manager (1985) 23284-2517; telephone (804) 828-7666. Abuse Education programs. The offices B.A. 1972 University of Richmond serve as the main point of contact for infor- Samuel Stuart mation and services in these areas. The Housing Manager Senior (1983) Recreational sports coordinators provide or arrange for presen- B.S. 1983 Virginia Commonwealth University tations about alcohol and other drugs or Susan Ivie Boling issues related to sexual assault for student Director (1983) Living accommodations on campus are groups, classes and special events such as B.S. 1975 University of Iowa provided for the convenient housing of stu- Alcohol Awareness weeks and Sexual M.A. 1977 University of Iowa dents and to further the educational objec- Assault and Domestic Violence Awareness tives of the university. Approximately Month. This office also offers a primary Tom Diehl 3,000 students live in university-operated prevention program on alcohol and other Associate Director (1995) housing, which varies in capacity and style, drugs for students and professionals. This B.S. 1982 Syracuse University including high-rise residence halls, suites office offers leadership for the campus on M.S. 1990 Syracuse University and garden-style apartments. sexual assault policy, alcohol/other drug VCU believes residence hall life provides Anne Zielinski policy, protocol, educational programming an opportunity for students to gain a vari- Assistant Director (2003) and services development. ety of personal learning experiences that B.S. 1998 University of Connecticut supplement and complement the formal M.S. 2000 Indiana University Sexual Assault Education Programs (804) 828-2085 learning gained in classrooms and laboratories. The housing program seeks to make Greg Hawkins Outdoor Adventure Program Coordinator (1998) Substance Abuse Education Programs residences a place where students learn to B.S. 1994 Sam Houston State University (804) 828-2086 meet and live successfully with other students and to assume major responsibility for Master’s in Recreational Administration 1996 their own lives and the atmosphere of their Georgia Southern University living environment. University housing Dr. Eric W. West also helps students participate in many edu- Coordinator, Fitness/Wellness Program (1998) cational and social programs and develop B.S. 1987 University of Tennessee at Knoxville leadership skills through participation in

326 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Division of Student Affairs and Enrollment Services

M.S. 1989 University of Tennessee at Knoxville The Recreation Center features a gym kayaking, white water rafting, canoeing, D.A. 1998 University of Tennessee at Knoxville floor that can be used for basketball and caving, climbing, bicycling, backpacking volleyball; a fitness center with selectorized and cross-country skiing. Many OAP trips Karen R. Carden and free weight equipment; numerous rac- are designed for beginners. All necessary Assistant Director (1999) quetball and squash courts; and multipur- equipment is included in the trip fees. B.A. 1969 Elon College pose rooms. Summer and holiday trips are provided M.Ed. 1985 University of North Carolina – The Aquatic Center features recreational including downhill skiing in Vermont, Greensboro swimming, learn-to-swim classes; and water backpacking in the Grand Canyon and fitness and sports activities. For additional more. A variety of facilities, services and pro- information, telephone (804) 828-6100. For students planning their own outdoor grams designed to meet the leisure and activities, equipment can be rented at the health needs of the VCU community are Outing Rental Center. For a nominal fee, coordinated by the Recreational Sports Additional facilities canoes, backpacks, tents and cross-country staff. All currently enrolled students with Additional facilities on the Academic skis can be rented on a short-term basis. valid identification are eligible to use all Campus include lighted tennis courts The Outdoor Adventure Leadership facilities. All facilities also are available to near the Cary Street Complex, which are Program teaches interested student volun- people from the following groups who pur- administered by the Athletic Department. teers a variety of outdoor skills and prepares chase a membership: spouses of students, An indoor pool is available on a limited them to lead wilderness trips. alumni, spouses of alumni, faculty, spouses basis in the basement of the Franklin Street Information on trips and rentals is avail- of faculty members, classified and hourly Gym. For additional information, call able at the Outing Rental Center. For addi- staff, spouses of classified and hourly staff (804) 827-1100. tional information, call (804) 828-6004. members, and employees of the Biomedical Research Park and VCU Health System’s Recreational sports programs MCV Physicians. Selected full-time con- University policies and procedures tract employees are eligible for membership. Intramural sports Available on both campuses, these sports (Membership for spouses of Research Park, A number of policies and regulations at offer students organized men’s, women’s and contract and MCV Physicians members are VCU affect students, and many of these are corecreational leagues and tournaments. not offered at this time.) printed in the general information chapters Activities include traditional team sports of this bulletin. Three policy documents are such as flag football, soccer, volleyball, bas- of particular interest to students. Recreational sports facilities ketball, indoor soccer, floor hockey and The VCU Rules and Procedures docu- softball as well as individual and dual sports Stuart C. Siegel Center ment outlines the rights, responsibilities such as tennis, racquetball and table tennis. The Stuart C. Siegel Center includes an and privileges of each member of the uni- aerobic/multipurpose room; a 7,000-square- versity community and describes cases foot fitness center; a multipurpose gym for Fitness programs when disciplinary action, including separa- indoor soccer, floor hockey, volleyball and Offered at both recreation centers, these tion from the university, may be taken basketball; and a wellness resource center. programs include classes in step aerobics, against a member of this community as a The main offices for Recreational Sports weight training, yoga, dance and more. result of prohibited behavior as outlined in are located in this facility, (804) 827-1100. Special programs include wellness days, per- this document. sonal training and special Stress Relief The VCU Honor System defines aca- Cary Street Recreation Complex Week activities. demic dishonesty and provides a procedure The Cary Street Recreation Complex for judging alleged violators of academic offers a gym floor that can be used to play Sport clubs integrity. basketball, volleyball or badminton; a fit- These clubs give students the opportu- The Grade Review Procedure outlines ness center; a wooden fitness/dance floor; nity to train and compete on a higher level the process whereby students may appeal four racquetball courts; and a large assort- than is offered by the Intramural Sports grades that they feel have been assigned ment of fitness equipment. The complex Program. For information about these unfairly. also features a lighted artificial-turf field, clubs or about starting a new club, call Each student is responsible for being jogging track and lighted outdoor basket- Recreational Sports. familiar with the provisions of all university ball courts, (804) 828-6219. policies and regulations. The three policy Special events documents described above are printed in MCV Campus Recreation and One-day events are offered to provide full in the VCU Resource Guide, which is Aquatic Center short-term opportunities to participate. distributed each year on both campuses and made available on the Web. Students who The MCV Campus Recreation and have questions about these or other policies Aquatic Center, located at 10th and Turpin Outdoor Adventure Program and are invited to call or visit. streets, includes a gym with playing courts Outing Rental Center and workout areas complemented by the This program and center provide a Office of the Dean of Student Affairs Aquatic Center, housing a 25-meter, six- variety of outdoor recreational opportuni- Sitterding House lane swimming pool and a lighted outdoor ties for students. Organized excursions with 901 Floyd Ave., P.O. Box 843017 tennis court. experienced trip leaders include camping, Richmond, VA 23284-3017 (804) 828-8940

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 327 Division of Student Affairs and Enrollment Services

Office of the Dean of Student Affairs, MCV Campus nity to take placement tests, meet with a and cultures represented at VCU. In this Bear Hall, Room 104 faculty adviser and register for the first way, the office seeks to supplement the 10th and Leigh streets, P.O. Box 980243 semester’s classes. Students’ families are opportunities for student growth and devel- Richmond, VA 23298-0243 provided programs on VCU services. opment at the university. (804) 828-0525 Attendance at this program is required of All students are urged to visit the Office all new students. of Multicultural Student Affairs located on VCU Honor System the ground floor of Sitterding House at 901 VCU recognizes that honesty, truth, and Welcome Weekend Floyd Ave., P.O. Box 843017, Richmond, integrity are values central to its mission as VA 23284-3017; telephone (804) 828-6672. Welcome Weekend is a week-long pro- an institution of higher learning. gram for new students that takes place And so, VCU must act to maintain these immediately before fall classes begin. values, even to the point of separating Student Academic Support During this time, students meet faculty, those who violate them from the university. Services, MCV Campus staff, administrators and upper-class stu- The VCU Honor System describes the dents. They attend information sessions, responsibilities of students, faculty and Vacant workshops and campus tours. administration in upholding academic Director integrity, while respecting the rights of individuals to the due process offered by VCU Family Weekend This support is a personal service, located administratively under the Office of the administrative hearings and appeals. All VCU Family Weekend is designed to people enrolled in any course or program at Vice President for Health Sciences, bring parents and families back to see the designed to help individuals find ways to VCU and all people supervising the learn- university after students have registered and ing of any student are responsible for acting deal with the demands imposed by the attended classes. Each school and college of health sciences curriculums and to help in accordance with the provisions of the the university has a chance to meet with VCU Honor System. them become effective and efficient learn- the families of its students. Family members ers. Students meet with an academic skills The honor system gives definitions and participate in a number of programs and illustrative examples of six acts which are counselor for an assessment of their learn- special events that highlight the faculty, ing needs. The counselor will then offer violations of the policy, namely: cheating, students and activities of VCU. plagiarism, facilitating academic dishonesty, suggestions and strategies for dealing with abuse of academic materials, stealing and their concerns. lying. There are six penalties for students The Compass Center SASS activities include counseling for academic self-concept issues; anxiety reduc- found guilty of these honor system viola- The Compass Center is open throughout tion; and learning strategies such as analyz- tions. They are honor probation, assign- the academic year in the Gladding ing and organizing information, study ment of grades, suspension, expulsion, revo- Residence Center. The goal is to provide methods, time management, test taking cation and other relevant sanctions. basic information on and referrals to vari- skills and writing skills. Limited screening See the VCU Honor System, printed in ous VCU student services. full in the VCU Resource Guide. for learning disabilities and attention deficits is available. Students are referred to Office of Multicultural Student other sources for formal evaluation if dis- First Year Student Services abilities are suspected. Affairs Services for students with disabilities for the MCV Campus are provided by this Lelia E. Brinegar Napolean L. Peoples Director (2002) office. For further information, refer to Director (1970) B.A. 1994 Longwood College “Disability Support Services;” see page 311. B.A. 1968 Wilberforce University M.Ed. 2001 The College of William and Mary The SASS office is located in the VMI M.Ed. 1969 Kent State University Ed.S. 1970 Kent State University Building, 1000 E. Marshall St., Room 301, The programs administered by this office Ph.D. 1977 Kent State University P.O. Box 980124, Richmond, VA 23298- are designed to serve the needs of all enter- 0124; telephone (804) 828-9782 or ing freshmen and new transfer students and The Office of Multicultural Student (804) 828-4608 TDD. their families. For more information about Affairs provides supportive services to eth- any of the following programs, contact First nic, racial and cultural minority groups that Year Student Services, located in the are substantially represented at the univer- Disability Support Services Gladding Residence Center, 711 W. Main sity. VCU is committed to a multicultural, Joyce Knight St., Suite 165, Richmond, VA 23284-2505; diverse student body, and OMSA offers telephone (804) 828-3700. Coordinator, Office for Disability Support Services assistance to students and faculty in support (2002) of this commitment. Certificate, Legal Assisting 1975 J. Sargeant Student Testing, Advising and OMSA serves as an advocate group for Reynolds Community College Registration multicultural students’ concerns and interests. A.A. 1977 J. Sargeant Reynolds Community OMSA provides advice to a wide array of College Student Testing, Advising and multicultural groups. B.S. 1978 Virginia Commonwealth University Registration offered each summer, fall and OMSA also advises groups and individu- M.S. 1981 Virginia Commonwealth University spring provides new students the opportu- als seeking improved understanding of races

328 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Division of Student Affairs and Enrollment Services

Academic Campus Virginia Commonwealth University is deficit disorder, specific learning disabilities Education Annex committed to providing students with dis- and psychological disorders. 109 N. Harrison St. abilities equal opportunities to benefit from The Office for Disability Support P.O. Box 842500 all programs, services and activities offered. Services determines appropriate academic Richmond, VA 23284-2500 Federal and state laws define disabilities as adjustments such as program and exam Voice/TDD: (804) 828-2253 physical or mental impairments that sub- modifications, classroom accommodations Fax: (804) 828-1944 stantially limit one or more major life activi- and auxiliary aids. ties, such as caring for one’s self, performing Students with disabilities are responsible PDA – Disability Resources manual tasks, walking, seeing, hearing, for self-identification prior to requesting http://www.students.vcu.edu/pda/index.htm speaking, breathing, learning and working. services and may do so at any time by pre- Access VCU, a handbook for students with Disabilities include, but are not limited to, senting documentation to their campus disabilities multiple sclerosis, migraines, chronic fatigue, coordinator. http://www.vcu.edu/eeoaa/stuada.html traumatic brain injuries, cancer, diabetes, lupus, epilepsy, deafness, blindness, attention

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 329 Division of Student Affairs and Enrollment Services

330 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

Interdisciplinary Programs

Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Pathways Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies Studies Program 310 N. Shafer St. • P.O. Box 843079 Pathways, initiated in the spring of 1996, Richmond, VA 23284-3079 The Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies is a unique interdisciplinary program con- (804) 828-8420 • Fax (804) 225-3479 provides opportunities for students to com- centration designed for students from a http://www.has.vcu.edu/bis • [email protected] bine disciplines in unique ways. Students wide variety of academic departments who can apply for a nontraditional, individual- are interested in studies in substance abuse Department of ized interdisciplinary course of study by education and rehabilitation. A sequence of Rehabilitation Counseling designing their own curriculum; or a pre- recommended courses is offered to students School of Allied Health Professions scribed interdisciplinary specialization in who are majoring in psychology, criminal P.O. Box 980330 women’s studies. Refer to the Bachelor of justice, social work, pharmacy, nursing and Richmond, VA 23298-0330 Interdisciplinary Studies program within rehabilitation counseling. Other academic (804) 828-1132 the College of Humanities and Sciences and professional disciplines also are chapter of this bulletin for application and included and welcome to participate in the curricula requirements. program. The sequence of course work depends upon the level of intensity sought by the student, and it may range from a sin- Rehabilitation services gle introductory course to a complete specialization. Pathways enables students to Undergraduate courses in rehabilitation select a curricular path which matches their services are offered in interdisciplinary substance abuse rehabilitation interest cooperation with other majors. Such offer- regardless of their discipline. The program ings are Pathways, a unique interdisciplinary is available to students from pre-degree lev- program concentration designed for stu- els to doctoral studies, and is arranged in dents interested in pursuing alcohol and collaboration with the student’s major drug rehabilitation studies, and the adviser and/or the director of the Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies Rehabilitation Substance Abuse Counselor Program with a focus in a rehabilitation Education Program, Department of services area. For specific information see Rehabilitation Counseling. the Department of Rehabilitation Counseling in the School of Allied Health Professions chapter of this bulletin.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 331 Interdisciplinary Programs

332 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

University Honors Program

The University Honors Program at courses and maintaining a GPA of 3.50 or Virginia Commonwealth University was higher, the student must present a dossier 920 W. Franklin St. • P.O. Box 843010 established to meet the needs of academi- documenting how the student has become Richmond VA 23284-3010 cally talented undergraduate students a well-educated individual. The dossier will (804) 828-1803 • Fax (804) 828-1355 through a challenging and exciting program be presented to the director and the http://www.vcu.edu/honors with high academic standards. The University Honors Council in the penulti- University Honors Program offers students mate semester of the student’s academic John F. Berglund an opportunity to exchange ideas, ask ques- work. Specific deadline dates are available Director and Professor (1972) tions, and explore values with bright fellow on the Honors Program Web site. B.A. Ohio Wesleyan University students and teachers who have been In the dossier, students refer to the fol- Ph.D. 1967 Tulane University selected carefully for their scholarship and lowing guidelines explaining how they have teaching excellence. The University been fulfilled or explaining why an alterna- Anne L. Chandler Honors Program offers the opportunity for tive was more appropriate in the student’s Associate Director and students to expand their creative and intel- particular situation. Associate Professor (1985) lectual horizons, and to benefit from small B.A. 1969 Vanderbilt University classes in which there is greater interaction M.A. 1974 Michigan State University Ph.D. 1978 Michigan State University between students and faculty and among Guidelines and regulations students themselves. For a detailed description of qualifications for admission see the 1. Students in the University Honors Admission to the University chapter of this Program must have at least a 3.50 Table of contents bulletin. cumulative GPA and a 3.20 GPA in Graduation with University Honors ...... 333 honors courses. Guidelines and regulations ...... 333 2. Honors students should achieve a stan- Special opportunities ...... 333 Graduation with University Honors dard of excellence in general education Courses in honors (HONR) ...... 334 as well as in the student’s major field. Academic advisers at VCU help students 3. Honors students should show well- in the University Honors Program select roundedness by enrolling in at least Special opportunities classes that will fulfill the requirements for two upper-level courses outside their graduation and match students’ interests. In field of specialization. The University Honors Program sponsors addition, these students are eligible to take 4. The honors student should complete a variety of intellectual, cultural and social courses designated as “honors.” Some hon- at least 18 credit hours in courses des- activities as important supplements to class- ors courses are special sections of regular ignated as honors courses. Among room study. Among these are: courses open only to University Honors these, the honors student must include The Honors Idea Exchange – an Program students, in which class size is lim- at least nine credit hours in module approved student campus organization com- ited to maximize opportunities for interac- courses. Modules are short courses posed of University Honors Program stu- tion directly with the instructor and fellow which carry 1.5 credits each. The pur- dents. The Idea Exchange decides each year students. Other honors courses are special- pose of the module is to offer the hon- on its projects and activities. In the past ized courses for the University Honors ors student the opportunity to focus on these have included picnics and potluck Program. Of particular interest among these special topics in a challenging aca- suppers on the social side and tutoring chil- are modules. These modules are single- demic format. The honors student dren and adults, and environmental clean- focus topics courses, which occupy only must complete at least six modules, ups on the projects side. The main activity, one-third of a semester. Modules are often and the nine credits thus earned may however, is what the name implies: interdisciplinary and strive to connect be counted as part of the 18 credits in exchanging ideas. rather than isolate studies. Each module honors courses. Weekly Honors Seminars – informal counts for 1.5 credit hours. All honors It is important to note that the ideas discussions on topics pertinent to the wide- courses are noted on the student’s official expressed previously are to be considered as ranging interests of honors students. transcript. guidelines to the development of a dossier. Discussions are led by outstanding guest To graduate with the distinction of The GPA minimums and the six modules speakers from the university faculty and University Honors, students should com- are nonnegotiable. The central objective of administration, and from many different plete 18 hours in courses designated as the University Honors Program is that the fields in the community. “honors.” Of these courses, students are student demonstrate good scholarship and Outstanding Lecturer Series — world- required to take at least six modules. In sound learning in the best of the univer- renowned scholars are brought to VCU to addition to completing at least six module sity’s tradition. lecture on topics of interest and concern to

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 333 University Honors Program

University Honors Program students. uisite or corequisites may be demanded. An interdisci- Students have the opportunity to meet Courses in honors (HONR) plinary course that will provide an intensive study of informally with the speakers. selected topics. The University Honors Program is HONR 190 Freshman Seminar HONR 398 Honors Topics committed to enriching the students’ aca- Semester course; 1 lecture hour. 1 credit. Restricted to Semester course; 3 lecture hours. Variable credit; may demic and personal endeavors. Since peo- freshman in the University Honors Program. This course be repeated with different topics. Prerequisite: ple in the University Honors Program are develops a learning paradigm for students appropriate Permission of the director of the University Honors serious students, special privileges beyond to university education. Students are expected to gain Program. Appropriate prerequisite or corequisites may be demanded. An in-depth study of selected topics. the vast resources available to all VCU stu- a willingness to take intellectual risks in meeting academic challenges, to engage in their own learning May be cross listed with departmental courses. See dents are provided. Some of these privileges actively and to take greater responsibility for their own the Schedule of Classes for specific topics to be include: education. A thorough orientation to the library and offered each semester. • registration priority, other university resources is included. The students will • special library privileges, and hone analytical skills while examining selected topics HONR 399 Honors Module • availability of special housing. from a perspective that emphasizes critical interpreta- One-third semester course; 3 lecture hours. 1.5 semester hours of credit per module. Prerequisite: Permission The present center of activities for the tion rather than mastery of information. The students will engage in collaborative projects on specified top- of the director of the University Honors Program or the University Honors Program is located at ics. Attendance at certain University Honors Program chair of the offering department. Intensive studies of 701 W. Grace St., a living/learning, resi- events is required. topics from a wide spectrum of disciplines are under- dential Honors community. In this area, taken. Each module is a self-contained unit. Nine students have meeting rooms, quiet study HONR 198 Freshman Honors semester hours of credit must be taken in honors mod- rooms, a copy machine, computers and Semester course; 3 lecture hours. Variable credit; maxi- ules to complete the honors core curriculum. See the mum total eight credits. May be repeated once under Schedule of Classes for topics. recreational areas. The Honors Center is different topic. Prerequisite: Permission of the director open day and night for study. of the University Honors Program. An interdisciplinary HONR 492 Honors Independent Study course that will provide an intensive study of selected Semester course; maximum of four credits per semes- topics. ter, maximum total over all semesters of nine credits. Variable credit. Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing, HONR 298 Sophomore Honors and approval of the director of the University Honors Semester course; 3 lecture hours. Variable credit; maxi- Program and instructor/tutor. Intensive study under mum total eight credits. May be repeated once under supervision of a faculty member in an area not covered different topic. Prerequisite: Permission of the director in depth or contained in the regular curriculum. of the University Honors Program. Appropriate prereq-

334 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

University Resources and Services

Centered in an urban environment, Dining Services Virginia Commonwealth University is Jean E. Clark VCU Resource Guide enveloped in the growth and progress of its Manager http://www.students.vcu.edu community. It must develop and maintain new, innovative programs for its students, Undergraduate students and Resident faculty, and staff in order to promote and Assistants who live in VCU residence halls Table of contents service their everyday lives. VCU has are required to participate in Dining Services’ Business Services ...... 335 established a wide range of resources and Residential Dining Program. Students and Campus Police ...... 337 services to assist the university community Resident Assistants living in VCU apart- Equal Employment Opportunity/Affirmative in their academic endeavors. These ments with full kitchens (Gladding Action Services ...... 337 resources and services are housed in state- Residence Center Apartments, West Broad Information Technology Services ...... 338 of-the-art facilities that support computer Apartments, and West Broad and Belvidere Student information access ...... 340 resources, libraries, bookstores, a technol- Apartments), pharmacy students, graduate VCU Libraries ...... 340 ogy store, mail, dining and printing serv- and commuter students may purchase a Intercollegiate Athletics ...... 341 ices, parking and transportation, recre- Residential Dining Plan or a Nonresidential Recreational Sports ...... 342 ational sports, and intercollegiate athletics. Dining Plan. These plans include Block Disability Support Services, Offices of . . . . .342 All of these services improve the academic Plans offering a specific number of meals to Student Services Centers ...... 342 environment in which VCU and its com- be used at any Residential Restaurant at any munity strive to achieve excellence. time during the semester and Meal Plans For specific information on all of VCU’s offering a guaranteed number of meals served campus may purchase a Nonresidential resources and services available to its com- each week at any Residential Restaurant for Dining Plan. These plans include the fol- munity, refer to the VCU Resource Guide an entire semester. lowing: 10 Meal Plan + 200 Dining Dollars; on the Web at http://www.students.vcu.edu/rg. 160 Block Plan + 200 Dining Dollars, 5 Residential Dining Plans Meal Plan + 75 Dining Dollars; 25 Block Plan + 75 Dining Dollars and 5 Block Plan Dining Services features the following Business Services + 150 Dining Dollars. More than one 5 or Residential Dining Plans: Unlimited Meal 25 Block Plan may be purchased per semes- Plan + 25 Dining Dollars; 19 Meal Plan + Diane Reynolds ter; however, meals and Dining Dollars do 100 Dining Dollars, 19 Meal Plan (no Director not carry over and are forfeited at the end Dining Dollars); 15 Meal Plan + 175 of each semester. 1111 W. Broad St. • P.O. Box 840208 Dining Dollars; 300 Block Plan + 100 Richmond, VA 23284-0208 Dining Dollars; 300 Block Plan (no Dining Dining Dollars Dollars) and 250 Block Plan + 175 Dining (804) 828-3894 • Fax (804) 828-7867 A declining dollar account allows you to http://www.bsv.vcu.edu Dollars. Each of these plans includes five guest meals per semester. Unlimited serv- make tax-free purchases at any VCU ings are available in the VCU Residential Dining Services retail or residential restau- VCU Business Services provides support rant. The tax advantage provides a 9 per- for numerous auxiliary operations in order Restaurants, Hibbs Dining Center on the Academic Campus and Larrick Dining cent savings on each dining purchase. to maintain a healthy and growing aca- Please see the Expenses and Financial demic environment. Consisting of dining, Center on the MCV Campus. Dining Dollars can be used at the food courts Aid chapter of this bulletin for additional mail, printing services, parking and trans- information or call Dining Services directly portation, and retail stores, Business located in the Student Commons, Alpine Bagel Café and McDonald’s located in the at (804) 828-FOOD (3663). Information Services oversees the daily activities that also is available via the Internet at keep the university functioning in an Gateway Building, Hunton’s Café Express located in Hunton Hall and the coffee http://www.bsv.vcu.edu/vcufood or e-mail organized manner. These services offer vari- to dining @vcu.edu. ous meal plans, parking and shuttle pro- kiosks located in the James Branch Cabell grams, intercampus and U.S. mail services, Library and the Tompkins-McCaw Library. printing and copying services, and com- In addition to Dining Dollars, students may Mail Services puter and academic supplies as well as other use RamBucks, cash or credit cards for Daniel Young retail novelties in order to bring conven- these food purchases. Business Manager ience to the lives of its students, faculty and staff. For further information about the var- Nonresidential Dining Plans The U.S. Postal Service provides self-serv- ious services, visit the Business Services Students and Resident Assistants living ice postal vending machines in the lobby of Web site at http://www. bsv.vcu.edu. in university-operated apartments or off the VMI Mail Center at 1000 E. Marshall

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 335 University Resources and Services

St. on the MCV Campus and in the MCV Campus For refunds or exchanges, the customer University Student Commons at 907 Floyd 1000 E. Clay St. must present a valid cash register receipt. Ave. on the Academic Campus. Students (804) 828-0501 Textbooks may be returned for a refund or can mail packages through the USPS from exchange 15 days after the start of classes. Monday – Friday 8 a.m. – 4:30 p.m. the Student Commons Postal Center. The books must be in absolutely new, All students living in on-campus housing unmarked condition. After the third The Student Parking Program offers have residence-hall mailboxes. The address week of classes, new textbooks in fresh three subscription types to fulfill the needs format is important for expedited mail condition may be returned within two of VCU’s diverse student population. delivery and should not be altered from the days of purchase. Commuter student parking subscriptions examples that follow. provide guaranteed parking. Most facilities VCU e2 Bookstore Student’s Name offer shuttle service and on-site dedicated West Broad Street Parking Deck Room # Bear Hall security. University housing students may 1111 W. Broad St. 600 N. 10th St. purchase convenient parking, which fea- (804) 828-1678, toll free (800) 489-3638 Richmond VA 23298-7000 tures 24-hour security coverage. Evening Regular hours commuter students may purchase dis- Monday – Friday 7:30 a.m. – 7 p.m. Student’s Name counted decals that permit parking in unre- Saturday 10 a.m. – 5 p.m. Room # Cabaniss Hall Sunday 1 – 5 p.m. 615 N. 8th St. stricted facilities weekdays after 3:30 p.m. Richmond VA 23298-8000 Parking decals are not required when parking in unrestricted university facilities Extended rush hours Monday – Thursday 7:30 a.m. – 9 p.m. Student’s Name on weekends and on university observed Friday 7:30 a.m. – 8 p.m. Room # Gladding Residence Center holidays. 711 W. Main St. Saturday 10 a.m. – 3 p.m. Richmond, VA 23220-5500 Additionally, limited street parking is Sunday 1 – 5 p.m. available to the VCU community through Used book buy back is held daily. Student’s Name metered or time-limit restrictions. VCU pro- Room # Johnson Hall vides its students access to the GRTC bus VCU Medical Center Bookstore 801 W. Franklin St. service. A semester transit pass, which may 601 N. 10th St. (in the N Parking Deck) Richmond, VA 23220-4103 be obtained at either parking office location, (804) 828-0336, toll free (800) 865-2777 Student’s Name and a valid student VCUCard are required to Room # McRae Hall utilize the GRTC buses without cost. Monday – Friday 7:30 a.m. – 5:30 p.m. Saturday 10 a.m. – 2 p.m. 600 N. 10th St. For additional information, please call Used book buy back is held daily. Richmond, VA 23298-7000 (804) 828-0501 during normal business Student’s Name hours. Automated bulletin board informa- The technology store, called Room # Rhoads Hall tion is available 24-hours a day by calling Online@VCU, is dedicated to providing 710 W. Franklin St. (804) 828-PARK (7275). Information also Richmond, VA 23220-4101 high quality, competitively priced computer is available on the Web: http://www.bsv.vcu.edu hardware, software and supplies. Because of Student’s Name /vcupark. special educational discounts, many of the Room # Rudd Hall computer products can only be sold to cur- 600 N. 10th St. rent students, faculty and staff. The sales Richmond, VA 23298-7000 Retail stores Dan McDonald staff can suggest computer product bundles Student’s Name Assistant Director that include hardware, software and periph- Room # Warner Hall erals to meet the needs of a particular field 600 N. 10th St. of study. Richmond, VA 23298-7000 The VCU bookstores provide textbooks and other related materials required of Personal checks, cash, VISA, Discover, Student’s Name VCU students. The VCU e2 Bookstore MasterCard, American Express and the Room # West Broad Apartments maintains a large stock of used books. The VCUCard are accepted forms of payment. 1100 W. Broad St. VCU Bookstores also carry an extensive The store also can assist in arranging loan Richmond, VA 23220-3800 line of study aids, reference materials, gen- agreements. Student’s Name eral books and magazines. Additionally, the Room # West Grace Student Housing bookstores offer a full line of art and office Online@VCU University Student Commons 701 W. Grace St. supplies, lab apparel, calculators, greeting Richmond, VA 23220-4116 907 Floyd Ave. cards, candies, snack items and a large (804) 828-7295 assortment of licensed insignia items, Parking and Transportation Services including gifts, furniture and apparel. The Regular hours: William Johnson VCU Medical Center Bookstore stocks an Monday – Thursday 9 a.m. – 7 p.m. Manager extensive line of medical instruments. Friday 9 a.m. – 5 p.m. The VCU Bookstores accept cash, VISA, Saturday 11 a.m. – 3 p.m. Academic Campus Discover, MasterCard, American Express 1111 W. Broad St. and the VCUCard. The stores accept per- (804) 828-8726 sonal in-state checks, and out-of-state checks are accepted during rush periods.

336 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 University Resources and Services

• bicycle registration in education and employment. The Office Campus Police • individual security consultations of EEO/AA Services develops, implements • Operation Identification – a program and enforces policies that ensure equal 918 W. Franklin St. • P.O. Box 842024 to engrave property opportunity to all programs, activities and Richmond, VA 23284-2024 • McGruff the Crime Dog – available for services by members of the university com- (804) 828-1210 • Fax (804) 828-1199 special functions munity. Administrators, faculty members, http://www.vcu.edu/police • emergency telephones throughout staff and students may contact the Office to both campuses seek advice or pursue the filing of a com- The VCU Campus Police Department • a robbery prevention handbook plaint of discrimination on the basis of consists of professionally trained men and • Campus-On-Watch brochures and race, age, color, gender, national origin, women who provide police and security handbooks religion, sexual orientation, veterans’ status, services for the university community. All • Online Campus Watch publication political affiliation or disability. The Office officers are sworn and certified in the com- sent to employees monthly; addresses of EEO/AA Services is located at 901 W. monwealth of Virginia and have passed crime prevention tips and is designed Franklin St., Room 114; telephone: state mandated training requirements prior by representatives of the Campus (804) 828-1347; TTY: (804) 828-1420. to becoming VCU police officers. The Police Department department is open 24 hours a day, 365 • Victim/Witness Assistance days a year. Sexual harassment The above services are available by con- The VCU Health System Security tacting the Crime Prevention Section of The Office of EEO/AA Services also Department, augmented by the VCU the VCU Police. Call (804) 828-1214 for administers the university’s Guidelines on Police Department, is a non-sworn, 24 assistance in setting up a program. Refer to the Prohibition of Sexual Harassment, hours a day, 365 days a year program. It is the Web at http://www.vcu.edu/police for providing guidance, prevention training committed to the security and safety of the more information. and investigation of complaints. Copies of populace to enhance the hospital’s continu- the current policy and Fact Sheet are ous mission for patient care. available upon request or from the Web: The VCU Police Emergency Emergency Reporting Telephone http://www.vcu.edu/eeoaa. Individuals who Communications Center, under the super- System feel they have been harassed or who seek vision of the Division of Support Services The ERTS is a set of special yellow call- information should contact the office at of the VCU Police Department, consists of box telephones placed at various locations (804) 828-1347; TTY: (804) 828-1420 or communications officers who are fully on both campuses for emergency and non- visit 901 W. Franklin St., Room 114. trained and are nationally and state certi- emergency use. These phones operate as an Students who feel they have been fied professional telecommunicators. enhanced 911 system when activated. The harassed by other students should contact The VCU Police Department has a VCU Police communications officers can the associate vice provost in the Division University Security Department, which is identify the location of the activated phone of Student Affairs or visit the Web at non-sworn and consists of part-time even if the caller is unable to speak. Once http://www.students.vcu.edu/rg/policies/ employees, student auxiliary and work- the phone is activated, an officer will sur- rg7stusex.html to obtain a copy of the study students. These security guards wear a vey the area unless the caller informs the Student Sexual Misconduct Policy. The blue uniform that displays a security patch dispatcher otherwise. These phones also Academic Campus office is located at 901 on the sleeve, and work inside the buildings can be used to request non-emergency assis- Floyd Ave, telephone (804) 828-8940. The and assist with escorts. They are assets to tance and information; however, these MCV Campus office is located at Bear the VCU Police Department and assist as phones can only be used to contact VCU Hall, telephone: (804) 828-0525. extra eyes and ears for the department. Police; therefore, callers cannot be trans- The following specific programs are ferred to outside lines. These phones have available to the members of the VCU The Americans with Disabilities been installed for the benefit of the VCU community: Act of 1990 and the Rehabilitation community and are there to enhance citi- • tailor-made safety awareness or crime zen safety and security. Act of 1973 prevention oral presentations Virginia Commonwealth University • rape awareness talks and a self-defense is committed to a policy of equal course designed for women called Equal Employment Opportunity/ opportunity and non-discrimination in RAD (Rape Aggression Defense) education and employment and compliance • physical security surveys, upon request, Affirmative Action Services with the requirements of the Americans with accompanying recommendations with Disabilities Act of 1990 and the and suggestions 901 W. Franklin St. • P.O. Box 843022 Richmond, VA 23284-3022 Rehabilitation Act of 1973. Available • escort services available for both the (804) 828-1347 • TTY (804) 828-1420 publications and information can be MCV Campus and the Academic Fax (804) 828-7201 obtained from the university ADA Campus; (804) 828-WALK for a walk- http://www.vcu.edu/eeoaa Coordinator, located at 901 W. Franklin ing or riding escort St., Room 114; telephone: (804) 828-1347; • a Local Management Group program – Virginia Commonwealth University is TTY: (804) 828-1420. similar to local Neighborhood Watch committed to a policy of equal opportunity Individuals who have identified them- programs across the nation selves as students with disabilities should

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 337 University Resources and Services contact the appropriate Coordinator of users. Visit the CS Web site (listed above) for (B-35) operate both as “smart classrooms” Services for Students with Disabilities: more information on computing resources and as video conferencing facilities. For and services. details, see http://www.at.vcu.edu/media. Academic Campus Voice/TTY: (804) 828-2253 Computer accounts Help Desk Computer accounts are required to access MCV Campus (804) 828-2227 e-mail, research and scientific computing Phone: (804) 828-9782 Cabell Library, B-30 TTY: (804) 828-4608 facilities and university information sys- Sanger Hall, B3 tems. Accounts are available to all VCU http://www.at.vcu.edu/helpdesk students, faculty and staff. E-mail accounts Information Technology Services are available for incoming students. Most The Help Desk provides assistance in accounts may be created from a Web page. solving software and computer use prob- Phyllis C. Self, Ph.D. For details, see http://www.vcu.edu/it lems. For assistance, call the phone number Vice Provost for Academic Technology /computer_accounts.html. or visit the Web. Walk-in service also is available. Mark D. Willis Open-access labs Executive Director, Administrative Information Academic Technology maintains four Technology Computer repairs and purchases open-access labs for students that provide Hardware repairs are available through VCU provides a wide range of technol- access to computing facilities, the Internet Online@VCU, the technology store oper- ogy resources and services to facilitate the and various software programs. For up-to- ated by VCU Business Services. The store effective use and coordination of informa- date information on the resources, software also sells hardware and software, often at tion technology-related activity across the and hours of each lab, see http://www.at.vcu.edu educational discounts, and it sells Internet university. These include mainframe com- /faq/computerlabs_classrooms.html. The accounts at discount rates. For more infor- puting, PC and server support, instructional labs are located on both campuses: mation, please call (804) 828-7295 on and distance education support, Web sup- the Academic Campus or (804) 828-5880 Academic Campus at the VCU Medical Center or visit their port, voice, video and data network infra- Cabell Library, Room B-8 (Academic Campus main lab) structure and VCUCard services. Web site: http://www.bsv.vcu.edu Business Building, Room 1121 /online@vcu. Basic services include e-mail and com- Student Commons Lower Level puting accounts, consulting in the use of For additional purchasing information, computing resources, teaching short VCU Medical Center visit the Web site: http://www.vcu.edu/it courses, advice on acquisition of computer Sanger Hall, Room B-3 /computer_procurement.html. systems, optical scanning for test grading, faculty evaluation and other surveys, and Other Labs: Several Schools have lab Media Services software-site licensing. facilities available for their students. Examples are sites in the Temple Building, Academic Campus School of Social Work, School of P.O. Box 843045 Computing Services 901 Park Ave., Room B-40 Education, etc. Students should check with (804) 828-1098 Academic Campus their school/college to see what computing Monday – Thursday 8 a.m. – 9:45 p.m. P.O. Box 843008 facilities are available to them. Friday 8 a.m. – 4:30 p.m. Cabell Library, Room B-30 901 Park Ave. VCU Medical Center (804) 828-6650 Distance Education P.O. Box 980062 Monday – Thursday 8 a.m. – 5 p.m. (804) 828-8470 1101 E. Marshall St., Room B1-018 Friday 8 a.m. – 4:30 p.m. (804) 828-3400 http://www.at.vcu.edu/media MCV Campus Distance Education (DE) at VCU devel- Monday – Friday 8 a.m. – 4:45 p.m. P.O. Box 980016 ops and supports the university’s emerging Sanger Hall, Room B3-015 distance education plan. DE works closely 1101 E. Marshall St. with departments and schools to foster Comprehensive audiovisual and televi- (804) 828-9843 excellence in distance education programs sion services include the circulation of AV Monday – Friday 8:30 a.m. – 4:30 p.m. and to advocate and promote the uses of equipment to support academic activities, distance education at VCU. DE facilitates technical support for classroom-based AV http://www.at.vcu.edu the sharing of distance education resources equipment, instructional strategies using AV and expertise at VCU and with other uni- equipment, production and transmission of Computing Services (CS) provides com- versities and agencies at the state, regional, distance education programming from facili- puting services for the research, instructional, national and international levels. ties on both campuses, and the reception, health care and public service endeavors of recording and distribution of off-air and VCU students, faculty and staff. CS has Distance education classrooms satellite video programming. Services fre- offices on the Academic Campus and the quently used by students include audio and Equipped with a wide range of media VCU Medical Center that provide a full videotape sales and duplications and pro- presentation devices, Tompkins-McCaw range of services and resources specifically duction of overhead transparencies. At its Library (Room 2010) and Cabell Library designed to meet the unique needs of their Cabell Library office, Media Services serves

338 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 University Resources and Services as the Academic Campus service point for support will not be readily available for VCUnet is an enterprise-wide voice and photographic and graphic design services computers from other manufacturers. data network designed to provide offered through Creative Services. • business class connectivity to univer- VCUCard sity and departmental computing Student Computer Initiative resources Academic Campus • access to the Internet and Internet 2 (804) 828-3018 Cabell Library • voice communications for university http://www.vcu.edu/sci 901 Park Ave., Room B-46 faculty, staff and residence-hall stu- (804) 827-CARD (2273) dents and for the VCU Health System. Technology has become the driving force VCU Medical Center As of fall 2001, all residence hall rooms of modern society. An integral part of at VCU are connected to the data network. VCU’s mission is to prepare students to be Tompkins-McCaw Library 509 N. 12th St., Room 1-025 Existing residence halls have been retrofit- competitive and to succeed in this highly (804) 628-2273 ted to support data connectivity. All new technical world. VCU faculty and students residence halls currently under construction increasingly rely on e-mail, the Internet, The VCUCard identifies students as are designed to include network connec- digital media and other instructional tech- members of the VCU community. In addi- tions. To connect in residence-hall rooms, nologies to complement and enhance class- tion to being a picture identification card, students will need a 10BaseT Ethernet card room, laboratory and studio learning. As it is a multi-functional card that is accepted and an RJ-45 (UTP) patch cord. Please part of this process, all freshman, sopho- for meal plans, RamBuck payment for mer- refer to the SCI Hardware and Software more and transfer students who enter as chants on and off campus, and vending Specifications Guide that comes with your freshmen or sophomores will be required to activities such as copying and doing laun- registration packet for recommended have a personal computer. A personal com- dry. It also serves as a library card. Ethernet cards and cables. puter will enable students to have powerful VCUCard services currently include the In order to provide and equitable com- and convenient access from their homes or following: puting environment that will support edu- residence halls to the rich array of learning • Identification: Each new student may cational activities, academic-related net- resources available on campus and the obtain his/her VCUCard immediately work traffic received priority over enter- Web. When enrolled at VCU, each student after registering for classes. Always tainment related traffic. Please see VCUnet will receive a personalized computer carry your VCUCard and be ready to Web site (http://www.vcu.edu/vcunet) for account. With this account, he or she can show it to any authorized university details. send and receive e-mail, search and access official who requests identification. For assistance configuring workstations or library databases, run advanced computer • Library Card: The card is used for all to report problems in residence-hall rooms programs, access lecture notes and assign- library lending services. or labs, users should contact VCU Housing ments through BlackBoard, and link to • RamBucks: This program allows stu- technical support at (804) 828-1426. important Web sites required by courses. dents to make purchases without carry- Problems encountered outside of the resi- Every year, the university establishes ing cash at VCU dining facilities, dence halls should be reported to the sup- minimum specifications for computers, bookstores, parking decks and mer- port person for that area. Please see the which are revised annually for each new chants, both on and off campus. Trouble Reporting link on the Web for entering class. Students will be able to use Students can also pay for printing in more details. Information about securing these specifications to aid in their purchas- the computer labs. personal workstations can be found on the ing decisions for personal computers. Some • Off-line vending: The vending pro- Web site under the Network Security link. departments and schools recommend a spe- gram allows students to pay electroni- VCUnet access from off-campus locations cific configuration from among the options cally for photocopies and the use of requires an account with an Internet outlined by the university. Students will laundry equipment in the residence Service Provider. This service is available at need to check with the school or college in halls. a VCU discount from Online@VCU, the which they are enrolling to ensure that the • Security access: The VCUCard is campus technology store. minimum specifications are sufficient for used to access residence halls and some Telecommunications services for their course of study. SCI specifications can VCU buildings. students residing in campus housing be found at http://www.vcu.edu/sci. • Banking: Wachovia Bank offers bank- include local, long distance and voice Virginia Commonwealth University rec- ing services that can be accessed with mail services. Registration forms for services ommends that students purchase computers your VCUCard. can be obtained at STAR, the Housing from one of three manufacturers (Apple, Lost cards should be reported immedi- Office or the Web. Students may call Dell or IBM) that have been identified as ately to a VCUCard Office and to VCU (804) 663-6000 for assistance. conforming to the required computer speci- Libraries. Although there is no fee for the fications. Additionally, the university com- initial issuance of the card, there is a charge Web Services puter store, Online@VCU, sells systems to replace it. from Apple and Dell that meet or exceed (804) 828-2192 the university and departmental require- http://www.vcu.edu/web ments. Technical support is assured with VCUnet respect to computers purchased from these P.O. Box 842521 Academic Technology’s Web Services three manufacturers. Because of resource 327 W. Main St., Entrance 2 (WS) provides management and support serv- limitations, the same levels of technical http://www.vcu.edu/vcunet ices for the VCU Web site and collaborates

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 339 University Resources and Services with other organizations at VCU in devel- Online resources Desk and Tompkins-McCaw Library oping Web-based applications. The primary Service Desk. The online catalog links the libraries on function of WS is to support Web publish- If a member of the VCU community both campuses and enables students to ing at VCU by providing training, consult- loses his or her VCUCard, he or she should determine the status of library materials. ing, online documentation and Web pub- contact the VCUCard Office and Cabell The catalog shows if a book is on the lishing standards. WS is responsible for the Library Circulation and Reserves Desk or shelves, checked out, being repaired or on design and features of the VCU Web site, Tompkins-McCaw Library Service Desk order from the publisher. On-site and including the VCU home page. Guidelines immediately as the individual will be held remote searching of electronic databases is for appropriate use of VCU computing responsible for materials checked out on his available through the VCU Libraries Web resources are available on the Web at or her card. site. The databases — ABI/Inform Business http://www.vcu.edu/web/policy. This site The VCUCard contains a vending strip Journal Index, BIOSIS Previews, CINAHL, contains VCU Web guidelines, VCU Policy that may be used on machines in both Current Contents Connect, Dow Jones, on Guidelines for Using Electronic libraries to add funds for photocopying and ERIC, InfoTrac, Lexis/Nexis Academic Information Systems and Office Equipment laser printing. Photocopies cost 9 cents per Universe, MD Consult, MEDLINE, PAIS: and the VCU Ethics Policy on Computing. copy and printing costs 9 cents per one- Public Affairs Information Services, sided page or 15 cents for two-sided pages. PsycINFO, SearchBank, the Web of Microfilm and microfiche copies cost 10 Science and hundreds of others — provide Student information access cents each. online access to listings of journal articles Students can access their personal aca- and other materials. demic and account information as well as In addition to citation databases, VCU Specialized services conduct selected business activities at VCU Libraries offers many full-text electronic Among the many specialized services using eservices via a link on the VCU Web books and journals. NetLibrary provides that VCU Libraries offers is the Govern- site. VCU students can access their individ- access to over 13,000 electronic books rep- ment Documents section in Cabell Library, ual records, grades, schedules, academic resenting over 250 publishers. MD Consult which contains a wide variety of federal, progress report, unofficial transcripts, includes more than 35 renowned health state and local publications, such as topo- account transaction detail and financial aid textbooks as well as over 52 electronic jour- graphic maps, Congressional reports and information. From the VCU home page, nals. Several packages of electronic journals statistical monographs. VCU Libraries is students should select “Current Students” also are available including IDEAL the only official U.S. Patent and Trademark and then “Student Records Access.” (Academic Press) and ScienceDirect Depository Library in Virginia. Students will be prompted for their student (Elsevier). For a complete list of over Another specialized service is interlibrary identification number and personal identifi- 16,000 full-text electronic journals, refer loan, through which students may borrow cation number (PIN). tohttp://www.library.vcu.edu/ejournals materials or obtain photocopied articles /index.html. from public and academic libraries through- Numerous additional specialized online out the United States. VCU Libraries databases can be searched by Tompkins- The Media Collections units contain McCaw Library Service Desk staff. This nonprint materials such as videos, cassettes, John E. Ulmschneider service is fee based. Reference and other microscopes, posters, filmstrips, music Executive Director public service staff provide assistance in scores and multimedia. Cabell Library using online databases and other resources Media Resource Services house materials to Academic Campus available at both libraries. Access to these support Academic Campus curricula. James Branch Cabell Library services and systems is free to VCU stu- Tompkins-McCaw Library contains materi- 901 Park Ave. • P.O. Box 842033 dents, faculty and staff. Also, both libraries Richmond, VA 23284-2033 als for all the health sciences programs. offer a broad array of free workshops and Each library contains current issues of mag- General information (804) 828-1110 are equipped with facilities to support Reference services (Voice/TDD) (804) 828-1101 azines, journals and newspapers. These instruction. resource materials cannot be checked out, MCV Campus Tompkins-McCaw Library but may be used within the Periodicals/ 509 N. 12th St. • P.O. Box 980582 Check out procedures and copying Microform Room at Cabell Library and in Richmond, VA 23298-0582 charges the Tompkins-McCaw Library. For titles Service desk (804) 828-0636 that are retained in microform, both The VCUCard serves as a library card as http://www.library.vcu.edu libraries have microform readers and reader- well as an identification card. printers; staff members are available to Undergraduates may check out up to 50 VCU Libraries administers the major assist with operating this equipment. books for 21 days, while graduate students Many more titles are available electroni- research libraries on both campuses. may check out up to 100 books for 42 days. Collections totaling more than 1.6 million cally from the VCU Libraries Web site at Fines are 25 cents per day per overdue http://www.library.vcu.edu. volumes are housed in James Branch Cabell book. However, students may return mate- Library and Tompkins-McCaw Library for VCU Libraries maintains reserve collec- rials up to three days late without having to tions to provide VCU students, faculty and the Health Sciences. The libraries offer a pay any fines if no other patron has filed a variety of services, including reference assis- staff access to course readings and other request for the book. Fines are paid at the materials. An ID is required to use the tance, instruction and outreach services Cabell Library Circulation and Reserves and interlibrary borrowing of materials. reserve collections. Loan periods for reserve

340 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 University Resources and Services materials are two hours, one day or three Programs Center is a multipurpose facility located at days. Reserve collections are located at the the northwest corner of Harrison and Broad The Department of Intercollegiate Circulation and Reserves Desk and in streets. It is comprised of a recreational Athletics offers 16 sports teams competing Media Resource Services in Cabell Library, component consisting of over 34,000 at the NCAA Division I level, the highest and at the Service Desk in Tompkins- square feet of space suitable for a variety of offered for collegiate sports programs McCaw Library. activities, including weight and fitness nationally. More than 250 student-athletes Special Collections and Archives include training, basketball, volleyball and aerobics, compete in men’s and women’s basketball, rare books, manuscripts by Virginia authors, as well as locker rooms, showers, equip- men’s and women’s soccer, men’s and medical artifacts, papers of prominent ment, a lounge and food services. The women’s tennis, men’s and women’s indoor Richmonders and materials related to ALLTEL Pavilion component has over and outdoor track and cross country, base- VCU history. 155,000 square feet of multipurpose space, ball, men’s golf, field hockey and women’s VCU Libraries is a member of the including six basketball courts for recre- volleyball. VCU is a member of the following organizations: Association of ational use and practice for athletes, perma- Colonial Athletic Association. Southeastern Research Libraries, Center for nent and retractable seating, locker rooms, VCU’s athletics teams have gained Research Libraries, Coalition for study areas, team lounge, concessions and national recognition over the past decade Networked Information, National Network administrative office space. through excellence on the court and on the of Libraries of Medicine, Richmond VCU also collaborated in the construc- field. The men’s tennis team has won Academic Library Consortium, Richmond tion of the Sports Backers Stadium, a track numerous tournament championships over Areas Film/Video Cooperative, Scholarly and soccer complex adjacent to The the years, including nine straight confer- Publishing and Academic Resources Diamond. The complex features a grass soc- ence championships, and has been invited Coalition, Southeastern/Atlantic Regional cer field and an eight-lane synthetic track. to compete in the NCAA championship in Medical Library Services and the Virtual The Thalhimer Tennis Center, with its air- each of those years. Coach Paul Kostin was Library of Virginia. supported roof, and the Cary Street Field’s named the national Coach of the Year in artificial turf surface also provide student- 2000 and the team advanced to the athletes with some of the most modern ath- national championship match that year. Intercollegiate Athletics letic facilities in the state. Located in the The baseball team has advanced to the first floor of the Bowe Street Deck at the NCAA championship in four of the last Dr. Richard Sander corner of Bowe and Marshall streets is the five years and is regarded as the top baseball Assistant to the President and Director of Strength and Conditioning Center, a 5,000 program in Virginia. The men’s golf team Athletics square-foot weight training facility for stu- has won Colonial Athletic Association dent-athletes. VCU student-athletes also championships every year since VCU 1200 W. Broad St. • P.O. Box 843013 have access to services at the Sports joined the CAA in 1995. The men’s bas- Richmond, VA 23284-3013 Medicine Building at 1300 W. Broad St., (804) 828-4000 • Fax (804) 828-7526 ketball team advanced to the NCAA tour- including academic advising and tutor serv- http://www.vcu.edu/vcurams nament in 1996. The women’s tennis team ices, sports medicine services, life skills and advanced to the round of eight in the media support services. NCAA tournament in 2002. The men’s All full-time undergraduate students Mission soccer team has competed in the NCAA enrolled at VCU are eligible to compete in The mission of the VCU Athletic tournament in four of the past six seasons, VCU sports, subject to the rules and regula- Department is to complement and supple- with the squad seeded eighth in the coun- tions governing intercollegiate competition. ment the total educational program of the try in 2003. Interested students should contact the institution. The Athletic Department must VCU student-athletes have been hon- coach through the Department of provide positive learning experiences for all ored with numerous academic and athletic Athletics, (804) 828-4000. students and give each individual the awards. Women’s basketball athlete, opportunity to share in personal and group Kristene Austgulen, and men’s tennis ath- success. VCU athletics will provide stu- lete, Daniel Andersson, were both selected Office of Student-athlete Advising dents involvement in an activity that helps as their sports’ scholar-athletes of the year All student-athletes have two advisers, to develop unity by encouraging a common their senior seasons. Twelve VCU athletes one within the Office of Student-athlete quest for all students, alumni, staff and have received academic All-American hon- Advising and one within the student-ath- friends of the university. The athletic pro- ors in the past four years, and 15 have lete’s major. Each team is assigned an Office gram is committed to enriching the mental earned All-American honors in that of Student-athlete Advising adviser who and physical capabilities of its student-ath- period. will coordinate academic and personal letes while developing and building a advising for the team. The adviser will respected program that is competitive on a Facilities assist the student-athlete in meeting national level in selected sports. The requirements for academic progress and department also guarantees a quality pro- VCU has completed construction — athletic eligibility consistent with VCU’s gram in the other sports that will create a worth nearly $50 million — of facility policies and NCAA rules and regulations. basis for pride among the varied constituen- improvements for athletic and recreational Services offered to student-athletes include cies of the university. facilities for its sports programs. The Stuart tutorial assistance, study skills instruction, C. Siegel Convocation and Recreation academic monitoring and academic planning. The computer lab in the Office of

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 341 University Resources and Services

Student-Athlete Advising is an additional Virginia Commonwealth University is The Student Services Centers, located resource for students on varsity teams. All committed to providing students with dis- on both campuses, are designed to answer VCU student-athletes participate in the abilities an equal opportunity to benefit enrollment services questions students may NCAA Life Skills program. from all programs, services and activities. have. The following services are offered at VCU complies with the requirements of these centers: the Americans with Disabilities Act of • registering for classes Recreational Sports 1990 and the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. • withdrawing or dropping from classes The university does not discriminate • providing copies of student schedules A variety of facilities, services and pro- against qualified students with disabilities • processing official and unofficial tran- grams provided for the VCU community in admissions or program accessibility. The script requests are coordinated by the Recreational Sports Offices for Disability Support Services • processing enrollment verifications staff. For information, see Recreational determine appropriate academic adjust- and certifications for loans, insurance, Sports in the Division of Student Affairs ments such as program and exam modifica- etc. chapter of this bulletin or visit the Web at tions, classroom accommodations and aux- • updating student address information http://www.students.vcu.edu/recsports. iliary aids. Students with disabilities are • providing explanations for any hold responsible for self-identification prior to that is on a student’s registration requesting services, students are strongly For more information concerning the Disability Support Services, encouraged to request accommodation/aca- services offered and the hours of operation, Offices of demic adjustments at least four weeks prior visit the Student Services centers’ Web site: to first day of classes to ensure that adjust- http://www.vcu.edu/enroll/ssc. Academic Campus ments are in place the first day. Joyce Knight Coordinator (2002) Student Services Centers Certificate, Legal Assisting, J. Sargeant Reynolds Community College, 1975 Elise Via A.A. Liberal Arts, J. Sargeant Reynolds Supervisor, Academic Campus Student Services Community College, 1975 Center B.S. Sociology and Anthrolpolgy, Virginia Commonwealth University, 1978 Alison Jones M.S. Rehabilitation Counseling, Virginia Supervisor, MCV Campus Student Services Commonwealth University, 1981 Center

109 N. Harrison St. • P.O. Box 842500 Academic Campus Richmond, VA 23284-2500 827 W. Franklin St., rooms 101 and 104 (804) 828-ABLE (V/TDD) • Fax (804) 828-1944 P.O. Box 842520 [email protected] Richmond, VA 23284-2520 (804) 828-1349 • Fax (804) 828-8121

MCV Campus MCV Campus Vacant 1101 E. Marshall St., Room 1-055 Coordinator P.O. Box 980277 Richmond, VA 23298-0277 1000 E. Marshall St. • P.O. Box 980124 (804) 828-9800 • Fax (804) 828-2703 Richmond, VA 23298-0124 http://www.vcu.edu/enroll/ssc • [email protected] (804) 828-9782 • (804) 828-4608 (TDD) Fax (804) 828-4609

342 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

Appendices

The following appendices represent the (during the academic year) with respect to most current, accurate information avail- this information without prior notice. Refer Table of contents able at the time of publication; however, it to the Web at http://www.vcu.edu for the Board of Visitors ...... 344 is reasonable to expect changes to be made most current information. University administration ...... 344 Academic deans ...... 344 Credit for Advanced Placement ...... 347 Credit for International Baccalaureate . . . . .348 Determination of Student Classification for In-state Tuition Purposes ...... 349 Program accreditation ...... 353 Rights of Students Under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act . . . . .354 Transfer Module ...... 355 Undergraduate Admission Requirements . . .357 University Centers and Institutes ...... 363 VCU Academic Calendars ...... 366 VCU Campus Maps ...... 368

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 343 Virginia Commonwealth University Board of Visitors and University Administration

Board of Visitors University administration Academic deans

Appointed by the Governor of Virginia Eugene P. Trani, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. President College of Humanities and Sciences The Honorable Ralph L. Axselle Jr. Stephen D. Gottfredson Richmond Edwin E. Blanks, B.S., M.S., C.S.P. Dean (1997) Vice Provost for Academic Administration B.A. 1971 University of Oregon David G. Baldacci M.A. 1977 Johns Hopkins University Fairfax Donna R. Brodd, B.S., M.S., M.P.H., Ph.D. Ph.D. 1977 Johns Hopkins University Interim Vice Provost for Academic Affairs Edward H. Bersoff Albert T. Sneden McLean Donald C. J. Gehring, B.A., J.D. Senior Associate Dean and Professor of Vice President for Government and Community Chemistry (1977) Stephen P. Long Relations for VCU and the VCU Health System B.S. 1968 Carnegie Mellon University Richmond Ph.D. 1975 Brandeis University Thomas F. Huff, B.S., Ph.D. Steven A. Markel Vice Provost for Life Sciences John H. Borgard Glen Allen Associate Dean and Associate Professor (1971) Hermes A. Kontos, M.D., Ph.D. A.B. 1960 Marquette University Laura R. McMichael Vice President for Health Sciences and CEO, VCU M.Ed. 1964 Marquette University Richmond Health System Ph.D. 1974 Loyola University, Chicago

W. Baxter Perkinson Jr., Rector Roderick J. McDavis Jr., B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Laura J. Moriarty Richmond Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs Assistant Dean and Associate Professor of Criminal Justice (1993) The Honorable Anne P. Petera Sue Ann Messmer, B.A., M.A. B.C.J. 1984 Louisiana State University Richmond Vice President for University Outreach M.S. 1985 Louisiana State University Ph.D. 1988 Sam Houston State University Monty W. Plymale Sheldon Retchin, M.D., M.S.P.H. Roanoke Senior Executive Vice President and CEO, School of Allied Health Professions VCU Health System Harold Y. Pyon Cecil B. Drain Fairfax Station Henry G. Rhone, B.A., M.Ed., Ed.D. Professor and Dean (1993) Vice Provost for Student Affairs B.S.N. 1976 University of Arizona E. Janet Riddick M.S. 1980 University of Arizona Highland Springs Phyllis C. Self, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Ph.D. 1986 Texas A & M University Vice Provost for Academic Technology Robert E. Rigsby Dolores G. Clement Richmond Paul W. Timmreck, A.B.Ed., M.P.A. Professor and Associate Dean (1988) Senior Vice President for Finance and B.A. 1970 Mount Saint Joseph Michele A. Romano Administration M.A. 1979 Ohio State University Fairfax Station M.S. 1981 Rush University Marsha R. Torr, Ph.D. Dr.P.H. 1988 University of California, Berkeley Thomas G. Rosenthal Vice President for Research Richmond Debra A. Ropelewski Peter L. Wyeth, B.A., M.Ed. Assistant Dean (1983) The Honorable G. Bryan Slater Vice President for Advancement B.S. 1982 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State Richmond University M.B.A. 1988 Virginia Commonwealth University Philip Thompson Sr. Chesterfield

344 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Appendices

School of the Arts Walter S. Griggs Jr. D.D.S. 1974 State University of New York Associate Dean for Undergraduate Studies and Ph.D. 1978 State University of New York Richard E. Toscan Associate Professor of Business LaW. (1971) Dean and Professor of Theatre (1996) M.H. University of Richmond B.A. 1963 Purdue University School of Education J.D. University of Richmond M.A. 1964 University of Illinois, Urbana- Ed.D. 1979 The College of William and Mary Richard J. Rezba Champaign Interim Dean and Professor of Education (1976) Ph.D. 1970 University of Illinois, Urbana- Charles J. Gallagher B.A. University of Florida Champaign Associate Dean for External Affairs and M.S.T. University of Florida Associate Professor of Economics (1971) M.A.T. Indiana University Michael H. Drought B.S. Rider College Ph.D. 1971 Indiana University Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and Ph.D. 1971 West Virginia University Associate Professor of Painting and Diane J. Simon Printmaking (1975) Allen S. Lee Associate Dean and Associate Professor B.S. University of Wisconsin, Madison Associate Dean for Research and Graduate Studies of Special Education (1988) M.F.A. 1973 University of Wisconsin, Madison and Professor of Information Systems (1998) B.S. Hampton University B.S. Cornell University M.A. New York University Joseph H. Seipel M.S. University of California, Berkeley Ph.D. 1981 New York University Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and Ph.D. 1982 Massachusetts Institute of Technology Director, Graduate Studiess, Professor of Sculpture (1974) School of Engineering B.S. University of Wisconsin, Madison School of Dentistry Robert J. Mattauch M.F.A. 1973 Maryland Institute College of Art, Ronald J. Hunt Dean and Commonwealth Professor Rinehart School of Sculpture Harry Lyons Professor and Dean (1998) of Electrical Engineering (1996) D.D.S. 1973 University of Iowa B.S. 1962 Carnegie Institute of Technology John T. Bryan M.S. 1982 University of Iowa M.E. 1963 North Carolina State University Associate Dean for Sponsored Research and Ph.D. 1967 North Carolina State University Development and Assistant Professor of Art (1981) James H. Revere Jr. B.S. Davidson College Assistant Dean, Admissions Barton B. Cregger M.A. George Peabody College B.A. 1961 University of Richmond Associate Dean (1999) and Assistant Professor M.F.A. 1975 City College of New York D.D.S. 1965 Medical College of Virginia of Electrical Engineering (1998) B.S. 1980 University of Virginia Susan Roth Carolyn Booker M.S. 1982 University of Virginia Assistant Dean for Academic Affairs Assistant Dean for Students B.F.A. Cooper Union for the Advancement of B.S. 1976 South Carolina State University Nancy Neville Science and Art, New York M.A. 1977 South Carolina State University Assistant Dean for Student Recruiting (1999) M.A. The Ohio State University Ph.D. 1987 Southern Illinois University B.A. 1975 Lehman College of the City University of New York Nancy M. Scott Betsy A. Hagan M.S. 1999 Rochester Institute of Technology Associate Dean for Academic Administration Senior Associate Dean and Assistant Professor of Fashion Design B.S. 1974 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State L. Thomas Overby and Merchandising (1992) University Assistant Dean for Graduate Affairs and Associate B.F.A. Virginia Commonwealth University D.D.S. 1978 Virginia Commonwealth University Program Chair, Mechanical Engineering (1981) M.Ed. 1996 Virginia Commonwealth University M.B.A. 1984 Virginia Commonwealth University B.S. 1961 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University School of Business James E. Hardigan M.Eng. 1966 Pennsylvania State University Associate Professor and Dean Ph.D. 1974 Virginia Polytechnic Institute and Michael Sesnowitz for Administration (1975) State University Dean and Professor of Economics (2000) B.S. 1968 Northeastern University B.A. Brooklyn College of The City University of M.B.A. 1970 Northeastern University Sohi Rastegar New York Ph.D. 1975 Cornell University Assistant Dean for Research M.A. Brooklyn College of The City University of B.S. 1980 University of Texas – Austin New York David C. Sarrett M.S. 1982 University of Texas – Austin Ph.D. 1971 University of Pittsburgh Professor of General Practice and Assistant Dean Ph.D. 1987 University of Texas – Austin for Academics (2000) E. G. Miller D.M.D. 1977 University of Florida Susan F. Younce Senior Associate Dean and Associate Professor M.S. 1988 University of Florida Assistant Dean for Administration and Finance of Insurance and Management Science (1973) and Assistant Professor of Engineering (1981) B.S. University of Alabama Harvey A. Schenkein B.A. 1974 University of Richmond M.A. University of Alabama Paul Tucker Goad Professor of Periodontics M.S. 1991 Virginia Commonwealth University Ph.D. 1976 University of Alabama and Microbiology and Immunology and C.L.U.; C.P.C.U. Assistant Dean for Research (1978) B.A. 1970 State University of New York

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 345 Appendices

School of Graduate Studies Cynthia M. Heldberg Inez Tuck Associate Dean for Admissions and Assistant Associate Dean of Doctoral Program and Research F. Douglas Boudinot Professor (1986) Associate Professor (1999) Dean, School of Graduate Studies, B.A. 1965 Brown University B.S.N. 1970 A&T State University, N.C. Professor of Pharmaceutics M.A. 1983 West Virginia College M.N. 1972 University of Florida, Gainesville B.S. 1978 Springfield College Ph.D. 1997 Virginia Commonwealth University Ph.D. 1980 University of North Carolina, Ph.D. 1985 State University of New York in Greensboro Buffalo Sheldon Markowitz M.B.A. 1995 University of Tennessee, Knoxville Associate Dean for Veterans Services (1975) Sherry T. Sandkam M.S. 1978 Virginia Commonwealth University Janet B. Younger Associate Dean, School of Graduate Studies, and M.D. 1968 Medical College of Virginia Associate Dean for Master’s and Undergraduate Assistant Professor, Division of Educational Programs and Professor (1984) Studies, School of Education (1981) Paul E. Mazmanian B.S. 1967 Medical College of Virginia B.A. 1970 Longwood College Associate Dean for Continuing Medical Education M.Ed. 1970 University of Virginia M.B.A. 1986 Virginia Commonwealth University and Professor of Preventive Medicine and M.S. 1972 Virginia Commonwealth University Ph.D. 1996 Virginia Commonwealth University Community Health (1978) Ph.D. 1984 University of Virginia B.S. 1972 Wayne State University M.A. 1975 Michigan State University Anthony J. DeLellis School of Medicine Ph.D. 1979 University of Michigan Assistant Dean for Administration (1985) Heber H. Newsome B.A. 1970 University of Delaware Dean and Professor of Surgery (1970) James M. Messmer M.A. 1973 Central Michigan University B.S. 1958 Wake Forest University Associate Dean for Medical Education and Ed.D. 1977 University of Virginia M.S. 1962 Tulane University Associate Professor of Radiology (1981) M.D. 1962 Tulane University B.A. 1968 Rockhurst College M.D. 1972 St. Louis University School of Pharmacy Russell P. Seneca M.A. 1995 Virginia Commonwealth University Victor A. Yanchick Professor and Associate for Medical Dean and Professor (1996) Education (2002) Mary D. Nettleman B.S. 1962 University of Iowa VCU School of Medicine – Inova Campus Associate Dean for Primary Care and M.S. 1966 University of Iowa A.B. 1963 Providence College Professor of Internal Medicine (1996) Ph.D. 1968 Purdue University M.D. 1967 Georgetown University B.S. 1977 Ohio University M.D. 1981 Vanderbilt University Thomas P. Reinders Jan F. Chlebowski M.S. 1993 University of Iowa Associate Dean for Admissions and Student Associate Dean for Graduate Education Services and Associate Professor (1974) and Professor of Biochemistry (1979) Robert P. Perry B.S. 1970 University of Cincinnati B.A. 1965 St. Mary’s College Associate Dean for Graduate Medical Pharm.D. 1972 University of Cincinnati Ph.D. 1969 Case Western Reserve University Education and Associate Professor of Internal Medicine (1979) William E. Smith Ralph R. Clark III A.B. 1972 Harvard University Associate Dean for Administrative Affairs and Associate Dean for Clinical Activities and M.D. 1976 University of Rochester Associate Professor (1997) Assistant Professor of Internal Medicine (1990) Pharm.D. 1965 University of California B.S. 1983 The College of William and Mary Hugo R. Seibel M.P.H. 1976 University of California M.D. 1987 Virginia Commonwealth University Associate Dean for Student Activities and Ph.D. 1994 Auburn University Professor of Anatomy and Neurobiology (1967) George D. Ford B.S. 1960 Brooklyn College Andrew L. Wilson Assistant Dean for Sponsored Programs and Ph.D. 1967 University of Rochester Associate Dean for Institutional Program Professor of Physiology (1969) Development and Associate Professor (1998) B.S. 1961 West Virginia University Craig E. Cheifetz B.S. 1976 University of Connecticut Ph.D. 1967 West Virginia University Assistant Professor and Assistant Dean for Pharm.D. 1978 Wayne State University Medical Education (2002) William M. Gleason VCU School of Medicine – Inova Campus School of Social Work Associate Vice-President for Health B.A. 1991 American University Sciences/Financial Affairs and Senior Associate M.D. 1995 State University of New York – Buffalo Frank R. Baskind Dean for Finance and Administration and Dean and Professor of Social Work (1992) Assistant Professor (1980) A.B. 1967 Fordham University A.B. 1969 University of North. Carolina, Chapel Hill School of Nursing M.S.W. 1971 University of Connecticut M.B.A. 1973 Indiana University Nancy F. Langston Ph.D. 1978 University of Connecticut Dean (1991) Carol L. Hampton B.S.N. 1966 University of Arkansas Ann M. Nichols-Casebolt Associate Dean for Faculty and Instructional M.N. 1972 Emory University Associate Dean, Director of the Ph.D. Program Development and Associate Professor (1987) Ph.D. 1977 Georgia State University and Professor of Social Work (1993) B.A. 1965 University of Arkansas B.A. 1971 University of Wisconsin M.M.S. 1969 Tulane University M.S.S.W. 1978 University of Wisconsin Ph.D. 1984 University of Wisconsin

346 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University Credit for Advanced Placement (AP) Tests of the College Entrance Examination Board

AP tests passed with scores of 3, 4 or 5 will result in point for AP credit for all university programs. Final deter- Courses in music and theater will be evaluated by the the award of three to eight semester credits per AP test. mination of credit will be made after test results have School of the Arts before award of credit, if any. For more The chart below provides information about the VCU been received ands evaluated by the Dean’s Office. Credits information, contact the College of Humanities and equivalent credit for the various AP tests. awarded are counted as credits earned toward the degree, Sciences Dean’s Office at (804) 828-1673. To ensure consistency, the College of Humanities and but are not used in the computation of the student’s VCU Science Dean’s Office is the official credit notification grade-point average. Credit for Advanced Placement AP Examination AP Score VCU Equivalent VCU Credit

Art: Studio Art – Drawing 4,5 ARTF 112 2 Art: Studio Art-2-D-Design 4,5 ARTF 104 2 Art: Studio Art-3-D-Design 4,5 ARTF 102 2 Biology 3 BIOL 101, BIOZ 101L 4 Biology 4 BIOL 152, BIOZ 152L 4 Biology 5 BIOL 151, BIOZ 151L, BIOL 152, BIOZ 152L 8 Calculus AB 3,4,5 MATH 200 4 Calculus BC 3,4 MATH 200 4 Calculus BC 5 MATH 200, 201 8 Chemistry 3,4 CHEM 101, CHEZ 101L 4 Chemistry 5 CHEM 101, CHEZ 101L, CHEM 102, CHEZ 102L 8 Computer Science A 4,5 CMSC 245 3 Computer Science AB 3 CMSC 245 3 Computer Science AB 4,5 CMSC 245, 246 6 Economics – Macro 4,5 ECON 211 3 Economics – Micro 4,5 ECON 210 3 English Language and Composition 3,4,5 ENGL 101 3 English Literature/Comparative 3,4,5 ENGL 101 3 Environmental Science 3,4 BIOL 103 4 Environmental Science 5 BIOL 103, BIOZ 103L 5 European History 3,4,5 HIST 101, 102 6 French, German, Spanish 5 FREN, GRMN, SPAN 330, 331 6 French, German, Spanish Language 3 FREN, GRMN, SPAN 202 3 French, German, Spanish Language 4 FREN, GRMN, SPAN 300 3 French, German, Spanish Language 5 FREN, GRMN, SPAN 300, 301 6 French, German, Spanish Literature 3 FREN, GRMN, SPAN 202 3 French, German, Spanish Literature 4 FREN, GRMN, SPAN 330 3 Govt. & Politics: Comparative 3,4,5 Political Science Elective (POLI 202) 3 Govt. & Politics: United States 3,4,5 POLI 103 3 History of Art 3 ARTF 105 (AFO majors) 4 History of Art 3 ARTH 103 (other majors) 3 History of Art 4,5 ARTF 105, 106 (AFO majors) 8 History of Art 4,5 ARTH 103, 104 (other majors) 6 Human Geography 3,4,5 GEOG 102 3 Latin: Catullus/Horace 3,4,5 LATN 201 3 Latin: Vergil 3,4,5 LATN 202 3 Music Theory 3,4,5 Course equivalency to be determined by music theory faculty evaluation Physics B 3,4 PHYS 201, (PHYZ 201L) 4 Physics B 5 PHYS 201, (PHYZ 201L), PHYS 202, (PHYZ 202L) 8 Physics C – Electricity & Magnetism 4,5 PHYS 208, (PHYZ 208L) 5 Physics C- Mechanics 3,4,5 PHYS 207, (PHYZ 207L) 5 Psychology 3,4,5 PSYC 101 4 Statistics 3,4,5 STAT 210 3 United States History 3,4,5 HIST 103, 104 6 World History 3,4,5 History Elective (HIST 111, HIST 112) 6

Dual Enrollment Courses. Qualified students who have taken college-level work while still enrolled in a secondary school may receive academic credit. Courses taken as dual enrollment courses will be treated as VCU courses or transfer credits according to the evaluation guidelines in the Admission to the University chapter of this bulletin.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 347 Appendices Credit for International Baccalaureate (IB) Diplomas and Courses

IB Higher Level (HL) tests passed with scores of 3-7 and Program. Three elective credits will be awarded for the but are not used in the computation of the student’s VCU Standard Level (SL) tests passed with scores of 4-7 will, “Theory of Knowledge” course. grade-point average. depending on the test, be considered for advanced stand- To ensure consistency, the College of Humanities and Courses in music and theater will be evaluated by the ing and credit for the corresponding courses at Virginia Science Dean’s Office is the official credit notification School of the Arts before award of credit, if any. For more Commonwealth University. The chart below provides infor- point for IB credit for all university programs. Final deter- information, contact the College of Humanities and mation about the VCU equivalent credit for IB scores. mination of credit will be made after test results have Sciences Dean’s Office at (804) 828-1673. Successful completion of the IB Diploma will entitle the been received ands evaluated by the Dean’s Office. Credits student to automatic admission to the University Honors awarded are counted as credits earned toward the degree, Credit for International Baccalaureate IB Examination HL SL VCU Equivalent VCU Credit

Biology 4,5 5,6 BIOL 101, BIOZ 101L 4 Biology 6 7 BIOL 152, BIOZ 152L 4 Biology 7 BIOL 151, BIOZ 151L, BIOL 152, BIOZ 152L 8 Business & Management Course equivalency to be determined by School of Business Chemistry 5 6 CHEM 101, CHEZ 101L 4 Chemistry 6,7 7 CHEM 101, CHEZ 101L, CHEM 102, CHEZ 102L 8 Computer Science 4,5 5,6 CMSC 245 3 Computer Science 6,7 7 CMSC 245, 246 6 Economics 6,7 7 ECON 203 3 English A 4,5,6,7 5,6,7 ENGL 101 3 English B 4,5,6,7 5,6,7 ENGL 101 3 Environmental Systems 5,6,7 GEOG 203, GEOZ 203L 4 French, German, Spanish 4 FREN, GRMN, SPAN 102 4 French, German, Spanish 4 5 FREN, GRMN, SPAN 202 3 French, German, Spanish 5 6 FREN, GRMN, SPAN 300 3 French, German, Spanish 6,7 7 FREN, GRMN, SPAN 300, 301 6 Further Mathematics 4,5,6 Possible credit for college math course based on VCU placement test Further Mathematics 7 MATH 141 3 Geography 4,5,6,7 5,6,7 GEOG 102 3 Higher Mathematics 4 Possible credit for college math course based on VCU placement test Higher Mathematics 5,6 MATH 200 4 Higher Mathematics 7 MATH 200, 201 8 History Americas 4,5,6,7 5,6,7 HIST 103, 104 6 History Asia & Oceania Course equivalency to be determined by Department of History History Europe 4,5,6,7 5,6,7 HIST 101, 102 6 ITGS none 0 Latin 3 4 LATN 101 4 Latin 4 5 LATN 102 4 Latin 5,6,7 6,7 LATN 202 3 Mathematical Methods 5,6,7 MATH 151 4 Mathematical Studies 4,5,6,7 Possible credit for college math course based on VCU placement test Music 4,5,6,7 5,6,7 Course equivalency to be determined by music theory faculty evaluation Philosophy 5,6,7 6,7 PHIL 101 3 Physics 4,5 5,6 PHYS 201, (PHYZ 201L) 4 Physics 6,7 7 PHYS 201, (PHYZ 201L), PHYS 202, (PHYZ 202L) 8 Psychology 4,5,6,7 5,6,7 PSYC 101 4 Social & Cultural Anthropology 4,5,6,7 5,6,7 ANTH 103 3 Theatre Arts Course Equivalency to be determined by School of the Arts Visual Arts 4,5,6,7 5,6,7 ARTF 112 (art majors); ARTF 109 (other majors) 2; 2

348 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University Determination of Student Classification for In-state Tuition Purposes

Section 23-7.4, of the Code of Virginia, “Independent student” means one whose sidered: continuous residence for at least one governs eligibility for in-state tuition. parents have surrendered the right to his year prior to the date of alleged entitlement, Effective for students enrolling on or after care, custody and earnings, do not claim state to which income taxes are filed or paid, July 1, 1996, the statute provides: him as a dependent on federal or state driver’s license, motor vehicle registration, income tax returns, and have ceased to pro- voter registration, employment, property § 23-7.4. Eligibility for in-state tuition vide him substantial financial support. ownership, sources of financial support, mili- charges. – A. For purposes of this section “Special arrangement contract” means a tary records, a written offer and acceptance of and §§ 23-7.4:1, 23-7.4:2 and 23-7.4:3, the contract between a Virginia employer or employment following graduation, and any following definitions shall apply: the authorities controlling a federal instal- other social or economic relationships with “Date of the alleged entitlement” means lation or agency located in Virginia and a the Commonwealth and other jurisdictions. the first official day of class within the public institution of higher education for Domiciliary status shall not ordinarily be term, semester or quarter of the student’s reduced rate tuition charges as described conferred by the performance of acts which program. § 23-7.4:2 G. are auxiliary to fulfilling educational objec- “Dependent student” means one who is “Substantial financial support” means tives or are required or routinely performed by listed as a dependent on the federal or state financial support in an amount which temporary residents of the Commonwealth. income tax return of his parents or legal equals or exceeds that required to qualify Mere physical presence or residence primarily guardian or who receives substantial finan- the individual to be listed as a dependent for educational purposes shall not confer cial support from his spouse, parents or legal on federal and state income tax returns. domiciliary status. A matriculating student guardian. It shall be presumed that a student “Unemancipated minor” means a student who has entered an institution and is classi- under the age of twenty-four on the date of under the age of eighteen on the date of fied as an out-of-state student shall be the alleged entitlement receives substantial the alleged entitlement who is under the required to rebut by clear and convincing evi- financial support from his parents or legal legal control of and is financially supported dence the presumption that he is in the guardian, and therefore is dependent on his by either of his parents, legal guardian or Commonwealth for the purpose of attending parents or legal guardian, unless the student other person having legal custody. school and not as a bona fide domiciliary. (i) is a veteran or an active duty member of “Virginia employer” means any employ- Those factors presented in support of the U.S. Armed Forces; (ii) is a graduate or ing unit organized under the laws of entitlement to in-state tuition shall have professional student; (iii) is married; (iv) is a Virginia or having income from Virginia existed for the one-year period prior to the ward of the court or was a ward of the court sources regardless of its organizational struc- date of the alleged entitlement. However, until age 18; (v) has no adoptive or legal ture, or any public or nonprofit organiza- in determining the domiciliary intent of guardian when both parents are deceased; tion authorized to operate in Virginia. active duty military personnel residing in (vi) has legal dependents other than a B. To become eligible for in-state tuition, the Commonwealth, or the domiciliary spouse; or (vii) is able to present clear and an independent student shall establish by intent of their dependent spouse or chil- convincing evidence that he is financially clear and convincing evidence that for a dren who claim domicile through them, self-sufficient. period of at least one year immediately who voluntarily elect to establish Virginia “Domicile” means the present, fixed prior to the date of the alleged entitlement, as their permanent residence for domicil- home of an individual to which he returns he was domiciled in Virginia and had aban- iary purposes, the requirement of one year following temporary absences and at which doned any previous domicile, if such shall be waived if all other conditions for he intends to stay indefinitely. No individ- existed. establishing domicile are satisfied. ual may have more than one domicile at a To become eligible for in-state tuition, a C. A married person may establish domi- time. Domicile, once established, shall not dependent student or unemancipated minor cile in the same manner as an unmarried be affected by mere transient or temporary shall establish by clear and convincing evi- person. physical presence in another jurisdiction. dence that for a period of at least one year An emancipated minor may establish “Domiciliary intent” means present prior to the date of the alleged entitlement, domicile in the same manner as any other intent to remain indefinitely. the person through whom he claims eligi- independent student. A nonmilitary stu- “Emancipated minor” means a student bility was domiciled in Virginia and had dent whose parent or spouse is a member of under the age of eighteen on the date of abandoned any previous domicile, if such the armed forces may establish domicile in the alleged entitlement whose parents or existed. If the person through whom the the same manner as any other student. guardians have surrendered the right to his dependent student or unemancipated minor Any alien holding an immigration visa or care, custody and earnings and who no established such domicile and eligibility for classified as a political refugee shall also longer claim him as a dependent for tax in-state tuition abandons his Virginia domi- establish eligibility for in-state tuition in purposes. cile, the dependent student or unemanci- the same manner as any other student. “Full-time employment” means employ- pated minor shall be entitled to such in- However, absent congressional intent to ment resulting in, at least, an annual state tuition for one year from the date of the contrary, any person holding a student earned income reported for tax purposes such abandonment. or other temporary visa shall not have the equivalent to fifty work weeks of forty In determining domiciliary intent, all of capacity to intend to remain in Virginia hours at minimum wage. the following applicable factors shall be con- indefinitely and, therefore, shall be

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 349 Appendices ineligible for Virginia domicile and for in- plies at any education or training institu- neither the Director nor any employee of state tuition charges. tion of collegiate or secondary grade in the the Department of Veterans’ Affairs shall The domicile of a dependent student Commonwealth of Virginia approved in receive any compensation for such services. shall be rebuttably presumed to be the writing by the Director of the Department 5. To carry out the provisions of this sub- domicile of the parent or legal guardian of Veterans’ Affairs for the use and benefit section, there may be expended such funds claiming him as an exemption on federal or of the children not under sixteen and not as shall be appropriated for the purpose in state income tax returns currently and for over twenty-five years of age either of the general appropriation acts. However, the tax year prior to the date of the alleged whose parents was killed in action, is miss- the maximum amount to be expended for entitlement or providing him substantial ing in action or a prisoner of war in any each such child shall not be more, when financial support. armed conflict subsequent to December 6, combined with any federal allowance For the purposes of this section, the 1941, while serving in the Army, Navy, which may be made for such tuition, domicile of an unemancipated minor or a Marine Corps, Air Force or Coast Guard of charges, fees, rent, books and supplies, than dependent student eighteen years of age or the United States, or was or is or may here- the actual amount of the benefits provided older may be either the domicile of the par- after become totally and permanently dis- for in this subsection. ent with whom he resides, the parent who abled due to service during such periods if 6. For the purposes of this subsection, claims the student as a dependent for fed- such parent (i) was a citizen of Virginia at user fees, such as room and board charges, eral and Virginia income tax purposes for the time of entering such service; (ii) is and shall not be included in this authorization the tax year prior to the date of the alleged has been, for at least five years immediately to waive tuition and fees. However, all entitlement and is currently so claiming the prior to the date on which application was required fees, educational and auxiliary, student, or the parent who provides the stu- submitted by or on behalf of such child for shall be waived along with tuition. dent substantial financial support. If there admission to any education or training B. Any child between the ages of sixteen is no surviving parent or the whereabouts institution of collegiate or secondary grade and twenty-five whose parent or any person of the parents are unknown, then the domi- in this Commonwealth, a citizen of whose spouse has been killed in the line of cile of an unemancipated minor shall be Virginia; (iii) is deceased, was a citizen of duty while employed or serving as a law- the domicile of the legal guardian of such Virginia on the date of his or her death and enforcement officer, firefighter, including a unemancipated minor unless there are cir- had been a citizen of Virginia for at least special forest warden designated pursuant to cumstances indicating that such guardian- five years immediately prior to his or her §10.1-1135, member of a rescue squad, ship was created primarily for the purpose death; or (iv) is deceased and the surviving sworn law-enforcement officer, special of conferring a Virginia domicile on the parent had been, at some time previous to agent of the Department of Alcoholic unemancipated minor. marrying the deceased parent, a citizen of Beverage Control, state correctional, D. It is incumbent on the student to Virginia for at least five years and is and regional or local jail officer, regional jail or apply for change in domiciliary status on has been a citizen of Virginia for at least jail farm superintendent, sheriff, deputy becoming eligible for such change. Changes five years immediately prior to the date sheriff, or member of the Virginia National in domiciliary status shall only be granted on which application was submitted by Guard while such member is serving in the prospectively from the date such applica- or on behalf of such child for admission Virginia National Guard or as a member of tion is received. to any education or training institution of the United States Armed Forces, shall be A student who knowingly provides erro- collegiate or secondary grade in this entitled to free undergraduate tuition and neous information in an attempt to evade Commonwealth. required fees at any public institution of payment of out-of-state fees shall be 2. Such children, upon recommendation higher education in Virginia under the fol- charged out-of-state tuition fees for each of the Director of the Department of lowing conditions: term, semester or quarter attended and may Veterans’ Affairs, shall be admitted to state 1. The chief administrative officer of the be subject to dismissal from the institution. institutions of secondary or higher educa- Alcoholic Beverage Control Board, emer- All disputes related to the veracity of infor- tion, free of tuition and all required fees. gency medical services agency, law-enforce- mation provided to establish Virginia domi- Each state-supported institution shall ment agency, or other appropriate agency cile shall be appealable through the due include in its catalogue or equivalent publi- or the Superintendent of State Police certi- process procedure required by § 23-7.4:3. cation a statement describing the benefits fies that the deceased parent or spouse was (1984, c. 422; 1985, cc. 179, 572; 1988, c. provided by this subsection. employed or serving as a law-enforcement 124; 1989, c. 371; 1990, c. 680; 1991, c. 3. The amounts that may be or may officer or a firefighter, including a special 590; 1996, cc. 931, 981; 1999, c. 439.) become due by reason of attendance at any forest warden pursuant to §10.1-1135, or such educational or training institution, not member of a rescue squad or in any other The 1996 amendments. – The 1996 in excess of the amount specified in subdi- capacity as specified in this section and was amendments by cc. 931 and 981 are vision 5, shall be payable on vouchers killed in the line of duty while serving or identical, and rewrote this section. approved by the Director of the living in the Commonwealth; and Department of Veterans’ Affairs. 2. The child or spouse shall have been § 23-7.4:1. Waiver of tuition and 4. The Director of the Department of offered admission to a public institution of required fees for certain students. – A. 1. Veterans’ Affairs shall determine the eligi- higher education. Any child or spouse who All sums appropriated by law for the pur- bility of the children who may make appli- believes he is eligible shall apply to the pub- pose of effecting the provisions of this sub- cation for the benefits provided for in this lic institution of higher education to which section shall be used for the sole purpose of subsection and shall satisfy himself of the he has been admitted for the benefits pro- providing for free tuition and required fees attendance and satisfactory progress of such vided by this subsection. The institution at the state-supported institutions and insti- children at such institution and of the shall determine the eligibility of the appli- tutional charges, general or college fees, or accuracy of the charge or charges submitted cant for these benefits and shall also ascer- any charges by whatever term referred to, on account of the attendance of any such tain that the recipients are in attendance board and room rent, and books and sup- children at any such institution. However, and are making satisfactory progress. The

350 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Appendices amounts payable for tuition and required military parent or spouse is residing in the any such institution or any public career fees for the applicants shall be waived by Commonwealth. Any student whose spouse and technical school shall be eligible for a the institution accepting the students. or parent is a member of the armed forces grant in the amount of the difference For the purposes of this subsection, user shall be eligible for in-state tuition charges between the full cost of tuition and any fees, such as room and board charges, shall for so long as the conditions of clauses (i) other educational benefits for which he is not be included in this authorization to and (ii) of this subsection continue to be elegible as a member of the National waive tuition and fees. However, all met. Military dependents provided in-state Guard. Application for a grant shall be required fees, educational and auxiliary, tuition for one year during the period the made to the Department of Military Affairs. shall be waived along with tuition. military parent or spouse is residing in Grants shall be awarded from funds avail- C. Senior citizens shall be entitled to free Virginia shall be counted as out-of-state stu- able for the purpose by such Department. tuition and required fees pursuant to the dents for admissions, enrollment and tuition D. Notwithstanding the provisions of § provisions of Chapter 4.5 (§ 23-38.54 et and fee revenue policy purposes. (Note: § 23-7.4 or any other provision of the law to seq.) of Title 23. 23-7.4:2 (A)(iii) of the code of Virginia the contrary, the governing board of any D. Tuition and required fees may be which grants one year in-state tuition to the state institution of higher education or the waived for a student from a foreign country spouse and children of military personnel governing board of the Virginia enrolled in a public institution of higher has been suspended since the 1994-1996 Community College System may charge education through a student exchange pro- biennium by § 4-2.01(b)(4) of the appro- the same tuition as is charged to any person gram approved by such institution, provided priation act. Military members are not able domiciled in Virginia pursuant to the provi- the number of foreign students does not to receive any benefit outlined in this sec- sions of § 23-7.4 to: exceed the number of students paying full tion until the suspension period ends.) 1. Any person enrolled in one of the tuition and required fees to the institution B. Students who live outside this institution’s programs designated by the under the provisions of the exchange pro- Commonwealth and have been employed State Council of Higher Education who is gram for a given three-year period. (1996, full time inside Virginia for at least one year domiciled in and is entitled to reduced cc. 931, 981; 1998, c. 377; 2001, c. 330.) immediately prior to the date of the alleged tuition charges in the institutions of higher entitlement for in-state tuition shall be eligi- learning in any state which is a party to the § 23-7.4:2. Eligibility for in-state or ble for in-state tuition charges if such stu- S.ern Regional Education Compact which reduced tuition for students not domiciled dent has paid Virginia income taxes on all has similar reciprocal provisions for persons in Virginia; tuition grants for members of taxable income earned in this Common- domiciled in Virginia; the National Guard of the Commonwealth wealth for the tax year prior to the date of 2. Any student from a foreign country of Virginia. – A. A nonmilitary student the alleged entitlement. Students claimed as who is enrolled in a foreign exchange pro- whose parent or spouse is a member of the dependents for federal and Virginia income gram approved by the state institution dur- armed forces may establish domicile in the tax purposes who live outside this Common- ing the same period that an exchange stu- same manner as any other student. However, wealth shall become eligible for in-state dent from the same state institution, who is a nonmilitary student, not otherwise eligible tuition charges if the nonresident parents entitled to in-state tuition pursuant to § 23- for in-state tuition, whose parent or spouse is claiming them as dependents have been 7.4, is attending the foreign institution; and a member of the military residing in the employed full time inside Virginia for at least 3. Any high school or magnet school stu- Commonwealth pursuant to military orders one year immediately prior to the date of the dent, not otherwise qualified for in-state and claiming a state other than Virginia on alleged entitlement and paid Virginia tuition, who is enrolled in courses specifi- their State of Legal Residence Certificate, income taxes on all taxable income earned cally designed as part of the high school or shall be entitled to in-state tuition charges in this Commonwealth for the tax year prior magnet school curriculum in a community when the following conditions are met: (i) if to the date of the alleged entitlement. Such college for which he may, upon successful the student is a child of a member of the students shall continue to be eligible for in- completion, receive high school and com- armed forces, then the nonmilitary parent state tuition charges for so long as they or munity college credit pursuant to a dual shall have, for at least one year immediately their qualifying parent is employed full time enrollment agreement between the high prior to the date of alleged entitlement for in Virginia, paying Virginia income taxes on school or magnet school and the commu- in-state tuition charges, resided in Virginia, all taxable income earned in this Common- nity college. been employed full time and paid individual wealth and the student is claimed as a E. The governing board of the Virginia income taxes to Virginia. Such student shall dependent for Virginia and federal income Community College System may charge be eligible for in-state tuition charges only if tax purposes. reduced tuition to any person enrolled in the nonmilitary parent claims him as a C. Any person who (i) is a member of one of the System’s institutions who lives dependent for Virginia and federal income the National Guard of the Commonwealth within a thirty-mile radius of a Virginia tax purposes, as evidenced by claiming him of Virginia and has a minimum remaining institution, is domiciled in, and is entitled as a dependent on an individual or joint obligation of two years, (ii) has satisfacto- to in-state tuition charges in the institu- return; or (ii) if the student is the spouse of a rily completed required initial active duty tions of higher learning in any state which member of the armed forces, then such stu- service, (iii) is satisfactorily performing duty is contiguous to Virginia and which has dent shall have, for at least one year immedi- in accordance with regulations of the similar reciprocal provisions for persons ately prior to the date of alleged entitlement National Guard, and (iv) is enrolled in any domiciled in Virginia. for in-state tuition, resided in Virginia, been state institution of higher education, any F. The advisory board of the University employed full time and paid individual private, accredited and nonprofit institu- of Virginia’s College at Wise and the board income taxes to Virginia; or (iii) if the stu- tion of higher education in the Common- of visitors of the University of Virginia may dent is the child or the spouse of a member wealth whose primary purpose is to provide charge reduced tuition to any person of the armed forces, then the student shall be collegiate or graduate education and not to enrolled at the University of Virginia’s entitled to in-state tuition charges for a max- provide religious training or theological College at Wise who lives within a fifty- imum of one year during the period that the education, any course or program offered by mile radius of the University of Virginia’s

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 351 Appendices

College at Wise, is domiciled in, and is tuition charges pursuant to §§ 23-7.4 and erning body of each institution of higher entitled to in-state tuition charges in the 23-7.4:2. The Administrative Process Act education shall reduce the tuition and institutions of higher learning in Kentucky, (§ 2.2-4000 et seq.) shall not apply to these mandatory educational and general fees in if Kentucky has similar reciprocal provi- administrative reviews. effect on June 30, 1999, for in-state under- sions for persons domiciled in Virginia. An initial determination shall be made. graduate students by twenty percent for the Any out-of-state students granted in- Each appeals process shall include an inter- year beginning July 1, 1999, and ending state tuition pursuant to this subsection and mediate review of the initial determination June 30, 2000. Following such reduction, subsection E shall be counted as out-of- and a final administrative review. The final the Governor shall include, in each budget state students for the purposes of determin- administrative decision shall be in writing. submitted to the General Assembly pur- ing admissions, enrollment, and tuition and A copy of this decision shall be sent to the suant to § 2.2-1509, sufficient funds to fee revenue policies. student. Either the intermediate review or reimburse each public institution of higher G. Public institutions of higher educa- the final administrative review shall be education for such tuition and mandatory tion may enter into special arrangement conducted by an appeals committee con- fees reduced pursuant to this section. contracts with Virginia employers or sisting of an odd number of members. No (1999, c. 1042.) authorities controlling federal installations person who serves at one level of this or agencies located in Virginia. The special appeals process shall be eligible to serve at § 23-7.4:5. Grant for tuition and fees arrangement contracts shall be for the pur- any other level of this review. All such due for certain individuals. – A. The payment pose of providing reduced rate tuition process procedures shall be in writing and of tuition or fees, except fees established for charges for the employees of the Virginia shall include time limitations in order to the purpose of paying for course materials, employers or federal personnel when the provide for orderly and timely resolutions such as laboratory fees, shall be provided for employers or federal authorities are assum- of all disputes. a person who is a bona fide domiciliary of ing the liability for paying, to the extent Any party aggrieved by a final adminis- Virginia, as defined in § 23-7.4, and who: permitted by federal law, the tuition for the trative decision shall have the right to 1. Has received a high school diploma or employees or personnel in question and the revieW. in the circuit court for the jurisdic- a general educational development (GED) employees or personnel are classified by the tion in which the relevant institution is certificate and was in foster care or in the requirements of this section as out-of-state. located. A petition for revieW. of the final custody of the Department of Social Special arrangement contracts with administrative decision shall be filed within Services or is considered a special needs Virginia employers or federal installations thirty days of receiving the written deci- adoption at the time such diploma or cer- or agencies may be for group instruction in sion. In any such action, the institution tificate was awarded; facilities provided by the employer or fed- shall forward the record to the court, whose 2. Is enrolled or has been accepted for eral authority or in the institution’s facili- function shall be only to determine enrollment as a full-time student in a ties or on a student-by-student basis for spe- whether the decision reached by the insti- degree or certificate program of at least one cific employment-related programs. tution could reasonably be said, on the academic year in length in a public two- Special arrangement contracts shall be basis of the record, not to be arbitrary, year institution of higher education in the valid for a period not to exceed two years capricious or otherwise contrary to law. Commonwealth; and shall be reviewed for legal sufficiency B. To ensure the application of uniform 3. Has not been enrolled in postsec- by the Office of the Attorney General prior criteria in administering this section and ondary education as a full-time student for to signing. All rates agreed to by the public determining eligibility for in-state tuition more than five years; institutions shall be at least equal to in- charges, the State Council of Higher 4. Maintains the required grade point state tuition and shall only be granted by Education shall issue and from time to time average established by the State Board for the institution with which the employer or revise guidelines, including domiciliary sta- Community Colleges; the federal authorities have a valid contract tus questions to be incorporated by all state 5. Has submitted applications for federal for students for whom the employer or fed- institutions of higher education in their student financial aid programs for which he eral authorities are paying the tuition admissions applications. These guidelines may be eligible; and charges. shall not be subject to the Administrative 6. Meets any additional financial need All special arrangement contracts with Process Act. requirements established by the State Board authorities controlling federal installations An advisory committee, composed of at for Community Colleges for the purposes of or agencies shall include a specific number least ten representatives of institutions of such grant. of students to be served at reduced rates. higher education, shall be appointed by the B. The State Board for Community Nothing in this subsection shall change Council each year to cooperate with the Colleges, in consultation with the State the domiciliary status of any student for the Council in developing the guidelines for Council of Higher Education and the purposes of enrollment reporting or calcu- determining eligibility or revisions thereof. Department of Social Services, shall estab- lating the proportions of general funds and The Council shall consult with the Office lish regulations governing such grants. The tuition and fees contributed to the cost of of the Attorney General and provide oppor- regulations shall include, but shall not be education. (1996, cc. 931, 981; 1998, cc. tunity for public comment prior to issuing limited to, provisions addressing renewals of 62, 79; 1999, cc. 424, 437; 2000, c. 196; any such guidelines. (1996, cc. 931, 981.) grants; financial need; the calculation of 2001, c. 483.) grant amounts, after consideration of any § 23-7.4:4. Reduction in tuition and additional financial resources or aid the stu- § 23-7.4:3. Determinations of eligibil- fees charged; in-state undergraduates. – It dent may hold; the grade point average ity; appeals and guidelines. – A. Each pub- is the intent of the General Assembly that required to retain such grant; and proce- lic institution of higher education shall the Commonwealth of Virginia make avail- dures for the repayment of tuition and fees establish an appeals process for those stu- able to its citizens an affordable college for failure to meet the requirements dents who are aggrieved by decisions education. Therefore, notwithstanding any imposed by this section. (2000, c. 968.) regarding eligibility for in-state or reduced provision of law to the contrary, the gov-

352 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

Program Accreditation

Arts (all visual arts degrees) – National Association of School of Medicine University accreditation Schools of Art and Design Genetic Counseling (master’s degree) – American Board of Applied Music (bachelor’s and master’s degrees) – Genetic Counseling Virginia Commonwealth University is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music Human Genetics (master’s and doctoral degrees) – Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Dance/Choreography (bachelor’s degree) – National American Board of Medical Genetics Colleges and Schools to award baccalaureate, master’s, Association of Schools of Dance Medicine (M.D.) – Liaison Committee on Medical doctoral and first professional degrees. SACS is located Interior Design (bachelor’s degree) – National Association Education at 1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, GA 30033; telephone: of Schools of Art and Design/Foundation for Interior Public Health (master’s degree) – Council on Education in (404) 679-4500. Design Education Research Public Health Music Composition (master’s degree) – National Association of Schools of Music School of Nursing Academic program accreditation Music Education (bachelor’s and master’s degrees) – Nursing (bachelor’s and master’s degrees) – National National Association of Schools of Music, National League for Nursing (prelincensure programs) – College of Humanities and Sciences Council for Accreditation for Teacher Education, and approved by Virginia Board of Nursing Chemistry (bachelor’s degree) – The American Chemical Virginia State Department of Education Society Music History (master’s degree) – National Association of School of Pharmacy Psychology (doctoral degrees: clinical, counseling) – Schools of Music Pharmacy (Pharm.D.) – American Council on American Psychological Association Theatre (bachelor’s and master’s degrees) – National Pharmaceutical Education Public Administration (master’s degree) – National Association of Schools of Theatre Association of Schools of Public Affairs and Theatre Education (bachelor’s degree) – National School of Social Work Administration Association of Schools of Theatre, National Council for Social Work (bachelor’s and master’s degrees) – Urban and Regional Planning (master’s degree) – Planning Accreditation for Teacher Education, and Virginia State Commission on Accreditation of the Council on Social Accreditation Board Department of Education Work Education

School of Allied Health Professions School of Business Clinical Laboratory Sciences (bachelor’s degree) – National Business and Accounting (all degrees) – AACSB Specialized program accreditation Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences International – Association to Advance Collegiate or certification Health Administration (master’s and executive master’s Schools of Business degrees) – Accrediting Commission on Education for School of the Arts Health Services Administration School of Dentistry Anderson Gallery – National Association of Schools of Art Nuclear Medicine Technology (bachelor’s degree) – Joint Dental Hygiene (bachelor’s degree) – Commission on and Design Review Committee on Educational Programs in Nuclear Dental Accreditation Medicine Technology Dentistry (D.D.S.) – Commission on Dental Accreditation Campus Police Nurse Anesthesia (master’s degree) – Council on Advanced Dental Education Programs including Police Academy – Certified by the Virginia Department of Accreditation of Nurse Anesthesia Educational Endodontics, Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Criminal Justice Services Programs Orthodontics, Pediatric Dentistry, Periodontics, Occupational Therapy (master’s degree) – Accreditation Prosthodontics, and Advanced Education General Division of Student Affairs Council for Occupational Therapy Education Dentistry – Commission on Dental Accreditation University Counseling Services – American Psychological Patient Counseling (certificate) – Association for Clinical Association Pastoral Education School of Education Student Health Services – Joint Commission on Physical Therapy (Doctrate of Physical Therapy) (D.P.T.) – Education (all degrees) – National Council of Accreditation Accreditation of Health Care Organizations Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy for Teacher Education and the Virginia State Education Department of Education Hospitals Radiation Therapy Technology (bachelor’s degree) – Joint Recreation and Park Management, Therapeutic Recreation VCU Health System – Joint Commission on Accreditation Review Committee on Education in Radiologic (bachelor’s degree) – Council on Accreditation National of Health Care Organizations Technology Recreation and Park Association/American for Leisure Radiography (bachelor’s degree) – Joint Review Committee and Recreation on Education in Radiologic Technology Rehabilitation Counseling (master’s degree) – Council on School of Engineering Rehabilitation Education Chemical Engineering (bachelor’s degree) – Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology School of the Arts Electrical Engineering (bachelor’s degree) – Accreditation Art Education (bachelor’s and master’s degrees) – National Board for Engineering and Technology Association of Schools of Art and Design, National Mechanical Engineering (bachelor’s degree) – Council for Accreditation for Teacher Education, and Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology Virginia State Department of Education Computer Science (bachelor’s degree) – Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 353 Virginia Commonwealth University Rights of Students Under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act

Pursuant to a federal statute enacted to disclosed without the student’s consent, protect the privacy rights of students except for directory information and infor- Parental Notification Amendment (Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act mation to other school officials with a of 1974 (FERPA), as amended, enacted as legitimate educational interest. When per- Amendments to FERPA signed into fed- Section 438 of the General Education sonally identifiable information, other than eral law in fall 1998 specifically allows noti- Provisions Act), eligible students of Virginia directory information, is disclosed, a record fication to the parents or guardians of stu- Commonwealth University are permitted to will be maintained of these disclosures. dents under the age of 21, who violate any inspect and review education records of This record also is available for inspection law or university rule regarding use or pos- which the student is the subject. A state- and review by the student. session of alcohol or other controlled sub- ment of university policy concerning If an eligible student feels that his or her stance. The Virginia Attorney General’s inspection and disclosure of education education record is inaccurate, misleading Task Force on Drinking by College records has been formulated in compliance or otherwise in violation of the student’s Students also recommended such notifica- with the federal statute. Copies of the policy privacy or other rights, the student may tion in its 1998 report. also are available from the Office of Records request an amendment to the record. In accordance with these documents, a and Registration or on the Web at Should the university fail to comply with parental notification procedure has been http://www.vcu.edu/enroll/rar. the requirements of the act, the student has included in the VCU Drug Free Schools Generally, the act provides that no per- the right to file a complaint with the Family and Workplace Policy. sonally identifiable information will be Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education, 600 Independence Ave., S.W., Washington, D.C. 20202.

354 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

Transfer Module

Virginia Commonwealth University subscribes to the Transfer Module. This module is intended to be used as an information tool for students who are unsure of their prospective major and/or transfer institution. Students transferring to VCU with “C” grades or better in any of the courses listed below can be assured that they will be accepted as equivalent to the specified VCU courses or as electives, with the exceptions shown in the footnote. See the specific program listing in the VCU Transfer Guide for courses needed to complete general education requirements. GE = general education requirements, FE = free elective, NC = no credit. Students completing the Transfer Module will receive a minimum of 35 credits.

VCCS Courses VCU Equivalent

English (six credit hours)

ENG 111-112 College Composition GE ENGL 101 and general elective* * If student transfers with the associate degree, ENG 112 will transfer as the equivalent of ENGL 200 Writing and Rhetoric Workshop II. ENGL 112 may not be used as a prerequisite for 300-400 level literature courses.

Humanities (six credit hours)

ART 101, 102 History and Appreciation of Art GE ARTH 103-104 Survey of Western Art MUS 121, 122 Music Appreciation GE Humanities elective ENG 241, 242 Survey of American Literature GE ENGL 205-206 American Literature ENG 243, 244 Survey of English Literature GE ENGL 203-204 British Literature ENG 251, 252 Survey of World Literature GE ENGL 201-202 Western World Literature HUM 201, 202 Survey of Western Culture GE Humanities elective PHI 101, 102 Introduction to Philosophy GE Humanities elective PHI 211, 212 History of Western Philosophy GE PHIL 103 Ancient Greek and Medieval Philosophy PHIL 104 Modern Western Philosophy

Note: Studio courses in the fine arts are excluded from the transfer module, but may be acceptable at the institution of the student’s choice.

Social Science (six credit hours)

ECO 201, 202 Principles of Economics GE ECON 211 (Macro) ECON 210 (Micro) Principles of Economics GEO 221, 222 Regions of the World GE GEOL 307, 308 World Regions PLS 211, 212 U.S. Government GE POLI 103 U.S. Government plus 3 elective credits PLS 241, 242 International Relations GE POLI 105 International Relations plus 3 elective credits PSY 200 Principles of Psychology GE PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology PSY 201, 202 Introduction to Psychology GE PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology plus 3 elective credits PSY 231, 232 Life Span Human Development FE Social science electives SOC 200 Principles of Sociology GE SOCY 101 General Sociology SOC 201, 202 Introduction to Sociology GE SOCY 101 General Sociology plus 3 elective credits1 SOC 211, 212 Principles of Anthropology GE ANTH 103 Cultural Anthropology plus 3 elective credits1

Science (eight credit hours in one sequence, including laboratory)

BIO 101-102 General Biology GE BIOL 101, BIOZ 101L Biological Concepts and four science elective credits BIO 107 Biology of the Environment GE BIOL 103 and BIOZ 103L Environmental Science and Laboratory BIO 146, 147 Human Heredity and Laboratory GE BIOL 102 and BIOZ 102L Science of Heredity and Laboratory CHM 101-102 General Chemistry GE No direct equivalent (pre-nursing students may present these courses)2

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 355 Appendices

CHM 111-112 College Chemistry GE CHEM 101, 102 and CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L General Chemistry and Laboratories CHM 113-114 University Chemistry (10 cr. hrs.) GE CHEM 101, 102 and CHEZ/FRSZ 101L, 102L General Chemistry and Laboratories PHY 101-102 Introduction of Physics GE No direct equivalent2 PHY 201-202 General College Physics GE PHYS 201-202 General Physics GOL 105-106 Physical and Historical Geology GE PHYS 105, PHYZ 105L Physical Geology and Laboratory and four credit science course. No direct equivalent for GOL 1062 Or the combination of GOL 105 Physical Geology GE PHYS 105, PHYZ 105L Physical Geology and Laboratory with NAS 130 Elements of Astronomy GE PHYS 103, PHYZ 103L Elementary Astronomy and Laboratory (This combination does not fulfill the laboratory science requirement for Humanities and Sciences majors)

History (6 credit hours) HIS 101-102 History of Western Civilization GE HIST 101, 102 Survey of European History HIS 111-112 History of World Civilization GE HIST 101, 102 Survey of European History HIS 121-122 U.S. History GE HIST 103, 104 Survey of American History

Math (3 credit hours) MTH 151 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts I NC No direct equivalent, no credit3 MTH 163 Precalculus I GE MATH 141 Algebra with Applications MTH 166 Precalculus with Trigonometry GE MATH 151 Precalculus Mathematics MTH 170 Foundations in Contemporary Mathematics GE MATH 131 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics MTH 173 Calculus with Analytic Geometry I GE MATH 200 Calculus MTH 175 Calculus of One Variable I No direct equivalent, with MTH 176 equivalent to MATH 200 Calculus MTH 181 Finite Mathematics I NC No direct equivalent, no credit3 MTH 240 Statistics GE STAT 208 Statistical Thinking or STAT 210 Basic Practice of Statistics MTH 241 Statistics I GE STAT 208 Statistical Thinking or STAT 210 Basic Practice of Statistics MTH 270 Applied Calculus GE MGMT 212 Differential Calculus and Optimization for Business MTH 271 Applied Calculus I GE MGMT 212 Differential Calculus and Optimization for Business MTH 273 Calculus I GE MATH 200 Calculus

Notes: Many senior-college programs, particularly Bachelor of Arts programs, require majors to take courses or demonstrate competency in a foreign language. Although foreign languages are not included in the transfer module, students should begin these requirements early in preparation for transfer. Additionally, many senior-college programs have specific mathematics and science sequences required or recommended for particular majors. Students should consult with a community college adviser to determine appropriate math and science sequences.

1 For psychology, sociology or anthropology majors, the three elective credits (PSY 202 or SOC 202 or SOC 212) may not apply to the major, but will count as free electives toward the degree. 2 No direct equivalent, but fulfills laboratory science requirement for all majors, except mass communications, computer science, biology, chemistry, physics, social work, psychology, the pre-health science programs and engineering majors. 3 When combined with MTH 152 or MTH 182, the courses may be used as a prerequisite for STAT 208 or 210.

356 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University Undergraduate Admission Requirements 2003-04

When completing an application to undergraduate degree programs, refer to this chart and the Admission to the University chapter as well as the appropriate school or college chapters within this bulletin for specific admission and degree requirements. Applicants are encouraged to contact the Office of Undergraduate Admissions at (804) 828-1222 or (800) 841-3638 or the college/school sponsoring the intended major (contact numbers listed in the chart below). All programs begin in the fall and spring of each academic year unless specified in the special requirements field. VCU has a rolling admissions standard with a priority deadline for freshman applications of Feb. 1 unless specified in the special requirements field. The transfer priority deadline in June 1. All applicants are required to submit SAT or ACT scores. Specific scores for admission are listed in the special requirements field, if applicable. Admission to the university requires either a high school diploma or GED. A minimum of four units in English, three units in mathematics (algebra I and one of which must be geometry or algebra II), two units in science (one of which must be a laboratory science), and three units in history, social sciences or government is required for admission. Students are encouraged to complete at least two credits in a modern or ancient language. Although standard high school diplomas are accepted, preference is given to Advanced Studies Diploma. consult the Admission to the University chapter of this bulletin for more information.

Major concentration Contact information Degree Special requirements

Accounting School of Business B.S. Students enter into the Business Foundation Program and (804) 828-3710 must maintain a 2.25 GPA to advance into program. Refer to the School of Business chapter of this bulletin for more information.

African American Studies College of Humanities and Sciences B.A. Refer to the College of Humanities and Sciences section of (804) 828-1673 this bulletin for additional information.

Anthropology College of Humanities and Sciences B.S. Refer to the College of Humanities and Sciences section of (804) 828-1673 this bulletin for additional information.

Art Education School of the Arts B.F.A. Applicants are required to complete both the university and (804) 828-2787 the School of the Arts applications as well as submit a portfolio in 35mm slide format. Refer to the School of the Arts section of this bulletin.

Art History School of the Arts B.A. Applicants are required to complete both the university and (tracks in art historical and (804) 828-2787 the School of the Arts applications. Refer to the School of the architectural history) Arts section of this bulletin.

Biology College of Humanities and Sciences B.S. Refer to the College of Humanities and Sciences section of (804) 828-1673 this bulletin for more information.

Athletic Training School of Education B.S. Refer to the School of Education, Division of Health, Physical (804) 828-1948 Education and Recreation, of this bulletin for information concerning the athletic training major.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 357 Appendices

Business Administration School of Business B.S. Students enter into the Business Foundation Program and and Management (804) 828-3710 must maintain a 2.25 GPA to advance into program. Refer (business administration, to the School of Business section of this bulletin for more entrepreneurship and small information. business and international business)

Chemistry College of Humanities and Sciences B.S. Refer to the College of Humanities and Sciences section of (804) 828-1673 this bulletin for more information.

Clinical Laboratory School of Allied Health Professions B.S. Students must complete the preparatory program prior to Sciences (804) 828-9469 admission into the professional program. Refer to the College of Humanities and Sciences section for preparatory requirements.

Clinical Radiation School of Allied Health Professions B.S. Students must complete the preparatory program prior to Sciences (804) 828-9104 admission into the professional program. Refer to the College of Humanities and Sciences section for preparatory requirements.

Communication Arts and School of the Arts B.F.A. Applicants are required to complete both the university and Design (804) 828-2787 the School of the Arts applications as well as submit a portfo- (art direction, graphic/communica- lio in 35mm slide format. Refer to the School of the Arts section design, illustration, interactive tion of this bulletin. multimedia design, kinetic imagery, multidisciplinary studies, scientific and preparatory medical illustration, three-dimensional design and typographic design, video, time-based media)

Crafts School of the Arts B.F.A. Applicants are required to complete both the university and (ceramics, fabric design, fiber- (804) 828-2787 the School of the Arts applications as well as submit a portfo- work, furniture design, glass- lio in 35mm slide format. Refer to the School of the Arts sec- working, jewelry, metal- tion of this bulletin. smithing, woodworking)

Criminal Justice College of Humanities and Sciences B.S. Refer to the College of Humanities and Sciences section for (804) 828-1673 additional information.

Dance and Choreography School of the Arts B.F.A. Applicants are required to complete both the university and (804) 828-2787 the School of the Arts applications as well as an audition. Refer to the School of the Arts section of this bulletin or the art application for information about scheduling an audition.

Dental Hygiene School of Dentistry B.S. Students must complete the preparatory program before (804) 828-9096 applying to the dental hygiene program. Refer to the College of Humanities and Sciences section for preparatory program information.

358 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Appendices

Economics School of Business B.S. School of Business students enter into the Business Students may earn the (804) 828-3710 Foundation Program and must maintain a 2.25 GPA to advance Bachelor of Science in into program. Refer to the School of Business section of this Economics through either the bulletin for more information. School of Business or the College of Humanities and College of Humanities and Sciences B.S. College of Humanities and Sciences students begin with gen- Sciences. (804) 828-1673 eral education courses required for the B.S. degree in the college and then advance to the major program.

Engineering School of Engineering B.S. A one-page essay on the topic “Why I Have Chosen My Field (biomedical, chemical, com- (804) 828-3647 of Study” should accompany the application for admission. A puter, electrical and mechani- personal interview and/or letters of recommendation from cal engineering; computer teachers might be requested at the discretion of the faculty. science) Refer to the School of Engineering chapter of this bulletin for additional information.

English College of Humanities and Sciences B.A. Refer to the College of Humanities and Sciences section for (804) 828-1673 additional information.

Fashion School of the Arts B.A. Applicants must complete both the Undergraduate Application (fashion merchandising or (804) 828-2787 and the School of the Arts Application. Refer to the School of home fashions) the Arts section of this bulletin of the art application for detailed instructions.

Fashion School of the Arts B.F.A.. Applicants must complete both the Undergraduate Application (fashion design) (804) 828-2787 and the School of the Arts Application as well as submit a portfolio. Refer to the School of the Arts section of this bulletin.

Finance School of Business B.S. Students enter into the Business Foundation Program and (804) 828-3710 must maintain a 2.25 GPA to advance into program. Refer to the School of Business section of this bulletin for more information.

Financial Technology School of Business B.S. Students enter into the Business Foundation Program and (804) 828-3710 must maintain a 2.25 GPA to advance into program. Refer to the School of Business section of this bulletin for more information.

Foreign Languages College of Humanities and Sciences B.A. Refer to the College of Humanities and Sciences section for (French, German, Spanish) (804) 828-1673 information regarding curricula and placement examinations.

Forensic Science College of Humanities and Sciences B.S. Refer to the College of Humanities and Sciences section of (804) 828-8420 this bulletin for information regarding curricula and placement examinations.

Health, Physical Education School of Education B.S. Refer to the School of Education, Division of Health, Physical and Exercise Science (804) 828-1948 Education and Recreation, section of this bulletin for informa- (applied health science, tion concerning each concentration. clinical exercise science, community health education, teacher education)

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 359 Appendices

History College of Humanities and Sciences B.A. Refer to the College of Humanities and Sciences section of (804) 828-1673 this bulletin.

Human Resource School of Business B.S. Students enter into Business Foundation Program and must Management/Industrial (804) 828-3710 maintain a 2.5 GPA to advance into program. Refer to the Relations School of Business section of this bulletin for more information.

Information Systems School of Business B.S. Students enter into the Business Foundation Program and (client server, decision (804) 828-3710 must maintain a 2.75 GPA to advance into program. Refer support technologies, to the School of Business section of this bulletin for more information engineering, information. network management)

Interdisciplinary Studies College of Humanities and Sciences B.I.S. Students must submit a supplemental application to the (804) 828-1673 Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies Program for admission. Refer to the College of Humanities and Sciences section of this bulletin.

Interior Design School of the Arts B.F.A. Applicants are required to complete both the university and (804) 828-2787 the School of the Arts applications as well as submit a portfolio in 35mm slide format or hard copy. Refer to the School of the Arts section of this bulletin.

International Studies College of Humanities and Sciences B.A. Refer to the College of Humanities and Sciences section of (area studies or global studies) (804) 828-1673 this bulletin for additional information.

Marketing and Business School of Business B.S. Students enter into the Business Foundation Program and Law (804) 828-3710 must maintain a 2.25 GPA to advance into program. Refer to the School of Business section of this bulletin for more information.

Mass Communications School of Mass Communications B.S. Students must first complete the lower level of study with (advertising, journalism, (804) 828-2660 a 2.25 cumulative GPA before entering upper level of study. public relations) Refer to the College of Humanities and Sciences section of this bulletin for additional information.

Mathematics and Applied College of Humanities and Sciences B.S. Refer to the College of Humanities and Sciences section of Mathematics (804) 828-1673 this bulletin for additional information.

Music School of the Arts B.A. Applicants must complete both the Undergraduate Application (composition, performance, (804) 828-2787 B.M. and the School of the Arts Application as well as an audition. music education) Students also must complete a music competency exam and intervieW. for admission. Refer to the School of the Arts section of this bulletin or the art application for instructions about scheduling an audition.

Nursing School of Nursing B.S. Refer to the School of Nursing section of this bulletin for more (804) 828-5171 information.

360 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Appendices

Operations Research and College of Humanities and Sciences B.S. Refer to the College of Humanities and Sciences section of Statistical Sciences (804) 828-1673 this bulletin.

Painting and Printmaking School of the Arts B.F.A. Applicants must complete both the Undergraduate Application (804) 828-2787 and the School of the Arts Application as well as submit a portfolio in 35mm slide format Refer to the School of the Arts section of this bulletin or the art application for specific instructions.

Philosophy College of Humanities and Sciences B.A. Refer to the College of Humanities and Sciences section of (804) 828-1673 this bulletin.

Photography and Film School of the Arts B.F.A. Applicants must complete both the Undergraduate Application (804) 828-2787 and the School of the Arts Application as well as submit a portfolio in 35mm slide format. Refer to the School of the Arts section of this bulletin or the art application for specific instructions.

Physics College of Humanities and Sciences B.S. Refer to the College of Humanities and Sciences section of (804) 828-1673 this bulletin.

Political Science College of Humanities and Sciences B.S. Refer to the College of Humanities and Sciences section of (804) 828-1673 this bulletin.

Psychology College of Humanities and Sciences B.S. Students have the option of applying to the general psychol- (general or urban (804) 828-1673 ogy track or the urban psychology track. Students applying to psychology) the urban psychology track must complete an university application as well as an urban psychology application for admission. Contact the department or the College of Humanities and Sciences for specific requirements and application.

Real Estate and Urban School of Business B.S. Students enter into the Business Foundation Program and Land Development (804) 828-3710 must maintain a 2.25 GPA to advance into program. Refer to the School of Business section of this bulletin for more information.

Recreation, Parks and School of Education B.S. Refer to the School of Education section for information con- Sport Management (804) 828-1948 cerning each program track. (recreation and park management, therapeutic recreation, sport management)

Religious Studies College of Humanities and Sciences B.S. Refer to the College of Humanities and Sciences section for (804) 828-1673 additional information.

Science College of Humanities and Sciences B.S. Refer to the College of Humanities and Sciences section for (tracks in biology, chemistry, (804) 828-1673 additional information. environmental studies, general science, mathematical sciences, physics)

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 361 Appendices

Sculpture School of the Arts B.F.A. Applicants must complete both the Undergraduate Application (804) 828-2787 and the School of the Arts Application as well as submit a portfolio in 35mm slide format. Refer to the School of the Arts section of this bulletin or the art application for specific instructions.

Social Work School of Social Work B.S.W. Refer to the School of Social Work section of this bulletin for (804) 828-0703 additional information.

Sociology College of Humanities and Sciences B.S. Refer to the College of Humanities and Sciences section of (804) 828-1673 this bulletin for additional information.

Teacher Education School of Education Students wanting a career in teaching must choose an appro- (804) 828-3382 priate liberal arts and science major within the College of Humanities and Sciences. Refer to the Division of Teacher Education section of this bulletin for admission requirements into the teacher preparation program.

Theatre School of the Arts B.F.A. Applicants must complete both the Undergraduate Application (design/technical production, (804) 828-2787 and the School of the Arts Application as well as an audition stage management, perform- and/or interview. Refer to the School of the Arts section of ance, theatre education) this bulletin or the art application for specific instructions.

Undeclared College of Humanities and Sciences No degree Applicants may enter the university with an undeclared major (804) 828-1673 and with the help of an adviser, transfer into a degree program by their junior year. Refer to the College of Humanities and Sciences section of this bulletin for additional information.

Urban Studies and College of Humanities and Sciences B.S. Refer to the College of Humanities and Sciences section of Geography (804) 828-1673 this bulletin for additional information. (geography, urban studies, generalized study)

Women’s Studies College of Humanities and Sciences B.I.S. Refer to the Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies section of (804) 828-8420 this bulletin for additional information.

362 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

University Centers and Institutes

Through the direction of the mission of ter’s goal of focusing on the interplay trates its efforts in research, teaching and the university, VCU has implemented sev- between technology and contemporary training, and collaborating research efforts. eral university centers and institutes in environmental issues. Consisting of four major components effort to enhance research and educational (human genetics, immunology, inflamma- opportunities. University centers are inter- Center for Public Policy tory mediators and biostatistics), the center disciplinary and comprehensive programs serves as the research focus for periodontol- organizing collaboration in teaching, The Center for Public Policy was estab- ogy at VCU. research, service, and clinical and other lished on July 1, 1994 as an initiative of A Strategic Plan for the Future of Virginia training functions. These centers have sig- Center for the Study of Biological nificant external funding as well as a broad- Commonwealth University with the goal of based faculty involvement. All centers focusing the university’s multidisciplinary Complexity direct their efforts in meeting the overall efforts in public policy. As a comprehen- The Center for the Study of Biological mission of the university. University insti- sive, university-wide center, the CPP has Complexity (CSBC) is a major focus of tutes also meet the general University responsibilities in each area of the univer- research and scholarly activity in VCU Life Mission, involve a broad base of faculty, sity’s broader missions: teaching, research, Sciences. The mission of the CSBC is to and earn a significant portion of funding and public service. build an interdisciplinary academic commu- from external sources. These institutes, The center houses and administers the nity centered on integrative discovery sci- however, are multidisciplinary, heavily newly established Ph.D. program in public ence, systems biology and the principles of research-oriented and linked to the policy and administration; as well as, con- complexity to address the challenges of the Virginia Biotechnology Research Park. ducts basic and applied research on a num- life sciences revolution of the 21st century. ber of public policy matters, with special CSBC faculty, fellows and students apply the attention to health policy, urban and met- mathematical and computational principles University centers ropolitan development, state and local gov- of complexity to research, instruction and ernment, and politics. The newly devel- other scholarly activity in the life sciences. Center for Environmental Studies oped program is designed to prepare stu- The overall goal of the CSBC is to glob- dents for roles concentrating in govern- ally elucidate and understand the functional The Center for Environmental Studies was ment, universities, research organizations, roles of molecular interactions that vary established in 1993 with the goal of creating and other settings. The Survey and both temporally and spatially in cells, tissues, an academic focus for the growing number of Evaluation Research Laboratory also con- organs and organisms. The research model is multidisciplinary initiatives in environmental tributes to the research and evaluation for one in which scientists historically separated studies at VCU. The center’s objectives com- the government, public and private non- by disciplinary boundaries work in close col- plement the broader University Mission in profit agencies, the mass media, and VCU’s laboration to advance the integrative discov- teaching, research, and service by providing faculty and administration. In addition, the ery biology and systems biosciences which access to the full scope of technical, instruc- center engages in significant service have emerged as a consequence of the recent tional, and supporting resources that are through its training programs, conferences, rapid advances in genomics, proteomics, offered by a large research university. These publications, and other contributions to pharmacogenomics and bioinformatics. resources range from one of the state’s three public discourse. The CSBC promotes its mission by: 1) major research libraries to a geographic infor- the development of faculty resources that mation system (GIS) laboratory and exten- support its mission through strategic partner- sive computing facilities. Clinical Research Center for Periodontal Diseases ships with other academic units; 2) However, the most important assets to enhancement of VCU’s capacity to perform CES are its faculty and staff. In each of The Clinical Research Center for genomic, proteomic, pharmacogenomic and their respective fields, these researchers and Periodontal Diseases was established in bioinformatic research through investment educators are recognized experts, contribut- 1978 and is supported by the National in the personnel and infrastructure in key ing a collective network of knowledge to Institute of Health. The National Institute core service labs including the Nucleic the center’s interdisciplinary programs. of Dental and Craniofacial Research pro- Acids Research Facilities, the Mass These programs include ecological science vides funding to the center to support clini- Spectrometry Resource for Biocomplexity, research, environmental health assessment, cal investigation into the etiology and the Pharmacogenomics and Structural environmental policy ecological risk assess- pathogenesis of human periodontal dis- Biology Core, and the Bioinformatics ment, and the development and applica- eases, with emphasis on genetic and Computational Core Laboratories; 3) devel- tion of emerging environmental technolo- immunologic risk factors. opment and support of interdisciplinary gies. In all of these areas, it is the faculty, Serving as a link between basic research instructional programs such as the proposed staff, and students that emphasize the cen- and clinical practice, the center concen- B.S.-M.S. in Bioinformatics, the Ph.D. in

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 363 Appendices

Integrative Life Sciences, and the the latest in new device technology. conservation, restoration, and public policy of Bioinformatics and Bioengineering Summer Because of the excellence in patent care large river ecosystems. The Rice property Institute for upper level undergraduates; 4) and research, the center is highly regarded serves as an outdoor, living laboratory for VCU extending beyond VCU’s boundaries with by U.S. and international physicians for students and faculty, as well as K-12 students an active program of internationally specialized cardiovascular training. The cen- and teachers and other public groups, to con- respected external fellows. ter is recognized for excellence in care, opti- duct hands-on research in learning in areas of For more about the CSBC and its mal outcomes, high patient satisfaction and ecology, environmental sciences and natural programs, refer to its Web site at cost efficiency. Clinical sites include the resources management. By linking the Rice http://www.vcu.edu/csbc. MCV Campus, Stony Point and major out- Center to the considerable computational and reach programs. Physician referral is avail- information technology assets of the Center for Center for Teaching Excellence able at (800) 726-6161 and other questions Environmental Studies and the Center for the In August of 1999, the Center for can be directed to (804) MCV-HEART. Study of Biological Complexity, the Rice Teaching Excellence was established to pro- Center will participate in defining and devel- mote and encourage a culture of excellence HIV/AIDS Center oping the new field of ecoinformatics — the in teaching at Virginia Commonwealth study of biological complexity across broad University. It’s mission — benefiting faculty The HIV/AIDS Center of VCU coordi- spatial and organizational scales. (full time, part-time and adjunct), adminis- nates all HIV/AIDS related activities Additional information about the Rice trators and graduate assistants in each of within the university and is responsible for Center is available at http://www.vcu.edu the university’s 10 schools and the college developing increased collaborative efforts /lifesci. — is carried out through both basic and related to HIV/AIDS between the university and the community. The center was advanced information about the teaching/ Liver Center learning process through group workshops, created in 1993 as part of the strategic plan self-study materials and individual consulta- for the university and is administered The Liver Center, currently in the tions. The center is dedicated to be respon- through the Office of the Vice President for process of development, has been created to sive to faculty and student concerns and Health Sciences of VCU. Its mission is to unify the programs in clinical hepatology, will evolve and change over time to accom- improve the health and social condition of liver transplantation and basic science modate those concerns. persons with the HIV infection and to pre- research of hepatic cell biology and meta- The following examples demonstrate the vent its spread through the means of educa- bolic function. In collaboration with these center’s commitment to university teaching tion, research, and service. clinical and basic science departments of excellence: As an extension of the AIDS Program of Virginia Commonwealth University, the • supplying faculty with the resources to VCU established in 1986, the center offers center proposes to provide specialized care achieve excellence in the classroom multifaceted and interrelated programs to children and adults with all types of liver • developing the teaching skills of both composed of a rapidly expanding clinical and biliary tract diseases and to develop faculty and graduate assistants program, a multidisciplinary program, HIV new clinical and basic research programs to • promoting the application of technol- antibody testing and counseling site, basic complement these clinical care activities. ogy in the classroom and clinical research programs, and signifi- Their aim is to combine the efforts of a • publicizing both successful faculty and cant involvement in policy development. number of research laboratories and employ their quest for excellence In addition, the center has a history of col- a wide variety of analytical, physiological, • providing the university with a rich laboration with community-based AIDS biochemical and molecular techniques in a and varied resource base for teaching Service Organizations, other care providers, single geographic location. For more information on the center, visit and educators and researchers throughout Under government, corporation and the Web at http://www.vcu.edu/cte. the Richmond area, the state and the foundation grants, various clinical investi- nation. gators, clinicians, and basic scientists will collaborate their ideas and expertise to pro- Heart Center Inger and Walter Rice Center for mote teaching and education of physicians, The Heart Center at VCU’s Medical graduate and post-graduate students, and College of Virginia Campus is internation- Environmental Life Sciences the community at large on the importance ally recognized as a leader in cardiac and In October 2000, VCU President Eugene P. of prevention and therapy of liver disease. vascular services, innovation and teaching. Trani announced a major gift from Mrs. Inger Their efforts also will be applied in further Focusing on superior quality, the center V. Rice. This generous donation included 343 educating physicians in the Richmond and combines individualized, personal care with acres of land and a 70-acre lake on the north- surrounding areas. the latest innovative technical and pharma- ern bank of the James River, southeast of cologic advances. Specialized services Richmond between Berkeley and Shirley Massey Cancer Center include electrophysiology, coronary inter- Plantations. Located on the country’s most his- vention, heart failure and transplantation toric river, the James, the Inger and Walter The Massey Cancer Center is the as well as the latest in cardiovascular diag- Rice Center for Environmental Life Sciences National Cancer Institute designated cen- nosis and imaging. In addition to patient will be a nationally recognized living laboratory ter at Virginia Commonwealth University. care, research activities include genetic for VCU Life Sciences. The Virginia Rivers The center was established by the VCU approaches to heart muscle protection, bet- Initiative, headquartered at the Rice Center, Board of Visitors in 1972 as a result of the ter understanding of the cellular causes of will establish VCU as a leading academic insti- National Cancer Act. rhythm disturbances as well as evaluating tution for research and scholarship in ecology,

364 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Appendices

Serving VCU as the focal point of cancer semiconductor growth, substrate character- funding provided by federal and private research, education and health care delivery ization, thin film device fabrication, quan- sources. The institute also provides ample activities, MCC’s programs encompass all tum devices and piezoelectric strain educational opportunities for a variety of schools on the MCV Campus as well as sev- effects. The Silicon Microfabrication Lab disciplines through seminars, workshops, eral departments on the Academic Campus. focuses on education, research and devel- classes and clinical studies. Nationally and internationally recognized sci- opment of integrated circuits, micro-elec- entists focus their study on the causes, pre- tro-mechanical systems and nanostructures. Institute for Structural Biology and vention and treatment of cancer. Their discoveries serve as the basis of multiple clinical Drug Discovery trials including design of new anti-cancer University institutes Established in May 1997, the Institute for drugs, testing of novel anti-cancer agents, Structural Biology and Drug Discovery serves development of immunotherapy and gene Institute for Drug and Alcohol as a link between two distinct disciplines, therapy approaches to cancer treatment, Studies structural biology and drug design, to create and the analysis of the composition of normal one medicinal field. This field facilitates new, and malignant cells using gene micro-array The Institute for Drug and Alcohol innovative research and scholarship in this technology. Studies was formed in 1993 to promote collaborative discipline. Community service and education are high excellence in research and eduction in sub- Through multidisciplinary efforts among its priorities for the Massey Cancer Center. stance abuse. The institute is comprised of faculty and clinicians, the institute combines Several programs and services provide assis- over 35 faculty from six different depart- structural molecular biology and medicinal tance and education to the community. These ments encompassing both VCU campuses. chemistry to develop an educational compo- programs include the center’s specialized outpa- It promotes a multidisciplinary approach to nent that prepares postdoctoral fellows and tient clinics at VCU Health System’s MCV addressing the complex problems of drug graduate students for the emerging area of Hospitals, the Rural Cancer Outreach and alcohol abuse. Institute faculty have structural molecular biology by moving Program, MCC’s Cancer Rehabilitation and active research programs on problems of beyond traditional disciplinary constraints. Continuing Care Program, the National abuse of tobacco, heroin, cocaine and other Cancer Institute funded Cancer Information stimulants, hallucinogens, inhalants, Service, and the Linen-Powell Patient-Family cannabis and alcohol. These research stud- Institute for Women’s Health Resource Library. ies encompass such areas as medicinal The VCU Institute for Women’s Health For more information about the Massey chemistry, molecular biology, pharmacol- was established by the VCU Board of Visitors Cancer Center and its programs, refer to its ogy, behavioral sciences, and community- in May 1999. The mission of the institute is to Web site at http://www.vcu.edu/mcc. based treatment and prevention research. improve the health of women through health VCU is among the leading universities in education, research, clinical care and leader- the world in attracting research support for ship development, and to bring these diverse Harold F. Young Neurosurgical studies of this problem and has many activities under a single umbrella, create syn- Center acknowledged experts in the area. This ergy within VCU and foster coordinated VCU’s Harold F. Young Neurosurgical active research program benefits greatly the alliances with the greater community. Center is a nationally recognized center educational mission of the university as Its goals are to support the development having expertise in clinical research and well. There are many undergraduate and and implementation of state-of-the-art inter- education as well as offering patients expert graduate degree and certificate programs disciplinary clinical-services models for treatment for neurological and neurobehav- that include substance abuse training. VCU women’s health care; to develop and expand ioral disorders. Offering the only compre- also is a leader in training the next genera- educational programs and resources related to hensive faculty in metropolitan Richmond, tion of addiction scientists in many fields. women’s health; to facilitate and expand the center is able to meet its mission of Institute faculty are also active in continu- women’s health research; and to improve the high quality patient care, education and ing education to bring the latest advances health of all women, including a special focus research through its unique ability to estab- in research to community-based treatment on the health needs of underserved women lish and maintain a clinical, investigative and prevention professionals in Virginia and women of color. In addition, the Institute and training environment for residents and and throughout the nation. serves as a coordinating body for all women’s graduate studies in a core curriculum for health activities at VCU. neurosciences. The center also serves as a Institute for Psychiatric and For more information, visit the VCU Web coalition of individuals and programs that site: http://www.womenshealth.vcu.edu. offer state of the art technologies and Behavioral Genetics expertise to physicians and patients The Virginia Institute for Psychiatric and Philips Institute for Oral and throughout the surrounding committess. Behavioral Genetics was established in 1996 to facilitate the development of a Craniofacial Molecular Biology multidisciplinary, integrated research pro- The mission of the Philips Institute for Virginia Microelectronics Center gram in the genetic epidemiology of psychi- Oral and Craniofacial Molecular Biology is The Virginia Microelectronics Center, a atric illness, drug abuse and human behav- to serve the university and the common- commonwealth resource located in the ior and development. The institute offers wealth of Virginia as a center of educa- School of Engineering, has the Microelec- collaborative support to a variety of VCU tional and research excellence focused on tronic Materials & Device Laboratory departments and programs as well as other infectious, neoplastic and genetic diseases (MMDL) which focuses on wideband gap universities and federal agencies through of the oral cavity, head and neck.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 365 Appendices VCU Academic Calendar 2003-04 Some school and/or departmental calendars may differ from the university’s academic calendar. Please check with the specific program of study to ensure the appropriate calendar is followed. August 2003 September 2003 October 2003 November 2003 December 2003 SMTWT F S SMTWT F S SMTWT F S SMTWT F S SMTWT F S 12 123456 1234 1 123456 3456789 7 8 9 10111213 567891011 2345678 7 8 9 10111213 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 9 101112131415 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 28 29 30 26 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 28 29 30 31 31 30 14-18 1 16-17 27-30 5 Advising and registration for University closed Reading days – Academic University closed – evening Final date for graduate dean’s new undergraduate students – Campus classes (classes beginning at approval signature on completion Academic Campus TBA 4 p.m. or later) do not meet on of graduate thesis/dissertation Faculty Convocation 20-24 Nov 26 for December degree candidates 16 Advising for spring semester – (check with graduate program Official date for certifying August 5 Academic Campus director regarding internal diplomas Deadline for students to provide schedules for submission of copy, advance written notification to Students should follow departmental schedule – defense and school/college dean 18 instructors of intent to observe approval) Registration for new graduate religious holidays* MCV Campus and new certificate students – 6 Academic Campus 19 27 Spring semester advance Last day of classes for fall Last day for fall degree semester – both campuses 18-20 candidates to submit graduation registration begins for all Orientation for new freshman, applications to their advisers for students 8-12 transfer and re-admitted students December degrees – Academic Final examinations for fall – Academic Campus Campus 29 Last day to withdraw from a semester – MCV Campus Orientation and registration – Fall degree candidates should course with a mark of “W” – both 8-13 MCV Campus follow departmental deadlines – campuses (except for courses not Final examinations for fall MCV Campus scheduled for the full semester) 19 semester – evening classes Registration for continuing 19 8-16 students – Academic Campus Last day for undergraduate Final examinations for fall students to submit work for semester – Academic Campus 21 removal of incomplete grades Fall classes begin from spring semester or summer 13 21-27 sessions – Academic Campus December Commencement Add/drop and late registration 20 27 Official date for certifying Deadline for dean/departmental December diplomas offices to submit all approved 20-Jan 4 undergraduate change of major University closed requests effective for the fall 2003 semester 29 Holiday intersession classes begin 31 Deadline for students to provide advance written notification to instructors of intent to observe religious holidays – holiday Please refer to the Web at intersession* http://www.vcu.edu/academiccalendars for the summer 2004 Academic Calendar.

University calendars are accurate at the time of publication/posting, but subject to change.

* Reasonable accommodations for completion of work missed should be made for students observing religious holidays. A partial list of major religious holidays is provided on the Web: http://www.vcu.edu/hr/communications/major%20holidays3.htm.

366 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Appendices VCU Academic Calendar 2003-04 Some school and/or departmental calendars may differ from the university’s academic calendar. Please check with the specific program of study to ensure the appropriate calendar is followed. January 2004 February 2004 March 2004 April 2004 May 2004 SMTWT F S SMTWT F S SMTWT F S SMTWT F S SMTWT F S 123 1234567 123456 123 1 45678910 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 7 8 9 10111213 45678910 2345678 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 9 101112131415 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 29 28 29 30 31 25 26 27 28 29 30 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1-4 18 14-21 5 4 University offices closed Last day for undergraduate Spring break for both campuses Fall semester advance Final date for graduate dean’s students to submit work for registration begins approval signature on completion 10 removal of incomplete grades for 22 of graduate thesis/dissertation Holiday intersession classes end fall semester – Academic Summer advance registration for May degree candidates (check Campus begins with graduate program director 13-15 regarding internal schedules for Advising, registration and 26 submission of copy, defense and orientation for new Last day to withdraW. from a school/college dean approval) undergraduate students – course with a mark of “W” – both Academic Campus campuses (except for courses not 4 scheduled for the full semester) Classes end for spring semester 15 – Academic Campus; evening Registration for new graduate 29-Apr 2 classes continue through May 8 and new certificate students – Advising for fall semester – Academic Campus Academic Campus 5 16 Students should follow Reading day – Academic Campus Registration for continuing departmental schedule – 7 students – Academic Campus MCV Campus Last day of classes for spring 19 semester – MCV Campus University closed† 6-14 Final examinations for spring 20 semester – Academic Campus Spring classes begin 10-14 20-23 Final examinations for spring Add/drop and late registration for semester – MCV Campus all students 10-15 23 Final examinations for spring Deadline for dean/departmental semester – evening classes offices to submit all approved undergraduate change of major 22 requests for the spring 2004 May Commencement semester 30 Summer Session Last day for spring degree candidates to submit graduation 24-Aug 13 applications to their advisers for Summer 2004 session May degrees – Academic Campus Spring degree candidates should follow departmental deadlines – Please refer to the Web at MCV Campus http://www.vcu.edu/academiccalendars 30 for the summer 2004 Academic Calendar. Deadline for students to provide advance written notification to University calendars are accurate at the time of instructors of intent to observe publication/posting, but subject to change. religious holidays* * Reasonable accommodations for completion of work missed should be made for students observing religious holidays. A partial list of major religious holidays is provided on the Web: http://www.vcu.edu/hr/communications/major%20holidays3.htm. † Subject to approval

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 367 Virginia Commonwealth University VCU Campus Maps Academic Campus

Academic Campus 1 (J-13) 100 W. Franklin St. 2 (D-8) 1000 W. Franklin St. 3 (E-6) 1205-1207 W. Broad St. 4 (A-13) 1312 W. Main St. 5 (A-13) 1314 W. Main St. 6 (A-12) 1315 Floyd Ave. 7 (F-9) 310 N. Shafer St. 8 (E-15) 6 S. Cherry St. 9 (A-4) 612-620 N. Lombardy St. 10 (B-13) 6-8 N. Harrison St. 11 (I-9) 906 W. Broad St. 12 (E-9) 916 W. Franklin St.(Rear) 13 (D-10) Anderson Gallery, 907 1/2 W. Franklin St. 14 (D-9) Anderson House, 913 W. Franklin St. 15 (G-7) Arts, School of, 1000 W. Broad St. 16 (F-10) Bird House, 820 W. Franklin St. 17 (F-10) Blanton House, 826-828 W. Franklin St. 18 (D-9) Bocock House, 909 W. Franklin St. 19 (F-7) Bookstore, 1111 W. Broad St. 20 (D-9) Bowe House, 917 W. Franklin St. 21 (J-9) Broad and Belvidere Student Apartments (under construction), 600 W. Broad St. 22 (D-9) Buford House, 922 W. Franklin St. 23 (C-13) Business School Auditorium, 1015 Floyd Ave. 24 (C-13) Business, School of, 1015 Floyd Ave. 25 (D-12) Cabell Library, James Branch, 901 Park Ave. 26 (C-16) Cary Street Field 27 (B-16) Cary Street Field Support Facility, 1011 W. Cary St. 28 (D-16) Cary Street Gym Annex, 917 Green Alley 29 (D-16) Cary Street Gym, 911 W. Cary St. 30 (B-12) Child Care Center, VCU, 1128 Floyd Ave. 31 (A-12) Dance Center, 10 N. Brunswick St. 32 (C-12) Education Annex, 109 N. Harrison St. 33 (H-15) Engineering, School of/Virginia Microelectronics Center, 601 W. Main St. 34 (H-10) Facilities and Financial Services Bldg., 700 W. Grace St. 35 (I-15) Finance Building, 327 W. Main St. 36 (E-10) Founder’s Hall, 827 W. Franklin St. 37 (F-11) Franklin Street Gymnasium, 817 W. Franklin St. 38 (F-10) Franklin Terrace, 812-814 W. Franklin St. 39 (E-10) Ginter House, 901 W. Franklin St. 40 (G-15) Gladding Residence Center, 711 W. Main St. 41 (F-8) Grace Street Theater, 930-934 W. Grace St. 42 (F-10) Harrison House, 816 W. Franklin St. 43 (E-11) Hibbs Building, 900 Park Ave. 44 (G-10) Hunton House, 810 W. Franklin St. 45 (E-8) Internal Audit, 944 W. Grace St. 46 (G-11) Johnson Hall, 801 W. Franklin St. 47 (D-9) Kearney House, 921 W. Franklin St. 48 (F-9) Lafayette Hall, 312 N. Shafer St. 49 (I-12) Lindsey House, 600 W. Franklin St. 50 (E-9) McAdams House, 914 W. Franklin St. 51 (C-12) Meeting Center, 101 N. Harrison St. 52 (C-8) Meredith House, 1014 W. Franklin St. 53 (E-9) Millhiser House, 916 W. Franklin St. 54 (C-11) Moseley House, 1001 Grove Ave. 55 (C-11) Music Center, 1015 Grove Ave. 56 (C-15) Oliver Hall – Education Wing, 1015 W. Main St. 70 (E-11) Shafer Street Playhouse, 221 N. Shafer St. 83 (C-15) Trani Center for Life Sciences, 57 (C-14) Oliver Hall – Physical Science Wing, 1001 W. Main St. 71 (E-5) Siegel Center, Stuart C., 1200 W. Broad St. Eugene P. and Lois E., 1000 W. Cary St. 58 (E-15) Parking, Academic Deck, 801 W. Main St. 72 (E-13) Sitterding House, 901 Floyd Ave. 84 (E-13) University Student Commons, 907 Floyd Ave. 59 (C-4) Parking, Bowe Street Deck, 609 Bowe St. 73 (C-12) Social Work, School of, 102-106 N. Linden St. 85 (E-9) Valentine House, 920 W. Franklin St. 60 (A-16) Parking, Cary and Harrison (under construction) 74 (B-5) Sports Backers Stadium, 100 Ave. of Champions 86 (F-8) VCU Police, 938-940 W. Grace St. 61 (F-7) Parking, W. Broad St. Deck, 1111 W. Broad St. 75 (C-5) Sports Medicine Center, 1300 W. Broad St. 87 (D-10) W.E. Singleton Center for the Performing Arts, 62 (D-10) Pollak Building, 325 N. Harrison St. 76 (E-9) Stagg House, 912 W. Franklin St. 922 Park Ave. 63 (E-9) President's House, 910 W. Franklin St. 77 (D-9) Stark House, 915 W. Franklin St. 88 (F-7) Welcome Center, 1111 W. Broad St. 64 (C-9) Raleigh Building, 1001 W. Franklin St. 78 (E-9) Stokes House, 918 W. Franklin St. 89 (F-7) West Broad Street Student Apartments, 65 (H-11) Rhoads Hall, 710 W. Franklin St. 79 (F-9) Survey Evaluation Research Laboratory, 1100 W. Broad St. 66 (F-11) Ritter-Hickok House, 821 W. Franklin St. 912 W. Grace St. 90 (H-10) West Grace Street Student Housing, 701 W. Grace St. 67 (D-9) Robertson Alumni House, Richard T., 924 W. Franklin St. 80 (D-14) Temple Building, T. Edward, 901 W. Main Steet 91 (G-10) White House, 806 W. Franklin St. 68 (C-9) Scherer Hall, 923 W. Franklin St. 81 (D-15) Thalhimer Tennis Center, 920 W. Cary St. 92 (G-11) Williams House, 800 W. Franklin St. 69 (E-11) Shafer Court Dining Center (under construction), 82 (G-10) Thurston House, 808 W. Franklin St. 93 (D-9) Younger House, 919 W. Franklin St. 810 Cathedral Place

368 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Appendices VCU Campus Maps MCV Campus and the Virginia Biotechnology Research Park

MCV Campus 1 (P-10) 900 E. Main St. 2 (S-10) Adcenter, 1313 E. Main St. 3 (Q-7) Alumni House, MCV, 1016 E. Clay St. 4 (R-7) Ambulatory Care Center, 417 N. 11th St. 5 (P-5) Bear Hall, 600 N. 10th St. 6 (T-9) Beers-Newton House, College and Broad streets 7 (Q-5) Bookstore, MCV Campus, 601 N. 10th St. 8 (O-5) Cabaniss Hall, 615 N. 8th St. 9 (Q-5) Child Care Center, MCV Hospital, 607 N. 10th St. 10 (T-7) Clinical Support Center, 403 N. 13th St. 11 (T-9) Egyptian Building, 1223 E. Marshall St. 12 (R-8) Gateway Building, 1200 E. Marshall St. 13 (S-9) George Ben Johnston Auditorium, 1200 E. Broad St. 14 (Q-7) Grant House, William H., 1008 E. Clay St. 15 (M-8) Hospital Hospitality House, 610-612 E. Marshall St. 16 (R-9) Hunton Hall, 323 N. 12th St. 17 (P-4) Larrick Center, 641 N. 8th St. 18 (Q-7) Leigh House, 1000 E. Clay St. 19 (R-6) Lyons Dental Building, 520 N. 12th St. 20 (S-8) Main Hospital, 1250 E. Marshall St. 21 (T-9) Massey Cancer Center Addition (under construction) 22 (T-8) Massey Cancer Center, 401 College St. 23 (R-7) McGuire Hall and Annex, 1112 E. Clay St. 24 (P-5) McRae Hall, 600 N. 10th St. 25 (U-3) MCV Campus Steam Plan 26 (S-8) Medical Sciences Building, 1217 E. Marshall St. 27 (R-8) Nelson Clinic, 401-409 N. 11th St. 28 (T-8) North Hospital, 1300 E. Marshall St. 29 (S-9) Nursing Education Building, 1220 E. Broad St. 30 (Q-10) Old City Hall, 1001-1007 E. Broad St. 31 (T-7) Parking, “D” Deck, Faculty/Staff, 515 N. 13th St. 42 (R-9) Sanger Hall, 1101 E. Marshall St. Virginia Biotechnology Research Park 32 (S-7) Parking, “E” and “S” Deck, Faculty/Staff, 43 (R-8) Smith Building, Robert Blackwell, I (O-5) Biotech Center, 800 E. Leigh St. 12th and Leigh streets 410 N. 12th St. (O-5) Biotech One, 800 E. Leigh St. 33 (M-1) Parking, “I” Lot, 7th St. at I-95 Interchange 44 (S-6) Strauss Research Lab, 527 N. 12th St. II (K-4) Biotech Two, 400 E. Jackson St. 34 (Q-5) Parking, “N” Deck, Patient-Vistor, 45 (Q-9) The VCUHS Children's Pavilion, III (L-4) Biotech Three, 701 N. 5th St. 615 N. 10th St. 1001 E. Marshall St. IV (L-3) Biotech Four, 737 N. 5th St. 35 (O-4) Physical Plant Shops Bldg., 659 N. Eighth St. 46 (S-7) Tompkins-McCaw Library, 509 N. 12th St. V (L-4) Biotech Five , 700 Old Navy Drive 36 (S-3) Physical Plant Storage Facilities, 47 (Q-8) Virginia Mechanics Institute, VI (K-5) Biotech Six (under construction) 1400 N. 17th St. 1000 E. Marshall St. VII (K-4) Biotech Seven (under construction) 37 (Q-8) Putney House, Samuel, 1010 E. Marshall St. 48 (Q-6) Virginia Treatment Center, 515 N. 10th St. 38 (Q-8) Putney House, Stephen, 1012 E. Marshall St. 49 (P-5) Warner Hall, 600 N. 10th St. 39 (T-9) Randolph Minor Hall, 301 College St. 50 (S-9) West Hospital, 1200 E. Broad St. 40 (P-4) Recreation and Aquatic Center, 51 (S-9) Williams Clinic, A.D., 1202 E. Marshall St. 10th and Turpin streets 52 (R-6) Wood Memorial Building, 521 N. 11th St. 41 (P-5) Rudd Hall, 600 N. 10th St. 53 (Q-8) Zeigler House, 1006-1008 E. Marshall St.

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 369 Appendices

370 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

Index of Faculty

Atkinson, Gary M...... 280 Beiring, Diane ...... 301 Bostic, Alexander ...... 177 A Aubuchon, Steven R...... 277 Belgrave, Faye Z...... 131 Boudinot, F. Douglas ...... 291, 346

Abay-Asmerom, Ghidewon ...... 122 Auerbach, Alexander J...... 118 Bell, Carmen ...... 319 Bowers, Veronique ...... 323

Abell, Melissa L...... 307 Auerbach, Stephen M...... 131 Belloni, Frank P...... 57 Bowlin, Gary Lee ...... 274

Abraham, Isaac ...... 301 Austin, Terry L...... 193 Bendersky, Joseph W...... 118 Bowman, John H...... 217

Accordino, John J...... 56 Aziz, Jihad ...... 324 Bennett, Amber ...... 138 Boykin, James H...... 218

Ackley, R. Jon ...... 221 Bentley, Kia J...... 307 Boyle, Anne H...... 300

Adeyemi, Cheryl H...... 251 Berglund, John F ...... 122, 333 Boyle, Joseph R...... 251 B Aiken, Peter H...... 220 Berry, Boyd M...... 107 Boze, Cathy M...... 300

Aimee, Radford ...... 301 Babb, Jeffry S...... 220 Berry, Paige E...... 162 Branch, Stacy ...... 251

Akridge, Kathleen ...... 300 Backus, Annette ...... 301 Berry, Sam G...... 218 Brannon, Marshall ...... 251

Al’Majid, Sadeeka ...... 300 Bae, Benjamin B...... 216 Berry-Edwards, Janice ...... 307 Bremer, David M...... 201

Albanese, Jay S...... 56 Bailey, James ...... 258 Beverly, David P...... 308 Bressler, Joy G...... 324

Alder, Nora ...... 251 Bailey, Kent G...... 132 Bevilaqua, William Otto ...... 178 Briceland, Alan V...... 118

Allen, Kenneth ...... 157 Baker, Kathy ...... 300 Bick, Donald A...... 193 Brigle, Kevin ...... 300

Alligood, Stephanie G. Metzger ...... 301 Bampton, Betsy A...... 301 Bigelow, Alden G...... 118 Brilliant, Susan S...... 285

Allison, Kevin Wendell ...... 131 Bandyopadhyay, Supriyo ...... 280 Biggerstaff, Marilyn A...... 307 Brinegar, John ...... 107

Allocca, Paula N...... 301 Banks, Manley Elliott ...... 57 Bilyeu, Francile ...... 193 Brinegar, Lelia E...... 6, 328

Altman, Janice H...... 324 Baranoff, Etti ...... 218 Bilyeu, Landon A...... 193 Brittain, Mary ...... 251

Amankaa, Linda ...... 300 Barber, Alice ...... 308 Bishop, Marilyn F...... 129 Brock, Deborah M...... 56

Ameen, David ...... 129 Barker, Randolph T...... 221 Blake Jr., William E...... 118 Brodd, Donna R...... 344

Ames IV, James E...... 285, 301 Barnes-McLain, Noreen ...... 205 Blank, Allan ...... 194 Bromley, David G...... 138

Anand, Bella ...... 318 Barrell, Lorna K. M...... 301 Blanks, Edwin E...... 220, 344 Brooks, Christopher A...... 91, 193

Anderson, D. Craig ...... 324 Baski, Alison A...... 129 Bleick, Charles F...... 171 Brooks, Michael P ...... 57

Anderson, John E...... 97 Baskind, Frank R...... 307, 346 Blem, Charles R...... 97 Browder, Laura ...... 107

Anderson, Kathleen M...... 300 Bass, R. Gerald ...... 103 Blem, Leann B...... 97, 148, 149 Brown, Bonnie L...... 97

Anderson, Melinda ...... 320 Bassard, Katherine C...... 107 Bobbitt, Katherine C...... 301 Brown, Darrell R...... 222

Andrews, Robert L...... 221 Bateman, Irma B...... 97, 146, 148 Bolduan, Ruth ...... 199 Brown, Henrietta ...... 320

Apgar, Nickolas ...... 178 Batty, L. Wayne ...... 193 Boling, Susan Ivie ...... 326 Brown, R. McKenna ...... 72

Armour, Robert A...... 108 Bauer, David F...... 142 Bond, Dale S...... 244 Brownell, Charles ...... 173

Armstrong, Amy J...... 162 Beale, Andrew V...... 257 Bonds, Maurice ...... 173 Brownstein, Marshall P...... 235

Arnold, Brent L...... 244 Beall, Larry G...... 218 Booker, Carolyn ...... 235, 345 Broyles, Jacqueline G...... 301

Arnold, Edmund C...... 68 Beals, Ruth A...... 211 Boraks, Nancy ...... 251 Bryan, John T...... 165, 345

Aroche, Alicia K...... 323 Beasley, Nancy A...... 318 Borden, George L...... 244 Bryant, Nita ...... 138

Aspaas, Helen Ruth ...... 57 Beck, William J...... 72 Borgard, John H...... 45, 344 Bryant, Shirley A...... 307

Astin, Elizabeth W...... 301 Beckett, Joyce O...... 307 Bost, William ...... 258 Bryson, Noel ...... 220

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2002-03 371 Index of Faculty

Buck, Gregory A...... 41 Christenbury, Leila ...... 251 Crawford, Edward R...... 97 DeMao, John ...... 178

Bullock, Sharon K...... 97, 146 Christian, Clarice ...... 251 Crawley, Charlene D...... 103, 146 Deveney, James K ...... 122 DeWitt, Suellen ...... 300 Bumgardner, James A...... 199 Chumley, Timothy H...... 67 Cregger, Barton B...... 267, 345 Dhillon, Gurpreet S ...... 220 Burke, Roderick ...... 326 Clark, Jean E...... 335 Creighton-Zollar, Ann A...... 91, 138 Diana, Lewis ...... 139 Burkheimer, Karl ...... 211 Clark III, Ralph R...... 346 Cromey, Robert D...... 118 Diaz, Coral ...... 236 Burkholtz-Welch, Valerie ...... 301 Clarke, Bernadine A...... 301 Crosson, Denise ...... 301 Diehl, Tom ...... 326 Burnside, Chris ...... 186 Clarke, Margaret ...... 301 Croteau, David R...... 138 Dilworth, Robert L...... 257 Burton, David E...... 171 Clayton, Lisa ...... 211 Crowder, Dorothy S...... 301 Dintiman, George ...... 244 Buster, Kendall ...... 204 Clement, Dolores G...... 151, 344 Crowe, Ann G...... 173 Docef, Alen ...... 280 Byles, Charles M...... 221 Clifton, Robert L...... 319-320 Crummette, Beauty D...... 301 Dommisse, Durwood C...... 178 Byrd, Donna G...... 221 Coffman, Edward N...... 216 Crutchfield, George Thomas ...... 68 Donato, Gerald M...... 199 Byrd, Mason L...... 57, 115 Coleman, Christopher ...... 301 Cummins, Patricia W...... 72 Donnell, Cynthia S...... 193 Coleman, Denise ...... 300 Curtis, Martha ...... 186 Donohue, Thomas R...... 67 Coleman, Earle J...... 126 Cutchin, Diane Gay ...... 325 C Donovan, Gregory E...... 107 Coleman, Valerie ...... 301 Cutler, Carol ...... 301 Downs, David H...... 218 Cameron, Timothy M...... 283 Colley, J. David ...... 178 Drain, Cecil B...... 151, 344 Campbell, B. Jewett ...... 199 Collins, Judith B...... 301 D Drake, W. Avon ...... 57 Campbell, Julie ...... 301 Comba, Gretchen C...... 107 Drought, Michael H. . . . .165, 170, 199, 345 Canavos, George C...... 221 Condit, Deirdre M...... 57, 146 Dahlke, H. Otto ...... 308 Dubofsky, David A...... 218 Carden, Karen R...... 327 Condrey, Jennifer C...... 301 Dalby, Jan ...... 301 Duke, Elizabeth A...... 108 Cargo, Russell A...... 56 Cone, Sharon A...... 301 Dalton, Amy H...... 218 Duke, J. Maurice ...... 108 Carlyon, Richard N...... 178 Conroy, Shelley F...... 301 Dance, Daryl C...... 108 Duncan, Jack ...... 258 Carpenter, B. Stephen ...... 171 Conway, Carolyn M...... 97, 146 Daniels, Kenneth N...... 218 Duncan, Patricia ...... 251 Carroll, Claudia ...... 324 Cook, Dan ...... 283 Danish, Steven J...... 131 Dungee-Anderson, Elizabeth D...... 307 Carter, Karen ...... 301 Cook-Tench, Diane M...... 67 Danna-Link, Keri ...... 320 Dunn, Barbara H...... 301 Carter, Robert C...... 178 Cooper, Elizabeth J...... 108 Darmagnac, Sandy ...... 72 Dunn, Clarence L...... 217 Casella, Christy ...... 236 Coppedge, Walter R...... 107 Dattalo, Patrick V...... 307 Durvin, Hunter L...... 244 Caskey, Kristin A...... 189 Coppins, Richard J...... 220 Daughtrey Jr., William H...... 224 Dvorak, Paul F...... 71 Caudle, Angier B...... 107 Corcoran, Jacqueline ...... 307 Davenport, James M...... 142

Cauley, Kathleen M...... 257 Corcoran, Jean L...... 131 Davey, Timothy L...... 307 Cauthorne-Burnette, Tammy ...... 301 Corder-Mabe, Joan ...... 301 Davis, Douglas D...... 217 E Chaisson-Ricker, Elizabeth ...... 301 Cornis-Pope, Marcel ...... 107 Davis, Katheryn P...... 301 Earley, Donald T...... 177 Chandler, Anne L...... 163, 333 Correia, Charles A...... 221 Davis, Marcia S...... 301 Eckert, John ...... 210 Chapin, Marie ...... 301 Cosby, Courtney ...... 300 Davis, Michael D...... 251 Edmission, Kenneth ...... 300 Cheifetz, Craig E...... 346 Cotzias, Constantin G...... 67 Davis, Robert G...... 244 Edmunds, Wayne L...... 216 Chen, Rachel ...... 277 Cowles, Deborah L...... 224 Dawson, Tracey C...... 97, 115 Edwards, Clifford W...... 71 Cheng, Chao-Kun ...... 285 Cowling III, W. Richard ...... 301 Day II, Benjamin R...... 178 Edwards, Darlene ...... 301 Chessin, Laura ...... 178 Cox, Ann W...... 301 Day, Melanie Kohn ...... 193 Eggleston, William B...... 97 Chin, Amita Goyal ...... 220 Craft, Todd A...... 244 DeGenaro, Guy J...... 222 Einsmann, Frank E...... 154 Chinnici, Joseph P...... 97, 146 Craige, Leigh Ann ...... 118 DeHaven, Thomas ...... 107 Eissenberg, Thomas E...... 131 Chlebowski, Jan F...... 346 Cramer, Elizabeth P...... 307 Del Muro, Liza ...... 301 Eissler, Sarah ...... 301 Choi, Hongsik ...... 285 Craver, Samuel M...... 257 DeLellis, Anthony J...... 295, 301, 346

372 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Index of Faculty

El-Shall, M. Samy ...... 103, 277 Fiore, Doug ...... 257 Gayle, Richard C...... 244 Guthmiller, John ...... 193

Elhai, Jeffrey ...... 41, 97 Firer, Jane ...... 326 Geary, David P ...... 57 Guthrie, Karen M...... 189

Ellington, Aimee ...... 122 Fisher Jr., Robert W...... 97 Geddes, Norma ...... 301 Guthrie, Kimberly ...... 189

Ellis, Anthony ...... 126 Fisher, Stacie W...... 301 Gehring, Donald C. J...... 58, 344 Gerardo, Marie ...... 300 Ely, Vivien ...... 258 Fisher, Vickie ...... 301 Gerber, Paul J...... 251, 257 H Emery, Herschell S...... 41 Fitch, Julie ...... 300 Getty, Deborah ...... 244 Epps, Ruth W...... 216 Fleshood, Arnold ...... 251 Haas, Thomas W...... 277 Giacobbe, George A...... 251 Erickson, Marilyn T...... 132 Footen, Nicole ...... 67 Hagan, Betsy A...... 235, 345 Gifford, Cynthia J...... 300 Everett, John O...... 216 Ford, George D...... 346 Hague, James L...... 57, 149, 225 Gilbreath, Glenn H...... 221 Exley, Ethelyn E...... 300 Ford, Nancy C...... 301 Hall, Cory ...... 251 Gleason, William M...... 346 Fornili, Kathy ...... 301 Hall Jr., Thomas O...... 72 Godwin-Jones, Robert A...... 72 Forsyth, Donelson R...... 131, 138 Halloran, Rebecca M...... 314 F Goehle, Barbara ...... 251 Hambrick, Ralph S...... 57 Foster, Robert L...... 177 Goodloe, Lauren ...... 301 Hamilton, Dorothy Tennent ...... 191 Fabelo, Humberto E...... 307 Fox, J. Clifford ...... 114, 136 Gordon, Jill A...... 57 Hamm, Robert J...... 132 Fagan, Alexina R...... 107 Fox, Jill E...... 251 Goshern, Rebecca ...... 251 Hammel, Bruce ...... 193 Fairholm, Gilbert W...... 57 Francis, Gloria M...... 301 Gottfredson, Stephen D...... 45, 57, 344 Hammersley, William S...... 184 Faison, Brenda Smith ...... 67 Franck, Kathleen Ann ...... 177, 211 Govoni, Jean ...... 67 Hampton, Carol L...... 346 Falck, Hans S...... 308 Frankel, Nicholas ...... 107 Gowdy, Robert H...... 128 Hancock, Linda ...... 325 Fallen, Nancy ...... 251 Franks, David J...... 139 Gower, Ann Renee ...... 199 Hanna, Diane L...... 300 Farley, Reuben W...... 122 Franzak, Frank J...... 224 Gramling, Sandra E...... 132 Hardigan, James E...... 235, 345 Farmer, David J...... 57 Fratkin, Melvin J...... 157 Grant, Patricia ...... 57 Hardiman, James ...... 324, 325 Farmer, James D...... 173 Frazier, James ...... 186 Grap, Mary Jo E...... 300 Hardin, Jill ...... 142 Farmer, Rosemary L...... 307 Freed, David C...... 199 Grassadonia, Jane M...... 326 Hardy, Richard E...... 163 Farrell, Albert D...... 131 Fries, Elizabeth A...... 131 Gray, D. Patricia ...... 300 Harkness, Marguerite ...... 107 Farrell, Nicholas P...... 103 Fuhs, F. Paul ...... 220 Gray, George R...... 221 Harless, David W...... 217 Farrell, Sarah P...... 301 Fulghum, Mary ...... 251 Green, Catherine ...... 326 Harrigan, Marcia P...... 307 Fauber, Terri L...... 157 Funk, Carolyn L...... 57 Green, Laura ...... 211 Harris, Nancy L...... 325 Faulkner, Pamela R...... 301 Futlz, Myrtle D...... 57 Green, Martha L...... 319 Hart, Chris ...... 244 Fauri, David P...... 307 Green, Robert G...... 307 Hart, Martha ...... 301 Fehan, Leslie ...... 301 G Greene, Kipp ...... 211 Hartnett, John J...... 132 Fei, Ding-Yu ...... 274 Greer Jr., Harold E...... 118 Hartsoe, Charles E...... 244 Fenn, John B...... 103, 277 Gad-el-Hak, Mohamed ...... 283 Griffin, Claudius W...... 108 Harvey, Stephen C...... 151 Ferguson, Jerry T...... 218 Gallagher, Charles J...... 213, 225, 345 Griggs Jr., Walter S...... 213, 224, 345 Harwood, M. Buie ...... 191 Ferguson-Huntington, Kathleen ...... 211 Gallagher, Suzanne ...... 217 Groman, William D...... 132 Havenhand, Lucinda Kaukas ...... 191 Ferrara, Paul B...... 115 Gandy, Gerald L...... 163 Grooms, Barb ...... 244 Haver, William E...... 122 Ferrary, Elaine M...... 301 Garberson, Eric ...... 173 Gross, Ena ...... 251 Hawkins, Greg ...... 326 Fetherston, Robin ...... 211 Garcia, Margot W...... 57 Guerard, Sandra L...... 193 Hawkridge, Fred M...... 102 Field, Jerry J...... 191 Garey, Patricia ...... 300 Fife, Roberta ...... 21 Guiseppi-Eli, Anthony ...... 277 Hawthorne, John D...... 184 Garman, Gregory C...... 41, 97 Finch, Laura ...... 300 Gulak, Morton B...... 57 Hawthorne, Marijean E...... 57 Garner, Howard ...... 251 Fine, Michael L...... 97 Gulla, Frank ...... 277 Hayes, April ...... 189 Garner, Pamela W...... 131 Fine, Richard A...... 94, 107 Gunter, Ben D...... 191 Hearington, Debra K...... 301 Garrett, Eleanor ...... 301

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 373 Index of Faculty

Heiss, F. William ...... 57 Huff, Thomas F...... 41, 344 Johnston, Russell A...... 222 Kliewer, Wendy L...... 132

Heldberg, Cynthia M...... 346 Hughes, Esther ...... 280 Johnston, Stephanie ...... 301 Klink, Charles ...... 324

Helfgott, Myron ...... 204 Humenick, Sharron ...... 300 Johnston, Wallace R...... 222 Knight, Joyce ...... 328, 342

Hellmuth, William F...... 218 Humphrey, Ronald H...... 221 Jones, Alison ...... 342 Knipe, Edward E...... 139

Heneveld, Paula ...... 191 Hunnicutt, Sally S...... 103, 146 Jones, Chris ...... 244 Knutsen, Norah R...... 300

Henke, Heather ...... 236 Hunt, Eugene H...... 222 Jones, Jean Boyd ...... 308 Koerin, Beverly B...... 307

Henry, Charles R...... 204 Hunt, Ronald J...... 235, 345 Jones, Norrece T...... 91, 118 Kontos, Hermes A...... 344

Henry, JoAnne K...... 301 Hutchinson, Janet R...... 56 Jones, Susan H...... 300 Koplin, Bruce M...... 173

Henry, Laurin L...... 57 Hutchison, Elizabeth D...... 307 Judd, William ...... 251 Korzum, William J...... 154

Henry, Neil W...... 138, 142 Huvard, Gary S...... 277 Jung, Audrey M. H...... 186 Kovacs, Pamela J...... 307

Herman, John E...... 118 Hynson, Priscilla C...... 171 Kovarsky, Gina ...... 72

Herndon-Spitzer, Beth ...... 300 Kregel, John J...... 251 K Heroy, John N...... 201 Kritek, Phyllis B...... 301 I Herr, Janet K...... 300 Kaatz, Jane ...... 300 Krohn, Brenda ...... 301

Hester, Robert F...... 191 Ichige, Takato ...... 244 Kaneda, Shirley ...... 199 Kuciavskas, Darius ...... 103

Hill, Ada ...... 251 Ingalls, Jane ...... 300 Kang, Jinhee ...... 324 Kuhn, Elisabeth D...... 108

Hill, Leland ...... 211 Ingram, Kathleen M...... 132 Kaplan, Ann ...... 300 Kurtulus, Ibrahim S...... 222

Hill, Sharon ...... 173 Ingrassia, Catherine E...... 107 Kaputof, Robert M...... 178

Hill-Holliday, Karen ...... 301 Isringhausen, Kim ...... 236 Karchmer, Rachel A...... 251 L Hirsch, Herbert ...... 57 Issa, Christine ...... 211 Kasper, George M...... 220

Hobbs, Robert C...... 173 Iverson, Susan L...... 184 Kathy, Morris ...... 301 Laban, Lawrence F...... 107

Hobson, Rosalyn S...... 280 Iyer, Ashok ...... 280 Kavuri-Bauer, Santhi ...... 173 Lamb, Leah S...... 314

Hodge, Bartow ...... 221 Keesee, Gordon ...... 258 Lambert, John D...... 222

Hodges, Elizabeth S...... 107 Keitz, Janice ...... 300 Lambie, Rosemary Ann ...... 257 J Hodges, James O...... 251 Keller, Michael A...... 107 Landis, Alan L...... 171

Hodgson, Lynda S...... 220 Jablonski, Rita A...... 300 Keller, Ronald E...... 205 Landrum-Lee, Rose ...... 91

Hoffer, George E...... 217 Jackson, J. Howard ...... 222 Kelly, Hilda ...... 251 Langston, Nancy F...... 295, 300, 346

Hoffman, Barbara O...... 131 Jackson, M. Njeri ...... 57, 91 Kennamer, J. David ...... 67 Lanigan, Kathleen ...... 300 Holley, Charles L...... 216 Jackson, Yolanda ...... 320 Kennedy, Susan E...... 117 Lantz, Catherine D...... 300 Holmes Jr., Raymond T...... 217 Jacobs, Fredrika H...... 173 Kent, Candace M...... 122 Larue, Laura ...... 300 Holmes, Clarissa S...... 132 Jaconski, David ...... 244 Kester, Karen M...... 97 Latané, David ...... 108 Holsworth, Robert ...... 57 James, Xochela V...... 45 Kevorkian, Richard E...... 199 Lawal, Babatunde ...... 173 Honnold, Julie A...... 138, 146 Jarrell, George R...... 163 Khanna, Shiv N...... 129 Lawrence, Kendra L...... 97 Hooker, James E...... 57 Jean-Gilles, Carlene ...... 301 Kiecker, Pamela ...... 224 Lawton, Marcia J...... 163 Hopper, Elizabeth A...... 205 Jena, Purusottam ...... 129 Kiesler, Donald J...... 132 Leahey, Thomas H...... 132 Hopper, Gary C...... 205 Jeremijenko, Valerie ...... 210 King, Elizabeth C...... 204 Lee, Allen S...... 213, 220, 345 Hormachea, Carroll R...... 57 Johnson, Betty Anne ...... 324 Kinney, James J...... 108 Legg, Jeffrey S...... 157 Horton, Neil ...... 301 Johnson, Gail W...... 301 Kirkpatrick, Peter S...... 72, 317 Lemon, Faye ...... 301 Hoskins, Steven ...... 178, 211 Johnson, Gary T...... 57 Kirsch, Phyllis ...... 301 Lenhardt, Martin L...... 274 Howard, Catherine W...... 132, 313, 315 Johnson, Iris W...... 222 Kirsten Hirsch ...... 320 Lensen-Tomasson, Nancy ...... 201 Howell, Janet ...... 320 Johnson, Miles F...... 97 Kissinger, Jeanette F...... 300 Leone, Susan D...... 257 Hsia, Peng-Wie ...... 274 Johnson, William ...... 336 Klenke, Robert H...... 280 Leong, David S...... 205

374 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Index of Faculty

Leppo, John P...... 320 Mansouri, Mehdi ...... 163 McKenney, Betsy ...... 211 Morkoc, Hadis ...... 280

Lewis Jr., Allen N...... 163 Mapp, John ...... 258 McLaughlin, Mary ...... 178, 210 Morris, J. Richard ...... 122

Lewis, Andrew M...... 122 Marangoni, Stephanie ...... 301 McLeod, Alan M...... 251 Morris, Monica R...... 157

Lewis, Durig ...... 129 Maréchal, Chantal Anne-Marie ...... 72 McMahon, Brian T...... 163 Morse, Charlotte C...... 108

Lewis, Judith A...... 301 Markowitz, Monica S...... 301 McMillan, James H...... 257 Moses, Natalie ...... 301

Lewis, Martha ...... 211 Markowitz, Sheldon ...... 346 McPherson, Richard A...... 154 Mossi, Karla M...... 283

Licata, Mark ...... 277 Marlow, Craig H...... 191 Meganck, Robert J...... 177 Moszer, Max ...... 218

Linder, Fredric ...... 257 Marolla, Joseph A...... 138 Meixner, Elizabeth L...... 157 Mountcastle, Margaret ...... 300

Lindholm, Christina ...... 210 Marone, Peter M...... 115 Melton, Cheryl ...... 323 Mugel, Mary Ann ...... 300

Lindsey, Barbara J...... 154 Marrion, Melissa W...... 193 Mercer, Ingrid A...... 317 Mulholland, Kathryn ...... 163

Lindsey Jr., James E...... 72 Marshall, Paule ...... 108 Mercier, Jill M...... 300 Munjas, Barbara A...... 301

Lindstrom, Patricia ...... 251 Martin, Bernard M...... 200 Merrick, Jason R.W...... 143 Muñoz, Eugenia ...... 72 Lipp, Susan L...... 300 Martin Jr., Ernest F ...... 67 Messmer, James M...... 157, 346 Munro, Cindy L...... 300 Little, Michael W...... 224 Martin, Monyette ...... 323 Messmer, Michael W...... 118 Munro, George E...... 118 Lodge, Jeffrey R...... 151 Martin, Peter ...... 211 Messmer, Sue Ann ...... 344 Munro, Sue F...... 314-315 Lohr, C. Michael ...... 122 Martinez-Gongora, Mar ...... 72 Metzger, Stephanie G...... 301 Murphy, Neil B...... 218 Lohr, David ...... 277 Marzoratti, Leanne ...... 189 Meyer, Aleta L...... 132 Murphy-Judy, Kathryn A...... 72 Lohuis, Ardyth J...... 193 Mason, Nancy P...... 301 Meyer, C. James ...... 184 Murray, Dale ...... 126 Lokerson, Jean ...... 251 Masullo, Antonio ...... 72 Meyer-Ban, Michelle ...... 301 Murrill, Branson W...... 285 Londoner, Carroll A...... 257 Mattauch, Robert J...... 267, 345 Mikuta, Sherry B...... 45 Mustafa, Husain M...... 225 Long, James T...... 201 Matto, Holly C...... 307 Miller, Don M...... 222 Mustafa, Nancy C...... 72 Longest, George C...... 108 May, Jeffrey ...... 220 Miller, E. G...... 213, 218, 345 Muzik, Gregory ...... 251 Loos, Mary Elizabeth ...... 132 May, Margaret L...... 97 Miller, Gerald E...... 274 Myers, Barbara J...... 132 Lovell, Precious ...... 211 Mays, D’Arcy P...... 142 Miller, Jaclyn ...... 307 Myers, Donald W...... 222 Lucas, Brenda ...... 251 Mays, James E...... 143 Miller, James B...... 199 Myers, Gloria ...... 300 Lucas, Jane E...... 108 Mazmanian, Paul E...... 346 Miller, James W...... 320 Myers, Phyllis S...... 218 Luck, Richard S...... 163 Mazzeo, Suzanne E...... 132 Miller, Marianne ...... 222 Ludovici, Jennifer L...... 317 McCain, Nancy L...... 300 Miller, Wanda H...... 300 Lum, Peter S...... 274 McCay, ElizaBeth ...... 257 N Millner, Edward L...... 57, 217 Lyng, Stephan G...... 138 McCreary, Micah L...... 132 Mills, Allan S...... 244 Nadder, Teresa S...... 154 Lyons, Joseph ...... 323 McCullough Jr., James P...... 132 Mills, Eugene ...... 126 Naleppa, Matthias J...... 307 McDaniel, Michael A...... 222 Minor, Elliott D...... 222 Nan, George D...... 201 McDavis Jr., Roderick J...... 257, 344 M Minton, Paul D...... 143 Napier, Shirley ...... 301 McDermott, Dennis R...... 224 Narula, Subhash C...... 222 Maddux, Rachel R...... 319 Mitchell, Shannon K...... 217 McDonald, Dan ...... 336 Navarro, Consuelo ...... 72 Mahoney, John M...... 132 Mobley, Deborah S...... 300 McDonald, R. Michael ...... 218 Neill, Christy ...... 301 Mahoney, John S...... 138 Moeser, John V ...... 57 McDonnough, Jacqueline T...... 41 Nelson, Lynn D...... 58, 139 Malinoski, John B...... 178 Moitt, Bernard ...... 118 McGee Jr., Henry A...... 277 Netting, F. Ellen ...... 307 Mallinson, Kevin ...... 300 Moon, Martha W...... 301 McGinnis, Sandra L...... 325 Nettleman, Mary D...... 346 Mangiafico, Anthony ...... 301 Moore, James Tice ...... 118 McGrath, James E...... 277 Neville, Nancy ...... 267, 345 Mangum, Anthony B...... 108 Morecroft, Josephine F...... 221 McGrath III, John H...... 139 Newberry, Yvonne G...... 301 Mann, Bernard A...... 326 Moriarty, Laura J...... 45, 57, 344 McHugh, Mark A...... 277 Newdick, Richard L...... 205 Moritz, Karl ...... 211 Mann, Robert I...... 217, 221 McKelvey, Roy D...... 178

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 375 Index of Faculty

Newlin, Dika ...... 194 Pearson, Robert E...... 280 Pugh, Kathleen ...... 251 Richards, Melanie J...... 186

Newmann, William W...... 57 Peay, Robert W...... 307 Putnam, Scott ...... 186 Richards Jr., Walter L...... 97

Newsome, Heber H...... 295, 346 Peischl, Margaret T...... 72 Richardson, Edward ...... 194 Richardson, Joann ...... 244 Newton, Carlton R...... 204 Pelfrey, William V...... 57 Q Richardson, Judy S...... 251 Ngwenyama, Ojelanki ...... 220 Pellegrini, Joan M...... 236 Riehl, Julian William ...... 221 Nichols-Casebolt, Ann M...... 307, 346 Pendland, Jacqueline ...... 97 Qu, Yun ...... 103 Rimler, George Warren ...... 222 Nicholson, June Orr ...... 67 Pendleton, James D...... 108 Quarterman, Dale L...... 201 Risatti, Howard ...... 173, 184 Niculescu, Vasile A...... 129 Peoples, Napolean L...... 328 Quintero, Juan ...... 300 Rivadeneira, Wanda ...... 301 North, Harold E...... 204 Perdue, Daniel ...... 72 Robbins, Jo Lynn ...... 300 Nowlin, Tanya S...... 217 Perry, Patricia H...... 107 R Roberson, Audrey ...... 300 Perry, Regina A...... 173 Roberson, Barbara Jo ...... 300 Perry, Robert P...... 346 Radford-Goad, Linda ...... 300, 301 O Robinson, J. Lawrence ...... 194 Peters, Gerald A...... 97 Rankin, Daphne L...... 139, 146 Rodgers, Janet B...... 205 O’Connor, Mary K...... 307 Peterson, Steven P...... 218 Rao, Bijan K...... 129 Rogers, Antoinette ...... 251 O’Donnell, Caroll Ann ...... 319 Petrie, Paul E...... 165, 211 Rasnic, Carol D...... 149, 224, 225 Ropelewski, Debra A...... 151, 344 O’Toole, Dennis M...... 218 Phatanateacha, Pornprapha ...... 211 Rastegar, Sohi ...... 267, 274, 345 Rose, Susan S...... 317 Oehler Jr., John S...... 251 Philipsen, Maike I...... 257 Raychowdhury, Pratip N...... 122 Rosecrans, John A...... 163 Oggel, L. Terry ...... 108 Phillips, James D...... 57 Raye, Julie ...... 122 Rosenbaum, Allan ...... 184 Olds, Philip R...... 217 Phillips, Richard A...... 218 Ready, Keith F...... 244 Rosenblum, Amy C...... 307 Olgas, Marya ...... 300 Pickler, Rita H...... 301 Reamy, Donna ...... 189 Rosenblum, Phillip L...... 307 Orelove, Fred P...... 251 Pieper, Alice ...... 251 Redmon Jr., Robert B...... 126 Rossi, John A...... 251 Ottenbrite, Raphael M...... 103 Pinn, Betty ...... 251 Redmond, Richard T...... 220 Roth, Edna T...... 308 Otto, Paula I...... 67 Pinson, Janet ...... 300 Reed, Timothy A...... 320 Roth, Richard ...... 199 Ouchi, Akira ...... 178 Pitts, Michael W...... 222 Reed, Daisy ...... 251 Roth, Susan ...... 165, 345 Ounaies, Zoubeida ...... 283 Plunkett, Gregory M...... 97 Reed-Victor, Evelyn ...... 251 Roux, Gayle M...... 301 Overby, L. Thomas ...... 267, 345 Poklis, Alphonse ...... 115 Regni, Rose ...... 189 Rozier, Oneida ...... 251 Overvold, Angelina E...... 72 Pollak, Theresa ...... 200 Reid, Christine A...... 162 Ruder, Suzanne M...... 103 Ozmon, Howard ...... 258 Pool, Augusta ...... 326 Reilly, Robert J...... 218 Rugg, Robert D...... 57 Porter, Joseph H...... 132 Reinders, Thomas P...... 305, 346 Rule, Warren R...... 163 Porter, Mary Christine ...... 132 Reppert, Betty ...... 324 P Russell, Dojelo C...... 308 Porter, Robin D...... 116 Resler, Daniel R...... 286 Potter, Ted ...... 165 Russell, Milo F...... 200 Pagels, John F...... 97 Retchin, Sheldon ...... 344 Pratt, Glenn R...... 72 Rutan, Sarah C...... 103 Panbehchi, Michael ...... 72 Revere Jr., James H...... 235, 345 Pratt, LeEtta ...... 244 Ryan, John J...... 97 Parham, Calvin ...... 251 Rexroad, Dennis ...... 178 Pratt, Michael D...... 218 Ryan, Tracy Tuten ...... 67 Parker, Lorraine M...... 285 Reyna, Barbara ...... 301 Prentice, Katherine A...... 154 Ryu, Semi ...... 178 Parker-Falzoi, Judith ...... 301 Reynolds, Audrey ...... 251 Prichard, Faye O...... 108 Pascarella, Gabe ...... 251 Reynolds, Diane ...... 335 Pridgen, Nancy ...... 301 Patterson, Alease ...... 251 Reynolds, Elizabeth R...... 108 S Priebe, Richard K...... 108 Patykula, John T...... 194 Rezba, Richard J...... 241, 251, 345 Primavera, Gregory V...... 326 Saladino, Christopher ...... 57 Payne, Shajuana ...... 323 Rhone, Henry G...... 319, 344 Primeaux, David ...... 285 Salandro, Daniel P...... 218 Peace, Michelle R...... 115 Rice, Doris ...... 325 Puckett, Kimberly ...... 236 Salyer, Jeanne ...... 300 Pearce, C. Glenn ...... 222 Richards, Douglas J...... 194

376 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Index of Faculty

Sampson, Renata C...... 300 Sheridan, Michael J...... 307 Stacie, Stevens ...... 301 Terner, James ...... 103

Sander, Richard ...... 341 Sherron, Ronald ...... 258 Stavredes, Thomas ...... 251 Terrell, Barbara V...... 301

Sandkam, Sherry T...... 257, 291, 346 Sherry B. Mikuta ...... 115 Steel, Judith ...... 186 Terrell, William J...... 122

Sange, Gary R...... 108 Shillady, Donald D...... 103 Steingass, Jon ...... 45, 55 Tester, William ...... 108

Sarkozi, Gary W...... 241, 251 Shimomura, Sachi ...... 108 Stern, Marilyn ...... 132 Thomas, Clarence W...... 67

Sarrett, David C...... 235, 345 Shin, Tai S...... 218 Stewart, Debra K...... 157 Thomas, Manoj A...... 220

Satterthwaite, Cameron B...... 129 Shivy, Victoria ...... 132 Stewart, Jennifer K...... 97 Thompson, Lydia ...... 184

Sauer, Deborah D...... 154 Shockey, Debra P...... 301 Stith-Willis, Annie M...... 222 Thompson, Nancy K...... 184

Sauer, Ronald L...... 154 Short, Lynette D...... 300 Stoesz, David P...... 307 Thompson-Bodkin, Connie L...... 301

Saunders, Gerald A...... 220 Shriar, Avrum J...... 57 Stolberg, Arnold L...... 132 Thornby, Denise C...... 300

Sawin, Kathleen J...... 301 Simms, Will ...... 67 Stones, Linda ...... 301 Thorpe, Cara ...... 323

Scaringi, Eileen ...... 301 Simon, Diane J...... 241, 251, 345 Story, Susan ...... 323 Tillman, Harry ...... 301

Scharer, Janet L...... 235 Sims, Marvin L...... 205 Strand, Carolyn A...... 217 Timmreck, Paul W...... 344

Schenkein, Harvey A...... 235, 345 Sims, Robert L...... 72 Stratton, Leslie S...... 218 Tipton, Robert M...... 132

Schiltz, Jack H...... 244 Sites, Linda Q...... 72 Street IV, W. Scott ...... 143 Tisinger, Betty H...... 171

Schmeelk, John F...... 122 Sleeth, Randall G...... 222 Strommer, Joan E...... 201 Tisserat, Barbara C...... 199

Schneider, Robert L...... 307 Smedley, Audrey Y...... 91, 139 Strong, Patricia R...... 108 Tombes, Robert M...... 97

Schreffler, Michael ...... 173 Smetana, Frantisek ...... 194 Strong, Stanley R...... 132 Tondkar, Rasoul H...... 217

Schrieberg, Charlotte S...... 308 Smith, Charles H...... 222 Strube, Nancy L...... 178 Topich, Joseph ...... 103

Schulz, Peter ...... 57 Smith, Donald ...... 126 Struk, Aimee M...... 244 Toppin, Edgar A...... 91, 118

Schwartz, Martin S...... 308 Smith, Elske v.P...... 129 Stuart, Samuel ...... 326 Torr, Marsha R...... 344

Schwartz, Sanford ...... 307 Smith, Lucy ...... 301 Supensky, Margaret ...... 301 Toscan, Richard E...... 165, 345

Schwarz, Philip J...... 118 Smith, Patricia A...... 108 Sutherland, John W...... 220 Trani, Eugene P...... 1, 118, 344

Scotch, Charles Bernard ...... 308 Smith, Sheila A...... 301 Sutherland, Kevin ...... 251 Trumble, Robert R...... 222

Scotese, Carol A...... 218 Smith III, Ted J...... 67 Svikis, Dace S...... 132 Tuck, Inez ...... 295, 301, 346

Scott, Nancy M...... 165, 345 Smith, William E...... 305, 346 Swafford, Larry G...... 157 Tucker, Jerry ...... 280 Smith-Mason, Jacqueline ...... 57 Scully, Diana H...... 139 Swartz, Henry C...... 189 Tucker, Woodie L...... 222 Smock, Leonard A...... 41, 97 Sedaghat, Hassan ...... 122 Swecker, Tammy ...... 236 Tunnell, Ted ...... 118 Sneden, Albert T...... 45, 103, 344 Seegers, Debra ...... 301 Swenson, Kristin ...... 72 Turbeville, James M...... 97 Snellings, Eleanor C...... 218 Seers, Anson ...... 222 Szari, Louis J...... 205 Turk, Judy Vanslyke ...... 67 South, Jeffrey C...... 67 Segal, Florence Z...... 308 Turner, Christina B...... 139 Southam-Gerow, Michael ...... 132 Seibel, Hugo R...... 346 Turner, Gail C...... 97, 148 Spann, Kelly ...... 301 T Seidenberg, Arthur J...... 97 Twigg, Judyth L...... 57 Sparks, Howard ...... 251 Seipel, Joseph H...... 165, 204, 345 Tait, Gregory B...... 280 Spede, Edward C...... 217 Self, Phyllis C...... 338, 344 Talbert, Robert M...... 118 Speich, John ...... 283 U Seneca, Russell P...... 346 Taliaferro, Donna ...... 300 Sperry, John B...... 217 Sesnowitz, Michael ...... 213, 345 Tanner, Kelly ...... 236 Ulmschneider, John E...... 340 Spiegel, Katharine K...... 300 Settle, Jane T...... 300 Tapia, Javier ...... 199 Umberger, Paul M...... 222 Spindle, Roxanne M...... 217 Seyfarth, John ...... 258 Tarter, Martin ...... 251 Upton, David E...... 218 Spinelli, Michael A...... 222 Sharman, Charles ...... 258 Taylor, Patricia ...... 251 Urban, David J...... 224 Spiro, Jack D...... 72 Sharp, Nicholas A...... 107 Taylor, Sue ...... 301 Urofsky, Melvin I...... 118 Spotswood, Jennifer ...... 236 Tepper, Gary C...... 277

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 377 Index of Faculty

Weaver-Williams, Lynda ...... 72 Williams, J. Sherwood ...... 138 Wright, Douglas ...... 129 V Webb, Stanley R...... 97 Williams, Jackie G...... 217 Wright, Keith C...... 163

Vallarino, Lidia M...... 103 Wehman, Paul H...... 163, 251 Williams, Jonathan ...... 236 Wright, Mary Ann ...... 257

Van de Walle, John A...... 251 Weistroffer, H. Roland ...... 220 Williams, Larry J...... 222 Wu, Fang-Sheng ...... 97

Van Slyck, Michael R...... 132 Welch, Rizpah ...... 251 Williams, Margaret L...... 222 Wu, Weiping ...... 57

Van Winkle, Lester G...... 204 Wells, Mabel G...... 308 Williams, Randall Ray ...... 211 Wyeth, Peter L...... 344

Vance, Robert Leonard ...... 277 Wenger, Debora Halpern ...... 67 Williamson, Linda ...... 300 Wynne, A. James ...... 220

Vera, Kristi M...... 324 Wergin, Jon F...... 257 Williamson, Patricia Pepple ...... 143 Wynne, Kenneth J...... 277

Vijayakumar, Jayaraman ...... 217 Wessells, Frances D...... 186 Willis, H. David ...... 217

Vlahcevic, Sonia K...... 194 West, Charles W...... 194 Willis, Mark D...... 338 Y Vrana, Scott R...... 132 West, Eric W...... 326 Wilson, Andrew L...... 305, 346

West, Steven L...... 163 Wilson, Neil E...... 194 Yanchick, Victor A...... 305, 346

Wetton, Philip S...... 199 Winston, Janet M...... 108 Yanikdag, Yucel ...... 118 W Wetzel, James N...... 218 Winters, Lawrence J...... 103 Yarowsky, Morris ...... 199

Wadud, Amina ...... 72 Wetzel, Paul A...... 274 Wirt, Wilma H...... 67 Younce, Susan F...... 267, 345

Wagner, Christopher C...... 163 White, Ann S...... 72 Wise, Michael S...... 244 Young, Daniel ...... 335

Wallace, Franklin R...... 313 White, Doris A...... 251 Wnek, Gary E...... 277 Young, Donald R...... 97

Walsh, Joseph F...... 308 Whitehead, W. Camden ...... 191 Wojahn, David C...... 108 Younger, Janet B...... 295, 301, 346

Walter, Ross ...... 194 Whitlock, Gaynelle ...... 258 Wood Jr., D. Robley ...... 222 Youngkin, Ellis Q...... 301

Wampler, Shirley ...... 301 Wiegardt, Pamela A...... 244 Wood, James A...... 122 Yung, Ringo ...... 191

Wang, Ju ...... 286 Wier, Benson ...... 217 Wood, Judy ...... 251

Ward, Darlene ...... 323 Wijnholds, Heiko D...... 224 Wood, Mark D...... 72, 91 Z Warmenhoven, Henri J...... 58 Wikstrom, Nelson ...... 57 Wood, Van R...... 224

Warren, Beverly J...... 244 Wilder, Allison W...... 244 Woodlief, Annette M...... 108 Zaret, Esther ...... 251

Watson, Janice M...... 189 Wilder, L. Douglas ...... 58 Wooldridge, Blue E...... 57 Zhou, Qibing ...... 103

Watton, Stephen P...... 103 Wilkins, Sandra ...... 211 Woolman, Matthew ...... 177 Zielinski, Anne ...... 326 Wilkins, Sandra B...... 189 Wayne, Jennifer Susan ...... 274 Worthington, Everette L...... 131 Zyzniewski, Linda ...... 132

378 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Virginia Commonwealth University

Bulletin Index

Advising ...... 16 Arts, Courses in ...... 170 A Advising program ...... 29 Arts, School of the ...... 165 Academic affairs, Courses in ...... 6 African-American Studies Program ...... 91 Arts in Qatar, School of the ...... 210 Academic Affairs, Office of ...... 29 African-American studies, Courses in ...... 92 Athlete Advising ...... 341 Academic credit ...... 18 Alfred L. Blake Chair of Real Estate ...... 225 Attendance regulations ...... 29 Academic organization ...... 3 Allied health professions, Courses in ...... 154 Audit registration ...... 33 Academic probation ...... 36 Allied Health Professions, School of ...... 151 Academic program accreditation ...... 353 Alumni of the university ...... 2 B Academic Progress Report ...... 38 American Humanics ...... 313 Academic Regulations and General Degree American Studies Program ...... 94 Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies (B.I.S.) . . . . .94 Requirements ...... 29 American studies, Courses in ...... 94 Becky Godwin Fund ...... 296 Academic Support Services ...... 328 Anatomy, Courses in ...... 238, 295 Billing, Student ...... 23 Academic suspension ...... 36 Anthropology ...... 72 Biochemistry and molecular physics, Academic warning ...... 36 Courses in ...... 238, 296 Anthropology, Courses in ...... 74 Accelerated B.S. Program Curriculum Plan . . . . .298 Bioinformatics, Courses in ...... 42 Appeal to waive an academic regulation, Accelerated B.S./M.S. Physics Program ...... 130 Academic Regulations Appeals Committee . . .39 Biology, Courses in ...... 99 Accelerated Bachelor of Arts Appeals, financial aid ...... 26 Biology, Department of ...... 97 in Political Science and Master’s Biomedical Engineering Program ...... 274 in Public Administration Program ...... 61 Appendices ...... 343 Biomedical engineering, Courses in ...... 276 Accounting, Courses in ...... 226 Application deadlines, freshman ...... 15 Board of Visitors ...... 344 Accounting, Department of ...... 216 Application deadlines, transfer ...... 16 Bookstores ...... 336 Accounting, Post-baccalaureate certificate in . . .217 Applied Health Science ...... 246 Business administration and management . . . . .222 Accreditation ...... 353 Applied music, Courses in ...... 197 Business Services ...... 335 Activity courses ...... 262 Approved lists, College of Humanities and Sciences ...... 49 Business, General requirements Add/drop period ...... 33 Area Studies Minor ...... 84 for bachelor of science in ...... 215 Address ...... 29 Art education, Courses in ...... 172 Business, Minor in general ...... 216 Admission guidelines ...... 10 Art Education, Department of ...... 171 Business, School of ...... 213 Admission guidelines, School of the Arts ...... 12 Art Foundation Program ...... 170 Admission notification ...... 16 Art foundation, Courses in ...... 170 Admission procedures ...... 13 C Art history, Courses in ...... 174 Admission Requirements, Undergraduate ...... 357 Art History, Department of ...... 173 Career Center, University ...... 323 Admission to the University ...... 9 Articulation agreement between VCU Carver-VCU Partnership ...... 314 Admission to the University Honors Program . . . .14 and Virginia Community Colleges Categories of student enrollment ...... 9 (Academic Campus only) ...... 17 Adult education, Courses in ...... 258 Catholic studies, Minor in ...... 89 Arts recommended general education Adult Health Nursing, Department of ...... 300 Center for Environmental Studies ...... 363 courses for non-School of the Arts Advanced Placement (AP) ...... 18, 347 majors entering fall 1997 and thereafter, Center for Public Policy ...... 363 School of the ...... 169 Advanced Scholars Program ...... 20 Center for Teaching Excellence ...... 364

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2002-03 379 Bulletin Index

Center for the Study of Biological Complexity . . .363 Computer science general education Dental hygiene, Preparation for the study of . . . .147 requirements ...... 286 Centers, University ...... 363 Dental special topics, Course in ...... 238 Computer Science Program ...... 285 Certificate codes, post-baccalaureate Dentistry, School of ...... 235 undergraduate ...... 30 Computer science, Certificate in ...... 288 Dining plans, University ...... 23 Certificate programs ...... 5 Computer science, Minor in ...... 288 Dining Services ...... 335 Change of grade ...... 35 Computing Services ...... 338 Disability Support Services ...... 328 Check out procedures and copying charges . . . .340 Concentration in Public Affairs and Administration ...... 65 Disability Support Services ...... 342 Checks, Dishonored ...... 25 Concurrent registration ...... 33 Distance Education ...... 338 Chemical Engineering Program ...... 277 Conduct in the classroom ...... 30 Double major ...... 39 Chemical engineering, Courses in ...... 278 Continuance in academic programs ...... 36 Double major (B.S.) in engineering and physics .130 Chemical engineering, Minor in ...... 278 Continuous enrollment ...... 31 Drop vs. withdraw ...... 23 Chemistry, Courses in ...... 105 Counseling Services, University ...... 324 Dual degrees ...... 39 Chemistry, Department of ...... 102 Course abbreviations ...... 32 Chinese (CHIN), Courses in ...... 76 Course information, general ...... 31 Classification for In-state Tuition Purposes, E Determination of Student ...... 349 Course interpretation ...... 32 Classification of students ...... 30 Course numbering system ...... 31 Early Admission Program ...... 19 Clinical Exercise Science ...... 247 Crafts, Courses in ...... 185 Early Childhood/Elementary Education Program, P-6 ...... 254 Clinical Laboratory Sciences Program, Bachelor of Crafts, Department of ...... 184 Science in ...... 155 Early decision plan ...... 11, 15 Credit by examination ...... 18, 56 Clinical laboratory sciences, Courses in ...... 156 E-business (EBUS), Courses in ...... 227 Credit for Advanced Placement (AP) Tests . .18, 347 Clinical Laboratory Sciences, Department of . . .154 E-business, Minor in ...... 216 Credit for International Baccalaureate (IB) Economics ...... 59, 217 Clinical laboratory sciences, Preparation Diplomas and Courses ...... 18, 348 for the study of ...... 147 Economics, Courses in ...... 227 Criminal Justice ...... 58 Clinical radiation sciences, Courses in ...... 160 Economics, Department of ...... 217 Criminal justice (CRJS), Courses in ...... 58 Clinical Research Center Economics, Minor in ...... 60, 218 Criminal justice, Minor in ...... 58 for Periodontal Diseases ...... 363 Education Abroad ...... 317 Critical Care Nursing Certificate Program ...... 296 College Level Examination Program ...... 18 Education, School of ...... 241 College Success Program ...... 47 Educational studies, Courses in ...... 258 Commencement participation policy ...... 38 D Educational Studies, Division of ...... 257 Commonwealth Times ...... 323 Electrical engineering ...... 280 Dance and choreography, Courses in ...... 187 Communication arts and design, Courses in . . . .180 Electrical Engineering Program ...... 280 Dance and Choreography, Department of ...... 186 Communication Arts and Design, Electrical engineering, Courses in ...... 282 Department of ...... 177 Dance, Minor in ...... 187 Electrical engineering, Minor in ...... 282 Communication Arts Program ...... 178 Dean’s list ...... 37 E-mail – official method of communication ...... 25 Communication Design Program ...... 178 Deans, Academic ...... 344 Emergency Reporting Telephone System ...... 337 Community Health Education ...... 247 Defense crisis tuition relief, refund and reinstatement guidelines ...... 24 Emotional disturbance, Course in ...... 258 Community Programs, Office of ...... 313 Degree options ...... 38 Employment Support Institute ...... 225 Community Service Associates Program ...... 314 Degree programs, undergraduate ...... 46 Engineering and physics, Double Community, The university ...... 1 major (B.S.) in ...... 268 Compass Center ...... 328 Degree requirements for all undergraduate students ...... 37 Engineering, Courses in ...... 273 Computer accounts ...... 338 Degree-seeking student ...... 9 Engineering, School of ...... 267 Computer engineering ...... 281 Dental hygiene, Courses in ...... 236 English language proficiency requirements . . . . .318 Computer repairs and purchases ...... 338 Dental Hygiene, Division of ...... 235 English Language Program ...... 318

380 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Bulletin Index

English, Courses in ...... 109 First Year Student Services ...... 328 Guaranteed Admission Programs ...... 15 English, Department of ...... 107 Foreign Languages ...... 75 Guidelines and regulations ...... 333 Enrichment and acceleration opportunities ...... 19 Foreign languages (FRLG), Courses in ...... 76 Environmental concentration in Foreign literature in English translation (FLET), bachelor of science in science ...... 114 Courses in ...... 76 H

Environmental Studies, center for ...... 42 Forensic Science Program ...... 115 Harold F. Young Neurosurgical Center ...... 365 Environmental studies, Courses in ...... 114 Forensic science (FRSC), Courses in ...... 117 Health insurance ...... 325 French (FREN), Courses in ...... 76 Environmental studies, Minor and certificate in .114 Health promotion ...... 326 French, German or Spanish, Minor in ...... 76 Environmental studies, Minor in ...... 114 Health sciences, Preparation Environmental studies, Post-baccalaureate Freshman undergraduate admission guidelines . .10 for professional studies in the ...... 146 certificate in ...... 114 Full-time and part-time students ...... 33 Health Services, University Student ...... 324 Equal Employment Opportunity/Affirmative Health System, VCU ...... 3 Action Services ...... 337 Health, physical education and exercise EServices – online records access ...... 25 G science, B.S. in ...... 245 Especially for Nonprofit Organizations ...... 314 General education in VCU Life Sciences Health, physical education and exercise European cultures (EUCU), courses in ...... 76 for B.S. and B.S.-M.S. Programs ...... 42 science, Courses in ...... 258 Evaluation and final grade reports ...... 34 General Education Program, Undergraduate ...... 6 Health, Physical Education and Recreation, Division of ...... 244 Evaluation of transfer credit – four-year General education requirements ...... 48, 166 and two-year institution applicants ...... 17 Health, Physical Education and Recreational General education requirements, programs ...... 241 Evening studies ...... 11 engineering disciplines ...... 270 Heart Center ...... 364 Expenses and Financial Aid ...... 21 General policy governing admissions Help Desk ...... 338 Extended teacher preparation programs . . .241, 252 and enrollment ...... 9 General practice, Courses in ...... 238 History, bachelor of arts in ...... 118 Generalized Course of Study concentration ...... 65 History, Courses in ...... 119 F Geography ...... 80 History, Department of ...... 117 History, Minor in ...... 119 Family Weekend ...... 328 Geography (GEOG), Courses in ...... 81 HIV/AIDS Center ...... 364 Fashion design and merchandising, Courses in . .190 Geography concentration ...... 81 Home fashions merchandising ...... 190 Fashion Design and Merchandising, German (GRMN), Courses in ...... 78 Department of ...... 189 Global Studies Minor ...... 83 Honor societies ...... 321 Fashion merchandising, Minor in ...... 189 Governance, Student and university ...... 322 Honors Program, University ...... 333 Federal Financial Aid Refund Policy ...... 27 Government and Public Affairs, School of ...... 56 Honors, Courses in ...... 334 Fee charges, Special ...... 22 GPA requirement ...... 37 Honors, Graduating with ...... 37 Fees and expenses ...... 21 Grade exclusion policy ...... 35 Housing and Residence Education, University . .326 Filmmaking ...... 203 Grade review procedure ...... 35 Human genetics (HGEN), Courses in ...... 296 Finance, insurance and real estate, Courses in . .228 Grade-point average ...... 35 Human resource management, Minor in ...... 223 Finance, Insurance and Real Estate, Grades and grade points ...... 34 Human resource management, Department of ...... 218 Post-baccalaureate certificate in ...... 223 Grading and marking system ...... 34 Financial aid ...... 25 Human resource management/industrial Graduate and professional programs admissions . .9 relations ...... 223 Financial aid, applying for ...... 26 Graduate Studies, School of ...... 291 Humanities and sciences interdisciplinary, Financial aid, eligibility for ...... 25 Graduation application ...... 38 Courses in ...... 122 Financial Aid, Office of ...... 21 Graduation honors ...... 37 Humanities and Sciences Undeclared Program . . .55 Financial Responsibility, student ...... 21 Graduation with University Honors ...... 333 Humanities and Sciences, College of ...... 45 Financial Technology ...... 219 Grants ...... 27 Humanities and sciences, Courses in ...... 122

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 381 Bulletin Index

Introduction to the university ...... 6 Mark of pass (P) ...... 35 I Italian (ITAL), Courses in ...... 78 Mark of progress (PR) ...... 35 Identification requirements ...... 25 Mark of withdrawn (W) ...... 35 International Studies, Bachelor of Arts in ...... 82 Marketing ...... 224 J International studies, Courses in ...... 85 Marketing and business law, Courses in ...... 233 Immigration Services ...... 317 Judaic studies, Minor in ...... 89 Marketing and Business Law, Department of . . .224 Immunization requirements ...... 325 Marketing, Minor in ...... 224 Information Systems Research Institute ...... 225 Marketing, Post-baccalaureate certificate in . . .225 L Information systems, Courses in ...... 230 Martha M. Borlick Research Award ...... 296 Information Systems, Department of ...... 220 Language skills, Courses in ...... 114 Mass communications (MASC), Courses in ...... 69 Information systems, Post-baccalaureate Larrick Student Center ...... 320 Mass communications, Courses in ...... 69 certificate in ...... 221 Last 25 percent rule ...... 38 Mass Communications, School of ...... 67 Information Technology Services ...... 338 Latin (LATN), Courses in ...... 79 Massey Cancer Center ...... 364 Inger and Walter Rice Center for Environmental Life Sciences ...... 364 Law, Preparation for professional studies in . . . .149 Master of Interdisciplinary Studies in Interdisciplinary Art ...... 315 Institute for Drug and Alcohol Studies ...... 365 Law, Preparation for the Study of ...... 225 Maternal Child Nursing, Department of ...... 300 Institute for Enterprise-wide Solutions ...... 225 Libraries ...... 340 Mathematical sciences, Minor in ...... 123 Institutes, University ...... 363 Life sciences, Courses in ...... 43, 122 Life Sciences, VCU ...... 41 Mathematics and Applied Mathematics, Insurance Studies Center ...... 225 Department of ...... 122 Linguistics, Courses in ...... 113 Insurance, Accident ...... 25 Mathematics, Courses in ...... 124 Liver Center ...... 364 Integrated 150-hour Professional Mayme B. Wilson Lacey Award ...... 296 Accounting Program ...... 217 Loan repayment ...... 25 Mechanical Engineering Program ...... 283 Integrative Systems, Department of ...... 301 Loans, grants and work-study ...... 27 Mechanical engineering, Courses in ...... 285 Interactive Marketing Institute ...... 225 Media Services ...... 338 Intercollegiate Athletics ...... 341 Media Studies, Minor in ...... 69 Interdisciplinary Programs ...... 331 M Media, Student ...... 323 Interdisciplinary science, Courses in ...... 138 Mable Montgomery Award ...... 296 Medical Illustration ...... 179 Interdisciplinary Studies Program, Bachelor of . .331 Mail Services ...... 335 Medicinal chemistry, Course in ...... 306 Interior design, Courses in ...... 192 Major ...... 37 Medicine and dentistry, pre-medicine (ADPM) Interior Design, Department of ...... 191 Major codes ...... 30 and pre-dentistry, Preparation for the study of .146 International Admissions ...... 318 Major, Change of ...... 30 Medicine, School of ...... 295 International Baccalaureate (IB) Diplomas Management, Courses in ...... 231 Mental retardation, Courses in ...... 262 and Courses ...... 18, 348 Management, Department of ...... 221 Microbiology and immunology (MICR), International Education, Office of ...... 317 Maps, VCU Campus ...... 368 Courses in ...... 296 International Management Studies, Microbiology and immunology, Courses in . . . . .239 Certificate in ...... 223 Marguerite G. Nicholson Award ...... 296 Middle Education Program, 6-8 ...... 255 International Management Studies, Mark of audit (AU) ...... 34 Certificate in ...... 84 Mark of continued (CO) ...... 34 Military Science and Leadership ...... 126 International student admissions ...... 13 Mark of credit (CR) ...... 34 Military science, Courses in ...... 126 International Student Exchange Program, Mark of high pass (HP) ...... 34 Military service and ROTC courses ...... 19 Credits earned through the ...... 19 Mark of honors (H) ...... 34 Millennium ...... 323 International Studies ...... 82 Mark of incomplete (I) ...... 34 Minor ...... 39 International Studies, Minors in ...... 83 Mark of incomplete military (IM) ...... 35 Minor codes ...... 31 Intersession ...... 314 Mark of marginal (M) ...... 35 Minor requirements – general ...... 123

382 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Bulletin Index

Minors ...... 5 Psychology, Careers in ...... 133 P Mission of the college ...... 45 Psychology, Courses in ...... 134 Mission of the university ...... 2 Painting and printmaking, Courses in ...... 200 Psychology, Department of ...... 131 Mission, MCV Campus ...... 3 Painting and Printmaking, Department of ...... 199 Psychology, Honors in ...... 134 Multicultural Student Affairs ...... 328 Painting and printmaking, Minor in ...... 200 Psychology, Minor in ...... 134 Music composition, Courses in ...... 199 Parental Notification Amendment ...... 354 Public affairs and administration, Minor in . . .61, 65 Music education, Courses in ...... 199 Parking and Transportation Services ...... 336 Public affairs and administration, Concentration in ...... 61 Music history, literature and theory, Courses in .198 Pathology (PATH), Courses in ...... 296 Music, Department of ...... 193 Pathways ...... 163, 331 Periodontics, Courses in ...... 238 Music, Minor in ...... 194 Q Pharmacology and toxicology, Courses in ...... 239 Pharmacy, Preparation for the study of ...... 148 Quality assurance ...... 26 N Pharmacy, School of ...... 305 Native American Studies Minor ...... 84 Philips Institute for Oral and Craniofacial Molecular Biology ...... 365 R Nondegree-seeking special student ...... 10 Philosophy of law, Minor in ...... 127 R.N.-B.S. Completion Program ...... 298 Nuclear medicine technology concentration . . . .160 Philosophy, Bachelor of Arts in ...... 127 Radiation Sciences, Department of ...... 157 Nursing, Bachelor of Science in ...... 296 Philosophy, Courses in ...... 127 Radiation sciences, Preparation Nursing, Courses in ...... 302 Philosophy, Department of ...... 126 for the study of ...... 149 Nursing, Preparation for the study of ...... 148 Philosophy, Minors in ...... 127 Radiation therapy ...... 159 Nursing, School of ...... 295 Photography and film, Courses in ...... 203 Radiography ...... 159 Photography and Film, Department of ...... 201 Reading and study skills, Courses in ...... 264 O Physical therapy (ADPT), Preparation Re-admission guidelines ...... 13 for the study of ...... 147 Real estate and urban land development ...... 220 Occupational therapy, Preparation Physics, Courses in ...... 130 for the study of ...... 148 Real estate and urban land development, Physics, Department of ...... 128 Post-baccalaureate certificate in ...... 220 Off-campus Academic Programs ...... 314 Physics, Minor in ...... 130, 269 Reasonable Academic Progress ...... 27 Off-campus fees ...... 22 Physiology (PHIS), Courses in ...... 239, 296 Records and Registration, Office of ...... 29 Off-campus Graduate Art ...... 314 Planning track ...... 65 Recreation and Park Management ...... 249 Off-campus Housing ...... 321 Police ...... 337 Recreation, parks and sport leadership, Off-campus Student Services ...... 321 Courses in ...... 264 Policies and procedures, University ...... 327 Online resources ...... 340 Recreation, parks and sport management Political science (POLI), Courses in ...... 62 Operations Research ...... 143 programs ...... 249 Political Science and Public Administration . . . . .60 Recreation, parks and sport management, Operations Research, Courses in ...... 144 Political science, Honors in ...... 61 Courses in ...... 262 Optometry, Preparation for the study of ...... 148 Political science, Minor in ...... 61 Recreation, parks and sport management, Oral pathology, Courses in ...... 238 Minor in ...... 250 Portuguese (PORT), Courses in ...... 79 Oral surgery (ORSG), Course in ...... 238 Recreational sports ...... 326, 342 Post-baccalaureate Certificate Refund Policy, University ...... 23 Orientation ...... 17 in Teaching Program ...... 257 Registered Nurse Student Award ...... 296 Outstanding charges ...... 25 Posthumously, awarding degrees ...... 37 Registration policies ...... 32 Overload ...... 33 Pre-medicine option ...... 246 Registration, Cancellation of ...... 33 Professional studies, Preparation for ...... 46 Registration, Change in ...... 33 Psychiatric and Behavioral Genetics, Institute for ...... 365 Rehabilitation services, Courses in ...... 163

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 383 Bulletin Index

Rehabilitation Counseling, Department of ...... 162 Social Work, School of ...... 307 Student Government Association, MCV Campus ...... 323 Rehabilitation services ...... 331 Sociology and anthropology, Honors in . . . . .73, 139 Student health fee ...... 22 Rehabilitation studies, Undergraduate Sociology ...... 139 studies in ...... 163 Student information access ...... 340 Sociology, Courses in ...... 140 Religious observances ...... 29 Student load ...... 32 Sociology, Department of ...... 138 Religious studies ...... 89 Student Nurses’ Association Award ...... 296 Sociology, Minor in ...... 139 Religious studies, Courses in ...... 89 Student Services Centers ...... 342 Spanish (SPAN), Courses in ...... 79 Religious studies, Minor in ...... 89 Student Testing, Advising and Registration . . . . .328 Special Education Program, K-12 ...... 256 Repeated courses ...... 35 Study abroad ...... 26 Special education, Minor in foundations of . . . .257 Resources and Services, University ...... 335 Study of Biological Complexity, Special notes for graduating financial Center for the ...... 42 Responding to the offer of admission ...... 16 aid recipients ...... 38 Substance Abuse Education programs ...... 326 Retail stores ...... 336 Special Student Advising ...... 10 Summer studies ...... 26, 315 Rights of Students Under the Family Special student guidelines ...... 11 Educational Rights and Privacy Act ...... 354 Specialized program accreditation Room fees ...... 22 or certification ...... 353 T Room rent ...... 23 Specialized services ...... 340 Russian (RUSS), Courses in ...... 79 Speech, Courses in ...... 208 Teacher Education Concentration ...... 248 Sport Management ...... 249 Teacher education programs ...... 241 State policy on transfer agreement Teacher education, Courses in ...... 264 S between Virginia Community Colleges Teacher Education, Division of ...... 251 and Richard Bland College ...... 12 Science ...... 138 Teacher licensure ...... 243 Statistical Sciences and Operations Research, Science in Clinical Radiation Sciences Department of ...... 142 Teacher preparation ...... 46 Program, Bachelor of ...... 158 Statistics, Courses in ...... 144 Technology fee ...... 22 Science program core course requirements . . . .137 Statistics, Minor in ...... 143 Temple Memorial Award ...... 296 Science, Interdisciplinary Degree Program in . . .136 Still photography ...... 202 Termination of enrollment ...... 36 Sculpture, Courses in ...... 205 Structural Biology and Drug Discovery, The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 Sculpture, Department of ...... 204 Institute for ...... 365 and the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 ...... 337 Sculpture, Minor in ...... 205 Student Accounting Department ...... 21 Theatre, B.F.A. in ...... 206 Second baccalaureate degree ...... 38 Student Activities ...... 321 Theatre, Courses in ...... 209 Secondary Education Program, 6-12 ...... 255 Student activity fee ...... 22 Theatre, Department of ...... 205 Senior Citizens Higher Education Program ...... 19 Student advising ...... 47 Therapeutic Recreation ...... 250 Service Learning ...... 315 Student Affairs and Enrollment Services, Therapeutic Recreation: Pre-physical Therapy option ...... 250 Sexual Assault/Substance Abuse Division of ...... 319 Education programs ...... 326 Student Affairs and Enrollment Services, Total credits ...... 37 Sexual harassment ...... 337 Office of the Vice Provost for ...... 319 Transcripts ...... 36 Sigma Theta Tau ...... 296 Student Affairs, Office of the Associate Transfer admission guidelines ...... 12 Vice Provost and Dean of ...... 319 Small Business Development Program ...... 226 Transfer Module ...... 355 Student Affairs, MCV Campus, Social science, Courses in ...... 138 Office of the Dean of ...... 320 Tuition and fee charges ...... 22 Social Sciences ...... 138 Student Computer Initiative ...... 339 Tuition and fee schedule ...... 21 Social welfare, Minor in ...... 309 Student Government Association fee ...... 22 Tuition determination and student classification ...... 21 Social Work Program, Baccalaureate ...... 308 Student Government Association, Academic Campus ...... 322 Tutoring ...... 47 Social work, Courses in ...... 310

384 Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 Bulletin Index

U V W

Undergraduate degree programs ...... 4 VCU Academic Calendar ...... 366-367 WCVW ...... 323 University accreditation ...... 353 VCU America Reads Program ...... 313 Web Services ...... 339 University Administration ...... 344 VCU AmeriCorps ...... 313 Welcome Weekend ...... 328 University bill ...... 26 VCU Campus Maps ...... 369 Withdrawal from the university ...... 33 University centers ...... 363 VCU Honor System ...... 328 Women’s Health, Institute for ...... 365 University fee ...... 22 VCU1 101 ...... 6 Women’s studies (WMNS), Courses in ...... 96 University Honors Program ...... 56 VCUCard ...... 339 Women’s studies program ...... 95 University Student Commons and Activities, VCUnet ...... 339 Women’s Studies, Minor in ...... 95 Academic Campus ...... 320 Veteran and reservist educational benefits ...... 28 Work-study ...... 27 University studies, Course in ...... 145 Veterinary medicine, Preparation World Studies, School of ...... 71 Upper-level courses ...... 38 for the study of ...... 149 Writing, Minor in ...... 109 Urban affairs track ...... 65 Vine, The ...... 323 Urban and regional planning, Master in ...... 66 Virginia Council on Economic Education ...... 226 Urban Studies ...... 64 Virginia Family Business Forum ...... 226 Y

Urban Studies concentration ...... 65 Virginia Labor Studies Center ...... 226 Yingling Senior Achievement Award ...... 296 Urban studies, Minor in ...... 66 Virginia Microelectronics Center ...... 365 Virginia Real Estate Center ...... 226 Virginia War Orphans Education Program ...... 28

Virginia Commonwealth University • Undergraduate Bulletin • 2003-04 385 VCU Undergraduate Bulletin

back to Undergraduate Bulletin Updates to the 2003-04 Undergraduate Bulletin

Expenses and Financial Aid

Full-time undergraduate students are charged a flat tuition fee per semester. An undergraduate student enrolled for more than 18 credit hours during any semester will be charged a course overload fee on a per-credit-hour basis above the full-time tuition rate. The overload fee will not apply to students in first professional programs.

College of Humanities and Science

Women's Studies

The following three courses were inadvertently omitted from the 2003-04 Undergraduate Bulletin and are offered by the Women's Studies Program.

WMNS 457/ANTH 457 Women, Art and Society Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. A re-examination of a variety of issues concerning women, art and society: the position assigned women within the history of art as it relates to historical place and the aesthetic values of the canon, the gendering of style, patronage, audience and gaze. Through a survey of images of and by women, as well as through an analysis of art historical and critical texts, this course addresses the question: "How are the processes of sexual differentiation played out across the representations of art and art history?"

WMNS 491 Topics in Women's Studies Semester course; 3 lecture hours. 3 credits. May be repeated with a different topic for a total of 12 credits. An in-depth examination of specialized areas of interest in women's studies. See the Schedule of Classes for specific topics to be offered each semester.

03-04 updates.htm[4/23/2015 11:02:17 AM] VCU Undergraduate Bulletin

WMNS 492 Independent Study Semester course; variable credit. Maximum of four credits per semester; maximum total of four credits in all independent study courses. Open generally to students of only junior and senior standing who have acquired at least 12 credits in women's studies courses. Determination of the amount of credit and permission of the instructor and coordinator must be obtained prior to registration for the course.

School of Education 2003-04 Administration

William C. Bosher Jr. (1998) Dean and Professor of Education and Public Policy B.A. University of Richmond M.Ed. Virginia Commonwealth University Ed.D. University of Virginia

Michael D. Davis (1979) Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs B.S. Buffalo State College M.Ed. University of Buffalo Ph.D. University of Illinois

Diane J. Simon Associate Dean for Student Affairs (1988) B.S. Hampton University M.S. New York University Ph.D. New York University

Beverly J. Warren (2000) Associate Dean for Faculty Affairs B.S. University of North Carolina at Greensboro M.S. Southern Illinois University Ed.D. University of Alabama Ph.D. Auburn University

Gary W. Sarkozi (1999) Director, School of Education Associates B.A. Mary Baldwin College M.Ed. University of Virginia Ph.D. Virginia Commonwealth University

Virginia Commonwealth University | Division of University Outreach | Creative Services VCU bulletins | [email protected]

03-04 updates.htm[4/23/2015 11:02:17 AM]